Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 19, 2006
Registration No.  333-             
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
SS&C Technologies, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
     
Delaware   06-1169696
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
7372
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
SS&C Technologies, Inc.
80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, Connecticut 06095
(860) 298-4500
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
William C. Stone
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
SS&C Technologies, Inc.
80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, Connecticut 06095
(860) 298-4500
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
With a copy to:
John A. Burgess, Esq.
James R. Burke, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Telephone: (617) 526-6000
Telecopy: (617) 526-5000
 
     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
     If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.     o
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o                              
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o                              
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                         
                         
                         
            Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum     Amount of
Title of Each Class of     Amount to be     Offering     Aggregate     Registration
Securities to be Registered     Registered     Price per Security     Offering Price(1)     Fee
                         
11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013(2)
    $205,000,000     100%     $205,000,000     $21,935
                         
Guarantees of the 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013(3)
    N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A
                         
                         
(1)  Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(2)  The 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 will be the obligations of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
 
(3)  Each of Cogent Management Inc., Financial Models Company Ltd., Financial Models Holdings Inc., SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC, OMR Systems Corporation and Open Information Systems, Inc. will guarantee on an unconditional basis the obligations of SS&C Technologies, Inc. under the 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013. No separate consideration will be received for the guarantees, and no separate fee is payable, pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The guarantees are not traded separately.
 
     The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
      The following subsidiaries of SS&C Technologies, Inc. are Registrant Guarantors:
                     
    State or Other   Primary Standard    
    Jurisdiction of   Industrial   I.R.S. Employer
    Incorporation or   Classification   Identification
Exact Name of Registrant Guarantor as specified in its Charter   Organization   Code Number   Number
             
Cogent Management Inc. 
  New York     7372       22-3112774  
Financial Models Company Ltd. 
  New York     7372       13-3524411  
Financial Models Holdings Inc. 
  Delaware     7372       13-3519741  
SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC
  New York     7372       52-2438361  
OMR Systems Corporation
  New Jersey     7372       22-2597983  
Open Information Systems, Inc. 
  Connecticut     7372       06-1532764  
      The address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the principal executive office of each Registrant Guarantor listed above are the same as those of SS&C Technologies, Inc.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to these securities is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 19, 2006
PROSPECTUS
SS&C Technologies, Inc.
Offer to Exchange
$205,000,000 principal amount of its 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the
Securities Act, for any and all of its outstanding 11 3 / 4 % Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013
 
        We are offering to exchange all of our outstanding 11 3 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2013, which we refer to as the old notes, for new 11 3 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2013, in an exchange transaction that is being registered hereby. We refer to these new notes as the exchange notes, and together with the old notes, the notes. The terms of the exchange notes are identical to the terms of the old notes except that the transaction in which you may elect to receive the exchange notes has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and, therefore, the exchange notes are freely transferable. We will pay interest on the notes on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The first interest payment was made on June 1, 2006. The notes will mature on December 1, 2013.
      Before December 1, 2009, we may redeem some or all of the notes, subject to payment of a make-whole premium. On or after December 1, 2009, we may redeem some or all of the notes at the redemption prices set forth under “Description of the Exchange Notes — Optional Redemption.” In addition, at any time prior to December 1, 2008, we may also redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the notes using the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings as described in “Description of the Exchange Notes — Optional Redemption.” If we experience specific kinds of changes of control, we must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest.
      The principal features of the exchange offer are as follows:
  •  The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2006, unless extended.
 
  •  All old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer will be exchanged for exchange notes.
 
  •  You may withdraw tendered old notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
  •  The exchange of old notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer should not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes.
 
  •  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
 
  •  We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or automated quotation system.
      Broker-dealers receiving exchange notes in exchange for old notes acquired for their own account through market-making or other trading activities must deliver a prospectus in any resale of the exchange notes.
 
       See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 to read about factors you should consider in connection with the exchange offer.
 
       Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus is                     , 2006


 

      Each broker-dealer that receives the exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal delivered with this prospectus states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, or such longer period if extended, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”
      We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the registered securities to which it relates, nor does this prospectus constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
     
    1  
    17  
    27  
    28  
    29  
    30  
    32  
    36  
    56  
    74  
    81  
    82  
    84  
    84  
    94  
    97  
    141  
    143  
    148  
    148  
    148  
    149  
    F-1  
  Ex-3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  Ex-3.2 By-laws of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  Ex-3.3 Certificate of Incorporation of Financial Models Company Ltd.
  Ex-3.4 By-laws of Financial Models Company Ltd.
  Ex-3.5 Certificate of Incorporation of Financial Models Holdings Inc.
  Ex-3.6 By-laws of Financial Models Holdings Inc.
  Ex-3.7 Certificate of Restated Articles of Organization of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC
  Ex-3.8 Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC
  Ex-3.9 Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of OMR Systems Corporation
  Ex-3.10 By-laws of OMR Systems Corporation
  Ex-3.11 Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Open Information Systems, Inc.
  Ex-3.12 By-laws of Open Information Systems, Inc.
  Ex-3.13 Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Cogent Management Inc.
  Ex-3.14 By-laws of Cogent Management Inc.
  Ex-4.1 Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005
  Ex-4.3 First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 27, 2006
  Ex-4.3 Guarantee of 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
  Ex-4.4 Guarantee of 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes (Cogent)
  Ex-4.5 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005
  EX-4.6 - Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2005
  EX-4.7 - Joinder Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005
  EX-4.8 - Joinder Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006
  EX-5.1 - Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
  EX-5.2 - Opinion of Day, Berry & Howard LLP
  EX-5.3 - Opinion of Fox Rothschild LLP
  EX-10.1 - Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005
  EX-10.2 - Guarantee & Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005
  EX-10.3 - CDN Guarantee & Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005
  EX-10.4 - Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006
  EX-10.5 - Stockholders Agreement of Sunshine Acquisition Corp., dated as of November 23, 2005
  EX-10.6 - Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005
  EX-10.7 Form of Services Provider Stockholders Agreement of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation
  EX-10.8 - Management Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005
  EX-10.9 - Management Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005
  EX-10.10- 1998 Stock Incentive Plan
  EX-10.11 - 1999 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan
  EX-10.12 - Form of Option Assumption Notice
  EX-10.13 - Employment Agreement dated as of November 23, 2005
  EX-10.15 - Description of Executive Officer & Director Compensation Arrangements
  EX-12 - Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  EX-21 - Subsidiaries of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  EX-23.4 - Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  EX-23.5 - Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  EX-23.6 - Consent of KPMG LLP
  EX-25 - Statement of Eligibility of Trustee
  EX-99.1 - Form of Letter of Transmittal
  EX-99.2 - Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
  EX-99.3 - Form of Letter to DTC Participants
  EX-99.4 - Form of Letter to Beneficial Holders
  EX-99.5 - Form of Tax Guidelines


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
      This summary highlights important information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. This prospectus includes specific terms of the exchange offer, as well as information regarding our business and detailed financial data. Please review this prospectus in its entirety, including the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors,” the financial statements and related notes and other financial data included herein, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise noted, the terms “SS&C,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” refer to SS&C Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and “FMC” refers to Financial Models Company Inc., which we acquired on April 19, 2005.
SS&C Technologies, Inc.
      We are a leading provider of a broad range of highly specialized proprietary software and software-enabled outsourcing solutions for the financial services industry. Our software facilitates and automates mission-critical processing for information management, analysis, trading, accounting, reporting and compliance. Since 1986, our products and services have helped our customers solve complex information processing requirements and improve the effectiveness and productivity of their investment professionals. We generate revenues by licensing our proprietary software to users (coupled with renewable maintenance contracts), leveraging our software to provide outsourcing solutions, and providing professional services to implement and otherwise support our products. Our business model is characterized by significant contractually recurring revenue, high operating margins and significant cash flow.
      We provide over 50 products and services to more than 4,000 clients globally in seven vertical markets in the financial services industry:
  •  insurance entities and pension funds
 
  •  institutional asset managers
 
  •  hedge funds and family offices
 
  •  multinational banks, retail banks and credit unions
 
  •  commercial lenders
 
  •  real estate property managers
 
  •  municipal finance groups
      We believe that we are a leading provider of financial management software in the sectors within the highly fragmented market for financial services software in which we compete. Our customers include many of the largest and most well-recognized firms in the financial services industry, which together manage over $7 trillion in assets worldwide. Our revenue is highly diversified, with no single client accounting for more than 5.4% of our revenues for fiscal 2005. We have continued to migrate our business to a contractually recurring revenue model, which helps us minimize the fluctuations in revenues and cash flows typically associated with non-recurring software license revenues and enhances our ability to estimate our future results of operations. We have experienced average revenue retention rates in each of the last three years of greater than 90% on our maintenance and outsourcing service contracts for our core enterprise software products, which generate a substantial majority of our contractually recurring revenue. We believe that the high-value added nature of our products and services have enabled us to maintain our high revenue retention rates.
      We were founded in 1986 by William C. Stone, who has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since our inception. We have grown our business by increasing sales of products and services to existing customers, attracting new clients to increase our installed customer base, and utilizing internal product development and complementary acquisitions to capitalize on evolving market opportunities. We

1


Table of Contents

believe we offer one of the broadest selections of products and services in the industry and offer multiple delivery options, allowing us to offer comprehensive end-to -end solutions to our customers.
Products and Services Overview
      Our products and services allow professionals in the financial services industry to efficiently and rapidly analyze and manage information, increase productivity, reduce costs and devote more time to critical business decisions. We provide highly flexible, scaleable and cost-effective solutions that enable our clients to meet growing and evolving regulatory requirements, track complex securities, better employ sophisticated investment strategies and scale efficiently with growing assets under management. Our portfolio of over 50 products and services enables our customers to integrate their front-end functions (trading and modeling), with their middle-office functions (portfolio management and reporting) and their back-office functions (processing, clearing and accounting).
      Our delivery methods include software licenses with related maintenance agreements, software-enabled outsourcing alternatives (Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) and Application Service Provider (ASP)) and blended solutions. All of our outsourcing solutions are built around and leverage our own proprietary software.
      Software License and Related Maintenance Agreements. We license our software to clients through either perpetual or term licenses, both of which include annually renewable maintenance contracts. Maintenance contracts on our core enterprise software products, which typically incorporate annual pricing increases, provide us with a stable and recurring revenue base due to average revenue retention rates of over 90% in each of the last three years. We typically generate additional revenues as our existing clients expand usage of our products.
      Software-Enabled Outsourcing. We provide a broad range of software-enabled outsourcing solutions for our clients, ranging from ASP services to full BPO services. By utilizing our proprietary software and avoiding the use of third-party products to provide our outsourcing solutions, we are able to greatly reduce potential operating risks, efficiently tailor our products and services to meet specific customer needs, significantly improve overall service levels and generate high overall operating margins and cash flow. Our outsourcing solutions are generally provided under two- to five-year non-cancelable contracts with required monthly payments. Pricing on our outsourcing services varies depending upon the complexity of the services being provided, the number of users, assets under management and transaction volume. Importantly, our outsourcing solutions allow us to leverage our proprietary software and existing infrastructure, thereby increasing our aggregate profits and cash flows.
  •  Application Service Provider. We provide our clients with the ability to utilize our software and processing services remotely using web-based application services.
 
  •  Business Process Outsourcing. We provide services under multiyear contracts that allow our customers to outsource back-office and support services and benefit from our proprietary software, specialized in-house accounting and technology resources, and our state-of -the-art processing and operations facilities.
      We also offer a range of professional services and product support to our clients. Professional services consist of consulting and implementation services provided by our in-house consulting teams. These teams include certified public accountants, chartered financial analysts, mathematicians and information technology (IT) professionals with experience in each of the seven vertical markets that we serve. In addition, we provide ongoing customer support and training through telephone support, online seminars, industry-specific articles (ebriefings) and classroom and online instruction.
Our Strengths
      We believe that attractive industry dynamics coupled with our competitive advantages will enable us to continue to expand over the coming years.

2


Table of Contents

      Highly Diversified and Stable Customer Base. By providing mission-critical, well-established software products and services, we have developed a large installed customer base within the diverse end markets in the financial services industry that we serve. Our client base of over 4,000 includes some of the largest and most well recognized firms in the financial services industry. We believe that our high-quality products and superior services have led to long-term customer relationships, some of which date from our earliest days of operations in 1987. During fiscal 2005, our top 10 customers represented approximately 23% of our revenue, with no single customer accounting for more than 5.4%. We have experienced average revenue retention rates of over 90% on our maintenance and outsourcing contracts for our core enterprise software products in each of the last three years.
      High Margin, Scaleable Business Model that Generates Significant Free Cash Flow. We have consistently improved operating margins since 2001 by increasing sales across our existing cost structure and driving higher levels of contractually recurring revenue. The combination of our strong profitability, moderate capital expenditures and minimal working capital requirements allows us to generate high levels of free cash flow. We believe we currently have adequate resources and infrastructure to support our business plans and, as a result, anticipate that our business model will continue to lend itself to generating high operating margins and significant free cash flow.
      Substantial Contractually Recurring Revenue. We continue to focus on growing contractually recurring revenue streams from our software-enabled outsourcing solutions and maintenance services because they provide greater predictability in the operation of our business and enable us to build valued long-term relationships with our clients. The shift to a more recurring revenue based business model has reduced volatility in our revenue and earnings, and increased management’s ability to estimate future results.
      Ownership of Outsourcing Software Promotes Higher Margins and Product Improvement. We use our own proprietary software products and infrastructure to provide our software-enabled outsourcing services, resulting in high overall operating margins and multiyear contractually recurring revenue. In addition, our daily usage of these products in the execution of our BPO business allows us to quickly identify and deploy product improvements and respond to client feedback, enhancing the competitiveness of both our license and outsourcing offerings. This continuous feedback process provides us with a significant advantage over many of our competitors, specifically those software competitors that do not provide outsourcing services and therefore do not have the same level of hands-on experience with their products, as well as outsourcing competitors that utilize third-party technology and are therefore dependent on third-party software providers for key service support and product development.
      Attractive Industry Dynamics. We believe that we will benefit from favorable dynamics in the financial services industry, including the growth of worldwide IT spending on software, professional services and outsourcing. Other favorable growth factors include: increasing assets under management and transaction volumes; constantly evolving regulatory requirements; the increasing number, and greater complexity, of asset classes; and the challenge to enable real-time business decision making amid increased amounts and complexity of information. We believe that these trends, coupled with our ability to leverage our extensive industry expertise to rapidly react to our customers’ needs and incremental penetration opportunities within the financial services industry, will further drive our organic growth.
      Extensive Industry Expertise. Our team of approximately 692 development and service professionals has significant expertise across the seven vertical markets that we serve and a deep working knowledge of our clients’ businesses. By leveraging this expertise and knowledge, we have developed, and continue to improve, our software products and services to enable our clients to overcome the complexities inherent in their businesses.
      Successful, Disciplined Acquisition History. We have a proven ability to acquire and integrate complementary businesses. Our experienced senior management team leads a rigorous evaluation of our acquisition candidates to ensure that they satisfy our product or service needs and will successfully integrate with our business while meeting our targeted financial goals. As a result, each of our acquisitions has contributed a marketable product or service that has added to our revenues. In addition, our

3


Table of Contents

acquisitions have enabled us to expand our product and service offerings to our existing customers and given us the opportunity to market our existing products into new markets or client bases. We also have generally been able to improve the operational performance and profitability of the acquired businesses. In addition, we believe that our acquisitions have been a low risk extension of our research and development effort that has enabled us to purchase proven products without the uncertainty of in-house development. On April 19, 2005, we purchased all of the outstanding stock of FMC for $159.0 million in cash. FMC is a leading provider of comprehensive investment management systems that complement our product and service offerings to meet the front-, middle-and back-office needs of the investment management industry. This acquisition is our largest to date and provides us with significant opportunities to grow revenues while eliminating duplicative costs.
      Experienced Management Team with an Average of Over 15 Years of Experience. Our management team has an established track record of operational excellence. On average, our senior management team has more than 15 years of experience with us or other companies in the software and financial services industries.
Business Strategy
      Our goal is to be the leading provider of superior technology solutions to the financial services industry. To achieve our goal, we intend to:
        Grow Our Software-Enabled Outsourcing and Other Contractually Recurring Revenues. We plan to further increase our contractually recurring revenue streams from our software-enabled outsourcing solutions and maintenance services because they provide us with greater predictability in the operation of our business and enable us to build valued relationships with our clients. We believe that our software-enabled outsourcing solutions provide an attractive alternative to clients that do not wish to install, run and maintain complicated financial software.
 
        Increase Revenues from Our Existing Clients. Revenues from our existing clients generally grow along with the volume of assets that they manage. While we expect to continue to benefit from this trend, we intend to continue to use our deep understanding of the financial services industry to identify other opportunities to increase our revenues from our existing clients. Many of our current customers use our products for a relatively small portion of their total funds and investment vehicles under management, providing us with excellent opportunities for growth as we attempt to gain a larger share of their business. We have been successful in, and expect to continue to focus our marketing efforts on, providing additional modules or features to the products and services our existing clients already use, as well as cross-selling our other products and services to them.
 
        Enhance Our Product and Service Offerings to Address the Specialized Needs of Our Clients. We have accumulated substantial financial expertise since our founding in 1986 through close working relationships with our clients, resulting in a deep knowledge base that enables us to respond to their most complex financial, accounting, actuarial, tax and regulatory needs. We intend to leverage our expertise by continuing to offer products and services that address the highly specialized needs of the financial services industry. Our internal product development team works closely with marketing and support personnel to ensure that product evolution reflects developments in the marketplace and trends in client requirements. In addition, we intend to continue to develop our products in a cost-effective manner by leveraging common components across product families. We believe that we enjoy a competitive advantage because we can address the investment and financial management needs of high-end clients by providing industry-tested products and services that meet global market demands and enable our clients to automate and integrate their front-, middle- and back-office functions for improved productivity, reduced manual intervention and bottom-line savings.
 
        Maintain Our Commitment to the Highest Level of Client Service. We intend to continue to differentiate ourselves from our competition through our commitment to the highest level of client service. Our clients include large, sophisticated institutions with complex systems and requirements,

4


Table of Contents

  and we understand the importance of providing them with both the experience of our senior management and the technical expertise of our sales, professional services and support staffs. Our commitment begins with our senior management team, which actively participates in creating and building client relationships. For each solution deployment, we analyze our client’s needs and assemble a team of appropriate industry vertical and technical experts who can quickly and efficiently deliver tailored solutions to the client. We provide our larger clients with a full-time dedicated client support team whose primary responsibility is to resolve questions and provide solutions to address ongoing needs. We expect to build even greater client loyalty and generate high-quality references for future clients by leveraging the individual attention and industry expertise provided by our senior management and staff.
 
        Capitalize on Acquisition Opportunities. We believe that the market for financial services software and services is highly fragmented and rapidly evolving, with many new product introductions and industry participants. To supplement our internal development efforts and capitalize on growth opportunities, we intend to continue to employ a disciplined and highly focused acquisition strategy. We will seek to opportunistically acquire, at attractive valuations, businesses, products and technologies in our existing or complementary vertical markets.
The Transactions
      On July 28, 2005, Sunshine Merger Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation organized in 2005 exclusively for the purpose of effecting the Acquisition (as defined below), and Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, which we refer to as Holdings, a Delaware corporation owned by investment funds affiliated with The Carlyle Group, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with SS&C Technologies, Inc., which was subsequently amended on August 25, 2005. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on November 23, 2005, SS&C became a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, and our outstanding common stock converted into the right to receive $37.25 per share in cash. We refer to the acquisition of SS&C on November 23, 2005 as the Acquisition.
      The following transactions occurred in connection with the Acquisition:
  •  The Carlyle Group, which we refer to as Carlyle, capitalized Holdings with an aggregate equity contribution of $381.0 million;
 
  •  William C. Stone, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, contributed $165.0 million in equity to Holdings as more fully described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and certain other management and employee option holders contributed approximately $9.0 million of additional equity in the form of rollover options;
 
  •  we entered into senior secured credit facilities, which we refer to as our senior credit facilities, consisting of:
  •  a $75.0 million revolving credit facility, of which $10.0 million was drawn on the closing date of the Transactions (as defined below) and the equivalent of up to $10.0 million may be drawn in Canadian dollars either by us or one of our Canadian subsidiaries; and
 
  •  a $275.0 million term loan B facility, which was fully drawn on the closing date and of which the equivalent of $75.0 million ($17 million of which is denominated in U.S. dollars and $58 million of which is denominated in Canadian dollars) was drawn in Canadian dollars by one of our Canadian subsidiaries;
  •  we issued and sold $205.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the old notes;
 
  •  all outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock became fully vested and immediately exercisable, and each outstanding option (other than options held by (1) non-employee directors, (2) certain individuals identified in a schedule to the Merger Agreement and (3) individuals who held options that were exercisable for fewer than 100 shares of our common

5


Table of Contents

  stock) were, subject to certain conditions, assumed by Holdings and converted into an option to acquire common stock of Holdings; and
 
  •  all in-the -money warrants to purchase shares of our common stock were cancelled in exchange for a certain amount of cash.
      We refer to the Acquisition, the equity contributions to Holdings, the offering of the old notes and the other transactions described above as the “Transactions.” See “The Transactions.”
Ownership and Corporate Structure
      The chart below summarizes our current corporate structure:
(FLOW CHART)
(1)  Certain members of our management and employee option holders contributed approximately $9.0 million of equity in the form of rollover options.
 
(2)  Holdings and our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries are guaranteeing our senior credit facilities, with certain exceptions as set forth in the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities. The old notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by our existing and future U.S. subsidiaries that are obligors under any of our indebtedness, including our senior credit facilities, or any indebtedness of our subsidiary guarantors.
 
(3)  Upon the closing of the Transactions, we entered into our senior credit facilities consisting of (a) a $75.0 million revolving credit facility, of which $10.0 million was drawn on November 23, 2005, and (b) a $275.0 million term loan B facility, which was fully drawn on the closing date and of which the equivalent of $75.0 million ($17 million of which is denominated in U.S. dollars and $58 million of which is denominated in Canadian dollars) was drawn by one of our Canadian subsidiaries.
 
(4)  Upon the closing of the Acquisition, Sunshine Merger Corporation and Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. were each merged with and into SS&C Technologies, Inc., and SS&C Technologies, Inc., as the surviving entity in both mergers, assumed all of Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc.’s obligations with respect to the old notes.

6


Table of Contents

Sources and Uses
      The following table contains the sources and uses of the funds for the Transactions:
                       
Sources       Uses    
             
(Dollars in millions)
Senior credit facilities:
                   
 
Revolving credit facility(1)
  $ 10.0     Purchase price(4)   $ 942.4  
 
Term loan B facility(2)
    275.0     Repayment of existing debt and legal fees(5)     75.2  
11 3 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2013
    205.0     Cost of Transactions(6)     33.4  
Cash on hand
    6.0              
Equity contribution(3)
    555.0              
                 
Total sources
  $ 1,051.0     Total uses   $ 1,051.0  
                 
 
(1)  $75.0 million is available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility, of which $10.0 million was drawn on November 23, 2005. The equivalent of up to $10.0 million of our revolving credit facility may be drawn in Canadian dollars either by us or one of our Canadian subsidiaries.
 
(2)  The equivalent of $75.0 million was drawn on November 23, 2005 in Canadian dollars by one of our Canadian subsidiaries.
 
(3)  Represents $165.0 million of equity contributed by William C. Stone, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, $381.0 million of equity contributions from Carlyle and $9.0 million of additional equity from certain other management and employee option holders.
 
(4)  The holders of outstanding shares on November 23, 2005 of our common stock received $37.25 in cash per share in connection with the Acquisition. The purchase price was based on 23,621,660 shares of our common stock outstanding on November 16, 2005, plus the net option and in-the -money warrant value on that date of $62,475,238, based upon options and in-the -money warrants to purchase 2,191,610 shares of our common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.74 per share.
 
(5)  Consists of the repayment of $75.0 million of indebtedness under our prior credit facility as of the closing of the Transactions.
 
(6)  Consists of fees and expenses associated with the Transactions, including placement and other financing fees (including discounts payable to the initial purchasers in connection with the offering of the old notes), fees paid to Carlyle and other transaction costs and advisory and professional fees.
The Sponsor
      The Carlyle Group is a global private equity firm with $39 billion under management. Carlyle invests in buyouts, venture & growth capital, real estate and leveraged finance in Asia, Europe and North America, focusing on aerospace & defense, automotive & transportation, consumer & retail, energy & power, healthcare, industrial, technology & business services and telecommunications & media. Since 1987, the firm has invested $18.1 billion of equity in 463 transactions for a total purchase price of $73.2 billion. The Carlyle Group employs more than 650 people in 14 countries. In the aggregate, Carlyle portfolio companies have more than $46 billion in revenue and employ more than 184,000 people around the world.
Market and Industry Data
      This prospectus includes estimates of market share and industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys and internal company surveys. Industry publications and surveys

7


Table of Contents

generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of the information. We believe that information obtained from these sources was accurate at the time of publication and is accurate as of the date of this prospectus, however, we have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our market share or industry data and forecasts presented herein, our estimates of this information involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.
      AdvisorWare, DBC, Heatmaps, HedgeWare, PortPro, SKYLINE, TradeThru and Xacct are registered trademarks; Altair, AnalyticsExpress, Antares, CAMRA, CAMRA D Class, Debt & Derivatives, Finesse, Lightning, LMS, Mabel, PTS, SamTrak, The BANC Mall and Total Return are trademarks; and SS&C Direct is a service mark of SS&C Technologies, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

8


Table of Contents

The Offering of the Old Notes
      On November 23, 2005, we completed an offering of $205.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 11 3 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2013, which was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act.
Old Notes We sold the old notes to Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, the initial purchasers, on November 23, 2005. The initial purchasers subsequently resold the old notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
 
Registration Rights Agreement In connection with the sale of the old notes, we and the subsidiary guarantors, which we refer to as the guarantors, entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers. Under the terms of that agreement, we agree to:
  (1)  use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement for the exchange offer and the exchange notes and have such registration statement be declared effective under the Securities Act on or before the 270 th  day after the issue date of the old notes;
 
  (2)  use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the exchange offer open for at least 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the exchange offer is mailed or otherwise transmitted to holders;
 
  (3)  use our commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the exchange offer on or prior to the 300 th  day following the issue date of the old notes; and
 
  (4)  file a shelf registration statement for the resale of the old notes, under specified circumstances, and use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause such shelf registration statement to be declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
If we do not comply with any of obligations under (1), (3) and (4) above on time, each of which is referred to as a “registration default,” we will pay additional interest on the notes. You will not have any remedy other than additional interest on the notes for any registration default.
 
If there is a registration default, the annual interest rate on the notes will increase by 0.25%. The annual interest rate on the notes will increase by 0.25% for any subsequent 90-day period during which the registration default continues, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per year. If we correct the registration default, additional interest shall cease to accrue. If we must pay additional interest on the notes, we will pay such interest to you in cash on the same date that we make other interest payments on the notes.

9


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer
Exchange Offer $1,000 principal amount of exchange notes will be issued in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of old notes validly tendered.
 
Resale Based upon interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that the exchange notes may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, unless you:
  •  are an “affiliate” of SS&C Technologies, Inc. or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
  •  acquired the exchange notes other than in the ordinary course of your business;
 
  •  have an arrangement or understanding with any person to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; or
 
  •  are engaging in or intend to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes.
If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Any holder of old notes who:
  •  is an affiliate of SS&C Technologies, Inc. or any guarantor;
 
  •  does not acquire exchanges notes in the ordinary course of its business; or
 
  •  tenders its old notes in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of exchange notes
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corp. (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, publicly available July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
 
Expiration Date The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2006, which we refer to as the expiration date, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend it.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer The exchange offer is subject to certain conditions, some of which may be waived by us. See “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

10


Table of Contents

Procedure for Tendering Old Notes If you wish to accept the exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a copy of the letter of transmittal, in accordance with the instructions contained in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, and mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal, or the copy, together with the old notes and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent at the address set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.
 
If you hold old notes through The Depositary Trust Company, which we refer to as DTC, and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC by which you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal.
 
By signing, or agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:
  •  you are not an “affiliate” of SS&C Technologies, Inc. or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
  •  you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;
 
  •  you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes;
 
  •  you are not engaging in or intend to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
  •  if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, that you will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder).
We will accept for exchange any and all old notes that are properly tendered in the exchange offer prior to the expiration date. The exchange notes issued in the exchange offer will be delivered promptly following the expiration date. See “The Exchange Offer — Procedures For Tendering.”
 
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners If you are the beneficial owner of old notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and wish to tender in the exchange offer, you should contact the person in whose name your notes are registered and instruct the registered holder to tender the old notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your old notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to

11


Table of Contents

the expiration date. See “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering.”
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures If you wish to tender your old notes and your old notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your old notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents, or you cannot comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program for transfer of book-entry interests, prior to the expiration date, you must tender your old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”
 
Withdrawal Rights The tender of the old notes pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
Acceptance of Old Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes Subject to customary conditions, we will accept old notes which are properly tendered in the exchange offer and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. The exchange notes will be delivered promptly following the expiration date.
 
Effect of Not Tendering Any old notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer. Since the old notes have not been registered under the federal securities laws, they bear a legend restricting their transfer absent registration or the availability of a specific exemption from registration. Upon completion of the exchange offer, we will have no further obligations, except under limited circumstances, to provide for registration of the old notes under the federal securities laws.
 
Interest on the Exchange Notes and the Old Notes The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid on the notes. Interest on the old notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon the issuance of the exchange notes.
 
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences The exchange of old notes for exchange notes by tendering holders should not be a taxable exchange for federal income tax purposes. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences.”
 
Exchange Agent Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the trustee under the indenture, is serving as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer.
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

12


Table of Contents

Summary of Terms of Exchange Notes
      The summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of the Exchange Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the exchange notes. The exchange notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the old notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest for failure to observe certain obligations in the registration rights agreement.
Issuer SS&C Technologies, Inc.
 
Notes Offered $205,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013.
 
Maturity Date December 1, 2013
 
Interest Rate The notes will bear interest at a rate of 11 3 / 4 % per annum.
 
Guarantees The notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by our existing and future U.S. subsidiaries that are obligors under any of our indebtedness, including our senior credit facilities, or any indebtedness of our subsidiary guarantors.
 
Interest Payment Dates We will pay interest on the notes on June 1 and December 1. Interest will accrue from the issue date of the notes.
 
Ranking The notes will be our unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will rank junior in right of payment to our existing and future senior debt. The notes will rank equally with all future senior subordinated debt and senior to all future junior subordinated indebtedness. As of March 31, 2006, we had approximately $483.2 million of senior debt outstanding and $71.6 million of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility. The indenture governing the notes allow us to incur additional debt, including senior secured debt.
 
Option Redemption We may redeem some or all of the notes at any time on or after December 1, 2009, at redemption prices set forth in this prospectus. In addition, we may redeem some or all of the notes at any time prior to December 1, 2009, at a make-whole redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus the applicable premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. See “Description of the Exchange Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
In addition, at any time prior to December 1, 2008, we may redeem up to 35% of the notes from the proceeds of certain sales of our equity securities at 111.75% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. We may make that redemption only if, after the redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding and the redemption occurs within 90 days of the closing of the equity offering. See “Description of the Exchange Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
Change of Control Upon the occurrence of a change of control (as described under “Description of the Exchange Notes — Repurchase at the

13


Table of Contents

Option of Holders — Change of Control”), we must offer to repurchase the notes at 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of repurchase.
 
Basic Covenants of the Indenture The indenture governing the notes contains certain covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, under certain circumstances:
 
• incur additional debt;
 
• prepay subordinated indebtedness;
 
• pay dividends or make other distributions on, redeem or repurchase, capital stock;
 
• make investments or other restricted payments;
 
• enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
• engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
 
• issue stock of restricted subsidiaries;
 
• sell all, or substantially all, of our assets;
 
• create liens on assets to secure debt; or
 
• effect a consolidation or merger.
 
These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. See “Description of the Exchange Notes — Certain Covenants.”
 
No Public Market The exchange notes will be freely transferable but will be new securities for which there will not initially be a market. Accordingly, we cannot assure you whether a market for the exchange notes will develop or as to the liquidity of any market. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the old notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes. The initial purchasers are not obligated, however, to make a market in the exchange notes, and any such market-making may be discontinued by the initial purchasers in their discretion at any time without notice.
Risk Factors
      Investment in the exchange notes involves risks. You should carefully consider the information under the section entitled “Risk Factors” and all other information included in this prospectus before investing in the exchange notes.
Additional Information
      SS&C Technologies, Inc. was organized as a Connecticut corporation in March 1986 and reincorporated as a Delaware corporation in April 1996. Our principal executive offices are located at 80 Lamberton Road, Windsor, Connecticut 06095. The telephone number of our principal executive offices is (860) 298-4500. Our Internet address is http://www.ssctech.com . The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus.

14


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Consolidated and Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data
      Set forth below are summary historical consolidated financial data and summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data of our business, at the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the periods from November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, from January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 have been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2003 have been derived from audited historical consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.
      Although SS&C Technologies, Inc. continued as the same legal entity after the Acquisition, the accompanying consolidated financial data are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Acquisition and the period succeeding the Acquisition, respectively.
      The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data for the year ended December 31, 2005 have been prepared to give effect to the Transactions and the acquisition of FMC as if they had occurred on January 1, 2005. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data do not purport to represent what our results actually would have been if the Transactions and the acquisition of FMC had occurred at any date, and such data do not purport to project the results of operations for any future period.
      The summary historical consolidated and unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data should be read in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
                                                               
    Successor   Predecessor   Pro Forma   Successor   Predecessor
                     
                Period from   Period from    
    Three Months   Three Months       November 23,   January 1,    
    Ended   Ended   Year Ended   2005 through   2005 through   Year Ended   Year Ended
    March 31,   March 31,   December 31,   December 31,   November 22,   December 31,   December 31,
    2006   2005   2005   2005   2005   2004   2003
                             
    (Dollars in thousands)
Statement of operations data:
                                                       
 
Revenues:
                                                       
   
Software licenses
  $ 5,198     $ 4,495     $ 24,836     $ 3,587     $ 20,147     $ 17,250     $ 14,233  
   
Maintenance
    13,042       9,843       51,012       3,701       44,064       36,433       31,318  
   
Professional services
    5,178       2,621       16,484       2,520       12,565       11,320       6,757  
   
Outsourcing
    24,947       10,457       86,811       7,857       67,193       30,885       13,223  
                                           
     
Total revenues
    48,365       27,416       179,143       17,665       143,969       95,888       65,531  
 
Cost of revenues
    23,296       9,808       85,483       7,627       59,004       33,770       20,426  
                                           
 
Gross profit
    25,069       17,608       93,660       10,038       84,965       62,118       45,105  
                                           
 
Operating expenses:
                                                       
   
Selling, marketing, general and administrative
    7,766       4,962       32,704       2,504       25,078       18,748       15,547  
   
Research and development
    5,876       3,483       24,458       2,071       19,199       13,957       11,180  
   
Merger costs
                            36,912              
                                           
     
Total operating expenses
    13,642       8,445       57,162       4,575       81,189       32,705       26,727  
                                           

15


Table of Contents

                                                           
    Successor   Predecessor   Pro Forma   Successor   Predecessor
                     
                Period from   Period from    
    Three Months   Three Months       November 23,   January 1,    
    Ended   Ended   Year Ended   2005 through   2005 through   Year Ended   Year Ended
    March 31,   March 31,   December 31,   December 31,   November 22,   December 31,   December 31,
    2006   2005   2005   2005   2005   2004   2003
                             
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
Operating income
    11,427       9,163       36,498       5,463       3,776       29,413       18,378  
 
Interest (expense) income, net
    (11,509 )     572       (47,603 )     (4,890 )     (1,061 )            
 
Other (expense) income, net
    (61 )     50       1,194       258       655       99       47  
                                           
 
Loss (income) before income taxes
    (143 )     9,785       (9,911 )     831       3,370       31,040       19,337  
 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    83       3,816       (1,640 )           2,658       12,030       7,541  
                                           
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (226 )   $ 5,969     $ (8,271 )   $ 831     $ 712     $ 19,010     $ 11,796  
                                           
Other financial data:
                                                       
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(1)
          32.6 x             1.2 x     1.8 x     30.3 x     19.5 x
Balance sheet data (at period end):
                                                       
 
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
  $ 13,188                     $ 15,584             $ 130,835     $ 52,381  
 
Total assets
    1,182,131                       1,176,371               185,663       82,585  
 
Total debt (including current portion of long-term debt)
    483,238                       488,581                      
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    557,413                       557,133               156,094       61,588  
 
(1)  Earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2006 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately $143,000.

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
      You should carefully consider the risks described as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before making a decision to participate in the exchange offer. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, you may lose all or part of your original investment.
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.
      We have incurred a significant amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2006, we had total indebtedness of $483.2 million and additional available borrowings of $71.6 million under our revolving credit facility. $205.0 million of our total indebtedness consisted of our notes, $3.4 million consisted of secured indebtedness under our revolving credit facility and $274.8 million consisted of secured indebtedness under our term loan B facility.
      Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:
  •  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
  •  expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as borrowings under our senior credit facilities are subject to variable rates of interest;
 
  •  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
 
  •  limit our ability to borrow additional funds.
      In addition, the indenture governing the notes and the agreement governing our senior credit facilities contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts.
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.
      Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
      We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our senior credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior credit facilities and the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and

17


Table of Contents

alliances. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial financial leverage.
      We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future because the terms of the indenture governing the notes and our senior credit facilities do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. Subject to covenant compliance and certain conditions, as of March 31, 2006, our senior credit facilities permit additional borrowing, including borrowing up to $71.6 million under our revolving credit facility. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify.
Your rights to receive payments on the notes are junior to the borrowings under our senior credit facilities and all future secured or senior indebtedness. Further, the guarantees of the notes are junior to the guarantors’ secured and senior indebtedness and all future secured or senior indebtedness.
      The notes and the guarantees are subordinated obligations to substantially all of our existing and future debt, in particular our senior credit facilities, other than trade payables and any such debt that expressly provides that it ranks equally with, or is subordinated to, the notes or the guarantees. Any guarantee is subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of the relevant guarantor, including guarantees of our senior credit facilities. The notes and guarantees are also effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ secured debt to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness. As of March 31, 2006, the notes were subordinated to $278.2 million of senior indebtedness and $71.6 million was available for borrowing as additional senior indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. We are permitted to borrow substantial additional indebtedness, including senior indebtedness, in the future under the terms of the indenture governing the notes.
      In a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or dissolution relating to us or the guarantors, our or the guarantors’ assets will be available to pay the notes and the guarantees only after all payments have been made on our or the guarantors’ senior indebtedness. After all payments have been made on such senior indebtedness, holders of the notes will participate with trade creditors and all other holders of senior subordinated indebtedness in the assets remaining. However, because the indenture governing the notes requires that amounts otherwise payable to holders of the notes in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid to holders of senior indebtedness instead, holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of trade payables in any such proceeding. As a result, we cannot assure you that in any such event sufficient assets would remain to make any payments on the notes. In addition, all payments on the notes and the guarantees will be blocked in the event of a payment default on senior debt and may be blocked for up to 179 consecutive days in the event of certain non-payment defaults on senior debt. See “Description of Senior Credit Facilities.”
Restrictive covenants in the indenture governing the notes and the agreement governing our senior credit facilities may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.
      The indenture governing the notes and the agreement governing our senior credit facilities limit our ability, among other things, to:
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;
 
  •  agree to payment restrictions affecting our restricted subsidiaries;
 
  •  consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
 
  •  enter into transactions with our affiliates;
 
  •  incur liens; and
 
  •  designate any of our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

18


Table of Contents

      In addition, our senior credit facilities include other and more restrictive covenants and, subject to certain exceptions, prohibit us from prepaying our other indebtedness while indebtedness under our senior credit facilities is outstanding. The agreement governing our senior credit facilities also requires us to maintain compliance with specified financial ratios. Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control.
      The restrictions contained in the indenture governing the notes and the agreement governing our senior credit facilities could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or make acquisitions or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans.
      A breach of any of these restrictive covenants or our inability to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default under the agreement governing our senior credit facilities. If a default occurs, the lenders under our senior credit facilities may elect to:
  •  declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable; or
 
  •  prevent us from making payments on the notes,
either of which would result in an event of default under the notes. The lenders also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. If we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under our senior credit facilities also have the right to proceed against the collateral, including our available cash, granted to them to secure the indebtedness. If the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities and the notes were to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness and our other indebtedness. See “Description of Senior Credit Facilities.”
      Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require note holders to return payments received from guarantors.
      Under the federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee could be voided, or claims in respect of a guarantee could be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such guarantee and:
  •  was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or
 
  •  was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or
 
  •  intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.
      In addition, any payment by that guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor.
      The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:
  •  the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets; or
 
  •  if the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
 
  •  it could not pay its debts as they become due.

19


Table of Contents

Certain subsidiaries are not included as subsidiary guarantors.
      The notes are, or will be, guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by our existing and future U.S. subsidiaries that are obligors under any of our indebtedness, including our senior credit facilities, or any indebtedness of our subsidiary guarantors. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated approximately 28% of our 2005 revenues, and as of December 31, 2005, our non-guarantor subsidiaries held approximately 26% and 30% of our total assets and tangible assets, respectively. In addition, we have the ability to designate certain of our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the indenture, and any subsidiary so designated will not be a subsidiary guarantor of the notes.
      Our non-guarantor subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant to the notes, or to make any funds available therefore, whether by dividends, loans, distributions or other payments. Any right that we or the subsidiary guarantors have to receive any assets of any of the non-guarantor subsidiaries upon the liquidation or reorganization of those subsidiaries, and the consequent rights of holders of notes to realize proceeds from the sale of any of those subsidiaries’ assets, will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors and holders of debt of that subsidiary.
We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indenture governing the notes.
      Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of notes or that restrictions in our senior credit facilities will not allow such repurchases. In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a “Change of Control” under the indenture governing the notes. See “Description of the Exchange Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control.”
Your ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and we cannot assure you that an active trading market for the exchange notes will develop.
      There is no established trading market for the exchange notes. Although the initial purchasers have informed us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes, they have no obligation to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that an active market for the exchange notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue.
      We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or for quotation on any automated quotation system. The liquidity of any market for the exchange notes will depend upon the number of holders of the exchange notes, our performance, the market for similar securities, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the exchange notes and other factors. A liquid trading market may not develop for the notes. If a market develops, the notes could trade at prices that may be lower than the initial offering price of the notes.
The market price for the notes may be volatile.
      Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the notes offered hereby. The market for the exchange notes, if any, may be subject to similar disruptions. Any such disruptions may adversely affect the value of your exchange notes.

20


Table of Contents

If you do not properly tender your old notes, your ability to transfer your old notes will be adversely affected.
      We will only issue exchange notes in exchange for old notes that are timely received by the exchange agent, together with all required documents, including a properly completed and signed letter of transmittal. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the old notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to tender your old notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent are required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of the old notes. If you do not tender your old notes or if we do not accept your old notes because you did not tender your old notes properly, then, after we consummate the exchange offer, you may continue to hold old notes that are subject to the existing transfer restrictions. In addition, if you tender your old notes for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. If you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or any other trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes in accordance with applicable regulations. After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding. In addition, if a large amount of old notes are not tendered or are tendered improperly, the limited amount of exchange notes that would be issued and outstanding after we consummate the exchange offer could lower the market price of such exchange notes.
Risks Relating to Our Business
Our business is greatly affected by changes in the state of the general economy and the financial markets, and a slowdown or downturn in the general economy or the financial markets could adversely affect our results of operations.
      Our clients include a range of organizations in the financial services industry whose success is intrinsically linked to the health of the economy generally and of the financial markets specifically. As a result, we believe that fluctuations, disruptions, instability or downturns in the general economy and the financial markets could disproportionately affect demand for our products and services. For example, such fluctuations, disruptions, instability or downturns may cause our clients to do the following:
  •  cancel or reduce planned expenditures for our products and services;
 
  •  seek to lower their costs by renegotiating their contracts with us;
 
  •  move their IT solutions in-house;
 
  •  switch to lower-priced solutions provided by our competitors; or
 
  •  exit the industry.
      If such conditions occur and persist, our business and financial results, including our liquidity and our ability to fulfill our obligations to the holders of the notes and our other lenders, could be materially adversely affected.
Further or accelerated consolidations in the financial services industry could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
      If financial services firms continue to consolidate, as they have over the past decade, there could be a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. For example, if a client merges with a firm using its own solution or another vendor’s solution, it could decide to consolidate its processing on a non-SS&C system. The resulting decline in demand for our products and services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

21


Table of Contents

We expect that our operating results, including our profit margins and profitability, may fluctuate over time.
      Historically, our revenues, profit margins and other operating results have fluctuated significantly from period to period and over time. Such fluctuations are due to a number of factors, including:
  •  the timing, size and nature of our license and service transactions;
 
  •  the timing of the introduction and the market acceptance of new products, product enhancements or services by us or our competitors;
 
  •  the amount and timing of our operating costs and other expenses;
 
  •  the financial health of our clients;
 
  •  changes in the volume of assets under our clients’ management;
 
  •  cancellations of maintenance and/or outsourcing arrangements by our clients;
 
  •  changes in local, national and international regulatory requirements;
 
  •  changes in our personnel;
 
  •  implementation of our licensing contracts and outsourcing arrangements;
 
  •  changes in economic and financial market conditions; and
 
  •  changes in the mix of the types of products and services we provide.
If we are unable to retain and attract clients, our revenues and net income would remain stagnant or decline.
      If we are unable to keep existing clients satisfied, sell additional products and services to existing clients or attract new clients, then our revenues and net income would remain stagnant or decline. A variety of factors could affect our ability to successfully retain and attract clients, including:
  •  the level of demand for our products and services;
 
  •  the level of client spending for information technology;
 
  •  the level of competition from internal client solutions and from other vendors;
 
  •  the quality of our client service;
 
  •  our ability to update our products and services and develop new products and services needed by clients;
 
  •  our ability to understand the organization and processes of our clients; and
 
  •  our ability to integrate and manage acquired businesses.
We face significant competition with respect to our products and services, which may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins or loss of market share.
      The market for financial services software and services is competitive, rapidly evolving and highly sensitive to new product and service introductions and marketing efforts by industry participants. The market is also highly fragmented and served by numerous firms that target only local markets or specific client types. We also face competition from information systems developed and serviced internally by the IT departments of financial services firms.
      Some of our current and potential competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources, generate higher revenues and have greater name recognition. Our current or potential competitors may develop products comparable or superior to those developed by us, or adapt more quickly to new technologies, evolving industry trends or changing client or regulatory requirements. It is also

22


Table of Contents

possible that alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not achieve the anticipated benefits from our acquisitions and may face difficulties in integrating our acquisitions, which could adversely affect our revenues, subject us to unknown liabilities, increase costs and place a significant strain on our management.
      We have made and may in the future make acquisitions of companies, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our business, augment our market coverage, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. Failure to achieve the anticipated benefits of an acquisition could harm our business, results of operations and cash flows. Acquisitions could subject us to contingent or unknown liabilities, and we may have to incur debt or severance liabilities or write off investments, infrastructure costs or other assets.
      Our success is also dependent on our ability to complete the integration of the operations of acquired businesses in an efficient and effective manner. Successful integration in the rapidly changing financial services software and services industry may be more difficult to accomplish than in other industries. We may not realize the benefits we anticipate from the FMC acquisition or from other acquisitions, such as lower costs or increased revenues. We may also realize such benefits more slowly than anticipated, due to our inability to:
  •  combine operations, facilities and differing firm cultures;
 
  •  retain the clients or employees of acquired entities;
 
  •  generate market demand for new products and services;
 
  •  coordinate geographically dispersed operations and successfully adapt to the complexities of international operations;
 
  •  integrate the technical teams of these companies with our engineering organization;
 
  •  incorporate acquired technologies and products into our current and future product lines; and
 
  •  integrate the products and services of these companies with our business, where we do not have distribution, marketing or support experience for these products and services.
      Integration may not be smooth or successful. The inability of management to successfully integrate the operations of acquired companies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such acquisitions may also place a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. To manage growth effectively, we must continue to improve our management and operational controls, enhance our reporting systems and procedures, integrate new personnel and manage expanded operations. If we are unable to manage our growth and the related expansion in our operations from recent and future acquisitions, our business may be harmed through a decreased ability to monitor and control effectively our operations and a decrease in the quality of work and innovation of our employees.
If we are unable to protect our proprietary technology, our success and our ability to compete will be subject to various risks, such as third-party infringement claims, unauthorized use of our technology, disclosure of our proprietary information or inability to license technology from third parties.
      Our success and ability to compete depends in part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark law, nondisclosure agreements and technical measures to protect our proprietary technology. We have registered trademarks for many of our products and will continue to evaluate the registration of additional trademarks as appropriate. We generally enter into confidentiality and/or license agreements with our employees, distributors, clients and potential clients. We seek to protect our software, documentation and other written

23


Table of Contents

materials under trade secret and copyright laws, which afford only limited protection. These efforts may be insufficient to prevent third parties from asserting intellectual property rights in our technology. Furthermore, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy portions of our products or to reverse engineer or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary information, and third parties may assert ownership rights in our proprietary technology.
      Existing patent and copyright laws afford only limited protection. Others may develop substantially equivalent or superseding proprietary technology, or competitors may offer equivalent products in competition with our products, thereby substantially reducing the value of our proprietary rights. We cannot be sure that our proprietary technology does not include open-source software, free-ware, share-ware or other publicly available technology. There are many patents in the investment management field. As a result, we are subject to the risk that others will claim that the important technology we have developed, acquired or incorporated into our products will infringe the rights, including the patent rights, such persons may hold. Third parties also could claim that our software incorporates publicly available software and that, as a result, we must publicly disclose our source code. Because we rely on confidentiality for protection, such an event could result in a material loss of intellectual property rights. We cannot be sure that we will develop proprietary products or technologies that are patentable, that any patent, if issued, would provide us with any competitive advantages or would not be challenged by third parties, or that the patents of others will not adversely affect our ability to do business. Expensive and time-consuming litigation may be necessary to protect our proprietary rights.
      We have acquired and may acquire important technology rights through our acquisitions and have often incorporated and may incorporate features of this technology across many products and services. As a result, we are subject to the above risks and the additional risk that the seller of the technology rights may not have appropriately protected the intellectual property rights we acquired. Indemnification and other rights under applicable acquisition documents are limited in term and scope and therefore provide us with only limited protection.
      In addition, we currently use certain third-party software in providing our products and services, such as industry standard databases and report writers. If we lost our licenses to use such software or if such licenses were found to infringe upon the rights of others, we would need to seek alternative means of obtaining the licensed software to continue to provide our products or services. Our inability to replace such software, or to replace such software in a timely manner, could have a negative impact on our operations and financial results.
We could become subject to litigation regarding intellectual property rights, which could seriously harm our business and require us to incur significant costs, which, in turn, could reduce or eliminate profits.
      In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving patents and other intellectual property rights. While we are not currently a party to any litigation asserting that we have violated third-party intellectual property rights, we may be a party to litigation in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights or as a result of an allegation that we infringe others’ intellectual property, including patents, trademarks and copyrights. Any parties asserting that our products or services infringe upon their proprietary rights would force us to defend ourselves and possibly our clients against the alleged infringement. Third parties could claim that our software incorporates publicly available software and that, as a result, we must publicly disclose our source code. These claims and any resulting lawsuit, if successful, could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidation of our proprietary rights. These lawsuits, regardless of their success, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, adversely affect our revenues, profitability and prospects and divert management time and attention away from our operations. We may be required to re-engineer our products or services or obtain a license of third-party technologies on unfavorable terms.

24


Table of Contents

Our failure to continue to derive substantial revenues from the licensing of, or outsourcing solutions related to, our CAMRA, TradeThru, Pacer, AdvisorWare and Total Return software, and the provision of maintenance and professional services in support of such licensed software, could adversely affect our ability to sustain or grow our revenues and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
      Our CAMRA, TradeThru, Pacer, AdvisorWare and Total Return products accounted for approximately 55% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005. We expect that the revenues from these software products and services will continue to account for a significant portion of our total revenues for the foreseeable future. As a result, factors adversely affecting the pricing of or demand for such products and services, such as competition or technological change, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to sustain or grow our revenues and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to adapt to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, and our inability to introduce new products and services could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
      Rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and new product and service introductions characterize the market for our products and services. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to enhance our existing products and services and to develop and introduce new products and services to keep pace with such changes and developments and to meet changing client needs. The process of developing our software products is extremely complex and is expected to become increasingly complex and expensive in the future due to the introduction of new platforms, operating systems and technologies. Our ability to keep up with technology and business changes is subject to a number of risks, including that:
  •  we may find it difficult or costly to update our services and software and to develop new products and services quickly enough to meet our clients’ needs;
 
  •  we may find it difficult or costly to make some features of our software work effectively and securely over the Internet or with new or changed operating systems;
 
  •  we may find it difficult or costly to update our software and services to keep pace with business, evolving industry standards, regulatory and other developments in the industries where our clients operate; and
 
  •  we may be exposed to liability for security breaches that allow unauthorized persons to gain access to confidential information stored on our computers or transmitted over our network.
      Our failure to enhance our existing products and services and to develop and introduce new products and services to promptly address the needs of the financial markets could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Undetected software design defects, errors or failures may result in loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products or in liabilities that could adversely affect our revenues, financial condition and results of operations.
      Our software products are highly complex and sophisticated and could contain design defects or software errors that are difficult to detect and correct. Errors or bugs may result in loss of or delay in market acceptance of our software products or loss of client data or require design modifications. We cannot assure you that, despite testing by us and our clients, errors will not be found in new products, which errors could result in a delay in or an inability to achieve market acceptance or in litigation and other claims for damages against us and thus could have a material adverse effect upon our revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

25


Table of Contents

If we cannot attract, train and retain qualified managerial, technical and sales personnel, we may not be able to provide adequate technical expertise and customer service to our clients or maintain focus on our business strategy.
      We believe that our success is due in part to our experienced management team. We depend in large part upon the continued contribution of our senior management and, in particular, William C. Stone, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors. Losing the services of one or more members of our senior management could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Mr. Stone has been instrumental in developing our business strategy and forging our business relationships since he founded the company in 1986. We maintain no key man life insurance policies for Mr. Stone or any other senior officers or managers.
      Our success is also dependent upon our ability to attract, train and retain highly skilled technical and sales personnel. Loss of the services of these employees could materially affect our operations. Competition for qualified technical personnel in the software industry is intense, and we have, at times, found it difficult to attract and retain skilled personnel for our operations.
      Locating candidates with the appropriate qualifications, particularly in the desired geographic location and with the necessary subject matter expertise, is difficult. Our failure to attract and retain a sufficient number of highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Challenges in maintaining and expanding our international operations can result in increased costs, delayed sales efforts and uncertainty with respect to our intellectual property rights and results of operations.
      For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, international revenues accounted for 37%, 22% and 17%, respectively, of our total revenues. We sell certain of our products, such as Altair, Mabel and Pacer, primarily outside the United States. Our international business may be subject to a variety of risks, including:
  •  difficulties in obtaining U.S. export licenses;
 
  •  potentially longer payment cycles;
 
  •  increased costs associated with maintaining international marketing efforts;
 
  •  foreign currency fluctuations;
 
  •  the introduction of non-tariff barriers and higher duty rates;
 
  •  foreign regulatory compliance; and
 
  •  difficulties in enforcement of third-party contractual obligations and intellectual property rights.
      Such factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Catastrophic events may adversely affect our ability to provide, our clients’ ability to use, and the demand for, our products and services, which may disrupt our business and cause a decline in revenues.
      A war, terrorist attack, natural disaster or other catastrophe may adversely affect our business. A catastrophic event could have a direct negative impact on us or an indirect impact on us by, for example, affecting our clients, the financial markets or the overall economy and reducing our ability to provide, our clients’ ability to use, and the demand for, our products and services. The potential for a direct impact is due primarily to our significant investment in infrastructure. Although we maintain redundant facilities and have contingency plans in place to protect against both man-made and natural threats, it is impossible to fully anticipate and protect against all potential catastrophes. A computer virus, security breach, criminal act, military action, power or communication failure, flood, severe storm or the like could lead to service

26


Table of Contents

interruptions and data losses for clients, disruptions to our operations, or damage to important facilities. In addition, such an event may cause clients to cancel their agreements with us for our products or services. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenues and financial condition.
Our application service provider systems may be subject to disruptions that could adversely affect our reputation and our business.
      Our ASP systems maintain and process confidential data on behalf of our customers, some of which is critical to their business operations. For example, our trading systems maintain account and trading information for our customers and their clients. There is no guarantee that the systems and procedures that we maintain to protect against unauthorized access to such information are adequate to protect against all security breaches. If our ASP systems are disrupted or fail for any reason, or if our systems or facilities are infiltrated or damaged by unauthorized persons, our customers could experience data loss, financial loss, harm or reputation and significant business interruption. If that happens, we may be exposed to unexpected liability, our customers may leave, our reputation may be tarnished, and there could be a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
We are controlled by The Carlyle Group, whose interests may not be aligned with yours.
      The Carlyle Group and its affiliates own a substantial majority of the fully diluted equity of Holdings, and, therefore, have the power to control our affairs and policies. Carlyle and its affiliates also control, to a large degree, the election of directors, the appointment of management, the entering into mergers, sales of substantially all of our assets and other extraordinary transactions. The directors so elected will have authority, subject to the terms of our debt, to issue additional stock, implement stock repurchase programs, declare dividends and make other decisions. The interests of Carlyle and its affiliates could conflict with your interests. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of Carlyle, as equity holders, might conflict with your interests as a note holder. Carlyle and its affiliates may also have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to you as a note holder. Additionally, Carlyle and its affiliates are in the business of making investments in companies, and may from time to time in the future acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours.
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
      This prospectus includes statements that are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “will” or “should” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth and strategies and the industry in which we operate.
      By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements

27


Table of Contents

contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.
      The following listing represents some, but not necessarily all, of the factors that may cause actual results to differ from those anticipated or predicted:
  •  the effect of a slowdown or downturn in the general economy or the financial markets;
 
  •  the effect of any further or accelerated consolidations in the financial services industry;
 
  •  our ability to retain and attract clients and key personnel;
 
  •  the integration of acquired businesses;
 
  •  our ability to continue to derive substantial revenues from the licensing of, or outsourcing solutions related to, certain of our licensed software, and the provision of maintenance and professional services in support of such licensed software;
 
  •  our ability to adapt to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, and our ability to introduce new products and services;
 
  •  challenges in maintaining and expanding our international operations;
 
  •  the effects of war, terrorism and other catastrophic events;
 
  •  the risk of increased interest rates due to the variable rates of interest on certain of our indebtedness; and
 
  •  other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the caption “Risk Factors.”
      You should also carefully read the factors described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus to better understand the risks and uncertainties inherent in our business and underlying any forward-looking statements.
      Any forward-looking statements that we make in this prospectus speak only as of the date of such statement, and we undertake no obligation to update such statements. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.
USE OF PROCEEDS
      We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among us, the guarantors party thereto, and the initial purchasers of the old notes. In return for issuance of the exchange notes, we will receive in exchange old notes in like principal amount. We will retire or cancel all of the old notes tendered in the exchange offer.
      On November 23, 2005, we issued and sold the old notes. We used the proceeds from the offering of the old notes, together with borrowings under the senior credit facilities and equity contributions from Carlyle, William Stone and our management, to finance the Acquisition and to repay indebtedness under our old credit facility and to pay related fees and expenses. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “The Transactions.”

28


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
      The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2006:
           
    As of March 31, 2006
     
    (In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 13,188  
       
Senior credit facilities:
       
 
Revolving credit facility(1)
  $ 3,423  
 
Term loan B facility
    274,807  
11 3 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2013
    205,000  
Other debt
    8  
       
Total debt
    483,238  
Total stockholder’s equity
    557,413  
       
Total capitalization
  $ 1,040,651  
       
 
(1)  At March 31, 2006, $71.6 million was available for additional borrowing under our revolving credit facility.

29


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
      The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data of SS&C Technologies, Inc. as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the periods from November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, from January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 have been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 have been derived from audited historical consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.
      The results of operations for any period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
                                                                     
    Successor   Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor
                 
            Period from   Period from    
    Three Months   Three Months   November 23,   January 1,    
    Ended   Ended   2005 through   2005 through   Year Ended December 31,
    March 31,   March 31,   December 31,   November 22,    
    2006   2005   2005   2005   2004   2003   2002   2001
                                 
    (Dollars in thousands)
Statement of operations data:
                                                               
Revenues:
                                                               
 
Software licenses
  $ 5,198     $ 4,495     $ 3,587     $ 20,147     $ 17,250     $ 14,233     $ 15,631     $ 15,291  
 
Maintenance
    13,042       9,843       3,701       44,064       36,433       31,318       27,850       26,737  
 
Professional services
    5,178       2,621       2,520       12,565       11,320       6,757       6,326       8,002  
 
Outsourcing
    24,947       10,457       7,857       67,193       30,885       13,223       12,627       6,339  
                                                 
   
Total revenues
    48,365       27,416       17,665       143,969       95,888       65,531       62,434       56,369  
Cost of revenues:
                                                               
 
Software licenses
    2,261       595       856       2,963       2,258       1,788       1,316       717  
 
Maintenance
    4,799       2,148       1,499       10,393       8,462       6,248       5,640       6,812  
 
Professional services
    2,982       1,654       861       7,849       6,606       4,387       5,412       6,857  
 
Outsourcing
    13,254       5,411       4,411       37,799       16,444       8,003       8,621       5,865  
                                                 
   
Total cost of revenues
    23,296       9,808       7,627       59,004       33,770       20,426       20,989       20,251  
                                                 
Gross profit
    25,069       17,608       10,038       84,965       62,118       45,105       41,445       36,118  
                                                 
Operating expenses:
                                                               
 
Selling and marketing
    3,708       2,443       1,364       13,134       10,734       8,393       9,078       11,355  
 
Research and development
    5,876       3,483       2,071       19,199       13,957       11,180       11,760       11,291  
 
General and administrative
    4,058       2,519       1,140       11,944       8,014       7,154       7,721       10,037  
 
Restructuring
                                              840  
 
Write-off of purchased in-process research and development
                                        1,744        
 
Merger costs
                      36,912                          
                                                 
   
Total operating expenses
    13,642       8,445       4,575       81,189       32,705       26,727       30,303       33,523  
                                                 

30


Table of Contents

                                                                   
    Successor   Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor
                 
            Period from   Period from    
    Three Months   Three Months   November 23,   January 1,    
    Ended   Ended   2005 through   2005 through   Year Ended December 31,
    March 31,   March 31,   December 31,   November 22,    
    2006   2005   2005   2005   2004   2003   2002   2001
                                 
    (Dollars in thousands)
Operating income
    11,427       9,163       5,463       3,776       29,413       18,378       11,142       2,595  
Interest income (expense), net
    (11,509 )     572       (4,890 )     (1,061 )     1,528       912       1,431       2,690  
Other income (expense), net
    (61 )     50       258       655       99       47       (273 )     1,202  
                                                 
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (143 )     9,785       831       3,370       31,040       19,337       12,300       6,487  
Provision for income taxes
    83       3,816             2,658       12,030       7,541       4,995       2,465  
                                                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (226 )   $ 5,969     $ 831     $ 712     $ 19,010     $ 11,796     $ 7,305     $ 4,022  
                                                 
Statement of cash flows data:
                                                               
Net cash provided by (used in):
                                                               
 
Operating activities
  $ 15,436     $ 12,816     $ 4,915     $ 32,116     $ 28,524     $ 23,711     $ 15,495     $ 7,780  
 
Investment activities
    (12,578 )     (11,704 )     (877,261 )     (110,495 )     (89,220 )     (15,321 )     (2,738 )     1,604  
 
Financing activities
    (5,263 )     (6,900 )     868,655       69,161       74,074       (12,081 )     (23,290 )     (1,493 )
Other financial data:
                                                               
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)
          32.6 x     1.2 x     1.8 x     30.3 x     19.5 x     14.6 x     7.2x  
Balance sheet data (at period end):
                                                               
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
  $ 13,188             $ 15,584             $ 130,835     $ 52,381     $ 41,719     $ 59,502  
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
    1,111,468               1,103,224               28,429       8,398       8,064       2,024  
Total assets
    1,182,131               1,176,371               185,663       82,585       75,480       88,779  
Total debt (including current portion of long-term debt)
    483,238               488,581                                 5  
Total stockholders’ equity
    557,413               557,133               156,094       61,588       57,270       72,948  
 
(1)  Earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2006 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately $143,000.

31


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Overview
      The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 has been developed by applying pro forma adjustments to the audited historical statements of operations of SS&C appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations gives effect to the Transactions and the acquisition of FMC as if they had occurred on January 1, 2005. Only FMC is included in the pro forma adjustment since it was the only significant acquisition during 2005. Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statement.
      The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been had the Transactions and the FMC acquisition actually occurred on the date indicated and they do not purport to project our results of operations for any future period. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to our unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations.
      The Transactions were accounted for using purchase accounting. The total purchase price was allocated to our net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated values as of November 23, 2005. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The allocation of the purchase price for property and equipment, intangible assets and deferred income taxes was based upon preliminary valuation data and the estimates and assumptions are subject to change. The primary areas of the purchase price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to restructuring and exit activities, transaction costs, income-based taxes and residual goodwill. A description of the Transactions and the acquisition of FMC are fully described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of SS&C Technologies, Inc. for the period ended December 31, 2005 which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.
      The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations reflects adjustments for amortization expense associated with certain identifiable intangible assets, interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees for debt issued, depreciation expense for the increase of fixed assets to fair value and a reduction in revenue for the deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments. The tax effects of the aforementioned adjustments at a statutory tax rate of 39.0% have also been reflected.
      You should read the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations and the related notes thereto in conjunction with the information contained in “The Transactions,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

32


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
                                             
    Predecessor   Successor            
    Historical   Historical   Historical   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
    SS&C   SS&C   FMC(A)   Adjustments   SS&C
                     
    (Dollars in thousands)
Revenues:
                                       
 
Software licenses
  $ 20,147     $ 3,587     $ 1,102     $     $ 24,836  
 
Maintenance
    44,064       3,701       3,247             51,012  
 
Professional services
    12,565       2,520       1,399             16,484  
 
Outsourcing
    67,193       7,857       11,761             86,811  
                               
   
Total revenues
    143,969       17,665       17,509             179,143  
Cost of revenues
    59,004       7,627       7,828       11,024 (B)     85,483  
                               
Gross profit
    84,965       10,038       9,681       (11,024 )     93,660  
                               
Operating expenses:
                                       
 
Selling, marketing, general and administrative
    25,078       2,504       12,337       (7,215 )(C)     32,704  
 
Research and development
    19,199       2,071       4,298       (1,110 )(D)     24,458  
 
Merger costs related to the sale of SS&C
    36,912             8,317       (45,229 )(E)      
                               
   
Total operating expenses
    81,189       4,575       24,952       (53,554 )     57,162  
                               
Operating income (loss)
    3,776       5,463       (15,271 )     42,530       36,498  
Interest expense, net
    (1,061 )     (4,890 )           (41,652 )(F)     (47,603 )
Other income, net
    655       258       281             1,194  
                               
Income (loss) before income taxes
    3,370       831       (14,990 )     878       (9,911 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    2,658             (4,640 )     342 (G)     (1,640 )
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 712     $ 831     $ (10,350 )   $ 536     $ (8,271 )
                               
See accompanying notes

33


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT
OF OPERATIONS
(dollars in thousands)
(A)  Reflects the historical results of operations of FMC for the period January 1, 2005 to April 19, 2005 (the date of acquisition). The financial statements of FMC are translated from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the period.
     On April 19, 2005, SS&C Technologies, Inc. purchased substantially all the outstanding stock of FMC for the purchase price of approximately $159.0 million plus an estimated $13.7 million in costs of effecting the transaction.
(B)  Reflects adjustments for (1) increased intangible asset amortization associated with acquired identifiable intangible assets in connection with the Transactions, (2) the elimination of amortization previously recorded by us for intangible assets and (3) the elimination of compensation and benefit expenses related to net headcount reductions completed in May 2005 as a result of our acquisition of FMC, as follows:
             
Cost of revenues adjustments:
       
 
Additional amortization for adjustments to intangible assets
  $ 12,357  
 
Terminated employees at FMC
    (1,333 )
       
   
Subtotal
  $ 11,024  
       
(C)  Reflects adjustments for (1) increased intangible asset amortization associated with acquired identified intangible assets in connection with the Transactions, (2) the elimination of amortization previously recorded by us for intangible assets, (3) the elimination of compensation and benefit expenses related to net headcount reductions completed in May 2005 as a result of our acquisition of FMC, (4) the elimination of stock-based compensation expense recorded by FMC as a result of stock options whose vesting accelerated in connection with our acquisition of FMC and the elimination of stock-based compensation expense recorded by FMC under Canadian GAAP to conform to our accounting policy, (5) the elimination of our NASDAQ registration fees and directors’ compensation and (6) the annual management fee charged by Carlyle, as follows:
             
Selling, marketing, general and administrative adjustments:
       
 
Additional amortization for adjustments to intangible assets
  $ 1,130  
 
Terminated employees at FMC
    (869 )
 
Stock-based compensation expense
    (8,288 )
 
Public company expense adjustments
    (105 )
 
Management fees
    917  
       
   
Subtotal
  $ (7,215 )
       
(D)  Reflects adjustments for (1) increased intangible asset amortization associated with acquired identified intangible assets in connection with the Transactions, (2) the elimination of amortization previously recorded by us for intangible assets, (3) the reclassification to income tax provision of research and development tax credits recorded by FMC, to comply with U.S. GAAP and (4) the elimination of compensation and benefit expenses related to net headcount reductions completed in May 2005 as a result of our acquisition of FMC, as follows:
             
Research and development adjustments:
       
 
Additional amortization for adjustments to intangible assets
  $ (49 )
 
Reclassification of FMC research and development tax credits
    105  
 
Terminated employees at FMC
    (1,166 )
       
   
Subtotal
  $ (1,110 )
       

34


Table of Contents

(E)  Reflects the elimination of one-time corporate expenses relating to the Transactions and our acquisition of FMC.
(F)  Reflects interest income (expense) adjustments for (1) increased interest expense attributable to the $275 million term loan at an assumed annual interest rate equal to average three-month LIBOR during the period of 3.4% plus 2.75% per annum, (2) increased interest expense attributable to the $10 million revolving credit facility at an assumed annual interest rate equal to average three-month LIBOR during the period of 3.4% plus 2.75% per annum, (3) increased interest expense attributable to the notes at a rate of 11.75% per annum, (4) the amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Transactions, (5) the reduction of historical interest expense to reflect the repayment of our prior credit facility and the elimination of related loan origination fees and (6) a decrease in interest income related to the use of $84,000 in cash, using a 2.0% interest rate, and an increase in interest expense related to the borrowing of $75,000, using an average borrowing rate of 3.7% for LIBOR rate loans to fund the acquisition of FMC, as follows:
             
Interest expense, net adjustments:
       
 
Incremental interest expense related to financing
  $ (40,269 )
 
Effect on interest income (expense) related to use of cash and borrowings for the acquisition of FMC
    (1,383 )
       
   
Subtotal
  $ (41,652 )
       
    A 0.125% change in interest rates would change cash interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 by $355,000. SS&C Technologies, Inc. has three interest rate swap agreements in place that would mitigate the impact of this change.
(G)  Reflects the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated at the statutory rate of 39%.

35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
      We are a leading provider of a broad range of highly specialized proprietary software and software-enabled outsourcing solutions for the financial services industry. Substantially all of our revenue is derived from our proprietary software, which facilitates and automates mission-critical processing for information management, analysis, trading, accounting, reporting and compliance.
      We focus on increasing the portion of our revenues derived from our software-enabled outsourcing solutions and maintenance services because these provide us with contractually recurring revenue streams. We have taken a number of steps to increase recurring revenues, such as automating our outsourcing delivery methods, providing our employees with sales incentives and acquiring businesses that offer software-enabled outsourcing services or that have a large base of maintenance clients. We believe that increasing the portion of our total revenues that are contractually recurring gives us the ability to better plan and manage our business and helps us to reduce the fluctuations in revenues and cash flows typically associated with software license revenues. Our outsourcing revenues increased from $13.2 million, or 20% of total revenues, in 2003 to $75.0 million, or 46% of total revenues, in 2005. Our maintenance revenues increased from $31.3 million in 2003 to $47.8 million in 2005. We expect our maintenance and outsourcing revenues to continue to increase as a percentage of our total revenues.
      While increasing our contractually recurring revenues, we also focus on increasing our profitability and operating cash flow. We believe that our success in managing operating expenses results from a disciplined approach to cost controls, our focus on operational efficiencies, identification of synergies related to acquisitions and more cost-effective marketing programs.
Strategic Acquisitions
      In recent periods, we have consummated a number of strategic acquisitions through which we have generated revenue growth, expanded our customer base and added strategic assets to our business. The overall impact of these acquisitions on the operation of our business has been to increase our market presence both in the United States and abroad, expand the breadth of our proprietary software and software-enabled outsourcing service offerings and increase the number of customers to whom we provide our services. Our most significant strategic acquisitions in 2004, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 include:
  •  Our March 3, 2006, purchase of all the outstanding stock of Cogent Management Inc., a provider of hedge fund management services primarily to U.S.-based hedge funds. We purchased Cogent for $12.25 million in cash, using $6.25 million of cash on hand and borrowing $6.0 million under the revolving portion of our credit facility.
 
  •  Our October 31, 2005 purchase of Open Information Systems, Inc., or OIS, a provider of Internet-based solutions that address the functions that banks provide to the securities industry, such as issuing and paying agent, custody, security lending and collateral management. We purchased all of the outstanding capital stock of OIS for $24.0 million, using a combination of $16.0 million of cash on hand and $8.0 million of additional borrowings under our credit facility.
 
  •  Our April 19, 2005 purchase of FMC, a leading provider of comprehensive investment management systems that complement our product and service offerings to meet the front-, middle- and back- office needs of the investment management industry. This acquisition is our largest to date and provides us with significant opportunities to grow revenues while eliminating duplicative costs. We purchased substantially all of the outstanding stock of FMC for $159.0 million in cash.
 
  •  Our February 28, 2005 purchase of EisnerFast LLC, which provides fund accounting and administration services to on- and off-shore hedge and private equity funds, funds of funds, and

36


Table of Contents

  investment advisors. We purchased all of the membership interests in EisnerFast for $25.3 million in cash. EisnerFast was recently renamed SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC.
 
  •  Our April 12, 2004 purchase of OMR Systems Corporation and OMR Systems International, Ltd., which we refer to collectively as OMR, which provides treasury processing software and outsourcing solutions to banks in Europe and the U.S. and offers comprehensive hedge fund administration. We purchased all of the outstanding capital stock of OMR for $19.7 million.

The Acquisition
      SS&C Technologies, Inc. was acquired on November 23, 2005 through a merger transaction with Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation formed by investment funds associated with The Carlyle Group. The Acquisition was accomplished through the merger of Sunshine Merger Corporation into SS&C Technologies, Inc., with SS&C Technologies, Inc. being the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation.
      Although SS&C Technologies, Inc. continued as the same legal entity after the Acquisition, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders’ equity are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Acquisition and the period succeeding the Acquisition, respectively. The Company refers to the operations of SS&C Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor and Successor periods. We have prepared our discussion of the annual results of operations by comparing the mathematical combination of the Successor and Predecessor periods in the year ended December 31, 2005 to the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. Although this presentation does not comply with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), we believe that it provides a meaningful method of comparison. The combined operating results have not been prepared as pro forma results under applicable regulations and may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved absent the Acquisition and may not be predictive of future results of operations.
Effect of the Acquisition
      As a result of the Acquisition, our assets and liabilities, including customer relationships, completed technology and trade names, were adjusted to their fair market values as of the closing date. These adjusted valuations will cause an increase in our cost of revenue and operating expenses due to an increase in expense related to amortization of intangible assets.
      The value at which we carry our intangible assets and goodwill increased significantly. As set forth in greater detail in the table below, as a result of the application of purchase accounting, our intangible assets with definite lives were revalued from an aggregate of $80.7 million prior to the consummation of the Acquisition to $272.1 million after the consummation of the Acquisition, and were assigned new amortization periods.
      The valuation assigned to our intangible assets at the date of the Acquisition is as follows:
                 
        Weighted Average
        Amortization
    Carrying Value   Period
         
    (In millions)    
Customer relationships
  $ 197.1       11.5 years  
Completed technology
  $ 55.7       8.5 years  
Trade names
  $ 17.2       13.9 years  
Exchange relationships
  $ 1.4       10 years  
Other
  $ 0.7       3 years  
      In addition, goodwill was also revalued from $175.5 million prior to the consummation of the Acquisition to $815.6 million after the consummation of the Acquisition and is subject to annual impairment testing.

37


Table of Contents

      Additionally, as discussed below in “— Liquidity and Capital Resources,” we incurred significant indebtedness in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition, and our total indebtedness and related interest expenses are significantly higher than prior to the Acquisition.
Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions
      Our significant accounting policies are summarized in note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements. A number of our accounting policies require the application of significant judgment by our management, and such judgments are reflected in the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements. In applying these policies, our management uses its judgment to determine the appropriate assumptions to be used in the determination of estimates. Those estimates are based on our historical experience, terms of existing contracts, management’s observation of trends in the industry, information provided by our clients and information available from other outside sources, as appropriate. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, doubtful accounts receivable, goodwill and other intangible assets and other contingent liabilities. Actual results may differ significantly from the estimates contained in our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following are our critical accounting policies.
Revenue Recognition
      Our revenues consist primarily of software license revenues, maintenance revenues, and professional and outsourcing services revenues.
      We apply the provisions of Statement of Position No. 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (SOP  97-2) to all software transactions. We recognize revenues from the sale of software licenses when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been delivered, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Our products generally do not require significant modification or customization of software. Installation of the products is generally routine and is not essential to the functionality of the product.
      We use a signed license agreement as evidence of an arrangement for the majority of our transactions. Delivery occurs when the product is delivered to a common carrier F.O.B. shipping point. Although our arrangements generally do not have acceptance provisions, if such provisions are included in the arrangement, then delivery occurs at acceptance. At the time of the transaction, we assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms. Collection is assessed based on several factors, including past transaction history with the client and the creditworthiness of the client. The arrangements for software licenses are generally sold with maintenance and professional services. We allocate revenue to the delivered components, normally the license component, using the residual value method based on objective evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements. The total contract value is attributed first to the maintenance and support arrangement based on the fair value, which is derived from renewal rates. Fair value of the professional services is based upon stand-alone sales of those services. Professional services are generally billed at an hourly rate plus out-of -pocket expenses. Professional services revenues are recognized as the services are performed. Maintenance revenues are recognized ratably over the term of the contract.
      Outsourcing services revenues, which are based on a monthly fee or transaction-based, are recognized as the services are performed.
      We occasionally enter into software license agreements requiring significant customization or fixed-fee professional service arrangements. We account for these arrangements in accordance with the percentage-of -completion method based on the ratio of hours incurred to expected total hours; accordingly we must estimate the costs to complete the arrangement utilizing an estimate of man-hours remaining. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is at least reasonably possible that completion costs may be revised. Such revisions are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Due to the complexity of some software license agreements, we routinely apply judgments to the application of software recognition accounting principles to specific agreements and transactions. Different

38


Table of Contents

judgments or different contract structures could have led to different accounting conclusions, which could have a material effect on our reported quarterly results of operations.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
      The preparation of financial statements requires our management to make estimates relating to the collectability of our accounts receivable. Management establishes the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical bad debt experience. In addition, management analyzes client accounts, client concentrations, client creditworthiness, current economic trends and changes in our clients’ payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Such estimates require significant judgment on the part of our management. Therefore, changes in the assumptions underlying our estimates or changes in the financial condition of our clients could result in a different required allowance, which could have a material effect on our reported results of operations.
Long-lived Assets, Intangible Assets and Goodwill
      Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we must test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets annually for impairment (and in interim periods if certain events occur indicating that the carrying value of goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets may be impaired) using reporting units identified for the purpose of assessing potential future impairments of goodwill.
      We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles, long-lived assets and goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:
  •  significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;
 
  •  significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and
 
  •  significant negative industry or economic trends.
      When we determine that the carrying value of intangibles, long-lived assets and goodwill may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of potential impairment, we assess whether an impairment has occurred based on whether net book value of the assets exceeds related projected undiscounted cash flows from these assets, considering a number of factors including past operating results, budgets, economic projections, market trends and product development cycles. Differing estimates and assumptions as to any of the factors described above could result in a materially different impairment charge and thus materially different results of operations.
Acquisition Accounting
      In connection with our acquisitions, we must allocate the purchase price to the assets we acquire, such as net tangible assets, completed technology, in-process research and development (IPR&D), client contracts, other identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. We apply significant judgments and estimates in determining the fair market value of the assets acquired and their useful lives. For example, we have determined the fair value of existing client contracts based on the discounted estimated net future cash flows from such client contracts existing at the date of acquisition and the fair value of the completed technology based on the discounted estimated future cash flows from the product sales of such completed technology. While actual results during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were consistent with our estimated cash flows and we did not incur any impairment charges in 2005, 2004 or 2003, different estimates and assumptions in valuing acquired assets could yield materially different results.

39


Table of Contents

Income Taxes
      The carrying value of our deferred tax assets assumes that we will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions, based on estimates and assumptions. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record additional valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets resulting in additional income tax expense in our consolidated statement of operations. On a quarterly basis, we evaluate whether deferred tax assets are realizable and assess whether there is a need for additional valuation allowances. Such estimates require significant judgment on the part of our management. In addition, we evaluate the need to provide additional tax provisions for adjustments proposed by taxing authorities.
Marketable Securities
      We classify our entire investment portfolio, consisting of corporate equities and debt securities issued by federal government agencies, state and local governments of the United States and corporations, as available for sale securities.
      Carrying amounts approximate fair value, as estimated based on market prices, and any unrealized gain or loss is recognized in stockholders’ equity. We periodically review our marketable securities portfolio for potential other-than-temporary impairment and recoverability. In making this judgment, we evaluate, among other factors, the duration and extent to which the fair value of the investment is less than its cost and the financial health of, and the business outlook for, the investee, including factors in the industry and financing cash flows. Incorrect assessments could adversely affect our working capital.
Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2006 and 2005
      The comparison below is presented because we believe it enables a meaningful comparison of our results. The Predecessor period results do not reflect changes in basis for the Acquisition.
      The following table sets forth revenues (in thousands) and changes in revenues for the periods indicated:
                               
    Successor     Predecessor    
               
    Three Months     Three Months    
    Ended     Ended    
    March 31,     March 31,   Percentage
    2006     2005   Change
               
Revenues:
                         
 
Software licenses
  $ 5,198       $ 4,495       16 %
 
Maintenance
    13,042         9,843       33 %
 
Professional services
    5,178         2,621       98 %
 
Outsourcing
    24,947         10,457       139 %
                     
   
Total revenues
  $ 48,365       $ 27,416       76 %
                     

40


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth the percentage of our revenues represented by each of the following sources of revenues for the periods indicated:
                       
    Successor     Predecessor
           
    Three Months     Three Months
    Ended     Ended
    March 31,     March 31,
    2006     2005
           
Revenues:
                 
 
Software licenses
    11 %       16 %
 
Maintenance
    27 %       36 %
 
Professional services
    11 %       10 %
 
Outsourcing
    51 %       38 %
               
   
Total revenues
    100 %       100 %
               
Revenues
      We derive our revenues from software licenses, related maintenance and professional services and outsourcing services. Revenues were $48.4 million and $27.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The $21.0 million, or 76%, revenue increase came from both organic growth and acquisitions. Organic growth accounted for $1.0 million of the increase and came from increased demand of $1.1 million for SS&C Fund Services and SS&C Direct outsourcing services, $0.3 million for AdvisorWare products and services and $0.2 million for each for Debt & Derivatives, LMS and Total Return products and services, offset by reduced sales of $0.7 million for CAMRA products and services and $0.3 million for Real-Time products services. Sales of products and services that we acquired in our acquisitions of EisnerFast, FMC, Financial Interactive, Inc., or FI, MarginMan, OIS and Cogent contributed $21.4 million of the increase. Additionally, revenues decreased $1.4 million as a result of adjusting deferred revenue to fair value in connection with the Acquisition.
Software Licenses
      Software license revenues were $5.2 million and $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase of $0.7 million, or 16%, was due to our acquisitions of FMC, FI and MarginMan, which added $2.4 million in the aggregate, offset by decreases of $0.8 million in sales of our CAMRA product and decreases of $0.2 million each in sales of our LMS and Real-Time products. Additionally, license revenues decreased $0.7 million as a result of adjusting deferred revenue to fair value in connection with the Acquisition. Software license revenues will vary depending on the timing, size and nature of our license transactions. For example, the average size of our software license transactions and the number of large transactions may fluctuate on a period-to -period basis. Additionally, software license revenues will vary among the various products that we offer, due to differences such as the timing of new releases and variances in economic conditions affecting opportunities in the vertical markets served by such products.
Maintenance
      Maintenance revenues were $13.0 million and $9.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase of $3.2 million, or 33%, was due to our acquisitions of FMC, OIS, MarginMan and FI, which added $3.9 million, and organic revenue growth of $0.6 million. Additionally, maintenance revenues decreased $1.3 million as a result of adjusting deferred revenue to fair value in connection with the Acquisition. Organic maintenance revenue growth was across most product lines, with CAMRA maintenance and Debt & Derivatives maintenance accounting for 36% and 26%, respectively, of the increase. The increase was mainly due to favorable client maintenance renewals and annual maintenance fee increases. We typically provide maintenance services under one-year renewable contracts that provide for an annual increase in fees, generally tied to the percentage change in the

41


Table of Contents

consumer price index. Future maintenance revenue growth is dependent on our ability to retain existing clients, add new license clients, and increase average maintenance fees.
Professional Services
      Professional services revenues were $5.2 million and $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in professional services revenues was primarily due to our acquisitions of FMC, FI and OIS, which added $2.3 million, and organic revenue growth of $0.1 million, including increases of $0.3 million for LMS product services and $0.2 million each for Altair and AdvisorWare product services, offset by reductions of $0.3 million for TradeThru product services and $0.1 million each for CAMRA and SS&C Wealth Management product services. Additionally, professional services increased $0.2 million related to the deferred revenue fair value adjustment in connection with the Acquisition. Our overall software license revenue levels and market demand for professional services will continue to have an effect on our professional services revenues.
Outsourcing
      Outsourcing revenues were $24.9 million and $10.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in outsourcing revenues of $14.4 million, or 139%, was attributable to both organic growth and acquisitions. Our acquisitions of FMC, Cogent and FI added $11.4 million in the aggregate and outsourcing revenues increased an additional $1.5 million reflecting a full three months of activity for EisnerFast, which was acquired in February 2005. Organic revenue growth came from increased demand and the addition of new clients for our SS&C Fund Services and SS&C Direct outsourcing services, which contributed $0.9 million and $0.2 million of the increase, respectively. Additionally, outsourcing revenues increased $0.4 million related to the deferred revenue fair value adjustment in connection with the Acquisition. Future outsourcing revenue growth is dependent on our ability to retain existing clients, add new clients and increase average outsourcing fees.
Cost of Revenues
      The total cost of revenues was $23.3 million and $9.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The gross margin decreased to 52% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 from 64% for the comparable period in 2005. The decrease in gross margin was primarily attributable to additional amortization of $1.6 million related to intangible assets associated with the acquisitions of EisnerFast, FMC, FI, MarginMan, OIS and Cogent, and incremental amortization of $3.0 million related to the re-valuation of intangible assets, including those related to the aforementioned acquisitions, in connection with the Acquisition. The total cost of revenues increase was mainly due to $9.9 million in costs associated with the acquisitions of EisnerFast, FMC, FI, MarginMan, OIS and Cogent, additional amortization expense of $3.0 million related to the Acquisition and increased personnel and other expenses of $0.8 million, primarily to support the increase in outsourcing revenues, offset by a decrease in rent expense of $0.2 million related to the valuation of rental obligations in connection with the Acquisition.
Cost of Software Licenses
      Cost of software license revenues consists primarily of amortization expense of completed technology, royalties, third-party software, and the costs of product media, packaging and documentation. The cost of software licenses was $2.3 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005, respectively. Cost of software license revenues as a percentage of such revenues increased to 43% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 from 13% for the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase in cost of software license revenues was primarily due to amortization of completed technology associated with our acquisitions of FMC, FI, MarginMan and OIS, which added $0.6 million in costs, and increased amortization related to the re-valuation of completed technology in connection with the Acquisition, which added $1.1 million in costs.

42


Table of Contents

Cost of Maintenance
      Cost of maintenance revenues consists primarily of technical client support, costs associated with the distribution of products and regulatory updates and amortization of intangible assets. The cost of maintenance revenues was $4.8 million and $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005, respectively. The cost of maintenance revenues as a percentage of these revenues was 37% and 22% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005, respectively. The increase in costs of $2.7 million was due to our acquisitions of FMC, FI, MarginMan and OIS, which added $1.0 million in costs, and additional amortization expense of $1.9 million related to the re-valuation of intangible assets in connection with the Acquisition, offset by a decrease in personnel and other expenses of $0.2 million.
Cost of Professional Services
      Cost of professional services revenues consists primarily of the cost related to personnel utilized to provide implementation, conversion and training services to our software licensees, as well as system integration, custom programming and actuarial consulting services. The cost of professional services revenues was $3.0 million and $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase was due to our acquisitions of FMC, FI, MarginMan and OIS, which added $1.4 million in costs, offset by a decrease in personnel, travel and other expenses of $0.1 million. The cost of professional services revenues as a percentage of such revenues decreased to 58% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 from 63% for the three months ended March 31, 2005.
Cost of Outsourcing
      Cost of outsourcing revenues consists primarily of the cost related to personnel utilized in servicing our outsourcing clients and amortization of intangible assets. The cost of outsourcing revenues was $13.3 million and $5.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in cost of outsourcing revenues of $7.9 million, or 145%, was mainly due to the acquisitions of EisnerFast, FMC, FI and Cogent, which contributed $6.8 million in additional costs and increased personnel and other expenses of $1.1 million to support the growth in organic revenue. The cost of outsourcing revenues as a percentage of such revenues increased to 53% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 from 52% for the three months ended March 31, 2005.
Operating Expenses
      Total operating expenses were $13.6 million and $8.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005, respectively, representing 28% and 31% of total revenues in those periods, respectively. Included in 2006 expenses are additional operating costs of $4.9 million associated with our acquisitions of FMC, FI, MarginMan, OIS and EisnerFast, additional amortization expense of $0.3 million related to the valuation of intangible assets in connection with the Acquisition and fees of $0.3 million related to post-Transactions management services. These increases were offset by a decrease of $0.2 million in personnel-related expenses and a decrease of $0.1 million in rent expense related to the valuation of rental obligations in connection with the Acquisition. We’ve continued to contain expenses through 2005 and into 2006 but expect an increase in our operating expenses due to increased sales of our products and services.
Selling and Marketing
      Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of the personnel costs associated with the selling and marketing of our products, including salaries, commissions and travel and entertainment. Such expenses also include amortization of intangible assets, the cost of branch sales offices, trade shows and marketing and promotional materials. Selling and marketing expenses were $3.7 million and $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, representing 8% and 9%, respectively, of total revenues in those years. The increase in selling and marketing expenses of $1.3 million was due to the

43


Table of Contents

acquisitions of EisnerFast, FMC, FI, MarginMan and OIS, which added $1.3 million in costs, and additional amortization expense of $0.3 million related to the valuation of intangible assets in connection with the Acquisition, offset by a decrease in personnel-related expenses of $0.3 million.
Research and Development
      Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs attributable to the enhancement of existing products and the development of new software products. Research and development expenses were $5.9 million and $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, representing 12% and 13% of total revenues in those periods, respectively. The increase in research and development expenses of $2.4 million was due to the acquisitions of EisnerFast, FMC, FI, MarginMan and OIS, which added $2.4 million in costs.
General and Administrative
      General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs related to management, accounting and finance, information management, human resources and administration and associated overhead costs, as well as fees for professional services. General and administrative expenses were $4.1 million and $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, representing 8% and 9% of total revenues in those periods, respectively. Our acquisitions of EisnerFast, FMC, FI, MarginMan and OIS added costs of $1.2 million, personnel-related expenses increased $0.1 million and there were additional fees of $0.3 million related to post-Acquisition management services provided by Carlyle.
Interest Income (Expense), Net
      Net interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2006 was $11.5 million and primarily related to interest expense on debt outstanding under the Company’s senior credit facility and 11 3 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2013. Net interest income was $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and related to the Company’s cash and investments in marketable securities.
Other Income (Expense), Net
      Other income, net consists primarily of other non-operational income and expenses. There were no significant Other Income (Expense) items for either three-month period.

44


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
      The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain amounts (in thousands) included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and the percentage change for those periods indicated:
                                                             
    Successor   Predecessor   Combined(1)   Predecessor        
                         
    Period from   Period from                
    November 23,   January 1,            
    2005 through   2005 through   Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended   Percent Change in
    December 31,   November 22,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,    
    2005   2005   2005   2004   2003   2005   2004
                             
Revenues:
                                                       
 
Software licenses
  $ 3,587     $ 20,147     $ 23,734     $ 17,250     $ 14,233       37.6 %     21.2 %
 
Maintenance
    3,701       44,064       47,765       36,433       31,318       31.1       16.3  
 
Professional services
    2,520       12,565       15,085       11,320       6,757       33.3       67.5  
 
Outsourcing
    7,857       67,193       75,050       30,885       13,223       143.0       133.6  
                                           
   
Total revenues
  $ 17,665     $ 143,969     $ 161,634     $ 95,888     $ 65,531       68.6       46.3  
                                           
 
Costs and expenses:
                                                       
 
Cost of revenues
  $ 7,627     $ 59,004     $ 66,631     $ 33,770     $ 20,426       97.3 %     65.3 %
 
Selling and marketing
    1,364       13,134       14,498       10,734       8,393       35.1       27.9  
 
Research and development
    2,071       19,199       21,270       13,957       11,180       52.4       24.8  
 
General and administrative
    1,140       11,944       13,084       8,014       7,154       63.3       12.0  
 
Merger costs
          36,912       36,912                          
                                           
   
Total costs and expenses
  $ 12,202     $ 140,193     $ 152,395     $ 66,475     $ 47,153       129.3       40.9  
                                           
Operating income
  $ 5,463     $ 3,776     $ 9,239     $ 29,413     $ 18,378       (68.6 )     60.0  
                                           
 
(1)  Our combined results for the year ended December 31, 2005 represent the addition of the Predecessor period from January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the Successor period from November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005. This combination does not comply with GAAP or with the rules for pro forma presentation, but is presented because we believe it provides a more meaningful comparison of our results than a comparison of 2004 results against either Predecessor or Successor results for 2005.
                           
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004   2003
             
Revenues:
                       
 
Software licenses
    14.7 %     18.0 %     21.7 %
 
Maintenance
    29.6       38.0       47.8  
 
Professional services
    9.3       11.8       10.3  
 
Outsourcing
    46.4       32.2       20.2  
Revenues
      We derive our revenues from software licenses, related maintenance and professional services and software-enabled outsourcing services. As a general matter, our software license and professional services revenues tend to fluctuate based on the number of new licensing clients, while fluctuations in our outsourcing revenues are attributable to the number of new outsourcing clients as well as the number of

45


Table of Contents

outsourced transactions provided to our existing clients. Maintenance revenues vary primarily on the rate by which we add or lose maintenance clients over time and, to a lesser extent, the annual increases in maintenance fees, which are generally tied to the consumer price index.
      Revenues were $161.6 million, $95.9 million and $65.5 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Revenue growth in 2005 of $65.7 million, or 69%, was primarily a result of our acquisitions of FMC, EisnerFast, FI, MarginMan and OIS, which added an aggregate of $53.5 million. Revenues for businesses and products that we have owned for at least 12 months, or organic revenues, increased $6.6 million, or 6.9%, from 2004. Organic growth came from increased demand for our AdvisorWare, SS&C Direct and Xacct outsourcing services of $2.7 million, $1.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, and increases in sales of our LMS, CAMRA and Municipal Finance products and services of $1.3 million, $1.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. These increases were offset by a decrease of $0.6 million in sales of our Total Return product. TradeThru and Xacct revenues increased an additional $6.4 million, reflecting a full 12 months of activity for the OMR products acquired in April 2004. Revenues for 2005 also include a reduction of $0.7 million related to the valuation of deferred revenue acquired in the Acquisition. The increase in revenues from 2003 to 2004 of $30.4 million, or 46%, was primarily a result of our acquisitions of OMR, Investment Advisory Network, LLC, or IAN, and the fund services business, which added an aggregate of $22.4 million in revenues. Organic revenues increased $8.0 million, or 12%, from 2003 and came from increased demand for our SS&C Direct outsourcing services, CAMRA products and services, Total Return product, Lightning product and services and Skyline product and services totaling $8.1 million. This was offset by decreased sales of other products and services totaling $0.1 million.
Software Licenses
      Software license revenues were $23.7 million, $17.3 million and $14.2 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in software license revenues from 2004 to 2005 of $6.4 million, or 38%, was due to our recent acquisitions, which contributed $4.3 million in the aggregate, increased sales of our LMS product of $1.0 million and increases in sales of our Real-Time, AdvisorWare and CAMRA products of $0.4 million each, offset by a decrease in sales of our Total Return product of $0.6 million. The remaining increase of $1.0 million in license revenues was spread among various other products. The increase in software license revenues from 2003 to 2004 of $3.0 million, or 21%, was primarily due to increases in sales of our CAMRA, Total Return and Skyline products of $1.8 million, $1.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, offset by decreases in sales of our LMS and AdvisorWare products of $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The remaining increase of $0.5 million in license revenues was spread among various other products. Software license revenues will vary depending on the timing, size and nature of our license transactions. For example, the average size of our software license transactions and the number of large transactions may fluctuate on a period-to -period basis. Additionally, software license revenues will vary among the various products that we offer, due to differences such as the timing of new releases and variances in economic conditions affecting opportunities in the vertical markets served by such products.
Maintenance
      Maintenance revenues were $47.8 million, $36.4 million and $31.3 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in maintenance revenues from 2004 to 2005 of $11.4 million, or 31%, was primarily attributable to our recent acquisitions, which added $9.3 million in the aggregate, and additional TradeThru maintenance revenue of $1.5 million, reflecting a full 12 months of activity for the OMR product acquired in April 2004. Additionally, CAMRA and TradeThru maintenance revenues increased $0.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively, and the remaining increase of $0.3 million was spread among numerous products. Maintenance revenues for 2005 also include a reduction of $1.0 million related to the valuation of deferred revenue acquired in the Acquisition. The increase in maintenance revenues from 2003 to 2004 of $5.1 million, or 16%, was primarily attributable to our acquisition of OMR, which added $4.1 million in revenues, and an increase of $0.4 million in CAMRA maintenance revenues, as well as annual maintenance fee increases for most of our other products. We typically provide maintenance services under one-year renewable contracts that provide for an annual increase in fees, generally tied to

46


Table of Contents

the percentage changes in the consumer price index. Future maintenance revenue growth is dependent on our ability to retain existing clients, add new license clients and increase average maintenance fees.
Professional Services
      Professional services revenues were $15.1 million, $11.3 million and $6.8 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in professional services revenues from 2004 to 2005 of $3.8 million, or 33%, was primarily attributable to our recent acquisitions, which added an aggregate of $5.0 million in revenues. Organic revenues decreased by $1.4 million, including decreases of $0.6 million each in sales of our Real-Time and TradeThru services. The decrease in both the Real-Time and TradeThru services was primarily the result of two large implementation projects in 2004 which were completed during the first quarter of 2005. Professional services revenues for 2005 also include an increase of $0.2 million related to the valuation of deferred revenue acquired in the Acquisition. The increase in professional services revenues from 2003 to 2004 of $4.6 million, or 68%, was primarily attributable to our acquisitions of OMR and IAN, which added an aggregate of $5.0 million in revenues. Organic revenues decreased by $0.4 million. Increases of $0.4 million for Lightning and $0.1 million for CAMRA were offset by decreases of $0.7 million for LMS and $0.3 million for AdvisorWare. The increase in Lightning services was the result of a large implementation project that was near completion at year end. We had a large LMS project in 2003, for which there was no comparable project in 2004. Our overall software license revenue levels and market demand for professional services will continue to have an effect on our professional services revenues.
Outsourcing
      Outsourcing revenues were $75.1 million, $30.9 million and $13.2 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in outsourcing revenues from 2004 to 2005 of $44.2 million, or 143%, was primarily attributable to our recent acquisitions, which added an aggregate of $34.9 million in revenues, and additional TradeThru and Xacct revenues totaling $5.2 million, of which $1.4 million reflects growth in sales of these products and $3.8 million reflects a full 12 months of activity for these OMR products acquired in April 2004 versus less than nine months during the 2004 period. Additionally, SS&C Fund Services and SS&C Direct revenues increased $4.3 million, partially offset by a decrease of $0.4 million, primarily as a result of a lost client, in SS&C Wealth Management services. Outsourcing revenues for 2005 also include an increase of $0.2 million related to the valuation of deferred revenue acquired in the Acquisition. The increase in outsourcing revenues from 2003 to 2004 of $17.7 million, or 134%, was primarily attributable to our acquisitions of OMR, IAN and the fund services business, which added an aggregate of $13.3 million in revenues and increased demand for our SS&C Direct outsourcing services of $4.2 million. Future outsourcing revenue growth is dependent on our ability to retain existing clients, add new outsourcing clients and increase average outsourcing fees.
Cost of Revenues
      The total cost of revenues was $66.6 million, $33.8 million and $20.4 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The gross margin decreased from 69% in 2003 to 65% in 2004, and decreased to 59% in 2005. The increase in cost of revenues in 2005 was primarily attributable to our recent acquisitions, which added an aggregate of $25.6 million in costs and $3.2 million of costs for OMR, reflecting a full 12 months of activity for this April 2004 acquisition. Additionally, personnel costs and other expenses increased $4.0 million to support our increased revenues. The increase in cost of revenues from 2003 to 2004 was primarily attributable to our 2004 acquisitions, which added an aggregate of $12.0 million in costs and increased personnel expenses of $1.4 million to support the increased organic revenues. The decrease in gross margin from 2003 to 2004 was primarily attributable to our acquisition of OMR, which had been operating at overall gross margins lower than our historical gross margins.

47


Table of Contents

Cost of Software License Revenues
      Cost of software license revenues consists primarily of amortization expense of completed technology, royalties, third-party software, the costs of product media, packaging and documentation. The cost of software license revenues was $3.8 million, $2.3 million and $1.8 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The cost of software license revenues as a percentage of these revenues was 16%, 13% and 13% in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in cost from 2004 to 2005 was primarily attributable to amortization of completed technology associated with our recent acquisitions, which added $0.8 million in costs, and $0.2 million of costs for OMR, reflecting a full 12 months of amortization for the completed technology acquired in April 2004. Additionally, costs increased $0.5 million reflecting the revaluation of intangibles acquired in the Acquisition. The increase in cost from 2003 to 2004 was attributable to amortization of completed technology associated with our acquisition of OMR in April 2004.
Cost of Maintenance Revenues
      Cost of maintenance revenues consists primarily of technical client support and costs associated with the distribution of product and regulatory updates. The cost of maintenance revenues was $11.9 million, $8.5 million and $6.2 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in costs from 2004 to 2005 was primarily due to $2.7 million in additional costs associated with our recent acquisitions and additional costs of $0.7 million related to OMR, reflecting a full 12 months of activity. Additionally, reductions in personnel and other expenses of $0.7 million were fully offset by an increase in amortization expense related to the revaluation of intangibles assets acquired in the Acquisition. The increase in costs from 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to $2.1 million in additional costs associated with our 2004 acquisitions and increased personnel costs of $0.2 million. Costs, as a percentage of revenues, relating to these management services are expected to continue at approximately these levels for the near term. The cost of maintenance revenues as a percentage of these revenues was 25%, 23% and 20% in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Cost of Professional Services Revenues
      Cost of professional services revenues consists primarily of the cost related to personnel utilized to provide implementation, conversion and training services to our software licensees, as well as system integration, custom programming and actuarial consulting services. The cost of professional services revenue was $8.7 million, $6.6 million and $4.4 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The cost of professional services as a percentage of these revenues was 58%, 58% and 65% in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in costs from 2004 to 2005 was attributable to our recent acquisitions, which added $2.1 million in the aggregate, and increased costs of $0.5 million related to OMR, reflecting a full 12 months of activity, partially offset by a reduction of $0.5 million in personnel and other expenses. The increase in costs from 2003 to 2004 was attributable to our recent acquisitions, which added $2.2 million in the aggregate. The improvement in gross margin in 2004 was due to our acquisitions of OMR and IAN, which are generating higher gross margins on professional services than our historical gross margins.
Cost of Outsourcing Revenues
      Cost of outsourcing revenues consists primarily of the cost related to personnel utilized in servicing our outsourcing clients. The cost of outsourcing revenues was $42.2 million, $16.4 million and $8.0 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The cost of outsourcing revenues as a percentage of these revenues was 56%, 53% and 61% in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in costs from 2004 to 2005 was primarily due to $20.0 million of costs associated with our recent acquisitions and increased costs of $1.8 million related to OMR, reflecting a full 12 months of activity. Additionally, personnel and other expenses increased $3.8 million to support growth in organic revenues, and amortization expense increased $0.2 million due to the revaluation of intangible assets acquired in the transaction. The increase in costs from 2003 to 2004 was largely due to $7.3 million of costs associated with our recent acquisitions and increased personnel costs of $1.1 million to support growth in organic revenues.

48


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses
      Our total operating expenses were $94.7 million, $32.7 million and $26.7 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and represent 59%, 34% and 41%, respectively, of total revenues in those years. The increase in total operating expenses from 2004 to 2005 was primarily due to transaction costs of $45.8 million related to the sale of SS&C, the recent acquisitions, which added $14.1 million in expenses and an increase of $1.1 million reflecting a full 12 months of activity for OMR. Additionally, bad debt expense increased $1.3 million, mainly due to the benefit recorded in 2004, partially offset by a decrease in personnel and other costs of $0.3 million. The increase in total operating expenses from 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to costs of $5.0 million associated with the 2004 acquisitions, increased personnel-related costs of $1.6 million and increased professional fees of $0.4 million related to our implementation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, offset by a decrease of $1.1 million in bad debt expense, which was due to the collection of a significant, aged receivable that had been fully reserved.
Selling and Marketing
      Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of the personnel costs associated with the selling and marketing of our products, including salaries, commissions and travel and entertainment. Such expenses also include amortization of intangible assets, the cost of branch sales offices, trade shows and marketing and promotional materials. Selling and marketing expenses were $14.5 million, $10.7 million and $8.4 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, representing 9%, 11% and 13%, respectively, of total revenues in those years. The increase in costs from 2004 to 2005 was due to the recent acquisitions, which added $4.2 million in costs, and an increase of $0.2 million, reflecting a full 12 months of activity for OMR. Additionally, a reduction in personnel and other costs of $0.7 million was partially offset by increased amortization of $0.1 million related to the revaluation of intangible assets acquired in the Acquisition. The increase in costs from 2003 to 2004 was due to the 2004 acquisitions which added $1.6 million in costs, and increased personnel costs of $0.6 million related to the hiring of senior level international sales personnel.
Research and Development
      Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs attributable to the enhancement of existing products and the development of new software products. Research and development expenses were $21.3 million, $14.0 million and $11.2 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, representing 13%, 15% and 17%, respectively, of total revenues in those years. The increase in costs from 2004 to 2005 was primarily attributable to the recent acquisitions, which added $6.7 million in costs, and increased expenses of $0.7 million, reflecting a full 12 months of activity for OMR, partially offset by a reduction in personnel costs of $0.1 million. The increase in costs from 2003 to 2004 was primarily attributable to the 2004 acquisitions, which added $2.7 million in costs, and increased personnel costs of $0.5 million, offset by reduced facilities costs of $0.2 million and reduced amortization expense of $0.2 million.
General and Administrative
      General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs related to management, accounting and finance, information management, human resources and administration and associated overhead costs, as well as fees for professional services. General and administrative expenses were $13.1 million, $8.0 million and $7.2 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, representing 8%, 8% and 11%, respectively, of total revenues in those years. The increase in costs from 2004 to 2005 was primarily attributable to our recent acquisitions, which added $3.2 million in costs, and increased expenses of $0.2 million, reflecting a full 12 months of activity for OMR. Additionally, bad debt expense increased $1.3 million, primarily due to a benefit recorded in 2004, and personnel costs increased $0.4 million. The increase in costs from 2003 to 2004 was primarily attributable to our 2004 acquisitions, which added $0.7 million in costs, increased personnel costs of $0.6 million, additional costs of $0.4 million related to our implementation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and an increase in other operating expenses of

49


Table of Contents

$0.2 million, offset by a decrease of $1.1 million in bad debt expense, which was due to the collection of a significant, aged receivable that had been fully reserved.
Merger Costs Related to the Sale of SS&C
      In November 2005, Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a corporation affiliated with Carlyle, completed the acquisition of SS&C Technologies, Inc. In connection with the Acquisition, we incurred $36.9 million in costs, including $31.7 million of compensation expense related to our settlement of outstanding stock options.
Interest Income, Interest Expense and Other Income, Net
      We had interest expense of $7.0 million and interest income of $1.1 million in 2005. In 2004, we had no interest expense and interest income of $1.5 million. The interest expense in 2005 was due to the issuance of $205.0 million in old notes and $285.0 million of borrowings in November 2005 in connection with the Acquisition. Additionally, we used $84.0 million of cash on hand and incurred $75.0 million of debt to effect our acquisition of FMC in April 2005. The increase in interest income from 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to a higher average cash and investments balance, which more than doubled as a result of the public stock offering completed in June 2004. Included in other income, net in 2005 were net gains of $0.6 million resulting from the sale of marketable securities and net foreign currency translation gains of $0.2 million. Included in other income, net in 2004 was $0.1 million related to a favorable legal settlement. Included in other income, net in 2003 were net gains of $0.3 million resulting from the sale of equity investments, offset by $0.2 million in expenses related to the settlement of outstanding tax-related issues.
Provision for Income Taxes
      We had effective tax rates of approximately 63%, 39% and 39% in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The higher tax rate in 2005 was primarily due to merger costs related to the sale of SS&C, which were not deductible for tax purposes. We had $96.5 million of deferred tax liabilities and $10.9 million of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2005. In future years, we expect to have sufficient levels of profitability to realize the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2005.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
      Our principal cash requirements are to finance the costs of our operations pending the billing and collection of client receivables, to invest in research and development, to acquire complementary businesses or assets and to fund payments with respect to our indebtedness. We expect our cash on hand, cash flows from operations and availability under the revolving credit portion of our senior credit facilities to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, including projected working capital requirements, capital spending and debt service for at least the next twelve months.
      Our cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2006 were $13.2 million, which is a decrease of $2.4 million from $15.6 million at December 31, 2005. Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities at December 31, 2005 decreased $115.2 million from $130.8 million at December 31, 2004. The decreases were primarily due to cash paid for acquisitions and repayment of debt, partially offset by net borrowings under our credit facilities during 2005 and by the collection of annual maintenance fees and collection of taxes receivable during the first quarter of 2006. A larger amount of annual maintenance fees are typically collected during the first quarter compared to other quarters during the year.
      Net cash provided by operating activities was $15.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Net cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a net loss of $0.2 million adjusted for non-cash items of $5.5 million, a decrease of $6.0 million in income taxes receivable and increases of $11.3 million and $1.1 million in deferred maintenance and other revenues and accounts payable, respectively. These items were partially offset by a decrease of $3.1 million in accrued expenses and an increase of $5.2 million in accounts receivable.

50


Table of Contents

      Net cash provided by operating activities was $37.0 million in 2005, an increase of $8.5 million from $28.5 million in 2004. Net cash provided by operating activities during 2005 was primarily due to net income of $1.5 million adjusted for non-cash items of $14.2 million, including a $3.2 million tax benefit related to stock option exercises, and an increase of $39.1 million in accrued expenses, primarily representing expenses related to the Acquisition that were expensed in the period. These items were partially offset by increases of $7.6 million, $2.1 million and $5.8 million in taxes receivable, prepaid expenses and accounts receivable, respectively.
      Net cash used in investing activities was $12.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Net cash used by investing activities was due to the $11.9 million net cash paid for the acquisition of Cogent and the $1.1 million in capital expenditures. These items were partially offset by a $0.4 million reimbursement received from the escrow account established in connection with our acquisition of FI.
      Net cash used in investing activities was $987.8 million in 2005, including $877.0 million in connection with the Acquisition and $207.9 million for six acquisitions. These items were partially offset by net sales of marketable securities of $101.9 million.
      Net cash used in financing activities was $5.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Net cash used in financing activities was due to the $11.3 million repayment of debt, including $0.3 million of debt assumed in our acquisition of Cogent, offset by $6.0 million in new borrowings to partially finance the acquisition of Cogent.
      Net cash provided by financing activities was $937.8 million in 2005, primarily related to Acquisition-related financing of $490.0 million and $381.0 million of equity contributions. Additionally, we borrowed $83.0 million under our credit facility, which was repaid in connection with the Acquisition, offset by total debt payments of $10.4 million. The exercise of stock options provided $2.5 million, offset by $3.7 million for the payment of our semi-annual cash dividends and $5.6 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock.
      As a result of the Acquisition, we are highly leveraged and our debt service requirements are significant. At March 31, 2006, our total indebtedness was $483.2 million and we had $71.6 million available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility.
Contractual Obligations
      The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005 that require us to make future cash payments (in thousands):
                                           
    Payments Due by Period
     
        Less Than       More Than
Contractual Obligations   Total   1 Year   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   5 Years
                     
Short-term and long-term debt
  $ 488,581     $ 2,771     $ 5,517     $ 5,517     $ 474,776  
Interest payments(1)
    325,720       46,952       87,158       86,382       105,228  
Operating lease obligations(2)
    32,483       7,543       10,872       6,788       7,280  
Purchase obligations(3)
    4,276       1,517       1,382       614       763  
                               
 
Total contractual obligations
  $ 851,060     $ 58,783     $ 104,929     $ 99,301     $ 588,047  
                               
 
(1)  Reflects interest payments on our term loan facility at an assumed interest rate of three-month LIBOR of 4.53% plus 2.5%, interest payments on our revolving credit facility at an assumed interest rate of one-month LIBOR of 4.39% plus 2.75% and required interest payment payments on our notes of 11.75%.
 
(2)  We are obligated under noncancelable operating leases for office space and office equipment. The lease for the corporate facility in Windsor, Connecticut expires in 2008 and we have the right to extend the lease for an additional term of five years. We sublease office space under noncancelable

51


Table of Contents

leases. We received rental income under these leases of $352,000, $456,000 and $500,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
 
(3)  Purchase obligations include the minimum amounts committed under contracts for goods and services.

      In addition, from time to time, we are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of our business. In the opinion of management, we are not a party to any litigation that we believe could have a material effect on us or our business.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
      We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.
The Transactions
      On November 23, 2005, in connection with the Transactions, we (1) entered into a new $350 million credit facility, consisting of a $200 million term loan facility with SS&C Technologies, Inc. as the borrower, a $75 million-equivalent term loan facility with a Canadian subsidiary as the borrower ($17 million of which is denominated in US dollars and $58 million of which is denominated in Canadian dollars) and a $75 million revolving credit facility and (2) issued $205 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes.
Senior Credit Facilities
      Our borrowings under our senior credit facilities bear interest at either a floating base rate or a Eurocurrency rate plus, in each case, an applicable margin. In addition, we pay a commitment fee in respect of unused revolving commitments at a rate that will be adjusted based on our leverage ratio. Beginning on March 31, 2006, we are obligated to make quarterly principal payments on the term loan of $2.8 million per year. Subject to certain exceptions, thresholds and other limitations, we are required to prepay outstanding loans under our senior credit facilities with the net proceeds of certain asset dispositions, near-term tax refunds and certain debt issuances and 50% of our excess cash flow (as defined in the agreements governing our senior credit facilities), which percentage will be reduced based on our reaching certain leverage ratio thresholds.
      The obligations under our senior credit facilities are guaranteed by all of our existing and future wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries and by Holdings, with certain exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement. The obligations of the Canadian borrower are guaranteed by us, each of our U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries and Holdings, with certain exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement. Our obligations under our senior credit facilities are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in all of our capital stock and all of the capital stock or other equity interests held by us, Holdings and each of our existing and future U.S. subsidiary guarantors (subject to certain limitations for equity interests of foreign subsidiaries and other exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement) and all of our and Holdings’ tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of each of our existing and future U.S. subsidiary guarantors, with certain exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement. The Canadian borrower’s borrowings under our senior credit facilities and all guarantees thereof are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in all of our capital stock and all of the capital stock or other equity interests held by us, Holdings and each of our existing and future U.S. and Canadian subsidiary guarantors, with certain exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement, and all of our and Holdings’ tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of each of our existing and future U.S. and Canadian subsidiary guarantors, with certain exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement.
      The senior credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our (and most of our subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends and distributions on capital stock, create liens on assets, enter into sale and lease-back

52


Table of Contents

transactions, repay subordinated indebtedness, make capital expenditures, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, dispose of assets and engage in mergers or acquisitions. In addition, under the senior credit facilities, we are required to satisfy and maintain a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. We were in compliance with all covenants at March 31, 2006. See “Description of Senior Credit Facilities.”
     11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013
      Our 11 3 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2013 are unsecured senior subordinated obligations that are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt, including the senior credit facilities. The notes will be pari passu in right of payment to all future senior subordinated debt.
      The notes are redeemable in whole or in part, at our option, at any time at varying redemption prices that generally include premiums, which are defined in the indenture. In addition, upon a change of control, we are required to make an offer to redeem all of the notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.
      The indenture governing the notes contains a number of covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make certain investments, create liens, dispose of certain assets and engage in mergers or acquisitions. See “Description of the Exchange Notes.”
Covenant Compliance
      Under the senior credit facilities, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests. As of March 31, 2006, we were in compliance with the financial and non-financial covenants. Our continued ability to meet these financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios and tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the senior credit facilities. Upon the occurrence of any event of default under the senior credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the senior credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit.
      Consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) is a non-GAAP measure used to determine our compliance with certain covenants contained in the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes and in our senior credit facilities. Consolidated EBITDA is defined as EBITDA further adjusted to exclude unusual items and other adjustments permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indenture and our senior credit facilities. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Consolidated EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with our financing covenants.
      The breach of covenants in our senior credit facilities that are tied to ratios based on Consolidated EBITDA could result in a default under that agreement, in which case the lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. Any such acceleration would also result in a default under our indenture. Additionally, under our debt agreements, our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments and paying dividends is also tied to ratios based on Consolidated EBITDA.
      Consolidated EBITDA does not represent net income (loss) or cash flow from operations as those terms are defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. While Consolidated EBITDA and similar measures are frequently used as measures of operations and the ability to meet debt service requirements, these terms are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Consolidated EBITDA does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we may consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, the definition of Consolidated EBITDA in the senior credit facilities allows us to add back certain non-cash, extraordinary,

53


Table of Contents

unusual or non-recurring charges that are deducted in calculating net income (loss). However, these are expenses that may recur, vary greatly and are difficult to predict. Further, our debt instruments require that Consolidated EBITDA be calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters. As a result, the measure can be disproportionately affected by a particularly strong or weak quarter. Further, it may not be comparable to the measure for any subsequent four-quarter period or any complete fiscal year.
      The following is a reconciliation of net income, which is a GAAP measure of our operating results, to Consolidated EBITDA as defined in our senior credit facilities.
                                                       
    Successor     Predecessor   Combined   Successor     Predecessor
                         
                  Period from     Period from    
    Three Months     Three Months       November 23,     January 1    
    Ended     Ended   Year Ended   2005 through     through   Year Ended
    March 31,     March 31,   December 31,   December 31,     November 22,   December 31,
    2006     2005   2005   2005     2005   2004
                             
              (In thousands)          
Net income
  $ (226 )     $ 5,969     $ 1,543     $ 831       $ 712     $ 19,010  
Interest expense (income), net
    11,509         (572 )     5,951       4,890         1,061       (1,528 )
Income taxes
    83         3,816       2,658               2,658       12,030  
Depreciation and amortization
    6,569         1,373       11,876       2,301         9,575       4,592  
                                         
 
EBITDA
    17,935         10,586       22,028       8,022         14,006       34,104  
Purchase accounting adjustments(1)
    1,141               616       616                
Merger costs
                  36,912               36,912        
Unusual or non-recurring charges(2)
    65         (49 )     (979 )     (242 )       (737 )     (81 )
Acquired EBITDA and cost savings(3)
    632         8,802       14,893       85         14,808       26,495  
Other(4)
    250               107       107                
                                         
Consolidated EBITDA, as defined
  $ 20,023       $ 19,339     $ 73,577     $ 8,588       $ 64,989     $ 60,518  
                                         
 
(1)  Purchase accounting adjustments include the adjustment of deferred revenue and lease obligations to fair value at the date of the Transactions.
 
(2)  Unusual or non-recurring charges include foreign currency gains and losses, gains and losses on the sales of marketable securities and proceeds from legal settlements.
 
(3)  Acquired EBITDA reflects the EBITDA impact of businesses that were acquired during the period as if the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the period and cost savings to be realized from such acquisitions.
 
(4)  Other comprises management fees paid to The Carlyle Group.
      Our covenants requiring a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio did not become effective until April 2006. Our covenant restricting capital expenditures for the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005 limited expenditures to $3 million. Actual capital expenditures for the period were $0.3 million.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
      We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We have invested our available cash in short-term, highly liquid financial instruments, having initial maturities of three months or less. When necessary we have borrowed to fund acquisitions.

54


Table of Contents

      At March 31, 2006, we had total debt of $483.2 million, including $278.2 million of variable rate debt. At December 31, 2005, we had total debt of $488.6 million, including $283.6 million of variable rate debt. We have entered into three interest rate swap agreements which fixed the interest rates for $200.7 million of our variable rate debt. Two of our swap agreements are denominated in U.S. dollars and have notional values of $100 million and $50 million, effectively fix our interest rates at 7.28% and 7.21%, respectively, and expire in December 2010 and December 2008, respectively. Our third swap agreement is denominated in Canadian dollars and has a notional value equivalent to approximately $50.7 million U.S. dollars. The Canadian swap effectively fixes our interest rate at 6.679% and expires in December 2008. During the period when all three of our swap agreements are effective, a 1% change in interest rates would result in a change in interest of approximately $0.8 million per year. Upon the expiration of the two interest rate swap agreements in December 2008 and the third interest rate swap agreement in December 2010, a 1% change in interest rates would result in a change in interest of approximately $1.8 million and $2.8 million per year, respectively. See note 7 of notes to our consolidated financial statements.
      At March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, $61.8 million and $80.6 million of our debt, respectively, was denominated in Canadian dollars. We expect that our foreign denominated debt will be serviced through our local operations.
      During 2005, approximately 37% of our revenue was from customers located outside the United States. A portion of the revenue from customers located outside the United States is denominated in foreign currencies, the majority being the Canadian dollar. Revenues and expenses of our foreign operations are denominated in their respective local currencies. We continue to monitor our exposure to foreign exchange rates as a result of our foreign currency denominated debt, our acquisitions and changes in our operations.
      The foregoing risk management discussion and the effect thereof are forward-looking statements. Actual results in the future may differ materially from these projected results due to actual developments in global financial markets. The analytical methods used by us to assess and minimize risk discussed above should not be considered projections of future events or losses.

55


Table of Contents

BUSINESS
Company Overview
      We are a leading provider of a broad range of highly specialized proprietary software and software-enabled outsourcing solutions for the financial services industry. Our software facilitates and automates mission-critical processing for information management, analysis, trading, accounting, reporting and compliance. Since 1986, our products and services have helped our customers solve complex information processing requirements and improve the effectiveness and productivity of their investment professionals. We generate revenues by licensing our proprietary software to users (coupled with renewable maintenance contracts), leveraging our software to provide outsourcing solutions, and providing professional services to implement and otherwise support our products. Our business model is characterized by significant contractually recurring revenue, high operating margins and significant cash flow. For financial information related to our business, including geographic information, please see our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.
      We provide over 50 products and services to more than 4,000 clients globally in seven vertical markets in the financial services industry:
  •  insurance entities and pension funds
 
  •  institutional asset managers
 
  •  hedge funds and family offices
 
  •  multinational banks, retail banks and credit unions
 
  •  commercial lenders
 
  •  real estate property managers
 
  •  municipal finance groups
      We believe that we are a leading provider of financial management software in the sectors within the highly fragmented market for financial services software in which we compete. Our customers include many of the largest and most well-recognized firms in the financial services industry, which together manage over $7 trillion in assets worldwide. Our revenue is highly diversified, with no single client accounting for more than 5.4% of our revenue for fiscal 2005. We have continued to migrate our business to a contractually recurring revenue model (79% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005 was contractually recurring in nature), which helps us minimize the fluctuations in revenues and cash flows typically associated with non-recurring software license revenues and enhances our ability to estimate our future results of operations. We have experienced average revenue retention rates in each of the last three years of greater than 90% on our maintenance and outsourcing service contracts for our core enterprise software products, which generate a substantial majority of our contractually recurring revenue. We believe that the high-value added nature of our products and services have enabled us to maintain our high revenue retention rates.
      We were founded in 1986 by William C. Stone, who has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since our inception. We have grown our business by increasing sales of products and services to existing customers, attracting new clients to increase our installed customer base, and utilizing internal product development and complementary acquisitions to capitalize on evolving market opportunities. We believe we offer one of the broadest selections of products and services in the industry and offer multiple delivery options, allowing us to offer comprehensive end-to -end solutions to our customers.
Industry Background
      The financial services industry is the largest global investor in IT software and services. IT expenditures on software, professional services and outsourcing by the U.S. financial services industry are growing. Financial services companies are increasingly relying on third-party vendors for new software

56


Table of Contents

products and services given the resources and expertise required to develop, support and maintain these products and services on a cost-effective basis.
      We believe that several factors will continue to drive growth in financial services IT spending, including:
  •  rapidly changing market conditions;
 
  •  increasing transaction volumes with shorter settlement cycles;
 
  •  increasing assets under management;
 
  •  fierce global competition;
 
  •  constantly evolving regulatory requirements with increasing regulatory oversight;
 
  •  increasing number, and greater complexity, of asset classes and securities products;
 
  •  outsourcing of non-core business functions; and
 
  •  consolidation of industry assets at both large insurers and asset managers.
      As a result of these factors, many financial services organizations face an increasing gap between the amount and complexity of data that they must analyze and control and their finite internal IT resources. Financial services organizations rely in large part on internal IT departments to supply the systems required to meet their information analysis requirements. Typically, the systems used are a mix of internally developed programs implemented on expensive mainframes and externally developed software applications deployed in a distributed computing environment. These systems require large IT departments, are expensive to implement, support and modify, have limited interoperability and often cannot fully support specialized asset classes or regulatory compliance and reporting. To meet their demands, financial services organizations continue to turn to flexible, cost-effective, rapidly deployable software and software-enabled outsourcing solutions that support informed, real-time business decision-making and regulatory compliance.
Our Strengths
      We believe that attractive industry dynamics coupled with our competitive advantages will enable us to continue to expand over the coming years.
      Highly Diversified and Stable Customer Base. By providing mission-critical, well-established software products and services, we have developed a large installed customer base within the diverse end markets in the financial services industry that we serve. Our client base of over 4,000 includes some of the largest and most well recognized firms in the financial services industry. We believe that our high-quality products and superior services have led to long-term customer relationships, some of which date from our earliest days of operations in 1987. During fiscal 2005, our top 10 customers represented approximately 23% of our revenue, with no single customer accounting for more than 5.4%. We have experienced average revenue retention rates of over 90% on our maintenance and outsourcing contracts for our core enterprise software products in each of the last three years.
      High Margin, Scaleable Business Model that Generates Significant Operating Cash Flow. We have consistently improved operating margins since 2001 by increasing sales across our existing cost structure and driving higher levels of contractually recurring revenue. The combination of our strong profitability, moderate capital expenditures (less than 2% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005) and minimal working capital requirements allows us to generate high levels of operating cash flow. We believe we currently have adequate resources and infrastructure to support our business plans and, as a result, anticipate that our business model will continue to lend itself to generating high operating margins and significant operating cash flow.
      Substantial Contractually Recurring Revenue. We continue to focus on growing contractually recurring revenue streams from our software-enabled outsourcing solutions and maintenance services

57


Table of Contents

because they provide greater predictability in the operation of our business and enable us to build valued long-term relationships with our clients. The shift to a more recurring revenue based business model has reduced volatility in our revenue and earnings, and increased management’s ability to estimate future results. Contractually recurring revenue represented approximately 79% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005, up from 23% of total revenue in 1997.
      Ownership of Outsourcing Software Promotes Higher Margins and Product Improvement. We use our own proprietary software products and infrastructure to provide our software-enabled outsourcing services, resulting in high overall operating margins and multiyear contractually recurring revenue. In addition, our daily usage of these products in the execution of our business process outsourcing (BPO) business allows us to quickly identify and deploy product improvements and respond to client feedback, enhancing the competitiveness of both our license and outsourcing offerings. This continuous feedback process provides us with a significant advantage over many of our competitors, specifically those software competitors that do not provide outsourcing services and therefore do not have the same level of hands-on experience with their products, as well as outsourcing competitors that utilize third-party technology and are therefore dependent on third-party software providers for key service support and product development.
      Attractive Industry Dynamics. We believe that we will benefit from favorable dynamics in the financial services industry, including the growth of worldwide IT spending on software, professional services and outsourcing. Other favorable growth factors include: increasing assets under management and transaction volumes; constantly evolving regulatory requirements; the increasing number, and greater complexity, of asset classes; and the challenge to enable real-time business decision-making amid increased amounts and complexity of information. We believe that these trends, coupled with our ability to leverage our extensive industry expertise to rapidly react to our customers’ needs and incremental penetration opportunities within the financial services industry, will further drive our organic growth.
      Extensive Industry Expertise. Our team of approximately 692 development and service professionals has significant expertise across the seven vertical markets that we serve and a deep working knowledge of our clients’ businesses. By leveraging this expertise and knowledge, we have developed, and continue to improve, our software products and services to enable our clients to overcome the complexities inherent in their businesses.
      Successful, Disciplined Acquisition History. We have a proven ability to acquire and integrate complementary businesses. Our experienced senior management team leads a rigorous evaluation of our acquisition candidates to ensure that they satisfy our product or service needs and will successfully integrate with our business while meeting our targeted financial goals. As a result, each of our acquisitions has contributed a marketable product or service that has added to our revenues. In addition, our acquisitions have enabled us to expand our product and service offerings to our existing customers and given us the opportunity to market our existing products into new markets or client bases. We also have generally been able to improve the operational performance and profitability of the acquired businesses. In addition, we believe that our acquisitions have been a low risk extension of our research and development effort that has enabled us to purchase proven products without the uncertainty of in-house development. On April 19, 2005, we purchased all of the outstanding stock of Financial Models Company Inc., or FMC, for $159.0 million in cash. FMC is a leading provider of comprehensive investment management systems that complement our product and service offerings to meet the front-, middle-and back-office needs of the investment management industry. This acquisition is our largest to date and provides us with significant opportunities to grow revenues while eliminating duplicative costs.
      Experienced Management Team with an Average of Over 15 Years of Experience. Our management team has an established track record of operational excellence. On average, our senior management team has more than 15 years of experience with us or other companies in the software and financial services industries.

58


Table of Contents

Business Strategy
      Our goal is to be the leading provider of superior technology solutions to the financial services industry. To achieve our goal, we intend to:
        Grow Our Software-Enabled Outsourcing and Other Contractually Recurring Revenues. We plan to further increase our contractually recurring revenue streams from our software-enabled outsourcing solutions and maintenance services because they provide us with greater predictability in the operation of our business and enable us to build valued relationships with our clients. We believe that our software-enabled outsourcing solutions provide an attractive alternative to clients that do not wish to install, run and maintain complicated financial software.
 
        Increase Revenues from Our Existing Clients. Revenues from our existing clients generally grow along with the volume of assets that they manage. While we expect to continue to benefit from this trend, we intend to continue to use our deep understanding of the financial services industry to identify other opportunities to increase our revenues from our existing clients. Many of our current customers use our products for a relatively small portion of their total funds and investment vehicles under management, providing us with excellent opportunities for growth as we attempt to gain a larger share of their business. We have been successful in, and expect to continue to focus our marketing efforts on, providing additional modules or features to the products and services our existing clients already use, as well as cross-selling our other products and services to them.
 
        Enhance Our Product and Service Offerings to Address the Specialized Needs of Our Clients. We have accumulated substantial financial expertise since our founding in 1986 through close working relationships with our clients, resulting in a deep knowledge base that enables us to respond to their most complex financial, accounting, actuarial, tax and regulatory needs. We intend to leverage our expertise by continuing to offer products and services that address the highly specialized needs of the financial services industry. Our internal product development team works closely with marketing and support personnel to ensure that product evolution reflects developments in the marketplace and trends in client requirements. In addition, we intend to continue to develop our products in a cost-effective manner by leveraging common components across product families. We believe that we enjoy a competitive advantage because we can address the investment and financial management needs of high-end clients by providing industry-tested products and services that meet global market demands and enable our clients to automate and integrate their front-, middle- and back-office functions for improved productivity, reduced manual intervention and bottom-line savings.
 
        Maintain Our Commitment to the Highest Level of Client Service. We intend to continue to differentiate ourselves from our competition through our commitment to the highest level of client service. Our clients include large, sophisticated institutions with complex systems and requirements, and we understand the importance of providing them with both the experience of our senior management and the technical expertise of our sales, professional services and support staffs. Our commitment begins with our senior management team, which actively participates in creating and building client relationships. For each solution deployment, we analyze our client’s needs and assemble a team of appropriate industry vertical and technical experts who can quickly and efficiently deliver tailored solutions to the client. We provide our larger clients with a full-time dedicated client support team whose primary responsibility is to resolve questions and provide solutions to address ongoing needs. We expect to build even greater client loyalty and generate high-quality references for future clients by leveraging the individual attention and industry expertise provided by our senior management and staff.
 
        Capitalize on Acquisition Opportunities. We believe that the market for financial services software and services is highly fragmented and rapidly evolving, with many new product introductions and industry participants. To supplement our internal development efforts and capitalize on growth opportunities, we intend to continue to employ a disciplined and highly focused acquisition strategy. We will seek to opportunistically acquire, at attractive valuations, businesses, products and technologies in our existing or complementary vertical markets.

59


Table of Contents

Our Acquisitions
      Since 1995, we have acquired over 20 businesses within our industry. We generally seek to acquire companies that:
  •  provide complementary products or services in the financial services industry;
 
  •  address a highly specialized problem or a market niche in the financial services industry;
 
  •  expand our global reach into strategic geographic markets;
 
  •  have solutions that lend themselves to being delivered as either a software-enabled BPO service or an application service provider (ASP) solution;
 
  •  possess proven technology and an established client base that will provide a source of ongoing revenue and to whom we may be able to sell existing products and services; and
 
  •  satisfy our financial metrics, including expected return on investment.
      Our senior management receives numerous acquisition proposals and chooses to evaluate several proposals each quarter. We receive referrals from several sources, including clients, investment banks and industry contacts. We believe based on our experience that there are numerous solution providers addressing highly particularized financial services needs or providing specialized services that would meet our acquisition criteria.
      Below is a table summarizing our acquisitions.
             
            Acquired Products and
Date   Acquired Business   Contract Purchase Price   Services Currently Offered
             
March 1995
  Chalke   $10,000,000   PTS
November 1997
  Mabel Systems   $850,000 and 109,224 shares of common stock   Mabel
December 1997
  Shepro Braun Systems   1,500,000 shares of common stock   Total Return, Antares
March 1998
  Quantra   $2,269,800 and 819,028 shares of common stock   SKYLINE
April 1998
  The Savid Group   $821,500   Debt & Derivatives
March 1999
  HedgeWare   1,028,524 shares of common stock   AdvisorWare
March 1999
  Brookside   41,400 shares of common stock   Consulting services
November 2001
  Digital Visions   $1,350,000   PortPro, The BANC Mall, PALMS
January 2002
  Real-Time, USA   $4,000,000   Real-Time, Lightning
November 2002
  DBC   $4,500,000   Municipal finance products
December 2003
  Amicorp Fund Services   $1,800,000   Fund services
January 2004
  Investment Advisory Network   $3,000,000   Compass, Portfolio Manager
February 2004
  NeoVision Hypersystems   $1,600,000   Heatmaps
April 2004
  OMR Systems   $19,671,000   TradeThru, Xacct
February 2005
  Achievement Technologies   $470,000   SamTrak
February 2005
  EisnerFast LLC   $25,300,000   Fund services
April 2005
  Financial Models Company   $159,000,000   FMC suite of products

60


Table of Contents

             
            Acquired Products and
Date   Acquired Business   Contract Purchase Price   Services Currently Offered
             
June 2005
  Financial Interactive, Inc.   358,424 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $37.69 per share   Fund Runner
August 2005
  MarginMan   $5,600,000 and the assumption of certain liabilities   MarginMan
October 2005
  Open Information Systems, Inc.   $24,000,000 and earn-out payments to be made in 2007 based on revenue for 2006, or, under certain circumstances, 2007   Money Market Manager, Information Manager
March 2006
  Cogent Management   $12,250,000   Fund services
      Many of our acquisitions have enabled us to expand our product and service offerings into new markets or client bases within the financial services industry. For example, with our acquisitions of Shepro Braun Systems and HedgeWare, we began providing portfolio management and accounting software to the hedge funds and family offices market. We began offering property management products to the real estate property management industry after we acquired Quantra and started selling financial modeling products to the municipal finance groups market after the DBC acquisition. Our acquisition of OMR Systems Corporation and OMR Systems International, Ltd. allows us to offer integrated, global solutions to financial institutions and hedge funds through our TradeThru software and Xacct services. The acquisition of EisnerFast has expanded our software-enabled outsourcing offerings to the hedge fund market. With our acquisition of FMC, we were able to complement and expand our product and service offerings to meet the front-, middle- and back-office needs of the investment management industry. The addition of new products and services also has enabled us to market other products and services to acquired client bases. Some acquisitions have also provided us with new technology, such as the Heatmaps data visualization product developed by NeoVision Hypersystems, Inc.
      To date, all of our acquisitions have resulted in a marketable product or service that has added to our revenues. We also have generally been able to improve the operating performance and profitability of the acquired businesses. We seek to reduce the costs of the acquired businesses by consolidating sales and marketing efforts and by eliminating redundant administrative tasks and research and development expenses. In some cases, we have also been able to increase revenue generated by acquired products and services by leveraging our larger sales capabilities and client base.
Products and Services
      Our products and services allow professionals in the financial services industry to efficiently and rapidly analyze and manage information, increase productivity, reduce costs and devote more time to critical business decisions. We provide highly flexible, scaleable and cost-effective solutions that enable our clients to meet growing and evolving regulatory requirements, track complex securities, better employ sophisticated investment strategies and scale efficiently with growing assets under management. Our portfolio of over 50 products and services enables our customers to integrate their front-end functions (trading and modeling), with their middle-office functions (portfolio management and reporting) and their back-office functions (processing, clearing and accounting). Our CAMRA, TradeThru and AdvisorWare products accounted for approximately 60% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004. Our CAMRA, TradeThru, Pacer, AdvisorWare and Total Return products accounted for approximately 55% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005.
      We have substantial industry expertise across the seven vertical markets that we serve. Our team of approximately 692 professionals is well positioned to address many of the complex needs of our clients due

61


Table of Contents

in part to constantly evolving regulatory requirements with increasing regulatory oversight and the increasing number, and greater complexity, of asset classes and securities products. Our portfolio of products and services enables our clients to address many of these and other complicated business needs, as well as to simplify their day-to -day operations.
      The following chart summarizes our principal products and services, typical users and the vertical markets each product serves:
               
               
Products and Services     Typical Users     Vertical Markets Served  
               
Portfolio Management/Accounting
             
AdvisorWare
    Portfolio managers     Hedge funds and family offices  
Altair
    Asset managers     Institutional asset managers  
CAMRA
    Fund administrators     Insurance companies and  
CAMRA D Class
    Investment advisors     pension funds  
Debt & Derivatives
    Accountants     Municipal finance groups  
Fund Runner
    Auditors     Multinational banks, retail banks  
Fund Runner Web
    Alternative investment managers     and credit unions  
Lightning
    Brokers/dealers        
Pacer
             
Pages
             
PALMS
             
PortPro
             
Recon
             
SS&C Wealth Management
             
Suite
             
Sylvan
             
Total Return
             
               
Outsourcing
             
FMC Outsourcing
    Portfolio managers     Hedge funds and family offices  
SS&C Direct
    Asset managers     Institutional asset managers  
SS&C Fund Services
    Fund administrators     Insurance companies and  
      Investment advisors     pension funds  
      Alternative investment managers        
               
Securities Data
             
FMCNet
    Investment managers     Institutional asset managers  
SVC
    Fund administrators     Hedge funds and family offices  
      Securities traders     Insurance companies and pension  
      Portfolio managers     funds  
      Asset managers     Multinational banks, retail banks and credit unions  
               
Trading/Treasury Operations
             
Antares
    Securities traders     Hedge funds and family offices  
MarginMan
    Financial institutions     Insurance companies and pension funds  
TradeDesk
    Foreign exchange traders     Institutional asset managers  
TradeThru
          Multinational banks, retail banks and credit unions  
               

62


Table of Contents

               
               
Products and Services     Typical Users     Vertical Markets Served  
               
Financial Modeling
             
AnalyticsExpress
    CEO/CFOs     Insurance companies and  
DBC (family of products)
    Risk managers     pension funds  
Finesse HD
    Actuarial professionals     Municipal finance groups  
PTS
    Bank asset/liability managers        
      Investment bankers        
      State/local treasury staff        
      Financial advisors        
               
Loan Management/Accounting
             
LMS Loan Suite
    Mortgage originators     Commercial lenders  
LMS Originator
    Commercial lenders     Insurance companies and  
LMS Servicer
    Mortgage loan servicers     pension funds  
The BANC Mall
    Mortgage loan portfolio managers     Multinational banks, retail banks  
      Real estate investment managers     and credit unions  
      Bank/credit union loan officers        
               
Property Management
             
SKYLINE (family of products)
    Real estate investment managers     Real estate leasing/property  
SamTrak
    Real estate leasing agents     managers  
      Real estate property managers        
      Facility managers        
               
Technology
             
Heatmaps
    Securities traders     Institutional asset managers  
      Portfolio managers        
      Risk managers        
      Financial advisors        
      Hedge fund managers        
               
Money Market Processing
             
Information Manager
    Financial institutions     Multinational banks, retail banks  
Money Market Manager
    Custodians     and credit unions  
      Security lenders        
      Cash managers        
               
Portfolio Management/ Accounting
      Our products and services for portfolio management span most of our vertical markets and offer our clients a wide range of investment management solutions.
      AdvisorWare. AdvisorWare software supports hedge funds, funds of funds and family offices with sophisticated global investment, trading and management concerns, and/or complex financial, tax (including German tax requirements), partnership and allocation reporting requirements. It delivers comprehensive multi-currency investment management, financial reporting, performance fee calculations, net asset value calculations, contact management and partnership accounting in a straight-through processing environment.
      Altair. Altair software is a portfolio management system designed for companies that are looking for a solution that meets Benelux market requirements and want client/server architecture with SQL support. We sell Altair primarily to European asset managers, stockbrokers, custodians, banks, pension funds and insurance companies. Altair supports a full range of financial instruments, including fixed income, equities, real estate investments and alternative investment vehicles.

63


Table of Contents

      CAMRA. CAMRA (Complete Asset Management, Reporting and Accounting) software supports the integrated management of asset portfolios by investment professionals operating across a wide range of institutional investment entities. CAMRA is a 32-bit, multi-user, integrated solution tailored to support the entire portfolio management function and includes features to execute, account for and report on all typical securities transactions.
      We have designed CAMRA to account for all activities of the investment operation and to continually update investment information through the processing of day-to -day securities transactions. CAMRA maintains transactions and holdings and stores the results of most accounting calculations in its open, relational database, providing user-friendly, flexible data access and supporting data warehousing.
      CAMRA offers a broad range of integrated modules that can support specific client requirements, such as TBA dollar rolls, trading, compliance monitoring, net asset value calculations, performance measurement, fee calculations and reporting.
      CAMRA D Class. CAMRA D Class software is for smaller U.S. insurance companies that need to account for their trades and holdings and comply with statutory reporting requirements but do not require a software application as sophisticated as CAMRA.
      Debt & Derivatives. Debt & Derivatives is a comprehensive financial application software package designed to process and analyze all activities relating to derivative and debt portfolios, including pricing, valuation and risk analysis, derivative processing, accounting, management reporting and regulatory reporting. Debt & Derivatives delivers real-time transaction processing to treasury and investment professionals, including traders, operations staff, accountants and auditors.
      FundRunner. Fund Runner is a hedge fund investor relationship management and fund profiling solution. Fund Runner solutions provide a comprehensive investor relationship management and fund profiling infrastructure for managing sophisticated investors by consolidating and automating their communication needs. Fund Runner solutions streamline client servicing and marketing for fund managers and integrates account management, correspondence tracking, marketing, reporting, fund and investor performance analysis and compliance.
      FundRunner Web. Fund Runner Web is a robust, easy-to -use Internet communications development and administration toolset for the investment management industry. Fund Runner Web empowers investment managers to easily develop and maintain a secure, personalized web presence in order to give their clients valuable information.
      Lightning. Lightning is a comprehensive ASP solution supporting the front-, middle- and back-office processing needs of commercial banks and broker-dealers of all sizes and complexity. Lightning automates a number of processes, including trading, sales, funding, accounting, risk analysis and asset/liability management.
      Pacer. Pacer is a portfolio management and accounting system designed to manage diversified global portfolios and meet the unique management and accounting needs of all business streams, from institutional and pension management, to separately managed accounts, private client portfolios, mutual funds and unit trusts.
      Pages. Pages is a client communication system that generates unique individual client statements and slide presentations for print, electronic or face-to -face meetings. Pages helps enhance customer services by producing client statements that automatically assemble data from portfolio management, customer relationship management, performance measurement and other investment systems.
      PALMS. PALMS (Portfolio Asset Liability Management System) is an Internet-based service for community banks and credit unions that enables them to manage and analyze their balance sheet. PALMS gives financial institutions instant access to their balance sheet by importing data directly from general ledger, loan, deposit and investment systems and can perform simulations for detailed analysis of the data.

64


Table of Contents

      PortPro. PortPro delivers Internet-based portfolio accounting and is available on an ASP basis. PortPro helps financial institutions effectively measure, analyze and manage balance sheets and investment portfolios. PortPro is offered as a stand-alone product or as a module of Lightning. PortPro includes bond accounting and analytics.
      Recon. Recon is a transaction, position and cash reconciliation system that streamlines reconciliation by identifying exceptions and providing effective workflow tools to resolve issues faster, thereby reducing operational risk. Recon automatically reconciles transactions, holdings and cash from multiple sources.
      SS&C Wealth Management. SS&C Wealth Management is a web services platform that delivers core account management services to wealth management professionals. Services include investor prospecting, account aggregation and reconciliation, account management, tax lot accounting, performance measurement, fee processing and reporting. Services can be customized to meet the specific needs of registered investment advisors, broker dealers or financial institutions.
      Suite. Suite is a web-based platform for investment managers designed around their daily tasks to address important aspects of their work day. Suite is an all-in -one integrated solution built from the ground up to take advantage of the Internet, with integrated capabilities for investment analysis, modeling, portfolio construction and monitoring and trade communications.
      Sylvan. Sylvan is a performance measurement, attribution and composite management platform designed to streamline the calculation and reporting of all performance measurement requirements of clients. It provides an enterprise-wide performance solution with data sourced from multiple accounting engines and is highly scaleable, supporting the high volumes of detailed analysis requirements of institutional investment managers.
      Total Return. Total Return is a portfolio management and partnership accounting system directed toward the hedge fund and family office markets. It is a multi-currency system, designed to provide financial and tax accounting and reporting for businesses with high transaction volumes.
Software-Enabled Outsourcing
      FMC Outsourcing. FMC Outsourcing delivers a total business solution, building technology and outsourcing solutions to help investment firms improve their workflow processes.
      SS&C Direct. We provide comprehensive ASP/ BPO services through our SS&C Direct operating unit for portfolio accounting, reporting and analysis functions. The SS&C Direct service includes:
  •  hosting of a company’s application software;
 
  •  automated workflow integration;
 
  •  automated quality control mechanisms; and
 
  •  extensive interface and connectivity services to custodian banks, data service providers, depositories and other external entities.
      SS&C Direct’s Outsourced Investment Accounting Services option includes comprehensive investment accounting and investment operations services for sophisticated, global organizations.
      SS&C Fund Services. We provide complete on- and offshore fund administration outsourcing services to hedge fund and other alternative investment managers using our proprietary software products. SS&C Fund Services offers fund manager services, transfer agency services, funds of funds services, tax processing and accounting and processing. SS&C Fund Services supports all fund types and investment strategies. Market segments served include:
  •  hedge fund managers;
 
  •  funds of funds managers;
 
  •  commodity trading advisors;

65


Table of Contents

  •  family offices;
 
  •  private wealth groups;
 
  •  investment managers;
 
  •  commodity pool operators;
 
  •  proprietary traders;
 
  •  private equity groups; and
 
  •  separate managed accounts.
Securities Data
      FMCNet. FMCNet is a global trade network linking investment managers, broker/ dealers, clearing agencies, custodians and interested parties. FMCNet’s real-time trade matching utility and delivery instruction database facilitate integration of front-, middle- and back-office functions, reducing operational risk and costs.
      SVC. SVC is a single source for securities data that consolidates data from leading global sources to provide clients with the convenience of one customized data feed. SVC provides clients with seamless, timely and accurate data for pricing, corporate actions, dividends, interest payments, foreign exchange rates and security master for global financial instruments.
Trading/ Treasury Operations
      Our comprehensive real-time trading systems offer a wide range of trade order management solutions that support both buy-side and sell-side trading. Our full-service trade processing system delivers comprehensive processing for global treasury and derivative operations. Solutions are available to clients on a license, ASP or BPO basis.
      Antares. Antares is a comprehensive, real-time, event-driven trading and profit and loss reporting system designed to integrate trade modeling with trade order management. Antares enables clients to trade and report fixed-income, equities, foreign exchange, futures, options, repos and many other instruments across different asset classes. Antares also offers an add-on option of integrating Heatmaps’ data visualization technology to browse and navigate holdings information.
      MarginMan. MarginMan delivers collateralized trading software to the foreign exchange (FX) marketplace. MarginMan supports collateralized FX trading, precious metals trading and over-the-counter FX options trading.
      TradeDesk. TradeDesk is a comprehensive paperless trading system that automates front- and middle-office aspects of fixed-income transaction processing. In particular, TradeDesk enables clients to automate ticket entry, confirmation and access to offerings and provides clients with immediate, online access to complete client information and holdings.
      TradeThru. TradeThru is a web-based treasury and derivatives operations service that supports multiple asset classes and provides multi-bank, multi-entity and multi-currency integration of front-, middle- and back-office trade functions for financial institutions. TradeThru is available as either a license, ASP or BPO solution. The system delivers automated front-to back-office functions throughout the lifecycle of a trade, from deal capture to settlement, risk management, accounting and reporting. TradeThru also provides data to other external systems, such as middle-office analytic and risk management systems and general ledgers. TradeThru provides one common instrument database, counterparty database, audit trail and end-of -day runs.
Financial Modeling
      We offer several powerful analytical software and financial modeling applications for the insurance industry. We also provide analytical software and services to the municipal finance groups market.

66


Table of Contents

      AnalyticsExpress. AnalyticsExpress is a reporting and data visualization tool that translates actuarial analysis into meaningful management information. AnalyticsExpress brings flexibility to the reporting process and allows clients to analyze and present output at varying levels of detail and create high-level reports and charts.
      DBC Product Suite. We provide analytical software and services to municipal finance groups. Our suite of DBC products addresses a broad spectrum of municipal finance concerns, including:
  •  general bond structures;
 
  •  revenue bonds;
 
  •  housing bonds;
 
  •  student loans; and
 
  •  Federal Housing Administration — insured revenue bonds and securitizations.
      Our DBC products also deliver solutions for debt structuring, cash flow modeling and database management. Typical users of our DBC products include investment banks, municipal issuers and financial advisors for structuring new issues, securitizations, strategic planning and asset/liability management.
      Finesse HD. Finesse HD is a financial simulation tool for the property/casualty insurance industry that uses the principles of dynamic financial analysis. Finesse HD measures multiple future risk scenarios to provide a more accurate picture of financial risk and is designed to generate iterative computer-simulated scenarios.
      PTS. PTS is a pricing and financial modeling tool for life insurance companies. PTS provides an economic model of insurance assets and liabilities, generating option-adjusted cash flows to reflect the complex set of options and covenants frequently encountered in insurance contracts or comparable agreements.
Loan Management/ Accounting
      Our products that support loan administration activities are LMS and The BANC Mall.
      LMS Loan Suite. The LMS Loan Suite is a single database application that provides comprehensive loan management throughout the life cycle of a loan, from the initial request to final disposition. We have structured the flexible design of the LMS Loan Suite to meet the most complex needs of commercial lenders and servicers worldwide. The LMS Loan Suite includes both the LMS Originator and the LMS Servicer, facilitating integrated loan portfolio processing.
      LMS Originator. LMS Originator is a comprehensive commercial loan origination system, designed to bring efficiencies and controls to streamline the loan origination process. LMS Originator tracks the origination of a loan from the initial request through the initial funding. It enables clients to set production goals, measure production volumes against these goals and analyze the quality of loan requests being submitted by third parties. LMS Originator is integrated with LMS Servicer for seamless loan management processing throughout the life cycle of a loan.
      LMS Servicer. LMS Servicer is a comprehensive commercial loan servicing system designed to support the servicing of a wide variety of product types and complex loan structures. LMS Servicer provides capabilities in implementing complex investor structures, efficient payment processing, escrow processing and analysis, commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) servicing and reporting and portfolio analytics. LMS Servicer is integrated with LMS Originator for seamless loan management processing throughout the life cycle of a loan.
      The BANC Mall. The BANC Mall is an Internet-based lending and leasing tool designed for loan officers and loan administrators. The BANC Mall provides, on an ASP basis, online lending, leasing and research tools that deliver critical information for credit processing and loan administration. Clients use The BANC Mall on a fee-for-service basis to access more than a dozen data providers.

67


Table of Contents

Property Management
      SKYLINE. SKYLINE is a comprehensive property management system that integrates all aspects of real estate property management, from prospect management to lease administration, work order management, accounting and reporting. By providing a single-source view of all real estate holdings, SKYLINE functions as an integrated lease administration system, a historical property/portfolio knowledge base and a robust accounting and financial reporting system, enabling users to track each property managed, including data on specific units and tenants. Market segments served include:
  •  commercial;
 
  •  residential;
 
  •  retail;
 
  •  retirement communities;
 
  •  universities; and
 
  •  hospitals.
      SamTrak. SamTrak is a comprehensive facilities maintenance and work processing system designed to seamlessly integrate accounting functionality with building management.
Technology
      Heatmaps. Heatmaps is a data visualization technology that uses color, sound, animation and pattern to integrate vast amounts of financial data and analytics into dynamic, visual color displays. Heatmaps provides professional traders, analysts, asset managers and senior management with consolidated and simplified views of their information, allowing them to proactively monitor their business for opportunities, trends and potential risks.
Money Market Processing
      Information Manager. Information Manager is a comprehensive web-enabled solution for financial institutions that delivers core business application functionality to both internal and external clients’ desktops. Information Manager provides reporting, transaction entry, scheduling, entitlement and work flow management and interfaces to third-party applications. Information Manager supports back-office systems including custody, trust accounting, security lending, cash management, collateral management and global clearing.
      Money Market Manager. Money Market Manager (M3) is a web-enabled solution that is used by banks and broker/ dealers for the money market issuance services. M3 provides the functionality required for issuing and acting as a paying agent for money market debt instruments. M3 provides the reports needed for clients to manage their business including deals, issues, and payment accruals.
Software and Service Delivery Options
      Our delivery methods include software licenses with related maintenance agreements, software-enabled outsourcing alternatives (BPO and ASP) and blended solutions. All of our outsourcing solutions are built around and leverage our own proprietary software. Clients looking to outsource investment accounting operations, or needing a blended solution, work with SS&C Direct, SS&C Fund Services and FMC Outsourcing, which strive to price the delivery options to make them competitive with other offerings in the marketplace.
      Software License and Related Maintenance Agreements. We license our software to clients through either perpetual or term licenses, both of which include annually renewable maintenance contracts. Maintenance contracts on our core enterprise software products, which typically incorporate annual pricing increases, provide us with a stable and recurring revenue base due to average revenue retention rates of

68


Table of Contents

over 90% in each of the last three years. We typically generate additional revenues as our existing clients expand usage of our products. For the year ended December 31, 2005, license and maintenance revenue represented approximately 14.7% and 29.6% of total revenue, respectively.
      Software-Enabled Outsourcing. We provide a broad range of software-enabled outsourcing solutions for our clients, ranging from ASP services to full BPO services. By utilizing our proprietary software and avoiding the use of third-party products to provide our outsourcing solutions, we are able to greatly reduce potential operating risks, efficiently tailor our products and services to meet specific customer needs, significantly improve overall service levels and generate high overall operating margins and cash flow. Our outsourcing solutions are generally provided under two- to five-year non-cancelable contracts with required monthly payments. Pricing on our outsourcing services varies depending upon the complexity of the services being provided, the number of users, assets under management and transaction volume. Importantly, our outsourcing solutions allow us to leverage our proprietary software and existing infrastructure, thereby increasing our aggregate profits and cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2005, revenue from outsourcing represented 46.4% of total revenue.
  •  Application Service Provider. We provide our clients with the ability to utilize our software and processing services remotely using web-based application services. Several of our product offerings are available via ASP only: Lightning, PortPro, TradeDesk and The BANC Mall. These products enable smaller institutions, such as community banks and credit unions, to access sophisticated functionality that previously had been available only to our larger institutional clients.
 
  •  Business Process Outsourcing. We provide services under multiyear contracts that allow our customers to outsource back-office and support services and benefit from our proprietary software, specialized in-house accounting and technology resources and our state-of -the-art processing and operations facilities.
      Blended Solutions. We provide certain customers with unique, blended solutions that are tailored to meet their specialized needs. We believe that this capability further differentiates us from many of our competitors that are unable to provide this level of service.
Professional Services
      We offer a range of professional services to assist clients. Professional services consist of consulting and implementation services, including the initial installation of the system, conversion of historical data and ongoing training and support. Our in-house consulting teams work closely with the client to ensure the smooth transition and operation of our systems. Our consulting teams have a broad range of experience in the financial services industry and include certified public accountants, chartered financial analysts, mathematicians and IT professionals from the asset management, real estate, investment, insurance, hedge fund, municipal finance and banking industries. We believe our commitment to professional services facilitates the adoption of our software products across our target markets.
Product Support
      We believe a close and active service and support relationship is important to enhancing client satisfaction and furnishes an important source of information regarding evolving client issues. We provide our larger clients with a dedicated client support team whose primary responsibility is to resolve questions and provide solutions to address ongoing needs. Direct telephone support is provided during extended business hours, and additional hours are available during peak periods. We also offer the Solution Center, a website that serves as an exclusive online community for clients, where clients can find answers to product questions, exchange information, share best practices and comment on business issues. Approximately every two weeks, we distribute via the Internet our software and services ebriefings , which are industry-specific articles delivered to approximately 200,000 readers in our seven vertical markets and in geographic regions around the world. We supplement our service and support activities with comprehensive training. Training options include regularly hosted classroom and online instruction,

69


Table of Contents

eTraining, and online client seminars, or “webinars,” that address current, often technical issues in the financial services industry.
      Clients receive the latest product information via the Internet. We periodically make maintenance releases of licensed software available to our clients, as well as regulatory updates (generally during the fourth quarter, on a when and if available basis), to meet industry reporting obligations and other processing requirements.
Clients
      We have over 4,000 clients globally in seven vertical markets in the financial services industry that require a full range of information management and analysis, accounting, actuarial, reporting and compliance software on a timely and flexible basis. Our clients include multinational banks, retail banks and credit unions, hedge funds, funds of funds and family offices, institutional asset managers, insurance companies and pension funds, municipal finance groups, commercial lenders, real estate lenders and property managers. Our clients include many of the largest and most well-recognized firms in the financial services industry, which together manage over $7 trillion in assets worldwide. During the year ended December 31, 2005, our top 10 customers represented approximately 23% of revenue, with no single customer accounting for more than 5.4%.
Sales and Marketing
      We believe a direct sales organization is essential to the successful implementation of our business strategy, given the complexity and importance of the operations and information managed by our products, the extensive regulatory and reporting requirements of each industry, and the unique dynamics of each vertical market. Our dedicated direct sales and support personnel continually undergo extensive product and sales training and are located in our various sales offices worldwide. We also use telemarketing to support sales of our real estate property management products and work through alliance partners who sell our ASP solution to their correspondent banking clients.
      Our marketing personnel are responsible for identifying market trends, evaluating and developing marketing opportunities, generating client leads and providing sales support. Our marketing activities, which focus on the use of the Internet as a cost-effective means of reaching current and potential clients, include:
  •  content-rich, periodic software and services ebriefings targeted at clients and prospects in each of our vertical and geographic markets;
 
  •  seminars and symposiums;
 
  •  trade shows and conferences;
 
  •  emarketing campaigns; and
 
  •  public relations efforts.
      Some of the benefits of our shift in focus to an Internet-based marketing strategy include lower marketing costs, more direct contacts with actual and potential clients, increased marketing leads, distribution of more up-to -date marketing information and an improved ability to measure marketing initiatives.
      The marketing department also supports the sales force with appropriate documentation or electronic materials for use during the sales process.
Product Development and Engineering
      We believe we must introduce new products and offer product innovation on a regular basis to maintain our competitive advantage. To meet these goals, we use multidisciplinary teams of highly trained personnel and leverage this expertise across all product lines. We have invested heavily in developing a

70


Table of Contents

comprehensive product analysis process to ensure a high degree of product functionality and quality. Maintaining and improving the integrity, quality and functionality of existing products is the responsibility of individual product managers. Product engineering management efforts focus on enterprise-wide strategies, implementing best-practice technology regimens, maximizing resources and mapping out an integration plan for our entire umbrella of products as well as third-party products. Our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $21.3 million, $14.0 million and $11.2 million, respectively.
      Our research and development engineers work closely with our marketing and support personnel to ensure that product evolution reflects developments in the marketplace and trends in client requirements. We have generally issued a major functional release of our core products during the second or third quarter of each fiscal year, including functional enhancements, as well as an annual fourth quarter release to reflect evolving regulatory changes in time to meet clients’ year-end reporting requirements.
Competition
      The market for institutional and financial management software and services is competitive, rapidly evolving and highly sensitive to new product introductions and marketing efforts by industry participants. The market is also highly fragmented and served by numerous firms that target only local markets or specific client types. We also face competition from information systems developed and serviced internally by the IT departments of financial services firms. The major competitors in our primary markets include:
  •  Insurance Entities and Pension Funds: Blackrock, Bloomberg, Charles River, Classic Solutions/ Tillinghast, DFA Capital Management, Eagle Investment Systems, Princeton Financial Systems (subsidiary of State Street Bank) and SunGard.
 
  •  Institutional Asset Managers: Advent Software, Bloomberg, Charles River, DST International, Eagle Investment Systems, Macgregor, SunGard and Thomson Financial.
 
  •  Hedge Funds and Family Offices: Advent Software, Bank of New York, BISYS Hedge Fund Services, Citco, EZ Castle, Globe Ops, Netage Solutions, PFPC, State Street Bank and Whittaker Garnier.
 
  •  Multinational Banks, Retail Banks and Credit Unions: Calypso, Murex, SunGard, Thomson Financial and TPG.
 
  •  Commercial Lenders: McCracken (subsidiary of GMAC), Midland Loan Services (subsidiary of PNC Financial Services) and Princeton Financial Systems.
 
  •  Real Estate Property Managers: Best Software, Intuit and Yardi.
 
  •  Municipal Finance Groups: Ferrand Jordan and Prescient Software.
      We believe we compete on the basis of:
  •  consistent product performance;
 
  •  broad, demonstrated functionality;
 
  •  ease of use;
 
  •  scalability;
 
  •  integration capabilities;
 
  •  product and company reputation;
 
  •  client service and support; and
 
  •  price.

71


Table of Contents

Proprietary Rights
      We rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright, trademark and patent law, nondisclosure agreements and technical measures to protect our proprietary technology. We have registered trademarks for many of our products and will continue to evaluate the registration of additional trademarks as appropriate. We generally enter into confidentiality and/or license agreements with our employees, distributors, clients and potential clients. We seek to protect our software, documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws, which afford limited protection. These efforts may be insufficient to prevent third parties from asserting intellectual property rights in our technology. Furthermore, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy portions of our products or to reverse engineer or otherwise obtain and use proprietary information, and third parties may assert ownership rights in our proprietary technology. For additional risks relating to our proprietary technology, please see “Risk Factors — If we are unable to protect our proprietary technology, our success and our ability to compete will be subject to various risks, such as third-party infringement claims, unauthorized use of our technology, disclosure of our proprietary information or inability to license technology from third parties.”
      Rapid technological change characterizes the software development industry. We believe factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel, new product developments, frequent product enhancements, name recognition and reliable service and support are more important to establishing and maintaining a leadership position than legal protections of our technology.
Employees
      As of March 31, 2006, we had 861 full-time employees, consisting of:
      187 employees in research and development,
      412 employees in consulting and services,
      70 employees in sales and marketing,
      93 employees in client support, and
      99 employees in finance and administration.
      As of March 31, 2006, 335 of our employees were in our international operations. No employee is covered by any collective bargaining agreement. We believe that we have a good relationship with our employees.
Properties
      We lease our corporate offices, which consist of 73,000 square feet of office space located in 80 Lamberton Road, Windsor, CT 06095. The initial lease term expires in 2008, and we have the right to extend the lease for one additional term of five years. We utilize facilities and offices in ten locations in the United States and have offices in Toronto, Canada; Montreal, Canada; London, England; Amsterdam, the Netherlands; Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Tokyo, Japan; Curacao, the Netherlands Antilles; Dublin, Ireland; and Sydney, Australia.
Legal Proceedings
      From time to time, we are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of our business. In the opinion of our management, we are not party to any litigation or proceedings known to be contemplated by government authorities that our management believes could have a material effect on us or our business. We are aware of two purported class action lawsuits related to the Acquisition, both filed against us, each of our directors at the time of filing of the lawsuits, and, with respect to the first matter described below, Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, in and for New Castle County.

72


Table of Contents

      The first lawsuit is Paulena Partners, LLC v. SS&C Technologies, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 1525-N (filed July 28, 2005). The complaint purports to state claims for breach of fiduciary duty against all of our directors at the time of filing of the lawsuit. The complaint alleges, among other things, that (1) the Acquisition will benefit our management at the expense of our public stockholders, (2) the Acquisition consideration to be paid to stockholders is inadequate and does not represent the best price available in the marketplace for us and (3) the directors breached their fiduciary duties to our stockholders in negotiating and approving the Acquisition. The complaint seeks, among other relief, class certification of the lawsuit, an injunction preventing the consummation of the Acquisition (or rescinding the Acquisition if they are completed prior to the receipt of such relief), compensatory and/or rescissory damages to the class and attorneys’ fees and expenses, along with such other relief as the court might find just and proper.
      The second lawsuit is Stephen Landen v. SS&C Technologies, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 1541-N (filed August 3, 2005). The complaint purports to state claims for breach of fiduciary duty against all of our directors at the time of filing of the lawsuit. The complaint alleges, among other things, that (1) the Acquisition will benefit Mr. Stone and Carlyle at the expense of our public stockholders, (2) the Acquisition consideration to be paid to stockholders is unfair and that the process by which the Acquisition were approved was unfair and (3) the directors breached their fiduciary duties to our stockholders in negotiating and approving the Acquisition. The complaint seeks, among other relief, class certification of the lawsuit, an injunction preventing the consummation of the Acquisition (or rescinding the Acquisition if they are completed prior to the receipt of such relief), compensatory and/or rescissory damages to the class and costs and disbursements of the lawsuit, including attorneys’ and experts’ fees, along with such other relief as the court might find just and proper.
      The two lawsuits were consolidated by order dated August 31, 2005. On October 18, 2005, the parties to the consolidated lawsuit entered into a memorandum of understanding, pursuant to which we agreed to make certain additional disclosures to our stockholders in connection with their approval of the Acquisition. The memorandum of understanding also contemplates that the parties will enter into a settlement agreement. In the event that the parties enter into a settlement agreement, certain conditions, including court approval, will have to have been satisfied before final settlement of all claims that were or could have been brought in the action can be reached. In addition, in connection with the settlement, the parties contemplate that attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by plaintiffs be paid by us. The amount of the award of attorneys’ fees and expenses has not yet been determined. As of December 31, 2005, we accrued $250,000, representing our insurance deductible, related thereto.
Additional Information
      SS&C Technologies, Inc. was organized as a Connecticut corporation in March 1986 and reincorporated as a Delaware corporation in April 1996. Our principal executive offices are located at 80 Lamberton Road, Windsor, Connecticut 06095. The telephone number of our principal executive offices is (860) 298-4500. Our Internet address is http://www.ssctech.com . The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus.

73


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
      Our executive officers and directors and their respective ages and positions as of May 31, 2006 are as follows:
             
Name   Age   Position(s)
         
William C. Stone
    51     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Normand A. Boulanger
    44     President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Patrick J. Pedonti
    54     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Stephen V. R. Whitman
    59     Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Kevin Milne
    43     Senior Vice President — International
William A. Etherington
    64     Director
Allan M. Holt
    54     Director
Todd R. Newnam
    35     Director
Claudius E. Watts, IV
    44     Director
      William C. Stone founded SS&C in 1986 and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer since our inception. He also has served as our President from inception through April 1997 and again from March 1999 until October 2004. Prior to founding SS&C, Mr. Stone directed the financial services consulting practice of KPMG LLP, an accounting firm, in Hartford, Connecticut and was Vice President of Administration and Special Investment Services at Advest, Inc., a financial services company.
      Normand A. Boulanger was elected as one of our directors in February 2006 and has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since October 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Boulanger served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from October 2001 to October 2004, Senior Vice President, SS&C Direct from March 2000 to September 2001, Vice President, SS&C Direct from April 1999 to February 2000, Vice President of Professional Services for the Americas, from July 1996 to April 1999, and Director of Consulting from March 1994 to July 1996. Prior to joining SS&C, Mr. Boulanger served as Director of Investment Operations for The Travelers, now a Citigroup organization, from September 1986 to March 1994.
      Patrick J. Pedonti has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since August 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Pedonti served as our Vice President and Treasurer from May 1999 to August 2002. Prior to joining SS&C, Mr. Pedonti served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Accent Color Sciences, Inc., a company specializing in high-speed color printing, from January 1997 to May 1999.
      Stephen V. R. Whitman has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since June 2002. Prior to joining SS&C, Mr. Whitman served as an attorney for PA Consulting Group, an international management consulting company headquartered in the United Kingdom, from November 2000 to December 2001. Prior to that, Mr. Whitman served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Hagler Bailly, Inc., a publicly traded international consulting company to the energy and network industries, from October 1998 to October 2000, and as Vice President and General Counsel from July 1997 to October 1998.
      Kevin Milne has served as our Senior Vice President — International since June 2004. Prior to joining SS&C, Mr. Milne served as Executive Vice President for Macgregor, a company specializing in investment technology, from March 2002 to May 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Milne served as Executive Managing Director for Omgeo, a company specializing in global trade management and workflow, from 1993 to the end of 2001.
      William A. Etherington was elected as one of our directors in May 2006. Since 2003, he has served as Chairman of the Board of Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, a large integrated financial services

74


Table of Contents

institution based in Toronto, Canada with worldwide operations. From 2000 until his appointment as Chairman in 2003, Mr. Etherington was Lead Director of Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce. Having worked at IBM Corporation, a global information technologies company, for 37 years, Mr. Etherington retired in 2001 as Senior Vice-President and Group Executive, Sales and Distribution, IBM Corporation and Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, IBM World Trade Corporation. Mr. Etherington is also a director of MDS Inc., a provider of enabling products and services to the global life sciences markets and Celestica Inc., a provider of electronics manufacturing services.
      Allan M. Holt was elected as one of our directors in February 2006. He currently serves as a Partner and Managing Director of The Carlyle Group, one of the world’s largest private equity firms, which he joined in 1991. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Holt spent three and a half years with Avenir Group, Inc., a private investment and advisory group. From 1984 to 1987, Mr. Holt was Director of Planning and Budgets at MCI Communications Corporation. Mr. Holt is the Chairman of the Board of Directors of The Relizon Company. He also serves on the boards of directors of Aviall, Inc. and several privately held companies.
      Todd R. Newnam was elected as one of our directors in February 2006. Mr. Newnam currently serves as Managing Director of The Carlyle Group, which he joined in 2000. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Newnam was a Vice President in the Defense, Aerospace, and Technical Services Group in the mergers and acquisitions group of First Union Securities, Inc., now Wachovia Securities, from May 1998 to April 2000. Mr. Newnam joined First Union in conjunction with First Union’s acquisition of Bowles, Hollowell, Conner & Co., where Mr. Newnam had been employed since June 1996. From July 1993 to July 1994, Mr. Newnam served as an investment banker with Salomon Brothers Inc. and from June 1992 to July 1993 as an investment banker with PaineWebber Inc.
      Claudius E. Watts, IV was elected as one of our directors in November 2005. Mr. Watts is currently a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group, which he joined in 2000. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Watts was a Managing Director in the mergers and acquisitions group of First Union Securities, Inc., an investment banking firm, now Wachovia Securities, from May 1998 to April 2000, where he led the firm’s defense, aerospace, and technical services mergers and acquisitions efforts. Mr. Watts joined First Union in conjunction with First Union’s 1998 acquisition of Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co., an investment banking firm, where Mr. Watts had been employed since June 1994.
      The executive officers and directors of SS&C are identical to the executive officers and directors of Holdings, SS&C’s parent. The directors of Holdings are nominated and elected in accordance with a stockholders agreement, which is more fully described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Service Provider Stockholders Agreement, Stockholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement.”

75


Table of Contents

Committees of our Board of Directors
      Our board of directors currently has no standing committees.
Executive Compensation
      The following table contains certain information about compensation earned during the last three fiscal years by our chief executive officer and four other executive officers who were the most highly compensated during 2005. We refer to these executive officers as our Named Executive Officers.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                           
                Long-Term    
                Compensation    
                     
                Awards    
                 
        Annual Compensation   Securities    
            Underlying   All Other
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   Options (#)(1)   Compensation ($)
                     
William C. Stone
    2005     $ 500,000     $ 850,000           $ 3,440 (2)
  Chairman of the Board and     2004       490,110       700,000             3,440  
  Chief Executive Officer     2003       400,000       600,000       300,000       3,748  
Normand A. Boulanger
    2005       350,000       400,000             3,000 (3)
  President and     2004       290,480       250,000       50,000       3,000  
  Chief Operating Officer     2003       275,000       225,000       150,000       3,264  
Patrick J. Pedonti
    2005       195,834       150,000             3,385 (4)
  Senior Vice President and     2004       175,000       100,000             3,385  
  Chief Financial Officer     2003       175,000       75,000       45,000       3,327  
Stephen V.R. Whitman
    2005       185,834       100,000             3,000 (5)
  Senior Vice President and     2004       165,000       75,000             3,000  
  General Counsel     2003       165,000       50,000       37,500       3,218  
Kevin Milne(6)
    2005       376,040       56,406              
  Senior Vice President — International     2004       214,053       32,108       37,500        
 
(1)  The securities in this table represent shares of common stock of SS&C. Upon the closing of the Transactions on November 23, 2005, all then outstanding options to purchase common stock of SS&C that had not previously vested became fully vested and exercisable as a result of the Transactions. To the extent not exercised, all such options converted automatically into options to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings. See “— Treatment of Options in connection with the Transactions” below. During 2005, neither SS&C nor Holdings awarded any additional options to the Named Executive Officers.
 
(2)  Consists of our contribution of $3,000 to Mr. Stone’s account under the SS&C 401(k) savings plan and our payment of $440 of long-term disability premiums for the benefit of Mr. Stone.
 
(3)  Consists of our contribution of $3,000 to Mr. Boulanger’s account under the SS&C 401(k) savings plan.
 
(4)  Consists of our contribution of $3,000 to Mr. Pedonti’s account under the SS&C 401(k) savings plan and our payment of $385 of long-term disability premiums for the benefit of Mr. Pedonti.
 
(5)  Consists of our contribution of $3,000 to Mr. Whitman’s account under the SS&C 401(k) savings plan.
 
(6)  Mr. Milne became an executive officer of SS&C in June 2004. The annual compensation for Mr. Milne is based on the pound-dollar exchange rate as of May 21, 2006.

76


Table of Contents

Option Grants, Exercises and Holdings up through Closing of the Transactions
Option Grants Pre-Transactions
      During 2005, SS&C did not grant any options to its Named Executive Officers.
Treatment of Options in connection with the Transactions
      Immediately prior to the effective time of the Transactions, all outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock of SS&C became fully vested and immediately exercisable and each outstanding option to purchase shares of common stock of SS&C (other than any option held by (1) our non-employee directors, (2) certain individuals identified by SS&C and Holdings and (3) individuals who held options that were, in the aggregate, exercisable for fewer than 100 shares of common stock of SS&C) were converted at the effective time of the Transactions into an option to acquire Holdings common stock and assumed by Holdings. Each outstanding option to purchase shares of common stock of SS&C held by (1) our non-employee directors, (2) certain individuals identified by SS&C and Holdings and (3) individuals who held options that were, in the aggregate, exercisable for fewer than 100 shares of common stock of SS&C, terminated at the effective time of the Transactions in exchange for a payment, without interest and less any applicable withholding taxes, equal to the number of shares of common stock of SS&C subject to such option multiplied by the amount, if any, by which the cash consideration per share to be paid in the merger exceeded the exercise price of the option.
      The following table contains, for each of the Named Executive Officers:
  •  the number of shares of common stock of SS&C subject to options that had previously vested and had become exercisable before the closing of the Transactions;
 
  •  the value of such vested options, based on the merger consideration of $37.25 per share;
 
  •  the number of shares of common stock of SS&C subject to options that became fully vested and exercisable as a result of the Transactions;
 
  •  the value of such options that vested as a result of the Transactions, based on the merger consideration of $37.25 per share;
 
  •  the total number of shares subject to previously vested options and options that vested as a result of the Transactions; and
 
  •  the total value of all such previously vested options and options that vested as a result of the Transactions, based on the merger consideration of $37.25 per share.
                                                 
        Options that Vested as a        
    Previously Vested   Result of the    
    Options   Transactions   Totals
             
Executive Officers Name   Shares   Value ($)   Shares   Value ($)   Total Shares   Total Value ($)
                         
William C. Stone
    493,750     $ 15,798,494       106,250     $ 3,108,556       600,000     $ 18,907,050  
Normand A. Boulanger
    244,162       7,628,642       83,334       2,102,727       327,496       9,731,369  
Patrick J. Pedonti
    83,904       2,438,171       21,094       622,329       104,998       3,060,500  
Stephen V.R. Whitman
    29,205       856,778       16,094       475,838       45,299       1,332,616  
Kevin Milne
    13,280       224,166       24,220       408,834       37,500       633,000  
Aggregated Option Exercises and Option Values Pre-Transactions
      The following table contains, for each of the Named Executive Officers:
  •  the number of shares of common stock of SS&C acquired upon the exercise of options during 2005 before closing of the Transactions;

77


Table of Contents

  •  the value realized as a result of those exercises, based upon the merger consideration of $37.25 per share;
 
  •  the number of shares of common stock of SS&C underlying unexercised options held on November 23, 2005 immediately before closing of the Transactions (all of which were exercisable); and
 
  •  the value of those options (all of which were in-the -money), based upon the merger consideration of $37.25 per share.
                                                 
            Number of Securities    
            Underlying Unexercised   Value of Unexercised In-the-
            Options at November 23,   Money Options
    Shares Acquired       2005 (#)   at November 23, 2005 ($)
    on Exercise Pre-   Value        
Name   Transactions (#)   Realized ($)   Exercisable   Unexercisable   Exercisable   Unexercisable
                         
William C. Stone
                600,000           $ 18,907,050        
Normand A. Boulanger
    202,496     $ 6,528,694       125,000             3,202,675        
Patrick J. Pedonti
    74,998       2,191,400       30,000             869,100        
Stephen V.R. Whitman
    30,377       888,403       14,922             444,213        
Kevin Milne
    37,500       633,000                          
Option Grants, Exercises and Holdings after Closing of the Transactions
Option Grants Post-Transactions
      Following the Transactions during 2005, Holdings did not grant any options to the Named Executive Officers.
Aggregated Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Option Values Post-Transactions
      The following table contains, for each of the Named Executive Officers, (1) the number of shares of common stock of Holdings acquired upon the exercise of options during 2005 after closing of the Transactions, (2) the value realized as a result of those exercises, (3) the number of shares of common stock of Holdings underlying unexercised options held on December 31, 2005, and (4) the value of in-the -money options held on December 31, 2005, based upon their estimated market value of $74.50 per share of common stock of Holdings.
                                                 
            Number of Securities    
            Underlying Unexercised   Value of Unexercised
            Options at Fiscal   In-the-Money Options
    Shares Acquired       Year-End (#)   at Fiscal Year-End ($)
    on Exercise Post-   Value        
Name   Transactions (#)   Realized ($)   Exercisable   Unexercisable   Exercisable   Unexercisable
                         
William C. Stone
                300,000           $ 18,907,050        
Normand A. Boulanger
                62,500             3,202,675        
Patrick J. Pedonti
                15,000             869,100        
Stephen V.R. Whitman
                7,461             444,213        
Kevin Milne
                                   
Director Compensation
Up Through Closing of The Transactions
      Prior to the closing of the Transactions, each non-employee director was paid (1) an annual payment of $10,000, (2) $1,000 for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and (3) $500 for each committee meeting attended. Directors who were employees of SS&C were not entitled to compensation for attendance at these meetings in their capacities as directors. The chairman of the audit committee was also paid an annual payment of $5,000, and the chairmen of the compensation and nominating committees were each paid an additional fee of $2,500 per year for service as the head of a committee. All of the

78


Table of Contents

directors were reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board and committee meetings. Non-employee directors were also awarded options under our 1996 Director Stock Option Plan.
1996 Director Stock Option Plan
      Prior to the closing of the Transactions, under the terms of the 1996 Director Stock Option Plan, our directors who were not employees of SS&C or any subsidiary of SS&C were eligible to receive non-statutory options to purchase shares of our common stock. Each eligible director received options to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock upon his or her initial election to the board of directors. In addition, options to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock were granted to each eligible director on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders, provided that such director continued to serve as a director immediately after such annual meeting. All options granted under the director plan vested immediately on the date of grant, and the exercise price of options granted under the director plan equaled the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant as reported on the NASDAQ National Market.
      The table below sets forth, as of November 23, 2005, for each of our directors:
  •  the number of shares of our common stock held by each director immediately prior to the closing of the Transactions;
 
  •  the amount of cash that was paid (or, in the case of Mr. Stone, the value of the consideration that was received) in respect of such shares upon the closing of the Transactions, calculated by multiplying (1) $37.25 by (2) the number of shares then held;
 
  •  the number of shares subject to vested options for our common stock;
 
  •  the value of such options upon the closing of the Transactions;
 
  •  the number of additional options that vested upon the closing of the Transactions;
 
  •  the value of such additional options upon the closing of the Transactions; and
 
  •  the total value of such shares and options upon the closing of the Transactions.
      All dollar amounts are gross amounts and do not reflect deductions for any applicable withholding taxes. In each case with respect to options, the value is calculated by multiplying the number of shares subject to each option by the amount, if any, by which $37.25 exceeds the exercise price of the option.
                                                           
            Options that Vested as a    
    Common Stock   Options Vested   Result of the Merger    
                 
Name   Shares   Consideration   Shares   Value   Shares   Value   Total Value
                             
Directors:
                                                       
 
David W. Clark, Jr. 
    75,000     $ 2,793,750       87,500     $ 2,439,952           $     $ 5,233,702  
 
Joseph H. Fisher
    20,350       758,037       87,500       2,439,952                   3,197,990  
 
William C. (Curt) Hunter
                5,000       36,000                   36,000  
 
Albert L. Lord
    84,300       3,140,175       50,000       1,284,322                   4,424,497  
 
Jonathan M. Schofield
    24,900       927,525       50,000       1,165,275                   2,092,800  
 
William C. Stone
    5,872,020       218,732,745       493,750       15,798,494       106,250       3,108,556       237,639,795  
      All non-employee directors received cash in respect of their options in the amounts set forth above, less applicable withholding taxes.
After Closing of the Transactions
      Effective as of the closing of the Transactions, other than with respect to Mr. Etherington, SS&C does not compensate its management or non-management directors for their service on the board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. Mr. Etherington is entitled to receive (1) a

79


Table of Contents

$25,000 per annum retainer and (2) $2,500 for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors (other than telephonic meetings).
      Members of the board are reimbursed for travel and other out-of -pocket expenses related to their board service.
Employment Agreements
      Effective as of June 9, 2004, SS&C entered into a definitive employment agreement with Mr. Milne. The terms include the following:
  •  Termination by Mr. Milne or SS&C upon three months’ advance notice;
 
  •  Base salary of £200,000 per year;
 
  •  The opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of Mr. Milne’s annual base salary, based on certain metrics relating to Mr. Milne’s performance and SS&C’s financial performance and at the discretion of Mr. Stone;
 
  •  A grant of options to buy 37,500 shares of SS&C’s common stock at an exercise price equal to the closing price on the Nasdaq Stock Exchange on the date of grant and vesting over four years;
 
  •  Eligibility to join SS&C’s pension scheme;
 
  •  20 working days per annum of holidays;
 
  •  Eligibility to join SS&C’s Medical and Dental Plan; and
 
  •  Certain confidentiality and nonsolicitation covenants.
      As of November 23, 2005, Holdings entered into a definitive employment agreement with Mr. Stone. The terms include the following:
  •  The employment of Mr. Stone as the chief executive officer of Holdings and SS&C;
 
  •  An initial term through November 23, 2008, with automatic one-year renewals until terminated either by Mr. Stone or Holdings;
 
  •  An annual base salary of $500,000;
 
  •  An opportunity to receive an annual bonus in an amount to be established by the board of directors of Holdings based on achieving individual and company performance goals mutually determined by such board of directors and Mr. Stone. If Mr. Stone is employed at the end of any calendar year, his annual bonus will not be less than $450,000 for that year (subject to proration for the 2005 calendar year);
 
  •  A grant of options to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings representing 2% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings on November 23, 2005;
 
  •  Certain severance payments and benefits. If Holdings terminates Mr. Stone’s employment for cause, if Mr. Stone resigns for good reason (including, under certain circumstances, within three months following a Change of Control (as defined in the employment agreement)) prior to the end of the term of the employment agreement, or if Mr. Stone receives a notice of non-renewal of the employment term by Holdings, Mr. Stone will be entitled to receive (1) an amount equal to 200% of his base salary and 200% of his target annual bonus, (2) vesting acceleration with respect to 50% of his then unvested options and shares of restricted stock, and (3) three years of coverage under SS&C’s medical, dental and vision benefit plans. In the event of Mr. Stone’s death or a termination of Mr. Stone’s employment due to any disability that renders Mr. Stone unable to perform his duties under the agreement for six consecutive months, Mr. Stone or his representative or heirs, as applicable, will be entitled to receive (1) vesting acceleration with respect to 50% of his then unvested options and shares of restricted stock, and (2) a pro-rated amount of his target annual

80


Table of Contents

  bonus. In the event payments to Mr. Stone under his employment agreement or the management agreement described below cause Mr. Stone to incur a 20% excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, Mr. Stone will be entitled to an additional payment sufficient to cover such excise tax and any taxes associated with such payments; and
 
  •  Certain restrictive covenants, including a non-competition covenant pursuant to which Mr. Stone will be prohibited from competing with SS&C and its affiliates during his employment and for a period equal to the later of (1) four years following the effective time of the merger, in the case of a termination by Holdings for cause or a resignation by Mr. Stone without good reason, and (2) two years following Mr. Stone’s termination of employment for any reason.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
      Our board of directors does not currently have a compensation committee. During 2005, we had no compensation committee “interlocks” — meaning that it was not the case that an executive officer of ours served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another entity and an executive officer of the other entity served as a director or member of our compensation committee.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
      All of our outstanding stock is beneficially owned by Holdings. The following table presents information regarding beneficial ownership of the common stock of Holdings as of May 31, 2006 by each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the equity securities of Holdings, by each of our directors, by each of the Named Executive Officers, and by all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the stockholders listed below is c/o SS&C Technologies, Inc., 80 Lamberton Road, Windsor, Connecticut 06095. The directors and executive officers of SS&C and Holdings are identical.
                 
    Amount and Nature of Beneficial
    Ownership(1)
     
Name of Beneficial Owner   Number of Shares   Percent of Class
         
5% Stockholders:
               
TCG Holdings, L.L.C.(2)
    5,114,095       72.3 %
William C. Stone(3)
    2,260,979       30.7 %
Other Directors and Named Executive Officers:
               
William A. Etherington
           
Allan M. Holt(4)
           
Todd R. Newnam(4)
           
Claudius E. Watts, IV(4)
           
Normand A. Boulanger(5)
    62,500       *  
Patrick J. Pedonti(6)
    15,000       *  
Stephen V.R. Whitman(7)
    7,461       *  
Kevin Milne
           
All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)(8)
    2,345,940       31.4 %
 
  *  Less than 1%
 
(1)  Includes shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe that each stockholder named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned. Beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any shares which the individual has the right to

81


Table of Contents

acquire either currently or at any time within the 60-day period following May 31, 2006 through the exercise of any stock option or other right. The inclusion herein of such shares, however, does not constitute an admission that the named stockholder is a direct or indirect beneficial owner of such shares.
 
(2)  TC Group IV, L.P. is the sole general partner of Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., the record holders of 4,915,571 and 198,524 shares of common stock of Holdings, respectively. TC Group IV, L.L.C. is the sole general partner of TC Group IV, L.P. TC Group, L.L.C. is the sole managing member of TC Group IV, L.L.C. TCG Holdings, L.L.C. is the sole managing member of TC Group, L.L.C. Accordingly, TC Group IV, L.P., TC Group IV, L.L.C., TC Group, L.L.C. and TCG Holdings, L.L.C. each may be deemed owners of shares of common stock of Holdings owned of record by each of Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. William E. Conway, Jr., Daniel A. D’Aniello and David M. Rubenstein are managing members of TCG Holdings, L.L.C. and, in such capacity, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of Holdings beneficially owned by TCG Holdings, L.L.C. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership. The principal address and principal offices of TCG Holdings, L.L.C. and certain affiliates is c/o The Carlyle Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 220 South, Washington, D.C. 20004-2505.
 
(3)  Includes 300,000 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable on or within the 60-day period following May 31, 2006.
 
(4)  Messrs. Holt, Newnam and Watts, as employees of The Carlyle Group, do not directly or indirectly have or share voting or investment power or have or share the ability to influence voting or investment power over the shares shown as beneficially owned by TCG Holdings, L.L.C.
 
(5)  Consists of 62,500 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable on or within the 60-day period following May 31, 2006.
 
(6)  Consists of 15,000 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable on or within the 60-day period following May 31, 2006.
 
(7)  Consists of 7,461 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable on or within the 60-day period following May 31, 2006.
 
(8)  Includes 384,961 shares subject to outstanding stock options exercisable on or within the 60-day period following May 31, 2006.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Management Agreement
      TC Group L.L.C. (an affiliate of Carlyle), Mr. Stone and Holdings entered into a management agreement on November 23, 2005, pursuant to which Holdings paid (1) TC Group L.L.C. a fee of $5,233,516 for certain services provided by it to Holdings in connection with the Transactions and (2) Mr. Stone a fee of $2,266,484 in consideration of his commitment to contribute equity to Holdings pursuant to the contribution and subscription agreement between Mr. Stone and Holdings and as consideration for Mr. Stone’s agreement to enter into a long-term employment agreement with Holdings, including the non-competition provisions therein. The aggregate amount of these fees was allocated to Mr. Stone and TC Group L.L.C. pro rata based on their respective ownership of Holdings following the consummation of the Transactions. Holdings will also pay to TC Group L.L.C. (1) an annual fee of $1.0 million for certain management services to be performed by it for Holdings following consummation of the Transactions and reimburse TC Group L.L.C. for certain out-of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of such services and (2) additional reasonable compensation for other services provided by TC Group L.L.C. to Holdings from time to time, including investment banking, financial advisory and other services with respect to acquisitions and divestitures by Holdings and its subsidiaries or sales of equity or debt interests of Holdings or any of its affiliates.

82


Table of Contents

Contribution and Subscription Agreement
      On July 28, 2005, Mr. Stone and Holdings entered into a contribution and subscription agreement, which provides that, immediately prior to the closing date of the Transactions, Mr. Stone would contribute to Holdings 4,026,845 shares of our common stock held by him in exchange for the issuance by Holdings to Mr. Stone of newly issued shares of common stock of Holdings, representing approximately 28% of the outstanding equity of Holdings. Mr. Stone and Holdings subsequently reached an understanding to allow Mr. Stone to reduce the number of our shares of common stock that he would contribute to Holdings pursuant to the contribution and subscription agreement to 3,921,958 shares, with a value of approximately $146.1 million based on a per-share value of $37.25. Accordingly, these options became vested and immediately exercisable on the closing date of the Transactions and were assumed by Holdings and converted into options to acquire Holdings’ common stock. The value of these assumed options was approximately $18.9 million (calculated by multiplying the number of shares subject to each option by the amount, if any, by which $37.25 exceeds the exercise price of the options). The aggregate value of his contributed shares and options was $165.0 million and represented approximately 30% of the fully diluted outstanding equity of Holdings, after giving effect to the anticipated equity contributions by Carlyle. Such shares will not be registered under the Securities Act and, as such, are subject to certain transfer restrictions.
Employment Agreements
      We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Milne, and Holdings has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Stone, each as described in “Management — Employment Agreements.”
Service Provider Stockholders Agreement, Stockholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement
      On November 23, 2005, all of our members of management (other than Mr. Stone) and all employee option holders who decided to convert their options into options to acquire common stock of Holdings became parties to a service provider stockholders agreement, which provides for, among other things, restrictions on the transferability of such management’s and employee option holders’ equity of Holdings, tag-along rights, drag-along rights and piggy-back registration rights.
      On November 23, 2005, Mr. Stone became a party to a stockholders agreement and a registration rights agreement with Holdings, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., which provide for, among other things, restrictions on the transferability of Mr. Stone’s equity of Holdings, tag-along rights, drag-along rights, piggy-back registration rights, demand registration rights and certain super-majority voting rights. The stockholders agreement also provides that the board of directors of Holdings would initially consist of six members, with Mr. Stone occupying one seat and having the right to designate one of the remaining board members, and with the stockholders affiliated with Carlyle having the right to designate the remaining four board members. Accordingly, Mr. Stone designated Normand A. Boulanger, and the stockholders affiliated with Carlyle designated William A. Etherington, Allan M. Holt, Todd R. Newnam and Claudius E. Watts, IV as members of the board of directors of Holdings.
Management Rights Agreement
      Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., Holdings and SS&C entered into a management rights agreement on November 23, 2005, pursuant to which Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. was granted (1) the right to nominate one director to serve as a member of the board of directors of Holdings and to appoint one non-voting board observer to the board of directors of SS&C, (2) reasonable access to the books and records of Holdings and SS&C and their subsidiaries and (3) the right to consult from time to time with management of Holdings and SS&C and their subsidiaries at their respective place of business regarding operating and financial matters.

83


Table of Contents

RLI Insurance Company
      From January 1, 2003 through the first quarter of 2006, RLI Insurance Company paid an aggregate of $236,310 to us for maintenance of CAMRA and Finesse products. Michael J. Stone, President of RLI Insurance, is the brother of William C. Stone.
THE TRANSACTIONS
      On July 28, 2005, Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, which we refer to as Holdings, and Sunshine Merger Corporation, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with SS&C Technologies, Inc., which was subsequently amended on August 25, 2005. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on November 23, 2005, SS&C became a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, and our outstanding common stock converted into the right to receive $37.25 per share in cash. We refer to the acquisition of SS&C on November 23, 2005 as the Acquisition.
      The following transactions occurred in connection with the Acquisition:
  •  Carlyle capitalized Holdings with an aggregate equity contribution of $381.0 million;
 
  •  William C. Stone, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, contributed $165.0 million in equity to Holdings and certain other management and employee option holders contributed approximately $9.0 million of additional equity in the form of rollover options;
 
  •  we entered into our senior credit facilities consisting of:
  •  a $75.0 million revolving credit facility, of which $10.0 million was drawn on the closing date of the Transactions and the equivalent of up to $10.0 million may be drawn in Canadian dollars on or after the closing either by us or one of our Canadian subsidiaries; and
 
  •  a $275.0 million term loan facility, which was fully drawn on the closing date and of which the equivalent of $75.0 million ($17 million of which is denominated in U.S. dollars and $58 million of which is denominated in Canadian dollars) was drawn by one of our Canadian subsidiaries;
  •  we issued and sold $205.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the old notes;
 
  •  all outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock became fully vested and immediately exercisable, and each outstanding option (other than options held by (1) non-employee directors, (2) certain individuals identified in a schedule to the Merger Agreement and (3) individuals who held options that were exercisable for fewer than 100 shares of our common stock) was, subject to certain conditions, assumed by Holdings and converted into an option to acquire common stock of Holdings; and
 
  •  all in-the -money warrants to purchase shares of our common stock were cancelled in exchange for a certain amount of cash.
      We refer to the Acquisition, the equity contributions to Holdings, the offering of the old notes and the other transactions described above as the “Transactions.”
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose and Effect
      Concurrently with the sale of the old notes on November 23, 2005, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes, which requires us to file the registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes and, upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, offer to the holders of the old notes the opportunity to exchange their old notes for a like principal amount of exchange notes. The exchange notes will be issued without a restrictive legend

84


Table of Contents

and may generally be reoffered and resold without registration under the Securities Act. The registration rights agreement further provides that we must use our commercially reasonable efforts to:
        (x) cause our registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or before the 270 th  day after the issue date of the old notes;
 
        (y) keep the exchange offer open for at least 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the exchange offer is mailed or otherwise transmitted to holders of the old notes; and
 
        (z) consummate the exchange offer on or prior to the 300 th  day following the issue date of the old notes.
      We will be entitled to close the exchange offer 20 business days after its commencement. Notes not tendered in the exchange offer will bear interest at the rate of 11 3 / 4 % per annum and be subject to the terms and conditions, including restrictions on transfer, contained in the indenture governing the old notes.
      In the event that:
        (a) we are not permitted to file the exchange offer registration statement or to consummate the exchange offer due to a change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the SEC; or
 
        (b) for any reason, we do not consummate the exchange offer by the 300th day after the issue date of the old notes; or
 
        (c) the initial purchasers so request at any time after the consummation of the exchange offer with respect to old notes not eligible to be exchanged for the exchange notes; or
 
        (d) any holder that participates in the exchange offer does not receive exchange notes on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such holder as our affiliate within the meaning of the Securities Act) and so notifies us within 20 business days after such holder first becomes aware of such restrictions;
then in addition to or in lieu of conducting the exchange offer, we will be required to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC to cover resales of the notes or the exchange notes, as the case may be. In that case, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to (a) file the shelf registration statement by the 45th day after we become obligated to make the filing, (b) cause the registration statement to become effective by the 120th day after we become obligated to make the filing and (c) maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement for two years or such lesser period after which all the notes registered therein have been sold or can be resold without limitation under the Securities Act.
      We will pay additional interest if one of the following “registration defaults” occurs:
  •  we do not consummate an initial exchange offer by the 300th day after the issue date of the old notes;
 
  •  the exchange offer registration or the shelf registration statement is not declared effective by the dates required in the registration rights agreement;
 
  •  the shelf registration statement has not been filed on or prior to the filing date required in the registration rights agreement; or
 
  •  the shelf registration statement is declared effective, but thereafter, subject to certain exceptions, ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of any notes registered under the shelf registration statement during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement.
      If one of these registration defaults occurs, the annual interest rate on the notes will increase by 0.25% per year. The amount of additional interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per year for any subsequent 90-day period until all registration defaults are cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate

85


Table of Contents

of 1.00% per year. When we have cured all of the registration defaults, the interest rate on the notes will revert immediately to the original level.
      If you wish to exchange your old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make the following written representations:
  •  you are not an “affiliate” of SS&C Technologies, Inc. or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
  •  you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;
 
  •  you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;
 
  •  you are not engaging in or intend to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
  •  if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, that you will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder).
      This summary of the provisions of the registration rights agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Resale of Exchange Notes
      Based on interpretations by the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offers without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:
  •  you are not an “affiliate” of SS&C Technologies, Inc. or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
  •  you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;
 
  •  you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
  •  you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
      If you are our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor, or are engaging in, or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, or are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business:
  •  You cannot rely on the position of the SEC set forth in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corp. (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, publicly available July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters; and
 
  •  in the absence of an exception from the position stated immediately above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
      This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, resale or other transfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of

86


Table of Contents

the exchange notes. Please read “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of exchange notes.
Terms of the Exchange Offer
      Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we will accept any and all old notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2006, or such date and time to which we extend the offer. We will issue $1,000 in principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of old notes accepted in the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of their old notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, old notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount.
      The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes and will be issued under the terms of, and be entitled to the benefits of, the indenture relating to the old notes.
      As of the date of this prospectus, $205.0 million in aggregate principal amount of notes were outstanding, and there was one registered holder, a nominee of the Depository Trust Company, or DTC. This prospectus is being sent to that registered holder and to others believed to have beneficial interests in the old notes. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated under the Exchange Act.
      We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice thereof to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the exchange notes from us. If any tendered old notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth under the heading “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” or otherwise, such unaccepted old notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder of those old notes promptly after the expiration date unless the exchange offer is extended.
      Holders who tender old notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes in the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses applicable to the exchange offer, other than certain applicable taxes, underwriting discounts, if any, and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, which shall be borne by the holder. See “— Fees and Expenses.”
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments
      The expiration date shall be 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2006, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the expiration date shall be the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended. In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent and each registered holder of any extension by oral or written notice prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:
  •  to delay accepting any old notes until confirmation that they have been properly tendered, to extend the exchange offer or, if any of the conditions set forth under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” shall not have been satisfied, to terminate the exchange offer, by giving oral or written notice of that delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent, or
 
  •  to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.
      In the event that we make a fundamental change to the terms of the exchange offer, we will file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
      Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any old notes and may terminate or amend the

87


Table of Contents

exchange offer if at any time before the acceptance of those old notes for exchange or the exchange of the exchange notes for those old notes, we determine that:
  •  the exchange offer violates applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC;
 
  •  any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency that might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer, or a material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to us; or
 
  •  all governmental approvals, which we deem necessary for the consummation of the exchange offer, shall not have been obtained.
      In addition we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the old notes of any holder that has not made to us:
  •  the representations described under “— Purpose and Effect”; or
 
  •  any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations, or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form of registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.
      We expressly reserve the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any old notes by giving oral or written notice of such extension to their holders. We will return any old notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
      We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to reject for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. We will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
      The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any such condition or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in our sole discretion. The failure by us at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any of those rights and each of those rights shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
      In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for those old notes, if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. In any of those events we are required to use every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order at the earliest possible time.
Procedures for Tendering
      To tender your old notes in the exchange offer, you must comply with either of the following:
  •  complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “— Exchange Agent” prior to the expiration date; or
 
  •  comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program, or ATOP, procedures described below.

88


Table of Contents

      In addition, either:
  •  the exchange agent must receive certificates for old notes along with the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;
 
  •  the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent’s message prior to the expiration date; or
 
  •  you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
      Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between us and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.
      The method of delivery of old notes, letter of transmittal, and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing old notes to us. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.
      If you are a beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and you wish to tender your old notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the old notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your old notes, either:
  •  make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name; or
 
  •  obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of old notes.
      The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.
      Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the old notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:
  •  by a registered holder of the old notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or
 
  •  for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.
      If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any old notes listed on the old notes, such old notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the old notes and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.
      If the letter of transmittal or any certificates representing old notes, or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in -fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.
      If you are a participant that has old notes which are credited to your DTC account by book-entry and which are held of record by DTC, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer as if you were the record holder. Because of this, reference herein to registered or record holders include DTC participants with old

89


Table of Contents

notes credited to their accounts. If you are not a DTC participant, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or other nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant.
      Participants in DTC’s ATOP program must electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the old notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:
  •  DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its ATOP that is tendering old notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;
 
  •  the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus; and
 
  •  the Company may enforce the agreement against such participant.
      Your tender, if not withdrawn before the expiration date, will constitute an agreement between you and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus.
      We reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any old notes that remain outstanding after the expiration date or, as set forth under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” to terminate the exchange offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase old notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange offer.
      Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange and exchange of exchange notes, a tendering holder of old notes will be deemed to:
  •  have agreed to irrevocably sell, assign, transfer and exchange, to us all right, title and interest in, to and under all of the old notes tendered thereby;
 
  •  have represented and warranted that when such old notes are accepted for exchange by us, we will acquire good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims; and
 
  •  have irrevocably appointed the exchange agent the true and lawful agent and attorney-in -fact of the holder with respect to any tendered old notes, with full power of substitution to (1) deliver certificates representing such old notes, or transfer ownership of such old notes on the account books maintained by DTC (together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity), to us, (2) present and deliver such old notes for transfer on our books and (3) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of beneficial ownership with respect to such old notes, all in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer.
      Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where those old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”
Acceptance of Exchange Notes
      In all cases, we will promptly issue exchange notes for old notes that we have accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:
  •  old notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such old notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility; and
 
  •  a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

90


Table of Contents

      By tendering old notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:
  •  you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
  •  you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;
 
  •  you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;
 
  •  you are not engaging in or intend to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
  •  if you are a broker that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, that you will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder).
The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”
      We will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to the letter of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of old notes tendered for exchange. Our determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular old notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular old notes if the acceptance might, in its or its counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular old notes prior to the expiration date.
      Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither we, the exchange agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of old notes for exchange, nor will any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any old notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.
Return of Notes
      If we do not accept any tendered old notes for any reason described in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if you withdraw or submit old notes for a greater principal amount than you desire to exchange, we will return the unaccepted, withdrawn or non-exchanged notes without expense to you as promptly as practicable.
Book-Entry Transfer
      Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the old notes at DTC and, as the book-entry transfer facility, for purposes of the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system may make book-entry delivery of the old notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those old notes into the exchange agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of old notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a “book-entry confirmation,” prior to the expiration date. In addition, although delivery of old notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility, the letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an agent’s message in connection with a book-entry

91


Table of Contents

transfer, must, in any case, be delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date to receive exchange notes for tendered old notes, or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.
      Holders of old notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of their old notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date must tender their old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
      If you wish to tender your old notes but your old notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your old notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with DTC’s ATOP procedures in the case of old notes, prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:
  •  the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;
 
  •  prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery, that (1) sets forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such old notes and the principal amount of old notes tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the old notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and
 
  •  the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered old notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.
      Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.
Withdrawal Rights
      Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
      For a withdrawal to be effective:
  •  the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter, of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “— Exchange Agent”; or
 
  •  you must comply with the DTC’s ATOP procedures.
      Any notice of withdrawal must:
  •  specify the name of the person who tendered the old notes to be withdrawn;
 
  •  identify the old notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the old notes; and

92


Table of Contents

  •  signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which such old notes are tendered (including any required signature guarantees).
      If old notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any old notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the old notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the applicable exchange offer. Properly withdrawn old notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under “— Procedures for Tendering” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.
Exchange Agent
      Wells Fargo Bank, National Association has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions, requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus or should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
         
By Registered and Certified Mail:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
  By Overnight Courier or
Regular Mail:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
  By Hand Delivery:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Corporate Trust Services
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
P.O. Box 1517
  Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
6 th  & Marquette Avenue
  608 2 nd Avenue South
Northstar East Building —
12 th  Floor
Minneapolis, MN 55480   Minneapolis, MN 55479
Or
By Facsimile Transmission:
(612) 667-6282
Telephone:
(800) 344-5128
  Minneapolis, MN 55402
      Originals of all documents sent by facsimile should be sent promptly by registered or certified mail, by hand or by overnight delivery service.
Fees And Expenses
      We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitations may be made in person or by telephone by our officers and employees. The estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us and will include fees and expenses of the exchange agent, accounting, legal, printing and related fees and expenses.
Transfer Taxes
      We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of old notes to us in the exchange offer. If transfer taxes are imposed for any other reason, the amount of those transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons, will be payable by the tendering holder.

93


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR CREDIT FACILITIES
      We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern our senior credit facilities. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the agreements.
General
      In connection with the Transactions, we entered into our senior credit facilities with J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association as syndication agent and Bank of America, N.A. as documentation agent.
      Our senior credit facilities consist of a revolving credit facility and term loan facility. The term loan facility has a principal amount of $275.0 million, of which the equivalent of $75.0 million ($17 million of which is denominated in U.S. dollars and $58 million of which is denominated in Canadian dollars) was drawn by SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., one of our Canadian subsidiaries (the “Canadian Borrower”), on the closing date of the Transactions. Our revolving credit facility has a principal amount of $75.0 million, of which $10.0 million was drawn on the closing date of the Transactions to pay a portion of the costs associated with the Transactions. The remainder is available for general corporate purposes, subject to certain conditions. We intend to fund working capital, capital expenditures, permitted acquisitions and investments with borrowings under our revolving credit facility, subject to availability. In addition, the equivalent of up to $10.0 million of our revolving credit facility may be drawn in Canadian dollars after the closing either by us or the Canadian Borrower. Our ability to draw under our revolving credit facility is conditioned upon, among other things, our continued compliance with covenants in our credit agreement, our ability to bring down the representations and warranties contained in our credit agreement and the absence of any default or event of default under our credit facilities.
      Our revolving credit facility will mature six years after the closing date of the Transactions, and the term loan facility will mature seven years after the closing date of the Transactions. To facilitate syndication, the agents are allowed to modify certain terms of our senior credit facilities within certain parameters under certain circumstances.
      The term loan facility will amortize in nominal quarterly installments of 0.25% beginning on March 31, 2006 until maturity, whereby the final installment of the term loan facility will be paid on the maturity date in an amount equal to the aggregate unpaid principal amount.
      In addition to the revolving credit facility and term loan facility described above, our senior credit facilities permit us or the Canadian Borrower to incur up to $100.0 million in total principal amount of additional term loan indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions.
      Our obligations under our senior credit facilities are secured and fully and unconditionally guaranteed jointly and severally by Holdings and each of our material wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries currently existing or that we may create or acquire, with certain exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement, pursuant to the terms of a separate guarantee and collateral agreement. The obligations of the Canadian Borrower are secured and fully and unconditionally guaranteed jointly and severally by us, Holdings and each of our material wholly owned U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries currently existing or that we may create or acquire, with certain exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement, pursuant to the terms of a separate guarantee and collateral agreement.
Security Interests
      Our borrowings under our senior credit facilities, all guarantees thereof and our obligations under related hedging agreements are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in: (1) all of our capital stock and all of the capital stock or other equity interests held by us and each of our existing and future U.S. subsidiary guarantors (subject to certain limitations for equity interests of foreign subsidiaries and other exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement); and (2) all of our tangible and intangible assets

94


Table of Contents

and the tangible and intangible assets of each of our existing and future U.S. subsidiary guarantors, with certain exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement.
      The Canadian Borrower’s borrowings under our senior credit facilities and all guarantees thereof are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in: (1) all of our capital stock and all of the capital stock or other equity interests held by us and each of our existing and future U.S. and Canadian subsidiary guarantors, with certain exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement; and (2) all of our tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of each of our existing and future U.S. and Canadian subsidiary guarantors, with certain exceptions as set forth in our credit agreement.
Interest Rates and Fees
      Our borrowings under our senior credit facilities that are denominated in U.S. dollars bear interest at a rate equal to the applicable margin plus, at our option, either: (1) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (a) JPMorgan Chase Bank’s prime rate and (b) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1%; or (2) a Eurocurrency rate on deposits in U.S. dollars for one-, two-, three- or six-month periods (or nine- or twelve-month periods if, at the time of the borrowing, all lenders agree to make such a duration available). Our borrowings under our revolving credit facility that are denominated in Canadian dollars bear interest at the rate equal to the applicable margin plus a Eurocurrency rate on deposits in Canadian dollars for one-, two-, three- or six-month periods (or nine- or twelve-month periods if, at the time of the borrowing, all lenders agree to make such a duration available).
      Borrowings by the Canadian Borrower that are denominated in Canadian dollars bear interest at a rate equal to the applicable margin plus, at the Canadian Borrower’s option, either at the Canadian dollar prime rate or the applicable banker’s acceptances discount rate. Borrowings by the Canadian Borrower that are denominated in U.S. dollars bear interest at the rate equal to the applicable margin plus, at the Canadian Borrower’s option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (a) a reference rate for determining interest rates on commercial loans denominated in U.S. dollars and (b) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1%; or (2) a Eurocurrency rate on deposits in U.S. dollars for one-, two-, three- or six-month periods (or nine-or twelve-month periods if, at the time of the borrowing, all lenders agree to make such a duration available).
      The applicable margin is subject to change depending on our leverage ratio. We will also pay the lenders a commitment fee on the unused commitments under our revolving credit facility, which is payable quarterly in arrears. The commitment fee is subject to change depending on our leverage ratio.
Mandatory and Optional Repayment
      Subject to exceptions for reinvestment of proceeds and other exceptions and materiality thresholds, we are required to prepay outstanding loans under our senior credit facilities with the net proceeds of certain asset dispositions, near-term tax refunds in certain circumstances and the incurrence of certain debt, and 50% of our excess cash flow, subject to reduction to 25% and to 0% if certain leverage ratios are met.
      We may voluntarily prepay loans or reduce commitments under our senior credit facilities, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts. If we prepay Eurocurrency rate loans other than at the end of an applicable interest period, we are required to reimburse lenders for their losses or expenses sustained as a result of such prepayment.
Covenants
      Our senior credit facilities contain negative and affirmative covenants affecting us and our existing and future restricted subsidiaries, with certain exceptions set forth in our credit agreement. Our senior credit facilities contain the following negative covenants and restrictions, among others: restrictions on liens, sale-leaseback transactions, debt, dividends and other restricted payments, redemptions and stock repurchases, consolidations and mergers, acquisitions, asset dispositions, investments, loans, advances, changes in line of business, changes in fiscal year, restrictive agreements with subsidiaries, transactions

95


Table of Contents

with affiliates, amendments or prepayments of subordinated indebtedness and speculative hedging agreements. Our senior credit facilities also require us, and require our existing and future restricted subsidiaries, with certain exceptions set forth in our credit agreement, to meet certain financial covenants and ratios, particularly a leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio.
      Our senior credit facilities contain the following affirmative covenants, among others: delivery of financial and other information to the administrative agent, notice to the administrative agent upon the occurrence of certain events of default, litigation and other material events, conduct of business and existence, payment of material taxes and other governmental charges, maintenance of properties, licenses and insurance, access to books and records by the lenders, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, further assurances and maintenance of collateral.
Events of Default
      Our senior credit facilities specify certain events of default, including, among others: failure to pay principal, interest or fees, violation of covenants, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, cross-defaults to material indebtedness, certain bankruptcy and insolvency events, certain material judgments, certain ERISA events, invalidity or subordination provisions, change of control and invalidity of guarantees or security documents.

96


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
      You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under “— Certain Definitions.” In this description, “Company” refers only to (a) Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. prior to its merger with and into SS&C Technologies, Inc. on November 23, 2005 and (b) after the consummation of such merger, SS&C Technologies, Inc., as the surviving corporation, and in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), not to any of their subsidiaries or parent companies.
      The Company issued the old notes and will issue the exchange notes (collectively, the “Notes”) under an indenture (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”) between itself and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. The form and terms of the exchange notes are identical to those of the old notes in all material respects, except the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act. See “The Exchange Offer — Purpose and Effect.” The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
      The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. It does not restate the Indenture in its entirety. You are urged to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as holders of the Notes. We have filed a copy of the Indenture as an exhibit to the registration statement, which includes this prospectus. You may also request copies of the Indenture at our address set forth under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information.” Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below under “— Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
      The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders will have rights under the Indenture.
Brief Description of the Notes and the Note Guarantees
The Notes
      The Notes:
  •  are general unsecured obligations of the Company;
 
  •  are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company;
 
  •  are pari passu in right of payment to all future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company; and
 
  •  are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by the Guarantors.
The Note Guarantees
      The Notes will be guaranteed by all of the Company’s direct and indirect Domestic Subsidiaries which are obligors under the Credit Agreement or any of the Company’s other Indebtedness or any Indebtedness of the Guarantors.
      Each guarantee of the Notes:
  •  is a general unsecured obligation of the Guarantor;
 
  •  is subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Guarantor Senior Debt of that Guarantor; and
 
  •  is pari passu in right of payment to all future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Guarantor.
      As of March 31, 2006, the Company (excluding its subsidiaries) had:
  •  total Senior Debt of $483.2 million; and
 
  •  no subordinated or senior subordinated Indebtedness other than the Notes.

97


Table of Contents

      As of March 31, 2006, the Guarantors had:
  •  total Guarantor Senior Debt of $483.2 million, $278.2 million of which consists of their guarantees of the Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement; and
 
  •  no subordinated or senior subordinated Indebtedness other than the guarantees of the Notes.
      As indicated above and as discussed in detail below under “— Subordination,” payments on the Notes will be subordinated to the payment of Senior Debt and payments under the Note Guarantees will be subordinated to the payment of Guarantor Senior Debt. The Indenture will permit the Company and the Guarantors to incur additional debt, including Senior Debt and Guarantor Senior Debt, as the case may be, in the future.
Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
      As of the date of the Indenture, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries were deemed “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under “— Certain Covenants — Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” the Company is permitted to designate certain of its Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” The Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
      The Company will issue the Notes with an initial maximum aggregate principal amount of $205.0 million. The Company may issue additional notes (“Additional Notes”) under the Indenture from time to time after the date of this exchange offer. Any issuance of Additional Notes is subject to all of the covenants in the Indenture, including the covenant described below under “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” The Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The Company will issue the Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Notes will mature on December 1, 2013.
      Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 11.75% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on June 1, 2006. The Company will make each interest payment to the holders of record on the immediately preceding May 15 and November 15.
      Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes
      If a holder of Notes has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the Company will pay all principal of, and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, that holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar unless the Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the noteholders at their address set forth in the register of holders.
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
      The trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar. The Company may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the Notes, and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

98


Table of Contents

Transfer and Exchange
      A holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The registrar and the trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
Note Guarantees
      The Notes will be guaranteed by each of the Company’s current and future Domestic Subsidiaries which are obligors under the Credit Agreement or any of the Company’s other Indebtedness or any Indebtedness of the Guarantors. These Note Guarantees will be joint and several obligations of the Guarantors. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See “Risk Factors — Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require note holders to return payments received from guarantors.”
      A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:
        (1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
        (2) either:
        (a) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the registration rights agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the trustee; or
 
        (b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
      The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:
        (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture;
 
        (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the provisions found below under “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;
 
        (3) if the Company designates that Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;
 
        (4) upon legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as provided below under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “— Satisfaction and Discharge”; or
 
        (5) if such Guarantor is released and discharged from all of its Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and all of its guarantees of any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement and all obligations under any of the Company’s other Indebtedness or any Indebtedness of the Guarantors.

99


Table of Contents

Subordination
      The payment of principal, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes is subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of the Company, including Senior Debt incurred after the date of the Indenture.
      The holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not such interest is allowed in such proceeding) before the holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes (except that holders of Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from either of the trusts described under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “— Satisfaction and Discharge”), in the event of any distribution to creditors of the Company:
        (1) in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
        (2) in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property;
 
        (3) in an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
 
        (4) in any marshaling of the Company’s assets and liabilities.
      The Company also may not make any payment in respect of the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trusts described under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “— Satisfaction and Discharge”) if:
        (1) a payment default on Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period; or
 
        (2) any other default occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of that series of Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Company or the holders of any Designated Senior Debt.
      Payments on the notes may and will be resumed:
        (1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and
 
        (2) in the case of a nonpayment default, upon the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.
      No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
        (1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and
 
        (2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash.
      No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days.

100


Table of Contents

      If the trustee or any holder of the notes receives a payment in respect of the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trusts described under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “— Satisfaction and Discharge”) when:
        (1) the payment is prohibited by these subordination provisions; and
 
        (2) the trustee or the holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited, the trustee or the holder, as the case may be, will hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. Upon the proper written request of the holders of Senior Debt, the trustee or the holder, as the case may be, will deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of Senior Debt or their proper representative.
      The Company must promptly notify holders of Senior Debt if payment on the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default.
      As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, holders of Notes may recover less ratably than creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior Debt. As a result of the obligation to deliver amounts received in trust to holders of Senior Debt, holders of Notes may recover less ratably than trade creditors of the Company. See “Risk Factors — Your rights to receive payments on the notes are junior to the borrowings under our senior credit facilities and all future secured or senior indebtedness. Further, the guarantees of the notes are junior to the guarantors’ secured and senior indebtedness and all future secured or senior indebtedness.”
Optional Redemption
      At any time prior to December 1, 2008, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 111.75% of principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of any Equity Offering; provided that:
        (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and
 
        (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.
      The Notes also may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 1, 2009, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
      On or after December 1, 2009, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:
         
Year   Percentage
     
2009
    105.8750 %
2010
    102.9375 %
2011 and thereafter
    100.0000 %
      Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

101


Table of Contents

Mandatory Redemption
      The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
Change of Control
      If a Change of Control occurs each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule  14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
      On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:
        (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
 
        (2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
 
        (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.
      The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however , that each new note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
      The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.
      The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described above

102


Table of Contents

under “— Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control or conditional upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.
      The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require the Company to repurchase its Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.
      The agreements governing the Company’s other Indebtedness contain, and future agreements may contain, prohibitions of certain events, including events that would constitute a Change of Control. The exercise by the holders of Notes of their right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control could cause a default under these other agreements, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchases on the Company. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain a consent or repay those borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In that case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture which could, in turn, constitute a default under the other Indebtedness. Finally, the Company’s ability to pay cash to the holders of Notes upon a repurchase may be limited by the Company’s then existing financial resources. See “Risk Factors — We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indenture governing the notes.”
Asset Sales
      The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
        (1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and
 
        (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.
      For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:
        (a) any liabilities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (as shown on the Company’s or of such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) that are not by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary assumption agreement;
 
        (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee convertible into Cash Equivalents by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary within 180 days of the closing of the Asset Sale, to the extent of the Cash Equivalents to be received in such conversion; and
 
        (c) any Capital Stock, properties or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (3) of the next paragraph of this covenant.

103


Table of Contents

      Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:
        (1) to reduce (x) Senior Debt, and if the Senior Debt so reduced is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto or (y) other Obligations under Indebtedness that rank pari passu with the Notes ( provided, however , that if the Company shall so reduce Obligations under Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes, it will offer to equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined below)) to all holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the pro rata principal amount of Notes);
 
        (2) to acquire Capital Stock of any business to the extent that such business is a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
 
        (3) to acquire properties or assets to the extent that such properties or assets are used or useful in a Permitted Business or replace properties or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale; or
 
        (4) to make a capital expenditure that is used or useful in a Permitted Business.
      Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.
      Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this covenant will constitute “Excess Proceeds”; provided, however , that if during such 365-day period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2), (3) or (4) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).
      When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.
      If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee will select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.
      The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule  14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
      The Credit Agreement prohibits the Company from purchasing any Notes, and also provides that certain change of control or asset sale events with respect to the Company would constitute a default

104


Table of Contents

under the Credit Agreement. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Company becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event a Change of Control or Asset Sale occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture, which would, in turn, constitute a default under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to the holders of Notes.
Selection and Notice
      If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the trustee will select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements.
      Notices of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.
      If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed, although no Notes of $1,000 or less in original principal amount will be redeemed in part. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the holder of such Note upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.
Certain Covenants
Restricted Payments
      The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
        (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Company’s Equity Interests (including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
 
        (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;
 
        (3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee in each case prior to any scheduled repayment sinking fund payment, principal installment or Stated Maturity thereof (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (6), (7) and (8) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of the purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or
 
        (4) make any Restricted Investment

105


Table of Contents

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
        (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;
 
        (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and
 
        (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of the Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1) through (5), (7) and (9) through (15) of the next succeeding paragraph) is less than the sum, without duplication, of:
        (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus
 
        (b) 100% of the aggregate Net Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property, assets or marketable securities received by the Company since the date of the Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (in each case other than (1) Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or other trust established by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (2) Designated Preferred Stock and (3) Excluded Contributions); plus
 
        (c) with respect to Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, an amount equal to (without duplication, to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income) (1) the net reduction in such Restricted Investments in any Person resulting from repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (2) the net cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of any such Restricted Investment or the receipt by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any dividends or distributions from such Restricted Investment or (3) the net reduction in such Restricted Investment resulting from the release of any guarantee (except to the extent any amounts are paid under such guarantee) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries.
      The preceding provisions will not prohibit:
        (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend if at the date of declaration of such payment the dividend would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;
 
        (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock and other than the sale of Equity Interests designated as an Excluded Contribution) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net

106


Table of Contents

  cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;
 
        (3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
 
        (4) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement or payments to Parent in amounts equal to amounts expended by Parent to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Parent held by any current or former officer, director or employee of Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or their permitted transferees) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any twelve-month period plus any unutilized portion of such amount in any prior fiscal year (subject to a maximum of $10.0 million in any twelve-month period); and provided further that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount equal to (x) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or of the Parent (to the extent contributed to the Company) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Parent; plus (y) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or Parent (to the extent contributed to the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
        (5) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;
 
        (6) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to Parent to fund the payment by Parent of dividends on its common stock) following any public offering of common stock of Parent or the Company, as the case may be, after the date of the Indenture, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company (or by Parent and contributed to the Company) from such public offering other than any public offering constituting an Excluded Contribution; provided, however , that the aggregate amount of all such dividends shall not exceed the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds received by the Company (or by Parent and contributed to the Company) from such public offering;
 
        (7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued after the date of the Indenture in accordance with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test described below under “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;
 
        (8) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock issued by the Company after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock of such parent issued after the Issue Date; provided that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance and declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company would have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph under “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (8) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash

107


Table of Contents

  actually received by the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock issued after the Issue Date;
 
        (9) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after completion of the offer to repurchase notes pursuant to “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company that is required to be repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any);
 
        (10) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $15.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
 
        (11) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);
 
        (12) cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to, fund the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with, or other payments contemplated by, the Transactions or as contemplated by the Acquisition Documents or owed by the Company or Parent, as the case may be, or Restricted Subsidiaries to Affiliates;
 
        (13) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
 
        (14) Permitted Payments to Parent; and
 
        (15) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million since the date of the Indenture;

provided, however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and (15), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
      The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
      The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Preferred Stock, if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been no greater than 5.5 to 1.

108


Table of Contents

      The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):
        (1) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) not to exceed $400.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the date of the Indenture to repay any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to the covenant described above under “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”;
 
        (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness;
 
        (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees;
 
        (4) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Permitted Business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $10.0 million;
 
        (5) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (13), (15) or (17) of this paragraph including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith;
 
        (6) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that:
        (a) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes and the Note Guarantees; and
 
        (b) any (1) subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (2) sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);
        (7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary of shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however , that any (a) subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (b) sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Preferred Stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);
 
        (8) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

109


Table of Contents

        (9) (x) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu , as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed and (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant;
 
        (10) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
 
        (11) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five business days;
 
        (12) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however , that
 
        (a) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary prepared in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (12)(a)) and
 
        (b) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;
 
        (13) Contribution Indebtedness;
 
        (14) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
 
        (15) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger; provided further that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either
        (a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant or
 
        (b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is lower than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

110


Table of Contents

        (16) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); and
 
        (17) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (17), not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding.
      For purposes of determining compliance with this “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (17) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under the Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt.” The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of Preferred Stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.
      The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:
        (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and
 
        (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness.
Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt
      The Company will not incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company unless it is pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes. No Guarantor will incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor unless it is pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of any Liens or guarantees arising or created in respect of such other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or by virtue of the fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.
Liens
      The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes or a Note Guarantee on any asset or property of the

111


Table of Contents

Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:
        (1) such Lien is a Permitted Lien;
 
        (2) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, the Notes and any Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
 
        (3) in all other cases, the Notes and any Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
      The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
        (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
        (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
        (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
      However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
        (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of the Indenture;
 
        (2) the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;
 
        (3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
 
        (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred;
 
        (5) customary provisions (including non-assignment provisions) contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
        (6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph (but not subject to the dollar limit in such clause (3));
 
        (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary (including a sale of its Capital Stock or its assets) that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;
 
        (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

112


Table of Contents

        (9) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under “— Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;
 
        (10) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;
 
        (11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
        (12) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided that (a) such encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and customary with respect to the type of Indebtedness being incurred and (b) such encumbrances or restrictions will not affect the Company’s ability to make payments of principal or interest payments on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; and
 
        (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph above imposed by any amendments, modifications, re-statements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above; provided, however , that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, not materially less favorable to the holders of the notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements.
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
      The Company will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
        (1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia (the Company or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);
 
        (2) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;
 
        (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
        (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be lower than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction.

113


Table of Contents

      In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.
      The predecessor company will be released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.
      Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.
      This “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” covenant will not apply to:
        (1) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or
 
        (2) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Transactions with Affiliates
      The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:
        (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
 
        (2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, (x) a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and (y) the Company has received an opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction complies with the immediately preceding clause (1).
      The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:
        (1) any employment agreement, fee arrangement, employee benefit plan, indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent entities, or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto;
 
        (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
        (3) Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of the Indenture described above under “— Restricted Payments” and Permitted Investments permitted by the Indenture;
 
        (4) payments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates (a) pursuant to the Management Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as such amendment is not less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the

114


Table of Contents

  Management Agreement) or (b) for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments, in the case of this clause (b), are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;
 
        (5) payments, loans (or cancellations of loans) or advances to employees or consultants of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities or any Restricted Subsidiary that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and which are otherwise permitted under the Indenture, but in any event not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;
 
        (6) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the date of the Indenture or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the date of the Indenture);
 
        (7) the Transactions and the payment of all transaction, underwriting, commitment and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions;
 
        (8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;
 
        (9) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Person;
 
        (10) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as appropriate, in good faith;
 
        (11) any contribution to the capital of the Company;
 
        (12) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and such director is the sole cause for such Person to be deemed an Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that such director abstains from voting as director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;
 
        (13) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
 
        (14) transactions pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Financing; and
 
        (15) Permitted Parent Payments to Parent.

Business Activities
      The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

115


Table of Contents

Additional Note Guarantees
      If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of the Indenture and such Domestic Subsidiary incurs any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or guarantees any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement or becomes an obligor under any of the Company’s other Indebtedness or any Indebtedness of the Guarantors, then the Company will cause that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary to execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to which it becomes a Guarantor.
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
      The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under “— Restricted Payments” or under one or more clauses of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.
      Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under “— Restricted Payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
Payments for Consent
      The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

116


Table of Contents

Reports
      Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the holders of Notes or cause the trustee to furnish to the holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:
        (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms  10-Q and  10-K if the Company were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual financial information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and
 
        (2) all information that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form  8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, except and only for so long as required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall not be required to furnish any information, certifications or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation  S-K.
      In addition, the Company will post the information described in clauses (1) and (2) above on its website within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports, and, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer and for so long as required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within those time periods (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing).
      If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.
      In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company is or becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture will permit the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such direct or indirect parent company; provided, however , that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such direct or indirect parent company and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company, the Guarantors and the other Subsidiaries of the Company on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
      In addition, the Company and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by the preceding paragraphs, they will furnish to the holders of Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Events of Default and Remedies
      Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
        (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture;
 
        (2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

117


Table of Contents

        (3) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under the first paragraph of “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;
 
        (4) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after notice to the Company by the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture;
 
        (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), if that default:
        (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or
 
        (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,
  and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more;
        (6) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after the judgment becomes final, and, with respect to any such judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree that is not promptly stayed;
 
        (7) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of such a Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days; and
 
        (8) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.
      In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.
      Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The trustee may withhold from holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any.
      Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any holders of Notes unless such holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to

118


Table of Contents

enforce the right to receive payment of principal, interest, premium, or Liquidated Damages, if any, when due, no holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:
        (1) such holder has previously given the trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
 
        (2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
        (3) such holders have offered the trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
 
        (4) the trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
 
        (5) holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
      The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the trustee may, on behalf of the holders of all of the Notes, waive, rescind or cancel any declaration of an existing or past Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes (other than nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration).
      In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (5) of the first paragraph under “— Events of Default and Remedies,” such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the trustee or the holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Company delivers an officers’ certificate to the trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.
      The Company is required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default, the Company is required to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
      No past, future or present director, officer, employee, partner, manager, agent, member (or Person forming any limited liability company), incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note and Note Guarantee waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such waiver is against public policy.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
      The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an officers’ certificate, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding

119


Table of Contents

Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Note Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:
        (1) the rights of holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are solely due from the trust referred to below;
 
        (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
 
        (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and
 
        (4) the Legal Defeasance provision of the Indenture.
      In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants (including its obligation to make Change of Control Offers and Asset Sale Offers) that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non- payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under “— Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
      In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
        (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;
 
        (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel will confirm that, the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
 
        (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
        (4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

120


Table of Contents

        (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;
 
        (6) the Company must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and
 
        (7) the Company must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
      Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).
      Without the consent of each holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting holder):
        (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
        (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);
 
        (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;
 
        (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
 
        (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;
 
        (6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;
 
        (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);
 
        (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; or
 
        (9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

121


Table of Contents

      Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of Notes, the Company, any Guarantor and the trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees:
        (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
 
        (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
 
        (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to holders of Notes and Note Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;
 
        (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such holder;
 
        (5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
        (6) to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, or the Note Guarantees to any provision of this Description of Exchange Notes to the extent that such provision in this Description of Exchange Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees;
 
        (7) to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Note Guarantee;
 
        (8) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture; or
 
        (9) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.
Satisfaction and Discharge
      The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes, when:
        (1) either:
        (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or
 
        (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
        (2) the Company has paid all other sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

122


Table of Contents

        (3) the Company has delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with.
Concerning the Trustee
      If the trustee becomes a creditor of the Company or any Guarantor, the Indenture limits the right of the trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.
      The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes, unless such holder has offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense.
Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights
      We have filed a registration statement to comply with our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to register the issuance of the Exchange Notes. See “The Exchange Offer.”
Certain Definitions
      Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all defined terms used therein, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
      “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:
        (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and
 
        (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
      “Acquisition” means the acquisition by Sunshine Acquisition Corporation of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
      “Acquisition Documents” means the Merger Agreement and any other document entered into in connection therewith, in each case as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
      “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

123


Table of Contents

      “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:
        (1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and
 
        (2) the excess of:
        (a) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price of the Note at December 1, 2009 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under “— Optional Redemption”) plus (2) all required interest payments due on the Note, through December 1, 2009 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over
 
        (b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.
      “Asset Sale” means:
        (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; and
 
        (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries.
      Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items shall be deemed to be an Asset Sale:
        (1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
        (2) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the covenant contained under “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;
 
        (3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to the covenant contained under “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments” or the granting of a Lien permitted by the covenant contained under “— Certain Covenants — Liens”;
 
        (4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million;
 
        (5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
 
        (6) the sale, lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any assets or rights in the ordinary course of business;
 
        (7) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
        (8) foreclosures on assets;
 
        (9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
 
        (10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;
 
        (11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing; and

124


Table of Contents

        (12) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any licenses of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property.
      “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule  13d-3 and Rule  13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.
      “Board of Directors” means:
        (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;
 
        (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;
 
        (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and
 
        (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
      “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.
      “Capital Stock” means:
        (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
 
        (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
 
        (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and
 
        (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
      “Cash Equivalents” means:
        (1) United States dollars or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
 
        (2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;
 
        (3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

125


Table of Contents

        (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
 
        (5) commercial paper having a rating of at least A-1 from Moody’s or P-1 from S&P and, in each case, maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition;
 
        (6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;
 
        (7) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) to (6) above denominated in euro or pound sterling or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and
 
        (8) investment in funds which invest substantially all of their assets in Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition
      “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
        (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder;
 
        (2) prior to an initial public offering of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, any “person” (as defined above) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more of the Voting Stock of the Company (measured by voting power rather than number of shares) than is at the time Beneficially Owned by the Permitted Holders in the aggregate;
 
        (3) after an initial public offering of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, any “person” (as defined above), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 40% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or
 
        (4) after an initial public offering of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.
      “Change of Control Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Indenture governing the Notes.
      “Consolidated Cash Flow” means with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, the following (in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP):
        (1) the provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes, of such Person for such period to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
 
        (2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
 
        (3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
 
        (4) any reasonable expenses or charges incurred in connection with any equity offering (but if such equity offering is a sale of Equity Interests in any part of the Company, only to the extent that

126


Table of Contents

  proceeds of such equity offering are received by or contributed to the equity of the Company), Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture (in each case whether or not consummated) or pursuant to the Transactions (including, without limitation, the fees payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement in connection with the Transactions), plus
 
        (5) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
 
        (6) any other noncash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period), plus
 
        (7) any net gain or loss resulting from Hedging Obligations, plus
 
        (8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, advisory fees, termination payments and related expenses paid to the Sponsors (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period pursuant to the Management Agreement, plus
 
        (9) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
 
        (10) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations, less

non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period).
      “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other noncash charges (excluding any noncash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
      “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including amortization of original issue discount, noncash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting), commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations, net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of deferred financing fees or expensing of any bridge or other financing fees, (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and (c) consolidated loss on Securitization Financings, less (d) interest income actually received in cash for such period.
      “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of total Ratio Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Leverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date” ) to the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the most recently ended four quarter period prior to the Transaction Date for which internal financial statements are available (the “Calculation Period” ). In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “total Ratio Indebtedness” and “Consolidated Cash Flow” shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred on the Transaction Date and at the beginning of the Calculation Period, respectively.

127


Table of Contents

      Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations or discontinued operations changes that have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Calculation Period or subsequent to such period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Transaction Date or if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary had accounted for any of its business as a discontinued operation during any such period, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated obligations and the change in Consolidated Cash Flow resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Calculation Period and that such discontinued operation was disposed of on the first day of the Calculation Period.
      If since the beginning of the Calculation Period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Person or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.
      For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of such responsible financial officer as set forth in an officers’ certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies resulting from the transaction being given pro forma effect (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions), which reductions, improvements or synergies are reasonably expected to be realized within twelve months of the date of such pro forma calculation and (2) other customary adjustments to the extent applicable.
      “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that
        (1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses shall be excluded;
 
        (2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;
 
        (3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Person) and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person shall be excluded;
 
        (4) the Net Income for such period of any entity that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, however , that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments that are actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such entity and such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions or other payments made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (5) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of the Person in a net loss of any such entity for such period to the extent the Person has funded such net loss;
 
        (5) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

128


Table of Contents

        (6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded;
 
        (7) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down or write-off of assets (including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs) in connection with the Transactions or any future acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) shall be excluded;
 
        (8) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded;
 
        (9) an amount equal to any Permitted Payments to Parent made to any parent company of such Person in respect of such period shall be included as though such amounts had been paid by such Person for such period for the expense or cost incurred by such parent company and for which such distribution was made;
 
        (10) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 142 and 144 and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to No. 141 shall be excluded;
 
        (11) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the date of the Indenture and that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; provided, however , that any noncash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period shall be treated as an expense in such future period when cash is paid (except to the extent such item would otherwise be excluded under this definition);
 
        (12) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to -market Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52 shall be excluded; and
 
        (13) fees, expenses and charges in connection with the Transactions shall be excluded.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant contained under “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments” only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant contained under “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments.”
      “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness ( “primary obligations” ) of any other Person (the “primary obligor” ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (2) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor or (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

129


Table of Contents

      “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:
        (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture or any other member of the Board of Directors designated or nominated or was otherwise approved by any Permitted Holder; or
 
        (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.
      “Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Company or such Guarantor after the Issue Date; provided that such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the incurrence date thereof.
      “Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association as syndication agent and Bank of America, N.A. as documentation agent, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.
      “Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes or other securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.
      “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
      “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or Parent, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof.
      “Designated Senior Debt” means:
        (1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement; and
 
        (2) any other Senior Debt permitted under the Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Debt.”
      “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such

130


Table of Contents

Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described above under “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments.”
      “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.
      “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
      “Equity Offering” means any public sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (excluding Disqualified Stock of the Company), other than (1) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Company or of any of its direct or indirect parent entities registered on Form  S-4 or Form  S-8, (2) any such public sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (3) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Company.
      “Exchange Notes” means the notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the Indenture
      “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:
        (1) contributions to its common equity capital; and
 
        (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.
      “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of the Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.
      “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.
      “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
      “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.
      “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).
      “Guarantors” means (1) each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company on the date of the Indenture which is an obligor under the Credit Agreement and (2) each other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, in each case, together with their respective successors and assigns until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

131


Table of Contents

      “Guarantor Senior Debt” means, with respect to any Guarantor, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of such Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations):
        (1) all monetary obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and
 
        (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof), in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.
      “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:
        (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;
 
        (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and
 
        (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.
      “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:
        (1) in respect of borrowed money;
 
        (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
 
        (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;
 
        (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;
 
        (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services (including, without limitation, earn-out obligations that are reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP) due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or
 
        (6) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding the footnotes thereto). In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include: (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (b) prepaid revenues; (c) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a

132


Table of Contents

portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; or (d) Obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financing.
      “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in similar businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
      “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding the footnotes thereto). If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments.” The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments.” Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the amount of an Investment shall be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
      “Issue Date” means November 23, 2005.
      “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, however , that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
      “Liquidated Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
      “Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement by and among T.C. Group, L.L.C., William C. Stone and Parent, dated as of November 23, 2005.
      “Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 28, 2005, among Sunshine Merger Corporation, Parent and SS&C, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
      “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of Preferred Stock.
      “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, and taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax

133


Table of Contents

sharing arrangements, (2) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and (3) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.
      “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:
        (1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (c) constitutes the lender;
 
        (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and
 
        (3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
      “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.
      “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
      “Parent” means Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors.
      “Permitted Business” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar to, any line of business engaged in by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date of the Indenture or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.
      “Permitted Holders” means (1) TC Group, L.L.C., Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. and their Affiliates (but excluding operating portfolio companies of the foregoing; provided that in no case shall Parent or any entity whose assets consist solely of the capital stock of the Company, cash and Cash Equivalents, or contracts or other rights related to its investment in the Company, be considered such an operating portfolio company) and (2) (x) William C. Stone and his spouse and the members of his immediate family and (y) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons holding a controlling interest of which consist solely of one or more Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x).
      “Permitted Investments” means:
        (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
 
        (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;
 
        (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:
        (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or
 
        (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
        (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”;

134


Table of Contents

        (5) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
 
        (6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (a) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer, or (b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes;
 
        (7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;
 
        (8) loans or advances to employees other than executives restricted by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding;
 
        (9) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant contained under “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business;
 
        (10) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;
 
        (11) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however , that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;
 
        (12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
 
        (13) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that is not prohibited by the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
 
        (14) repurchases of the Notes;
 
        (15) any Investment existing on the date of the Indenture and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided, however , that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the date of the Indenture or (y) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture; and
 
        (16) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $15.0 million.
      “Permitted Junior Securities” means unsecured debt or equity securities of the Company or any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any successor corporation issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or readjustment, as applicable, that are subordinated to the payment of all then-outstanding Senior Debt of the Company or Guarantor Senior Debt of any Guarantor, as applicable, at least to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to the payment of all Senior Debt of the Company or Note Guarantees are subordinated to the payment of all Guarantor Senior Debt of any

135


Table of Contents

Guarantor, as applicable, on the Issue Date, so long as to the extent that any Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as applicable, outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization or readjustment is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization or readjustment.
      “Permitted Liens” means:
        (1) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;
 
        (2) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary;
 
        (3) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property or assets by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;
 
        (4) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;
 
        (5) Liens existing on the date of the Indenture;
 
        (6) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes or the Note Guarantees;
 
        (7) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided, however , that:
        (a) the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Indebtedness (plus improvements and accessions to such property, or proceeds or distributions thereof); and
 
        (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (1) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the original Indebtedness and (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;
        (8) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with the covenant contained under “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and
 
        (9) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”
      “Permitted Payments to Parent” means, payments (directly or in the form of dividends, loans or otherwise) to, a direct or indirect parent entity of the Company in amounts required for such Person to pay:
        (1) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence;
 
        (2) for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return such direct or indirect parent entity, an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

136


Table of Contents

        (3) customary salary, bonus, severance and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnities and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries including payments to William C. Stone pursuant to his employment agreement with Parent;
 
        (4) payments to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates (a) pursuant to the Management Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as such amendment is not less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Management Agreement) or (b) for any other financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments, in the case of this clause (b), are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;
 
        (5) general corporate overhead expenses for such direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
 
        (6) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering by such direct or indirect parent entity of the Company.
      “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:
        (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);
 
        (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;
 
        (3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and
 
        (4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.
      “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.
      “Preferred Stock” , as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
      “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, issued by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to such Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended

137


Table of Contents

to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than
        (1) amounts required to be established as reserves;
 
        (2) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest;
 
        (3) principal and other amounts owing to such investors; and
 
        (4) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).
      “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided, however , that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
      “Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Securitization Subsidiary, (2) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value and (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and any refinancing indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.
      “Ratio Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Indebtedness of such Person plus any Disqualified Stock of such Person, provided that letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), banker’s acceptances and Hedging Obligations shall be excluded if and to the extent they would not appear as a liability upon the balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.
      “Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement dated as of November 23, 2005 among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., the Guarantors and the initial purchasers set forth therein.
      “Related Party” means:
        (1) any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of a Person described in clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Holder”; or
 
        (2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holder.
      “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
      “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
      “Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams from the conduct of a Permitted Business subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.
      “Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing.

138


Table of Contents

      “Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.
      “Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
      “Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (1) is guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (2) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (3) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company and (c) to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person shall be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
      “Senior Debt” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy

139


Table of Contents

proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations):
        (1) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and
 
        (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof),
in each case whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred.
      “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation  S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
      “Sponsors” means one or more investments funds controlled by The Carlyle Group and their Affiliates.
      “SS&C” means SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
      “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.
      “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of the Indenture, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
      “Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Note Guarantee.
      “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:
        (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
 
        (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).
      “Transactions” means the Acquisition and the transactions related thereto, including the offering of the Notes and borrowings made pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
      “Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from

140


Table of Contents

such redemption date to December 1, 2009; provided, however , that if the period from such redemption date to December 1, 2009 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
      “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:
        (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;
 
        (2) except as permitted by the covenant described above under “— Certain Covenants — Transactions with Affiliates,” is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;
 
        (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
 
        (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
      “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
      “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
        (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by
 
        (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
      “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
      The exchange notes will be issued in the form of one or more fully registered notes in global form (“Global Notes”). Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be limited to persons who have accounts with the Depository Trust Company (“participants”) or persons who hold interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by the Depository Trust Company or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants).
      So long as the Depository Trust Company, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of a Global Note, the Depository Trust Company or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such Global Note for all purposes under the indenture and the exchange notes. No beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note will be able to transfer that

141


Table of Contents

interest except in accordance with the Depository Trust Company’s applicable procedures, in addition to those provided for under the indenture.
      Payments of the principal of, and interest on, a Global Note will be made to the Depository Trust Company or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of SS&C Technologies, Inc., the Trustee or any Paying Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
      We expect that the Depository Trust Company or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal or interest in respect of a Global Note, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of such Global Note as shown on the records of the Depository Trust Company or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in such Global Note held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.
      Transfers between participants in the Depository Trust Company will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with the Depository Trust Company rules and will be settled in same-day funds.
      We expect that the Depository Trust Company will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of exchange notes (including the presentation of exchange notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the Depository Trust Company interests in a Global Note is credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of exchange notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, the Depository Trust Company will exchange the applicable Global Note for Certificated Notes, which it will distribute to its participants.
      We understand that: the Depository Trust Company is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a “banking organization” within the meaning of New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a “Clearing Agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. The Depository Trust Company was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Indirect access to the Depository Trust Company system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies and certain other organizations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly (“indirect participants”).
      Although the Depository Trust Company is expected to follow the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in a Global Note among participants of the Depository Trust Company, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither SS&C Technologies, Inc. nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by the Depository Trust Company or its respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
      If the Depository Trust Company is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days, we will issue Certificated Notes in exchange for the Global Notes. Holders of an interest in a Global Note may receive Certificated Notes in accordance with the Depository Trust Company’s rules and procedures in addition to those provided for under the indenture.

142


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
      The following discussion is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the exchange notes, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, United States Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, Internal Revenue Service rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the exchange notes. This discussion does not address all of the United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, such as banks, financial institutions, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” “foreign personal holding companies,” United States expatriates, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, partnerships or other pass-through entities, U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the United States dollar, holders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations and persons holding the exchange notes as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other integrated transaction. Moreover, the effect of any other applicable United States federal tax laws (such as estate and gift tax laws) or any state, local or foreign tax laws is not discussed. The discussion deals only with exchange notes held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
      As used herein, “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of the exchange notes who or that is treated for United States federal income tax purposes as:
  •  an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;
 
  •  a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state therein or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust, if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons can control all substantial trust decisions, or, if the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, it has elected to continue to be treated as a United States person.
      If a partnership or other entity taxable as a partnership holds exchange notes, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner should consult its tax advisor as to the tax consequences.
      Prospective holders should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of the tax consequences discussed below to their particular situations as well as the application of any state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including United States federal gift and estate tax laws, and any tax treaties.
Exchange Offer
      The exchange of old notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer should not constitute a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. As a result, (1) a holder should not recognize a taxable gain or loss as a result of exchanging such holder’s old notes for exchange notes; (2) the holding period of the exchange notes should include the holding period of the old notes exchanged therefor; and (3) the adjusted tax basis of the exchange notes should be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the old notes exchanged therefor immediately before such exchange.

143


Table of Contents

U.S. Holders
Effect of Certain Contingencies
      In certain circumstances (see “Description of the Exchange Notes — Optional Redemption” and “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control”), we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the exchange notes. According to Treasury Regulations, the possibility that any such payments in excess of stated interest or principal will be made will not affect the amount of interest income a U.S. Holder recognizes and will not cause the notes to be contingent payment debt instruments if there is only a remote chance as of the date the notes were issued that such payments will be made. We believe that the likelihood that we will be obligated to make any such payments is remote. Therefore, we do not intend to treat the notes as contingent payment debt instruments. Our determination that these contingencies are remote is binding on a U.S. Holder unless such holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable Treasury Regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge this determination, a U.S. Holder might be required to accrue income on its notes in excess of stated interest, and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of a note before the resolution of the contingencies. In the event a contingency occurs, it would affect the amount and timing of the income recognized by a U.S. Holder. If any such amounts are in fact paid, U.S. Holders will be required to recognize such amounts as income. The remainder of this summary assumes the exchange notes are not contingent payment debt instruments.
Interest
      Payments of stated interest on the notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time that such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes.
Market Discount
      The market discount rules discussed below apply to an exchange note that is purchased at a price less than its stated redemption price at maturity.
      A U.S. Holder that purchases an exchange note at a market discount generally will be required to treat any principal payment on the note and any gain on the disposition of the note as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount not previously included in income at the time of such payment or disposition. In general, market discount is the amount by which the note’s stated redemption price at maturity exceeds the holder’s tax basis in the note immediately after the note is acquired. A note is not treated as purchased at a discount, however, if the market discount is less than .25 percent of the stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity after the date the holder acquires the note. Market discount on a note will accrue on a straight-line basis, unless the holder elects to accrue the discount on a constant yield-to -maturity basis. This election is irrevocable and applies only to the note for which it is made. The holder may also elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues. This election applies to all market discount obligations acquired by the holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
      If a U.S. Holder of an exchange note that was acquired at a market discount disposes of such note in a non-taxable transaction (other than transferred basis transactions described in Section 1276(c) of the Code), accrued market discount not previously included in income by the holder will be includable as ordinary income to the holder as if such holder had sold the note at its fair market value. A holder may be required to defer until maturity of the note (or, in certain circumstances, its earlier disposition) the deduction of all or a portion of the interest expense attributable to debt incurred or continued to purchase or carry a note with market discount, unless an election to include the market discount in income on a current basis is made.

144


Table of Contents

Amortizable Bond Premium
      If a U.S. Holder purchases an exchange note for an amount that is in excess of the note’s stated redemption price at maturity, such holder will generally be considered to have purchased the note with “amortizable bond premium.” A holder generally may elect to amortize amortizable bond premium using the constant yield-to -maturity method. The amount amortized in any year generally will be treated as a reduction of the holder’s interest income on the note. If the amortizable bond premium allocable to a year exceeds the amount of interest allocable to that year, the excess would be allowed as a deduction for that year but only to the extent of the holder’s prior interest inclusions with respect to the note. The premium on a note held by a holder that does not make an election to amortize the premium will decrease the gain or increase the loss otherwise recognizable on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the note. The election to amortize the premium on a constant yield-to -maturity method generally applies to all bonds held or subsequently acquired by the electing holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
Sale or Other Disposition of the Notes
      Unless a nonrecognition provision applies, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of an exchange note equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition (in cash or other property valued at fair market value), less any portion allocable to any accrued and unpaid interest, which will be taxable as interest, and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. A holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note generally will be the holder’s cost therefor decreased by any principal payments received by the holder and the amount of any amortizable bond premium previously deducted by the holder, and increased by the amount of any market discount previously included in the holder’s income.
      Subject to the discussion above regarding market discount, this gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holder has held the note for more than one year. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be a short-term capital gain or loss. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
      Information reporting requirements will generally apply to payments of interest on the exchange notes to a U.S. Holder, and to proceeds paid to a U.S. Holder from the sale, retirement or redemption of the notes (collectively, “reportable payments”). The amount of any reportable payments made to U.S. Holders of exchange notes (other than to holders that are exempt recipients) and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to such payments will be reported to such U.S. Holders and to the IRS for each calendar year. A U.S. Holder may be subject to a backup withholding tax on reportable payments. Certain holders (including, among others, corporations and certain tax-exempt organizations) are generally not subject to backup withholding. A U.S. Holder will be subject to this backup withholding tax if such holder is not otherwise exempt and such holder:
  •  fails to furnish its taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), which, for an individual, is ordinarily his or her social security number;
 
  •  furnishes an incorrect TIN;
 
  •  is notified by the IRS that it has failed to properly report payments of interest or dividends; or
 
  •  fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has furnished a correct TIN, that the IRS has not notified the U.S. Holder that it is subject to backup withholding and that the U.S. Holder is a United States person (including a United States resident alien).
      U.S. Holders should consult their personal tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable. The backup withholding tax is not an additional tax and taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their

145


Table of Contents

United States federal income tax liability or may claim a refund as long as they timely provide certain information to the IRS.
Non-U.S.  Holders
      A non-U.S.  Holder is a beneficial owner of the notes who or that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust for United States federal income tax purposes and is not a U.S. Holder.
Effect of Certain Contingencies
      In certain circumstances (see “Description of the Exchange Notes — Optional Redemption” and “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control”), we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the exchange notes. As discussed above under “— U.S. Holders — Effect of Certain Contingencies,” we do not intend to treat the notes as contingent payment debt instruments. If any such amounts are in fact paid, such payments may be treated as interest subject to the rules described below or as other income subject to a 30% United States federal withholding tax. A non-U.S.  Holder that is subject to the withholding tax on payments in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes should consult its own tax advisors as to whether it can obtain a refund for all or a portion of the withholding tax.
Interest
      Interest paid to a non-U.S.  Holder will not be subject to the 30% United States federal withholding tax provided that such payments are not effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business and:
  •  such holder does not directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all of our voting stock;
 
  •  such holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us through actual or constructive stock ownership and is not a bank that received such notes on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business; and
 
  •  (1) the non-U.S.  Holder certifies in a statement provided to us or our paying agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a “United States person” within the meaning of the Code and provides its name and address, (2) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the notes on behalf of the non-U.S.  Holder certifies to us or our paying agent under penalties of perjury that it, or the financial institution between it and the non-U.S.  Holder, has received from the non-U.S.  Holder a statement, under penalties of perjury, that such holder is not a “United States person” and provides us or our paying agent with a copy of such statement, or (3) the non-U.S.  Holder holds its notes directly through a “qualified intermediary” and certain conditions are satisfied.
      Even if the above conditions are not met, a non-U.S.  Holder may be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from the withholding tax on interest under a tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S.  Holder’s country of residence. To claim such a reduction or exemption, a non-U.S.  Holder must generally complete IRS Form W-8BEN (or such successor form as the IRS designates) and claim this exemption on the form. In some cases, a non-U.S.  Holder may instead be permitted to provide documentary evidence of its claim to an intermediary, or a qualified intermediary may already have some or all of the necessary evidence in its files. A non-U.S.  Holder generally will also be exempt from withholding tax on interest if such interest is effectively connected with such holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business (as described below) and the holder provides us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or such successor form as the IRS designates).
      The certification requirements described above may require a non-U.S.  Holder that claims the benefit of an income tax treaty also to provide its United States taxpayer identification number. Prospective holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the certification requirements for non-United States persons.

146


Table of Contents

Sale or Other Disposition of the Notes
      A non-U.S.  Holder will generally not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of an exchange note that is not effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-U.S.  Holder. However, a non-U.S.  Holder may be subject to tax on such gain if such holder is an individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case such holder may be subject to the 30% United States federal withholding tax (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate) on such gain.
United States Trade or Business
      If interest or gain from a disposition of the exchange notes is effectively connected with a non-U.S.  Holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business, and, if an income tax treaty applies, the non-U.S.  Holder maintains a United States “permanent establishment” (or, in the case of an individual, a “fixed base”) to which the interest or gain is attributable, the non-U.S.  Holder generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on the interest or gain on a net basis in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder. If interest income received with respect to the notes is taxable on a net basis, the 30% withholding tax described above will not apply (assuming an appropriate certification is provided). A foreign corporation that is a holder of a note also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty. For this purpose, interest on a note or gain recognized on the disposition of a note will be included in earnings and profits if the interest or gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign corporation of a trade or business in the United States.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
      Backup withholding will not apply to payments of interest made by us or our paying agent to a non-U.S.  Holder of an exchange note if the holder meets the identification and certification requirements discussed above under “—  Non-U.S.  Holders — Interest” for exemption from United States federal withholding tax or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information reporting on IRS Form 1042-S may still apply with respect to interest payments. Payments of the proceeds from a disposition by a non-U.S.  Holder of a note (including a redemption or retirement) effected by or through a foreign office of a broker will not generally be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, except that information reporting (but generally not backup withholding) may apply to those payments if the broker is:
  •  a United States person;
 
  •  a controlled foreign corporation for United States federal income tax purposes;
 
  •  a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a United States trade or business for a specified three-year period; or
 
  •  a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year, one or more of its partners are United States persons, as defined in Treasury Regulations, who in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership or if, at any time during its tax year, the foreign partnership is engaged in a United States trade or business.
      Payment of the proceeds from a disposition (including a redemption or retirement) by a non-U.S.  Holder of a note effected by or through the United States office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the holder establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
      Non-U.S.  Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding application of withholding and backup withholding in their particular circumstances and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from withholding, information reporting and backup withholding under current Treasury Regulations. In this

147


Table of Contents

regard, the current Treasury Regulations provide that a certification may not be relied on if the payor knows or has reason to know that the certification may be false. The backup withholding tax is not an additional tax and taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their United States federal income tax liability or may claim a refund as long as they timely provide certain information to the IRS.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
      Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, or such longer period if extended, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.
      We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the -counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver, and by delivering, a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
      We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the old notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain types of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
VALIDITY OF SECURITIES
      The validity and enforceability of the exchange notes and the related guarantees will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. In rendering its opinion, Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP will rely upon the opinion of Day, Berry & Howard LLP as to all matters governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut and the opinion of Fox Rothschild LLP as to all matters governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey.
EXPERTS
      The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, for the period from January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and for the period from November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
      The audited consolidated financial statements of Financial Models Company Inc. as of February 28, 2005 and February 29, 2004 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended February 28, 2005 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent auditors, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and

148


Table of Contents

accounting. KPMG LLP’s report includes additional comments for U.S. readers on Canada-U.S. reporting differences that refers to a change to the accounting for stock-based compensation.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
      We have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form  S-4 with respect to the securities we are offering. This prospectus does not contain all the information contained in the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules. You should refer to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules, for further information about us and the securities we are offering. Statements we make in this prospectus about certain contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete. When we make such statements, we refer you to the copies of the contracts or documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration statement because those statements are qualified in all respects by reference to those exhibits. The registration statement, including exhibits and schedules, is on file at the offices of the SEC and may be inspected without charge.
      Under the terms of the indenture governing the notes, we have agreed that, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any notes are outstanding, we will furnish to the trustee and the holders of notes (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms  10-Q and  10-K, if we were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual financial information only, a report thereon by our certified independent accountants and (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form  8-K if we were required to file such reports, except and only for so long as required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, we will not be required to furnish any information, certifications or reports required by Items 307 and 308 of Regulation  S-K. In addition, we have agreed that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, if at any time we are not required to file with the SEC the Forms pursuant to (1) and (2) above, we will furnish to the holders and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.
      Upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will become subject to the periodic reporting and to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file information with the SEC, including annual, quarterly and current reports. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC, including the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, at the SEC’s public reference room at the following address:
Public Reference Room
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549
      Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operations of the public reference room. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The SEC’s web site is http://www.sec.gov.
      You can obtain a copy of any of our filings, at no cost, by writing to or telephoning us at the following address:
SS&C Technologies, Inc.
80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, Connecticut
(860) 298-4500
Attention: General Counsel
      To ensure timely delivery, please make your request as soon as practicable and, in any event, no later than five business days prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

149


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    Page
     
Consolidated Financial Statements of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
    F-8  
    F-43  
    F-44  
    F-45  
    F-46  
Consolidated Financial Statements of Financial Models Company Inc.
    F-56  
    F-57  
    F-58  
    F-59  
    F-60  
    F-61  

F-1


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of SS&C Technologies, Inc.:
      In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SS&C Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Predecessor) at December 31, 2004 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
  /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
March 31, 2006, except for
Note 18 as to which the date is
June 12, 2006

F-2


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of SS&C Technologies, Inc.:
      In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SS&C Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Successor) at December 31, 2005 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
  /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
March 31, 2006, except for
Note 18 as to which the date is
June 12, 2006

F-3


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                         
    Successor     Predecessor
           
    December 31,     December 31,
    2005     2004
           
    (In thousands, except per
    share data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
                 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 15,584       $ 28,913  
 
Investments in marketable securities (Note 3)
            101,922  
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,092 and $766, respectively (Note 4)
    32,862         13,545  
 
Income taxes receivable
    8,176          
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    6,236         1,607  
               
Total current assets
    62,858         145,987  
               
Property and equipment:
                 
 
Leasehold improvements
    2,422         4,100  
 
Equipment, furniture, and fixtures
    8,298         18,016  
               
      10,720         22,116  
 
Less accumulated depreciation
    (431 )       (16,763 )
               
 
Net property and equipment
    10,289         5,353  
               
Deferred income taxes (Note 6)
            5,894  
Goodwill
    818,180         16,227  
Intangible and other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,870 and $5,570, respectively
    285,044         12,202  
               
Total assets
  $ 1,176,371       $ 185,663  
               
   
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
                 
 
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 7)
  $ 10,438       $  
 
Accounts payable
    2,367         1,073  
 
Income taxes payable
            609  
 
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
    9,048         6,248  
 
Other accrued expenses
    8,769         3,549  
 
Interest payable
    3,082          
 
Deferred income taxes (Note 6)
    1,305         188  
 
Dividend payable
            1,850  
 
Deferred maintenance and other revenue
    20,566         16,052  
               
Total current liabilities
    55,575         29,569  
Long-term debt, net of current portion (Note 7)
    478,143          
Other long-term liabilities
    1,257          
Deferred income taxes (Note 6)
    84,263          
               
Total liabilities
    619,238         29,569  
               
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7, 8, 9 and 13) 
                 
Stockholders’ equity (Notes 5 and 11):
                 
   
Predecessor:
                 
     
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000 shares authorized; 31,276 shares issued and 23,085 shares outstanding
            313  
   
Successor:
                 
     
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1 share authorized; 1 share issued and outstanding
             
 
Additional paid-in capital
    554,965         185,032  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,337         1,140  
 
Retained earnings
    831         23,029  
               
      557,133         209,514  
 
Less: cost of common stock in treasury; 0 and 8,191 shares, respectively (Note 5)
            53,420  
               
Total stockholders’ equity
    557,133         156,094  
               
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,176,371       $ 185,663  
               
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                       
    Successor     Predecessor
           
    Period from     Period from    
    November 23,     January 1,   For the Year   For the Year
    2005 through     2005 through   Ended   Ended
    December 31,     November 22,   December 31,   December 31,
    2005     2005   2004   2003
                   
    (In thousands)
Revenues:
                                 
 
Software licenses
  $ 3,587       $ 20,147     $ 17,250     $ 14,233  
 
Maintenance
    3,701         44,064       36,433       31,318  
 
Professional services
    2,520         12,565       11,320       6,757  
 
Outsourcing
    7,857         67,193       30,885       13,223  
                           
   
Total revenues
    17,665         143,969       95,888       65,531  
                           
Cost of revenues:
                                 
   
Total cost of revenues
    7,627         59,004       33,770       20,426  
                           
Gross profit
    10,038         84,965       62,118       45,105  
                           
Operating expenses:
                                 
 
Selling and marketing
    1,364         13,134       10,734       8,393  
 
Research and development
    2,071         19,199       13,957       11,180  
 
General and administrative
    1,140         11,944       8,014       7,154  
 
Merger costs related to the sale of SS&C
            36,912              
                           
   
Total operating expenses
    4,575         81,189       32,705       26,727  
                           
Operating income
    5,463         3,776       29,413       18,378  
                           
Interest expense
    (4,890 )       (1,061 )            
Other income, net
    258         655       99       47  
                           
Income before income taxes
    831         3,370       31,040       19,337  
Provision for income taxes (Note 6)
            2,658       12,030       7,541  
                           
Net income
  $ 831       $ 712     $ 19,010     $ 11,796  
                           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                       
    Successor     Predecessor
           
    Period from     Period from    
    November 23,     January 1,    
    2005 through     2005 through   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,     November 22,   December 31,   December 31,
    2005     2005   2004   2003
                   
    (In thousands)
Cash flow from operating activities:
                                 
 
Net income
  $ 831       $ 712     $ 19,010     $ 11,796  
                           
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                 
 
Depreciation and amortization
    2,301         9,575       4,593       3,563  
 
Amortization of loan origination costs
    159         82              
 
Net realized (gains) losses on equity investments
            (641 )     26       (259 )
 
(Gain) loss on sale or disposition of property and equipment
    (15 )       15       (7 )     25  
 
Deferred income taxes
    (1,107 )       (337 )     1,134       620  
 
Income tax benefit related to exercise of stock options
            3,177       2,720       3,280  
 
Provision for doubtful accounts
    41         945       (378 )     689  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects from acquisitions:
                                 
   
Accounts receivable
    (395 )       (5,442 )     1,664       1,784  
   
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (798 )       (1,287 )     271       (346 )
   
Income taxes receivable
    654         (8,286 )            
   
Accounts payable
    (801 )       240       (340 )     65  
   
Accrued expenses
    4,178         34,891       2,596       (13 )
   
Income taxes payable
    (3 )       (619 )     521       (581 )
   
Deferred maintenance and other revenues
    (130 )       (909 )     (3,286 )     3,088  
                           
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    4,915         32,116       28,524       23,711  
                           
Cash flow from investing activities:
                                 
 
Additions to property and equipment
    (276 )       (2,488 )     (1,345 )     (1,100 )
 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
    15         3       7        
 
Cash paid for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired (Note 12)
            (207,919 )     (23,541 )     (1,817 )
 
Purchase of long-term investment
            (2,000 )            
 
Acquisition of SS&C
    (877,000 )                    
 
Purchases of marketable securities
            (88,250 )     (165,556 )     (28,579 )
 
Sales of marketable securities
            190,159       101,215       16,175  
                           
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (877,261 )       (110,495 )     (89,220 )     (15,321 )
                           
Cash flow from financing activities:
                                 
 
Cash received from borrowings for the Transaction
    490,000                      
 
Investment by Sunshine Acquisition Corporation
    381,000                      
 
Cash received from other borrowings
            83,000              
 
Repayment of debt and acquired debt
    (2,345 )       (8,016 )            
 
Issuance of common stock
            930       74,795       290  
 
Exercise of options
            2,549       2,203       6,563  
 
Purchase of common stock for treasury
            (5,584 )           (17,698 )
 
Common stock dividends
            (3,718 )     (2,924 )     (1,236 )
                           
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    868,655         69,161       74,074       (12,081 )
                           
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    26         (446 )     274       616  
                           
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,665 )       (9,664 )     13,652       (3,075 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    19,249         28,913       15,261       18,336  
                           
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 15,584       $ 19,249     $ 28,913     $ 15,261  
                           
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                                 
 
Cash paid for
                                 
   
Interest expense
  $ 2,702       $ 1,872     $ 9     $ 1  
   
Income taxes
  $ 407       $ 7,441     $ 7,713     $ 4,245  
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities
                                 
 
See Note 12 for a discussion of acquisitions.
                                 
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities
                                 
 
Dividends declared but not paid
                $ 1,850        
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the Periods January 1, 2005
through November 22, 2005 and November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005
                                                           
    Common Stock           Accumulated        
                Other        
    Number       Additional   Accumulated   Comprehensive       Total
    of Issued       Paid-In   Earnings   Income   Treasury   Stockholders’
    Shares   Amount   Capital   (Deficit)   (Loss)   Stock   Equity
                             
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Predecessor
                                                       
Balance, at December 31, 2002
    25,491     $ 255     $ 95,239     $ (1,767 )   $ (735 )   $ (35,722 )   $ 57,270  
 
Exercise of options
    1,262       13       6,550                         6,563  
 
Issuance of common stock
    53             290                         290  
 
Purchase of common stock
                                  (17,698 )     (17,698 )
 
Cash dividends declared — $0.067 per share (see Note 5)
                      (1,236 )                 (1,236 )
 
Income tax benefit related to exercise of stock options
                3,280                         3,280  
 
Net income
                      11,796                   11,796  
 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment
                            496             496  
 
Change in unrealized gain on investments, net of tax
                            827             827  
                                           
Balance, at December 31, 2003
    26,806     $ 268     $ 105,359     $ 8,793     $ 588     $ (53,420 )   $ 61,588  
 
Exercise of options
    391       4       2,199                         2,203  
 
Issuance of common stock
    4,079       41       74,754                         74,795  
 
Cash dividends declared — $0.22 per share (see Note 5)
                      (4,774 )                 (4,774 )
 
Income tax benefit related to exercise of stock options
                2,720                         2,720  
 
Net income
                      19,010                   19,010  
 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment
                            263             263  
 
Change in unrealized gain on investments, net of tax
                            289             289  
                                           
Balance, at December 31, 2004
    31,276     $ 313     $ 185,032     $ 23,029     $ 1,140     $ (53,420 )   $ 156,094  
 
Exercise of options
    390       4       2,545                         2,549  
 
Issuance of common stock
    406       4       10,220                         10,224  
 
Issuance of warrants
                691                         691  
 
Purchase of common stock
                                  (5,584 )     (5,584 )
 
Cash dividends declared — $0.08 per share (see Note 5)
                      (1,868 )                 (1,868 )
 
Income tax benefit related to exercise of stock options
                3,177                         3,177  
 
Net income
                      712                   712  
 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment
                            7,215             7,215  
 
Change in unrealized gain on investments, net of tax
                            (654 )           (654 )
                                           
Balance, at November 22, 2005
    32,072     $ 321     $ 201,665     $ 21,873     $ 7,701     $ (59,004 )   $ 172,556  
                                           
 
Successor
                                                       
 
Investment by Sunshine
                                                       
 
Acquisition Corporation
    1     $     $ 554,965     $     $     $     $ 554,965  
 
Net income
                      831                   831  
 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment
                            1,232             1,232  
 
Change in unrealized gain on interest rate swaps, net of tax
                            105             105  
                                           
Balance, at December 31, 2005
    1     $     $ 554,965     $ 831     $ 1,337     $     $ 557,133  
                                           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Organization
      SS&C Technologies, Inc. (“SS&C” or the “Company”) was acquired on November 23, 2005 through a merger transaction with Sunshine Acquisition Corporation (“Sunshine Acquisition Corporation” or “Holdings”), a Delaware corporation formed by investment funds associated with The Carlyle Group. The acquisition was accomplished through the merger of Sunshine Merger Corporation into SS&C Technologies, Inc., with SS&C Technologies, Inc. being the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation (the “Transaction”). Although the Transaction occurred on November 23, 2005, the Company adopted an effective date of November 30, 2005 for accounting purposes. The activity for the period November 23, 2005 through November 30, 2005 was not material to either the successor or predecessor periods for 2005.
      Although SS&C Technologies, Inc. continued as the same legal entity after the Transaction, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders’ equity are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Transaction and the period succeeding the Transaction, respectively. The Company refers to the operations of SS&C Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor and Successor periods.
      The Transaction was a non-taxable purchase and, as a result, the net assets of the Company were not stepped-up to fair value for U.S. tax purposes.
      The Transaction was financed by a combination of borrowings under the Company’s senior credit facility, the issuance of senior subordinated notes due 2013 and the equity investment of The Carlyle Group and management. See Note 7 for a description of the Company’s indebtedness. Additionally, the Predecessor Company incurred costs of $36.9 million in the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 related to the Transaction. These costs consisted primarily of stock-based compensation expense (see Note 2) as well as legal and other advisory fees. Costs related to the financing facilities were capitalized (see Note 7).
      The purchase price, including transaction costs that have been recorded as debt issuance costs or included in the overall purchase price, was approximately $1.05 billion. The sources and uses of funds in connection with the Transaction are summarized below (in thousands):
                       
Sources       Uses    
             
Senior credit facilities
          Consideration paid to stockholders and optionholders   $ 768,416  
 
Revolving credit facility
  $ 10,000     Repayment of existing debt and legal fees     75,153  
 
Term loan facility
    275,000     Converted share and option consideration     173,965  
Senior subordinated notes due 2013
    205,000     Transaction costs     33,431  
                 
Cash on hand
    6,000     Total uses   $ 1,050,965  
                 
Equity contribution — cash
    381,000              
Equity contribution — non-cash
    173,965              
                 
Total sources
  $ 1,050,965              
                 
      The non-cash equity contribution was a combination of shares and fully vested stock options of the Predecessor. The shares were converted into shares of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation. The fully vested stock options were converted into fully vested stock options of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation.
      The total purchase price was allocated to the Company’s tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values on November 23, 2005, the closing date of the Transaction, as set forth below. The remainder of the purchase price was recorded as goodwill. The

F-8


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon a valuation and the estimates and assumptions are subject to change. The primary areas of the purchase price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to restructuring and exit activities, transaction costs, income-based taxes and residual goodwill.
      The preliminary allocation of the purchase price is as follows (in thousands):
           
Assets acquired, net of cash received
  $ 232,416  
Completed technology
    55,700  
Acquired client contracts and relationships
    197,100  
Trade names
    17,200  
Other intangible assets
    2,070  
Goodwill
    815,632  
Deferred income taxes
    (87,615 )
Debt assumed
    (75,000 )
Other liabilities assumed
    (106,538 )
       
 
Total purchase price
    1,050,965  
Non-cash equity contribution
    (173,965 )
       
 
Cash used in acquisition of SS&C
  $ 877,000  
       
      The fair value of intangible assets, including completed technology, trade names and customer relationships, was based on an independent appraisal and was determined using various methods of the income approach. Intangible assets are amortized each year based on the ratio that current cash flows for the intangible asset bear to the total of current and expected future cash flows for the intangible asset. Completed technology is amortized over estimated lives ranging from approximately six to nine years (weighted-average of 8.5 years). Acquired client contracts and relationships are amortized over estimated lives ranging from 11 to 13 years (weighted-average of 11.5 years). Trade names are amortized over estimated lives ranging from nine to 15 years (weighted-average of 13.9 years). Other intangible assets are amortized over estimated lives ranging from three to ten years (weighted-average of 7.7 years).
      In connection with the purchase price allocation, the Company estimated the fair value of the maintenance and support obligation assumed by the Successor company in connection with the Transaction. The estimated fair value of the maintenance and support obligation was determined using a cost build-up approach. The cost build-up approach determines fair value by estimating the costs relating to fulfilling the obligation plus a normal profit margin.
      The Company provides software, business process outsourcing (BPO) services and application service provider (ASP) solutions to the financial services industry, primarily in the United States of America and Canada. The Company also has operations in the U.K., the Netherlands, Malaysia, Ireland, Australia, the Netherlands Antilles and Japan. The Company delivers a broad range of highly specialized software products and services that provide mission-critical processing for information management, analysis, trading, accounting, reporting and compliance. The Company provides its products and related services in seven vertical markets in the financial services industry:
        1. Insurance entities and pension funds;
 
        2. Institutional asset management;
 
        3. Hedge funds and family offices;
 
        4. Financial institutions, such as retail banks and credit unions;

F-9


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
        5. Commercial lending;
 
        6. Real estate property management; and
 
        7. Municipal finance.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
      The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used for, but not limited to, collectibility of accounts receivable, costs to complete certain contracts, valuation of acquired assets and liabilities, income tax accruals and the value of deferred tax assets. Estimates are also used to determine the remaining economic lives and carrying value of fixed assets, goodwill and intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Principles of Consolidation
      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant accounts, transactions and profits between the consolidated companies have been eliminated in consolidation.
Revenue Recognition
      The Company follows the principles of Statement of Position (SOP) No. 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (“SOP  97-2”), which provides guidance on applying generally accepted accounting principles in recognizing revenue on software transactions. SOP  97-2 requires that revenue recognized from software transactions be allocated to each element of the transaction based on the relative fair values of the elements, such as software products, specified upgrades, enhancements, post-contract client support, installation or training. The determination of fair value is based upon vendor-specific objective evidence. Under SOP  97-2, the Company recognizes software license revenue allocated to software products, specified upgrades and enhancements generally upon delivery of each of the related products, upgrades or enhancements, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.
      The Company’s payment terms for software licenses typically require that the total fee be paid upon signing of the contract. Maintenance services are typically due in full at the beginning of the maintenance period. Professional services and outsourcing services are typically due and payable monthly in arrears. Normally the Company’s arrangements do not provide for any refund rights, and payments are not contingent on specific milestones or customer acceptance conditions. For arrangements that do contain such provisions, the Company defers revenue until the rights or conditions have expired or have been met.
      Unbilled accounts receivable primarily relates to professional services and outsourcing revenue that has been earned as of month end but is not invoiced until the subsequent month, and to software license revenue that has been earned and is realizable but not invoiced to clients until future dates specified in the client contract.
      Deferred revenue consists of payments received related to product delivery, maintenance and other services, which have been paid by customers prior to the recognition of revenue. Deferred revenue relates primarily to cash received for maintenance contracts in advance of services performed.

F-10


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
License Revenue
      The Company generally recognizes revenue from sales of software or products including proprietary software upon product shipment and receipt of a signed contract, provided that collection is probable and all other revenue recognition criteria of SOP  97-2 are met. The Company sells software licenses in conjunction with professional services for installation and maintenance. For these arrangements, the total contract value is attributed first to the maintenance arrangement based on its fair value, which is derived from stated renewal rates. The contract value is then attributed to professional services based on estimated fair value, which is derived from the rates charged for similar services provided on a stand-alone basis. The Company’s software license agreements generally do not require significant modification or customization of the underlying software, and, accordingly, installation services are not considered essential to the functionality of the software. The remainder of the total contract value is then attributed to the software license based on the residual method described in SOP 98-9, “Modification of SOP  97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions”.
      The Company occasionally enters into license agreements requiring significant customization of the Company’s software. The Company accounts for the license fees under these agreements on the percentage-of -completion basis. This method requires estimates to be made for costs to complete the agreement utilizing an estimate of development man-hours remaining. Revenue is recognized each period based on the hours incurred to date compared to the total hours expected to complete the project. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is at least reasonably possible that completion costs may be revised. Such revisions are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are determined on a contract-by-contract basis, and are made in the period in which such losses are first estimated or determined.
Maintenance Agreements
      Maintenance agreements generally require the Company to provide technical support and software updates (on a when-and-if-available basis)to its clients. Such services are generally provided under one-year renewable contracts. Maintenance revenues are recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.
Professional Services
      The Company provides consulting and training services to its clients. Revenue for such services is generally recognized over the period during which the services are performed. The Company typically charges for professional services on a time and materials basis. However, some contracts are for a fixed fee. For the fixed-fee arrangements, an estimate is made of the total hours expected to be incurred to complete the project. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is at least reasonably possible that completion costs may be revised. Such revisions are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Revenue is recognized each period based on the hours incurred to date compared to the total hours expected to complete the project.
Outsourcing Services
      The Company’s outsourcing arrangements make its software application available to its clients for processing of transactions. The outsourcing arrangements provide an alternative for clients who do not wish to install, run and maintain complicated financial software. Under the arrangements, the Company agrees to provide access to its applications, remote use of its equipment to process transactions, access to client’s data stored on its equipment, and connectivity between its environment and the client’s computing systems. Outsourcing arrangements generally have terms of three or five years and contain monthly or quarterly

F-11


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
fixed payments, with additional billing for increases in market value of a client’s assets, pricing and trading activity under certain contracts.
      The Company recognizes outsourcing revenues in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 104 “Revenue Recognition”, on a monthly basis as the outsourcing services are provided and when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. The Company does not recognize any revenue before services are performed. Certain contracts contain additional fees for increases in market value, pricing and trading activity. Revenue related to these additional fees is recognized in the month in which the activity occurs based upon the Company’s summarization of account information and trading volume.
Research and Development
      Research and development costs associated with computer software are charged to expense as incurred. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed”, capitalization of internally developed computer software costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility based on a working model. Net capitalized software costs of $0 and $94,000 are included in the December 31, 2005 and 2004 balance sheets, respectively, under “Intangible and other assets”.
      The Company’s policy is to amortize these costs upon a product’s general release to the client. Amortization of capitalized software costs is calculated by the greater of (a) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product or (b) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, including the period being reported on, typically two to six years. It is reasonably possible that those estimates of anticipated future gross revenues, the remaining estimated economic life of the product, or both could be reduced significantly due to competitive pressures. Amortization expense related to capitalized software development costs was $0 for the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, $52,000 for the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005, and $57,000 and $250,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Stock Compensation
Successor
      The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), as of the date of the closing of the Transaction using the modified prospective method, which requires companies to record stock compensation expense for all unvested and new awards as of the adoption date. Accordingly, prior period amounts presented herein have not been restated. Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. There were no stock options granted during the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005.
Predecessor
      Prior to the closing of the Transaction, the Company applied APB 25 in accounting for its stock plans. Accordingly, the Company recorded in merger costs a non-cash charge for stock compensation of approximately $31.7 million in the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 as a result of the Company’s settlement of outstanding stock options in connection with the Transaction. This charge represented the intrinsic value of 1,132,676 outstanding stock options that were settled by the Company. The Company followed the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based

F-12


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Compensation” (“SFAS 123”), as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure”. Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan been determined consistent with SFAS 123, the Company’s net income would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated in the table below (in thousands):
                         
    Predecessor
     
    Period from    
    January 1    
    through    
    November 23,    
    2005   2004   2003
             
Net income, as reported
  $ 712     $ 19,010     $ 11,796  
Add back: compensation expense recorded in period
    31,700              
Deduct: total stock-based employee compensation determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (3,473 )     (1,293 )     (1,229 )
                   
Net income, pro forma
  $ 28,939     $ 17,717     $ 10,567  
                   
      The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants for the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively: dividend yield of 0.8%, 0.8% and 0%; expected lives of five years; expected volatility of 59%, 59% and 57%; and risk-free interest rate of 3.9%, 3.4% and 2.9%. The weighted-average fair value of options granted using this option-pricing model in the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $12.75, $9.26 and $4.04, respectively.
      The fair value of each estimated stock grant under the employee stock purchase plan is based on the price of the stock at the beginning of the offering period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively: dividend yield of 0.5%, 0.5% and 0%; expected volatility of 68%, 68% and 50%; risk-free interest rate of 2.6%, 1.1% and 1.4% and expected lives of 6 months.
Income Taxes
      The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. Under SFAS No. 109, an asset and liability approach is used to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of items that are recognized in its financial statements and tax returns in different years. A valuation allowance is established against net deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities
      The Company considers all highly liquid marketable securities with original maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. Debt securities with original maturities of more than three months at the date of acquisition are classified as marketable securities. The Company classifies its entire investment portfolio, consisting of debt securities issued by state and local governments of the United States, debt securities issued by corporations and equities, as available for sale securities. All available for sale securities are recorded at fair market value, and changes in fair market value are recorded in stockholders’ equity until the securities are sold.

F-13


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The Company reviews its marketable securities portfolio for potential other-than-temporary impairment. Gross unrealized losses related to the Company’s investments at December 31, 2004 were not material, and the Company had no investments in marketable securities at December 31, 2005.
Property and Equipment
      Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using a combination of straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
     
Description   Useful Life
     
Equipment
  3-5 years
Furniture and fixtures
  7-10 years
Leasehold improvements
  Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life
      Depreciation expense for the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $431,000, $3,286,000, $2,192,000 and $2,119,000, respectively.
      Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The costs of sold or retired assets are removed from the related asset and accumulated depreciation accounts and any gain or loss is included in other income, net.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
      SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. The Company has completed the required impairment tests for goodwill and has determined that no impairment existed as of December 31, 2005 or 2004.
      Completed technology and other identifiable intangible assets are amortized over lives ranging from three to 15 years based on the ratio that current cash flows for the intangible asset bear to the total of current and expected future cash flows for the intangible asset. Amortization expense associated with completed technology and other amortizable intangible assets was $1,870,000, $6,237,000, $2,344,000 and $1,193,000 the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
      At December 31, 2005, amounts recorded for acquisition-related intangible assets are estimated because the allocation of the Transaction purchase price is preliminary. Based on amounts recorded at December 31, 2005, total estimated amortization expense, related to intangible assets, for each of the next five years ending December 31 is expected to approximate (in thousands):
         
2006
  $ 21,519  
2007
    27,744  
2008
    27,806  
2009
    27,152  
2010
    26,415  
       
    $ 130,636  

F-14


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
      The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of”. The Company assesses potential impairments to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances have made recovery of the assets’ carrying value unlikely. An impairment loss would be recognized when the sum of the expected future undiscounted net cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The Company has identified no such impairment losses. Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the United States and Canada.
Concentration of Credit Risk
      Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, and trade receivables. The Company has cash investment policies that limit investments to investment grade securities. Concentrations of credit risk, with respect to trade receivables, are limited due to the fact that the Company’s client base is highly diversified. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk and the carrying value of these assets approximates fair value.
International Operations and Foreign Currency
      The functional currency of each foreign subsidiary is the local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated to U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates, and capital stock accounts are translated at historical rates. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average rates during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are excluded from net earnings and accumulated as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the results of operations in the periods in which they occur and are immaterial for all periods presented.
Comprehensive Income
      SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income”, requires that items defined as comprehensive income, such as foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities, be separately classified in the financial statements and that the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income be reported separately from retained earnings and additional paid-in capital in the equity section of the balance sheet. Total comprehensive income consists of net income and other accumulated comprehensive income disclosed in the equity section of the balance sheet.
      The following table sets forth the components of comprehensive income (in thousands):
                                 
    Successor   Predecessor
         
    Period from   Period from    
    November 23   January 1    
    through   through    
    December 31,   November 22,    
    2005   2005   2004   2003
                 
Net income
  $ 831     $ 712     $ 19,010     $ 11,796  
Foreign currency translation gains
    1,232       7,215       263       496  
Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps
    105                    
Unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities
          (654 )     289       827  
                         
Total comprehensive income
  $ 2,168     $ 7,273     $ 19,562     $ 13,119  
                         

F-15


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      At December 31, 2005, the Company had a balance of $1,232,000 in foreign currency translation gains and a balance of $105,000 (net of taxes of $68,000) in unrealized gains on interest rate swaps.
Recent Accounting Pronouncement
      In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” which replaces APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes,” and SFAS No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” SFAS 154 changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle, and applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle as well as to changes required by new accounting pronouncements, if those pronouncements are silent in regard to specific transition provisions. SFAS 154 requires that retrospective application be applied to reflect a change in accounting principle to prior periods’ financial statements, unless it is impracticable to determine either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. SFAS 154 also requires that a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method for long-lived, nonfinancial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate affected by a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 154 is not anticipated to be material to the Company’s operating results or financial position.
3. Marketable Securities
      At December 31, 2005, the Company held no marketable securities. At December 31, 2004, the cost basis, fair value, and unrealized gains and losses by major security type, were as follows (in thousands):
                           
        Gross    
        Unrealized    
Predecessor December 31, 2004:   Cost   Gains/(Losses)   Fair Value
             
State, municipal and county government bonds
  $ 73,327     $ (22 )   $ 73,305  
US government securities
    6,517       (8 )     6,509  
Corporate bonds
    17,015       (2 )     17,013  
Equities
    3,965       1,130       5,095  
                   
 
Total
  $ 100,824     $ 1,098     $ 101,922  
                   
4. Accounts Receivable
      Accounts receivable are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    Successor   Predecessor
         
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,714 and $631, respectively
  $ 24,291     $ 9,715  
Unbilled accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $378 and $135 respectively
    8,571       3,830  
             
Total accounts receivable
  $ 32,862     $ 13,545  
             

F-16


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The following table represents the activity for the allowance for doubtful accounts during the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
                                 
    Successor   Predecessor
         
    Period from   Period from    
    November 23   January 1    
    through   through    
    December 31,   November 22,    
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:   2005   2005   2004   2003
                 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 2,057     $ 766     $ 1,449     $ 1,353  
Charge (benefit) to costs and expenses
    41       945       (378 )     689  
Deductions, net
    (6 )     (280 )     (305 )     (593 )
Other adjustments
          626              
                         
Balance at end of period
  $ 2,092     $ 2,057     $ 766     $ 1,449  
                         
      Management establishes the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical bad debt experience. In addition, management analyzes client accounts, client concentrations, client creditworthiness, current economic trends and changes in the client’s payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.
5. Stockholders’ Equity
Successor
      At December 31, 2005, 1,000 shares of common stock were authorized, issued and outstanding.
Predecessor
      At December 31, 2004, 50,000,000 shares of common stock were authorized and 23,085,522 shares were outstanding and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock were authorized, none of which were issued or outstanding.
      On October 18, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the continued repurchase of shares of the Company’s common stock up to an additional expenditure of $50 million through October 17, 2005. During the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005, the Company repurchased 259,050 shares for approximately $5.6 million. Through November 22, 2005 the Company had repurchased a total of 8.5 million shares of common stock for approximately $59.0 million since the inception of the program in May 2000. The Company did not repurchase any shares in either the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005 or the year ended December 31, 2004. The Company uses the cost method to account for treasury stock purchases. Under the cost method, the price paid for the stock is charged to the treasury stock account.

F-17


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
6. Income Taxes
      The sources of income before income taxes were as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    Successor   Predecessor
         
    Period from   Period from    
    November 23   January 1    
    through   through   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   November 22,   December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2005   2004   2003
                 
U.S. 
  $ (159 )   $ 1,650     $ 30,634     $ 18,547  
Foreign
    990       1,720       406       790  
                         
Income before taxes
  $ 831     $ 3,370     $ 31,040     $ 19,337  
                         
      The income tax provision consists of the following (in thousands):
                                   
    Successor   Predecessor
         
    Period from   Period from    
    November 23   January 1    
    through   through   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   November 22,   December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2005   2004   2003
                 
Current:
                               
 
Federal
  $ 334     $ (61 )   $ 8,802     $ 5,524  
 
Foreign
    467       2,002       227       182  
 
State
    90       371       2,020       1,110  
Deferred:
                               
 
Federal
    (575 )     234       497       442  
 
Foreign
    (258 )     (92 )            
 
State
    (58 )     204       484       283  
                         
Total
  $     $ 2,658     $ 12,030     $ 7,541  
                         
      The effective tax rates were 0%, 9.2%, 38.8% and 39.0% for the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The reconciliation between the effective tax rates and the expected tax expense is computed by applying the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 35% in the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and 2004 and 34% in 2003 to income before income taxes as follows (in thousands):
                                   
    Successor   Predecessor
         
    Period from   Period from    
    November 23   January 1    
    through   through   Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,   November 22,   December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2005   2004   2003
                 
Computed “expected” tax expense
  $ 290     $ 1,180     $ 10,864     $ 6,575  
Increase in income taxes resulting from:
                               
 
State income taxes (net of federal income tax benefit)
    21       373       1,627       920  
 
Tax-exempt interest income
          (175 )     (267 )     (34 )
 
Foreign operations
    (303 )     (390 )     61       (94 )
 
Rate change impact on deferred tax assets
                (126 )      
 
Deal costs (non-deductible)
          1,516              
 
Other
    (8 )     154       (129 )     174  
                         
Provision for income taxes
  $     $ 2,658     $ 12,030     $ 7,541  
                         

F-18


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The Company has recorded valuation allowances of $2,228,000 and $1,959,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2004 related to net operating loss carryforwards in certain foreign jurisdictions and tax credits. No portion of these valuation allowances relates to current deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
      The components of deferred income taxes at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows (in thousands):
                                   
    Successor   Predecessor
         
    2005   2004
         
    Deferred   Deferred   Deferred   Deferred
    Tax   Tax   Tax   Tax
    Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities
                 
Purchased in-process research and development
  $ 2,244     $     $ 2,891     $  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    4,815             239        
Acquired technology
    2,254             2,914        
Accounts receivable
    497             299        
Tax credit carryforwards
    2,101             1,890        
Accrued expenses
    633                   26  
Unrealized gain on marketable securities
                      447  
Fixed assets
    623                   82  
Deferred revenue
          1,528              
Intangible assets
          94,391              
Prepaid expenses
          181             161  
Capitalized software
          15             36  
Other
          392       184        
                         
 
Total
    13,167       96,507       8,417       752  
Valuation allowance
    (2,228 )           (1,959 )      
                         
 
Total
  $ 10,939     $ 96,507     $ 6,458     $ 752  
                         
      At December 31, 2005, the Company has arranged for the repatriation of certain undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries. The Company anticipates that sufficient foreign tax credits will be available to offset any U.S. tax liability associated with the remitted amounts. At December 31, 2005, the amount of undistributed earnings which have been, or intend to be, permanently reinvested amounted to approximately $0.6 million.
      At December 31, 2005, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $2.3 million that begin to expire in 2018.
      At December 31, 2005, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards in various states of $47.7 million that expire between 2007 and 2020.
      At December 31, 2005, the Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards other than Japan of $4.0 million, which are available to offset foreign income on an indefinite carryforward basis. Japan’s net operating loss carryforward of $0.4 million begins to expire in 2006.
      At December 31, 2005, the Company had federal tax credit carryforwards of $0.3 million that begin to expire in 2007 and state credit carryforwards of $1.0 million that begin to expire in 2009.

F-19


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The Company also received notice of proposed tax deficiencies for the years 1996 to 1999 relating to its research and experimentation credits. The Company reached a settlement with the IRS that allowed 50% of the research and experimentation credits associated with the 1996 to 1999 years, or $0.4 million, which was included in the Company’s income tax provision as of December 31, 2003.
7. Debt and Derivative Instruments
      The Company had no debt at December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2005, debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
         
    Successor
     
    2005
     
Senior credit facility, revolving portion, weighted-average interest rate of 6.57%(A)
  $ 7,734  
Senior credit facility, term loan portion, weighted-average interest rate of 6.90%(A)
    275,833  
11 3 / 4 % Senior subordinated notes due 2013(B)
    205,000  
Other
    14  
       
      488,581  
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt
    (10,438 )
       
Long-term debt
  $ 478,143  
       
      On November 23, 2005, in connection with the Transaction, the Company (i) entered into a new $350 million credit facility, consisting of a $200 million term loan facility with SS&C Technologies, Inc. as the borrower, a $75 million-equivalent term loan facility with a Canadian subsidiary as the borrower ($17 million of which is denominated in U.S. dollars and $58 million of which is denominated in Canadian dollars) and a $75 million revolving credit facility, of which $10 million was immediately drawn ($5 million of which is denominated in U.S. dollars and $5 million of which is denominated in Canadian dollars) and (ii) issued $205 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes. The portion of the term loan facility and revolving credit facility denominated in Canadian dollars was $58.8 million and $4.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2005. The Company capitalized financing costs of approximately $14.3 million associated with these facilities. Costs of $7.1 million associated with the credit facility are being amortized over a period of seven years. Costs of $7.2 million associated the senior subordinated notes are being amortized over a period of eight years. Costs of $0.2 million were amortized to interest expense in the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005.
(A) Senior Credit Facilities
      Borrowings under the senior credit facilities bear interest at either a floating base rate or a Eurocurrency rate plus, in each case, an applicable margin. In addition, the Company pays a commitment fee in respect of unused revolving commitments at a rate that will be adjusted based on its leverage ratio. The initial commitment fee rate is 0.5% per annum. Beginning on March 31, 2006, the Company will be obligated to make quarterly principal payments on the term loan of $2.8 million per year. Subject to certain exceptions, thresholds and other limitations, the Company is required to prepay outstanding loans under its senior credit facilities with the net proceeds of certain asset dispositions, near-term tax refunds and certain debt issuances and 50% of its excess cash flow (as defined in the agreements governing the senior credit facilities), which percentage will be reduced based on the Company reaching certain leverage ratio thresholds.
      The obligations under the senior credit facilities are guaranteed by all of the Company’s existing and future wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries and by Holdings, with certain exceptions as set forth in the credit agreement. The obligations of the Canadian borrower are guaranteed by the Company, each of its U.S.

F-20


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
and Canadian subsidiaries and Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, with certain exceptions as set forth in the credit agreement. Obligations under the senior credit facilities are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in all of the Company’s capital stock and all of the capital stock or other equity interests held by the Company, Holdings and each of the Company’s existing and future U.S. subsidiary guarantors (subject to certain limitations for equity interests of foreign subsidiaries and other exceptions as set forth in the credit agreement) and all of the Company’s and Holdings’ tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of each of the Company’s existing and future U.S. subsidiary guarantors, with certain exceptions as set forth in the credit agreement. The Canadian borrower’s borrowings under the senior credit facilities and all guarantees thereof are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in all of the Company’s capital stock and all of the capital stock or other equity interests held by the Company, Holdings and each of the Company’s existing and future U.S. and Canadian subsidiary guarantors, with certain exceptions as set forth in the credit agreement, and all of the Company’s and Holdings’ tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of each of the Company’s existing and future U.S. and Canadian subsidiary guarantors, with certain exceptions as set forth in the credit agreement.
      The senior credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s (and most of its subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends and distributions on capital stock, create liens on assets, enter into sale and lease-back transactions, repay subordinated indebtedness, make capital expenditures, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, dispose of assets and engage in mergers or acquisitions. In addition, under the senior credit facilities, the Company is required to satisfy and maintain a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio.
      The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to manage the floating rate portion of its debt portfolio. An interest rate swap is a contractual agreement to exchange payments based on underlying interest rates. In November 2005, the Company entered into three interest rate swap agreements which fixed the interest rates for $200.7 million of its variable rate debt. Two of the Company’s swap agreements are denominated in U.S. dollars and have notional values of $100 million and $50 million and expire in December 2010 and December 2008, respectively. Under these agreements, the Company is required to pay the counterparty a stream of fixed interest payments of 4.78% and 4.71%, respectively, and in turn, receive variable interest payments based on LIBOR (4.53% at December 31, 2005) from the counterparty. The Company’s third swap agreement is denominated in Canadian dollars and has a notional value equivalent to approximately $50.7 million U.S. dollars and expires in December 2008. Under this agreement, the Company is required to pay the counterparty fixed interest payments of 3.93% and in turn, receive variable interest payments based on the Canadian dollar Bankers’ Acceptances rate (3.55% at December 31, 2005) from the counterparty. The net receipt or payment from the interest rate swap agreements is recorded in interest expense. The interest rate swaps are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended. As such, the swaps are accounted for as assets and liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The fair value of derivatives was estimated based on past, present and expected future market conditions and represents their carrying values. For the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the Company recognized an unrealized gain of $105,000, net of tax, in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) related to the change in market value of the swaps. The market value of the swaps recorded in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) may be recognized in the statement of operations if certain terms of the senior credit facility change, if the loan is extinguished or if the swaps agreements are terminated prior to maturity.

F-21


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(B) 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013
      The 11 3 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2013 are unsecured senior subordinated obligations that are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt, including the senior credit facilities. The senior subordinated notes will be pari passu in right of payment to all future senior subordinated debt.
      The Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC an exchange offer registration statement pursuant to which the Company will offer in exchange for the senior subordinated notes, new notes identical in all material respects to the senior subordinated notes, and cause the exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective within 270 days of the Transaction closing. If the Company is not able to complete the exchange offer registration statement in the period stated or at all (or a shelf registration statement with the SEC to cover resales of the senior subordinated notes is not declared effective), the interest rate on the notes will increase 0.25% per year. The amount of additional interest will increase an additional 0.25% per year for any subsequent 90 day period in which the Company has not yet completed and have declared effective a registration statement, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per year.
      The senior subordinated notes are redeemable in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at any time at varying redemption prices that generally include premiums, which are defined in the indenture. In addition, upon a change of control, the Company is required to make an offer to redeem all of the senior subordinated notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.
      The indenture governing the senior subordinated notes contains a number of covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make certain investments, create liens, dispose of certain assets and engage in mergers or acquisitions. As of December 31, 2005, the Company was in compliance with the financial and non-financial covenants.
      At December 31, 2005, annual maturities of long-term debt during the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):
         
    Successor
     
2006
  $ 2,771  
2007
    2,758  
2008
    2,758  
2009
    2,758  
2010
    2,758  
Thereafter
    474,778  
       
    $ 488,581  
       
Predecessor — Revolving Credit Facility
      On April 13, 2005, the Company entered into a credit agreement (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”) with Fleet National Bank regarding a two-year, $75,000,000 senior revolving credit facility intended to finance a portion of the Company’s acquisition of Financial Models Company Inc. (“FMC”) and related fees and expenses and to provide ongoing working capital and cash for other general corporate purposes. Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company was permitted to borrow funds from Fleet, initially in the principal amount of $75 million and including a $5 million sublimit for the issuance of standby and commercial letters of credit. Upon execution of the Credit Agreement on April 13, 2005, the Company drew down the full amount of the Loan, which consisted of (1) $65 million

F-22


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
as a Eurodollar Rate Loan with an interest period of thirty days at a rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate plus 100 basis points, and (2) $10 million as a Base Rate Loan bearing interest at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% or the “prime rate” as publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. The obligations of the Company under the credit agreement were guaranteed by OMR Systems Corporation and Financial Models Company Ltd., both of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company. This facility was terminated in connection with the Transaction.
8. Leases
      The Company is obligated under noncancelable operating leases for office space and office equipment. Total rental expense was $625,000, $6,373,000, $3,155,000 and $3,137,000 for the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The lease for the corporate facility in Windsor, Connecticut expires in 2008 and the Company has the right to extend the lease for an additional term of five years. Future minimum lease payments under the Company’s operating leases, excluding future sublease income, as of December 31, 2005, are as follows (in thousands):
         
Year Ending December 31,
       
2006
  $ 7,543  
2007
    6,250  
2008
    4,621  
2009
    3,549  
2010 and thereafter
    10,520  
       
    $ 32,483  
       
      The Company subleases office space under noncancelable leases. The Company received rental income under these leases of $19,000, $333,000, $456,000 and $500,000 for the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
      Future minimum lease receipts under these leases as of December 31, 2005 are as follows (in thousands):
         
Year Ending December 31,
       
2006
  $ 461  
2007
    451  
2008
    451  
2009
    40  
       
    $ 1,403  
       
9. License and Royalty Agreements
      The Company has non-exclusive rights to integrate certain third-party software into certain of the Company’s products. Under the terms of an agreement, the licensor of the software is paid royalties based on a percentage of the related license fee revenues collected by the Company. Under another agreement, the Company is obligated to pay at least $25,000 per quarter. The total royalty expense under these agreements for the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005

F-23


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $34,000, $384,000, $448,000 and $490,000, respectively.
      In connection with the Savid acquisition, the Company was obligated to pay 10% of license fees with respect to sales and/or licensing of the Savid system during the period commencing on April 15, 1998 and ending on April 14, 2003. Royalty expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $13,000.
      In connection with the Quantra acquisition in 1998, the Company is party to three royalty agreements as a result of utilities that interface with the Company’s SKYLINE product. The royalties are paid based on either annual guaranteed total unit sales of the product at a rate of $15 per user, or as a percentage of the utility list price, which is typically 33.33%. Royalty expense under these agreements for the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $1,000, $15,000, $27,000 and $21,000, respectively.
10. Defined Contribution Plans
      The Company has a 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) that covers substantially all employees. Each employee may elect to contribute to the Plan, through payroll deductions, up to 20% of his or her salary, subject to certain limitations. The Plan provides for a Company match of employees’ contributions in an amount equal to 50% of an employee’s contributions up to $3,000 per year. The Company offers employees a selection of various public mutual funds but does not include Company common stock as an investment option in its Plan.
      During the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company incurred $67,000, $765,000, $710,000 and $500,000, respectively, of matching contribution expenses related to these plans.
11. Stock Option and Purchase Plans
Successor
      In connection with the Transaction, options to purchase 968,934 shares of the Predecessor held by certain employees that were not exercised prior to the closing of the Transaction were automatically converted into fully-vested options to purchase 484,467 shares of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation (“Rollover Options”), having the same intrinsic value of $27.9 million. The Rollover Options have a weighted-average exercise price of $16.96 per share and a weighted-average remaining life of 6.4 years.
Predecessor
      Prior to the Transaction, the Company offered an employee stock purchase plan whereby employees could purchase Company stock at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on either the first or last day of the purchase period, whichever is lower. The semi-annual purchase periods were October through March and April through September. This plan was discontinued in connection with the Transaction.
      During 1994, the Board of Directors approved a plan (“1994 Plan”), effective January 1, 1995, for which 1,500,000 shares of common stock were reserved. The 1994 Plan was amended in October 1995 and April 1996 to reserve additional shares of common stock for issuance under the 1994 Plan, bringing the total shares of common stock reserved for issuance to 4,500,000. Options under the 1994 Plan generally vested ratably over four years and expired ten years after the date of grant. The Board of Directors, as of April 30, 1998, decided that no further options would be granted under the 1994 Plan. Under the 1994 Plan, there were options to purchase 0, 111,401 and 140,550 shares of common stock outstanding as of

F-24


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
November 22, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, of which options to purchase 111,401 and 140,550 shares of common stock were exercisable as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
      The Company’s 1996 Director Stock Option Plan (“1996 Plan”) provided for non-employee directors to receive options to purchase common stock of the Company at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. Each option granted under the 1996 Plan was fully vested immediately upon the option grant date and expired ten years from the grant date. On May 23, 2000, the 1996 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance to 450,000. The 1996 Plan was further amended on May 20, 2004 to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance to 675,000. At November 22, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were 0, 262,500 and 82,500 shares, respectively, available for director option grants. There were options to purchase 0, 360,000 and 345,000 shares of common stock outstanding as of November 22, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. All options outstanding were exercisable as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
      During 1998, the Board of Directors approved the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (“1998 Plan”), for which 2,250,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance. The number of reserved shares was increased by 750,000 in both May 2000 and 2001. In May 2003, the number of reserved shares was further increased by 1,500,000 for a total of 5,250,000 shares. Generally, options under the 1998 Plan vested ratably over four years and expired ten years subsequent to the grant. Shares available for option grants under the 1998 Plan were 0, 2,784,048 and 2,839,938 at November 22, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. There were options to purchase 0, 1,504,913 and 1,702,923 shares of common stock outstanding at November 22, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, of which options to purchase 0, 905,694 and 678,573 shares were exercisable.
      In 1999, the Board of Directors approved the Company’s 1999 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan (“1999 Plan”) and reserved 1,875,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 1999 Plan. All of the Company’s employees, consultants, and advisors other than the Company’s executive officers and directors were eligible to participate in the 1999 Plan. Only non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards, and other stock-based awards may be granted under the 1999 Plan. Generally, options under the 1999 Plan vested ratably over four years and expired ten years after the date of grant. Shares available for option grants under the 1999 Plan were 0, 700,985 and 799,659 at November 22, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. There were options to purchase 0, 403,148 and 382,493 shares of common stock outstanding at November 22, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, of which options to purchase 0, 291,767 and 325,806 shares were exercisable.

F-25


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The following table summarizes stock option transactions for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005.
                   
        Weighted Average
    Shares   Exercise Price
         
Outstanding at December 31, 2002
    4,394,598     $ 6.19  
 
Granted
    637,500       8.04  
 
Cancelled
    (1,199,298 )     8.78  
 
Exercised
    (1,261,834 )     5.20  
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    2,570,966       5.92  
 
Granted
    284,798       22.81  
 
Cancelled
    (85,291 )     17.68  
 
Exercised
    (391,011 )     5.64  
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    2,379,462       7.56  
 
Granted
    137,200       26.99  
 
Cancelled
    (25,213 )     16.92  
 
Exercised(1)
    (1,522,515 )     8.59  
 
Rollover options
    (968,934 )     8.48  
             
Outstanding at November 22, 2005
           
             
 
(1)  Includes 1,132,676 options with a weighted-average exercise price of $9.29 that were cashed out in connection with the Transaction, with the same economic effect as an exercise and sale for the Transaction consideration.
12. Acquisitions
Acquisitions by the Predecessor Company — 2005
      On October 31, 2005, the Company purchased all the outstanding stock of Open Information Systems, Inc. (“OIS”) for $24.0 million in cash. Potential earn-out payments may be made by the Company based on revenue growth, if certain 2006 revenue targets, or, under certain circumstances, 2007 revenue targets are met. OIS’ Money Market Manager is used by banks and broker/ dealers for money market issuance services. Information Manager, another OIS product, is a comprehensive tool for financial institutions, allowing banks to web-enable core business applications for Internet transaction entry, scheduling, reporting, work flow management and third-party interfaces.
      The net assets and results of operations of OIS have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from November 1, 2005. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the intangible assets, consisting of completed technology, trade name and contractual relationships, was determined using the income approach. Specifically, the relief-from-royalty method was utilized for the completed technology and trade name and the discounted cash flows method was utilized for the contractual relationships. The intangible assets are amortized each year based on the ratio that current cash flows for the intangible asset bear to the total of current and expected future cash flows for the intangible asset. The intangible assets are amortized over lives ranging from approximately six to ten years, the estimated life of the assets. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.
      On August 24, 2005, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of MarginMan, a business within Integral Development Corporation, for $5.6 million, plus the costs of effecting the acquisition, and

F-26


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
the assumption of certain liabilities. MarginMan provides collateralized trading software to the foreign exchange marketplace.
      The net assets and results of operations of MarginMan have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from August 24, 2005. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the intangible assets, consisting of completed technology, trade name and contractual relationships, was determined using the income approach. Specifically, the relief-from-royalty method was utilized for the completed technology and trade name and the discounted cash flows method was utilized for the contractual relationships. The intangible assets are amortized each year based on the ratio that current cash flows for the intangible asset bear to the total of current and expected future cash flows for the intangible asset. The intangible assets are amortized over a life of approximately seven years, the estimated life of the assets. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.
      On June 3, 2005, the Company purchased all the outstanding stock of Financial Interactive, Inc. (“FI”) in exchange for 358,424 shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s stock with an exercise price of $37.69 per share, expiring on June 3, 2010. FI’s product, FundRunner, provides a comprehensive investor relationship management and fund profiling infrastructure to alternative fund managers, funds of funds managers and fund administrators.
      The shares of common stock issued as consideration were valued at $9.3 million using the average closing market price for several days prior to closing of the transaction, less a discount for lack of registration. The warrants issued were valued at $0.7 million using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
      The net assets and results of operations of FI have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from June 1, 2005. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the intangible assets, consisting of completed technology, trade name and contractual relationships, was determined using the income approach. Specifically, the relief-from-royalty method was utilized for the completed technology and trade name and the discounted cash flows method was utilized for the contractual relationships. The intangible assets are amortized each year based on the ratio that current cash flows for the intangible asset bear to the total of current and expected future cash flows for the intangible asset. The intangible assets are amortized over lives ranging from seven to ten years, the estimated lives of the assets. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.
      On April 19, 2005, the Company purchased substantially all the outstanding stock of the Financial Models Company Inc. (“FMC”) for approximately $159.0 million in cash, plus approximately $13.8 million of costs to effect the acquisition. The Company financed the FMC acquisition with $75 million of borrowings under the credit facility (Note 7) and approximately $84 million from cash on hand. FMC provides comprehensive investment management systems and services to the international investment management industry.
      The net assets and results of operations of FMC have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from April 19, 2005. The purchase price was preliminarily allocated to tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the intangible assets, including technology, trade names, contractual relationships and exchange relationships, was based on an independent appraisal and was determined using the income approach. Specifically, the relief-from-royalty method was utilized for completed technology and trade names, the discounted cash flow method for contractual relationships, and the avoided-cost method for the exchange relationships. The intangible assets are amortized each year based on the ratio that current cash flows for the intangible asset bear to the total of current and expected future cash flows for the intangible asset. The

F-27


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
intangible assets are amortized over lives ranging from seven to 15 years, the estimated lives of the assets. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.
      In connection with the acquisition, the Company committed to a plan to reduce headcount at FMC. Under the plan, the Company terminated approximately 75 employees and accrued severance costs of $3.3 million. The severance costs were included in the allocation of the purchase price and recorded as an assumed liability.
      On February 28, 2005, the Company purchased all of the membership interests in EisnerFast LLC (“EisnerFast”), for $25.3 million in cash. EisnerFast provides fund accounting and administration services to on-and off-shore hedge and private equity funds, funds of funds, and investment advisors.
      The net assets and results of operations of EisnerFast have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from March 1, 2005. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the intangible assets, consisting of client contracts and client relationships, was determined using the future cash flows method. The intangible assets are amortized each year based on the ratio that current cash flows for the intangible asset bear to the total of current and expected future cash flows for the intangible asset. The intangible assets are amortized over nine years, the estimated life of the assets. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.
      On February 11, 2005, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of Achievement Technologies, Inc. (“Achievement”) for $470,000, plus the costs of effecting the acquisition, and the assumption of certain liabilities. Achievement provides a software solution for facilities maintenance and management to real estate property managers.
      The net assets and results of operations of Achievement have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from February 1, 2005. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the completed technology was determined using the future cash flows method. The acquired technology is amortized on a straight-line basis over five years, the estimated life of the product. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.
      The following summarizes the allocation of the purchase price for the acquisitions of OIS, MarginMan, FI, FMC, EisnerFast and Achievement (in thousands):
                                                 
    OIS   MarginMan   FI   FMC   EisnerFast   Achievement
                         
Assets acquired, net of cash received
  $ 2,474     $ 105     $ 815     $ 16,223     $ 1,089     $ 3  
Purchased technology
    5,275       1,447       1,306       9,683             210  
Acquired client contracts and relationships
    4,000       2,266       2,078       37,103       8,587        
Trade names
    230       76       138       814              
Goodwill
    12,328       2,303       9,829       113,560       17,106       350  
Deferred income taxes
                (199 )     (13,835 )            
Other liabilities assumed
    (307 )     (516 )     (3,388 )     (11,633 )     (1,449 )     (91 )
                                     
Consideration paid
  $ 24,000     $ 5,681     $ 10,579     $ 151,915     $ 25,333     $ 472  
                                     

F-28


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Acquisitions by the Predecessor Company — 2004 and 2003
      On April 12, 2004, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of OMR Systems Corporation and OMR Systems International, Ltd. (together “OMR”) for $19.7 million, plus the costs of effecting the transaction. OMR provides treasury processing software and outsourcing solutions to banks in Europe and the United States and offers comprehensive hedge fund administration.
      The net assets and results of operations of OMR have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from April 12, 2004. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible assets based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of intangible assets, including trade names and customer relationships, was based on an independent appraisal and was determined using the income approach. The completed technology is amortized on a straight-line basis over seven years, the estimated life of the product. Other acquired intangibles are amortized over lives ranging from seven to nine years, the estimated lives of the assets. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.
      On February 17, 2004, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of NeoVision Hypersystems, Inc. (“NeoVision”) for $1.6 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. The Company paid $0.8 million during the first quarter of 2004 and made the remaining payment in the second quarter of 2004. NeoVision is a provider of tactical visual analytical solutions for the financial industry. NeoVision’s products complement the Company’s existing product offerings and provide traders, brokers and portfolio managers with the ability to quickly track, analyze and assess market positions and performance.
      The net assets and results of operations of NeoVision have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from February 15, 2004. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible assets based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the completed technology was determined using the future cash flows method. The acquired technology is amortized on a straight-line basis over five years, the estimated life of the product. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.
      On January 16, 2004, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of Investment Advisory Network, LLC (“IAN”) for $3 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. IAN provides web-based wealth management services to financial institutions, broker-dealers and financial advisors who offer managed accounts to the private wealth market.
      The net assets and results of operations of IAN have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from January 1, 2004. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible assets based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the completed technology was determined using the future cash flows method. The acquired technology is amortized on a straight-line basis over five years, the estimated life of the product. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.
      On December 12, 2003, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Amicorp Group’s fund services business for $1.8 million in cash. The fund services business, incorporated as SS&C Fund Services N.V., is headquartered in Curacao, the Netherlands Antilles. SS&C Fund Services serves the fund community with both on and offshore services, including transfer agency, net asset valuation, account control and reconciliation, set up of investment funds, maintenance of corporate vehicles and client service management.
      The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. The net assets and results of operations of the fund services business have been included in the consolidated financial statements from December 12, 2003. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible assets based on their fair market value on the date of the acquisition. There was no technology acquired as part of this acquisition. The fair value of

F-29


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
acquired client contracts of $0.4 million was determined based on the discounted future cash flows method. This intangible asset is amortized on a straight-line basis over five years, the estimated future period over which the Company expects to derive an economic benefit from the contracts.
      The following summarizes the allocation of the purchase price for the OMR, NeoVision, IAN and Amicorp Group’s fund services business (in thousands):
                                 
                Fund
    OMR   NeoVision   IAN   Services
    (2004)   (2004)   (2004)   (2003)
                 
Assets acquired, net of cash received
  $ 8,134     $ 9     $ 232     $ 41  
Acquired client contracts, customer relationships and trade names
    3,800                   366  
Completed technology
    4,400       430       1,100        
In-process research & development
                       
Goodwill
    9,249       1,259       1,892       1,410  
Liabilities assumed
    (6,618 )     (91 )     (255 )      
                         
Consideration paid
  $ 18,965     $ 1,607     $ 2,969     $ 1,817  
                         
      The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated results of operations is provided for illustrative purposes only and assumes that the Transaction and the acquisitions of OIS, MarginMan, FI, FMC, EisnerFast, OMR, and IAN occurred on January 1, 2004. This unaudited pro forma information (in thousands) should not be relied upon as being indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if these acquisitions had actually occurred on that date, nor of the results that may be obtained in the future.
                         
    Period from   Period from    
    November 23   January 1    
    through   through    
    December 31,   November 22,    
    2005   2005   2004
             
Revenues
  $ 17,665     $ 172,513     $ 173,475  
Net income
    831       3,761       22,975  
      Pro forma results of operations have not been presented for the acquisition of Achievement, NeoVision and Amicorp Group’s fund services business, as results of operations of these acquisition are not significant to the Company.
13. Related Party Transactions
      In connection with the Transaction, the Carlyle Group, the Company’s CEO and Holdings entered into an agreement pursuant to which Holdings paid (i) Carlyle a fee for certain services provided by it to Holdings in connection with the Transaction, and (ii) the Company’s CEO a fee in consideration of his commitment to contribute equity to Holdings pursuant to a contribution and subscription agreement and as consideration for the CEO’s agreement to enter into a long-term employment agreement with Holdings, including non-competition provisions therein. The aggregate amount of these fees was $7.5 million, which was allocated to the Company’s CEO and Carlyle pro rata based on their respective ownership of Holdings following the Transaction, and was recorded as part of the overall purchase price of the Transaction.
      The Company has agreed to pay Carlyle an annual fee of $1.0 million for certain management services to be performed by Carlyle following the Transaction, and will also pay Carlyle additional reasonable compensation for other services provided by Carlyle to the Company from time to time, including investment banking, financial advisory and other services.

F-30


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14. Commitments and Contingencies
      From time to time, the Company is subject to certain legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of its business. In the opinion of management, the Company is not a party to any litigation that it believes could have a material effect on the Company or its business.
15. International Sales and Geographic Information
      The Company operates in one reportable segment, as defined by SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”. There were no sales to any individual clients during the periods in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005 that represented 10% or more of net sales. The Company attributes net sales to an individual country based upon location of the client.
      The Company manages its business primarily on a geographic basis. The Company’s reportable regions consist of the United States, Americas excluding the United States, Europe and Asia Pacific and Japan. The European region includes European countries as well as the Middle East and Africa.
      The Company relies exclusively on its operations in the Netherlands for sales of its Altair product. Total revenue derived from this product was $0.6 million, $1.7 million, $2.0 million and $1.7 million in the period November 23, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period January 1, 2005 through November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
      Revenues by geography for the years ended December 31, were (in thousands):
                                 
    Successor   Predecessor
         
    Period from   Period from    
    November 23,   January 1,    
    2005 through   2005 through    
    December 31,   November 22,    
    2005   2005   2004   2003
                 
United States
  $ 10,261     $ 91,542     $ 74,724     $ 54,379  
Americas excluding United States
    2,942       21,569       3,688       4,050  
Europe
    4,151       27,737       14,965       4,796  
Asia Pacific and Japan
    311       3,121       2,511       2,306  
                         
    $ 17,665     $ 143,969     $ 95,888     $ 65,531  
                         
      Long-lived assets as of December 31, were (in thousands):
                         
    2005   2004   2003
             
United States
  $ 819,589     $ 31,588     $ 10,869  
Americas excluding United States
    287,604       1,757       1,813  
Europe
    6,229       323       352  
Asia Pacific and Japan
    91       114       128  
                   
    $ 1,113,513     $ 33,782     $ 13,162  
                   
16. Subsequent Event
      On March 3, 2006, the Company purchased all the outstanding stock of Cogent Management Inc. (“Cogent”) for $12.25 million in cash. The Company used $6.25 million of cash on hand and borrowed $6.0 million under the revolving portion of its senior credit facility to fund the acquisition. Cogent provides hedge fund management services primarily to U.S.-based hedge funds. The net assets and results of

F-31


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
operations of Cogent will be included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of March 1, 2006.
17. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
                                         
    Predecessor   Successor
         
        Period from   Period from
        October 1,   November 23,
        2005 through   2005 through
    First   Second   Third   November 22,   December 31,
    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter(1)   2005(1)   2005
                     
    (In thousands)
2005
                                       
Revenue
  $ 27,416     $ 40,713     $ 46,110     $ 29,730     $ 17,665  
Gross profit
    17,608       24,086       26,869       16,402       10,038  
Operating income (loss)
    9,163       10,741       11,939       (28,067 )     5,463  
Net income (loss)
    5,969       6,589       6,995       (18,841 )     831  
                                 
    Predecessor
     
    First   Second   Third   Fourth
    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
                 
    (In thousands)
2004
                               
Revenue
  $ 19,189     $ 24,484     $ 25,163     $ 27,052  
Gross profit
    13,075       15,418       16,008       17,617  
Operating income
    6,030       7,170       7,514       8,699  
Net income
    3,770       4,413       4,843       5,984  
 
(1)  Includes merger costs associated with the Transaction.
18. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
      On November 23, 2005, in connection with the Transaction, the Company issued $205 million aggregate principal amount of 11 3 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2013 as described in Note 7. The senior subordinated notes are jointly and severally and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, in each case, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “Guarantors”). All other subsidiaries of the Company, either direct or indirect, do not guarantee senior subordinated notes (“Non-Guarantors”). The Guarantors also unconditionally guarantee the senior secured credit facilities, described in Note 7.
      Condensed consolidating financial information as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the periods from November 23, 2005 to December 31, 2005 and from January 1, 2005 to November 22, 2005 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 are presented. The condensed consolidating financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries are as follows:

F-32


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                         
    At December 31, 2005 — Successor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Cash & marketable securities
  $ 6,319     $ 1,971     $ 7,294     $     $ 15,584  
Accounts receivable, net
    15,825       5,258       11,779             32,862  
Prepaid & other current assets
    3,152       467       2,617             6,236  
Income taxes receivable
    8,509       1,133       (1,466 )           8,176  
Fixed assets, net
    3,966       1,289       5,034             10,289  
Investment in subsidiaries
    71,668                   (71,668 )      
Goodwill, intangible assets & other
    948,763       (5,751 )     155,622       4,590       1,103,224  
                               
Total assets
  $ 1,058,202     $ 4,367     $ 180,880     $ (67,078 )   $ 1,176,371  
                               
Current portion long-term debt
  $ 5,013     $     $ 5,425     $     $ 10,438  
Accounts payable
    1,128       411       828             2,367  
Income taxes payable
          498       (498 )            
Accrued expenses
    11,320       1,604       7,975             20,899  
Deferred income taxes
    46       63       1,196             1,305  
Deferred maintenance and other revenue
    10,340       2,910       7,316             20,566  
                               
Long-term debt
    403,000             75,143             478,143  
Other long-term liabilities
                1,257             1,257  
Deferred income taxes
    70,222       (1,766 )     15,807             84,263  
Total liabilities
    501,069       3,720       114,449             619,238  
                               
Stockholder’s equity
    557,133       647       66,431       (67,078 )     557,133  
Total liabilities & stockholder’s equity
  $ 1,058,202     $ 4,367     $ 180,880     $ (67,078 )   $ 1,176,371  
                               

F-33


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                         
    At December 31, 2004 — Predecessor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Cash & marketable securities
  $ 125,126     $ 304     $ 5,405     $     $ 130,835  
Accounts receivable, net
    7,893       3,465       2,187             13,545  
Prepaid & other current assets
    1,074       339       194             1,607  
Fixed assets, net
    3,830       1,314       209             5,353  
Deferred income taxes
    5,894                         5,894  
Investment in subsidiaries
    8,971                   (8,971 )      
Goodwill, intangible assets & other
    27,104       3,324       (1,999 )           28,429  
                               
Total assets
  $ 179,892     $ 8,746     $ 5,996     $ (8,971 )   $ 185,663  
                               
Accounts payable
  $ 630     $ 285     $ 158     $     $ 1,073  
Income taxes payable
    903       (450 )     156             609  
Accrued expenses
    7,097       1,475       1,225             9,797  
Dividend payable
    1,850                         1,850  
Deferred income taxes
    188                         188  
Deferred maintenance and other revenue
    13,130       1,850       1,072             16,052  
                               
Total liabilities
    23,798       3,160       2,611             29,569  
                               
Stockholders’ equity
    156,094       5,586       3,385       (8,971 )     156,094  
Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity
  $ 179,892     $ 8,746     $ 5,996     $ (8,971 )   $ 185,663  
                               

F-34


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                         
    Period from November 23 through December 31, 2005 — Successor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Revenue
  $ 7,283     $ 3,825     $ 6,765     $ (208 )   $ 17,665  
Cost of revenue
    3,236       2,088       2,511       (208 )     7,627  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling & marketing
    631       129       604             1,364  
Research & development
    965       343       763             2,071  
General & administrative
    544       164       432             1,140  
                               
Total operating expenses
    2,140       636       1,799             4,575  
Operating income
    1,907       1,101       2,455             5,463  
Interest income, net
    (3,437 )           (1,453 )           (4,890 )
Other income, net
    13             245             258  
                               
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (1,517 )     1,101       1,247             831  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
    (250 )     125       125              
Equity in net income of subsidiaries
    2,098                   (2,098 )      
                               
Net income
  $ 831     $ 976     $ 1,122     $ (2,098 )   $ 831  
                               

F-35


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                         
    Period from January 1 through November 22, 2005 — Predecessor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Revenue
  $ 68,644     $ 33,904     $ 42,446     $ (1,025 )   $ 143,969  
Cost of revenue
    21,544       17,958       20,527       (1,025 )     59,004  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling & marketing
    6,167       1,597       5,370             13,134  
Research & development
    10,095       2,558       6,546             19,199  
General & administrative
    7,624       888       3,432             11,944  
Merger costs
    36,789             123             36,912  
                               
Total operating expenses
    60,675       5,043       15,471             81,189  
Operating (loss) income
    (13,575 )     10,903       6,448             3,776  
Interest income, net
    3,527             (4,588 )           (1,061 )
Other income (expense), net
    3,343       39       (128 )     (2,599 )     655  
                               
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (6,705 )     10,942       1,732       (2,599 )     3,370  
Provision for income taxes
    560       658       1,440             2,658  
Equity in net income of subsidiaries
    10,576                   (10,576 )      
                               
Net income
  $ 3,311     $ 10,284     $ 292     $ (13,175 )   $ 712  
                               

F-36


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2004 — Predecessor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Revenue
  $ 70,011     $ 18,657     $ 8,028     $ (808 )   $ 95,888  
Cost of revenue
    21,411       9,743       3,424       (808 )     33,770  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling & marketing
    7,380       629       2,725             10,734  
Research & development
    11,039       2,111       807             13,957  
General & administrative
    6,737       584       693             8,014  
                               
Total operating expenses
    25,156       3,324       4,225             32,705  
Operating income
    23,444       5,590       379             29,413  
Interest income, net
    1,448             80             1,528  
Other income (expense), net
    119       (4 )     (16 )           99  
                               
Income before income taxes
    25,011       5,586       443             31,040  
Provision for income taxes
    11,759             271             12,030  
Equity in net income of subsidiaries
    5,758                   (5,758 )      
                               
Net income
  $ 19,010     $ 5,586     $ 172     $ (5,758 )   $ 19,010  
                               

F-37


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2003 — Predecessor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Revenue
  $ 60,511     $     $ 5,183     $ (163 )   $ 65,531  
Cost of revenue
    18,830             1,722       (126 )     20,426  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling & marketing
    6,938             1,492       (37 )     8,393  
Research & development
    10,507             673             11,180  
General & administrative
    6,585             569             7,154  
                               
Total operating expenses
    24,030             2,734       (37 )     26,727  
Operating income
    17,651             727             18,378  
Interest income, net
    834             78             912  
Other income (expense), net
    33             14             47  
                               
Income before income taxes
    18,518             819             19,337  
Provision for income taxes
    7,382             159             7,541  
Equity in net income of subsidiaries
    660                   (660 )      
                               
Net income
  $ 11,796     $     $ 660     $ (660 )   $ 11,796  
                               

F-38


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                           
    Period from November 23 through December 31, 2005 — Successor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
                                       
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (1,076 )   $ 785     $ 1,122     $     $ 831  
 
Non-cash adjustments
    (1,351 )     403       2,327             1,379  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
    3,620       (122 )     (793 )           2,705  
                               
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,193       1,066       2,656             4,915  
                               
Investment Activities
                                       
 
Intercompany transactions
    3,798       (326 )     (3,472 )            
 
Acquisition of SS&C
    (797,000 )           (80,000 )           (877,000 )
 
Cash paid for property and equipment
    (241 )           (35 )           (276 )
 
Other investing activities
    15                         15  
                               
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (793,428 )     (326 )     (83,507 )           (877,261 )
                               
Financing Activities
                                       
 
Cash received from borrowings for the Transaction
    410,000             80,000               490,000  
 
Investment by Sunshine Acquisition Corporation
    381,000                         381,000  
 
Net repayments of debt
    (2,002 )           (343 )           (2,345 )
                               
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    788,998             79,657             868,655  
                               
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                26             26  
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,237 )     740       (1,168 )           (3,665 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    9,556       1,231       8,462             19,249  
                               
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 6,319     $ 1,971     $ 7,294     $     $ 15,584  
                               

F-39


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                           
    Period from January 1 through November 22, 2005 — Predecessor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
                                       
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (4,740 )   $ 7,759     $ 292     $ (2,599 )   $ 712  
 
Non-cash adjustments
    6,819       1,613       4,384             12,816  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
    20,162       (861 )     (713 )           18,588  
                               
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    22,241       8,511       3,963       (2,599 )     32,116  
                               
Investment Activities
                                       
 
Intercompany transactions
    (163,671 )     (3,298 )     166,969              
 
Cash paid for businesses acquired by the Company, net of cash acquired
    (39,745 )     (3,949 )     (164,225 )           (207,919 )
 
Cash paid for property and equipment
    (1,553 )     (337 )     (598 )           (2,488 )
 
Net sales of marketable securities
    101,909                         101,909  
 
Purchase of long-term investment
    (2,000 )                       (2,000 )
 
Other investing activities
    3                         3  
                               
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (105,057 )     (7,584 )     2,146             (110,495 )
                               
Financing Activities
                                       
 
Net borrowings
    74,984                               74,984  
 
Issuance of common stock
    3,479                         3,479  
 
Purchase of common stock for treasury
    (5,584 )                             (5,584 )
 
Common stock dividends
    (3,718 )           (2,599 )     2,599       (3,718 )
                               
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    69,161             (2,599 )     2,599       69,161  
                               
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                (446 )           (446 )
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (13,655 )     927       3,064             (9,664 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    23,204       304       5,405             28,913  
                               
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 9,549     $ 1,231     $ 8,469     $     $ 19,249  
                               

F-40


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                           
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2004 — Predecessor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
                                       
 
Net income
  $ 13,252     $ 5,586     $ 172     $     $ 19,010  
 
Non-cash adjustments
    6,720       1,044       324             8,088  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
    2,455       (668 )     (361 )           1,426  
                               
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    22,427       5,962       135             28,524  
                               
Investment Activities
                                       
 
Intercompany transactions
    (14,212 )     13,624       588              
 
Cash paid for businesses acquired by the Company, net of cash acquired
    (4,576 )     (19,065 )     100             (23,541 )
 
Cash paid for property and equipment
    (1,054 )     (217 )     (74 )           (1,345 )
 
Net purchases of marketable securities
    (64,341 )                       (64,341 )
 
Other investing activities
                7             7  
                               
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (84,183 )     (5,658 )     621             (89,220 )
                               
Financing Activities
                                       
 
Issuance of common stock
    76,998                         76,998  
 
Common stock dividends
    (2,924 )                       (2,924 )
                               
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    74,074                         74,074  
                               
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                274             274  
                               
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    12,318       304       1,030             13,652  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    10,886             4,375             15,261  
                               
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 23,204     $ 304     $ 5,405     $     $ 28,913  
                               

F-41


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                           
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2003 — Predecessor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
                                       
 
Net income
  $ 11,136     $     $ 660     $     $ 11,796  
 
Non-cash adjustments
    7,599             319             7,918  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
    4,252             (255 )           3,997  
                               
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    22,987             724             23,711  
                               
Investment Activities
                                       
 
Intercompany transactions
    (717 )           717              
 
Cash paid for businesses acquired by the Company, net of cash acquired
                (1,817 )           (1,817 )
 
Cash paid for property and equipment
    (1,083 )           (17 )           (1,100 )
 
Net purchases of marketable securities
    (12,404 )                       (12,404 )
                               
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (14,204 )           (1,117 )           (15,321 )
                               
Financing Activities
                                       
 
Issuance of common stock
    6,853                         6,853  
 
Purchase of common stock for treasury
    (17,698 )                       (17,698 )
 
Common stock dividends
    (1,236 )                       (1,236 )
                               
 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (12,081 )                       (12,081 )
                               
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                616             616  
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,298 )           223             (3,075 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    14,184             4,152             18,336  
                               
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 10,886     $     $ 4,375     $     $ 15,261  
                               

F-42


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                   
    March 31,   December 31,
    2006   2005
         
    (In thousands, unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 13,188     $ 15,584  
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,397 and $2,092, respectively
    38,650       32,862  
 
Income taxes receivable
    2,125       8,176  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    6,365       6,236  
             
Total current assets
    60,328       62,858  
             
Property and equipment
               
 
Leasehold improvements
    2,429       2,422  
 
Equipment, furniture, and fixtures
    9,454       8,298  
             
      11,883       10,720  
 
Less accumulated depreciation
    (1,548 )     (431 )
             
 
Net property and equipment
    10,335       10,289  
             
Goodwill
    825,848       818,180  
Intangible and other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $7,341 and $1,870, respectively
    285,620       285,044  
             
Total assets
  $ 1,182,131     $ 1,176,371  
             
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Current liabilities
               
 
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 6,186     $ 10,438  
 
Accounts payable
    3,492       2,367  
 
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
    3,164       9,048  
 
Other accrued expenses
    6,212       8,769  
 
Interest payable
    8,513       3,082  
 
Deferred income taxes
    1,368       1,305  
 
Deferred maintenance and other revenue
    32,595       20,566  
             
Total current liabilities
    61,530       55,575  
Long-term debt, net of current portion
    477,052       478,143  
Other long-term liabilities
    1,309       1,257  
Deferred income taxes
    84,827       84,263  
             
Total liabilities
    624,718       619,238  
             
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
               
Stockholder’s equity
               
 
Common stock
           
 
Additional paid-in capital
    554,993       554,965  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,815       1,337  
 
Retained earnings
    605       831  
             
Total stockholder’s equity
    557,413       557,133  
             
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 1,182,131     $ 1,176,371  
             
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-43


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                       
    Successor     Predecessor
           
    Three Months     Three Months
    Ended     Ended
    March 31,     March 31,
    2006     2005
           
    (In thousands, unaudited)
Revenues:
                 
 
Software licenses
  $ 5,198       $ 4,495  
 
Maintenance
    13,042         9,843  
 
Professional services
    5,178         2,621  
 
Outsourcing
    24,947         10,457  
               
   
Total revenues
    48,365         27,416  
               
Cost of revenues:
                 
 
Software licenses
    2,261         595  
 
Maintenance
    4,799         2,148  
 
Professional services
    2,982         1,654  
 
Outsourcing
    13,254         5,411  
               
   
Total cost of revenues
    23,296         9,808  
               
Gross profit
    25,069         17,608  
               
Operating expenses:
                 
 
Selling and marketing
    3,708         2,443  
 
Research and development
    5,876         3,483  
 
General and administrative
    4,058         2,519  
               
   
Total operating expenses
    13,642         8,445  
               
Operating income
    11,427         9,163  
               
Interest (expense) income, net
    (11,509 )       572  
Other (expense) income, net
    (61 )       50  
               
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (143 )       9,785  
Provision for income taxes
    83         3,816  
               
Net (loss) income
  $ (226 )     $ 5,969  
               
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-44


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                     
    Successor   Predecessor
         
    Three Months   Three Months
    Ended   Ended
    March 31,   March 31,
    2006   2005
         
    (In thousands, unaudited)
Cash flow from operating activities:
               
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (226 )   $ 5,969  
             
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
 
Depreciation and amortization
    6,569       1,373  
 
Amortization of loan origination costs
    653        
 
Deferred income taxes
    (2,024 )     129  
 
Income tax benefit related to exercise of stock options
          487  
 
Provision for doubtful accounts
    306       (143 )
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects from acquisitions:
               
   
Accounts receivable
    (5,170 )     (1,181 )
   
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    33       (322 )
   
Income taxes receivable
    6,049        
   
Accounts payable
    1,125       340  
   
Accrued expenses
    (3,054 )     (4,193 )
   
Income taxes payable
    (136 )     2,564  
   
Deferred maintenance and other revenues
    11,311       7,793  
             
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    15,436       12,816  
             
Cash flow from investing activities:
               
 
Additions to property and equipment
    (1,096 )     (308 )
 
Cash paid for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (11,482 )     (25,793 )
 
Cash paid for long-term investment
          (2,000 )
 
Purchases of marketable securities
          (78,175 )
 
Sales of marketable securities
          94,572  
             
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (12,578 )     (11,704 )
             
Cash flow from financing activities:
               
 
Cash received from borrowings
    6,000        
 
Repayment of debt
    (11,291 )      
 
Exercise of stock options
    28       520  
 
Purchase of common stock for treasury
          (5,584 )
 
Common stock dividends
          (1,836 )
             
 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (5,263 )     (6,900 )
             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    9       (160 )
             
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (2,396 )     (5,948 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    15,584       28,913  
             
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 13,188     $ 22,965  
             
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-45


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(unaudited)
1. Basis of Presentation
      The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These accounting principles were applied on a basis consistent with those of the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of the Company, the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, except as noted elsewhere in the notes to the consolidated financial statements) necessary to state fairly its financial position as of March 31, 2006 and the results of its operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005. These statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for annual financial statements. The financial statements contained herein should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The December 31, 2005 consolidated balance sheet data were derived from audited financial statements, but do not include all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles for annual financial statements. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the expected results for the full year.
2. The Transaction
      The Company was acquired on November 23, 2005 through a merger transaction with Sunshine Acquisition Corporation (“Sunshine Acquisition Corporation” or “Holdings”), a Delaware corporation formed by investment funds associated with The Carlyle Group. The acquisition was accomplished through the merger of Sunshine Merger Corporation into SS&C Technologies, Inc., with SS&C Technologies, Inc. being the surviving company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation (the “Transaction”). Although the Transaction occurred on November 23, 2005, the Company adopted an effective date of November 30, 2005 for accounting purposes. The activity for the period November 23, 2005 through November 30, 2005 was not material to either the successor or predecessor periods for 2005. Although SS&C Technologies, Inc. continued as the same legal entity after the Transaction, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and cash flows are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Transaction and the period succeeding the Transaction, respectively. The Company refers to the operations of SS&C Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor and Successor periods.
3. Stock-based Compensation
Successor
      The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R) (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), as of the date of the closing of the Transaction using the modified prospective method, which requires companies to record stock compensation expense for all unvested and new awards as of the adoption date. Accordingly, prior period amounts presented herein have not been restated. Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. There were no stock options granted during the period November 23, 2005 through March 31, 2006, and there were no unvested stock options at December 31, 2005 that carry over into future periods.

F-46


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
Predecessor
      Prior to the closing of the Transaction, the Company applied APB 25 in accounting for its stock plans. The Company followed the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”), as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure”. Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan been determined consistent with SFAS 123, the Company’s net income would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated in the table below (in thousands):
         
    Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2005
     
Net income, as reported
  $ 5,969  
Deduct: total stock-based employee compensation determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    269  
       
Net income, pro forma
  $ 5,700  
       
4. Comprehensive Income
      SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income”, requires that items defined as comprehensive income, such as foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps, be separately classified in the financial statements and that the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income be reported separately from retained earnings and additional paid-in capital in the equity section of the balance sheet. Total comprehensive income consists of net income and other accumulated comprehensive income disclosed in the equity section of the balance sheet.
      The following table sets forth the components of comprehensive income (in thousands):
                   
    Successor     Predecessor
           
    Three Months     Three Months
    Ended     Ended
    March 31,     March 31,
    2006     2005
           
Net (loss) income
  $ (226 )     $ 5,969  
Foreign currency translation loss
    (1,058 )       (227 )
Unrealized losses on marketable securities
            (241 )
Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps
    1,536          
               
Total comprehensive income
  $ 252       $ 5,501  
               

F-47


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
5. Debt
Successor
      At March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
                 
    Successor   Successor
         
    March 31,   December 31,
    2006   2005
         
Senior credit facility, revolving portion, weighted-average interest rate of 6.73% and 6.57%, respectively
  $ 3,423     $ 7,734  
Senior credit facility, term loan portion, weighted-average interest rate of 7.35% and 6.90%, respectively
    274,807       275,833  
11 3 / 4 % Senior subordinated notes due 2013
    205,000       205,000  
Other
    8       14  
             
      483,238       488,581  
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt
    (6,186 )     (10,438 )
             
Long-term debt
  $ 477,052     $ 478,143  
             
      Capitalized financing costs of $0.7 million were amortized to interest expense in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
      The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to manage the floating rate portion of its debt portfolio. During the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company recognized an unrealized gain of $1.5 million, net of tax, in other comprehensive income (loss) related to the change in market value of the swaps. The market value of the swaps recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) may be recognized in the statement of operations if certain terms of the senior credit facility change, if the loan is extinguished or if the swaps agreements are terminated prior to maturity.
6. Stock Repurchase Program
      During the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Company repurchased 259,050 shares of common stock for approximately $5.6 million. The Company uses the cost method to account for treasury stock purchases. Under the cost method, the price paid for the stock is charged to the treasury stock account. As of the date of the closing of the Transaction, the Company no longer had a repurchase program in place.
7. Cash Dividend
      As part of the Predecessor’s semi-annual cash dividend program, the Company paid a dividend of $0.08 per share on March 3, 2005 to stockholders of record as of February 10, 2005.
8. Acquisitions
      On March 3, 2006, the Company purchased all of the outstanding stock of Cogent Management Inc. (“Cogent”), for $12.25 million in cash, plus the costs of effecting the transaction. The Company used $6.25 million of cash on hand and borrowed $6.0 million under the revolving portion of its senior credit facility to fund the acquisition. Cogent provides hedge fund management services primarily to U.S.-based hedge funds.
      The net assets and results of operations of Cogent have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from March 1, 2006. The purchase price was allocated to tangible and intangible

F-48


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
assets based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the intangible assets, consisting of client relationships and client contracts, was determined using the future cash flows method. The intangible assets are amortized each year based on the ratio that current cash flows for the intangible asset bear to the total of current and expected future cash flows for the intangible asset. The intangible assets are amortized over approximately seven years, the estimated life of the assets. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.
      The following summarizes the allocation of the purchase price for the acquisitions of Cogent (in thousands):
         
    Cogent
     
Tangible assets acquired, net of cash received
  $ 1,074  
Acquired client relationships and contracts
    4,500  
Goodwill
    9,377  
Deferred revenue
    (756 )
Debt
    (300 )
Deferred taxes
    (1,755 )
Other liabilities assumed
    (236 )
       
Consideration paid, net of cash received
  $ 11,904  
       
      The Company reported $0.4 million in revenue from Cogent from the acquisition date through March 31, 2006. Pro forma operating results for the 2006 acquisition are not presented since the results would not be significantly different than historical results.
9. Commitments and Contingencies
      From time to time, the Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of its business. In the opinion of management, the Company is not a party to any litigation that it believes could have a material effect on the Company or its business.
10. International Sales and Geography Information
      The Company operates in one reportable segment, as defined by SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” The Company manages its business primarily on a geographic basis. The Company attributes net sales to an individual country based upon location of the customer. The Company’s geographic regions consist of the United States, Americas, excluding the United States, Europe and Asia Pacific and Japan. The European region includes European countries as well as the Middle East and Africa.

F-49


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
      Revenues by geography were (in thousands):
                   
    Successor     Predecessor
           
    Three Months     Three Months
    Ended     Ended
    March 31,     March 31,
    2006     2005
           
United States
  $ 28,223       $ 20,904  
Americas excluding United States
    9,256         1,020  
Europe
    9,847         4,904  
Asia Pacific and Japan
    1,039         588  
               
    $ 48,365       $ 27,416  
               
11. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
      On November 23, 2005, in connection with the Transaction, the Company issued $205 million aggregate principal amount of 11 3 / 4 % senior subordinated notes due 2013. The senior subordinated notes are jointly and severally and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, in each case, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “Guarantors”). All other subsidiaries of the Company, either direct or indirect, do not guarantee senior subordinated notes (“Non-Guarantors”). The Guarantors also unconditionally guarantee the senior secured credit facilities.
      Condensed consolidating financial information as of March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 are presented. The condensed consolidating financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries are as follows:

F-50


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                         
    At March 31, 2006 — Successor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Cash & marketable securities
  $ 3,927     $ 1,558     $ 7,703     $     $ 13,188  
Accounts receivable, net
    18,490       6,805       13,355             38,650  
Prepaid & other current assets
    2,931       631       2,803             6,365  
Income taxes receivable
    3,490       369       (1,734 )           2,125  
Fixed assets, net
    4,505       1,137       4,693             10,335  
Investment in subsidiaries
    74,844                   (74,844 )      
Goodwill, intangible assets & other
    958,090       2,625       146,190       4,563       1,111,468  
                               
Total assets
  $ 1,066,277     $ 13,125     $ 173,010     $ (70,281 )   $ 1,182,131  
                               
Current portion long-term debt
  $ 2,009     $     $ 4,177     $     $ 6,186  
Accounts payable
    2,180       333       979             3,492  
Income taxes payable
                             
Accrued expenses
    12,419       833       4,637             17,889  
Deferred income taxes
    (254 )     143       1,479             1,368  
Deferred maintenance and other revenue
    18,241       5,553       8,801             32,595  
                               
Long-term debt
    402,500             74,552             477,052  
Other long-term liabilities
                1,309             1,309  
Deferred income taxes
    71,769       (1,823 )     14,881             84,827  
Total liabilities
    508,864       5,039       110,815             624,718  
                               
Stockholder’s equity
    557,413       8,086       62,195       (70,281 )     557,413  
Total liabilities & stockholder’s equity
  $ 1,066,277     $ 13,125     $ 173,010     $ (70,281 )   $ 1,182,131  
                               

F-51


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                         
    At December 31, 2005 — Successor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Cash & marketable securities
  $ 6,319     $ 1,971     $ 7,294     $     $ 15,584  
Accounts receivable, net
    15,825       5,258       11,779             32,862  
Prepaid & other current assets
    3,152       467       2,617             6,236  
Income taxes receivable
    8,509       1,133       (1,466 )           8,176  
Fixed assets, net
    3,966       1,289       5,034             10,289  
Investment in subsidiaries
    71,668                   (71,668 )      
Goodwill, intangible assets & other
    948,763       (5,751 )     155,622       4,590       1,103,224  
                               
Total assets
  $ 1,058,202     $ 4,367     $ 180,880     $ (67,078 )   $ 1,176,371  
                               
Current portion long-term debt
  $ 5,013     $     $ 5,425     $     $ 10,438  
Accounts payable
    1,128       411       828             2,367  
Income taxes payable
          498       (498 )            
Accrued expenses
    11,320       1,604       7,975             20,899  
Deferred income taxes
    46       63       1,196             1,305  
Deferred maintenance and other revenue
    10,340       2,910       7,316             20,566  
                               
Long-term debt
    403,000             75,143             478,143  
Other long-term liabilities
                1,257             1,257  
Deferred income taxes
    70,222       (1,766 )     15,807             84,263  
Total liabilities
    501,069       3,720       114,449             619,238  
                               
Stockholder’s equity
    557,133       647       66,431       (67,078 )     557,133  
Total liabilities & stockholder’s equity
  $ 1,058,202     $ 4,367     $ 180,880     $ (67,078 )   $ 1,176,371  
                               

F-52


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                         
    For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2006 — Successor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Revenue
  $ 18,860     $ 13,201     $ 16,568     $ (264 )   $ 48,365  
Cost of revenue
    9,649       5,646       8,265       (264 )     23,296  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling & marketing
    2,052       548       1,108             3,708  
Research & development
    3,321       686       1,869             5,876  
General & administrative
    2,471       1,284       303             4,058  
                               
Total operating expenses
    7,844       2,518       3,280             13,642  
Operating income
    1,367       5,037       5,023             11,427  
Interest (expense), net
    (7,540 )           (3,969 )           (11,509 )
Other income (expense), net
    7       1       (69 )           (61 )
                               
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (6,166 )     5,038       985             (143 )
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
    (1,119 )     607       595             83  
Equity in net income of subsidiaries
    4,821                   (4,821 )      
                               
Net (loss) income
  $ (226 )   $ 4,431     $ 390     $ (4,821 )   $ (226 )
                               
                                         
    For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 — Predecessor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Revenue
  $ 18,596     $ 7,045     $ 2,041     $ (266 )   $ 27,416  
Cost of revenue
    5,443       3,732       899       (266 )     9,808  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling & marketing
    1,568       87       788             2,443  
Research & development
    2,612       698       173             3,483  
General & administrative
    2,136       191       192             2,519  
                               
Total operating expenses
    6,316       976       1,153             8,445  
Operating income
    6,837       2,337       (11 )           9,163  
Interest income, net
    572                         572  
Other income (expense), net
    2,600       39       10       (2,599 )     50  
                               
Income (loss) before income taxes
    10,009       2,376       (1 )     (2,599 )     9,785  
Provision for income taxes
    3,774             42             3,816  
Equity in net income of subsidiaries
    2,333                   (2,333 )      
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 8,568     $ 2,376     $ (43 )   $ (4,932 )   $ 5,969  
                               

F-53


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                           
    For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2006 — Successor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
                                       
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,815 )   $ 3,199     $ 390     $     $ (226 )
 
Non-cash adjustments
    3,400       616       1,488             5,504  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
    11,901       125       (1,868 )           10,158  
                               
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    11,486       3,940       10             15,436  
                               
Investment Activities
                                       
 
Intercompany transactions
    2,305       (4,334 )     2,029              
 
Cash paid for businesses acquired by the Company, net of cash acquired
    (11,496 )           14             (11,482 )
 
Cash paid for property and equipment
    (920 )     (19 )     (157 )           (1,096 )
                               
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (10,111 )     (4,353 )     1,886             (12,578 )
                               
Financing Activities
                                       
 
Net repayments of debt
    (3,805 )           (1,486 )           (5,291 )
 
Issuance of common stock
    28                         28  
                               
 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (3,777 )           (1,486 )           (5,263 )
                               
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                9             9  
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (2,402 )     (413 )     419             (2,396 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    6,319       1,971       7,294             15,584  
                               
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 3,917     $ 1,558     $ 7,713     $     $ 13,188  
                               

F-54


Table of Contents

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                           
    For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 — Predecessor
     
        Total   Total Non-   Consolidating    
    SS&C   Guarantors   Guarantors   Adjustments   Total
                     
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
                                       
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 6,473     $ 2,138     $ (43 )   $ (2,599 )   $ 5,969  
 
Non-cash adjustments
    1,596       425       (175 )           1,846  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
    2,336       1,902       763             5,001  
                               
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    10,405       4,465       545       (2,599 )     12,816  
                               
Investment Activities
                                       
 
Intercompany transactions
    3,927       (4,341 )     414              
 
Cash paid for businesses acquired by the Company, net of cash acquired
    (25,793 )                       (25,793 )
 
Cash paid for property and equipment
    (209 )     (44 )     (55 )           (308 )
 
Net sales of marketable securities
    16,397                         16,397  
 
Purchase of long-term investment
    (2,000 )                       (2,000 )
                               
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (7,678 )     (4,385 )     359             (11,704 )
                               
Financing Activities
                                       
 
Issuance of common stock
    520                         520  
 
Purchase of common stock for treasury
    (5,584 )                       (5,584 )
 
Common stock dividends
    (1,836 )           (2,599 )     2,599       (1,836 )
                               
 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (6,900 )           (2,599 )     2,599       (6,900 )
                               
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
                (160 )           (160 )
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (4,173 )     80       (1,855 )           (5,948 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    23,204       304       5,405             28,913  
                               
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 19,031     $ 384     $ 3,550     $     $ 22,965  
                               

F-55


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
To the Board of Directors of Financial Models Company Inc.
      We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Financial Models Company Inc. as at February 28, 2005 and February 29, 2004 and the consolidated statements of operations, deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended February 28, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian and United States generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
      In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at February 28, 2005 and February 29, 2004 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended February 28, 2005 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.
      Canadian generally accepted accounting principles vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in note 17 to the consolidated financial statements.
  KPMG LLP
  Chartered Accountants
Toronto, Canada
April 8, 2005, except as to note 18 which is as of June 17, 2005
      COMMENTS BY AUDITORS FOR U.S. READERS ON CANADA — U.S. REPORTING DIFFERENCES
      In the United States, reporting standards for auditors require the addition of an explanatory paragraph (following the opinion paragraph) when there is a change in accounting principles that has a material effect on the comparability of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, such as the change described in note 1(l) to the consolidated financial statements as at February 28, 2005 and for the year then ended. Our report to the Board of Directors dated April 8, 2005, except as to note 18 which is as of June 17, 2005, is expressed in accordance with Canadian reporting standards, which do not require a reference to such changes in accounting principles in the auditors’ report when the change is properly accounted for and adequately disclosed in the financial statements.
  KPMG LLP
  Chartered Accountants
Toronto, Canada
April 8, 2005, except as to note 18 which is as of June 17, 2005

F-56


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
      February 28, 2005 and February 29, 2004
                   
    2005   2004
         
    (In thousands of
    Canadian dollars)
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 33,953     $ 28,686  
 
Accounts receivable
    11,310       12,105  
 
Prepaid expenses
    1,577       1,788  
             
      46,840       42,579  
Property and equipment (note 2)
    6,576       8,083  
Goodwill
    367       367  
Investment tax credit recoverable
    1,717       363  
Future income taxes (note 11(d))
    613       1,091  
             
    $ 56,113     $ 52,483  
             
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 15,391     $ 6,408  
 
Income taxes payable
    7       180  
 
Deferred revenue
    8,041       7,910  
             
      23,439       14,498  
             
Shareholders’ equity:
               
 
Capital stock (note 4)
    38,545       38,873  
 
Contributed surplus
    251       89  
 
Deficit
    (6,403 )     (1,033 )
 
Cumulative translation adjustments
    281       56  
             
      32,674       37,985  
             
    $ 56,113     $ 52,483  
             
Commitments (note 13)
Contingencies (note 15)
Guarantees (note 16)
Subsequent events (note 18)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-57


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
      Years ended February 28, 2005, February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003
                           
    2005   2004   2003
             
    (In thousands of Canadian dollars,
    except per share amounts)
Revenue:
                       
 
Application services
  $ 45,468     $ 44,497     $ 43,495  
 
Licence sales
    5,147       4,686       4,668  
 
Licence maintenance
    12,969       12,066       12,392  
 
Professional services and other
    8,330       11,152       15,765  
                   
      71,914       72,401       76,320  
Cost of revenue
    30,303       32,200       35,069  
                   
      41,611       40,201       41,251  
                   
Operating expenses:
                       
 
Sales and marketing
    8,977       9,457       9,796  
 
Research and development
    15,614       16,743       18,519  
 
Administration
    5,845       5,616       6,867  
 
Corporate transaction costs (note 8)
    10,583              
 
Realignment charge (note 9)
          738       904  
                   
      41,019       32,554       36,086  
                   
Earnings before the undernoted
    592       7,647       5,165  
Other income (expenses) (note 10)
    (147 )     177       (149 )
Depreciation
    (3,255 )     (3,817 )     (4,328 )
                   
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
    (2,810 )     4,007       688  
Income taxes (note 11(a))
    1,362       1,504       1,141  
                   
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (4,172 )   $ 2,503     $ (453 )
                   
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.38 )   $ 0.22     $ (0.04 )
                   
Weighted average number of common and Class C shares outstanding:
                       
 
Basic
    11,023       11,314       11,558  
 
Diluted (note 4(f))
    11,023       11,404       11,558  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-58


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Consolidated Statements of Deficit
      Years ended February 28, 2005, February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003
                         
    2005   2004   2003
             
    (In thousands of Canadian dollars)
Deficit, beginning of year
  $ (1,033 )   $ (2,739 )   $ (665 )
Net earnings (loss)
    (4,172 )     2,503       (453 )
Premium on redemption of common shares (note 4(c),(d) and(e))
    (1,198 )     (797 )     (1,621 )
                   
Deficit, end of year
  $ (6,403 )   $ (1,033 )   $ (2,739 )
                   
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-59


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
      Years ended February 28, 2005, February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003
                             
    2005   2004   2003
             
    (In thousands of Canadian dollars)
Cash provided by (used in):
                       
Operations:
                       
 
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (4,172 )   $ 2,503     $ (453 )
 
Items not involving cash:
                       
   
Depreciation
    3,255       3,817       4,328  
   
Future income taxes
    453       814       285  
   
Stock compensation expense
    162       89        
   
Investment tax credits
    (1,354 )     (363 )      
 
Change in non-cash operating working capital (note 12)
    10,289       3,175       6,347  
                   
      8,633       10,035       10,507  
                   
Financing:
                       
 
Issue of capital stock
    677       285       393  
 
Repurchase of common shares for cancellation
    (2,203 )     (1,517 )     (3,450 )
                   
      (1,526 )     (1,232 )     (3,057 )
                   
Investments:
                       
 
Additions to property and equipment, net
    (1,840 )     (3,274 )     (1,703 )
                   
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    5,267       5,529       5,747  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    28,686       23,157       17,410  
                   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 33,953     $ 28,686     $ 23,157  
                   
Supplemental cash flow information:
                       
 
Interest received
  $ 563     $ 613     $ 454  
 
Interest paid
                91  
 
Income taxes paid
    1,300       910       1,824  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-60


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
Overview
      Financial Models Company Inc. (the “Company” or “FMC”) provides computer software and related services for investment management to institutional clients in Canada and, through subsidiaries, to institutional clients in the United States, Europe, Australia and other parts of the world.
1. Significant accounting policies
     (a) Consolidation
      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary companies. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.
     (b) Basis of presentation and use of estimates
      The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the year. Significant areas requiring the use of estimates relate to depreciation rates for property and equipment, and valuation of goodwill and accounts receivable. Actual results could differ from those estimates. All references to a year in these financial statements relate to a fiscal year unless specifically expressed otherwise. The material differences between generally accepted accounting principles in Canada and the United States are described in note 17.
     (c) Cash and cash equivalents
      Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with major financial institutions, with a remaining term to maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition.
     (d) Property and equipment
      Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Rates of depreciation applied to depreciate the cost of the property and equipment over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis are as follows:
         
Office furniture and equipment
    20 %
Computer equipment and software
    25 %
Leasehold improvements
    Over term of lease  
      Effective March 1, 2003, the Company adopted The Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants’ (“CICA”) new Handbook Section 3063, “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” and the revised Section 3475, “Disposal of Long-Lived Assets and Discontinued Operations”. These sections establish standards for recognizing, measuring and disclosing impairment for long-lived assets held for use, and for measuring and separately classifying assets available for sale.
      Under the new standards, assets must be classified as either held for use or available for sale. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an asset that is held and used exceeds the projected undiscounted future net cash flows expected from its use and disposal. The loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value, which is measured by discounted cash flows when quoted market prices are not available. For assets available for sale, an impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount exceeds the fair value less costs to sell. Prior to

F-61


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
March 1, 2003, the Company assessed and measured impairment by comparing the carrying amount to the undiscounted future cash flows the long-lived assets were expected to generate.
     (e) Research and development
      Research costs are expensed as incurred. Costs related to development projects are deferred only when they meet the criteria set out under generally accepted accounting principles. To date, no development costs have been deferred.
     (f) Goodwill from business combinations
      Effective March 1, 2002, the Company adopted CICA Handbook Section 3062, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. The Company no longer amortizes goodwill, but instead, is required to evaluate goodwill annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. Absent any triggering factors during the year, the Company conducts its goodwill assessment in the fourth quarter to correspond with its measurement planning cycle. Impairment is tested at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount to its fair value. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. To the extent that a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an impairment of goodwill exists. Impairment is measured by comparing the fair value of goodwill, determined in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, to its carrying amount.
      During the fourth quarters of 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test. Revenue and expense projections used in determining the fair value of the reporting unit was based on management’s estimates, including estimates of current and future industry conditions. The Company determined there was no impairment for any of the periods as the reporting unit fair value exceeded carrying value.
      Also, in connection with the standard’s adoption, the Company was required to assess whether goodwill was impaired as of March 1, 2002. The Company completed the transitional goodwill impairment assessment and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of the adoption.
     (g) Revenue recognition
      Revenue from licence sales is recognized when a contract has been executed with the customer, the software has been delivered to the customer, the licence fee is fixed and determinable, the collection of the resulting receivable is deemed reasonably assured and no significant vendor obligations remain. Licence sales that have been prepaid but do not yet qualify for revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue once revenue recognition criteria are met. Licence maintenance billings are recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the life of the maintenance agreement. Advance billings for maintenance services are netted against the related deferred revenue if both payment of the invoice and the commencement of the maintenance term have not occurred by year end. Revenue from application services and professional and other services is recognized as such services are provided to customers. Revenue recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies but unbilled at year end is reflected as accrued revenue on the consolidated balance sheets.
      Where the Company enters into a multiple element arrangement (e.g., a sales arrangement, including delivered and undelivered software products, maintenance and professional services), the fees are allocated to each element based on vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of each element’s fair value. Where sufficient VSOE does not exist for undelivered elements, revenue for delivered elements is deferred

F-62


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
until the earlier of when VSOE is established or when all elements in the arrangement have been delivered.
      VSOE used in determining the fair value of licence revenue is generally based on the Company’s price list for the software product and is affected by factors, such as the number of servers and concurrent users, as well as the size, nature and geographic location of the customer. VSOE used in determining the fair value of implementation, training, consulting and other services is based on the standard hourly rates per diem for the type of service being provided. VSOE used in determining the fair value of maintenance and technical support is based on a percentage of the licence fee revenue.
      Where the above criteria require revenue to be deferred to a future period, the associated direct costs incurred, if significant, are deferred until such time as revenue is recognized. Costs in excess of revenue deferred are expensed in the year.
     (h) Investment tax credits
      Investment tax credits are accounted for as a reduction of the related expenditure when the Company has reasonable assurance that the credit will be realized.
     (i) Foreign currency transactions
      The Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered to be self-sustaining operations. Accordingly, the Company utilizes the current rate method to translate the financial statements of these subsidiaries into Canadian dollars. Under the current rate method, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated at the rates of exchange in effect at the consolidated balance sheet dates and revenue and expenses at the weighted average rates for the years. Exchange gains or losses arising from the translation of the financial statements of the self-sustaining foreign operations are deferred and included in cumulative translation adjustments as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.
      Other foreign currency transactions included in these consolidated financial statements are translated into Canadian dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the consolidated balance sheet dates in the case of monetary assets and liabilities and at the rates of exchange in effect on the date of transaction in the case of non-monetary assets and income and expenses. All gains and losses on translation of these foreign currency transactions are included in income.
     (j) Income taxes
      Future income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future income tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and net operating loss carryforwards. Future income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates is recognized in the year that includes the substantive enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against any future income tax asset if it is not more likely than not that the asset will be realized. Income tax expense or benefit is the sum of the Company’s provision for current income taxes and the difference between opening and ending balances of future income tax assets and liabilities.
     (k) Earnings (loss) per share
      Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net earnings (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the reporting year. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is

F-63


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
computed similar to basic earnings (loss) per share, except that the weighted average shares outstanding are increased to include additional shares for the assumed exercise of stock options, if dilutive. The number of additional shares is calculated by assuming that outstanding stock options were exercised and that the proceeds from such exercises were used to acquire common stock at the average market price during the reporting years.
     (l) Stock-based compensation
      During 2004, the Company prospectively adopted the recommendations of the amended Handbook Section 3870, “Stock-Based Compensation and Other Stock-Based Payments”, (“Section 3870”) for stock options issued during 2004. Section 3870 established standards for recognition, measurement and disclosure of stock-based compensation and other stock-based payments made in exchange for goods and services provided by employees and non-employees. The standard requires that a fair value-based method of accounting be applied to all stock-based payments to non-employees and to employee awards that are direct awards of stock that call for settlement in cash or other assets or are appreciation rights that call for settlement by the issuance of equity instruments. During 2005, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $162 (2004 — $89), which is included within administration expense on the consolidated statements of operations. Prior to the adoption of the new standards of Section 3870, the Company accounted for stock-based compensation using the settlement method.
      The fair value of options issued by the Company in 2005, 2004 and 2003, for pro forma purposes, was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted-average assumptions:
                         
    2005   2004   2003
             
Risk-free rate
    4.07 %     3.87 %     4.74 %
Dividend yield
                 
Volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company’s shares
    44 %     48 %     53 %
Average expected option life — years
    5.0       5.0       5.0  
Weighted average grant date fair value per share of options issued
  $ 3.20     $ 3.13     $ 2.78  
      The following table illustrates the effect on net earnings (loss) if the fair value-based method had been applied to stock options issued during 2003:
                           
    2005   2004   2003
             
Net earnings (loss), as reported
  $ (4,172 )   $ 2,503     $ (453 )
Stock-based compensation for options issued during 2003
    (85 )     (139 )     (217 )
                   
Pro forma net earnings (loss)
  $ (4,257 )   $ 2,364     $ (670 )
                   
Earnings (loss) per share:
                       
 
Basic and diluted, as reported
  $ (0.38 )   $ 0.22     $ (0.04 )
                   
Pro forma earnings (loss) per share:
                       
 
Basic and diluted
  $ (0.39 )   $ 0.21     $ (0.06 )
                   
      For additional information regarding the Company’s option plan, refer to note 5.

F-64


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
     (m) Change in accounting policies
Asset retirement obligations
      In March 2003, CICA issued Handbook Section 3110, “Asset Retirement Obligations”. The standard provides guidance for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of liabilities for asset retirement obligations and the associated asset retirement costs. The standard applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset that results from acquisition, construction, development or normal operations. The standard requires the Company to record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the year in which it is incurred and when a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The standard describes the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation as the amount at which that liability could be settled in a current transaction between willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or liquidation transaction. The Company is subsequently required to allocate that asset retirement cost to expense using a systematic and rational method over the asset’s useful life. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
     (n) Recent accounting pronouncement
Consolidation of variable interest entities
      In June 2003, the CICA issued Accounting Guideline AcG-15, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“AcG-15”). AcG-15 addresses the consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIE”), entities which have insufficient equity at risk to finance their operations without additional subordinated financial support and/or entities whose equity investors lack one or more of the specified essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest. AcG-15 provides specific guidance for determining when an entity is a VIE and who, if anyone, should consolidate the VIE. AcG-15 will be effective for the Company’s 2006 fiscal year. The Company does not expect that AcG-15 will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.
2. Property and equipment
                         
        Accumulated   Net Book
2005   Cost   Depreciation   Value
             
Office furniture and equipment
  $ 1,270     $ 1,051     $ 219  
Computer equipment and software
    14,015       9,348       4,667  
Leasehold improvements
    3,170       1,480       1,690  
                   
    $ 18,455     $ 11,879     $ 6,576  
                   
                         
        Accumulated   Net Book
2004   Cost   Depreciation   Value
             
Office furniture and equipment
  $ 4,650     $ 4,107     $ 543  
Computer equipment and software
    15,133       9,587       5,546  
Leasehold improvements
    3,254       1,260       1,994  
                   
    $ 23,037     $ 14,954     $ 8,083  
                   
3. Bank facility
      The Company has a credit facility totalling $8,000 with a Canadian bank, consisting of an operating line of credit in the amount of $6,000 and available letters of credit in the amount of $2,000. The facility

F-65


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
is secured by a general security agreement conveying a first floating charge over the Company’s assets, a first fixed specific charge over certain of the Company’s equipment and a general assignment of accounts receivable. Several financial covenants are also required to be maintained. Amounts drawn bear interest at the bank’s prime rate or letter of credit rate, as applicable. At February 28, 2005, the Company had $152 (2004 — $166) in letters of guarantee outstanding. At February 28, 2005 and February 29, 2004, no amounts were drawn on the operating line of credit.
4. Capital stock
      (a) The authorized share capital of the Company at February 28, 2005 is as follows:
        Unlimited common shares, voting
 
        Unlimited Class C shares, non-voting and convertible into common shares on a 1:1 basis at the option of the holder
      (b) The issued share capital of the Company is as follows:
                 
    Number of shares
     
    Class C   Common
         
Balance, February 28, 2002
    1,344       10,442  
Repurchased for cancellation
          (520 )
Issued on exercise of options
          102  
             
Balance, February 28, 2003
    1,344       10,024  
Repurchased for cancellation
          (204 )
Issued on exercise of options
          83  
             
Balance, February 29, 2004
    1,344       9,903  
Repurchased for cancellation
          (286 )
Issued on exercise of options
          80  
             
Balance, February 28, 2005
    1,344       9,697  
             
                         
    Class C   Common    
    Shares   Shares   Total
             
Balance, February 28, 2002
  $ 4,002     $ 36,742     $ 40,744  
Repurchased for cancellation
          (1,829 )     (1,829 )
Issued on exercise of options
          393       393  
                   
Balance, February 28, 2003
    4,002       35,306       39,308  
Repurchased for cancellation
          (720 )     (720 )
Issued on exercise of options
          285       285  
                   
Balance, February 29, 2004
    4,002       34,871       38,873  
Repurchased for cancellation
          (1,005 )     (1,005 )
Issued on exercise of options
          677       677  
                   
Balance, February 28, 2005
  $ 4,002     $ 34,543     $ 38,545  
                   

F-66


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
      (c) During 2005, the Company completed the following capital stock transactions:
        (i) 80 common shares were issued from treasury for cash proceeds of $677 following the exercise of 80 stock options (note 5).
 
        (ii) 286 common shares were repurchased for cancellation for $2,203. The $1,198 excess of the repurchase price paid over the carrying value of the shares has been charged to deficit.
      (d) During 2004, the Company completed the following capital stock transactions:
        (i) 83 common shares were issued from treasury for cash proceeds of $285 following the exercise of 83 stock options (note 5).
 
        (ii) 204 common shares were repurchased for cancellation for $1,517. The $797 excess of the repurchase price paid over the carrying value of the shares has been charged to deficit.
      (e) During 2003, the Company completed the following capital stock transactions:
        (i) 102 common shares were issued from treasury for cash proceeds of $393 following the exercise of 102 stock options (note 5).
 
        (ii) 520 common shares were repurchased for cancellation for $3,450. The $1,621 excess of the repurchase price paid over the carrying value of the shares has been charged to deficit.
      (f) As a result of net losses for the years ended February 28, 2005 and February 28, 2003, the potential effect of exercising stock options has not been included in the calculation of diluted loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive.
5. Stock options
      The Company’s share option plan (the “Option Plan”) is overseen by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and is available to all full-time employees, officers and directors of the Company. An aggregate number of 2,168 (2004 — 2,248) common shares are reserved for issuance under the Option Plan.
      Options to purchase common shares of the Company granted under the Option Plan vest at such time and on such terms as are determined by the Board of Directors. Options will be exercisable for a maximum of 10 years from the date of grant. Options generally vest as follows: 20% at each of the first three anniversary dates of the grant and the remaining 40% on the fourth anniversary of the grant. The exercise price of options granted is equal to the fair market value of the underlying common shares on the date of the grant.

F-67


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
      A summary of the changes in the Company’s Option Plan for the years ended February 28, 2005 and February 29, 2004 is as follows:
                                                 
    2005   2004   2003
             
        Weighted       Weighted       Weighted
        Average       Average       Average
    Number of   Exercise   Number of   Exercise   Number of   Exercise
    Options   Price   Options   Price   Options   Price
                         
Balance, beginning of year
    1,006     $ 7.69       1,237     $ 7.91       1,199     $ 8.10  
Options granted
    65       7.25       46       6.74       240       5.33  
Options exercised
    (80 )     8.41       (83 )     3.44       (102 )     3.87  
Options cancelled
    (36 )     8.27       (194 )     10.68       (100 )     8.09  
                                     
Balance, end of year
    955       7.56       1,006       7.69       1,237       7.91  
                                     
Exercisable, end of year
    771     $ 7.96       674     $ 8.36       634     $ 8.82  
                                     
      As of February 28, 2005, options to acquire common shares issued and outstanding were as follows:
                                         
    Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable
         
        Weighted        
    Number   Average   Weighted   Number   Weighted
    Outstanding,   Remaining   Average   Exercisable,   Average
    February 28,   Contractual   Exercise   February 28,   Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices   2005   Life (Years)   Price   2005   Price
                     
$4.92 - $ 5.95
    338       2.98     $ 5.22       221     $ 5.26  
$6.71 - $ 8.66
    374       2.11       8.18       307       8.41  
$9.85 - $10.20
    243       0.33       9.86       243       9.86  
                               
      955       1.97       7.56       771       7.96  
                               
      In December 2004 and February 2005, the Company amended its Option Plan to provide that if, but only if, a takeover bid is made for all of the FMC shares, the conditions to such bid are either waived or satisfied and the FMC shares are taken up and paid for pursuant to the bid, then all unvested options immediately become vested and holders of all options would then have the right to surrender their options to the Company for cancellation and receive a cash payment for each option in an amount at least equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration offered for each FMC share over the exercise price of each option.
      In February 2005, a takeover bid was made for all of the Company’s shares (note 18).
6. Segmented information
Operating segments
      The Company has five reportable operating segments, each of which has a separate operational management. Each of the five segments provides computer software and related services for investment management to institutional clients. The determination of operating segments is based on the identification of the core management teams which operate the Company’s business in its four principal geographic markets, Canada, the United States, Europe and Australia and its data business, Securities Valuation (“SVC”).

F-68


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
      The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in note 1. The Company evaluates performance of its operating segments based on earnings from operations.
      Information by operating segment is as follows:
                                                           
        FMC   FMC                
    FMC   United   United   FMC           Consolidated
2005   Canada   Kingdom   States   Australia   SVC   Eliminations   Total
                             
Revenue:
                                                       
 
Application services
  $ 23,538     $ 6,781     $ 4,830     $ 477     $ 9,842     $     $ 45,468  
 
Licence sales
    830       2,648       1,653       16                   5,147  
 
Licence maintenance
    2,216       7,145       3,415       193                   12,969  
 
Professional services and other
    2,648       2,632       2,338       711       1             8,330  
 
Sales between operating segments
    12,328       12       5             1,649       (13,994 )      
                                           
    $ 41,560     $ 19,218     $ 12,241     $ 1,397     $ 11,492     $ (13,994 )   $ 71,914  
                                           
Earnings (loss) before the undernoted
  $ (4,862 )   $ 1,889     $ 1,204     $ (839 )   $ 3,200     $     $ 592  
                                           
Depreciation
  $ (2,838 )   $ (144 )   $ (160 )   $ (59 )   $ (54 )   $     $ (3,255 )
                                           
Other expense
                                                    (147 )
Income taxes
                                                    (1,362 )
                                           
Net loss
                                                  $ (4,172 )
                                           
Additions to property and equipment, net
  $ 1,667     $ 84     $ 51     $ 18     $ 20     $     $ 1,840  
                                           
Goodwill
  $     $     $     $     $ 367     $     $ 367  
                                           
Identifiable assets
  $ 40,427     $ 8,648     $ 3,314     $ 934     $ 2,790     $     $ 56,113  
                                           

F-69


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
                                                           
        FMC   FMC                
    FMC   United   United   FMC           Consolidated
2004   Canada   Kingdom   States   Australia   SVC   Eliminations   Total
                             
Revenue:
                                                       
 
Application services
  $ 22,381     $ 5,703     $ 6,131     $ 271     $ 10,011     $     $ 44,497  
 
Licence sales
    542       2,149       1,737       258                   4,686  
 
Licence maintenance
    2,070       6,311       3,551       134                   12,066  
 
Professional services and other
    3,672       2,514       4,198       763       5             11,152  
 
Sales between operating segments
    12,153       23       25             1,775       (13,976 )      
                                           
    $ 40,818     $ 16,700     $ 15,642     $ 1,426     $ 11,791     $ (13,976 )   $ 72,401  
                                           
Earnings (loss) before the undernoted
  $ 3,560     $ 405     $ 1,020     $ (612 )   $ 3,274     $     $ 7,647  
                                           
Depreciation
  $ (3,284 )   $ (168 )   $ (252 )   $ (55 )   $ (58 )   $       (3,817 )
                                           
Other income
                                                    177  
Income taxes
                                                    (1,504 )
                                           
Net earnings
                                                  $ 2,503  
                                           
Additions to property and equipment, net
  $ 3,015     $ 57     $ 147     $ 42     $ 13     $     $ 3,274  
                                           
Goodwill
  $     $     $     $     $ 367     $     $ 367  
                                           
Identifiable assets
  $ 36,067     $ 6,846     $ 4,119     $ 715     $ 4,736     $     $ 52,483  
                                           

F-70


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
                                                           
        FMC   FMC                
    FMC   United   United   FMC           Consolidated
2003   Canada   Kingdom   States   Australia   SVC   Eliminations   Total
                             
Revenue:
                                                       
 
Application services
  $ 22,170     $ 5,805     $ 6,166     $ 135     $ 9,219     $     $ 43,495  
 
Licence sales
    1,077       2,174       1,119       298                   4,668  
 
Licence maintenance
    2,234       5,907       4,208       43                   12,392  
 
Professional services and other
    4,733       4,940       5,767       316       9             15,765  
 
Sales between operating segments
    12,453                         1,762       (14,215 )      
                                           
    $ 42,667     $ 18,826     $ 17,260     $ 792     $ 10,990     $ (14,215 )   $ 76,320  
                                           
Earnings (loss) before the undernoted
  $ 2,577     $ 213     $ 325     $ (660 )   $ 2,710     $     $ 5,165  
                                           
Depreciation
  $ (3,674 )   $ (212 )   $ (313 )   $ (70 )   $ (59 )   $       (4,328 )
                                           
Other expenses
                                                    (149 )
Income taxes
                                                    (1,141 )
                                           
Net loss
                                                  $ (453 )
                                           
Additions to property and equipment, net
  $ 1,521     $ 10     $ 74     $ 9     $ 89     $     $ 1,703  
                                           
Geographic segments
      The Company has operations primarily in Canada, the United States, Europe and Australia. Revenues below are attributed to geographic segments based on the location of the customer. Information by geographic segment is as follows:
                                                   
            United           Consolidated
2005   Canada   Europe   States   Australia   Eliminations   Total
                         
Revenue:
                                               
 
Sales to third parties
  $ 39,075     $ 19,206     $ 12,236     $ 1,397     $     $ 71,914  
 
Sales between geographic segments
    13,977       12       5             (13,994 )      
                                     
    $ 53,052     $ 19,218     $ 12,241     $ 1,397     $ (13,994 )   $ 71,914  
                                     
Property and equipment
  $ 5,717     $ 425     $ 355     $ 79     $     $ 6,576  
                                     
Goodwill
  $ 367     $     $     $     $     $ 367  
                                     

F-71


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
                                                   
            United           Consolidated
2004   Canada   Europe   States   Australia   Eliminations   Total
                         
Revenue:
                                               
 
Sales to third parties
  $ 38,681     $ 16,677     $ 15,617     $ 1,426     $     $ 72,401  
 
Sales between geographic segments
    13,928       23       25             (13,976 )      
                                     
    $ 52,609     $ 16,700     $ 15,642     $ 1,426     $ (13,976 )   $ 72,401  
                                     
Property and equipment
  $ 6,945     $ 510     $ 500     $ 128     $     $ 8,083  
                                     
Goodwill
  $ 367     $     $     $     $     $ 367  
                                     
                                                   
            United           Consolidated
2003   Canada   Europe   States   Australia   Eliminations   Total
                         
Revenue:
                                               
 
Sales to third parties
  $ 39,442     $ 18,826     $ 17,260     $ 792     $     $ 76,320  
 
Sales between geographic segments
    14,215                         (14,215 )      
                                     
    $ 53,657     $ 18,826     $ 17,260     $ 792     $ (14,215 )   $ 76,320  
                                     
7. Financial instruments
      The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to the relatively short periods to maturity of the instruments.
      The Company does not have any significant concentrations of credit risk with any individual customer on an ongoing basis and the Company does not believe that it has any significant credit risk in any of the countries in which it operates.
      Foreign exchange risk results from variations in exchange rates between the Canadian dollar and foreign currencies which affect the Company’s operating and financial results. The Company transacts a significant portion of its operations in U.S. dollars and U.K. pounds and did not use derivative instruments to reduce its exposure to the foreign exchange risk in 2005, 2004 or 2003.
8. Corporate transaction costs
      During 2005, the Company was party to various corporate transaction agreements and purchase offers from Linedata Services S.A. (“Linedata”), 1066821 Ontario Inc., a company controlled by the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and SS&C Technologies Inc. (“SS&C”). For subsequent events relating to SS&C, refer to note 18.
      The Company incurred various costs related to the above, as outlined below:
         
Investment advisor fees and other expenses
  $ 2,599  
Professional and legal fees
    1,984  
Linedata agreement termination fee
    6,000  
       
    $ 10,583  
       
      Included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities is an amount of $8,165 related to the above costs.

F-72


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
9. Realignment charge
      In the fourth quarters of 2004 and 2003, the Company initiated and completed a realignment plan to streamline operations and optimize profitability and recorded realignment charges, substantially for the cost of severances of $738 and $904, respectively. The Company reduced its workforce by approximately 35 employees, or 8%, in 2004 and approximately 25 employees, or 5%, in 2003 under those initiatives. The following represents a continuity of the realignment accrual from March 1, 2002 to February 28, 2005.
         
Balance, March 1, 2002
  $  
Realignment charge recorded in 2003
    904  
Payments made in 2003
    (385 )
       
Balance, February 28, 2003
    519  
Realignment charge recorded in 2004
    738  
Payments made in 2004
    (754 )
       
Balance, February 29, 2004
    503  
Realignment charge recorded in 2005
     
Payments made in 2005
    (503 )
       
Balance, February 28, 2005
  $  
       
10. Other income (expenses)
                         
    2005   2004   2003
             
Interest income
  $ 563     $ 613     $ 454  
Foreign exchange loss
    (710 )     (436 )     (512 )
Other interest expense
                (91 )
                   
    $ (147 )   $ 177     $ (149 )
                   
11. Income taxes
      (a) The Company and its subsidiaries carry out activities in a number of countries. The income tax effect on operations depends on the income tax legislation in each country and the operating results of the Company and each subsidiary. The provision for income taxes reflects an effective income tax rate which differs from the Canadian corporate income tax rate as follows:
                           
    2005   2004   2003
             
Combined basic Canadian federal and provincial income tax rate
    35.7 %     36.2 %     37.7 %
                   
Income tax expense (recovery) based on above rate
  $ (1,003 )   $ 1,450     $ 259  
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
                       
 
Lower rate on losses (earnings) of foreign subsidiaries
    (174 )     (123 )     391  
 
Adjustments to future income tax assets and liabilities for changes in enacted tax rates
          (271 )     192  
 
Change in valuation allowance for future income tax assets
    270       205       175  
 
Income tax losses of foreign subsidiary not recorded
                74  
 
Non-deductible expenses
    2,498       111       84  
 
Non-taxable portion of investment tax credits
    (191 )     (53 )      
 
Large Corporations Tax
          75        
 
Other
    (38 )     110       (34 )
                   
    $ 1,362     $ 1,504     $ 1,141  
                   
Combined actual effective income tax rate
    (48.5 )%     37.5 %     166.1 %
                   

F-73


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
      (b) Future income tax expense results from temporary differences in the recognition of income and expenses for income tax and financial statement reporting purposes. The sources and effects of those temporary differences are as follows:
                         
    2005   2004   2003
             
Excess of income tax depreciation over financial statement amounts
  $ (31 )   $ (195 )   $ (333 )
Use of benefit of income tax losses
    (182 )     829       418  
Investment tax credits
    313       80        
Share issue costs
                132  
Valuation allowance
    270       205       175  
Non-deductible reserves
    83       (105 )     (107 )
                   
    $ 453     $ 814     $ 285  
                   
      (c) Income tax expense (recovery) consists of:
                           
    Current   Future   Total
             
Year ended February 28, 2005:
                       
 
Federal income taxes
  $ 37     $ 336     $ 373  
 
Provincial income taxes
    22       14       36  
 
Foreign income taxes
    850       103       953  
                   
    $ 909     $ 453     $ 1,362  
                   
Year ended February 29, 2004:
                       
 
Federal income taxes
  $ 75     $ 599     $ 674  
 
Provincial income taxes
    28       418       446  
 
Foreign income taxes
    587       (203 )     384  
                   
    $ 690     $ 814     $ 1,504  
                   
Year ended February 28, 2003:
                       
 
Federal income taxes
  $ 578     $ 328     $ 906  
 
Provincial income taxes
    252       150       402  
 
Foreign income taxes
    26       (193 )     (167 )
                   
    $ 856     $ 285     $ 1,141  
                   

F-74


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
      (d) The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the future income tax assets and future income tax liabilities are as follows:
                   
    2005   2004
         
Future income tax assets (liabilities):
               
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 1,275     $ 1,117  
 
Depreciation
    757       726  
 
Non-deductible reserves
    129       213  
 
Investment tax credits
    (393 )     (80 )
             
      1,768       1,976  
Valuation allowance
    (1,155 )     (885 )
             
Net future income tax asset
  $ 613     $ 1,091  
             
      (e) At February 28, 2005, the Company has non-capital losses available to reduce future years’ taxable income in foreign jurisdictions of approximately $3,850 with no expiry date.
12. Change in non-cash operating working capital
                         
    2005   2004   2003
             
Accounts receivable
  $ 795     $ 1,746     $ 3,067  
Income taxes recoverable/payable
    (173 )     1,077       1,584  
Prepaid expenses
    210       (20 )     176  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    9,326       183       680  
Deferred revenue
    131       189       840  
                   
    $ 10,289     $ 3,175     $ 6,347  
                   
13. Commitments
      (a) The Company and its subsidiaries have entered into agreements to lease premises which expire at various dates to 2014. The annual rent of premises consists of a minimum rent plus realty taxes, maintenance, heat and certain other expenses. Minimum rent payable for premises in aggregate is as follows:
         
2006
  $ 3,215  
2007
    3,043  
2008
    3,019  
2009
    2,726  
2010
    2,563  
Thereafter
    8,031  
       
    $ 22,597  
       
      (b) Rent expense for the year ended February 28, 2005 was $3,484 (2004 — $3,183; 2003 — $3,343).

F-75


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
14. Related party transactions
      The Company incurred fees of nil (2004 — nil; 2003 — $10) from a company controlled by one of the directors.
      The transactions are in the normal course of operations and are measured at the exchange amounts, being the amounts agreed to by the parties.
15. Contingencies
      In the normal course of operations, the Company may be subject to litigation, claims and counterclaims. Management believes that adequate provisions have been recorded in the accounts, where required. Although it is not possible to estimate the extent of potential costs, if any, management believes that the ultimate resolution of such contingencies would not have a material impact on the financial position of the Company.
16. Guarantees
      Contingent liabilities in the form of letters of guarantee are provided to various third parties. At February 28, 2005, the Company had $152 (2004 — $166) in letters of guarantee outstanding (note 3).
      The Company has provided routine indemnifications to its customers against liability if the Company’s products infringe on a third party’s intellectual property rights. The maximum exposure from these indemnifications cannot be reasonably estimated. In some cases, the Company has recourse against other parties to mitigate its risk of loss from these guarantees. Historically, the Company has made no payments relating to these indemnifications, and the Company is not subject to any pending litigation on this matter.
      The Company records a liability for future warranty costs based on management’s estimate of probable claims under its product warranties, which are standard warranties regarding the functionality of products in accordance with stated specifications. Actual costs incurred have not been significant. The Company reviews the need for warranty accruals based on the terms of the warranty, which vary by customer and product, and historical experience.
17. Canadian and United States accounting policy differences
      The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in Canada (“Canadian GAAP”). The significant differences between Canadian GAAP and those applied in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) are described below:

F-76


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
Consolidated statements of operations
      The following table reconciles net earnings (loss) as reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations to net earnings (loss) that would have been reported had the consolidated financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, U.S. GAAP requires the disclosure of a statement of comprehensive income (loss). Comprehensive income (loss) generally encompasses all changes in shareholders’ equity, except those arising from transactions with shareholders.
                           
    2005   2004   2003
             
Net earnings (loss) in accordance with Canadian GAAP
  $ (4,172 )   $ 2,503     $ (453 )
Compensation expense(a)
    (22 )     (37 )     (60 )
Foreign exchange(b)
          (171 )     203  
                   
Net earnings (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    (4,194 )     2,295       (310 )
Other comprehensive earnings:
                       
 
Change in cumulative translation adjustments
    225       410       (123 )
                   
Comprehensive income (loss) for the year based on U.S. GAAP
  $ (3,969 )   $ 2,705     $ (433 )
                   
      The following sets forth the computation of U.S. GAAP basic and diluted loss per share:
                           
    2005   2004   2003
             
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share under U.S. GAAP
  $ (0.38 )   $ 0.20     $ (0.03 )
                   
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
                       
 
Basic
    11,023       11,314       11,558  
 
Diluted
    11,023       11,404       11,558  
                   
     (a) Stock-based compensation
      In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123” (“SFAS No. 148”), which amended the transitional provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”), related to the timing of adoption of recognition of stock-based compensation under the fair value-based method. Effective March 1, 2003, the Company elected to prospectively expense employee stock-based compensation for purposes of both Canadian and U.S. GAAP using the fair value-based method for all awards granted or modified after March 1, 2003. The fair value at the grant date of stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Compensation expense is recognized over the stock option vesting period. During 2005, the Company has recorded stock-based compensation expense of $162 (2004 — $89).
      Prior to the adoption of the fair value-based method, for U.S. GAAP purposes the Company used the intrinsic value method for accounting of stock-based compensation.
      Prior to the adoption of the fair value method on March 1, 2003, the Company ceased the repurchase of unexercised options, at which time, variable plan accounting under the intrinsic value method ceased and a measurement date for valuing the options occurred. Deferred compensation at the measurement date continues to be amortized over the remaining vesting period of the options.

F-77


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
      Certain additional disclosures required under U.S. GAAP are as follows:
        Had compensation cost for stock options been determined under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, which utilizes a fair value-based method, the Company’s net earnings (loss) and earnings (loss) per share would have been increased to the following pro forma amounts:
                           
    2005   2004   2003
             
Net earnings (loss), U.S. GAAP
  $ (4,194 )   $ 2,295     $ (310 )
Add stock-based compensation expense included in reported net earnings (loss)
    162       126       60  
Deduct total stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards
    (453 )     (852 )     (1,005 )
                   
Pro forma net earnings (loss), U.S. GAAP
  $ (4,485 )   $ 1,569     $ (1,255 )
                   
Earnings (loss) per share, U.S. GAAP:
                       
 
Basic, as reported
  $ (0.38 )   $ 0.20     $ (0.03 )
 
Basic, pro forma
    (0.41 )     0.14       (0.11 )
 
Diluted, as reported
    (0.38 )     0.20       (0.03 )
 
Diluted, pro forma
    (0.41 )     0.14       (0.11 )
      For purposes of the pro forma disclosures, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions used for grants as follows:
                         
    2005   2004   2003
             
Risk-free interest rate
    4.07 %     3.87 %     4.74 %
Expected dividend yield
                 
Volatility
    44.0 %     48.0 %     53.0 %
Expected lives
    5 years       5 years       5 years  
Weighted average fair value of options granted
  $ 3.20     $ 3.13     $ 2.78  
     (b) Foreign exchange
      Under Canadian GAAP, a portion of the equity adjustment from cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, included in shareholders’ equity, is required to be transferred to income whenever there is a reduction in the net investment in a foreign entity or repayment of foreign currency denominated, long-term inter-company loan. U.S. GAAP requires the transfer of a portion of this account to income only when the reduction in the net investment is due for sale or complete or substantially complete liquidation. While there may be differences in the timing of the recognition of such foreign exchange gains and losses under Canadian and U.S. GAAP, this difference in accounting has no effect on total shareholders’ equity.
     (c) Disclosure of allowance for doubtful accounts
      U.S. GAAP requires the disclosure of the allowance for doubtful accounts included in accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts at February 28, 2005 was $421 (2004 — $650).
     (d) Disclosure of accrued liabilities
      U.S. GAAP requires the separate disclosure of accrued liabilities. As at February 28, 2005, accrued liabilities were $5,841 (2004 — $3,391).

F-78


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)
     (e) Earnings before the undernoted
      U.S. GAAP requires that depreciation and other income (expenses) be included in the determination of operating income and does not permit disclosure of subtotals of the amounts of earnings before these items. Canadian GAAP permits the subtotals of the amounts of earnings before these items.
     (f) Income taxes
      Canadian GAAP requires government assistance for current operating expenses to be netted against the respective expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. U.S. GAAP requires that government assistance, in the form of tax credits, to be netted against income tax expense. For U.S. GAAP purposes, research and development expenses would increase by $1,411 and income taxes would decrease by $1,411 in 2005 (2004 — $363).
     (g) Consolidated statements of cash flows
      Canadian GAAP permits the disclosure of a subtotal of the amount of funds provided by operations before changes in non-cash working capital items in the consolidated statements of cash flows. U.S. GAAP does not permit this subtotal to be included.
     (h) New United States accounting pronouncements
      In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46”). In December 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46R, which superseded FIN 46 and contains numerous exemptions. FIN 46R applies to financial statements of public entities that have or potentially have interests in entities considered special purpose entities for periods ended after December 15, 2003 and, otherwise, to interests in VIE for periods ending after March 31, 2004. VIE are entities that have insufficient equity and/or their equity investors lack one or more specified essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest. The guideline provides specific guidance for determining when an entity is a VIE and who, if anyone, should consolidate the VIE. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
18. Subsequent events
      In February 2005, the Company and SS&C entered into an acquisition agreement which set forth, among other things, the terms and conditions upon and subject to which SS&C would make an offer to purchase all of the FMC shares (the “SS&C Offer”). In March 2005, SS&C made such an offer. The SS&C Offer was open for acceptance until close of business on April 14, 2005 and approximately 99.8% of FMC’s shares were tendered into the SS&C Offer. SS&C acquired all of the remaining FMC Shares in May 2005.
      Due to the amendments to the Company’s Option Plan disclosed in note 5 and the acquisition of the Company by SS&C in April 2005, the Company made cash payments totalling $9,658 for approximately 99.9% of the Company’s outstanding options. The related stock compensation expense was recorded by the Company in April 2005 at the time the FMC shares were taken up and paid for by SS&C.
      On June 17, 2005, the Company amalgamated with 3099176 Nova Scotia Company and continued under the name of SS&C Technologies Canada Corp.

F-79


Table of Contents

 
 
(SS&C LOGO)
$205,000,000
SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2013
 
PROSPECTUS
 
       Until the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 


Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
      (a) SS&C Technologies, Inc. and Financial Models Holdings Inc. are each incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware.
      Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) grants each corporation organized thereunder the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of being or having been in any such capacity, if he or she acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
      In the case of an action by or in the right of the corporation, Section 145(b) permits the corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. No indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which the action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnified for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
      To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in the preceding two paragraphs, Section 145(c) requires that he or she be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.
      Section 145(e) provides that expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit, or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145.
      Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders of monetary damages for violations of the directors’ fiduciary duty of care, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
      The bylaws of SS&C Technologies, Inc. state that the corporation shall indemnify every person who is or was a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the

II-1


Table of Contents

corporation or, while a director or officer or employee of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the full extent permitted by applicable law.
      The certificate of incorporation of SS&C Technologies, Inc. further provides that the corporation is authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of the corporation (and any other persons to which the DGCL permits the corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, by vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, subject only to limits created by the DGCL and applicable decisional law, with respect to actions for breach of duty to the corporation, its stockholders, and others.
      The certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of Financial Models Holdings, Inc. do not contain any indemnification provisions.
      (b) Cogent Management Inc. and Financial Models Company Ltd. are each incorporated under the laws of the state of New York.
      The New York Business Corporation Law (“BCL”), Article 7, Sections 721-726 provide for the indemnification and advancement of expenses to officers and directors. Indemnification and advancement pursuant to the BCL are not exclusive of any other rights an officer or director may be entitled to, provided that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that the director personally gained a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled.
      A corporation may indemnify an officer or director, in the case of third party actions, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses and, in the case of derivative actions, against amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, provided that the director or officer acted in good faith, for a purpose which he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation and, in the case of criminal actions, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. A corporation may obtain indemnification insurance indemnifying itself and its directors and officers.
      The certificate of incorporation of Cogent Management Inc. states that the personal liability of directors to the corporation or its shareholders for damages for any breach of duty in such capacity is eliminated except that such personal liability shall not be eliminated if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such director establishes that his acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled or that his acts violated Section 719 of the BCL.
      The certificate of incorporation and the by-laws of Cogent Management Inc. do not contain any indemnification provisions.
      The certificate of incorporation of Financial Models Company Ltd. states that except as may otherwise be specifically provided in the certificate of incorporation, no provision of the certificate of incorporation is intended by the corporation to be construed as limiting, prohibiting, denying or derogating any of the general or specific powers or rights conferred under the BCL upon the corporation, upon its shareholders, bondholders and security holders, and upon its directors, officers and other corporate personnel, including, in particular but without limitation, the power of the corporation to furnish indemnification to directors and officers in the capacities defined and prescribed by the BCL and the defined and prescribed rights of said persons to indemnification as the same are conferred by the BCL.

II-2


Table of Contents

      (c) SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC is a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of New York.
      Section 420 of the New York Limited Liability Company Law provides that, subject to the terms of its operating agreement, a limited liability company may indemnify and hold harmless any member, manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever, except where a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such member, manager or other person establishes (1) that his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated or (2) that he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled.
      The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC states that except as otherwise provided by the New York Limited Liability Company Law, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the company, and the member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the company solely by reason of being a member, manager or agent, or acting (or omitting to act) in such capacities, or participating in the conduct of the business of the company.
      The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC does not contain any indemnification provisions.
      (d) Open Information Systems, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the state of Connecticut.
      Subsection (a) of Section  33-771 of the Connecticut Business Corporation Act (the “CBCA”), provides that a corporation may indemnify an individual who is a party to a proceeding because he or she is a director against liability incurred in the proceeding if: (1)(A) he and she conducted himself in good faith; (B) he or she reasonably believed (i) in the case of conduct in his or her official capacity, that his or her conduct was in the best interests of the corporation; and (ii) in all other cases, that his and her conduct was at least not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and (C) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he or she has no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; or (2) he or she engaged in conduct for which broader indemnification has been made permissible or obligatory under a provision of the certificate of incorporation as authorized by the CBCA.
      Subsection (b) of Section  33-771 of the CBCA provides that a director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose he or she reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan is conduct that satisfies the requirement that his conduct was at least not opposed to the best interest of the corporation.
      Subsection (c) of Section  33-771 of the CBCA provides that the termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the director did not meet the relevant standard of conduct described in Section  33-771 of the CBCA.
      Subsection (d) of Section  33-771 of the CBCA provides that, unless ordered by a court, a corporation may not indemnify a director: (1) in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation except for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding if it is determined that the director has met the relevant standard of conduct under Section  33-771(a) of the CBCA; or (2) in connection with any proceeding with respect to conduct for which he or she was adjudged liable on the basis that he received a financial benefit to which he or she was not entitled, whether or not involving action in his or her official capacity.
      Section  33-772 of the CBCA provides that a corporation shall indemnify a director of the corporation who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she was a party because he was a director of the corporation, against reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the proceeding.

II-3


Table of Contents

      Subsection (a) of Section  33-776 of the CBCA provides that a corporation may indemnify an officer of the corporation who is a party to a proceeding because he or she is an officer of the corporation (1) to the same extent as a director, and (2) if he or she is an officer but not a director, to such further extent, consistent with public policy, as may be provided by contract, the certificate of incorporation, the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors. Subsection (c) of Section  33-776 of the CBCA provides that an officer of the corporation who is not a director is entitled to mandatory indemnification under Section  33-772 to the same extent to which a director may be entitled to indemnification.
      The certificate of incorporation of Open Information Systems, Inc. states that the corporation shall indemnify its directors for liability, as defined in Section  33-770(5) of the CBCA to any person for any action taken, or any failure to take any action, as a director, except liability that (a) involved a knowing and culpable violation of law by the director, (b) enabled the director or an associate, as defined in Section  33-840 of the CBCA, to receive an improper personal gain, (c) showed a lack of good faith and a conscious disregard for the duty of the director to the corporation under circumstances in which the director was aware that his conduct or omission created an unjustifiable risk of serious injury to the corporation, (d) constituted a sustained and unexcused pattern of inattention that amounted to an abdication of the director’s duty to the corporation, or (e) created liability under Section  33-757 of the CBCA.
      The bylaws of Open Information Systems, Inc. state that to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, the corporation shall indemnify any current or former director or officer of the corporation and may, at the discretion of the board of directors, indemnify any current or former employee or agent of the corporation against all expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such individual in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation or otherwise, to which such individual was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such individual’s current or former position with the corporation or by reason of the fact that such individual is or was serving, at the request of the corporation, as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
      (e) OMR Systems Corporation is incorporated under the laws of the state of New Jersey.
      The New Jersey Business Corporation Act, as amended (the “Act”), provides that a New Jersey corporation has the power generally to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and other agents against expenses and liabilities in connection with any proceeding involving such person by reason of his or her being or having been a corporate agent, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action brought by or in the right of the corporation, indemnification of directors, officers, employees and other agents against expenses is permitted if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; however, no indemnification is permitted in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the New Jersey Superior Court, or the court in which such proceeding was brought, shall determine upon application that despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification. Expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee or other agent in connection with a proceeding may be, under certain circumstances, paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding as authorized by the board of directors. The power to indemnify and advance expenses under the Act does not exclude other rights to which a director, officer, employee or other agent of the corporation may be entitled to under the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise; provided that no indemnification is permitted to be made to or on behalf of such person if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such person establishes that his or her acts or omissions were in breach of his or her duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, were not in good faith or involved a violation of the law, or resulted in the receipt by such person of an improper personal benefit.

II-4


Table of Contents

      Under the Act, a New Jersey corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any director, officer, employee or other agent against any expenses incurred in any proceeding and any liabilities asserted against him or her by reason of his or her being or having been a corporate agent, whether or not the corporation has the power to indemnify him or her against such expenses and liabilities under the Act. All of the foregoing powers of indemnification granted to a New Jersey corporation may be exercised by such corporation notwithstanding the absence of any provision in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws authorizing the exercise of such powers. A New Jersey corporation, however, may provide, with certain limitations, in its certificate of incorporation that a director or officer shall not be personally liable, or shall be liable only to the extent therein provided, to the corporation or its shareholders for damages for breach of a duty owed to the corporation or its shareholders.
      Reference is made to Sections 14A:3-5 and 14A:2-7(3) of the Act in connection with the above summary of indemnification, insurance and limitation of liability.
      The bylaws of OMR Systems Corporation state that the Corporation shall indemnify each of its directors, officers and employees whether or not then in service as such (and his or her executor, administrator and heirs), against all reasonable expenses actually and necessarily incurred by him or her in connection with the defense of any litigation to which the individual may have been made a party because he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of the corporation. The individual shall have no right to reimbursement, however, in relation to matters as to which he or she has been adjudged liable to the corporation for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duties, or was derelict in the performance of his or her duty as director, officer or employee by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of his or her office or employment. The right to indemnity for expenses shall also apply to the expenses of suits which are compromised or settled if the court having jurisdiction of the matter shall approve such settlement. The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to, and not exclusive of, all other rights to that which such director, officer or employee may be entitled.
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
     (a) Exhibits
      Below are the exhibits which are included, either by being filed herewith or by incorporation by reference, in this registration statement.
         
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibit
     
  2 .1†   Acquisition Agreement, dated February 25, 2005, by and between SS&C Technologies, Inc. and Financial Models Company Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 2, 2005 (File No. 000-28430)
  2 .2†   Purchase Agreement, dated February 28, 2005, by and among SS&C Technologies, Inc., EisnerFast LLC and EHS, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 3, 2005 (File No. 000-28430)
  2 .3†   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Sunshine Merger Corporation and SS&C Technologies, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 28, 2005 (File No. 000-28430)
  2 .4†   Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 25, 2005, by among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Sunshine Merger Corporation and SS&C Technologies, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 30, 2005 (File No. 000-28430)
  3 .1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  3 .2   Bylaws of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  3 .3   Certificate of Incorporation of Financial Models Company Ltd.
  3 .4   By-Laws of Financial Models Company Ltd.

II-5


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibit
     
  3 .5   Certificate of Incorporation of Financial Models Holdings Inc.
  3 .6   Bylaws of Financial Models Holdings Inc.
  3 .7   Certificate of Restated Articles of Organization of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC
  3 .8   Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC
  3 .9   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of OMR Systems Corporation
  3 .10   Bylaws of OMR Systems Corporation
  3 .11   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Open Information Systems, Inc.
  3 .12   Bylaws of Open Information Systems, Inc.
  3 .13   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Cogent Management Inc.
  3 .14   By-Laws of Cogent Management Inc.
  4 .1   Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, including the form of 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Note due 2013
  4 .2   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 27, 2006, among Cogent Management Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013
  4 .3   Guarantee of 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 by Financial Models Company Ltd., Financial Models Holdings Inc., SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC, OMR Systems Corporation and Open Information Systems, Inc.
  4 .4   Guarantee of 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 by Cogent Management Inc.
  4 .5   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc. and the Guarantors named therein, as Issuers, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Initial Purchasers
  4 .6   Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2005, between Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. and the Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I thereto
  4 .7   Joinder Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, executed by SS&C Technologies, Inc., Financial Models Company Ltd., Financial Models Holdings Inc., SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC, OMR Systems Corporation and Open Information Systems, Inc.
  4 .8   Joinder Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, executed by Cogent Management Inc.
  5 .1   Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
  5 .2   Opinion of Day, Berry & Howard LLP
  5 .3   Opinion of Fox Rothschild LLP
  10 .1   Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as Documentation Agent
  10 .2   Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, made by Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
  10 .3   CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, made by SS&C Technologies Canada Corp. and 3105198 Nova Scotia Company in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent
  10 .4   Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, made by Cogent Management Inc., in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

II-6


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibit
     
  10 .5   Stockholders Agreement of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., William C. Stone and Other Executive Stockholders (as defined therein)
  10 .6   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., William C. Stone and Other Executive Investors (as defined therein)
  10 .7   Form of Service Provider Stockholders Agreement of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. and the Service Provider Stockholders (as defined therein)
  10 .8   Management Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, between Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, William C. Stone and TC Group, L.L.C.
  10 .9   SS&C Technologies, Inc. Management Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., Sunshine Acquisition Corporation and SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  10 .10   1998 Stock Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement
  10 .11   1999 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement
  10 .12   Form of Option Assumption Notice for 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 1999 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan
  10 .13   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and between William C. Stone and Sunshine Acquisition Corporation
  10 .14   Contract of Employment between Kevin Milne and SS&C Technologies, Inc., effective as of June 9, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2005 (File No. 000-28430)
  10 .15   Description of Executive Officer and Director Compensation Arrangements
  10 .16   Lease Agreement, dated September 23, 1997, by and between SS&C Technologies, Inc. and Monarch Life Insurance Company, as amended by First Amendment to Lease dated as of November 18, 1997, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 000-28430)
  10 .17   Second Amendment to Lease, dated as of April 1999, between SS&C Technologies, Inc. and New Boston Lamberton Limited Partnership is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 000-28430) (the “2004 10-K”)
  10 .18   Third Amendment to Lease, effective as of July 1, 1999, between SS&C Technologies, Inc. and New Boston Lamberton Limited Partnership is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 2004 10-K
  10 .19   Fourth Amendment to Lease, effective as of June 7, 2005, between SS&C Technologies, Inc. and New Boston Lamberton Limited Partnership, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2005 (File No. 000-28430) (the “Q2 2005 10-Q”)
  10 .20   Lease Agreement, dated January 6, 1998, by and between Financial Models Company Inc. and Polaris Realty (Canada) Limited, as amended by First Amendment of Lease, dated as of June 24, 1998, and as amended by Second Lease Amending Agreement, dated as of November 13, 1998, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Q2 20005 10-Q
  12     Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  21     Subsidiaries of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23 .2   Consent of Day, Berry & Howard LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)
  23 .3   Consent of Fox Rothschild LLP (included in Exhibit 5.3)

II-7


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibit
     
  23 .4   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23 .5   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23 .6   Consent of KPMG LLP
  24     Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this registration statement)
  25     Statement of Eligibility of Trustee and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, on Form T-1, relating to the 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013
  99 .1   Form of Letter of Transmittal
  99 .2   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
  99 .3   Form of Letter to DTC Participants
  99 .4   Form of Letter to Beneficial Holders
  99 .5   Form of Tax Guidelines
 
†  The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedules to this agreement to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.
     (b) Financial Statement Schedules
      None.
Item 22. Undertakings
      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
        (a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
        (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
        (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
        (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
        (b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

II-8


Table of Contents

        (d) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
      The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
        (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
        (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
        (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
        (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Windsor, State of Connecticut, on this 19 th day of June, 2006.
  SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
  By:  /s/ William C. Stone
 
 
  William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
      We, the undersigned officers and directors of SS&C Technologies, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint William C. Stone and Patrick J. Pedonti, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to any of them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement on Form  S-4 filed herewith and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement and generally to do all such things in our name and behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable SS&C Technologies, Inc. to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys, or any of them, to said registration statement and any and all amendments thereto.
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Signatures   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ William C. Stone
 
William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
 
Patrick J. Pedonti
  Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Normand A. Boulanger
 
Normand A. Boulanger
  Director   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ William A. Etherington
 
William A. Etherington
  Director   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Allan M. Holt
 
Allan M. Holt
  Director   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Todd R. Newnam
 
Todd R. Newnam
  Director   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Claudius E. Watts, IV
 
Claudius E. Watts, IV
  Director   June 19, 2006

II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Windsor, State of Connecticut, on this 19 th day of June, 2006.
  COGENT MANAGEMENT INC.
  By:  /s/ William C. Stone
 
 
  William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
      We, the undersigned officers and directors of Cogent Management Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint William C. Stone and Patrick J. Pedonti, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to any of them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement on Form  S-4 filed herewith and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement and generally to do all such things in our name and behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable Cogent Management Inc. to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys, or any of them, to said registration statement and any and all amendments thereto.
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Signatures   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ Normand A. Boulanger
 
Normand A. Boulanger
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
 
Patrick J. Pedonti
  Director, Senior Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ William C. Stone
 
William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board   June 19, 2006

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Windsor, State of Connecticut, on this 19 th day of June, 2006.
  FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.
  By:  /s/ William C. Stone
 
 
  William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
      We, the undersigned officers and directors of Financial Models Company Ltd., hereby severally constitute and appoint William C. Stone and Patrick J. Pedonti, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to any of them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement on Form  S-4 filed herewith and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement and generally to do all such things in our name and behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable Financial Models Company Ltd. to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys, or any of them, to said registration statement and any and all amendments thereto.
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Signatures   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ Normand A. Boulanger
 
Normand A. Boulanger
  President
(Principal Executive Officer)
  June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
 
Patrick J. Pedonti
  Director, Senior Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ William C. Stone
 
William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board   June 19, 2006

II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Windsor, State of Connecticut, on this 19 th day of June, 2006.
  FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.
  By:  /s/ William C. Stone
 
 
  William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
      We, the undersigned officers and directors of Financial Models Holdings Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint William C. Stone and Patrick J. Pedonti, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to any of them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement on Form  S-4 filed herewith and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement and generally to do all such things in our name and behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable Financial Models Holdings Inc. to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys, or any of them, to said registration statement and any and all amendments thereto.
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Signatures   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ Normand A. Boulanger
 
Normand A. Boulanger
  President
(Principal Executive Officer)
  June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
 
Patrick J. Pedonti
  Director, Senior Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ William C. Stone
 
William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board   June 19, 2006

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Windsor, State of Connecticut, on this 19 th day of June, 2006.
  SS&C FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC
  By:  /s/ William C. Stone
 
 
  William C. Stone
  Chairman
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
      We, the undersigned officers of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC and directors of the sole member of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC, hereby severally constitute and appoint William C. Stone and Patrick J. Pedonti, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to any of them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement on Form  S-4 filed herewith and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement and generally to do all such things in our name and behalf in our capacities as officers and directors of the sole member to enable SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys, or any of them, to said registration statement and any and all amendments thereto.
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Signatures   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ Normand A. Boulanger
 
Normand A. Boulanger
  President and Director of Sole Member (Principal Executive Officer)   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
 
Patrick J. Pedonti
  Senior Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ William C. Stone
 
William C. Stone
  Chairman and Director of Sole Member   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ William A. Etherington
 
William A. Etherington
  Director of Sole Member   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Allan M. Holt
 
Allan M. Holt
  Director of Sole Member   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Todd R. Newnam
 
Todd R. Newnam
  Director of Sole Member   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Claudius E. Watts, IV
 
Claudius E. Watts, IV
  Director of Sole Member   June 19, 2006

II-14


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Windsor, State of Connecticut, on this 19 th day of June, 2006.
  OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION
  By:  /s/ William C. Stone
 
 
  William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
      We, the undersigned officers and directors of OMR Systems Corporation, hereby severally constitute and appoint William C. Stone and Patrick J. Pedonti, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to any of them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement on Form  S-4 filed herewith and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement and generally to do all such things in our name and behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable OMR Systems Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys, or any of them, to said registration statement and any and all amendments thereto.
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Signatures   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ Normand A. Boulanger
 
Normand A. Boulanger
  President
(Principal Executive Officer)
  June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
 
Patrick J. Pedonti
  Director, Senior Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ William C. Stone
 
William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board   June 19, 2006

II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned Co-Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Windsor, State of Connecticut, on this 19 th day of June, 2006.
  OPEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.
  By:  /s/ William C. Stone
 
 
  William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
      We, the undersigned officers and directors of Open Information Systems, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint William C. Stone and Patrick J. Pedonti, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to any of them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement on Form  S-4 filed herewith and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement and generally to do all such things in our name and behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable Open Information Systems, Inc. to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys, or any of them, to said registration statement and any and all amendments thereto.
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Signatures   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ Normand A. Boulanger
 
Normand A. Boulanger
  President
(Principal Executive Officer)
  June 19, 2006
 
/s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
 
Patrick J. Pedonti
  Director, Senior Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 19, 2006
 
/s/ William C. Stone
 
William C. Stone
  Chairman of the Board   June 19, 2006

II-16


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
      Below are the exhibits which are included, either by being filed herewith or by incorporation by reference, in this registration statement.
         
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibit
     
  2 .1†   Acquisition Agreement, dated February 25, 2005, by and between SS&C Technologies, Inc. and Financial Models Company Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 2, 2005 (File No. 000-28430)
  2 .2†   Purchase Agreement, dated February 28, 2005, by and among SS&C Technologies, Inc., EisnerFast LLC and EHS, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 3, 2005 (File No. 000-28430)
  2 .3†   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Sunshine Merger Corporation and SS&C Technologies, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 28, 2005 (File No. 000-28430)
  2 .4†   Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 25, 2005, by among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Sunshine Merger Corporation and SS&C Technologies, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 30, 2005 (File No. 000-28430)
  3 .1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  3 .2   Bylaws of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  3 .3   Certificate of Incorporation of Financial Models Company Ltd.
  3 .4   By-Laws of Financial Models Company Ltd.
  3 .5   Certificate of Incorporation of Financial Models Holdings Inc.
  3 .6   Bylaws of Financial Models Holdings Inc.
  3 .7   Certificate of Restated Articles of Organization of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC
  3 .8   Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC
  3 .9   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of OMR Systems Corporation
  3 .10   Bylaws of OMR Systems Corporation
  3 .11   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Open Information Systems, Inc.
  3 .12   Bylaws of Open Information Systems, Inc.
  3 .13   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Cogent Management Inc.
  3 .14   By-Laws of Cogent Management Inc.
  4 .1   Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, including the form of 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Note due 2013
  4 .2   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 27, 2006, among Cogent Management Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013
  4 .3   Guarantee of 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 by Financial Models Company Ltd., Financial Models Holdings Inc., SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC, OMR Systems Corporation and Open Information Systems, Inc.
  4 .4   Guarantee of 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 by Cogent Management Inc.
  4 .5   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc. and the Guarantors named therein, as Issuers, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Initial Purchasers
  4 .6   Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2005, between Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. and the Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I thereto


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibit
     
  4 .7   Joinder Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, executed by SS&C Technologies, Inc., Financial Models Company Ltd., Financial Models Holdings Inc., SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC, OMR Systems Corporation and Open Information Systems, Inc.
  4 .8   Joinder Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, executed by Cogent Management Inc.
  5 .1   Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
  5 .2   Opinion of Day, Berry & Howard LLP
  5 .3   Opinion of Fox Rothschild LLP
  10 .1   Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as Documentation Agent
  10 .2   Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, made by Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
  10 .3   CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, made by SS&C Technologies Canada Corp. and 3105198 Nova Scotia Company in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent
  10 .4   Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, made by Cogent Management Inc., in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
  10 .5   Stockholders Agreement of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., William C. Stone and Other Executive Stockholders (as defined therein)
  10 .6   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., William C. Stone and Other Executive Investors (as defined therein)
  10 .7   Form of Service Provider Stockholders Agreement of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. and the Service Provider Stockholders (as defined therein)
  10 .8   Management Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, between Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, William C. Stone and TC Group, L.L.C.
  10 .9   SS&C Technologies, Inc. Management Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., Sunshine Acquisition Corporation and SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  10 .10   1998 Stock Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement
  10 .11   1999 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement
  10 .12   Form of Option Assumption Notice for 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 1999 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan
  10 .13   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and between William C. Stone and Sunshine Acquisition Corporation
  10 .14   Contract of Employment between Kevin Milne and SS&C Technologies, Inc., effective as of June 9, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2005 (File No. 000-28430)
  10 .15   Description of Executive Officer and Director Compensation Arrangements
  10 .16   Lease Agreement, dated September 23, 1997, by and between SS&C Technologies, Inc. and Monarch Life Insurance Company, as amended by First Amendment to Lease dated as of November 18, 1997, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 000-28430)


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibit
     
  10 .17   Second Amendment to Lease, dated as of April 1999, between SS&C Technologies, Inc. and New Boston Lamberton Limited Partnership is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 000-28430) (the “2004 10-K”)
  10 .18   Third Amendment to Lease, effective as of July 1, 1999, between SS&C Technologies, Inc. and New Boston Lamberton Limited Partnership is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 2004 10-K
  10 .19   Fourth Amendment to Lease, effective as of June 7, 2005, between SS&C Technologies, Inc. and New Boston Lamberton Limited Partnership, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to SS&C Technologies, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2005 (File No. 000-28430) (the “Q2 2005 10-Q”)
  10 .20   Lease Agreement, dated January 6, 1998, by and between Financial Models Company Inc. and Polaris Realty (Canada) Limited, as amended by First Amendment of Lease, dated as of June 24, 1998, and as amended by Second Lease Amending Agreement, dated as of November 13, 1998, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Q2 20005 10-Q
  12     Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  21     Subsidiaries of SS&C Technologies, Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23 .2   Consent of Day, Berry & Howard LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)
  23 .3   Consent of Fox Rothschild LLP (included in Exhibit 5.3)
  23 .4   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23 .5   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23 .6   Consent of KPMG LLP
  24     Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this registration statement)
  25     Statement of Eligibility of Trustee and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, on Form T-1, relating to the 11 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013
  99 .1   Form of Letter of Transmittal
  99 .2   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
  99 .3   Form of Letter to DTC Participants
  99 .4   Form of Letter to Beneficial Holders
  99 .5   Form of Tax Guidelines
 
†  The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedules to this agreement to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.

EXHIBIT 3.1

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
(a Delaware corporation)

SS&C Technologies, Inc. (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

A. The name of the Corporation is SS&C Technologies, Inc. SS&C Technologies, Inc. was originally incorporated under the same name, and the original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 29, 1996.

B. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by written consent of the board of directors in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 141 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

C. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation only restates and integrates and does not further amend the provisions of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation as theretofore amended or supplemented, and there is no discrepancy between those provisions and the provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

D. The Certificate of Incorporation is hereby restated in its entirety so that the same shall read as follows:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Corporation") is: SS&C Technologies, Inc.

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL").

FOURTH : The aggregate number of all classes of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is ten thousand (10,000) shares of common stock, par value of $0.01


per share (the "Common Stock").

FIFTH : The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted or imposed upon the Common Stock are as follows;

(a) Dividends. The holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to the payment of dividends when and as declared by the board of directors of the Corporation (the "Board") out of funds legally available therefore and to receive other distributions from the Corporation, including distributions of contributed capital, when and as declared by the Board. Any dividends declared by the Board to the holders of the then outstanding Common Stock shall be paid to the holders thereof pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder as of the record date of such dividend.

(b) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Subject to the rights of any holders of any class of preferred stock which may from time-to-time come into existence and which are then outstanding, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the foods and assets of the Corporation that may be legally distributed to the Corporation's stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Common Stock pro rata, in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

(c) Voting. Each holder of Common Stock shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of each other holder of Common Stock and shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock held by such holder. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect at the time in question) and applicable law, on all matters put to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.

SIXTH : [Intentionally left blank.]

SEVENTH : In furtherance and not in limitation of the power conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation subject to any limitations contained therein.

EIGHTH : No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for the breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transactions from

-2-

which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

NINTH : 1. Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an Indemnitee), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which be reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action of proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, except as set forth in Section 7 below, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by the Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such indemnification payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

2. Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he

-3-

reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses (including attorneys' fees) which the Court of Chancery of Delaware shall deem proper.

3. Indemnification for Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or on appeal from any such action, suit or proceeding, he shall be indemnified against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. Without limiting the foregoing, if any action, suit or proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (i) the disposition being adverse to the Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that the Indemnitee was liable to the Corporation, (iii) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Indemnitee, (iv) an adjudication that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (v) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, the Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

4. Notification and Defense of Claim. As a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified, the Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving him for which indemnity will or could be sought. With respect to any action suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to the Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to the Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such claim, other than as provided below in this Section 4. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his own counsel in connection with such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (ii) counsel to the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action or (iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for the Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Article. The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the

-4-

consent of the Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for the Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above.

5. Advance of Expenses. Subject to the provisions of Section 6 below, in the event that the Corporation does not assume the defense pursuant to Section 4 of this Article of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation receives notice under this Article, any expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal therefrom shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of the Indemnitee to make such repayment.

6. Procedure for Indemnification. In order to obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Sections 1, 2, 3 or 5 of this Article, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including in such request such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses. Any such indemnification or advancement of expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request of the Indemnitee, unless with respect to requests under Sections 1, 2 or 5 the Corporation determines within such 60-day period that the Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made in each instance by
(a) a majority vote of the directors of the Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question ("disinterested directors"), whether or not a quorum, (b) a majority vote of a quorum of the outstanding shares of stock of all classes entitled to vote for directors, voting as a single class, which quorum shall consist of stockholders who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question, (c) independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation), or (d) a court of competent jurisdiction.

7. Remedies. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by the Indemnitee, in any court of competent jurisdiction if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within the 60-day period referred to above in Section 6. Unless otherwise required by law, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination of the

-5-

Corporation pursuant to Section 6 that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The Indemnitee's expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.

8. Subsequent Amendment. No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article or of the relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification under the provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal.

9. Other Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to any action in his official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee. In addition to, and not in limitation of, any other provision set forth in this Article, the Corporation is authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the DGCL permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, by vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, subject only to limits created by the DGCL and applicable decisional law, with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders, and others.

10. Partial Indemnification. If an Indemnitee is entitled under provision of this Article to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

11. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) against any expense, liability or loss incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,

-6-

liability or loss under the DGCL.

12. Merger or Consolidation. If the Corporation is merged into or consolidated with another corporation and the Corporation is not the surviving corporation, the surviving corporation shall assume the obligations of the Corporation under this Article with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the date of such merger or consolidation.

13. Savings Clause. If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any application portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

14. Definitions. Terms used herein and defined in Section 145(h) and
Section 145(i) of the DGCL shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in such Section 145(h) and Section 145(i).

15. Subsequent Legislature. If the DGCL is amended after adoption of this Article to expand further the indemnification permitted to Indemnities, then the Corporation shall indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

TENTH : Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ELEVENTH : The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the DGCL. All rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 17th day of May, 2006.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/ William C. Stone
   ---------------------------------
    Name:  William C. Stone
    Title: Chairman of the Board and
           Chief Executive Officer

-8-

EXHIBIT 3.2

BYLAWS
OF
SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


ARTICLE I.
OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office of SS&C Technologies, Inc. (the "Corporation") shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders' meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

Section 2. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

Section 3. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not


be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

Section 4. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 5. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the Corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article V, Section 6 hereof. All elections shall be had and all questions decided by a plurality vote.

2

Section 6. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation, issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

Section 8. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.

3

The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 9. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III.
DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9). The exact number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board, and the initial number of directors shall be two (2). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

4

Section 2. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner replaced by a vote of the shareholders. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 3. The property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 4. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the Corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

5

Section 5. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 6. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President on forty-eight hours' notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors.

Section 7. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum. At any meeting, a director shall have the right to be accompanied by counsel provided that such counsel shall agree to any confidentiality restrictions reasonably imposed by the Corporation.

Section 8. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

6

Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide,

7

no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

Section 11. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 12. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 13. The Corporation shall indemnify every person who is or was a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer or employee of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

8

ARTICLE IV.
OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such other officers as are desired, including a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 2. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the Corporation.

Section 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of

9

Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

Section 7. President. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 8. Vice Presidents. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the

10

President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 10. Assistant Secretary. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in

11

the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 12. Assistant Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V.
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Every holder of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

12

Section 2. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 4. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed

13

certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 5. Upon surrender to the Corporation, or the transfer agent of the Corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its book.

Section 6. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 7. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person,

14

whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 4. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.

Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware". Said seal

15

may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 6. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

Section 7. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 8. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII.
AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be

16

contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

17

EXHIBIT 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

-OF-

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.

UNDER SECTION 402 OF THE
BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

* * *

THE UNDERSIGNED, being a natural person of the age of twenty-one years or over, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York, does hereby certify and set forth:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.

SECOND: The purposes for which this corporation is formed are as follows, to wit:

(a) To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Business Corporation law, provided that the corporation is not formed to engage in any act or activity requiring consent or approval of any state official, department, board, agency or other body without such consent or approval first being obtained.

(b) To have in furtherance of the corporate purposes and powers set forth herein all of the powers conferred upon organizations organized under the Business Corporation Law by Section 402 thereof, subject to any limitations contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or in the laws of the State of New York.

THIRD: The office of this Corporation is to be located in the County of New York, State of New York.

FOURTH: The corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares of stock to be designated respectively Class A common shares and Class B common shares. The total number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue is two hundred thousand (200,000)

-1-

shares. The aggregate par value for all shares that are to have a par value is two thousand ($2,000) dollars. The number of Class A common shares is one hundred thousand (100,000) shares, and the par value of each share of that class is one ($.01) cent per share. The number of Class B common shares is one hundred thousand (100,000) shares, and the par value of each share of that class is one ($.01) cent per share.

FIFTH: In all elections of directors and in respect of all other matters as to which the vote or consent of shareholders of the corporation shall be required or taken, the holders of the Class A common shares shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each of such shares held by them. The holders of the Class B common shares shall not be entitled to vote, but shall have all the other rights and privileges of holders of the Class A common shares, including, without limitation, identical dividend and liquidation rights.

SIXTH: The Secretary of State of the State of New York is hereby designated the agent of this corporation upon whom process against this corporation may be served. The post office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against this corporation served upon him as agent of this corporation is c/o William Waterman, Jr., 220 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10001.

SEVENTH: Except as may otherwise be specifically provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, no provision of the Certificate of Incorporation is intended by the corporation to be construed as limiting, prohibiting, denying or derogating any of the general or specific powers or rights conferred under the Business Corporation Law upon the corporation, upon its shareholders, bondholders, and security holders, and upon its directors, officers and other corporate personnel, including, in particular but without limitation, the power of the corporation to furnish indemnification to directors and officers in the capacities defined and prescribed by the

-2-

Business Corporation Law and the defined and prescribed rights of said persons to indemnification as the same are conferred by the Business Corporation Law.

EIGHTH: No owner or holder of shares of this corporation or of rights or options to purchase such shares from this corporation shall, by reason of his owning or holding such shares of any class, such rights, or such options, have any preemptive or preferential right to purchase or subscribe for any shares, or rights or options to purchase shares of any class of this corporation now or hereafter to be authorized, or to purchase or subscribe for any notes, debentures, bonds or other securities convertible into shares, or into rights or options to purchase shares, of any class of this corporation (including any notes, debentures, bonds or other securities to which are attached or with which are issued warrants or other rights or options to purchase shares of this corporation), now or hereafter to be authorized, whether or not the issuance of any such shares, rights or options, or such notes, debentures, bonds, or other securities, would adversely affect the dividend or voting rights of such holder, other than such rights, if any, as the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may fix; and the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may issue shares or rights, warrants, or options to purchase shares of any class of this corporation, or any notes, debentures, bonds or other securities convertible into shares or into rights, warrants or options to purchase shares of any class of this corporation (including any debentures, notes, bonds or other securities to which are attached or with which are issued warrants or other rights or options to purchase any shares of this corporation), without offering any such shares of any class, either in whole or in part, to the existing shareholders of any class.

-3-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this 20th day of January, 1989.

/s/ William Waterman, Jr.
----------------------------------------
William Waterman, Jr.
Incorporator
220 Fifth Avenue
New York, N.Y. 10001

STATE OF NEW YORK )
COUNTY OF NEW YORK ) ss.:

On this 20th day of January 1989 before me came personally WILLIAM WATERMAN, JR. to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed the same.

/s/ William Mogulescu
----------------------------------------
Notary Public

-4-

EXHIBIT 3.4

BY-LAWS

-OF-

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

Section 1 - Principal Office:

The principal office of the corporation shall be located at 250 Park Avenue, 20th Floor, Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York.

Section 2 - Other Offices:

The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of New York as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1 - Annual Meetings:

The annual meeting of the shareholders of the corporation shall be held at 11:00 o'clock in the forenoon, local time at the place of the meeting, on the 15th day of May, or, if it be a legal holiday, then on the next succeding day not a legal holiday, for the purpose of electing directors and transacting such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

Section 2 - Special Meetings:

Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called at any time by the

-1-

president, the board of directors, or the holders of not less than 25% of all the shares then outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 3 - Place of Meetings:

All meetings of shareholders for the election of directors shall be held at the principal office of the corporation or at such other places within or without the State of New York as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors. All other meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the corporation, or at such other places within or without the State of New York as shall be designated in the notices of such meetings or in duly executed waivers of notice thereof.

Section 4 - Adjournment if Quorum not Present:

(a) Despite the absence of a quorum at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, the shareholders of record present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time by a majority vote, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called if a quorum had been present.

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1 - Number and Election:

(a) The number of the directors of the corporation shall be three (3), unless all of the outstanding shares are owned beneficially and of record by less than three (3) shareholders, in which case the shareholders entitled to vote may decrease the number of directors, provided that the number of directors shall not be less than the number of shareholders. Directors shall be at

-2-

least eighteen years of age and need not be residents of the State of New York or shareholders of the corporation.

(b) Except as may otherwise be provided by law, in the certificate of incorporation or in these by-laws, the directors, other than the first board of directors, shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. The first board of directors shall be elected by the incorporator at the organization meeting, or without a meeting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York.

Section 2 - Duties and Powers:

The board of directors shall be responsible for the control and management of the affairs, property and interests of the corporation and may exercise all the powers of the corporation except as are herein, in the certificate of incorporation or by statute expressly conferred upon or reserved to the shareholders.

Section 3 - Annual and Regular Meetings:Notice:

(a) A regular annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors, except for the first board, shall be held at the principal office of the corporation or at such other place within or without the State of New York as may be fixed by the board of directors, immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting if a quorum shall be present. The first meeting of the first board of directors and, in the event of the failure of a newly elected board to meet immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders, the first meeting of each subsequently newly elected board, shall be held at such time and place as shall be specified

-3-

in a written waiver of notice or in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors.

(b) Other regular meetings of the board of directors may be held upon such notice, or without notice, and at such time and place, within or without the State of New York, as shall be from time to time determined by the board.

Section 4 - Special Meetings; Notice:

(a) Special meetings of the board of directors shall be held whenever called by the president, or by one of the directors, at such time and place, within or without the State of New York, as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

(b) Notice of a special meeting shall be mailed directly to each director, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telegram, radio, cable or facsimile or shall be delivered to him personally or given to him orally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. A notice or waiver of notice need not specify the business to be transacted at, or the purpose or purposes of, such special meeting.

(c) Notice of any special meeting shall not be required to be given to any director who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him or who submits a signed waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting.

Section 5 - Chairman:

At all meetings of the board of directors, the Chairman of the board, if any and if present, shall preside. If there shall be no chairman of the board or if he shall be absent, then the president shall preside, and in his absence a chairman elected for the meeting by a majority of the directors present shall preside.

-4-

Section 6 - Quorum and Adjournments:

(a) At all meetings of the board of directors, the presence of a majority of the entire board shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation, or by these by-laws.

(b) A majority of the directors present at the time and place of any regular or special meeting, although less than a quorum, may adjourn the same from time to time, without notice other than the announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7 - Manner of Acting:

(a) At all meetings of the board of directors, each director present shall have one vote, irrespective of the number of shares of stock, if any, which he may hold.

(b) Except as otherwise provided by statute, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time, shall be the act of the board of directors.

(c) Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or the committee consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The resolution and the written consents thereto by the members of the board or committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board or committee.

(d) Any one or more members of the board, or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

-5-

Section 8 - Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies:

Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors, and vacancies occurring in the board of directors by reason of the death, resignation, disqualification, removal or inability to act of any director, or otherwise, shall be filled by election at an annual meeting, or at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose. A director elected to fill a newly created directorship or a vacancy in the board shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified.

Section 9 - Resignation:

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the board of directors, the president or the secretary of the corporation. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon the receipt thereof by the board of directors or such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 10 - Removal:

Any or all of the directors may be removed with or without cause at any time by the vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose.

Section 11 - Salaries:

The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise.

-6-

Section 12 - Committees:

The board of directors, where the number of directors constituting the whole board is three or more, may from time to time designate from among its members by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board an executive committee and such other committees, and alternate members thereof, as they may deem desirable, each consisting of three or more members, and each of which, to the extent provided in the resolution, shall have all the authority of the board, except that no such committee shall have authority as to any of the enumerated matters as to which authority may not be accorded to such a committee under Section 712 of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the board. Vacancies in the membership of such committees shall be filled by the board of directors at a regular or special meeting of the board. Regular or special meetings of such committee shall be called or held in the same manner as regular meetings of the board of directors, and such committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the board.

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

Section 1 - Number, Qualification, Election and Term of Office:

(a) The officers of the corporation shall consist of a president, a secretary, a treasurer and such other officers, including but not limited to a chairman of the board and one or more vice-presidents, as the board of directors may from time to time deem advisable. Any officer may be, but is not required to be, a director of the corporation. Any two or more offices, except the offices of the president and the secretary, may be held by the same person. When all of the issued and outstanding stock of the corporation is owned by one person, such person may hold any combination of offices, including those of president and secretary.

-7-

(b) The president, secretary and treasurer of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors at the regular annual meeting of the board following the annual meeting of shareholders, except for the first president, secretary and treasurer, who shall be elected at the first meeting of the board of directors. Each such officer shall hold office until the annual meeting of the board of directors next succeeding his election and until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, resignation or removal.

(c) The board of directors may elect at any regular or special meeting such officers and agents, other than the president, secretary and treasurer, as it shall deem advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 2 - Resignation:

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the board of directors or to the president or the secretary of the corporation. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the board of directors or by the president or secretary, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3 - Removal:

Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time by the board of directors.

Section 4 - Vacancies:

-8-

A vacancy in any office by reason of death, resignation, inability to act, disqualification or any other cause may at any time be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors.

Section 5 - Duties of Officers:

Officers of the corporation shall, unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices as well as such powers and duties as may be set forth in these by-laws, or may from time to time be specifically conferred or imposed by the board of directors.

Section 6 - Salaries:

The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 7 - Sureties and Bonds:

In case the board of directors shall so require, any officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall execute to the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors may direct, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his duties to the corporation, including responsibility for negligence and for accounting for all property, funds or securities of the corporation which may come into his hands.

Section 8 - The President:

The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders, shall, in the absence of the chairman of the board or if there is no chairman of the board, preside at all meetings of the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages

-9-

and other contracts requiring a seal under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. He or she shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested to by his or her signature. The president, or such of the officers of the corporation whom he or she shall designate, shall have the power and authority to vote the capital stock of other corporations which his held by the corporation.

Section 9 - The Secretary:

The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings of such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the committees designated by the board of directors pursuant to Article III, Section 12 of these by-laws, when required. Except as otherwise provided in these by-laws he or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affirmed, it may be attested by his or her signature. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by this signature.

Section 10 - The Treasurer:

(a) The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate bonds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the

-10-

corporation and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

(b) The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation, as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, and account of all of his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE V - SHARES

Section 1 - Lost or Destroyed Share Certificates:

The holder of any certificate representing shares of the corporation shall immediately notify the corporation of any loss or destruction of the certificate representing the same. The board of directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the board of directors, in its discretion and as conditions precedent to the issuance thereof, may require production of such evidence of loss or destruction as it deems suitable, may prescribe such terms and conditions as it deems expedient, and may require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal representatives, to give such indemnities as the board of directors deems adequate, to protect the corporation from any claim that may be made against it with respect to any such certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed or on account of the issuance of the new certificate. A new certificate may be issued without requiring any such evidence, terms and conditions or indemnities when, in the judgment of the board of directors, it is proper to do so.

Section 2 - Transfer of Shares:

-11-

(a) Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed with a request to register transfer, if the conditions of Section 8-401 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate cancelled and the transaction recorded upon the books of the corporation.

(b) The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of the holder of record of such share or shares to receive dividends, to vote as the owner of such shares and to be held liable for calls and assessments, and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any legal, equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.

ARTICLE VI - DIVIDENDS

Section 1 - Declaration and Payment of Dividends:

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 510 of the Business Corporation Law, the board of directors may declare dividends at any regular or special meeting, and the corporation shall pay and distribute such dividends to its shareholders pursuant to said Section 510 and the resolution of the board.

Section 2 - Special Reserve Funds:

Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining property of the corporation, for such other purpose or

-12-

purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE VII - FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors from time to time, subject to applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII - CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE IX - CORPORATE BOOKS

The directors may keep the books of the corporation, except such as are required by law to be kept within the State of New York, outside the State of New York, at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE X - CHECKS

All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

ARTICLE XI - AMENDMENTS TO BY-LAWS

The by-laws of the corporation may be altered, amended or repealed, and new by-laws may be made, by a majority vote of the shareholders at the time entitled to vote, at any regular or special meeting of shareholders.

-13-

The undersigned incorporator certifies that he has adopted the foregoing by-laws as the first by-laws of the corporation, in accordance with the requirements of the Business Corporation Law.

Dated: New York, New York
March 29, 1989

/s/ William Waterman, Jr.
----------------------------------------
William Waterman, Jr.

-14-

EXHIBIT 3.5

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of organizing a corporation for conducting the business and promoting the purposes hereinafter stated, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 1, Title 8 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the "General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware"), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the "corporation") is

FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.

SECOND: The address, including street, number, city, and county, of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 229 South State Street, City of Dover, County of Kent; and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

THIRD: The nature of the business and the purposes to be conducted and promoted by the corporation shall be to conduct any lawful business, to promote any lawful purpose, and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

The foregoing provisions of this Article THIRD shall be construed both as purposes and powers and each as an independent purpose and power. The foregoing enumeration of specific purposes and powers shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the purposes and powers of the corporation, and the purposes and powers herein specified shall, except when otherwise provided in this Article THIRD, be in no wise limited or restricted by reference to, or inference from, the terms of any provision of this or any other Article of this certificate of incorporation; provided, that the corporation shall not conduct any business, promote any purpose, or exercise any power or privilege within or without the State of Delaware which, under the laws thereof, the corporation may not lawfully conduct, promote, or exercise.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is two thousand (2000), all of which are without par value. All such shares are of one class and are shares of Common Stock.

FIFTH: The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

         NAME                MAILING ADDRESS
         ----                ---------------
William Waterman, Jr.   220 Fifth Avenue
                        New York, New York 10001


SIXTH: The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

SEVENTH: For the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and in further definition, limitation, and regulation of the powers of the coporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

1. The management of the business and conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. The phrase "whole Board" and the phrase "total number of directors" shall be deemed to have the same meaning, to wit, the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies. No election of directors need be by written ballot.

2. After the original or other Bylaws of the corporation have been adopted, amended, or repealed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of Section 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and, after the corporation has received any payment for any of its stock, the power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation may be exercised by the Board of Directors of the corporation; provided, however, that any provision for the classification of directors of the corporation for staggered terms pursuant to the provisions of subsection (d) of Section 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall be set forth in an initial Bylaw or in a Bylaw adopted by the stockholders entitled to vote of the corporation unless provisions for such classification shall be set forth in this certificate of incorporation.

3. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue only one class of stock, each outstanding share shall entitle the holder thereof to notice of, and the right to vote at, any meeting of stockholders. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock, no outstanding share of any class of stock which is denied voting power under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall entitle the holder thereof to the right to vote at any meeting of stockholders except as the provisions of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall otherwise require; provided, that no share of any such class which is otherwise denied voting power shall entitle the holder thereof to vote upon the increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of said class.

4. The corporation shall not be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

EIGHTH: From time to time any of the provisions of this certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws

-2-

of the state of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the corporation by this certificate of incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this article EIGHTH.

Signed on March 20, 1989.

/s/ William Waterman, Jr.
----------------------------------------
Incorporator

-3-

EXHIBIT 3.6

BYLAWS

-of-

FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.

A Delaware Corporation

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

Section 1 - Registered Office:

The registered office of the corporation within the State of Delaware shall be located at 229 South State Street, c/o Prentice-Hall Corporation System Inc., City of Dover, County of Kent.

Section 2 - Other Offices:

The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1 - Annual Meetings:

The annual meeting of the shareholders of the corporation, for the purpose of electing directors and transacting such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held on the date and at the time fixed from time to time by the board of directors, provided that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation and each successive meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. All elections of directors shall be by written ballot.

-1-

Section 2 - Special Meetings:

Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called at any time by the president, the board of directors, or the holders of not less than 25% of all the shares then outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 3 - Place of Meetings:

All annual and special meetings of shareholders shall be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors or as shall be designated in the notices of such meetings or in duly executed waivers of notice thereof.

Section 4 - Quorum:

(a) The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders.

(b) Despite the absence of a quorum at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, the shareholders of record present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting by a majority vote, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, to a date not later than 30 days after the original meeting. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called if a quorum had been present.

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1 - Number and Election:

-2-

(a) The number of the directors of the corporation shall be two (2). Directors shall be at least eighteen years of age and need not be residents of the State of Delaware, citizens of the United States, or shareholders of the corporation.

(b) Except as may otherwise be provided by law, in the certificate of incorporation or in these bylaws, the directors, other than the first board of directors, shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. The first board of directors shall be elected by the incorporator at the organization meeting, or without a meeting pursuant to Section 108(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 2 - Duties and Powers:

The board of directors shall be responsible for the control and management of the affairs, property and interests of the corporation and may exercise all the powers of the corporation except as are herein, in the certificate of incorporation or by statute expressly conferred upon or reserved to the shareholders.

Section 3 - Annual and Regular Meetings: Notice:

(a) A regular annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors, except for the first board, shall be held at the principal office of the corporation or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as may be fixed by the board of directors, immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting if a quorum shall be present. The first meeting of the first board of directors and, in the event of the failure of a newly elected board to meet immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders, the first meeting of each subsequently newly elected board, shall be held at such time and place as shall

-3-

be specified in a written waiver of notice or in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors.

(b) Other regular meetings of the board of directors may be held upon such notice, or without notice, and at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be from time to time determined by the board.

Section 4 - Special Meetings; Notice:

(a) Special meetings of the board of directors shall be held whenever called by the president, or by one of the directors, at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

(b) Notice of a special meeting shall be mailed directly to each director, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telegram, radio, cable or facsimile or shall be delivered to him personally or given to him orally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. A notice or waiver of notice need not specify the business to be transacted at, or the purpose or purposes of, such special meeting.

(c) Notice of any special meeting shall not be required to be given to any director who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him or who submits a signed waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting.

Section 5 - Chairman:

At all meetings of the board of directors, the Chairman of the board, if any and if present, shall preside. If there shall be no chairman of the board or if he shall be absent, then the

-4-

president shall preside, and in his absence a chairman elected for the meeting by a majority of the directors present shall preside.

Section 6 - Quorum and Adjournments:

(a) At all meetings of the board of directors, the presence of a majority of the whole board shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation, or by these bylaws.

(b) A majority of the directors present at the time and place of any regular or special meeting, although less than a quorum, may adjourn the same from time to time, without notice other than the announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7 - Manner of Acting:

(a) At all meetings of the board of directors, each director present shall have one vote, irrespective of the number of shares of stock, if any, which he may hold.

(b) Except as otherwise provided by statute, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time, shall be the act of the board of directors.

(c) Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or the committee consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The resolution and the written consents thereto by the members of the board or committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board or committee.

(d) Any one or more members of the board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means of a conference telephone or

-5-

similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 8 - Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies:

Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors, and vacancies occurring in the board of directors by reason of the death, resignation, disqualification, removal or inability to act of any director, or otherwise, shall be filled by election at an annual meeting, or at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose. A director elected to fill a newly created directorship or a vacancy in the board shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified.

Section 9 - Resignation:

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the board of directors, the president or the secretary of the corporation. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon the receipt thereof by the board of directors or such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 10 - Removal:

Any or all of the directors may be removed with or without cause at any time by the vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose.

Section 11 - Salaries:

The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to

-6-

establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise.

Section 12 - Committees:

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by the majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, and alternate members thereof, as they may deem desirable, each consisting of one or more members, and each of which, to the extent provided in the resolution, shall have all the powers and authority of the board, except that no such committee shall have authority as to any of the enumerated matters as to which authority may not be accorded to such a committee under Section 141(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the board. Vacancies in the membership of such committees shall be filled by the board of directors at a regular or special meeting of the board. Regular or special meetings of such committee shall be called or held in the same manner as regular meetings of the board of directors, and such committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the board.

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

Section 1 - Number, Qualification, Election and Term of Office:

(a) The officers of the corporation shall consist of a president, a secretary, a treasurer and such other officers, including but not limited to a chairman of the board and one or more vice-presidents, as the board of directors may from time to time deem advisable. Any officer may be, but is not required to be, a director of the corporation. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

(b) The president, secretary and treasurer of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors at the regular annual meeting of the board following the annual meeting

-7-

of shareholders, except for the first president, secretary and treasurer, who shall be elected at the first meeting of the board of directors. Each such officer shall hold office until the annual meeting of the board of directors next succeeding his election and until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, resignation or removal.

(c) The board of directors may elect at any regular or special meeting such officers and agents, other than the president, secretary and treasurer, as it shall deem advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 2 - Resignation:

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the board of directors or to the president or the secretary of the corporation. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the board of directors or by the president or secretary, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3 - Removal:

Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time by the board of directors.

Section 4 - Vacancies:

A vacancy in any office by reason of death, resignation, inability to act, disqualification or any other cause may at any time be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors.

-8-

Section 5 - Duties of Officers:

Officers of the corporation shall, unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices as well as such powers and duties as may be set forth in these bylaws, or may from time to time be specifically conferred or imposed by the board of directors.

Section 6 - Salaries:

The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 7 - Sureties and Bonds:

In case the board of directors shall so require, any officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall execute to the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors may direct, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his duties to the corporation, including responsibility for negligence and for accounting for all property, funds or securities of the corporation which may come into his hands.

Section 8 - The President:

The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders, shall, in the absence of the chairman of the board or if there is no chairman of the board, preside at all meetings of the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or

-9-

agent of the corporation. He or she shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested to by his or her signature. The president, or such of the officers of the corporation whom he or she shall designate, shall have the power and authority to vote the capital stock of other corporations which his held by the corporation.

Section 9 - The Secretary:

The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings of such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the committees designated by the board of directors pursuant to Article III, Section 12 of these bylaws, when required. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws he or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affirmed, it may be attested by his or her signature. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by this signature.

Section 10 - The Treasurer:

(a) The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate bonds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

-10-

(b) The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation, as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, and account of all of his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE V - SHARES

Section 1 - Lost or Destroyed Share Certificates:

The holder of any certificate representing shares of the corporation shall immediately notify the corporation of any loss or destruction of the certificate representing the same. The board of directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the board of directors, in its discretion and as conditions precedent to the issuance thereof, may require production of such evidence of loss or destruction as it deems suitable, may prescribe such terms and conditions as it deems expedient, and may require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal representatives, to give such indemnities as the board of directors deems adequate, to protect the corporation from any claim that may be made against it with respect to any such certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed or on account of the issuance of the new certificate. A new certificate may be issued without requiring any such evidence, terms and conditions or indemnities when, in the judgment of the board of directors, it is proper to do so.

Section 2 - Transfer of Shares:

(a) Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed with a request to register transfer, if the

-11-

conditions of Section 8-401 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code are met, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate cancelled and the transaction recorded upon the books of the corporation.

(b) The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of the holder of record of such share or shares to receive dividends, to vote as the owner of such shares and to be held liable for calls and assessments, and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any legal, equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.

ARTICLE VI - DIVIDENDS

Section 1 - Declaration and Payment of Dividends:

Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 170 and 173 of the General Corporation Law, the board of directors may declare dividends at any regular or special meeting, and the corporation shall pay and distribute such dividends to its shareholders pursuant to said Sections 170 and 173 and the resolution of the board.

Section 2 - Special Reserve Funds:

Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining property of the corporation, for such other purpose or purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

-12-

ARTICLE VII - FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors from time to time, subject to applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII - CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE IX - CORPORATE BOOKS

The directors may keep the books of the corporation, except such as are required by law to be kept within the State of Delaware, outside the State of Delaware, at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE X - CHECKS

All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

ARTICLE XI - AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS

The bylaws of the corporation may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be made, by a majority vote of the shareholders at the time entitled to vote, at any regular or special meeting of shareholders. After the original or other bylaws of the corporation have been adopted, amended, or repealed, as the case may be, and after the corporation has received any payment for any of its stock, the power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation may be exercised by the board of directors in accordance with the provisions of

-13-

Section 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and subject to the limitations in Article SEVENTH, paragraph 2, of the certificate of incorporation.

The undersigned incorporator certifies that he has adopted the foregoing bylaws as the first bylaws of the corporation, in accordance with the requirements of the General Corporation Law.

Dated: March 22, 1989


                                        /s/ William Waterman, Jr.
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        William Waterman, Jr.

-14-

EXHIBIT 3.7

CERTIFICATE OF RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

EISNERFAST LLC

Under Section 214 of the Limited Liability Company Law

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is EisnerFast LLC (the "Company").

SECOND: The date of filing of the articles of organization of the Company is January 22, 2004.

THIRD: The articles of organization are hereby restated with amendment to effect one or more of the amendments authorized by the New York Limited Liability Company Law, to wit:

(A) Paragraph 1 of the Articles of Organization, stating the name of the Company; and

(B) Paragraph 4 of the Articles of Organization, stating the post-office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the Company served upon him; and

(C) Paragraph 5 of the Articles of Organization, dealing with the management of the Company by the sole member of the Company; and

(D) Paragraph 6 of the Articles of Organization, dealing with the membership of the Company.

The text of the articles of organization is hereby restated as amended to read as follows:

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

SS&C FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC

Under Section 203 of the Limited Liability Company Law

1

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC (the "Company"). The name under which the Company was formed is EisnerFast LLC.

SECOND: The principal office of the Company is to be located in New York County.

THIRD: The Company is not to have a specific date of dissolution in addition to the events of dissolution set forth in Section 701 of the New York Limited Liability Company Law.

FOURTH: The Secretary of State is designated as agent of the Company upon whom process against it may be served. The post office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the Company served upon him or her is c/o SS&C Technologies, Inc., 80 Lamberton Road, Windsor, Connecticut 06095, attn: Stephen V. R. Whitman.

FIFTH: The Company is to be managed by the sole member.

SIXTH: The sole member of the Company is SS&C Technologies, Inc.

SEVENTH: No member of the Company shall have any liability in such capacity for any debts, obligations, or liabilities of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been subscribed this 17th date of November, 2005, by the undersigned who affirms that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury.

SS&C Technologies, Inc. Sole Member

By: /s/ Stephen V.R. Whitman
    ------------------------------------
    Authorized Person
    Senior Vice President and General
    Counsel

2

CERTIFICATE OF RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

EISNERFAST LLC

Under Section 214 of the Limited Liability Company Law

Filed by: Mark Devine c/o Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP


(Name)

60 State Street
(Mailing address)

Boston, MA 02109
(City, State and Zip code)

3

EXHIBIT 3.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT

OF

SS&C FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC

This Amended and Restated Operating Agreement (this "Agreement") of SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC (the "Company") is dated as of November 17, 2005 and entered into by SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the sole member of the Company as of the date hereof (the "Member").

In accordance with the New York Limited Liability Company Law (Chapter 34 of the Consolidated Laws of the State of New York), as amended from time to time (the "Act"), the Member hereby agrees as follows:

1. Name. The name of the limited liability company is SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC.

2. Articles. Anne M. Stevenson, has executed, delivered and caused to be filed the initial Articles of Organization of the Company with the Secretary of the State of the State of New York. The Member shall execute, deliver and cause to be filed any other certificates and documents (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the Act and any other applicable requirements for the operation of a limited liability company in accordance with the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company shall conduct business, and shall continue to do so for so long as the Company conducts business therein.

3. Office of the Limited Liability Company; Agent for Service of Process. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of New York, and the name of the resident agent for service of process on the Company in the State of New York, are as set forth in the Articles of Organization of the Company. The Member may establish places of business of the Company within and without the State of New York, as and when required by the Company's business, and may appoint agents for service of process in all jurisdictions in which the Company shall conduct business. The Member may cause the Company to change from time to time its resident agent for service of process, or the location of its registered office in the State of New York.

4. Purpose. The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

5. Powers. The Company shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act, including, without limitation, the power and right to:

(a) Enter into, execute, modify, amend, supplement, acknowledge, deliver, perform and carry out contracts of any kind in accordance with applicable law;


(b) Borrow money and issue evidences of indebtedness or to guarantee loans or other indebtedness of any other person or entity, and to secure the same by mortgages, pledges or other liens on the property of the Company;

(c) To the extent that funds of the Company are available therefor, pay all expenses, debts and obligations of the Company;

(d) Enter into or engage in any kind of activity, so long as said activities may be lawfully carried on or performed by a limited liability company under the laws of the State of New York and other applicable law; and

(e) Take any other action not prohibited under the Act or other applicable law.

6. Member. The name and the mailing address of the Member are set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

7. Limited Liability. Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member, manager or agent, or acting (or omitting to act) in such capacities, or participating in the conduct of the business of the Company.

8. Initial Capital Contributions. On February 28, 2005, the Member acquired its membership interests in the Company from the Company's prior members.

9. Additional Contributions. The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company in such amounts and at such times as the Member shall determine.

10. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member, to the extent not prohibited by the Act or other applicable law.

11. Management.

(a) In accordance with Section 401(a) of the Act, management of the Company shall, subject to subsection (b) below, be fully vested in and reserved to the Member, and the Company shall not have "managers," as such term is used in the Act. The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction and authority of, the Member, which shall have all powers, statutory or otherwise, possessed by members of a limited liability company without managers under the laws of the State of New York. The Member has full authority to bind the Company.

-2-

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Member may, and hereby does, delegate any or all of his rights, powers, authority, duties and responsibilities with respect to the management of the Company to such officers with such titles as the Member may determine (the "Officers"); provided that, unless the Member determines otherwise, any officer position with a title customarily or statutorily used in corporations organized and existing under the New York Business Corporation Law shall have the rights, powers, authority, duties and responsibilities customarily or statutorily associated with such officer position in such corporations.

12. Other Business. The Member may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

13. Assignments. The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest. If the Member transfers all of its interest in the Company pursuant to this Section, the admission of the transferee as a member of the Company shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer, and, immediately following such admission, the Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

14. Admission of Additional Members. One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member.

15. Dissolution.

(a) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member,
(ii) at any time there are no Members of the Company, unless the business of the Company is continued in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 702 of the Act.

(b) On application by the Member, the supreme court in the judicial district in which the office of the Company is located may decree dissolution of the Company pursuant to Section 702 of the Act whenever it is not reasonably practicable to carry on the business in conformity with the Article of Organization or this Agreement. A certified copy of the order of dissolution shall be filed by the applicant with the Secretary of State of the State of New York within thirty (30) days of its issuance.

(c) The bankruptcy of the Member shall not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(d) In the event of dissolution, other than a judicial dissolution pursuant to Section 702 of the Act, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly

-3-

manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 704 of the Act.

16. Separability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein, or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance, are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

17. Facsimile Signature Page. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by the Member by an executed signature page transmitted by facsimile, and any failure to deliver the originally executed signature page shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement.

18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Member with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes any prior agreement or understanding of the Member.

19. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

20. Amendments. This Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended except pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member.

-4-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

SS&C Technologies, Inc., as sole member

By: /s/ Stephen V.R. Whitman
    ------------------------------------
Name: Stephen V. R. Whitman
      Senior Vice President and General
      Counsel

-5-

Schedule A to Amended and Restated LLC Operating Agreement

NAME AND ADDRESS OF MEMBER

          Name             Mailing Address
          ----             ---------------
SS&C Technologies, Inc.   80 Lamberton Road
                          Windsor, CT 06095


EXHIBIT 3.9

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

OPTIMANAGMENT RESOURCES, INC.

To: The Secretary of State
State of New Jersey

THE UNDERSIGNED, of the age of 18 years or over, for the purposes of forming a corporation pursuant to the provisions of Title 14A, Corporations, General, of the New Jersey Statutes, does hereby execute the following Certificate of Incorporation:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is OPTIMANAGEMENT RESOURCES, INC.

SECOND: The purposes for which the Corporation is organized are:

To engage in any activity within the purposes for which corporations may be organized under the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

THIRD: The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to serve is 5,000, all of which are without par value.

FOURTH: The address of the Corporation's initial registered office is Suite 402, One University Plaza, Hackensack, New Jersey 07601 and the name of the Corporation's initial registered agent at such address is Leonard Messinger, Esq.

FIFTH: The number of directors constituting the initial board of directors shall be two; and the names and addresses of such directors are:


Name                  Address
----                  -------
James L. Mersfelder   118 Columbia Road
                      Morristown, New Jersey 07960
John R. Slapp         1209 Great Road
                      Princeton, New Jersey 08540

SIXTH: The name and address of the sole incorporator is Reid A. Rosen, 655 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10021.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, the sole incorporator of the Corporation, has signed this Certificate of Incorporation this March 5, 1985.

/s/ Reid A. Rosen
----------------------------------------
Reid A. Rosen


CONSENT TO USE OF NAME
PURSUANT TO SECTION 14A:2-2(1)(B),
CORPORATIONS, GENERAL, OF THE NEW JERSEY STATUTES

OPTIMANAGEMENT RESOURCES, N.V., a Netherlands Antilles corporation, hereby consents to the use of the name "Optimanagement Resources, Inc." by a corporation to be formed under the laws of New Jersey. This Consent is annexed to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to be formed.

OPTIMANAGEMENT RESOURCES, N.V.

By: /s/ James L. Mersfelder
    ------------------------------------
    James L. Mersfelder, President


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

OPTIMANAGEMENT RESOURCES, INC.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section l4A:9-2(4) and Section 14A:9-4(3), Corporations, General of the New Jersey Statutes, the undersigned corporation executes the following Certificate of Amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is OptiManagement Resources, Inc.

SECOND: The following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the directors and thereafter duly adopted by the shareholders of the corporation on the 23rd day of August, 1990.

Resolved, that Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

"FIRST: The name of the corporation is OMR Systems Corporation".

THIRD: The number of shares outstanding at the time of the adoption of the amendment was 4900. The total number of shares entitled to vote thereon was 100.

FOURTH: The number of shares voting for and against such amendment is as follows:

Number of Shares Voting   Number of Shares Voting
For Amendment             Against Amendment
-----------------------   -----------------------
         -100-                      -0-

FIFTH: The effective date of this Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be September 1, 1990.

Dated this 23rd day of August 1990.

OPTIMANAGEMENT RESOURCES, INC.

By: /s/ James L. Mersfelder
    ------------------------------------
    James L. Mersfelder, President


CERTIFICATE AND PLAN OF MERGER

OF

OMR ACQUISITION CORPORATION

AND

OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION

To The Secretary of State
State of New Jersey

Pursuant to the provisions of 14A:10-4.1 of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, it is hereby certified that:

FIRST: The names of the merging corporations are OMR ACQUISITION CORPORATION, which is a business corporation of the State of New Jersey, and OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION, which is a business corporation of the State of New Jersey.

SECOND: The following is the Plan of Merger for merging OMR ACQUISITION CORPORATION with and into OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION as approved by the directors and the shareholders entitled to vote of each of said merging corporations:

1. OMR ACQUISITION CORPORATION and OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION shall, pursuant to the provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, be merged with and into a single corporation, to wit, OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION, which shall be the surviving corporation upon the effective date of the merger and which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the "surviving corporation", and which shall continue to exist as said surviving corporation under the name OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION pursuant to the provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporations Act. The separate existence of OMR ACQUISITION CORPORATION, which is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the "terminating corporation", shall cease upon said effective date in accordance with the provisions of said New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

2. The by-laws of the terminating corporation upon the effective date of the merger will be the by-laws of the surviving corporation and will continue in full force and effect until changed, altered or amended as therein provided and in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

3. The directors and officers in office of the terminating corporation upon the effective date of the merger shall be the members of the first Board of Directors and the first officers of the surviving corporation, all of whom shall hold their directorships and offices until the election and qualification of their respective successors or until their tenure is otherwise terminated in accordance with the by-laws of the terminating corporation.

1

4. (a) Each share of common stock of the surviving corporation outstanding on the effective date of the merger shall, upon the effective date of the merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into the right to receive 29,035 fully paid, and nonassessable shares of Common Stock of Automatic Data Processing, Inc. (the indirect parent company of the terminating corporation), which shall, upon receipt, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid, and nonassessable, and shall not be liable to any further call, nor shall the holder thereof be liable for any further payments with respect thereto. After the effective date of the merger, each holder of an outstanding certificate which prior thereto represented shares of Common Stock of OMR Systems Corporation shall be entitled, on surrender thereof to the transfer and exchange agent of Automatic Data Processing, to receive in exchange therefor a certificate or certificates representing the number of whole shares of Common Stock of Automatic Data Processing, Inc. to be exchanged for common stock of OMR Systems Corporation into which shares of Common Stock of OMR Systems Corporation so surrendered shall be converted as aforesaid. Until so surrendered, each such outstanding certificate (which prior to the effective date of the merger represented shares of Common Stock of OMR Systems Corporation) shall for all purposes evidence the ownership of the Common Stock of Automatic Data Processing into which such shares shall have been converted; provided, that dividends or other distributions which are payable in respect of shares of Automatic Data Processing, Inc. into which shares of OMR Systems Corporation shall have been converted shall be set aside by ADP and shall not be paid to holders of certificates representing such shares of Common Stock of OMR Systems Corporation until such certificates shall have been surrendered in exchange for certificates representing the Common Stock of Automatic Data Processing, Inc. On such surrender, the holder(s) of such shares shall be entitled to receive such dividends or other distributions without interest. Automatic Data Processing, Inc. shall not issue any fractional interest in shares to be exchanged for shares of Common Stock of OMR Systems Corporation in connection with the aforesaid conversion, and the value of fractional shares shall be paid in cash to the holders entitled thereto.

(b) All shares of Common Stock of Automatic Data Processing into which shares of Common Stock of OMR Systems Corporation shall have been converted pursuant to this Plan of Merger shall be issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the shares of Common Stock of OMR Systems Corporation, as applicable, and all shares of Common Stock of OMR Systems Corporation shall be canceled.

(c) If any certificate for shares of Common Stock of Automatic Data Processing, Inc. exchanged for shares of Common Stock of OMR Systems Corporation is to be reissued in a name other than that in which the certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it shall be a condition of the issuance therefor that the certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer, that the transfer be in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

(d) The issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of OMR Acquisition Corporation shall automatically be converted into 1000 shares of the surviving Corporation's common stock, no par value.

2

5. The Plan of Merger herein made and approved shall be submitted to the shareholders of the terminating corporation and the surviving corporation for their approval or rejection in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

6. In the event that the Plan of Merger shall have been approved by the shareholders entitled to vote of the terminating corporation and the surviving corporation in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, the terminating corporation and the surviving corporation hereby stipulate that they will cause to be executed and filed and/or recorded any document or documents prescribed by the laws of the State of New Jersey, and that they will cause to be performed all necessary acts therein and elsewhere to effect the merger.

7. The Board of Directors and the proper officers of the terminating corporation and of the surviving corporation, respectively, are hereby authorized, empowered, and directed to do any and all acts and things, and to make, execute, deliver, file and/or record any and all instruments, papers and documents which shall be or become necessary, proper, or convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the provisions of this Plan of Merger or of the merger herein provided for.

THIRD: The number of shares of OMR ACQUISITION CORPORATION which were entitled to vote at the time of the approval of the Plan of Merger by its shareholders is 1000, all of which are of one class.

All of the shareholders entitled to vote of the aforesaid corporation approved the Plan of Merger pursuant to their written consents without a meeting of shareholders; and the number of shares represented by such consents is 1000. The date of said consents and approvals was May 26th, 1999.

FOURTH: The number of shares of OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION which were entitled to vote at the time of the approval of the Plan of Merger by its shareholders is 100, all of which are of one class.

All of the shareholders entitled to vote of the aforesaid corporation approved the Plan of Merger pursuant to their written consents without a meeting of shareholders; and the number of shares represented by such consents is 100. The date of said consents and approvals was May 25th, 1999.

FIFTH: OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION will continue its existence as the surviving corporation under its present name pursuant to the provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

SIXTH: The merger herein provided for shall become effective on May 28, 1999.

3

Executed on May 26th, 1999.

OMR ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By: /s/ James B. Benson
    ------------------------------------
    James B. Benson, President

OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION

By: /s/ James L. Mersfelder
    ------------------------------------
Name: James L. Mersfelder
Title: President

4

EXHIBIT 3.10

BYLAWS

OF

OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION
(A New Jersey Corporation)

ARTICLE I. OFFICE.

The principal office of the Corporation in the State of New Jersey is at One ADP Boulevard, Roseland, New Jersey County of Essex

ARTICLE II. STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS.

Section 1. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, commencing with the year 2004 shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Incorporation or at any other place within or without the State of Incorporation as may be determined by the Board of Directors and as may be designated in the notice of that meeting.

The meeting shall be held on the second Tuesday in November of each year, in any case within five months of the close of the fiscal year of the corporation. If that day is a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding day not a legal holiday. The business to be transacted at the meeting shall be the election of directors and such other business as properly brought before the meeting.

(b) If the election of directors shall not be held on the day herein designated for any annual meeting, or at any adjournment of that meeting, the Board of Directors shall call a special meeting of the stockholders as soon as possible thereafter.

At this meeting the election of directors shall take place, and the election and any other business transacted shall have the same force and effect as at an annual meeting duly called and held.

(c) No change in the time or place for a meeting for the election of directors shall be made within 20 days preceding the day on which the election is to be held. Written notice of any change shall be given each stockholder at least 20 days before the election is held, either in person or by letter mailed to the stockholder at the address last shown on the books of the Corporation.

(d) In the event the annual meeting is not held at the time prescribed in Article II, Section 1(a) above, and if the Board of Directors shall not call a special meeting as prescribed in Article II, Section 1(b) above within three months after the date prescribed for the annual meeting, then any stockholder may call that meeting, and at that meeting the stockholders may elect the directors and transact other

-1-

business with the same force and effect as at an annual meeting duly called and held.

Section 2. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the President or by the holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the stock entitled to vote at that meeting. At any time, upon the written request of any person or persons entitled to call a special meeting, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to send out notices of the meeting, to be held within or without the State of Incorporation and at such time, but not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days after receipt of the request, as may be fixed by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors fails to fix a time or place, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation at a time as shall be fixed by the Secretary within the above limits.

Section 3. Notice and Purpose of Meetings; Waiver.

Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at any meeting shall be given in person, or by mail, or by prepaid telegram, written or printed notice of the purpose or purposes, and the time and place within or outside the State of Incorporation of every meeting of stockholders. This notice shall be delivered not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the meeting. If mailed or telegraphed, it should be directed to the stockholder at the address last shown on the books of the Corporation. No publication of the notice of meeting shall be required. A stockholder may waive the notice of meeting by attendance, either in person or by proxy, at the meeting, or by so stating in writing, either before or after the meeting. Attendance at a meeting for the express purpose of objecting that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened shall not, however, constitute a waiver of notice. Except where otherwise required by law, notice need not be given of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders.

Section 4. Quorum.

Except as otherwise provided by law, a quorum at all meetings of stockholders shall consist of the holders of record of a majority of the shares entitled to vote present in person or by proxy.

Section 5. Closing of Transfer Books; Record Date.

(a) In order to determine the holders of record of the Corporation's stock who are entitled to notice of meetings, to vote at a meeting or its adjournment, to receive payment of any dividend, or to make a determination of the stockholders of record for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may order that the Stock Transfer Books be closed for a period not to exceed sixty days. If the purpose of this closing is to determine who is entitled to notice of a meeting and to vote at such meeting, the Stock Transfer Books shall be closed for at least thirty days preceding such meeting.

(b) In lieu of closing the Stock Transfer Books, the Board of Directors may fix a date as the record date for the determination of stockholders. This date shall be no more than sixty days prior to the date of the action which requires the

-2-

determination, nor, in the case of a stockholders' meeting, shall it be less than thirty days in advance of such meeting.

(c) If the Stock Transfer Books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of the stockholders of record, the date of which notice of the meeting is mailed, or on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring a dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for the determination of stockholders.

(d) When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting has been made as provided in this section, this determination shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, except when the determination has been made by the closing of the Stock Transfer Books and the stated period of closing has expired.

Section 6. Presiding Officer; Order of Business

(a) Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or, if he or she is not present, by the Chief Executive Officer, or if not present, by the President, or if he or she is not present, by a Vice-President, or if neither the Chairman of the Board nor the Chief Executive Officer nor the President nor a Vice-President is present, by a chairman to be chosen by a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting who are present in person or by proxy. The Secretary of the Corporation, or, in her or his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the stockholders present at the meeting shall choose any person present to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The order of business shall be as follows:

1. Call of meeting to order.

2. Proof of notice of meeting.

3. Reading of minutes of last previous annual meeting.

4. Reports of officers.

5. Reports of committees.

6. Election of directors.

7. Miscellaneous business.

Section 7. Voting.

(a) Except in the election of directors, at which time the stockholders shall be entitled to cumulate their votes, and except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, or the laws of the State of Incorporation at every meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting shall have, as to each matter submitted to a vote, one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock having voting rights registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation. A stockholder may vote his or her shares through a proxy appointed by a written instrument signed by the stockholder or by a duly authorized attorney-in-fact and delivered to the secretary of the meeting.

-3-

No proxy shall be valid after three months from the date of its execution unless a longer period is expressly provided.

(b) A majority vote of those shares entitled to vote and represented at the meeting, a quorum being present, shall be the act of the meeting except that in electing directors a plurality of the votes cast shall elect.

(c) At all elections of directors, the voting shall be by ballot.

Section 8. List of Stockholders.

(a) A complete list of the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the ensuing meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of, and number of shares owned by, each stockholder shall be prepared by the Secretary, or other officer of the Corporation having charge of the Stock Transfer Books. This list shall be kept on file for a period of at least thirty days prior to the meeting at the principal office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection during the usual business hours of such period by any stockholder. This list shall also be available at the meeting and shall be open to inspection by any stockholder at any time during the meeting.

(b) The original Stock Transfer Books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders.

(c) Failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall not affect the validity of any action taken at any meetings of the stockholders.

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS.

Section 1. Number, Qualification, Term, Quorum, and Vacancies.

(a) The property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors of which shall consist of a minimum of three and a maximum of seven persons. Except as provided, directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall serve for one year and/or until his or her successor shall be elected and qualify.

(b) The number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by an amendment to these Bylaws. Any increased number of directors shall be elected by the stockholders at the next regular annual meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose. The number of directors shall never be less than three.

(c) Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

(d) A majority of the directors in office shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If, at any meeting of the Board of Directors, there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the

-4-

meeting, without further notice, from time to time until a quorum shall have been obtained. In case there are vacancies on the Board of Directors, other than vacancies created by the removal of a director or directors by the stockholders or by an increase in the number of directors, the remaining directors, although less than a quorum, may by a majority vote elect a successor or successors for the unexpired term or terms.

Section 2. Meetings.

Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held either within or without the State of Incorporation. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at those times as are fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board. Special meetings may be held at any time upon call of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or a Vice-President, or a majority of directors, upon written or telegraphic notice deposited in the U.S. mail or delivered to the telegraph company at least thirty days prior to the day of the meetings. A meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately following the annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors held at times fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors nor need notice be given of adjourned meetings. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if, before the meeting, those not present waive such notice in writing. Notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not state the purpose of, nor the business to be transacted at, any meeting.

Section 3. Removal

(a) At any meeting of the stockholders, any director or directors may be removed from office, without assignment of any reason, by a majority vote of the shares or class of shares, as the case may be, which elected the director or directors to be removed, provided, however, that if less than all the directors are to be removed, no individual director shall be removed if the number of votes cast against her or his removal would be sufficient, if cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board, to elect one or more directors.

(b) When any director or directors are removed, new directors may be elected at the same meeting of the stockholders for the unexpired term of the director or directors removed. If the stockholders fail to elect persons to fill the unexpired term or terms of the director or directors removed, these unexpired terms shall be considered vacancies on the board to be filled by the remaining directors.

Section 4. Indemnification.

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify each of its directors, officers, and employees whether or not then in service as such (and his or her executor, administrator and heirs), against all reasonable expenses actually and necessarily incurred by him or her in connection with the defense of any litigation to which the individual may have been made a party because he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation. The individual shall have no right to reimbursement,

-5-

however, in relation to matters as to which he or she has been adjudged liable to the Corporation for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duties, or was derelict in the performance of his or her duty as director, officer or employee by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of his or her office or employment. The right to indemnity for expenses shall also apply to the expenses of suits which are compromised or settled if the court having jurisdiction of the matter shall approve such settlement.

(b) The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to, and not exclusive of, all other rights to that which such director, officer or employee may be entitled.

Section 5. Compensation.

Directors, and members of any committee of the Board of Directors, shall be entitled to any reasonable compensation for their services as directors and members of any committee as shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, and shall also be entitled to reimbursement for any reasonable expense incurred in attending those meetings. The compensation of directors may be on any basis as determined in the resolution of the Board of Directors. Any director receiving compensation under these provisions shall not be barred from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving reasonable compensation for such other services.

Section 6. Committees.

(a) The Board of Directors, by a resolution or resolutions adopted by a majority of the members of the whole Board, may appoint an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, and any other committees as it may deem appropriate. Each committee shall consist of at least three members of the Board of Directors. Each committee shall have and may exercise any and all powers as are conferred or authorized by the resolution appointing it. A majority of each committee may determine its action and may fix the time and place of its meetings, unless provided otherwise by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the size of membership of, and to discharge any committee.

(b) Each committee shall keep a written record of its acts and proceedings and shall submit that record to the Board of Directors at each regular meeting and at any other times as requested by the Board of Directors. Failure to submit the record, or failure of the Board to approve any action indicated therein will not, however, invalidate the action to the extent it has been carried out by the Corporation prior to the time the record of such action was, or should have been, submitted to the Board of Directors as provided.

Section 7. Dividends.

Subject always to the provisions of law and the Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have full power to determine whether any, and, if so, what part, of the funds legally

-6-

available for the payment of dividends shall be declared in dividends and paid to the stockholders of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may fix a sum which may be set aside or reserved over and above the paid-in capital of the Corporation for working capital or as a reserve for any proper purpose, and from time to time may increase, diminish, and vary this fund in the Board's absolute judgment and discretion.

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS.

Section 1. Number.

The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice-Presidents, a Treasurer, a Controller, a Secretary, and one or more Assistant Secretaries. In addition, there may be such subordinate officers as the Board of Directors may deem necessary. Any person may hold two, but no more than two, offices.

Section 2. Term of Office.

The principal officers shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board following the stockholders' annual meeting, or as soon as is conveniently possible. Subordinate officers may be elected from time to time. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor shall have been chosen and qualified, or until his, death, resignation, or removal.

Section 3. Removal.

Any officer may be removed from office with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office. Such removal shall not prejudice the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4. Vacancies.

Any vacancy in any office from any cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Duties.

(a) The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. Except where, by law, the signature of the President is required, the Chairman shall possess the same power as the President to sign all certificates, contracts, and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors.

(b) The Chief Executive Officer shall have general active management of the business of the corporation, and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

-7-

(c) The President, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. She or he shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, shall sign or countersign all certificates, contracts, or other instruments of the Corporation as authorized by the Board of Directors, shall make reports to the Board of Directors and stockholders, and shall perform any and all other duties as are incident to her or his office or are properly required of him or her by the Board of Directors.

(d) The Vice-Presidents, in the order designated by the Board of Directors, shall exercise the functions of the President during the absence or disability of the President. Each Vice-President shall have any other duties as are assigned from time to time by the Board of Directors.

(e) The Secretary, the Treasurer, and the Controller shall perform those duties as are incident to their offices, or are properly required of them by the Board of Directors, or are assigned to them by the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The Assistant Secretaries, in the order of their seniority, shall, in the absence of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall perform any other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors.

(f) Other subordinate officers appointed by the Board of Directors shall exercise any powers and perform any duties as may be delegated to them by the resolutions appointing them, or by subsequent resolutions adopted from time to time.

(g) In case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation and of any person authorized to act in his or her place during such period of absence or disability, the Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers and duties of that officer to any other officer, or any director, or any other person whom it may select.

Section 6. Salaries.

The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. No officer shall be ineligible to receive such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Corporation and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE V. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK.

Section 1. Form.

(a) The interest of each stockholder of the Corporation shall be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock, certifying the number of shares represented thereby and in such form not inconsistent with the Articles of Incorporation as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

(b) The certificates of stock shall be signed by the President or a Vice-President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer, and sealed with the

-8-

seal of the corporation. This seal may be a facsimile, engraved or printed. Where any certificate is manually signed by a transfer agent or a transfer clerk and by a registrar, the signatures of the President, Vice-President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, or Treasurer upon that certificate may be facsimiles, engraved or printed. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any certificate shall have ceased to be an officer before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if that officer had not ceased to be so at the time of its issue.

Section 2. Subscriptions for Shares.

Unless the subscription agreement provides otherwise, subscriptions for shares, regardless of the time when they are made, shall be paid in full at that time, or in installments and at any periods, as shall be specified by the Board of Directors. All calls for payments on subscriptions shall carry the same terms with regard to all shares of the time class.

Section 3. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the registered owner, or by his or her duly authorized attorney, with a transfer clerk or transfer agent appointed as provided in Section 5 of this Article of the Bylaws, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates for those shares properly endorsed with all taxes paid.

(b) The person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed by the Corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes. However, if any transfer of shares is made only for the purpose of furnishing collateral security, and that fact is made known to the Secretary of the Corporation, or to the Corporation's transfer clerk or transfer agent, the entry of the transfer may record that fact.

Section 4. Lost, Destroyed, or Stolen Certificates.

No certificate for shares of stock in the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed, or stolen except on production of evidence, satisfactory to the Board of Directors, of that loss, destruction or theft, and, if the Board of Directors so requires, upon the furnishing of an indemnity bond in such amount (but not to exceed twice the value of the shares represented by the certificate) and with such terms and surety as the Board of Directors, if any, in its discretion, require.

Section 5. Transfer Agent and Registrar.

The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates for shares to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

-9-

ARTICLE VI. CORPORATE ACTIONS.

Section 1. Deposits.

The Board of Directors shall select banks, trust companies, or other depositories in which all funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall, from time to time, be deposited to the credit of the Corporation.

Section 2. Voting Securities Held by the Corporation.

Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend, act, and vote at any meeting of security holders of other corporations in which the Corporation may hold securities. At that meeting the President shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of those securities which the corporation might have possessed and exercised if it had been present. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

ARTICLE VII. CORPORATE SEAL.

The corporate seal of the Corporation shall consist of two concentric circles, between which shall be the name of the Corporation, and in the center of which shall be inscribed the year of its incorporation and the words "Corporate Seal, State of New Jersey

ARTICLE VIII. AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS.

The Board of Directors shall have the power to amend, alter or repeal these Bylaws, and to adopt new Bylaws, from time to time, by an affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board as then constituted, provided that notice of the proposal to make, alter, amend, or repeal the Bylaws was included in the notice of the directors' meeting at which such action takes place. At the next stockholders' meeting following any action by the Board of Directors, the stockholders, by a majority vote of those present and entitled to vote, shall have the power to alter or repeal Bylaws newly adopted by the Board of Directors, or to restore to their original status Bylaws which the Board may have altered or repealed, and the notice of such stockholders' meeting shall include notice that the stockholders will be called on to ratify the action taken by the Board of Directors with regard to the Bylaws.

-10-

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

BYLAWS

OF

OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION

(a New Jersey Corporation)

Article III, Section 1(a) of the Bylaws of OMR Systems Corporation, a New Jersey corporation, be, and hereby is, amended and restated to read as follows:

"The number of Directors constituting the entire Board shall be one or such greater number as shall be set by the vote of a majority of the Board of Directors then authorized to hold office. Except as provided, directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders and each director shall serve for one year and/or until his or her successor shall be elected and qualify."

Article III, Section 1(b) of the Bylaws of OMR Systems Corporation, be, and hereby is, amended and restated to read as follows:

"The number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by an amendment to these Bylaws. Any increased number of directors shall be elected by the stockholders at the next regular annual meeting, or at a special meeting called for that purpose."

-11-

EXHIBIT 3.11

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

STOCK CORPORATION
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE STATE
30 TRINITY STREET/P.O. BOX 150470/HARTFORD, CT 06115-0470/NEW 1-97

1. NAME OF CORPORATION:

OIS, INC.

2. TOTAL NUMBER OF AUTHORIZED SHARES: 20,000

If the corporation has more than one class of shares, it must designate each class and the number of shares authorized within each class below

      CLASS                          NUMBER OF SHARES PER CLASS
      -----                          --------------------------
  COMMON VOTING                                10,000
COMMON NON-VOTING                              10,000

3. TERMS, LIMITATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF EACH CLASS OF SHARES AND SERIES THEREOF PURSUANT TO CONN. GEN. STAT. SECTION 33-665:

SEE ATTACHED EXHIBIT A


4. APPOINTMENT OF REGISTERED AGENT

Print or type name of agent:         Business/initial registered office address:

RICHARD A. SIEGAL                    c/o Cummings & Lockwood
                                     Four Stamford Plaza
                                     P.O. Box 120
                                     Stamford, CT 06904-0120

                                     Residence address:

                                     141 Newton Road
                                     Woodbridge, CT 06525

ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT

/s/ Richard A. Siegal
---------------------
Signature of agent

5. OTHER PROVISIONS:

6. EXECUTION

Dated this 3rd day of November, 1998

Certificate must be signed by each incorporator.

PRINT OR TYPE NAME OF
   INCORPORATOR(S)           SIGNATURE(S)       COMPLETE ADDRESS(ES)
---------------------   ---------------------   --------------------


RICHARD A. SIEGAL       /s/ Richard A. Siegal   Cummings & Lockwood
                        ---------------------   Four Stamford Plaza
                                                Stamford, CT 06902

-2-

EXHIBIT A

No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its Shareholders for monetary damages for breach of duty as a director in excess of the compensation received by the director for serving the Corporation during the year of the violation if such breach did not (a) involve a knowing and culpable violation of law by the director, (b) enable the director or an associate, as defined in Section 33-840 of the Act, to receive improper personal economic gain, (c) show a lack of good faith and a conscious disregard for the duty of the director to the Corporation under circumstances in which the director was aware that his conduct or omission created an unjustifiable risk of serious injury to the Corporation, (d) constitute a sustained and unexcused pattern of inattention that amounted to an abdication of the director's duty to the Corporation, or (e) create liability under Section 33-757 of the Act. The personal liability of a director to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of a duty as a director shall further be limited to the extent allowed from time to time by Connecticut law. No amendment to this Article, or adoption of any provision inconsistent herewith, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect to any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of a provision inconsistent with this Article.

The Corporation shall indemnify its directors for liability, as defined in
Section 33-770(5) of the Connecticut Business Corporation Act to any person for any action taken, or any failure to take any action, as a director, except liability that (a) involved a knowing and culpable violation of law by the director, (b) enabled the director or an associate, as defined in Section 33-840 of the Connecticut Business Corporation Act, to receive an improper personal gain, (c) showed a lack of good faith and a conscious disregard for the duty of the director to the Corporation under circumstances in which the director was aware that his conduct or omission created an unjustifiable risk of serious injury to the Corporation, (d) constituted a sustained and unexcused pattern of inattention that amounted to an abdication of the director's duty to the Corporation, or (e) created liability under Section 33-757 of the Connecticut Business Corporation Act.


CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

The undersigned, hereby certify as follows:

1. The names of the parties to the merger are OIS, Inc., a Connecticut corporation ("OIS"), 3.0 Inc., a Connecticut corporation ("3.0") and Open Information Systems, Inc., a Connecticut corporation ("Open Information").

2. The name of the surviving corporation is OIS, a Connecticut corporation (the "Surviving Corporation").

3. The merger shall be effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut.

4. Upon the filing of this Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be changed to Open Information Systems, Inc.

5. The plan of merger was duly approved by all of the shareholders entitled to vote of each of the merging corporations, 3.0, Open Information and the Surviving Corporation, in the manner required by Sections 33-600 to 33-998, of the Connecticut General Statutes and the Certificate of Incorporation of each of 3.0, Open Information and the Surviving Corporation.

OIS, INC.

Filed with the Secretary of the         By: /s/ Thomas McMackin
State of the State of                       ------------------------------------
Connecticut on January 7, 2005.             Thomas McMackin
                                            Chairman

Open Information Systems, Inc.

By: /s/ Thomas McMackin
    ------------------------------------
    Thomas McMackin
    Chairman

3.0 Inc.

By: /s/ Thomas McMackin
    ------------------------------------
    Thomas McMackin
    Chairman


EXHIBIT 3.12

BYLAWS
OF
OPEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

ARTICLE I. IDENTIFICATION

Section 1. Name. The name of the Corporation is Open Information Systems, INC.

Section 2. Seal. Upon the seal of the Corporation shall appear the name of the Corporation and the state and year of incorporation, and the words "Corporate Seal."

Section 3. Offices. The initial principal office of the Corporation shall be located in Sandy Hook, Connecticut. The Board of Directors (the "Board") may from time to time, in its discretion, or as the activities of the Corporation may require, establish a different location for the Corporation's principal office and may establish such other offices of the Corporation, each which may be located within or without the State of Connecticut.

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place, either within or without the State of Connecticut, as may be fixed by the Board or the President of the Corporation and stated in the notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held each year at such place, date and time as the Board shall from time to time prescribe. At each annual meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders shall elect the Board for the ensuing year and shall transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Bylaws provide otherwise, notice of an annual meeting need not include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders shall be held: (1) on call of the Board or the President of the Corporation, or
(2) if the holders of at least ten percent (10%) of all of the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the proposed special meeting sign, date and deliver to the Corporation's Secretary one or more written demands for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is to be held. Notice of a special meeting of shareholders shall include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Only business within the purpose or purposes described in the notice of special shareholders' meeting may be conducted at the special meeting of the shareholders that is the subject of such meeting notice.

Section 4. Action without a Meeting. Any action which may be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting by a written consent setting forth the action so taken or to be taken, signed by all of the persons who would be entitled to vote upon such action at a meeting or by their duly authorized attorneys. Unless otherwise fixed by the


Board, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting is the date that the first shareholder signs the consent for the proposed action.

Section 5. Notice. (a) Except as otherwise required by law, written notice of each meeting of shareholders, stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting by leaving such notice with such shareholder personally, or by depositing such notice in the United States mails in a postage prepaid envelope addressed to such shareholder at such shareholder's address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Unless the Connecticut Business Corporation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Act") or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation require otherwise, the Corporation is required to give notice only to shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting.

(b) If an annual or special shareholders' meeting is adjourned to a different date, time or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date.

Section 6. Waiver of Notice. (a) A shareholder may waive any notice of a meeting before or after the date and time stated in the notice of a meeting. The waiver must be in writing, signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.

(b) A shareholder's attendance at a meeting (1) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; and (2) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when presented.

Section 7. Voting Entitlement of Shares. Except as otherwise required by law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, each outstanding share of voting stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter voted on at a shareholders' meeting.

Section 8. Proxies. A shareholder may vote such shareholder's shares in person or by proxy. A shareholder may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for such shareholder by signing an appointment form, either personally or by such shareholder's attorney-in-fact.

Section 9. Shareholders' Quorum and Voting Requirements. A majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter constitutes a quorum for action on that matter. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting, unless a new record date is or must be set for that adjourned meeting.

-2-

Section 10. Votes Required for Shareholders' Action. Unless the Act or the Certificate of Incorporation require a greater number of affirmative votes, actions to be voted upon by the shareholders (other than the election of directors) at a meeting at which quorum is present shall be approved if the votes cast by shares entitled to vote on such action exceed the votes cast in opposition to such action.

Section 11. Votes Required for Election of Directors. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of votes cast by shares entitled to vote for directors at a meeting at which quorum is present.

Section 12. Adjournment of Meetings. The shareholders present, in person or by proxy, at any special meeting of shareholders, may, by the affirmative vote of a majority of voting power of the shares represented at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat, adjourn from time to time as they see fit, whether or not such number constitutes a quorum, and no notice of such adjournment need be given.

ARTICLE III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Requirements for and Duties of the Board. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under, the direction of the Board.

Section 2. Number and Election of Directors. The Board shall consist of not less than two (2) nor more than seven (7) directors. The number of directors at any time within such maximum and minimum shall be the number fixed by resolution of the shareholders or the directors, or, in the absence of such a resolution, the number of directors elected at the preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Reduction of the number of directors may not, as such, cause the removal from office of any person then serving as a director of the corporation nor shorten the term of office of any such person.

Section 3. Terms of Directors. Each director shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders and shall hold office for the ensuing year until the next annual meeting and until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, resignation or removal.

Section 4. Resignation of Directors. (a) A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board, its chairman, the President or to the Corporation.

(b) A resignation is effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

Section 5. Removal of Directors. (a) The shareholders may remove one or more directors with or without cause.

(b) A director may be removed by the shareholders only at a meeting called for that purpose, and the meeting notice must state that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is removal of the director.

-3-

Section 6. Vacancy on Board. If a vacancy occurs on the Board, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors: (1) the shareholders may fill the vacancy; (2) the Board may fill the vacancy; or
(3) if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the Board, such remaining directors may fill the vacancy by the affirmative vote of a majority thereof.

Section 7. Meetings. (a) The Board may hold regular meetings or special meetings in or out of the State of Connecticut.

(b) The Board may permit any or all directors to participate in a regular or special meeting by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

Section 8. Notice of Meeting. (a) If the date, time and place of regular meetings is established in advance by the Board, such meetings may be held without notice of the date, time, place or purpose thereof.

(b) Special meetings of the Board shall be preceded by at least two
(2) days' notice of the date, time and place of the meeting. The notice need not describe the purpose or purposes of the special meeting.

Section 9. Waiver of Notice. (a) A director may waive notice of any meeting of the Board, before or after the date and time stated in the notice. Except as provided by subsection (b) of this section, the waiver must be in writing, signed by the director entitled to the notice and filed with the minutes or corporate records of the Corporation.

(b) A director's attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon arrival, objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

Section 10. Quorum and Voting. (a) A quorum for a meeting of the Board consists of a majority of the number prescribed, or if no number is prescribed, a majority of the directors in office at the time the meeting begins.

(b) If a quorum is present when a vote is taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present is the act of the Board.

(c) A director who is present at a meeting of the Board or a committee of the Board when corporate action is taken is deemed to have assented to the action taken unless: (1) such director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon arrival, to holding or transacting business at the meeting; (2) the director's dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meetings; or (3) the director delivers written notice of dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a director who votes in favor of the action taken.

-4-

Section 11. Committees of Directors. The Board, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full Board, may designate from among its members an executive committee and one or more other committees and may appoint or provide for the appointment of one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Each committee shall have two or more members. Any such committee shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board in the management of the business, property and affairs of the Corporation, as shall be provided in these Bylaws or in the resolution of the Board constituting the committee, except that such committee shall not have authority to: (1) authorize distributions; (2) approve or propose to shareholders actions that are required to be approved by shareholders; (3) fill vacancies on the Board or on any of its committees; (4) amend the Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to section 33-796 of the Act;
(5) adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; (6) approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval; (7) authorize or approve reacquisition of shares, except according to a formula or method prescribed by the Board; or (8) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the Board may authorize a committee or a senior executive officer of the Corporation to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the Board. All committees shall keep records of their acts and proceedings and report the same to the Board as and when required. Any director may be removed from a committee with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board.

Section 12. Action Without a Meeting. (a) Any action required or permitted by the Act to be taken at a meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all directors. The action shall be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by each director, and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the action taken.

(b) Action taken by written consent of the directors is effective when the last director signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date.

(c) A consent signed under this section has the effect of a meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.

Section 13. Compensation of Directors. The directors may be reimbursed for any expenses incurred by them in attendance at any meeting of the Board or of any of its committees. Every director may be paid a stated salary as a director and/or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting which such director attends. No payments or reimbursements described herein shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

Section 1. Election. A President, a Secretary, and when deemed necessary by the Board, a chairman of the Board, one or more vice presidents and such other officers and assistant officers shall be elected by the Board to hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

-5-

Section 2. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if one shall be elected, shall preside at all meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as may be assigned to him by the Board.

Section 3. President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and in such capacity, shall have primary responsibility for the general management, supervision and control of the activities of the Corporation, subject to the direction of the Board. In the absence or non election of a chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board in addition to all meetings of shareholders and shall exercise all other powers and discharge all other duties customarily vested in the Chairman of the Board. The President shall also have the direction of all other officers, agents and employees of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The President shall also perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as the Bylaws may provide or the Board may assign.

Section 4. Vice President. Vice Presidents, when elected, shall have such powers and perform such duties as the President or the Board may from time to time assign and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. At the request of the President, or in case of his absence or inability to act, the executive vice president, if one has been elected, or the vice president so designated by the Board, shall perform the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President and such additional restrictions as may be imposed by the Board.

Section 5. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep true and complete records of the proceedings of the meetings of the shareholders, the Board and any committees of directors and shall file any written consents of the shareholders, the Board and any committees of directors with these records. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to be the custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation. The Secretary shall also attend to the giving of all notices and shall perform such other duties as the Bylaws may provide or the Board may assign.

Section 6. Assistant Secretary. If one shall be elected, the assistant secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the President, Secretary or the Board may from time to time assign and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. At the request of the Secretary, or in case of his absence or inability to act, the assistant secretary shall perform the duties of the Secretary and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Secretary.

Section 7. Treasurer. The treasurer shall keep correct and complete records of account showing accurately at all times the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall also act as legal custodian of all moneys, notes, securities, and other valuables that may from time to time come into the possession of the Corporation, and shall promptly deposit all funds of the Corporation coming into his hands in the bank or other depository designated by the Board and shall keep this bank account in the name of the Corporation. Whenever requested by the Board, the Treasurer shall furnish a statement of the financial condition of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as the Bylaws may provide and the Board may assign.

-6-

Section 8. Assistant Treasurer. If one shall be elected, the assistant treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the President, Treasurer or Board may from time to time assign and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. At the request of the Treasurer, or in case of his absence or inability to act, the assistant treasurer shall perform the duties of the Treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Treasurer.

Section 9. Other Officers. Such other officers as are appointed shall exercise such duties and have such powers as the Board may assign.

Section 10. Transfer of Authority. In case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation or for any other reason that the Board may deem sufficient, the Board may transfer the powers or duties of that officer to any other officer or to any director or employee of the Corporation, provided that a majority of the entire Board approves such action.

Section 11. Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by giving written notice to the Corporation, Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary. Removal of an officer elected by the Board, with or without cause, may be effected by the Board whenever in the judgment of the Board the best interests of the Corporation are served thereby. Any such removal of an officer shall be without prejudice to such officer's contract rights, if any.

Section 12. Vacancies. A vacancy occurring in any office may be filled for the unexplored portion of the term of office by the Board.

ARTICLE V. CAPITAL STOCK

Section 1. Consideration and Payment. The capital stock may be issued for such consideration as may be fixed from time to time by the Board, provided, however, that the consideration may not be less than the par value of any of such stock having a par value. Payment of such consideration may be made, in whole or in part, in any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation, including cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be performed and other securities of the Corporation.

Section 2. Certificates Representing Shares. Each holder of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to a certificate signed by the President or a vice president and the Secretary or an assistant secretary except that such signatures may be facsimiles if such certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or registrar, other than the Corporation itself or an employee of the Corporation. In case any officer who signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer were such officer at the date of its issuance. Upon each such certificate shall appear such legend or legends as may be required by law or by any contract or agreement to which the Corporation is a party. No certificate shall be valid without such signatures and legends as are required hereby.

Section 3. Lost Certificates. Whenever a person shall request the issuance of a certificate of stock to replace a certificate alleged to have been lost by theft, destruction or

-7-

otherwise, the Board shall require that such person make an affidavit to the fact of such loss before the Board shall authorize the requested issuance. Before issuing a new certificate, the Board may also require a bond of indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost.

Section 4. Transfer of Stock. The Corporation or its transfer agent shall register a transfer of a stock certificate, issue a new certificate and cancel the old certificate upon presentation for transfer of a stock certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such transfer shall be effected by the Corporation or its transfer agent if such transfer is prohibited by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by any contract or agreement to which the Corporation is a party.

ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION

To the fullest extent permitted by the Act, the Corporation shall indemnify any current or former director or officer of the Corporation and may, at the discretion of the Board, indemnify any current or former employee or agent of the Corporation against all expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such individual in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise, to which such individual was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such individual's current or former position with the Corporation or by reason of the fact that such individual is or was serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

ARTICLE VII. MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board.

Section 2. Inconsistencies with Certificate of Incorporation. If any provision of the Bylaws shall be inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Certificate of Incorporation shall prevail.

ARTICLE VIII. AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The Board may amend or repeal the Corporation's Bylaws unless (1) the Certificate of Incorporation or the Act reserve this power exclusively to the shareholders in whole or in part, or (2) the shareholders, in amending or repealing a particular Bylaw, provide expressly that the Board may not amend or repeal that Bylaw. The shareholders may amend or repeal the Corporation's Bylaws even though the Bylaws may also be amended or repealed by the Board.

-8-

EXHIBIT 3.13

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

COGENT MANAGEMENT INC.

Under Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law.

The undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to
Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York, does hereby certify and set forth:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is COGENT MANAGEMENT INC.

SECOND: The purposes for which the corporation is formed are:

To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the business corporation law, provided that the corporation is not formed to engage in any act or activity which requires the act or approval of any state official, department, board, agency or other body without such approval or consent first being obtained.

To carry on a general investment and management advisory business relating to investments and the operation of businesses, plants, the United States and foreign countries, subject to the applicable laws thereof. To maintain executive and operating personnel for the purpose of advising and assisting others in all matters relating to investments and the management and operation of businesses and other properties of every kind. To furnish business investment, financial and management plans and programs, to formulate policies and generally to advise and assist others, under contract or otherwise, in the management of their businesses, plants, properties and investments.

To act as public relations and research counsellors and promotion, merchandising and industrial counsellors and business consultants, and in connection therewith to render management, negotiation, research, technical and advisory services to persons, firms, corporations and others in connection with their relations with associates, stockholders, governmental officials and agencies, and the general public and any person or special group.

To serve in an advisory, managerial and consultative capacity to corporations, associations, firms and individuals, and to establish and maintain bureaus, departments and laboratories for industrial, financial, statistical, inventory, market and other research work, and to engage generally in the business of providing, promoting and establishing systems, methods and controls for industrial and managerial efficiency and operations.

1

To establish, maintain and conduct a general service organization, to make and conduct investigations and render reports of such investigations relating to better use of computers, computer systems and data processing equipment, perform supervisory and testing services and any and all other activities relating to the analysis of computer usage. To act as a consultant to individuals, corporations, associations, partnerships and others and to obtain services in their behalf for better use of computers, computer systems and data processing equipment.

To maintain executive and operating personnel for the purpose of advising and assisting others in all matters relating to improved computer use; to furnish programs, formulate policies and generally to advise and assist others, under contract or otherwise, with relating to any aspect of better use of computers, computer systems and data processing equipment of every kind and description.

To acquire by purchase, subscription, underwriting or otherwise, and to own, hold or investment, or otherwise, and to use, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, exchange or otherwise dispose of real and personal property of every sort and description and wheresoever situated, including shares of stock, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip, securities, evidences of indebtedness, contracts or obligations of any corporation or association, whether domestic or foreign, or of any firm or individual or of the United States or any state, territory or dependency of the United States or any foreign country, or any municipality or local authority within or without the United States, and also to issue in exchange therefor, stocks, bonds or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of this corporation and, while the owner of holder of any such property, to receive, collect and dispose of the interest, dividends and income on or from such property and to possess and exercise in respect thereto all of the rights, powers and privileges of ownership, including all voting powers thereon.

To construct, build, purchase, lease or otherwise acquire, equip, hold, own, improve, develop, manage, maintain, control, operate, lease, mortgage, create liens upon, sell, covey or otherwise dispose of and turn to account, any and all plants, machinery, works, implements and things or property, real and personal, of every kind and description, incidental to, connected with, or suitable, necessary or convenient for any of the purposes enumerated herein, including all or any part or parts of the properties, assets, business and goodwill of any persons, firms, associations or corporations.

The powers, rights and privileges provided in this certificate are not to be deemed to be in limitation of similar, other or additional powers, rights and privileges granted or permitted to a corporation by the Business Corporation Law, it being intended that this corporation shall have all rights, powers and privileges granted or permitted to a corporation by such statute.

2

THIRD: The office of the corporation is to be located in the County of Westchester, State of New York.

FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have the authority to issue is Two Hundred (200), all of which shall be without par value.

FIFTH: The Secretary of State is designated as the agent of the corporation upon whom process against it may be served. The post office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the corporation served on him is:

48 Mansfield Road
White Plains, New York 10605

SIXTH: The personal liability of directors to the corporation or its shareholders for damages for any breach of duty in such capacity is hereby eliminated except that such personal liability shall not be eliminated if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such director establishes that his acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled or that his acts violated Section 719 of the Business Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been subscribed to this 13th day of May, 1991 by the undersigned who affirms that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury.

/s/ Gerald Weinberg
----------------------------------------
GERALD WEINBERG
90 State Street
Albany, New York

3

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF THE
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
COGENT MANAGEMENT INC.
UNDER SECTION 805 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

1. The name of the corporation is COGENT MANAGEMENT INC.

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of COGENT MANAGEMENT INC. was filed by the Department of State of May 14, 1991.

3. This amendment provides for the following change to Paragraph FOURTH of the certificate of incorporation with respect to the SHARES which may be issued by the corporation.

Authorized Shares: The amendment provides for a change in the total amount of shares authorized to be issued by the corporation to Three Thousand (3,000), which shares shall consist of One Thousand Five Hundred (1,500) voting common shares, without par value (Class I) and One Thousand Five Hundred (1,500) non-voting common shares, without par value (Class II).

Issued Shares: The amendment shall not affect the One Hundred (100) issued voting shares of the corporation, without par value, which shares shall remain voting shares, without par value at a rate of one to one.

Unissued Shares: The amendment provides for a change in the One Hundred
(100) unissued shares of the corporation, without par value, all shares of the corporation heretofore being of one class. The amendment provides for a division of the authorized but unissued shares of the corporation. Resulting from the change is that the unissued voting shares of the corporation shall be converted to One Thousand Four Hundred (1,400) unissued voting shares of the corporation, without par value at a rate of one to fourteen, and the authorized but unissued shares of the corporation shall be converted to One Thousand Five Hundred (1,500) unissued non-voting shares of the corporation, without par value at a rate of one to fifteen.

Paragraph FOURTH of the certificate of incorporation of COGENT MANAGEMENT INC. is hereby amended to read as follows:

"FOURTH: The maximum number of shares of stock of the corporation which may be issued is Three Thousand (3,000), which shall consist of One Thousand Five Hundred (1,500) voting common shares without par value (Class I) and One Thousand Five Hundred (1,500) non-voting common shares without par value (Class II). Each class of shares shall be identical in all respects, except that the non-voting Class II shares shall carry no right to vote for the election of directors of the corporation, and no right to vote on any matter presented to the shareholders for their vote or approval except only as the laws of this state require that voting rights be granted to such non-voting shares."

4. The above amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was authorized by the unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the corporation in lieu of a meeting of Directors, followed by the unanimous written consent of the holders of all

1

outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon in lieu of a meeting of such shareholders.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 29th day of December, 2003.

/s/ Aaron D. Boyajian, Esq.
----------------------------------------
Aaron D. Boyajian, Esq.,
Authorized Person

2

EXHIBIT 3.14

BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I

The Corporation

Section 1. Name. The legal name of this corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation") is COGENT MANAGEMENT INC.

Section 2. Offices. The Corporation shall have its principal office in the State of New York. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places within and without the United States as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the Corporation may require.

Section 3. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, New York". One or more duplicate dies for impressing such seal may be kept and used.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Shareholders

Section 1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation in the State of New York or at such other place, within or without the State of New York, as is fixed in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held on the first Monday of May in each year if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at ten o'clock A.M., Eastern Standard Time, or at such other time as is fixed in the notice of the meeting. If for any reason any annual meeting shall not be held at the time herein specified, the same may be held at any time thereafter upon notice, as herein provided, or the business thereof may be transacted at any special meeting called for the purpose.

Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of shareholders may be called by the President whenever he deems it necessary or advisable. A special meeting of the shareholders shall be called by the President whenever so directed in writing by a majority of the entire Board of Directors or whenever the holders of one-third (1/3) of the number of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting shall, in writing, request the same.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the time and place of the annual and of each special meeting of the shareholders shall be given to each of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting by mailing the same in a postage prepaid wrapper addressed to each such

1

shareholders at his address as it appears on the books of the Corporation, or by delivering the same personally to any such shareholder in lieu of such mailing, at least ten (10) and not more than fifty (50) days prior to each meeting. Meetings may be held without notice if all of the shareholders entitled to vote thereat are present in person or by proxy, or if notice thereof is waived by all such shareholders not present in person or by proxy, before or after the meeting. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty (30) days hence, or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the Board of Directors, after adjournment fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice of the annual and each special meeting of the shareholders shall indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons calling the meeting, and shall state the name and capacity of each such person. Notice of each special meeting shall also state the purpose or purposes for which it has been called. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of the annual or any special meeting of the shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

Section 5. Record Date for Shareholders. For the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than fifty
(50) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than fifty (50) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining shareholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 6. Proxy Representation. Every shareholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a shareholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the shareholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the shareholder executing it, except as otherwise provided in
Section 608 of the New York Business Corporation Law.

Section 7. Voting at Shareholders' Meetings. Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. In the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall elect. Any

2

other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the New York Business Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes or a different exercise of voting power. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

Section 8. Quorum and Adjournment. Except for a special election of directors pursuant to Section 603 of the New York Business Corporation Law, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the shares of the stock of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote thereat shall be requisite and shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the shareholders. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders. If at any meeting of shareholders there shall be less than a quorum so present, the shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present, but no business shall be transacted at any such adjourned meeting except such as might have been lawfully transacted had the meeting not adjourned.

Section 9. List of Shareholders. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare, make and certify, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders, as of the record date fixed for such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each shareholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each shareholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting; either at a place within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder who is present. If the right to vote at any meeting is challenged, the inspectors of election, if any, or the person presiding thereat, shall require such list of shareholders to be produced as evidence of the right of the persons challenged to vote at such meeting, and all persons who appear from such list to be shareholders entitled to vote thereat may vote at such meeting.

Section 10. Inspectors of Election. The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, and at the request of any shareholder entitled to vote thereat shall, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting or any shareholder entitled to vote thereat, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate

3

of any fact found by him or them. Any report or certificate made by the inspector or inspectors shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated and of the vote as certified by them.

Section 11. Action of the Shareholders Without Meetings. Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. Written consent thus given by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of the shareholders.

ARTICLE III

Directors

Section 1. Number of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall be at least three, except that where all outstanding shares of the stock of the Corporation are owned beneficially and of record by less than three shareholders, the number of directors may be less than three but not less than the number of shareholders. Subject to the foregoing limitation, such number may be fixed from time to time by action of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or of the shareholders at an annual or special meeting, or, if the number of directors is not so fixed, the number shall be three or shall be equal to the number of shareholders (determined as aforesaid), whichever is less. Until such time as the corporation shall issue shares of its stock, the Board of Directors shall consist of two persons. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 2. Election and Term. The initial Board of Directors shall be elected by the incorporator and each initial director so elected shall hold office until the first annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor has been elected and qualified. Thereafter, each director who is elected at an annual meeting of shareholders, and each director who is elected in the interim to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 3. Filling Vacancies, Resignation and Removal. Any director may tender his resignation at any time. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by vote of the shareholders. In the interim between annual meetings of shareholders or special meetings of shareholders called for the election of directors or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the resignation or removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

Section 4. Qualifications and Powers. Each director shall be at least eighteen years of age. A director need not be a shareholder, a citizen of the United States or a resident of the State of New York. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws expressly conferred upon it, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the

4

Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done exclusively by the shareholders.

Section 5. Regular and Special Meetings of the Board. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings, whether regular or special, either within or without the State of New York. The newly elected Board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed by the vote of the shareholders at the annual meeting, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a majority of the entire Board shall be present; or they may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all directors. Regular meetings of the Board may be held with or without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board. Whenever the time or place of regular meetings of the Board shall have been determined by resolution of the Board, no regular meetings shall be held pursuant to any resolution of the Board altering or modifying its previous resolution relating to the time or place of the holding of regular meetings, without first giving at least three days written notice to each director, either personally or by telegram, or at least five days written notice to each director by mail, of the substance and effect of such new resolution relating to the time and place at which regular meetings of the Board may thereafter be held without notice. Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever called by the President, Vice-President, the Secretary or any director in writing. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be delivered personally to each director or sent by telegraph to his residence or usual place of business at least three days before the meeting, or mailed to him to his residence or usual place of business at least five days before the meeting. Meetings of the Board, whether regular or special, may be held at any time and place, and for any purpose, without notice, when all the directors are present or when all directors not present shall, in writing, waive notice of and consent to the holding of such meeting, which waiver and consent may be given after the holding of such meeting. All or any of the directors may waive notice of any meeting and the presence of a director at any meeting of the Board shall be deemed a waiver of notice thereof by him. A notice, or waiver of notice, need not specify the purpose or purposes of any regular or special meeting of the Board.

Section 6. Quorum and Action. A majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum except that when the entire Board consists of one director, then one director shall constitute a quorum, and except that when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided that such majority shall constitute at lease one-third of the entire Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the New York Business Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

Section 7. Telephonic Meetings. Any member or members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

5

Section 8. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 9. Compensation of Directors. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board or of any committee designated by the Board and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at such meeting, or a stated salary as director, or both. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor; provided however that directors who are also salaried officers shall not receive fees or salaries as directors.

ARTICLE IV

Committees

Section 1. In General. The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by the affirmative vote therefore of a majority of the entire Board, designate an Executive Committee and such other committees as the Board may from time to time determine, each to consist of three or more directors, and each of which, to the extent provided in the resolution or in the certificate of incorporation or in the By-Laws, shall have all the powers of the Board, except that no such Committee shall have power to fill vacancies in the Board, or to change the membership of or to fill vacancies in any Committee, or to make, amend, repeal or adopt By-Laws of the Corporation, or to submit to the shareholders any action that needs shareholder approval under these By-Laws or the New York Business Corporation Law, or to fix the compensation of the directors for serving on the Board or any committee thereof, or to amend or repeal any resolution of the Board which by its terms shall not be so amendable or repealable. Each committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 2. Executive Committee. Except as otherwise limited by the Board of Directors or by these By-Laws, the Executive Committee, if so designated by the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise, when the Board is not in session, all the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. The Board shall have the power at any time to change the membership of the Executive Committee, to fill vacancies in it, or to dissolve it. The Executive Committee may make rules for the conduct of its business and may appoint such assistance as it shall from time to time deem necessary. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee, if more than a single member, shall constitute a quorum.

6

ARTICLE V

Officers

Section 1. Designation, Term and Vacancies. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice-Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem necessary. Such officers may have and perform the powers and duties usually pertaining to their respective offices, the powers and duties respectively prescribed by law and by these By-Laws, and such additional powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board. The same person may hold any two or more offices, except that the offices of President and Secretary may not be held by the same person unless all the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation is owned by one person, in which instance such person may hold all or any combination of offices.

The initial officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the initial Board of Directors, each to hold office until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the first annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor has been appointed and qualified. Thereafter, the officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board as soon as practicable after the election of the Board at the annual meeting of shareholders, and each officer so appointed shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor has been appointed and qualified. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative note therefor of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. All other agents and employees of the Corporation shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Vacancies occurring among the officers of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he may be present. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, he shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have general charge of the entire business of the Corporation. He may sign certificates of stock and sign and seal bonds, debentures, contracts or other obligations authorized by the Board, and may, without previous authority of the Board, make such contracts as the ordinary conduct of the Corporation's business requires. He shall have the usual powers and duties vested in the President of a corporation. He shall have power to select and appoint all necessary officers and employees of the Corporation, except those selected by the Board of Directors, and to remove all such officers and employees except those selected by the Board of Directors, and make new appointments to fill vacancies. He may delegate any of his powers to a Vice-President of the Corporation.

Section 3. Vice-President. A Vice-President shall have such of the President's powers and duties as the President may from time to time delegate to him, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. During the absence or incapacity of the President, the Vice-President, or, if there be more than one, the Vice-President having the greatest seniority in office, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers and be subject to all the responsibilities of the office of President.

7

Section 4. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of such funds and securities of the Corporation as may come to his hands or be committed to his care by the Board of Directors. Whenever necessary or proper, he shall endorse on behalf of the Corporation, for collection, checks, notes, or other obligations, and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depositaries, approved by the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors or President may designate. He may sign receipts or vouchers for payments made to the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may require that such receipts or vouchers shall also be signed by some other officer to be designated by them. Whenever required by the Board of Directors, he shall render a statement of his cash accounts and such other statements respecting the affairs of the Corporation as may be required. He shall keep proper and accurate books of account. He shall perform all acts incident to the office of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board.

Section 5. Secretary. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and when required by the Board of Directors, or when any instrument shall have been signed by the President duly authorized to sign the same, or when necessary to attest any proceedings of the shareholders or directors, shall affix it to any instrument requiring the same and shall attest the same with his signature, provided that the seal may be affixed by the President or Vice-President or other officer of the Corporation to any document executed by either of them respectively on behalf of the Corporation which does not require the attestation of the Secretary. He shall attend to the giving and serving of notices of meetings. He shall have charge of such books and papers as properly belong to his office or as may be committed to his care by the Board of Directors. He shall perform such other duties as appertain to his office or as may be required by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Delegation. In case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board may temporarily delegate the powers or duties, or any of them, of such officer to any other officer or to any director.

ARTICLE VI

Stock

Section 1. Certificates Representing Shares. All certificates representing shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be in such form not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws or the laws of the State of New York and shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by
Section 508, and where applicable, by Sections 505, 616, 620, 709 and 1002 of the Business Corporation Law. Such shares shall be approved by the Board of Directors, and shall be signed by the President or a Vice-President and by the Secretary or the Treasurer and shall bear the seal of the Corporation and shall not be valid unless so signed and sealed. Certificates countersigned by a duly appointed transfer agent and/or registered by a duly appointed registrar shall be deemed to be so signed and sealed whether the signatures be manual or facsimile signatures and whether the seal be a facsimile seal or any other form of seal. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered and the name of the person owning the shares represented thereby, his residence, with the number of such shares and the date of issue, shall be entered on the Corporation's books. All certificates surrendered shall be cancelled and no new

8

certificates issued until the former certificates for the same number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except as provided for herein.

In case any officer or officers who shall have signed or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been affixed to any such certificate or certificates, shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation, and may be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificates, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been affixed thereto, had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

Any restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

Section 2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation, may, but shall not be required to, issue certificates for fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the condition that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

Section 3. Addresses of Shareholders. Every shareholder shall furnish the Corporation with an address to which notices of meetings and all other notices may be served upon or mailed to him, and in default thereof notices may be addressed to him at his last known post office address.

Section 4. Stolen, Lost or Destroyed Certificates. The Board of Directors may in its sole discretion direct that a new certificate or certificates of stock be issued in place of any certificate or certificates of stock theretofore issued by the Corporation, alleged to have been stolen, lost or destroyed, and the Board of Directors when authorizing the issuance of such new certificate or certificates, may, in its discretion, and as a condition precedent thereto, require the owner of such stolen, lost or destroyed certificate or certificates or his legal representatives to give to the Corporation and to such registrar or registrars and/or transfer agent or transfer agents as may be authorized or required to countersign such new certificate or certificates, a bond in such sum as the Corporation may direct not exceeding double the value of the stock represented by the certificate alleged to have been stolen, lost or destroyed, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against them or any of them for or in respect of the shares of stock represented by the certificate alleged to have been stolen, lost or destroyed.

9

Section 5. Transfers of Shares. Upon compliance with all provisions restricting the transferability of shares, if any, transfers of stock shall be made only upon the books of the Corporation by the holder in person or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or with a transfer agent or registrar, if any, upon the surrender and cancellation of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more suitable banks and/or trust companies as transfer agents and/or registrars of transfers, for facilitating transfers of any class or series of stock of the Corporation by the holders thereof under such regulations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. Upon such appointment being made all certificates of stock of such class or series thereafter issued shall be countersigned by one of such transfer agents and/or one of such registrars of transfers, and shall not be valid unless so countersigned.

ARTICLE VII

Dividends and Finance

Section 1. Dividends. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix and determine and to vary, from time to time, the amount of the working capital of the Corporation before declaring any dividends among it shareholders, and to direct and determine the use and disposition of any net profits or surplus, and to determine the date or dates for the declaration and payment of dividends and to determine the amount of any dividend, and the amount of any reserves necessary in their judgment before declaring any dividends among its shareholder, and to determine the amount of the net profits of the Corporation from time to time available for dividends.

Section 2. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the last day of in each year and shall begin on the next succeeding day, or shall be for such other period as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate with the consent of the Department of Taxation and Finance, where applicable.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 1. Stock of Other Corporations. The Board of Directors shall have the right to authorize any director, officer or other person on behalf of the Corporation to attend, act and vote at meetings of the Shareholders of any corporation in which the Corporation shall hold stock, and to exercise thereat any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock, and to execute waivers of notice of such meetings and calls therefor; and authority may be given to exercise the same either on one or more designated occasions, or generally on all occasions until revoked by the Board. In the event that the Board shall fail to give such authority, such authority may be exercised by the President in person or by proxy appointed by him on behalf of the Corporation.

10

Any stocks or securities owned by this Corporation may, if so determined by the Board of Directors, be registered either in the name of this Corporation or in the name of any nominee or nominees appointed for that purpose by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Books and Records. Subject to the New York Business Corporation Law, the Corporation may keep its books and accounts outside the State of New York.

Section 3. Notices. Whenever any notice is required by these By-Laws to be given, personal notice is not meant unless expressly so stated, and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by depositing the same in a post office box in a sealed postpaid wrapper, addressed to the person entitled thereto at his last known post office address, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such mailing.

Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given under the provisions of any law, or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 4. Amendments. Except as otherwise provided herein, these By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed and By-Laws may be made at any annual meeting of the shareholders or at any special meeting thereof if notice of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal, or By-Law or By-Laws to be made be contained in the notice of such special meeting, by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote thereat; or by a majority of the Board of Directors at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors, or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors, if notice of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal, or By-Law or By-Laws to be made, be contained in the Notice of such Special Meeting.

11

EXHIBIT 4.1


INDENTURE

Dated as of November 23, 2005

Among

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.,

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

11 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

Trust Indenture Act Section                                    Indenture Section
---------------------------                                   ------------------
310 (a)(1).................................................          7.10
    (a)(2).................................................          7.10
    (a)(3).................................................          N.A.
    (a)(4).................................................          N.A.
    (a)(5).................................................          7.10
    (b)....................................................          7.10
    (c)....................................................          N.A.
311 (a)....................................................          7.11
    (b)....................................................          7.11
    (c)....................................................          N.A.
312 (a)....................................................          2.05
    (b)....................................................          13.03
    (c)....................................................          13.03
313 (a)....................................................          7.06
    (b)(1).................................................          N.A.
    (b)(2).................................................       7.06; 7.07
    (c)....................................................       7.06; 13.02
    (d)....................................................          7.06
314 (a)....................................................   4.03; 13.02; 13.05
    (b)....................................................          N.A.
    (c)(1).................................................          13.04
    (c)(2).................................................          13.04
    (c)(3).................................................          N.A.
    (d)....................................................          N.A.
    (e)....................................................          13.05
    (f)....................................................          N.A.
315 (a)....................................................          7.01
    (b)....................................................       7.05; 13.02
    (c)....................................................          7.01
    (d)....................................................          7.01
    (e)....................................................          6.14
316 (a)(last sentence).....................................          2.09
    (a)(1)(A)..............................................          6.05
    (a)(1)(B)..............................................          6.04
    (a)(2).................................................          N.A.
    (b)....................................................          6.07
    (c)....................................................       2.12; 9.04
317 (a)(1).................................................          6.08
    (a)(2).................................................          6.12
    (b)....................................................          2.04
318 (a)....................................................          13.01
    (b)....................................................          N.A.
    (c)....................................................          13.01

N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
                                    ARTICLE 1

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01    Definitions..............................................      1
Section 1.02    Other Definitions........................................     26
Section 1.03    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act........     27
Section 1.04    Rules of Construction....................................     28
Section 1.05    Acts of Holders..........................................     28

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                    THE NOTES

Section 2.01    Form and Dating; Terms...................................     29
Section 2.02    Execution and Authentication.............................     30
Section 2.03    Registrar, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent............     31
Section 2.04    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust......................     31
Section 2.05    Holder Lists.............................................     32
Section 2.06    Transfer and Exchange....................................     32
Section 2.07    Replacement Notes........................................     43
Section 2.08    Outstanding Notes........................................     43
Section 2.09    Treasury Notes...........................................     44
Section 2.10    Temporary Notes..........................................     44
Section 2.11    Cancellation.............................................     44
Section 2.12    Defaulted Interest.......................................     45
Section 2.13    CUSIP Numbers............................................     45

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                   REDEMPTION

Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee.......................................     45
Section 3.02    Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased...........     46
Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption or Repurchase.......................     46
Section 3.04    Effect of Notice of Redemption...........................     47
Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price..................     47
Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part......................     48
Section 3.07    Optional Redemption......................................     48
Section 3.08    Mandatory Redemption.....................................     49
Section 3.09    Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds...     49

-i-

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                    COVENANTS

Section 4.01    Payment of Notes.........................................     51
Section 4.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency..........................     51
Section 4.03    Reports..................................................     52
Section 4.04    Compliance Certificate...................................     53
Section 4.05    Taxes....................................................     53
Section 4.06    Stay, Extension and Usury Laws...........................     53
Section 4.07    Restricted Payments......................................     53
Section 4.08    Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
                   Subsidiaries..........................................     57
Section 4.09    Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
                   Stock.................................................     58
Section 4.10    Asset Sales..............................................     62
Section 4.11    Transactions with Affiliates.............................     63
Section 4.12    Liens....................................................     65
Section 4.13    Corporate Existence......................................     65
Section 4.14    Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control...............     66
Section 4.15    Business Activities......................................     67
Section 4.16    Payments for Consent.....................................     68
Section 4.17    Additional Note Guarantees...............................     68
Section 4.18    Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted
                   Subsidiaries..........................................     68
Section 4.19    Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt...................     68

                                    ARTICLE 5

                                   SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01    Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All Assets..............     69
Section 5.02    Successor Corporation Substituted........................     70

                                    ARTICLE 6

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01    Events of Default........................................     70
Section 6.02    Acceleration.............................................     72
Section 6.03    Other Remedies...........................................     72
Section 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults..................................     72
Section 6.05    Control by Majority......................................     73
Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits......................................     73
Section 6.07    Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment............     73
Section 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee...............................     73
Section 6.09    Restoration of Rights and Remedies.......................     74
Section 6.10    Rights and Remedies Cumulative...........................     74
Section 6.11    Delay or Omission Not Waiver.............................     74
Section 6.12    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.........................     74
Section 6.13    Priorities...............................................     75
Section 6.14    Undertaking for Costs....................................     75

-ii-

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                     TRUSTEE

Section 7.01    Duties of Trustee........................................     75
Section 7.02    Rights of Trustee........................................     76
Section 7.03    Individual Rights of Trustee.............................     77
Section 7.04    Trustee's Disclaimer.....................................     77
Section 7.05    Notice of Defaults.......................................     78
Section 7.06    Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes...............     78
Section 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity...............................     78
Section 7.08    Replacement of Trustee...................................     79
Section 7.09    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.........................     80
Section 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification............................     80
Section 7.11    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.........     80

                                    ARTICLE 8

                    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01    Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant
                   Defeasance............................................     80
Section 8.02    Legal Defeasance and Discharge...........................     80
Section 8.03    Covenant Defeasance......................................     81
Section 8.04    Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance...............     81
Section 8.05    Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in
                   Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions ................     82
Section 8.06    Repayment to Issuer......................................     83
Section 8.07    Reinstatement............................................     83

                                    ARTICLE 9

                        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01    Without Consent of Holders of Notes......................     84
Section 9.02    With Consent of Holders of Notes.........................     85
Section 9.03    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act......................     86
Section 9.04    Revocation and Effect of Consents........................     86
Section 9.05    Notation on or Exchange of Notes.........................     86
Section 9.06    Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc..........................     86

                                   ARTICLE 10

                                 NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 10.01   Note Guarantee...........................................     87
Section 10.02   Subordination of Note Guarantee..........................     88
Section 10.03   Limitation on Guarantor Liability........................     88
Section 10.04   Execution and Delivery...................................     89
Section 10.05   Subrogation..............................................     89
Section 10.06   Benefits Acknowledged....................................     89
Section 10.07   Release of Note Guarantees...............................     89

-iii-

Section 10.08   Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.......     90

                                   ARTICLE 11

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01   Satisfaction and Discharge...............................     91
Section 11.02   Application of Trust Money...............................     92

                                   ARTICLE 12

                             SUBORDINATION OF NOTES

Section 12.01   Notes Subordinated to Senior Debt........................     92
Section 12.02   Suspension of Payment When Senior Debt Is in Default.....     92
Section 12.03   Notes Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt
                   on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of
                   the Issuer............................................     94
Section 12.04   Payments May Be Made Prior to Dissolution................     95
Section 12.05   Holders To Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of Senior
                   Debt..................................................     95
Section 12.06   Obligations of the Issuer Unconditional..................     95
Section 12.07   Notice to Trustee........................................     96
Section 12.08   Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating
                   Agent.................................................     96
Section 12.09   Trustee's Relation to Senior Debt........................     96
Section 12.10   Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions
                   of the Issuer or Holders of Senior Debt ..............     97
Section 12.11   Noteholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate
                   Subordination of Notes................................     97
Section 12.12   This Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default.........     98
Section 12.13   Trustee's Compensation Not Prejudiced....................     98
Section 12.14   Acceleration of Notes....................................     98

                                   ARTICLE 13

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01   Trust Indenture Act Controls.............................     98
Section 13.02   Notices..................................................     98
Section 13.03   Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders
                   of Notes..............................................    100
Section 13.04   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.......    100
Section 13.05   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion............    100
Section 13.06   Rules by Trustee and Agents..............................    100
Section 13.07   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees
                   and Stockholders......................................    101
Section 13.08   Governing Law............................................    101
Section 13.09   Waiver of Jury Trial.....................................    101
Section 13.10   Force Majeure............................................    101
Section 13.11   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements............    101
Section 13.12   Successors...............................................    101
Section 13.13   Severability.............................................    101
Section 13.14   Counterpart Originals....................................    102
Section 13.15   Table of Contents, Headings, etc.........................    102

-iv-

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A   Form of Note
Exhibit B   Form of Certificate of Transfer
Exhibit C   Form of Certificate of Exchange
Exhibit D   Form of Note Guarantee

-i-

INDENTURE, dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Sunshine"), SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("SS&C"), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Sunshine has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $205,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Initial Notes");

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction (as defined herein), Sunshine will merge with and into SS&C, after which the obligations of Sunshine with respect to the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes and the performance and observation of each covenant and agreement under this Indenture on the part of Sunshine to be performed or observed will become obligations of SS&C and unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Guarantors; and

WHEREAS, each of Sunshine, SS&C and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, Sunshine, SS&C, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

"144A Global Note" means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

"Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

"Acquisition" means the acquisition by Sunshine of SS&C as defined in and on the terms described in the Offering Memorandum.

"Acquisition Documents" means the Merger Agreement and any other document entered into in connection therewith, in each case as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.


"Additional Notes" means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes issued pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control," as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with" have correlative meanings.

"Agent" means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

"Applicable Premium" means, with respect to any Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at December 1, 2009 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07 hereof) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note, through December 1, 2009 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.

"Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.

"Asset Sale" means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Issuer's Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items shall be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

-2-

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.07 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the sale, lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any assets or rights in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(8) foreclosures on assets;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of "Securitization Financing" to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of "Securitization Financing" (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing; and

(12) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any licenses of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property.

"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

"Beneficial Owner" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular "person" (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such "person" shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such "person" has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms "Beneficially Owns" and "Beneficially Owned" have a corresponding meaning.

"Board of Directors" means (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

-3-

"Broker-Dealer" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Business Day" means each day that is not a Legal Holiday.

"Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

"Capital Stock" means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

"Cash Equivalents" means:

(1) United States dollars or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having a rating of at least A-1 from Moody's or P-1 from S&P and, in each case, maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition; and

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody's or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

-4-

(7) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) to (6) above denominated in euro or pound sterling or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and

(8) investment in funds which invest substantially all of their assets in Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition.

"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder;

(2) prior to an initial public offering of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, any "person" (as defined above) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more of the Voting Stock of the Issuer (measured by voting power rather than number of shares) than is at the time Beneficially Owned by the Permitted Holders in the aggregate; or

(3) after an initial public offering of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, any "person" (as defined above), other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 40% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

(4) after an initial public offering of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer are not Continuing Directors.

"Change of Control Offer" has the meaning assigned to that term in this Indenture governing the Notes.

"Clearstream" means Clearstream Banking Societe Anonyme and any successor thereto.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Consolidated Cash Flow" means with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, the following (in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP):

(1) the provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes, of such Person for such period to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

-5-

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(4) any reasonable expenses or charges incurred in connection with any equity offering (but if such equity offering is a sale of Equity Interests in any part of the Issuer, only to the extent that proceeds of such equity offering are received by or contributed to the equity of the Issuer), Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture (in each case whether or not consummated) or pursuant to the Transactions (including, without limitation, the fees payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement in connection with the Transactions), plus

(5) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(6) any other noncash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period), plus

(7) any net gain or loss resulting from Hedging Obligations, plus

(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, advisory fees, termination payments and related expenses paid to the Sponsors (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period pursuant to the Management Agreement, plus

(9) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(10) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations, less

non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period).

"Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense" means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other noncash charges (excluding any noncash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including amortization of original issue discount, noncash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting), commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing, the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations, net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of deferred financing fees or expensing of any bridge or other financing fees, (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,

-6-

whether paid or accrued (c) consolidated loss on Securitization Financings, less
(d) interest income actually received in cash for such period.

"Consolidated Leverage Ratio" means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of total Ratio Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Leverage Ratio (the "Transaction Date") to the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the most recently ended four quarter period prior to the Transaction Date for which internal financial statements are available (the "Calculation Period"). In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, "total Ratio Indebtedness" and "Consolidated Cash Flow" shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred on the Transaction Date and at the beginning of the Calculation Period, respectively.

Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations or discontinued operations changes that have been made by Sunshine or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Calculation Period or subsequent to such period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Transaction Date or if Sunshine or any Restricted Subsidiary had accounted for any of its business as a discontinued operation during any such period, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated obligations and the change in Consolidated Cash Flow resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Calculation Period and that such discontinued operation was disposed of on the first day of the Calculation Period.

If since the beginning of the Calculation Period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Person or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Sunshine. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of such responsible financial officer as set forth in an officers' certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies resulting from the transaction being given pro forma effect (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions), which reductions, improvements or synergies are reasonably expected to be realized within twelve months of the date of such pro forma calculation and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of "Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA" as set forth in note 4 to the "Offering Memorandum Summary--Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information" in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such period.

"Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that

-7-

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Person) and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person shall be excluded;

(4) the Net Income for such period of any entity that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, however, that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments that are actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such entity and such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions or other payments made to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the limitations contained in clause (5) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of the Person in a net loss of any such entity for such period to the extent the Person has funded such net loss;

(5) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded;

(7) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down or write-off of assets (including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs) in connection with the Transactions or any future acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) shall be excluded;

(8) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded;

(9) an amount equal to any Permitted Payments to Parent made to any parent company of such Person in respect of such period shall be included as though such amounts had been paid by such Person for such period for the expense or cost incurred by such parent company and for which such distribution was made;

(10) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 142 and 144 and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to No. 141 shall be excluded;

(11) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the date of this Indenture and that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; provided, however, that any noncash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period shall be treated as an expense in such

-8-

future period when cash is paid (except to the extent such item would otherwise be excluded under this definition);

(12) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52 shall be excluded; and

(13) fees, expenses and charges in connection with the Transactions shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(iii).

"Contingent Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness ("primary obligations") of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

"Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture or any other member of the Board of Directors designated or nominated or was otherwise approved by any Permitted Holder; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

"Contribution Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor after the Issue Date; provided that such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers' Certificate on the incurrence date thereof.

"Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee" means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 213 Court Street, Suite 703, Middletown, Connecticut 06457, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust

-9-

office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by written notice to the Holders and the Issuer).

"Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement, to be dated the date of this Indenture, by and among the Issuer and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association as syndication agent and Bank of America, N.A. as documentation agent, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

"Credit Facilities" means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes or other securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

"Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, or any successor entity thereto appointed as a custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

"Default" means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

"Definitive Note" means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto.

"Depositary" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

"Designated Preferred Stock" means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or Parent, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers' Certificate, on the issuance date thereof.

"Designated Senior Debt" means:

(1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement; and

(2) any other Senior Debt permitted under this Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Issuer as "Designated Senior Debt."

-10-

"Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07.

"Domestic Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Issuer.

"Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

"Equity Offering" means any public sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (excluding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Issuer or of any of its direct or indirect parent entities registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (ii) any such public sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Issuer.

"Euroclear" means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system and any successor thereto.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

"Exchange Notes" means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

"Exchange Offer" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Exchange Offer Registration Statement" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Excluded Contribution" means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers' Certificate.

-11-

"Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

"Fair Market Value" means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

"Foreign Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.

"Global Note Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

"Global Notes" means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.

"Guarantee" means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

"Guarantors" means (1) each Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer on the date of this Indenture which is an obligor under the Credit Agreement and (2) each other Subsidiary of the Issuer that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, in each case, together with their respective successors and assigns until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

"Guarantor Senior Debt" means, with respect to any Guarantor, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of such Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, "Guarantor Senior Debt" shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable

-12-

claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations):

(1) all monetary obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof), in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

"Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of banker's acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services (including, without limitation, earn-out obligations that are reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP) due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or

(6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding the footnotes thereto). In addition, the term "Indebtedness" includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include: (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in

-13-

respect of borrowed money; (b) prepaid revenues; (c) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; or (d) Obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financing.

"Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

"Independent Financial Advisor" means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in similar businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

"Indirect Participant" means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

"Initial Notes" as defined in the recitals hereto.

"Initial Purchasers" means Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC.

"Interest Payment Date" means June 1 and December 1 of each year to stated maturity, commencing June 1, 2006.

"Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding the footnotes thereto). If the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer's Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c). The acquisition by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Issuer or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(a)(3)(iii). Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment shall be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

"Issue Date" means the date of original issuance of the Notes hereunder.

"Issuer" means (a) Sunshine, prior to the Acquisition, and not any of its Affiliates and (b) from and after the consummation of the Acquisition, SS&C and not any of its Subsidiaries, and any successor thereto.

"Issuer Order" means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

"Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or at any place of payment.

-14-

"Letter of Transmittal" means the letter of transmittal, or electronic equivalent in accordance with Applicable Procedures to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

"Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, however, that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

"Liquidated Damages" means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Management Agreement" means the Management Agreement by and among T.C. Group, L.L.C. and certain affiliates thereof, William C. Stone and Parent, dated the date of this Indenture.

"Merger Agreement" means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 28, 2005, among Sunshine Merger Corporation, Parent and SS&C, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

"Net Income" means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of Preferred Stock.

"Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, and taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (2) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, and (3) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

"Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

-15-

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

"Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

"Note Guarantee" means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

"Notes" means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term "Notes" shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture. The Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) are separate series of Notes, but shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, except as set forth herein. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange shall be deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series.

"Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

"Offering Memorandum" means the Offering Memorandum relating to the issuance of the Notes dated November 17, 2005.

"Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

"Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer.

"Parent" means Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

"Participant" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

"Permitted Business" means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar to, any line of business engaged in by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of the date of this Indenture or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

"Permitted Holders" means (i) TC Group, L.L.C., Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. and their Affiliates (but excluding operating portfolio companies of the foregoing; provided that in no case shall Parent or any entity whose assets consist solely of the capital stock of the Issuer, cash and Cash Equivalents, or contracts or other rights related to its investment the Issuer, be considered such an operating portfolio company) and (ii) (x) William C. Stone and his spouse and the members

-16-

of his immediate family and (y) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons holding a controlling interest of which consist solely of one or more Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x).

"Permitted Investments" means:

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; or

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10;

(5) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer;

(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (a) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or (b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes;

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

(8) loans or advances to employees other than executives restricted by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 made in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(9) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under
Section 4.09 and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(11) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;

-17-

(12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(13) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation.

(14) repurchases of the Notes;

(15) any Investment existing on the date of this Indenture and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided, however, that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the date of this Indenture or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; and

(16) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $15.0 million.

"Permitted Junior Securities" means unsecured debt or equity securities of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any successor corporation issued pursuant to a plan of reorganization or readjustment, as applicable, that are subordinated to the payment of all then-outstanding Senior Debt of the Issuer or Guarantor Senior Debt of any Guarantor, as applicable, at least to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to the payment of all Senior Debt of the Issuer or Note Guarantees are subordinated to the payment of all Guarantor Senior Debt of any Guarantor, as applicable, on the Issue Date, so long as to the extent that any Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, as applicable, outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization or readjustment is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization or readjustment.

"Permitted Liens" means:

(1) Liens in favor of the Issuer or the Guarantors;

(2) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or the Subsidiary;

(3) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property or assets by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

(4) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(iv) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

-18-

(5) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

(6) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

(7) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that:

(a) the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Indebtedness (plus improvements and accessions to such property, or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the original Indebtedness and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

(8) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09; and

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09.

"Permitted Payments to Parent" means, payments (directly or in the form of dividends, loans or otherwise) to, a direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer in amounts required for such Person to pay:

(1) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence;

(2) for so long as the Issuer is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return such direct or indirect parent entity, an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(3) customary salary, bonus, severance and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnities and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including payments to William C. Stone pursuant to his employment agreement with Parent;

(4) payments to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates (a) pursuant to the Management Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as such amendment is not less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Management Agreement) or (b) for any other financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments, in the case of this clause (b), are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

-19-

(5) general corporate overhead expenses for such direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(6) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering by such direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer.

"Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Issuer or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

"Preferred Stock", as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

"Private Placement Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

"Purchase Money Note" means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, issued by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of Sunshine to such Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which

-20-

(a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

"QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A.

"Qualified Proceeds" means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided, however, that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.

"Qualified Securitization Financing" means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:
(i) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and any refinancing indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

"Ratio Indebtedness" means, with respect to any specified Person, any Indebtedness of such Person plus any Disqualified Stock of such Person, provided that letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), banker's acceptances and Hedging Obligations shall be excluded if and to the extent they would not appear as a liability upon the balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

"Record Date" for the interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means May 15 or November 15 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

"Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among Sunshine, SS&C, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

"Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

"Regulation S Global Note" means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

"Regulation S Permanent Global Note" means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

-21-

"Regulation S Temporary Global Note" means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

"Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

"Related Party" means:

(1) any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of a Person described in clause (1) of the definition of "Permitted Holder"; or

(2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holder.

"Responsible Officer" means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

"Restricted Definitive Note" means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

"Restricted Global Note" means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

"Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

"Restricted Period" means the 40 day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

"Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

"Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

"Rule 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

"Rule 904" means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

"SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

-22-

"Securitization Assets" means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams from the conduct of a Permitted Business subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

"Securitization Fees" means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing.

"Securitization Financing" means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

"Securitization Repurchase Obligation" means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

"Securitization Subsidiary" means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer and (e) to which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity's financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person giving effect

-23-

to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

"Senior Debt" means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness and any Securitization Repurchase Obligation of the Issuer, whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular obligation, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such obligation shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, "Senior Debt" shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed or allowable claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of (including guarantees of the foregoing obligations):

(1) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Issuer under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal, premium and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof),

in each case whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.

"Shareholders Agreement" means the Shareholders Agreement among Parent and the shareholders of Parent, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

"Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

"Sponsors" means one or more investments funds controlled by The Carlyle Group and their Affiliates.

"SS&C" means SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Standard Securitization Undertakings" means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer that the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of this Indenture, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

"Subordinated Indebtedness" means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any

-24-

Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Note Guarantee.

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders' agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or
(b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

"Sunshine" means Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Transactions" means the Acquisition and the transactions related thereto, including the offering of the Notes being offered hereby and borrowings made pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

"Treasury Rate" means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to December 1, 2009; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to December 1, 2009 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C Sections 77aaa-777bbbb), as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture.

"Trustee" means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

"Unrestricted Definitive Note" means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

"Unrestricted Global Note" means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

-25-

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(2) except as permitted by Section 4.11, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer;

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

"U.S. Person" means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

"Voting Stock" of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

"Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

                                                                      Defined in
Term                                                                    Section
----                                                                  ----------
"Affiliate Transaction" ...........................................       4.11
"Alternate Offer" .................................................       4.14
"Asset Sale Offer" ................................................       4.10
"Authentication Order" ............................................       2.02
"Change of Control Offer" .........................................       4.14
"Change of Control Payment" .......................................       4.14
"Change of Control Payment Date" ..................................       4.14
"Covenant Defeasance" .............................................       8.03

-26-

                                                                      Defined in
Term                                                                    Section
----                                                                  ----------
"DTC" .............................................................       2.03
"Event of Default" ................................................       6.01
"Excess Proceeds" .................................................       4.10
"incur" ...........................................................       4.09
"Legal Defeasance" ................................................       8.02
"Non-Payment Default" .............................................      12.02
"Offer Amount" ....................................................       3.09
"Offer Period" ....................................................       3.09
"Paying Agent" ....................................................       2.03
"Payment Blockage Notice" .........................................      12.02
"Payment Blockage Period" .........................................      12.02
"Payment Default" .................................................      12.02
"Permitted Debt" ..................................................       4.09
"Purchase Date" ...................................................       3.09
"Redemption Date" .................................................       3.07
"Registrar" .......................................................       2.03
"Representative" ..................................................      12.02
"Restricted Payments" .............................................       4.07
"Successor Company" ...............................................       5.01

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

"indenture securities" means the Notes;

"indenture security holder" means a Holder of a Note and Note Guarantees;

"indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

"indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee; and

"obligor" on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings so assigned to them either in the Trust Indenture Act or SEC rule.

-27-

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) "or" is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(e) "will" shall be interpreted to express a command;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an "Article," "Section" or "clause" refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

(i) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

Section 1.05 Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Register maintained by the Registrar.

-28-

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary's standing instructions and customary practices.

(h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The amount of Notes which may be issued under this Indenture is unlimited.

-29-

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon:

(i) receipt by the Issuer of a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and

(ii) following such receipt, delivery of an Officer's Certificate to the Trustee

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d) Terms. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

-30-

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, as the case may be, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an "Authentication Order"), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Exchange Notes issued hereunder. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time subject to Section 4.09.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

Section 2.03 Registrar, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent.

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent"). The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

-31-

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act
Section 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days, (ii) the Issuer in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, that beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.

-32-

No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,

-33-

certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in Section 2.06(a)(i) or (ii) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

-34-

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in Section 2.06(a)(i) or (ii) hereof and if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

-35-

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

-36-

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(b) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted

-37-

Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or
(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder's compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

-38-

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the

-39-

principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

(g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

"THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF, THE SECURITIES ACT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED IN THE INDENTURE UNDER WHICH THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED AND THE OFFERING MEMORANDUM PURSUANT TO WHICH THIS NOTE WAS ORIGINALLY SOLD. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY A PROPOSED TRANSFEREE OF THE NOTICE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE NOTE.

THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED OR HELD WITH THE ASSETS OF (I) AN "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN" (AS DEFINED IN THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO ERISA,
(II) A "PLAN" DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (III) ANY ENTITY DEEMED TO HOLD "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN'S OR PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY, OR (IV) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN OR CHURCH PLAN SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION

-40-

4975 OF THE CODE ("SIMILAR LAW"), UNLESS THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY BY THE PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE, THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY, ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS UNDER ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY PROVISIONS OF SIMILAR LAW, AS APPLICABLE, PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS. BY ITS ACQUISITION OR HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED."

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii),
(d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

"THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) ("DTC") TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS

-41-

WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN."

(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

"THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE. NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON."

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar's request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under
Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or

-42-

in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii)Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(x) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

SEction 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee's requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global

-43-

Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in
Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

-44-

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing in the form of an Officer's Certificate of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the register maintained by the Registrar that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 2.14 Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer's Certificate complying with the applicable provisions of
Section 13.05 setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur,
(ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes, as the case may be, to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price and (v) the CUSIP number, if any. Any optional redemption referenced in such Officer's Certificate may be cancelled by the Issuer at any time prior to a Notice of Redemption being mailed to any Holder and, thereafter, shall be null and void.

-45-

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee reasonably considers fair and appropriate; provided that no partial redemption will reduce the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to be less than $1,000; provided, further, that if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering then the Trustee shall select the Notes or portions thereof for redemption only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the procedures of the Depository), unless such method is prohibited.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; no Notes of $1,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption or Repurchase.

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail notices of redemption or repurchase at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption or repurchase date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed or repurchased at such Holder's registered address, except that redemption or repurchase notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption or repurchase date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(b) hereof, notices of redemption or repurchase may not be conditional. Failure to give notice of redemption, or any defect therein to any Holder of any Note selected for redemption shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the redemption or repurchase date;

(b) the redemption or repurchase price;

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed or repurchased in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed or repurchased and that, after the redemption or repurchase date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed unpurchased portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or repurchased will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes (unless such unredeemed or unrepurchased portion is equal to or less than $1,000 in principal amount) or transferred by book entry upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption or repurchase must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption or repurchase price;

-46-

(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on Notes called for redemption or repurchase ceases to accrue on and after the redemption or repurchase date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption or repurchase are being redeemed or repurchased, as applicable;

(h) the CUSIP number, if any, and the statement that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(i) if in connection with a redemption or repurchase pursuant to
Section 3.07(b) hereof, any condition to such redemption or repurchase.

At the Issuer's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer's name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 10 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer's Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(b) hereof). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, cease to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

Prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) on all Notes (or a portion thereof) to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly, and in any event within two Business Days after the redemption or repurchase date, return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase

-47-

because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time prior to December 1, 2009, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption (the "Redemption Date"), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Issuer may acquire any Notes by means other than redemption, whether pursuant to an issuer tender offer, in open market transactions, or otherwise, assuming such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time on or prior to December 1, 2008, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem the Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at 111.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the Redemption Date; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately following such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries); and provided, further, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.

(c) The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part on any one or more occasions, at the option of the Issuer, on or after December 1, 2009, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below:

YEAR                                                                PERCENTAGE
----                                                                ----------
2009..............................................................   105.8750%
2010..............................................................   102.9375%
2011 and thereafter ..............................................   100.0000%

(d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

-48-

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the "Offer Period"). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the "Purchase Date"), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the "Offer Amount") to the purchase of Notes and, if required, pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and pari passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of pari passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender such Note, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Purchase Date;

-49-

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the applicable Person (but not the Trustee) shall select such pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or, for purposes of such applicable Person's selection (but not the Trustee), such pari passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee, in the case of the Notes, and by the applicable Person (but not the Trustee), in the case of pari passu Indebtedness, so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased (to the extent that such unpurchased portion equals to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiples thereof) portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes promptly tendered and not withdrawn and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer's Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

(f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

-50-

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of 12:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. Such Paying Agent shall return to the Issuer promptly, and in any event, no later than two Business Days following the date of payment, any money (including accrued interest) that exceeds such amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest paid on the Notes. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

The Issuer shall pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Issuer shall maintain the office required under Section 2.03 (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at The Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

-51-

Section 4.03 Reports.

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall furnish to the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, to furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations:

(i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect to the annual financial information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer's certified independent accountants; and

(ii) all information that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, except and only for so long as required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Issuer shall not be required to furnish any information, certifications or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K.

(c) In addition, the Issuer shall post the information described in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 4.03(a) on its website within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports and, following the consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and for so long as required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Issuer shall file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above with the SEC for public availability within those time periods (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing).

(d) If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section 4.03 shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

(e) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer is or becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, this Indenture will permit the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such direct or indirect parent company; provided, however, that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such direct or indirect parent company and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer, the Guarantors and the other Subsidiaries of the Issuer on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

(f) In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by this Section 4.03, they will furnish to the Holders of Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

-52-

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has performed its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has performed each and every covenant contained in this Indenture that is applicable to it in all material respects and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than ten (10) Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer's Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes.

The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Issuer's Equity Interests (including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer) other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer;

-53-

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer) any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee in each case prior to any scheduled repayment sinking fund payment, principal installment or Stated Maturity thereof (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (6), (7) and (8) of the definition of "Permitted Debt" or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of the purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i) through (v), (vii) and (ix) through (xv) of Section 4.07(b)) is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Issuer's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

(ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property, assets or marketable securities received by the Issuer since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (in each case other than (A) Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or other trust established by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (B) Designated Preferred Stock and (C) Excluded Contributions); plus

(iii) with respect to Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, an amount equal to (without duplication, to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income) (A) the net reduction in such Restricted Investments

-54-

in any Person resulting from repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (B) the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of any such Restricted Investment or the receipt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any dividends or distributions from such Restricted Investment, or (c) the net reduction in such Restricted Investment resulting from the release of any guarantee (except to the extent any amounts are paid under such guarantee) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend if at the date of declaration of such payment the dividend would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock and other than the sale of Equity Interests designated as an Excluded Contribution) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Issuer; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause
(3)(ii) of Section 4.07(a);

(iii) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(iv) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer held by any current or former officer, director or employee of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders' agreement or similar agreement or payments to Parent in amounts equal to amounts expended by Parent to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Parent held by any current or former officer, director or employee of Parent, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (or their permitted transferees) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders' agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any twelve-month period plus any unutilized portion of such amount in any prior fiscal year (subject to a maximum of $10.0 million in any twelve-month period); and provided, further that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount equal to (x) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or of the Parent (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Parent; plus (y) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or Parent (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

-55-

(vi) the payment of dividends on the Issuer's common stock (or the payment of dividends to Parent to fund the payment by Parent of dividends on its common stock) following any public offering of common stock of Parent or the Issuer, as the case may be, after the date of this Indenture, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Issuer (or by Parent and contributed to the Issuer) from such public offering other than any public offering constituting an Excluded Contribution; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such dividends shall not exceed the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds received by the Issuer (or by Parent and contributed to the Issuer) from such public offering;

(vii) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer issued after the date of this Indenture in accordance with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a);

(viii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock of such parent issued after the Issue Date; provided that
(1) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance and declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) and (2) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause
(viii) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock issued after the Issue Date;

(ix) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after completion of the offer to repurchase Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer that is required to be repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any);

(x) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (x) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $15.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

(xii) cash dividends or other distributions on the Issuer's Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to, fund the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with, or other payments contemplated by, the Transactions or as contemplated by the Acquisition Documents or owed by the Issuer or Parent, as the case may be, or Restricted Subsidiaries to Affiliates;

(xiii) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

-56-

(xiv) Permitted Payments to Parent; and

(xv) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million since the date of this Indenture;

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix) and (xv), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by Parent, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(ii) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(i) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of this Indenture;

(ii) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

(iii) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(iv) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

(v) customary provisions (including non-assignment provisions) contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

-57-

(vi) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause
(a)(iii) of this Section 4.08 (but not subject to the dollar limit in such clause (a)(iii));

(vii) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary (including a sale of its Capital Stock or its assets) that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(viii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(ix) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(x) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Issuer's Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(xi) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xii) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided that (1) such encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and customary with respect to the type of Indebtedness being incurred and (2) such encumbrances or restrictions will not affect the Issuer's ability to make payments of principal or interest payments on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer; and

(xiii) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) of this Section 4.08 imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (xii) above; provided, however, that the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer's Board of Directors, not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements.

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Issuer will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Preferred Stock, if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been no greater than 5.5 to 1.

-58-

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, "Permitted Debt"):

(i) the incurrence by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (i) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) not to exceed $400.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the date of this Indenture to repay any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to Section 4.10;

(ii) the incurrence by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness;

(iii) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture and the Exchange Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(iv) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Permitted Business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed $10.0 million;

(v) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses
(ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (xiii), (xv), or (xvii) of this Section 4.09(a) including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith;

(vi) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

(1) if the Issuer or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes and the Note Guarantees; and

(2) any (A) subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or (B) sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi);

-59-

(vii) the issuance by any of the Issuer's Restricted Subsidiaries to the Issuer or to any Restricted Subsidiary of shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any (1) subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or (2) sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Stock to a Person that is not either the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Preferred Stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (vii);

(viii) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(ix) (x) the guarantee by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed and
(y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

(x) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers' compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers' compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(xi) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five business days;

(xii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that

(1) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary prepared in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (xii)(1)) and

(2) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

-60-

(xiii) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xiv) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (1) the financing of insurance premiums or (2) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xv) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger; provided further that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

(1) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) or

(2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is lower than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

(xvi)Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); and

(xvii) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause
(xvii), not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xvii) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Issuer will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of "Permitted Debt". The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of Preferred Stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

-61-

Section 4.10 Asset Sales.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Issuer (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(ii) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of this Section 4.10, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(1) any liabilities of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (as shown on the Issuer's or of such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) that are not by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary assumption agreement;

(2) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee convertible into Cash Equivalents by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary within 180 days of the closing of the Asset Sale, to the extent of the Cash Equivalents to be received in such conversion; and

(3) any Capital Stock, properties or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (b)(ii) or (b)(iii) of this Section 4.10.

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer (or applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

(i) to reduce (x) Senior Debt, and if the Senior Debt so reduced is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto or (y) other Obligations under Indebtedness that rank pari passu with the Notes (provided, however, that if the Issuer shall so reduce Obligations under Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes, it will offer to equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined below)) to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the pro rata principal amount of Notes);

(ii) to acquire Capital Stock of any business to the extent that such business is a Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

(iii)to acquire properties or assets to the extent that such properties or assets are used or useful in a Permitted Business or replace properties or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(iv) to make a capital expenditure that is used or useful in a Permitted Business.

-62-

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Issuer (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this Section 4.10(b) will constitute "Excess Proceeds"; provided, however, that if during such 365-day period the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (ii),
(iii) or (iv) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 365th day, such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Issuer will make an offer (an "Asset Sale Offer") to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(c) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.10, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations of this
Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each an "Affiliate Transaction") involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, (x) a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i) are satisfied and have approved the relevant

-63-

Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer and (y) the Issuer has received an opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction complies with the immediately preceding clause (i).

(b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a):

(i) any employment agreement, fee arrangement, employee benefit plan, indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent entities, or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto,

(ii) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(iii)Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of this Indenture described in Section 4.07 and Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture,

(iv) payments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates (1) pursuant to the Management Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as such amendment is not less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Management Agreement) or (2) for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments, in the case of this clause
(2), are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith,

(v) payments, loans (or cancellations of loans) or advances to employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities or any Restricted Subsidiary that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture, but in any event not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time,

(vi) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the date of this Indenture and described in the Offering Memorandum (including without limitation the Shareholders Agreement and any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the date of this Indenture),

(vii)the Transactions and the payment of all transaction, underwriting, commitment and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions,

(viii) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party,

-64-

(ix) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Person;

(x) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, as appropriate, in good faith;

(xi) any contribution to the capital of the Issuer;

(xii)transactions between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and such director is the sole cause for such Person to be deemed an Affiliate of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xiii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xiv)transactions pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Financing; and

(xv) Permitted Parent Payments to Parent.

Section 4.12 Liens.

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes or a Note Guarantee on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(i) such Lien is a Permitted Lien;

(ii) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, the Notes and any Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(iii)in all other cases, the Notes and any Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.

Section 4.13 Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer

-65-

in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder stating:

(i) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 4.14 and, to the extent lawful, that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

(ii) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date");

(iii)that any Note not properly tendered or accepted for payment will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms hereof;

(iv) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of such Notes completed, or transfer by book entry transfer to the Issuer or to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business at least three Business Days preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(vi) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(vii)that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof or transferred by book-entry transfer; and

(viii) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If
(a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such

-66-

Holder's failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect.

(b) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii)deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer's Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(d) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, (ii) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described above under Section 3.03 unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price, or (iii) if, in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control, it or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an "Alternate Offer") any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn in accordance with the terms of such Alternate Offer. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. Notes repurchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be retired and cancelled.

Section 4.15 Business Activities.

The Issuer shall not, and the Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

-67-

Section 4.16 Payments for Consent.

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.17 Additional Note Guarantees.

If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture and such Domestic Subsidiary incurs any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or guarantees any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement or becomes an obligor under any of the Issuer's other Indebtedness or any Indebtedness of the Guarantors, then the Issuer will cause that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary to execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to which it becomes a Guarantor.

Section 4.18 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under
Section 4.07 or under one or more clauses of the definition of "Permitted Investments," as determined by the Issuer. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an "Unrestricted Subsidiary." The Board of Directors of the Issuer may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

(b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Issuer will be in default of such
Section 4.09. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Section 4.19 Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt.

The Issuer shall not incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Issuer unless it is pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to the

-68-

Notes. No Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor unless it is pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to such Guarantor's Note Guarantee. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of any Liens or guarantees arising or created in respect of such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor or by virtue of the fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All Assets.

(a) The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(i) either: (1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia (the Issuer or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the "Successor Company");

(ii) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(iii)immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09(a) or (b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be lower than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction.

(b) The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

(c) This Section 5.01 will not apply to:

(i) a merger of the Issuer with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction; or

-69-

(ii) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the merger of Sunshine Merger Corporation with and into SS&C, the subsequent merger of Sunshine with and into SS&C and the other transactions occurring on the Issue Date in connection with the Acquisition.

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer's assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

(a) Each of the following shall be an "Event of Default" for purposes of this Indenture:

(i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

(iii)failure by the Issuer to comply with its obligations under
Section 5.01;

(iv) failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after notice to the Issuer by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture;

(v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), if that default;

-70-

(y) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a "Payment Default"); or

(z) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more;

(vi) failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after the judgment becomes final, and, with respect to any such judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree that is not promptly stayed;

(vii)except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of such a Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days;

(viii) the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(1) commences a voluntary case,

(2) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(3) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(4) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

(ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(1) is for relief against the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case,

(2) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary, or

-71-

(3) orders the liquidation of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days.

(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with this Indenture, and the Issuer shall, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (viii) or (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive, rescind or cancel any declaration of an existing or past Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes (other than nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(v), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the trustee or the holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or Guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default

-72-

has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

Section 6.06 Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(i) or (ii) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including

-73-

the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the

-74-

Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.13 Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

(i) to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii)to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

-75-

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii)the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs
(a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer's Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) or attorney appointed with due care.

-76-

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Liquidated Damages, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer's obligation to pay Liquidated Damages no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Liquidated Damages to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Liquidated Damages is payable and the amount thereof.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof, and the Trustee is subject to Sections 310(b) and 311 of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 7.04 Trustee's Disclaimer.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer's direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

-77-

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act
Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connective with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer in writing promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not (x) pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, or (y) reimburse any expense or indemnify against any of the foregoing loss, liability, damage, claim or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

-78-

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(vi) or (vii) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act
Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting as Trustee hereunder or with respect to the Notes.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer's expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee and execute and deliver

-79-

an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer's obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided, however, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under Article Seven hereof.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section
311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Issuer's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied ("Legal Defeasance"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including, the Note Guarantees), which shall thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand

-80-

of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(b) the Issuer's obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer's obligations in connection therewith; and

(d) this Section 8.02.

If the Issuer exercises the Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(i), (ii),
(vi) or (vii)). Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05, 4.07 through 4.12 and 4.14 through 4.19 hereof and Section 5.01(a)(iv) and (b) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied ("Covenant Defeasance"), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees, the Issuer and the Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(iii), 6.01(iv), 6.01(v), 6.01(vi) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(vii) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(viii) shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

-81-

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(i) the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, noncallable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent investment bank, appraisal firms or public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(iii)in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

(v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(vi) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and

(vii)the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this

-82-

Section 8.05, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer.

The Trustee shall promptly, and in any event, no later than three Business Days, pay to the Issuer after request therefor, any excess money or Government Securities held with respect to the Notes at such time in excess of amounts required to pay any of the Issuer's Obligations then owing with respect to the Notes. Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

-83-

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Note Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Note Guarantee or the Notes or other agreements or instruments entered into by the Issuer in connection with this Indenture without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer's or a Guarantor's obligations to Holders of Notes and Note Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer's or such Guarantor's assets, as applicable;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(6) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the "Description of Notes" to the extent that such provision in the "Description of Notes" was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes;

(7) to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Note Guarantee;

(8) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture; and

(9) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

-84-

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Notes or other agreements or instruments entered into by the Issuer in connection with this Indenture with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be "outstanding" for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, consent, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall (or cause the Trustee, at the expense of and at the request of the Issuer, to) mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment, consent, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided pursuant to Sections 3.07, 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14) hereof;

(iii)reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

-85-

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(vi) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

(vii)waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment pursuant to Sections 3.07, 3.09, 4.10 or 4.14) hereof;

(viii) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(ix) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities

-86-

of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

ARTICLE 10

NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 Note Guarantee.

Subject to this Article 10, from and after the consummation of the Acquisition, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and

-87-

the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees.

Each Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer's assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Note Guarantees, whether as a "voidable preference," "fraudulent transfer" or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

Section 10.02 Subordination of Note Guarantee.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to this Article 10 shall be junior and subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of such Guarantor Senior Debt, of the Guarantor Senior Debt of such Guarantor on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior Debt of the Issuer. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive and/or retain payments by any of the Guarantors only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article 12 hereof.

Section 10.03 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each

-88-

Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor's pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Section 10.04 Execution and Delivery.

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit D shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

If required by Section 4.17 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of
Section 4.17 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.05 Subrogation.

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

Section 10.06 Benefits Acknowledged.

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 10.07 Release of Note Guarantees.

(a) A Note Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor's Note Guarantee:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10;

-89-

(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Sunshine or a Restricted Subsidiary of Sunshine, if the sale or other disposition does not violate
Section 5.01;

(3) if the Issuer designates such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.18;

(4) if the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 8.01; or

(5) if such Guarantor is released and discharged from all of its Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and all of its guarantees of any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement and all obligations under any of the Issuer's other Indebtedness or any Indebtedness of the Guarantors;

such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with in all material respects.

(b) At the request and at the expense of the Issuer, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any instrument evidencing such release.

Section 10.08 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.07 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Issuer or another Guarantor, unless:

(i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(ii) either:

(A) subject to Section 10.07 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or

(B) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof.

(b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it

-90-

had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

(c) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a)(2)(A) and (B) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for herein) as to all outstanding Notes, when either:

(1) either

(a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonable satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(2) the Issuer has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Issuer; and

(3) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an opinion of counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive.

-91-

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer's and any Guarantor's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

SUBORDINATION OF NOTES

Section 12.01 Notes Subordinated to Senior Debt.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Issuer, for itself and its successors, and each Holder, by his or her acceptance of Notes, agrees that the payment of all Obligations owing to the Holders in respect of the Notes is subordinated, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of Senior Debt, of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt (including the Obligations with respect to the Credit Facilities, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 12 to the contrary, payments and distributions (A) of Permitted Junior Securities and (B) made relating to the Notes from the trust established pursuant to Article 8 shall not be so subordinated in right of payment, so long as, with respect to (B), (i) the conditions specified in Article 8 (without any waiver or modification of the requirement that the deposits pursuant thereto do not conflict with the terms of the Credit Facilities or any other Senior Debt) are satisfied on the date of any deposit pursuant to said trust and (ii) such payments and distributions did not violate the provisions of this Article 12 or
Section 10.02 of this Indenture when made.

Section 12.02 Suspension of Payment When Senior Debt Is in Default.

(a) If any default occurs and is continuing in the payment when due (after any applicable grace period), whether at maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise, of any principal of, interest on, unpaid drawings for letters of credit issued in respect of, or fees with respect to, any Senior Debt (a "Payment Default"), then no payment or distribution of any kind or character (other than in Permitted Junior Securities) shall be made by or on behalf of the Issuer or any other Person on its behalf with respect to any Obligations on or relating to the Notes or to acquire any of the Notes for cash or assets or otherwise until the date on which all such defaults are cured or waived.

-92-

(b) If any other event of default (other than a Payment Default) occurs and is continuing with respect to any Designated Senior Debt (as such event of default is defined in the instrument creating or evidencing such Designated Senior Debt) permitting the holders of such Designated Senior Debt then outstanding to accelerate the maturity thereof (a "Non-Payment Default") and if the representative of the holders of the respective issue of Designated Senior Debt (the "Representative") or the Issuer gives notice of the Non-Payment Default to the Trustee stating that such notice is a payment blockage notice (a "Payment Blockage Notice"), then during the period (the "Payment Blockage Period") beginning upon the delivery of such Payment Blockage Notice and ending on the earlier of (1) 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, (2) the date on which all such Non-Payment Defaults have been cured or waived or cease to exist and (3) the date on which the Trustee receives notice thereof from the Representative for the respective issue of Designated Senior Debt or the Issuer terminating the Payment Blockage Period, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated, the Issuer shall not (x) make any payment of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on or with respect to the Notes or (y) acquire any of the Notes for cash or assets or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. For all purposes of this Section 12.02(b), no Non-Payment Default which existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Debt shall be, or be made, the basis for the commencement of a second Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such Non-Payment Default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. Any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants for a period ending after the date of delivery of such Payment Blockage Notice that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose.

(c) The foregoing Sections 12.02(a) and (b) shall not apply to payments and distributions (A) of Permitted Junior Securities and (B) made relating to the Notes from the trust established pursuant to Article 8, so long as, with respect to (B), (i) the conditions specified in Article 8 (without any waiver or modification of the requirement that the deposits pursuant thereto do not conflict with the terms of the Credit Facilities or any other Senior Debt) are satisfied on the date of any deposit pursuant to said trust and (ii) such payments and distributions did not violate the provisions of this Article 12 when made.

(d) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder when (i) such payment is prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.02 and (ii) the Trustee or such Holder has actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited, such payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amount of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, as their respective interests may appear. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on information regarding amounts outstanding on the Senior Debt, if any, received from the holders of the Senior Debt (or their Representatives).

Nothing contained in this Article 12 shall limit the right of the Trustee or Holders to take any action to accelerate the maturity of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.02 or to pursue any rights or remedies hereunder; provided that all Senior Debt thereafter due or declared to be due shall first be paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of such Senior Debt, before the Holders are entitled to receive any payment of any kind or character with respect to Obligations on the Notes.

-93-

Section 12.03 Notes Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of the Issuer.

(a) Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, to creditors upon any total or partial liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets and liabilities of the Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all Obligations due or to become due upon all Senior Debt shall first be paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of Senior Debt, before any payment or distribution of any kind or character (other than Permitted Junior Securities) is made on account of any Obligations on or relating to the Notes, or for the acquisition of any of the Notes for cash or assets or otherwise. Upon any such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, receivership or similar proceeding, any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, to which the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee under this Indenture would be entitled, except for the provisions hereof, shall be paid by the Issuer or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holders or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them, directly to the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of such Senior Debt, after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of Senior Debt.

(b) To the extent any payment of Senior Debt (whether by or on behalf of the Issuer, as proceeds of security or enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be paid to any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent conveyance or similar law, then, if such payment is recovered by, or paid over to, such receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person, the Senior Debt or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

It is further agreed that any diminution (whether pursuant to court decree or otherwise, including without limitation for any of the reasons described in the preceding sentence) of the Issuer's obligation to make any distribution or payment pursuant to any Senior Debt, except to the extent such diminution occurs by reason of the repayment (which has not been disgorged or returned) of such Senior Debt in cash or cash equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of such Senior Debt, shall have no force or effect for purposes of the subordination provisions contained in this Article 12, with any turnover of payments as otherwise calculated pursuant to this Article 12 to be made as if no such diminution had occurred.

(c) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer of any kind or character, whether in cash, assets or securities, shall be received by any Holder when (i) such payment or distribution is prohibited by this Section 12.03 and (ii) the Trustee or such Holder has actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment

-94-

of Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of such Senior Debt, after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of such Senior Debt.

(d) The consolidation of the Issuer with, or the merger of the Issuer with or into, another Person or the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer following the conveyance or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets to another Person upon the terms and conditions provided in Article 5 hereof and as long as permitted under the terms of the Senior Debt shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this
Section 12.03 if such other Person shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, assume the Issuer's obligations hereunder in accordance with Article 5 hereof.

Section 12.04 Payments May Be Made Prior to Dissolution.

Nothing contained in this Article 12 or elsewhere in this Indenture shall prevent (i) the Issuer, except under the conditions described in Sections 12.02 and 12.03, from making payments at any time for the purpose of making payments of principal of and interest on the Notes, or from depositing with the Trustee any moneys for such payments, or (ii) in the absence of actual knowledge by the Trustee that a given payment would be prohibited by Section 12.02 or 12.03, the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it for the purpose of making such payments of principal of, and interest on, the Notes to the Holders entitled thereto unless at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which such payment would otherwise become due and payable a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actually received the written notice provided for in the first sentence of Section 12.02(b) or in Section 12.07 (provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders receiving any payments made in contravention of Section 12.02 and/or 12.03 (and the respective such payments) shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 12.03). The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer, although any delay or failure to give any such notice shall have no effect on the subordination provisions contained herein.

Section 12.05 Holders To Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.

Subject to the payment in full in cash or cash equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of holders of such Senior Debt, of all Senior Debt, the Holders of the Notes shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions of cash, assets or securities of the Issuer applicable to the Senior Debt until the Notes shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no such payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt by or on behalf of the Issuer, or by or on behalf of the Holders by virtue of this Article 12, which otherwise would have been made to the Holders shall, as between the Issuer and the Holders, be deemed to be a payment by the Issuer to or on account of the Senior Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this Article 12 are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand.

Section 12.06 Obligations of the Issuer Unconditional.

Nothing contained in this Article 12 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Notes is intended to or shall impair, as among the Issuer, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders, the obligations of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders the principal of and any interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders and respective creditors of the Issuer other than the holders of the Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the

-95-

Holder of any Note or the Trustee on its behalf from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, in respect of cash, assets or securities of the Issuer received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

Section 12.07 Notice to Trustee.

The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Issuer which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12, although any delay or failure to give any such notice shall have no effect on the subordination provisions contained herein. Regardless of anything to the contrary contained in this Article 12 or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any default or event of default with respect to any Senior Debt or of any other facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee unless and until the Trustee shall have received notice in writing from the Issuer, or from a holder of Senior Debt or a Representative therefor and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume (in the absence of actual knowledge to the contrary) that no such facts exist. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of any notice pursuant to this Section 12.07 to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee thereof).

In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that any evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amounts of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and if such evidence is not furnished the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 12.08 Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer referred to in this Article 12, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article 7 hereof, and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or similar case or proceeding is pending, or upon a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Issuer, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12.

Section 12.09 Trustee's Relation to Senior Debt.

The Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any Senior Debt which may at any time be held by it in its individual or any other capacity to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee or any such agent of any of its rights as such holder.

With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 12, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture

-96-

against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt.

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders or owners of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice may be given to their Representative, if any.

Section 12.10 Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Issuer or Holders of Senior Debt.

No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as provided herein shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Issuer or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Issuer with the terms of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article 12 or the obligations hereunder of the Holders of the Notes to the holders of the Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Debt; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuer and any other Person.

Section 12.11 Noteholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Notes.

Each Holder of Notes by its acceptance of them authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, as between holders of Senior Debt and Holders, the subordination provided in this Article 12, and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purposes, including, in the event of any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization or similar proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of credits or otherwise) tending towards liquidation of the business and assets of the Issuer, the filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of its Notes and accrued interest in the form required in those proceedings.

If the Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims, then the holders of the Senior Debt or their Representative are or is hereby authorized to have the right to file and are or is hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of said Notes. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

-97-

Section 12.12 This Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default.

The failure to make a payment on account of principal of or interest on the Notes by reason of any provision of this Article 12 will not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default.

Section 12.13 Trustee's Compensation Not Prejudiced.

Nothing in this Article 12 will apply to amounts due to the Trustee
(other than payments of Obligations owing to Holders in respect of Notes)
pursuant to other sections of this Indenture.

Section 12.14 Acceleration of Notes.

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuer shall promptly notify holders of Senior Debt of the acceleration.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 13.02 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others' address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, CT 06095
Attention: Patrick Pedonti

with a copy to:

Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc.
c/o The Carlyle Group
101 South Tryon Street
Charlotte NC 28280
Attention: Bud Watts and Todd Newnam

-98-

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue, Suite 1000
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Ian Blumenstein, Esq.

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

213 Court Street
Suite 703
Middletown, Connecticut 06457
Fax No.: (860) 704-6219
Attention: Joseph P. O'Donnell

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance on such waiver.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

-99-

Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) An Officer's Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Opinion shall be given with respect to the delivery of the initial Notes.

Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section
314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer's Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar, Paying Agent or Calculation Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

-100-

Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No past, future or present director, officer, employee, partner, manager, agent, member (or Person forming any limited liability company), incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note and Note Guarantee waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and Note Guarantees.

Section 13.08 Governing Law.

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

Section 13.09 Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 13.10 Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

Section 13.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.12 Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

Section 13.13 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

-101-

Section 13.14 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 13.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signatures on following pages]

-102-

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.

By: /s/ Todd Newnam
    ------------------------------------
Name: Todd Newnam
Title: Vice President

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
Name: William C. Stone
Title: Chairman & CEO

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

SS&C FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

OPEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

[Indenture]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By: /s/ Joseph P. O'Donnell
    ------------------------------------
Name: Joseph P. O'Donnell
Title: Vice President

[Indenture]


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

A-1

CUSIP [________]
ISIN [________]

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE
representing up to
$205,000,000

11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

No. ___ [$______________]

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of ________________________ United States Dollars] on December 1, 2013.

Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1.

Record Dates: May 15 and November 15.

A-2

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: November 23, 2005

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

A-3

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:
Authorized Signatory

A-4

[Back of Note]

11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 11 3/4% per annum from _________________ until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. Upon consummation of the Transaction, SS&C Technologies, Inc. will assume the obligations of Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. under this Note. The Issuer will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an "Interest Payment Date"). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that, the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 1, 2006. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 or November 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE AND SUBORDINATION. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005 (the "Indenture"), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013. The Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) issued under the Indenture (collectively referred to herein as the "Notes") are separate series of Notes, but shall be treated as a single class of securities

A-5

under the Indenture, unless otherwise specified in the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuer. Subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer may issue Additional Notes. The Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance. The payment of the Notes will, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all Senior Debt.

5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) At any time prior to December 1, 2009, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of the Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Issuer is not prohibited by the terms of the Indenture from acquiring the Notes by means other than redemption, whether pursuant to an issuer tender offer, in open market transactions, or otherwise, assuming such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

(b) At any time on or prior to December 1, 2008, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem the Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at 111.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the redemption date; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately following such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries); and provided, further, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.

(c) The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part on any one or more occasions, at the option of the Issuer, on or after December 1, 2009, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below:

YEAR                                                                  PERCENTAGE
----                                                                  ----------
2009...............................................................    105.8750%
2010...............................................................    102.9375%
2011 and thereafter................................................    100.0000%

(d) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

A-6

6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

8. OFFER TO REPURCHASE.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, Article 3 and Section 4.14 of the Indenture shall apply to the extent applicable.

(b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, Article 3 and Section 4.10 of the Indenture shall apply to the extent applicable.

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes (other than nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration). The Issuer and each Guarantor

A-7

(to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act)
is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), including the right to receive Liquidated Damages (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

15. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, CT 06095
Attention: Patrick Pedonti

with a copy to:

Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc.
c/o The Carlyle Group
101 South Tryon Street
Charlotte NC 28280
Attention: Bud Watts and Todd Newnam

A-8

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: __________________________________
(Insert assignee' legal name)


(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)




(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: _____________________

Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-9

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[ ] Section 4.10 [ ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$______________________

Date: _____________________

Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-10

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $[___________________]. The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

                                         Amount of increase    Principal Amount of      Signature of
                                            in Principal        this Global Note     authorized officer
                    Amount of decrease     Amount of this        following such         of Trustee or
Date of Exchange   in Principal Amount       Global Note      decrease or increase     Note Custodian
----------------   -------------------   ------------------   --------------------   ------------------


* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-11

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, CT 06095
Attention: Patrick Pedonti

with a copy to:

Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc.
c/o The Carlyle Group
101 South Tryon Street
Charlotte NC 28280
Attention: Bud Watts and Todd Newnam

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
213 Court Street
Suite 703
Middletown, Connecticut 06457
Fax No.: (860) 704-6219
Attention: Joseph P. O'Donnell

Re: 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005 (the "Indenture"), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

_______________ (the "Transferor") owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Transfer"), to _______________ (the "Transferee"), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance

B-1

with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. [ ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial

B-2

interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

B-3

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:
Name:
Title:

Dated:

B-4

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a) [ ] a beneficial interest in the:

(i) [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP), or

(ii) [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP), or

(b) [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note.

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a) [ ] a beneficial interest in the:

(i) [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP), or

(ii) [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP), or

(iii) [ ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP); or

(b) [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c) [ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-5

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, CT 06095
Attention: Patrick Pedonti

with a copy to:

Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc.
c/o The Carlyle Group
101 South Tryon Street
Charlotte NC 28280
Attention: Bud Watts and Todd Newnam

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
213 Court Street
Suite 703
Middletown, Connecticut 06457
Fax No.: (860) 704-6219
Attention: Joseph P. O'Donnell

Re: 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005 (the "Indenture"), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., SS&C Technologies, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

___________ (the "Owner") owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $__________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Exchange"). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note

C-1

is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2

b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [ ] 144A Global Note [ ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated ______________________.

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:
Name:
Title:

Dated:

C-3

EXHIBIT D

NOTE GUARANTEE

For value received, each of the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantees, as principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holders of Notes the cash payments in United States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes (and including additional interest payable thereon) in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, of such Notes, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other Obligations of the Company under the Indenture (as defined below) or the Notes, to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and limitations of the Notes, Article Ten of the Indenture and this Note Guarantee. This Note Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article Ten of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of this Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation, SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (as amended or supplemented, the "Indenture").

This Note Guarantee shall become effective upon consummation of the Acquisition.

THIS NOTE GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. Each Guarantor hereby agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note Guarantee.

This Note Guarantee is subordinated in right of payment, in the manner and to the extent set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Guarantor Senior Debt, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guarantee.

This Note Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

[Signatures on following pages]

D-1

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.

By:

Name:
Title:

FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

SS&C FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC

By:

Name:
Title:

OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION

By:

Name:
Title:

OPEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

D-2

EXHIBIT 4.2

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of April 27, 2006, among SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Cogent Management Inc., a New York corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("Cogent"), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the "Trustee").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of November 23, 2005, providing for the issuance of $205,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 3/4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Notes");

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances a Domestic Subsidiary acquired by the Company after the date of the Indenture will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and will unconditionally guarantee all of the Company's obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein ("Note Guarantee");

WHEREAS, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Cogent pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2006, by and among the Company, Cogent and its stockholders;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend and supplement the Indenture to add Cogent as a Guarantor thereunder; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, Cogent and the Trustee covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Note Guarantee.

(a) Cogent, jointly and severally with all other Guarantors of the Notes, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, regardless of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company under the Indenture or the Notes, that:


(i) the principal of, interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee thereunder or under the Indenture shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms thereof; and

(ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

(b) Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, Cogent agrees that it will be jointly and severally obligated with the other Guarantors to pay the same immediately. Cogent agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(c) Cogent hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(d) Cogent hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.

(e) Cogent also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 2.

(f) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(g) Cogent agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Cogent further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby and under the Indenture may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for

-2-

the purposes of the Note Guarantees, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby or under the Indenture, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Note Guarantees.

(h) Cogent shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees.

(i) This Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation, reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company's assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Note Guarantees, whether as a "voidable preference," "fraudulent transfer" or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(j) In case any provision of this Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired hereby.

(k) Each payment to be made by Cogent in respect of this Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

3. Subordination of Note Guarantee.

The obligations of Cogent under this Note Guarantee pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture shall be junior and subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of such Guarantor Senior Debt, of the Guarantor Senior Debt of Cogent on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive and/or retain payments by Cogent only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture, including Article 12 thereof, and this Supplemental Indenture.

4. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Cogent, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that this Note Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Note Guarantee.

-3-

To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and Cogent hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture or under this Supplemental Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor's pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

5. Execution and Delivery.

(a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 2, Cogent hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture shall be endorsed by an officer of Cogent on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after the date hereof and that this Supplemental Indenture shall be executed on behalf of Cogent by its President or one of its Vice Presidents.

(b) Cogent hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 2 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(c) If an Officer whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates any Note, this Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

(d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof under the Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of Cogent.

6. Subrogation.

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof or Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

7. Benefits Acknowledged.

-4-

Cogent acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

8. Release of Note Guarantee.

(a) A Note Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor's Note Guarantee:

(i) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(ii) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Sunshine or a Restricted Subsidiary of Sunshine, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 5.01 of the Indenture;

(iii) if the Company designates such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.18 of the Indenture;

(iv) if the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Indenture; or

(v) if such Guarantor is released and discharged from all of its Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and all of its guarantees of any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement and all obligations under any of the Company's other Indebtedness or any Indebtedness of the Guarantors;

such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with in all material respects.

(b) At the request and at the expense of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any instrument evidencing such release.

9. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 10.07 of the Indenture or Section 8 of this Supplemental Indenture, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists and (ii) either (A) subject to Section 10.07 of

-5-

the Indenture and Section 8 of this Supplemental Indenture, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or (B) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 thereof.

(b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named as a Guarantor under the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

(c) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (a)(ii)(A) or (B) above, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any combination or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

10. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantor under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

11. New York Law to Govern. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

12. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

13. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and will not affect the construction hereof.

-6-

14. The Trustee. The Trustee will not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by Cogent and the Company.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ----------------------------------
Name: William C. Stone
Title: Chairman of the Board and
       Chief Executive Officer

GUARANTOR:

COGENT MANAGEMENT INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    -------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
As Trustee

By: /s/ Joseph P. O'Donnell
    --------------------------------
Name: Joseph P. O'Donnell
Title: Vice President

-8-

EXHIBIT 4.3

NOTE GUARANTEE

For value received, each of the undersigned hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

This Note Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article Ten of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of this Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation, SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (as amended or supplemented, the "Indenture").

This Note Guarantee shall become effective upon consummation of the Acquisition.

THIS NOTE GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. Each Guarantor hereby agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note Guarantee.

This Note Guarantee is subordinated in right of payment, in the manner and to the extent set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Guarantor Senior Debt, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guarantee.

This Note Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

[Signatures on following page]


FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.

By: /s/ Stephen V. R. Whitman
    --------------------------------------
Name: Stephen V. R. Whitman
Title: Senior Vice President and Secretary

FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.

By: /s/ Stephen V. R. Whitman
    --------------------------------------
Name: Stephen V.R. Whitman
Title: Senior Vice President and Secretary

SS&C FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC

By: /s/ Stephen V.R. Whitman
    --------------------------------------
Name: Stephen V.R. Whitman
Title: Senior Vice President and Secretary

OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION

By: /s/ OMR Systems Corporation
    --------------------------------------
Name: Stephen V.R. Whitman
Title: Senior Vice President and Secretary

OPEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Open Information Systems, Inc.
    --------------------------------------
Name: Stephen V.R. Whitman
Title: Senior Vice President and Secretary

[Note Guarantee]


EXHIBIT 4.4

NOTE GUARANTEE

For value received, the undersigned hereby, jointly and severally with all other Guarantors of the Notes, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the undersigned shall be jointly and severally obligated with all other Guarantors to pay the same immediately. The undersigned agrees that that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

This Note Guarantee will become effective in accordance with the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of this Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture dated as of November 23, 2005, among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation, SS&C Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 27th, 2006 (as further amended or supplemented, the "Indenture").

THIS NOTE GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. The undersigned hereby agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note Guarantee.

This Note Guarantee is subordinated in right of payment, in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Guarantor Senior Debt, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guarantee.

This Note Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.


COGENT MANAGEMENT INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: Senior Vice President and
       Treasurer

[Note Guarantee]


EXHIBIT 4.5


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 23, 2005

Among

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

and

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN,

as Issuers,

and

WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

and

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
as Initial Purchasers

11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
1.  Definitions..........................................................     1
2.  Exchange Offer.......................................................     5
3.  Shelf Registration...................................................     9
4.  Additional Interest..................................................    11
5.  Registration Procedures..............................................    12
6.  Registration Expenses................................................    21
7.  Indemnification and Contribution.....................................    22
8.  Rules 144 and 144A...................................................    26
9.  Underwritten Registrations...........................................    26
10. Miscellaneous........................................................    27

-i-

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated November 23, 2005 (the "Agreement") is entered into by and among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Sunshine"), SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the guarantors listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the "Guarantors"), and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC (the "Initial Purchasers").

This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement by and among Sunshine and the Initial Purchasers, dated as of November 17, 2005 (the "Purchase Agreement"), which provides for, among other things, the sale by Sunshine to the Initial Purchasers of $205,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Notes"), which, upon consummation of the Acquisition (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), will be assumed by the Company and will be guaranteed by the Guarantors (the "Guarantees"). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Issuers have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and any subsequent holder or holders of the Securities. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Initial Purchasers' obligation to purchase the Securities under the Purchase Agreement.

References herein to "Securities" shall mean, collectively, the Notes and the Guarantees. References herein to "Issuer" shall mean (x) prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, Sunshine and (y) from and after consummation of the Acquisition, the Company. References herein to "Issuers" shall mean (x) prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, Sunshine and (y) from and after consummation of the Acquisition, the Company and the Guarantors.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Interest: See Section 4(a) hereto.

Advice: See the last paragraph of Section 5 hereto.

Agreement: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

Applicable Period: See Section 2(b) hereto.


-2-

Blackout Period: See Section 3(d) hereto.

Business Day: Any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or required by law to be closed.

Buyer-Parent: Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Company: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

Effectiveness Date: With respect to (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the 270th day after the Issue Date and (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement, the 120th day after the Filing Date with respect thereto; provided, however, that if the Effectiveness Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Effectiveness Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

Effectiveness Period: See Section 3(a) hereto.

Event Date: See Section 4 hereto.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes: See Section 2(a) hereto.

Exchange Offer: See Section 2(a) hereto.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: See Section 2(a) hereto.

Filing Date: The 45th day after the delivery of a Shelf Notice as required pursuant to Section 2(c) hereto; provided, however, that if the Filing Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Filing Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

Guarantees: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

Guarantors: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

Holder: Any holder of a Registrable Note or Registrable Notes.

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among the Sunshine, the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are being issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereto.


-3-

Information: See Section 5(n) hereto.

Initial Purchasers: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

Initial Shelf Registration: See Section 3(a) hereto.

Inspectors: See Section 5(n) hereto.

Issue Date: November 23, 2005, the date of original issuance of the Notes.

Issuer or Issuers: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

NASD: See Section 5(r) hereto.

Notes: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

Participant: See Section 7(a) hereto.

Participating Broker-Dealer: See Section 2(b) hereto.

Person: An individual, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, union, business association, firm or other legal entity.

Private Exchange: See Section 2(b) hereto.

Private Exchange Notes: See Section 2(b) hereto.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

Purchase Agreement: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

Records: See Section 5(n) hereto.

Registrable Notes: Each Note (and the related Guarantees) upon its original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto, each Exchange Note (and the related guarantees) as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereto is applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent


-4-

thereto and each Private Exchange Note (and the related guarantees) upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, until, in each case, the earliest to occur of (i) a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Note as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereto is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) covering such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note (and the related guarantees) has been declared effective by the SEC and such Note, Exchange Note or such Private Exchange Note (and the related guarantees), as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Note has been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Note or Exchange Notes (and the related guarantees) that may be resold without restriction under state and federal securities laws, (iii) such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note (and the related guarantees), as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture or (iv) such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note (and the related guarantees), as the case may be, may be resold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144(k) (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Issuers that covers any of the Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees or guarantees, as the case may be) filed with the SEC under the Securities Act, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

Rule 144: Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A: Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Rule 405: Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

Rule 415: Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

Rule 424: Rule 424 under the Securities Act.

SEC: The United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency thereto.

Securities: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Shelf Notice: See Section 2(c) hereto.

Shelf Registration: See Section 3(b) hereto.


-5-

Shelf Registration Statement: Any Registration Statement relating to a Shelf Registration.

Subsequent Shelf Registration: See Section 3(b) hereto.

TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Trustee: The trustee under the Indenture and the trustee (if any) under any indenture governing the Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes (and the related guarantees).

Underwritten registration or underwritten offering: A registration in which securities of one or more of the Issuers are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

Except as otherwise specifically provided, all references in this Agreement to acts, laws, statutes, rules, regulations, releases, forms, no-action letters and other regulatory requirements (collectively, "Regulatory Requirements") shall be deemed to refer also to any amendments thereto and all subsequent Regulatory Requirements adopted as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect therewith; provided that Rule 144 shall not be deemed to amend or replace Rule 144A.

2. Exchange Offer

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, the Issuers shall file with the SEC a Registration Statement (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement") on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange any and all of the Registrable Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Issuer (the "Exchange Notes"), guaranteed by the Guarantors, that are identical in all material respects to the Securities, except that (i) the Exchange Notes shall contain no restrictive legend thereon and (ii) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Notes or, if no such interest has been paid, from the Issue Date, and which are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture or a trust indenture which is identical in all material respects to the Indenture (other than such changes to the Indenture or any such other trust indenture as are necessary to comply with the TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA. The Exchange Offer shall comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and other applicable laws. The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to
(x) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or before the Effectiveness Date; (y) keep the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed or otherwise transmitted to Holders; and (z) consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to the 300th day following the Issue Date.


-6-

Each Holder (including, without limitation, each Participating Broker-Dealer) who participates in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent to the Issuers in writing (which may be contained in the applicable letter of transmittal) that: (i) any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Registrable Notes tendered are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the Person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such recipient is such Holder itself; (ii) at the time of the commencement or consummation of the Exchange Offer neither such Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Notes from such Holder has an arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act; (iii) neither the Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Notes from such Holder is an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405) of the Issuers or, if it is an affiliate of the Issuers, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable and will provide information to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Section 5 hereto in order to have their Notes included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Additional Interest in Section 4 hereto; (iv) neither such Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Notes from such Holder is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes; and (v) if such Holder is a Participating Broker-Dealer, such Holder has acquired the Registrable Notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder).

Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this
Section 2, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply solely with respect to Registrable Notes that are Private Exchange Notes, Exchange Notes as to which Section 2(c)(iv) is applicable and Exchange Notes held by Participating Broker-Dealers, and the Issuers shall have no further obligation to register Registrable Notes (other than Private Exchange Notes and Exchange Notes as to which clause 2(c)(iv) hereto applies) pursuant to Section 3 hereto.

No securities other than the Exchange Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

(b) The Issuers shall include within the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled "Plan of Distribution," reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential "underwriter" status of any broker-dealer that is the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Exchange Notes received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer (a "Participating Broker-Dealer"), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC. Such "Plan of Distribution" section shall also expressly permit, to the


-7-

extent permitted by applicable policies and regulations of the SEC, the use of the Prospectus by all Persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, including, to the extent permitted by applicable policies and regulations of the SEC, all Participating Broker-Dealers, and include a statement describing the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Notes in compliance with the Securities Act.

The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the Prospectus contained therein to the extent necessary to permit such Prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all Persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as is necessary to comply with applicable law in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes; provided, however, that such period shall not be required to exceed 90 days or such longer period if extended pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5 hereto (the "Applicable Period").

If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchasers hold any Notes acquired by them that have the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Issuers upon the request of the Initial Purchasers shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Notes issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers, in exchange (the "Private Exchange") for such Notes held by any such Holder, a like principal amount of notes (the "Private Exchange Notes") of the Issuers, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes except for the placement of a restrictive legend on such Private Exchange Notes. The Private Exchange Notes shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Notes and bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Notes.

In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall:

(1) mail or otherwise transmit, or cause to be mailed or otherwise transmitted, to each Holder of record entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

(2) use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days after the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed or otherwise transmitted to Holders (or longer if required by applicable law);

(3) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer remains open; and


-8-

(4) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, if any, the Issuers shall:

(1) accept for exchange all Registrable Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, if any;

(2) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Notes so accepted for exchange; and

(3) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of Securities, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange; provided that, in the case of any Securities held in global form by a depositary, authentication and delivery to such depositary of one or more replacement Securities in global form in an equivalent principal amount thereto for the account of such Holders in accordance with the Indenture shall satisfy such authentication and delivery requirement.

The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than those set forth herein that (i) the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, as the case may be, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency that might materially impair the ability of the Issuers to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to the Issuers; and (iii) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Issuers deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange.

The Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Notes shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture.

(c) If (i) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Issuers are not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 300 days of the Issue Date, (iii) the Initial Purchasers or any holder of Private Exchange Notes so requests in writing to the Issuer at any time after the consummation of the Exchange Offer or (iv) in the case of any Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive Exchange Notes on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other


-9-

than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Issuers within the meaning of the Securities Act) and so notifies the Issuer within 20 Business Days after such Holder first becomes aware of such restrictions, in the case of each of clauses (i) to and including (iv) of this sentence, then the Issuers shall promptly deliver to the Holders and the Trustee written notice thereto (the "Shelf Notice") and shall file a Shelf Registration pursuant to
Section 3 hereto.

3. Shelf Registration

If at any time a Shelf Notice is delivered as contemplated by Section 2(c) hereto, then:

(a) Shelf Registration. The Issuers shall as promptly as practicable file with the SEC a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Notes (the "Initial Shelf Registration"). The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC the Initial Shelf Registration on or prior to the applicable Filing Date. The Initial Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting registration of such Registrable Notes for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The Issuers shall not permit any securities other than the Registrable Notes and the Guarantees to be included in the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration (as defined below).

The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the Effectiveness Date and, subject to Section 3(d), to keep the Initial Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act until the date that is two years from the Issue Date or such shorter period ending when all Registrable Notes cease to be Registrable Notes, or all Registrable Notes covered by the Initial Shelf Registration have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Initial Shelf Registration or, if applicable, a Subsequent Shelf Registration (as may be extended pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5 hereto, the "Effectiveness Period"); provided, however, that the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Initial Shelf Registration shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein and shall be subject to reduction to the extent that the applicable provisions of Rule 144(k) are amended or revised to reduce the two year holding period set forth therein.

(b) Withdrawal of Stop Orders; Subsequent Shelf Registrations. If the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale


-10-

of all of the Notes registered thereunder), the Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness thereof, and in any event shall within 45 days of such cessation of effectiveness amend such Shelf Registration Statement in a manner to obtain the withdrawal of the order suspending the effectiveness thereof, or file an additional Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Notes covered by and not sold under the Initial Shelf Registration or an earlier Subsequent Shelf Registration (each, a "Subsequent Shelf Registration"). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, the Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Subsequent Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after such filing and to keep such subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective for a period equal to the number of days in the Effectiveness Period less the aggregate number of days during which the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration was previously continuously effective. As used herein the term "Shelf Registration" means the Initial Shelf Registration and any Subsequent Shelf Registration.

(c) Supplements and Amendments. The Issuers shall promptly supplement and amend the Shelf Registration if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration, if required by the Securities Act, or if reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes (or their counsel) covered by such Registration Statement with respect to the information included therein with respect to one or more of such Holders, or by any underwriter of such Registrable Notes with respect to the information included therein with respect to such underwriter.

(d) Blackout Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Issuer, upon notice to the Holders of Registrable Notes, may suspend the use of the Prospectus included in any Shelf Registration Statement in the event that and for a period of time (a "Blackout Period") not to exceed an aggregate of 80 days in any twelve-month period if (1) the Board of Directors or managers, as applicable, of the Buyer-Parent of the Issuer determines, in good faith, that the disclosure of an event, occurrence or other item at such time could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or prospects of the Issuer or (2) the disclosure otherwise relates to a material business transaction that has not been publicly disclosed and the Board of Directors or managers, as applicable, of the Buyer-Parent or the Issuer determines, in good faith, that any such disclosure would jeopardize the success of such transaction or that disclosure of the transaction is prohibited pursuant to the terms thereto; provided that, upon the termination of such Blackout Period, the Issuer promptly shall notify the Holders of Registrable Notes that such Blackout Period has been terminated.


-11-

4. Additional Interest

(a) The Issuers and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will suffer damages if the Issuers fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereto and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Issuers agree to pay, jointly and severally, as liquidated damages, additional interest on the Notes ("Additional Interest") under the circumstances and to the extent set forth below (each of which shall be given independent effect):

(i) if (A) the Initial Shelf Registration has not been filed on or prior to the Filing Date applicable thereto or (B) notwithstanding that the Issuers have consummated or will consummate the Exchange Offer, the Issuers are required to file a Shelf Registration and such Shelf Registration is not filed on or prior to the Filing Date applicable thereto, then, commencing on the day after any such Filing Date, Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of, and be paid to the registered Holders of, the Registrable Notes then outstanding and affected thereby at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following such applicable Filing Date, and such Additional Interest rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; or

(ii) if (A) neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Initial Shelf Registration is declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the Effectiveness Date applicable thereto or (B) notwithstanding that the Issuers have consummated or will consummate the Exchange Offer, the Issuers are required to file a Shelf Registration and such Shelf Registration is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the Effectiveness Date applicable to such Shelf Registration, then, commencing on the day after such Effectiveness Date, Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of, and be paid to the registered Holders of, the Registrable Notes then outstanding and affected thereby at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following the day after such Effectiveness Date, and such Additional Interest rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; or

(iii)if (A) the Issuers have not exchanged Exchange Notes for all Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer on or prior to the 300th day after the Issue Date or (B) if applicable, a Shelf Registration has been declared effective and such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than during any Blackout Period relating to such Shelf Registration), then Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of, and be paid to the registered Holders of, the Registrable Notes then outstanding and affected thereby at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days commencing on the (x) 301st day after the Issue Date, in the case of (A) above, or (y) the day such Shelf


-12-

Registration ceases to be effective in the case of (B) above, and such Additional Interest rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each such subsequent 90-day period;

provided, however, that (1) the Additional Interest rate on the Notes may not accrue under more than one of the foregoing clauses (i) - (iii) at any one time and at no time shall the aggregate amount of additional interest accruing exceed in the aggregate 1.00% per annum and (2) Additional Interest shall not accrue under clause (iii)(B) above during the continuation of a Blackout Period; provided, further, however, that (1) upon the filing of the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the applicable Shelf Registration as required hereunder (in the case of clause (i) above of this Section 4), (2) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the applicable Shelf Registration Statement as required hereunder (in the case of clause (ii) of this Section 4), or (3) upon the exchange of the Exchange Notes for all Notes tendered (in the case of clause (iii)(A) of this Section 4), or upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement that had ceased to remain effective (in the case of (iii)(B) of this Section 4), Additional Interest on the Notes in respect of which such events relate as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereto), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.

(b) The Issuers shall notify the Trustee within two Business Days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid (an "Event Date"). Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to (a)(i), (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) of this Section 4 will be payable in cash semiannually on each June 1 and December 1 (to the holders of record of the affected Registrable Notes on the May 15 and November 15 immediately preceding such dates), commencing with the first such date occurring after any such Additional Interest commences to accrue. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the affected Registrable Notes, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30 day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360. No Additional Interest shall accrue with respect to Notes that are not Registrable Notes.

(c) The parties hereto agree that the Additional Interest provided for in this Section 4 constitutes the sole damages that will be suffered by Holders of affected Registrable Notes by reason of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 4(a)(i)-(iii) hereto.

5. Registration Procedures

In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereto, the Issuers shall effect such registrations to permit the sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereto,


-13-

and pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuers hereunder each of the Issuers shall:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement or Registration Statements as prescribed by Section 2 or 3 hereto, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided, however, that if (1) such filing is pursuant to Section 3 hereto or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom any Issuer has received written notice no fewer than five Business Days prior to the filing of such Registration Statement that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuers shall furnish to and afford the Holders of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto) or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such documents (including copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case at least two Business Days prior to such filing). The Issuers shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object on a timely basis; provided that no Additional Interest shall be payable to any Holder of affected Registrable Notes in such event to the extent that the obligation to pay Additional Interest results from, or cannot be terminated as a result of, such objection by such Holders.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period, the Applicable Period or until consummation of the Exchange Offer, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus; provided that, to the extent relating to a Shelf Registration Statement, none of the foregoing shall be required during a Blackout Period.


-14-

(c) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom any Issuer has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, notify the selling Holders of Registrable Notes (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, promptly (but in any event within one Business Day), and confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder may, upon request, obtain, at the sole expense of the Issuers, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and exhibits), (ii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Notes or resales of Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers the representations and warranties of the Issuers contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5(m) hereto cease to be true and correct, (iv) of the receipt by any Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known that makes any statement of material fact made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect and that requires the making of any changes in or amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (vi) of the Issuers' determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate.


-15-

(d) Use their commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer, for sale in any jurisdiction, and, if any such order is issued, to use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest practicable moment.

(e) Subject to Section 3(d), if a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 and if requested during the Effectiveness Period by the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes being sold in connection with an underwritten offering or any Participating Broker-Dealer, (i) as promptly as practicable incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), such Holders, any Participating Broker-Dealer or counsel for any of them reasonably request to be included therein, (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, and (iii) supplement or make amendments to such Registration Statement.

(f) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto) and to each such Participating Broker-Dealer who so requests (with respect to any such Registration Statement) and to their respective counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuers, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits.

(g) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their respective counsel, and the underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuers, as many copies


-16-

of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Issuers hereby consent to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Notes covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Notes pursuant to, such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

(h) Prior to any public offering of Registrable Notes or any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use their commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, and to cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Notes for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request in writing; provided, however, that where Exchange Notes held by Participating Broker-Dealers or Registrable Notes are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Issuers agree to cause their counsel to perform Blue Sky investigations and file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this Section 5(h), keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Exchange Notes held by Participating Broker-Dealers or the Registrable Notes covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Issuer shall be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject, (C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (D) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or any agreement with its shareholders.

(i) If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Notes to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; and enable such Registrable Notes to be in such denominations (subject to applicable


-17-

requirements contained in the Indenture) and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or Holders may request.

(j) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraph 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereto, as promptly as practicable (except, in the case of a Shelf Registration, during a Blackout Period) prepare and (subject to Section 5(a) hereto) file with the SEC, at the sole expense of the Issuers, a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Notes being sold thereunder (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto) or to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), any such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(k) Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Notes, (i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Registrable Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Notes.

(l) In connection with any underwritten offering of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration, enter into an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities, and take all such other actions as are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Notes and, in such connection, (i) make such representations and warranties to, and covenants with, the underwriters with respect to the business of the Issuers (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable), and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made by issuers affiliated with the Carlyle Group to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities, and confirm the same in writing if and when requested; (ii) obtain the written opinions of counsel to the Issuers, and written updates thereto in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions reasonably requested in underwritten offerings; (iii) obtain "cold comfort" letters and


-18-

updates thereto in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of the Issuers, or of any business acquired by the Issuers, for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities; and (iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable to the sellers and underwriters, if any, than those set forth in Section 7 hereto (or such other provisions and procedures reasonably acceptable to Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or underwriters or agents, if any). The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.

(m) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereto, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, make available for inspection by any Initial Purchaser, any selling Holder of such Registrable Notes being sold (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to
Section 3 hereto), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Notes, if any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, or underwriter (any such Initial Purchasers, Holders, Participating Broker-Dealers, underwriters, attorneys, accountants or agents, collectively, the "Inspectors"), upon written request, at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Issuers and subsidiaries of the Issuers (collectively, the "Records"), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Issuers and any of their respective subsidiaries to supply all information ("Information") reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such due diligence responsibilities. Each Inspector shall agree in writing that it will keep the Records and Information confidential and that it will not disclose any of the Records or Information that any Issuer determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential unless (i) the release of such Records or Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary or advisable, in the opinion


-19-

of counsel for any Inspector, in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to, or involving this Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder, or (iii) the information in such Records or Information has been made generally available to the public other than by an Inspector or an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405) thereto; provided, however, that prior notice shall be provided as soon as practicable to any Issuer of the potential disclosure of any information by such Inspector pursuant to clause (i) of this sentence and such Inspector shall allow the Issuers to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of such Records or Information at the Issuers' expense.

(n) Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in Section 2(a) hereto, as the case may be, to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Notes; and in connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Registrable Notes, to effect such changes (if any) to such indenture as may be required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.

(o) Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to their securityholders with regard to any applicable Registration Statement, a consolidated earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than 45 days after the end of any fiscal quarter (or 90 days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Notes are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Issuer, after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods.

(p) If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Notes by Holders to the Issuer (or to such other Person as directed by the Issuer), in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, the Issuers shall mark, or cause to be marked, on such Registrable Notes that such Registrable Notes are being cancelled in exchange


-20-

for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be; in no event shall such Registrable Notes be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

(q) Cooperate with each seller of Registrable Notes covered by any Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Notes and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD").

(r) Use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all other reasonable steps necessary to effect the registration of the Exchange Notes and/or Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

The Issuers may require each seller of Registrable Notes as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Issuers such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Notes as the Issuers may, from time to time, reasonably request, including by completing such questionnaires as may be reasonably requested. The Issuers may exclude from such registration the Registrable Notes of any seller so long as such seller fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request; provided that no Additional Interest shall be payable to any Holder of Registrable Notes to the extent the obligation to pay Additional Interest results from or cannot be terminated as a result of the failure of such Holder to provide such information. Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuers all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuers by such seller not materially misleading.

If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Issuer, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Issuer, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required.

Each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by its acquisition of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, that, upon actual receipt of any notice from any Issuer (i) of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iv), 5(c)(v), or 5(c)(vi) hereto or
(ii) of the commencement of a Blackout Period, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement


-21-

(other than any Exchange Offer Registration Statement in the case of a Blackout Period) or Prospectus or Exchange Notes to be sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, until (x) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (i), such Holder's or Participating Broker-Dealer's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by
Section 5(j) hereto, or until it is advised in writing (the "Advice") by the Issuers that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto or (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (ii) the earlier of (A) 80 days of after the commencement of such Blackout Period and (B) receipt of notice from the Issuer that such Blackout Period has ended. In the event that any Issuer shall give any such notice, each of the Applicable Period and the Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such periods from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the requirements of the immediately preceding clause (x) or (y), as the case may be, shall have been met.

6. Registration Expenses

All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Issuers (other than any underwriting discounts or commissions) shall be borne by the Issuers, whether or not the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is consummated, including, without limitation,
(i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, (A) fees with respect to filings required to be made with the NASD in connection with an underwritten offering and (B) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions (x) where the holders of Registrable Notes are located, in the case of the Exchange Notes, or (y) as provided in Section 5(h) hereto, in the case of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes included in any Registration Statement or in respect of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may be,
(iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for all of the sellers of Registrable Notes (exclusive of any counsel retained pursuant to Section 7 hereto), (v) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 5(l)(iii) hereto (including, without limitation, the expenses of any "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Issuers desire such insurance,


-22-

(vii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Issuers, (viii) internal expenses of the Issuers (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Issuers performing legal or accounting duties), (ix) the expense of any annual audit, (x) any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, and the obtaining of a rating of the securities, in each case, if applicable, and (xi) the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing all Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, indentures and any other documents necessary in order to comply with this Agreement.

7. Indemnification and Contribution

(a) Each of the Issuers agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, and each Person, if any, who controls such Person or its affiliates within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, a "Participant") against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which any Participant may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise in connection with any action, suit or proceeding and arise out of or are based upon:

(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement made by any Issuer contained in any application or any other document or any amendment or supplement thereto executed by any Issuer based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of any Issuer filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Notes under the securities or "Blue Sky" laws thereto or filed with the SEC or any securities association or securities exchange (each, an "Application");

(ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if any of the Issuers shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus; or

(iii)the omission or alleged omission to state, in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if any of the Issuers shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or any Application or any amendment or supplement thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

and will reimburse, as incurred, the Participant for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the Participant in connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, (i) the Issuers will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such


-23-

loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if any of the Issuers shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or Application or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Participant furnished to the Issuers by such Participant specifically for use therein, and (ii) the Issuers shall not be liable to any Participant under the indemnity agreement in this subsection (a) with respect to a preliminary prospectus (or Prospectus before amendment or supplement) to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Participant results from the fact that such Participant sold Notes to a Person as to whom it shall be established that there was not sent or given, at or prior to the time of the sale of the Notes, a copy of the Prospectus (or the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented if the Issuers shall have furnished such Participant with copies of such amendment or supplement thereto sufficient to allow for a timely distribution prior to the sale of the Notes to such Participant), in any case where such delivery is required by applicable law and the loss, claim, damage or liability of such Participant results from an untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the preliminary prospectus which was corrected in the Prospectus (or in the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented if the Issuers shall have furnished such Participant with copies of such amendment or supplement thereto sufficient to allow for a timely distribution prior to the time of the sale of the Notes to such Participant). The indemnity provided for in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Issuers may otherwise have to the indemnified parties. The Issuers shall not be liable under this Section 7 for any settlement of any claim or action effected without their prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers shall not, without the prior written consent of such Participant, effect any settlement or compromise of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Participant is or could have been a party, or indemnity could have been sought hereunder by any Participant, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional written release of the Participants from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any Participant.

(b) Each Holder, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, their directors and managers, as applicable, their officers and each Person, if any, who controls the Issuers within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and all other Holders of Registrable Notes against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Issuers or any such director, manager, officer or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Application, Registration Statement or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus, or (ii) the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in


-24-

each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Holder, furnished to the Issuers by such Holder, specifically for use therein; and subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, will reimburse, as incurred, any legal or other expenses incurred by the Issuers or any such director, manager, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereto. The indemnity provided for in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Participants may otherwise have to the indemnified parties. The Holders shall not be liable under this Section 7 for any settlement of any claim or action effected without their consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action for which such indemnified party is entitled to indemnification under this Section 7, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereto is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof in writing; but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from any liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, that if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after receipt by the indemnifying party of notice of the institution of such action, then, in each such case, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties and such indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to defend such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and approval by such indemnified party of counsel appointed to defend such action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) the indemnified


-25-

party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that in connection with such action the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to one local counsel in any jurisdiction) in any one action or separate but substantially similar actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, designated by Participants who sold a majority in interest of the Registrable Notes and Exchange Notes sold by all such Participants in the case of paragraph (a) of this Section 7 or the Issuers in the case of paragraph (b) of this Section 7, representing the indemnified parties under such paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, who are parties to such action or actions) or (ii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. All fees and expenses reimbursed pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be reimbursed as they are incurred following receipt of supporting documentation. After such notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party, the indemnifying party will not be liable for the costs and expenses of any settlement of such action effected by such indemnified party without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), unless such indemnified party waived in writing its rights under this Section 7, in which case the indemnified party may effect such a settlement without such consent.

(d) In circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 is unavailable to, or insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), each indemnifying party, in order to provide for just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the offering of the Notes and the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof). The relative benefits received by the Issuers on the one hand and such Holder on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) of the Notes received by the Issuers bear to the total gain (if any) excluding expenses received by such Holder in connection with the sale of the Notes. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuers on the one hand, or the Holders on the other, the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission, and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances. The parties agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations


-26-

referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph (d), no Holder shall be obligated to make contributions hereunder that in the aggregate exceed the total gain (if any) received by such Holder in connection with the sale of the Notes, less the aggregate amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of the untrue or alleged untrue statements or the omissions or alleged omissions to state a material fact, and no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holders, and each director of any Issuer, each officer of any Issuer and each Person, if any, who controls any Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuers.

8. Rules 144 and 144A

Each of the Issuers covenants and agrees that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any time such Issuer is not required to file such reports, such Issuer will, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Notes, make available such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A. Each of the Issuers further covenants and agrees, for so long as any Registrable Notes remain outstanding that it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Notes may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Notes without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act and Rule 144A.

9. Underwritten Registrations

If any of the Registrable Notes covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Notes included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuers.

No Holder of Registrable Notes may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder's Registrable Notes on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.


-27-

10. Miscellaneous

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuers have not, as of the date hereof, and the Issuers shall not, after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to any of their securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Notes in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuers' other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements. The Issuers will not enter into any agreement with respect to any of their securities that will grant to any Person piggy-back registration rights with respect to any Registration Statement.

(b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes. Except in compliance with
Section 10(c), the Issuers shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the Registrable Notes as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Notes to include such Registrable Notes in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, otherwise than with the prior written consent of (I) the Issuer, and (II)(A) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Registrable Notes and (B) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes held by all Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that Section 7 and this Section 10(c) may not be amended, modified or supplemented without the prior written consent of each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement) affected by any such amendment, modification or supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereto with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Notes whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(d) Notices. All notices and other communications (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the Trustee) provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or facsimile:

(i) if to a Holder of the Registrable Notes or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as


-28-

the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to the Initial Purchasers as follows:

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC One Wachovia Center
301 South College Street
Charlotte, NC 28288
Facsimile No.: 704-383-6596 Attention: Jim Jeffries

with a copy to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP 80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Facsimile No.: (212) 269-5420 Attention: Luis R. Penalver, Esq.

(ii) if to the Initial Purchasers, at the address specified in Section 10(d)(i);

(iii) if to the Company or the Guarantors, at the address as follows:

c/o SS&C Technologies, Inc. 80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, CT 06095
Facsimile No.: (860) 298-4900 Attention: Patrick Pedonti

with a copy to:

Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. c/o The Carlyle Group
101 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28280
Facsimile No.: (704) 632-0299 Attention: Bud Watts and Todd Newnam


-29-

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
Suite 1000
New York, NY 10022
Facsimile No.: (212) 751-4864 Attention: Ian Blumenstein, Esq.

(iv) if to Sunshine, at the address as follows:

Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. c/o The Carlyle Group
101 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28280
Facsimile No.: (704) 632-0299 Attention: Bud Watts and Todd Newnam

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
Suite 1000
New York, NY 10022
Facsimile No.: (212) 751-4864 Attention: Ian Blumenstein, Esq.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; one Business Day after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier; and when receipt is acknowledged by the addressee, if sent by facsimile.

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address and in the manner specified in such Indenture.

(e) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Notes in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.


-30-

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereto.

(h) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF ANY OTHER LAW.

(i) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(j) Securities Held by the Issuers or Their Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Notes is required hereunder, Registrable Notes held by the Issuers or their affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

(k) Third-Party Beneficiaries. Holders of Registrable Notes and Participating Broker-Dealers are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons.

(l) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Holders on the one hand and the Issuers on the other, or between or among any agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors


-31-

in interest with respect to the subject matter hereto and thereto are merged herein and replaced hereby.

[Signature page follows]


-32-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.

By: /s/ Todd Newnam
    ------------------------------------
Name: Todd Newnam
Title: Vice President

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
Name: William C. Stone
Title: Chairman & CEO

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

SS&C FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

[Registration Rights Agreement]


OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

OPEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

[Registration Rights Agreement]


The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of the date
first above written.

WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ---------------------------------
Name:
      -------------------------------
Title:
       ------------------------------

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

By: /s/ Jacob Steinberg
    ---------------------------------
Name: Jacob Steinberg
Title: Vice President

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ---------------------------------
Name:
      -------------------------------
Title:
       ------------------------------

[Registration Rights Agreement]


Schedule I Guarantors

              GUARANTOR                 STATE OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION
              ---------                 --------------------------------------
Financial Models Company Ltd.                         New York
Financial Models Holdings Inc.                        Delaware
SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC                 New York
OMR Systems Corporation                               New Jersey
Open Information Systems, Inc.                        Connecticut


EXHIBIT 4.6

EXECUTION COPY

$205,000,000

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)

11.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

November 17, 2005


November 17, 2005

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
c/o Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
One Wachovia Center
301 South College Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288

Ladies and Gentlemen:

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Sunshine"), proposes to issue and sell to the several purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the "Initial Purchasers"), for whom Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC is acting as a Representative (in such capacity, the "Representative"), $205,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 11.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Notes"). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture") dated as of the Closing Date (as defined in Section 2) among Sunshine, the Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee").

In connection with the consummation of the Transactions (as defined herein), Sunshine will merge with and into SS&C Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") (the "Merger"), after which the obligations of Sunshine under this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) and the Indenture will become obligations of the Company. The representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Guarantors under this Agreement shall not become effective until consummation of the Merger and execution by the Company and the Guarantors of a joinder agreement to this Agreement, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "Joinder Agreement"), at which time such representations, warranties and agreements shall become effective as of the date hereof pursuant to the terms of the Joinder Agreement and each of the Company and the Guarantors shall, without any further action by any person, become a party to this Agreement. References to the "Issuer" refer to Sunshine before consummation of the Merger and to the Company after consummation of the Merger.

The Notes, upon consummation of the Merger, will be guaranteed (the "Guarantees") on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by each of the Company's subsidiaries named in Schedule II hereto (each individually, a "Guarantor" and collectively the "Guarantors").

The Notes will have the benefit of a registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined below), among Sunshine, the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to which Sunshine and, upon consummation of the Merger, the Company and the Guarantors will agree to register under the Securities Act and offer to exchange notes with terms identical to the Notes for the Notes, subject to the terms and conditions therein specified.

The Notes and the Guarantees are being offered and sold by Sunshine in connection with the acquisition (the "Acquisition") of the Company pursuant to that certain Agreement


and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 28, 2005 and subsequently amended on August 25, 2005, among Sunshine Merger Corporation, Sunshine Acquisition Corporation ("Holdings") and the Company (together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, the "Acquisition Documents"). In connection with the Acquisition, (i) The Carlyle Group and certain of its affiliates, William C. Stone and certain members of management who may choose to roll over all or a portion of their equity interests will make an aggregate investment of not less than $547.2 million (the "Equity Contribution"), and (ii) the Company will enter into a new senior credit facility of up to $350.0 million providing for revolving and term loan credit facilities (the "Credit Agreement" and together with all other documents related to such facility, the "Credit Documents") with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents and the lenders party thereto.

This Agreement, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the "Note Documents." The Note Documents, the Acquisition Documents and the Credit Documents are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the "Transaction Documents." The issuance and sale of the Notes and the Guarantees, the Acquisition, the Merger, the Equity Contribution and the effectiveness of the Credit Documents and the initial borrowings thereunder are collectively referred to as the "Transactions."

The sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers will be made without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in reliance on an exemption therefrom provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The Notes (and the related Guarantees) will be offered and sold by the Initial Purchasers without being registered under the Securities Act, to qualified institutional buyers in compliance with the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act ("Regulation S"). The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they will offer and sell the Notes purchased by them hereunder in accordance with Section 3 hereof as soon as the Representative deems advisable.

In connection with the sale of the Notes, the Company has prepared a preliminary offering memorandum, dated November 4, 2005 (the "Preliminary Memorandum"), and a final offering memorandum, dated the date hereof (the "Final Memorandum" and, with the Preliminary Memorandum, each a "Memorandum"). Each Memorandum sets forth certain information concerning the Company, the Notes, the other Transaction Documents and the Transactions. Each of Sunshine and the Company hereby confirms that it has authorized the use of the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers.

1. Representations and Warranties of Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors. As of the date hereof and at the Closing Date, Sunshine represents and warrants, and the Company and the Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant as of the date hereof and at the Closing Date (upon execution and delivery of the Joinder Agreement), in each case, to each Initial Purchaser (it being understood that prior to the Closing Date and execution and delivery of the Joinder Agreement, all representations and warranties of Sunshine with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries are made to the best knowledge of Sunshine, after due inquiry) that:

-2-

(a) The Preliminary Memorandum does not contain, and the Final Memorandum, in the form used by the Initial Purchasers to confirm sales on the Closing Date, and any amendment or supplement thereto does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations or warranties set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to statements in or omissions from either Memorandum made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Issuer by the Initial Purchasers expressly for use therein, as specified in Section 11. The statistical and industry data included in each Memorandum are based on or derived from sources that the Issuer believes to be reliable and accurate.

(b) Each of Sunshine and the Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of Sunshine and the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse change in or effect on or any development that would be reasonably expected to cause a material adverse change in or effect on (i) the business, operations, properties, assets, liabilities, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or management of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the ability of Sunshine, the Company and each Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees or the other Transaction Documents.

(c) Each of Sunshine, the Company and each Guarantor has full power (corporate and other) to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in each Memorandum; and each of Sunshine, the Company and each Guarantor has full power (corporate and other) to enter into the Transaction Documents and to carry out all the terms and provisions hereof and thereof to be carried out by it.

(d) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Final Memorandum. All of the issued shares of capital stock of each of Sunshine and the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable; and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of either Sunshine or the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any security holder of Sunshine or the Company, as applicable.

(e) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated or formed, as the case may be, is validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, as the case may be, has the corporate or organizational power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Final Memorandum and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would

-3-

not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued shares of capital stock or ownership interests, as the case may be, of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned directly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims (other than those imposed by the Securities Act and the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of certain jurisdictions and those to be imposed by the Credit Agreement).

(f) No subsidiary of the Company is prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary's capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary's property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as provided by applicable laws or regulations, by the Indenture or the Credit Agreement or as otherwise disclosed in the Final Memorandum.

(g) Except for employee and director stock options or as otherwise disclosed in the Final Memorandum or for such stock options that will be terminated upon consummation of the Transactions, there are no outstanding
(i) securities or obligations of Sunshine or the Company convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock of Sunshine or the Company, (ii) warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase from Sunshine or the Company any such capital stock or any such convertible or exchangeable securities or obligations or (iii) obligations of Sunshine or the Company to issue any such capital stock, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or obligations, or any such warrants, rights or options.

(h) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who has certified the audited financial statements of the Company included in the Final Memorandum and delivered its report with respect to the audited financial statements of the Company in the Final Memorandum, is an independent public accountant with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

The financial statements (including the notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries in the Final Memorandum fairly present in all material respects the financial position, results of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods specified therein; since the date of the latest of such financial statements, there has been no Material Adverse Effect; such financial statements have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise expressly disclosed in the notes thereto) and comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act; the information set forth under the captions "Offering Memorandum Summary -- Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information," "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations" in the Final Memorandum has been derived from the financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and fairly presents in all material respects the

-4-

information included therein. The material assumptions underlying the pro forma financial information included in the Final Memorandum include all material assumptions required to give effect to the Transactions and events described in the notes thereto, are reasonable and are described in the Final Memorandum and the pro forma adjustments give proper effect to those assumptions and reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the applicable historical financial statements included in the Final Memorandum in all material respects. The pro forma financial information set forth under the caption "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information" and the related notes thereto included in the Final Memorandum has been prepared in accordance with the rules and guidance of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") with respect to pro forma financial information.

(i) KPMG LLP, who has certified the audited financial statements of Financial Models Company Inc. ("FMC") included in the Final Memorandum and delivered its report with respect to the audited financial statements of FMC in the Final Memorandum, is an independent public accountant with respect to the Company and FMC within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

The financial statements (including the notes thereto) of FMC and its consolidated subsidiaries in the Final Memorandum fairly present in all material respects the financial position, results of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity of FMC and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods specified therein; since the date of the latest of such financial statements, there has been no Material Adverse Effect; and such financial statements have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise expressly disclosed in the notes thereto) and comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

(j) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Final Memorandum or as otherwise disclosed therein, (i) none of Sunshine or the Company and its subsidiaries have incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transaction in each case not in the ordinary course of business; (ii) neither Sunshine nor the Company has purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, and has declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on any class of its capital stock, except as may be necessary to apply the proceeds from the sale of the Notes as contemplated under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Final Memorandum; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum.

(k) The Company and each of its subsidiaries (and, with respect to clause (i), Sunshine) maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in

-5-

accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(l) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Sunshine and, at the Closing Date, will have been authorized by the Company and each Guarantor.

(m) The Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement have been duly authorized by Sunshine, and as of the Closing Date, will have been duly authorized by the Company and each Guarantor and, on the Closing Date, will have been duly executed and delivered by Sunshine, the Company and each Guarantor and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Trustee or the Initial Purchasers respectively, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and each Guarantor, enforceable against the Company and each Guarantor in accordance with their respective terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and (iv) as to rights of indemnification and contribution, federal and state laws and principles of public policy; and the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement will conform in all material respects to the description thereof in the Final Memorandum.

(n) The Indenture conforms in all material respects to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"), and to the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture that is qualified thereunder.

(o) The Notes have been duly authorized by Sunshine and, when executed and authenticated in the manner provided for in the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers as provided in this Agreement, immediately prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Sunshine, enforceable against Sunshine in accordance with their terms, and immediately following the consummation of the Acquisition, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms except that, in each case, the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, (iii) implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and (iv) as to rights of indemnification and contribution, federal and state laws and principles of public policy, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; the Guarantees, as of the Closing Date, will have been duly authorized by each Guarantor and upon the due issuance and delivery of the related Notes and the due endorsement of the Guarantees thereon, will have been duly executed, endorsed and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of each of the Guarantors, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture; the Exchange Notes (as

-6-

defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) have been duly authorized by Sunshine and as of the Closing Date, will have been duly authorized by the Company and, when executed and authenticated in the manner provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company, in accordance with their terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and (iv) as to rights of indemnification and contribution, federal and state laws and principles of public policy, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture; the Guarantees of the Exchange Notes, as of the Closing Date, will have been duly authorized by each Guarantor and upon the due issuance and delivery of the related Exchange Notes and the due endorsement of the Guarantees thereon, will have been duly executed, endorsed and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of each of the Guarantors, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture; and the Notes and the Exchange Notes will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Final Memorandum.

(p) The execution, delivery and performance by Sunshine, the Company and each Guarantor of the Transaction Documents, the issuance and sale of the Notes, the issuance of the Guarantees and the compliance by Sunshine, the Company and each Guarantor with all of the provisions of the Notes, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Joinder Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i) conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or loan agreement, stockholders' agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which Sunshine, the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which Sunshine, the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or any of their respective properties are subject (except such as will not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect), or with the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of Sunshine, the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental authority or court or any arbitrator applicable to Sunshine, the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) require the consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or filing or qualification with, any governmental authority or court, or body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over Sunshine, the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than those consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or filings or qualifications that have been obtained prior to delivery of the Notes or which, if not obtained, would not have a Material Adverse Effect), except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer or sale of the Notes and by Federal and state securities laws with respect to the obligations of Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors under the Registration Rights Agreement.

(q) No legal or governmental proceeding or investigation is pending or, to the knowledge of Sunshine and, as of the Closing Date, the Company, threatened to which Sunshine, the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of Sunshine, the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, other than proceedings

-7-

described in the Final Memorandum that, if determined adversely to Sunshine, the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would not, singly or when aggregated with other proceedings based on the same facts, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(r) Each of the Company and each Guarantor is not now nor after giving effect to the issuance of the Notes and the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or described in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum will be (in each case on a consolidated basis) (i) insolvent, (ii) left with unreasonably small capital with which to engage in its anticipated business or (iii) incurring debts or other obligations beyond its ability to pay such debts or obligations as they become due.

(s) None of Sunshine, the Company and its Affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act ("Regulation D")) have distributed or, prior to the later of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) the completion of the distribution of the Notes, will distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes other than the Preliminary Memorandum, the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(t) The statements set forth in the Final Memorandum under the caption "Description of Notes," insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture, and under the captions "Description of New Senior Credit Facilities," "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights" and "Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations," insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects.

(u) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all items of real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by each of them free and clear of any pledge, lien, encumbrance, security interest or other defect or claim of any third party, except as described in the Final Memorandum or incurred under the Credit Agreement or to the extent the failure to have such title or the existence of such pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests, defects or claims would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Any property leased by the Company and its subsidiaries is held under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases, and there is no default under any such lease or any other event that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default thereunder, except as described in the Final Memorandum and except as there is no Material Adverse Effect.

(v) No "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder ("ERISA"), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code")) or "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) or any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA (other than events with respect to which the 30-day notice requirement under Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived) has occurred, exists or is reasonably expected

-8-

to occur with respect to any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) which the Company or any of its subsidiaries maintains, contributes to or has any obligation to contribute to, or with respect to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has any liability, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise (a "Plan"); each Plan is in compliance with its terms and applicable law, including ERISA and the Code (except where the failure to comply could not have a Material Adverse Effect); none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has incurred or expects to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Plan; and each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and has received a favorable determination letter and, to the Company's knowledge, nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.

(w) Except as disclosed in each Memorandum, no labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, is imminent or, to the Company's knowledge, is threatened that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(x) The Company and each of its subsidiaries owns or otherwise possesses adequate rights to use all material patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights, all applications and registrations for each of the foregoing, and all other material proprietary rights and confidential information necessary to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted; none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice, or is otherwise aware, of any infringement of or conflict with the rights of any third party with respect to any of the foregoing.

(y) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries carries insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as it believes to be consistent with industry practice to protect the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses.

(z) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries has complied with all laws, ordinances, regulations and orders applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses, and none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice to the contrary; and each of the Company and its subsidiaries possesses all certificates, authorizations, permits, licenses, approvals, orders and franchises necessary to conduct their respective businesses (collectively, "Licenses") in the manner and to the full extent now operated or proposed to be operated as described in the Final Memorandum, in each case issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities (collectively, the "Agencies"), and each other federal, state and local agency the regulations of which are applicable to the businesses or products of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Licenses are in full force and effect and no proceeding has been instituted or threatened in writing which in any manner affects or calls into question the validity or effectiveness thereof.

-9-

(aa) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), to the extent currently applicable.

(bb) Neither Sunshine, the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its certificate of incorporation or its bylaws; and no default or breach exists, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default in the due performance and observation of any term, covenant or condition of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, loan agreement, stockholders' agreement or any other agreement or instrument ("Contracts") to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of their respective properties are subject except such default or breach in the due performance and observation of the terms of Contracts that, singly or in the aggregate, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(cc) Except as otherwise set forth in the Final Memorandum and except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries has filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty relating to taxes levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith and for which the Company and its subsidiaries retain adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(dd) Except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between Sunshine, the Company or any of its subsidiaries and any person granting such person the right to require Sunshine, the Company or any of its subsidiaries to file a registration statement under the Securities Act or to require Sunshine or the Company to include any securities held by any person in any registration statement filed by Sunshine or the Company under the Securities Act.

(ee) Neither Sunshine, the Company nor any Guarantor is, nor after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Notes and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Memorandum under the caption "Use of Proceeds" will be, an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act").

(ff) Within the preceding six months, none of Sunshine, the Company or any of its Affiliates has, directly or through any agent, made offers or sales of any security of the Company, or solicited offers to buy, any securities of the Company of the same or a similar class as the Notes, other than the Notes offered or sold to the Initial Purchasers hereunder.

(gg) None of Sunshine, the Company or any of its Affiliates has, directly or through any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which no statement is made), offered, solicited offers to buy or sold the Notes by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D)

-10-

or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

(hh) None of Sunshine, the Company, any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which no statement is made), has engaged in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Notes, and each of them has complied with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(ii) None of Sunshine, the Company or any of its Affiliates has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Notes; nor has the Company or any of its Affiliates paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any securities of the Company (except as contemplated by this Agreement and disclosed in the Final Memorandum).

(jj) The Notes satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.

(kk) Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers in Section 3 hereof and compliance by the Initial Purchasers with the procedures set forth in Section 3 hereof, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and disclosed in the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum to register the Notes or the related Guarantees under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

(ll) None of the Transactions (including, without limitation, the use of proceeds from the sale of the Notes) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any regulation promulgated thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

(mm) Except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum, there are no agreements, arrangements or understandings that will require the payment of any commissions, fees or other remuneration to any investment banker, broker, finder or intermediary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(nn) Prior to the Closing Date, Sunshine has no assets, liabilities or operations other than its obligations hereunder and under the Acquisition Documents.

2. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Notes. On the basis of the representations, warranties, agreements and covenants herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, Sunshine agrees to issue and sell $205,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, and each of the Initial Purchasers, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from Sunshine the principal amount of Notes set forth opposite the name of such Initial Purchaser in Schedule I hereto at a purchase price equal to 97.75% of the principal amount thereof (the "Purchase

-11-

Price"). One or more certificates in definitive form or global form, as instructed by the Representative, for the Notes that the Initial Purchasers have severally agreed to purchase hereunder, and in such denomination or denominations and registered in such name or names as the Representative requests upon notice to Sunshine not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date (as defined below), shall be delivered by or on behalf of Sunshine to the Representative for the respective accounts of the Initial Purchasers against payment by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers of the Purchase Price therefor by wire transfer in Federal or other funds immediately available to the account of Sunshine. Such delivery of and payment for the Notes shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP ("Counsel for the Company"), 885 Third Avenue, New York, New York at 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on November 23, 2005, or at such other place, time or date as the Representative and Sunshine may agree upon, such time and date of delivery against payment being herein referred to as the "Closing Date." Sunshine will make such certificate or certificates for the Notes available for examination by the Initial Purchasers at the New York, New York offices of Counsel for the Company not later than 9:00 A.M., New York City time on the business day prior to the Closing Date.

3. Offering of the Notes and the Initial Purchasers' Representations and Warranties. Each of the Initial Purchasers, severally and not jointly, represent and warrant to and agree with Sunshine, prior to the Closing Date, and the Company and the Guarantors, on the Closing Date, that:

(a) It is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a "QIB").

(b) It will solicit offers for such Notes only from, and will offer such Notes only to, persons that it reasonably believes to be (A) in the case of offers inside the United States, QIBs or (B) in the case of offers outside the United States, to persons other than U.S. persons ("foreign purchasers," which term shall include dealers or other professional fiduciaries in the United States acting on a discretionary basis for foreign beneficial owners (other than an estate or trust)) in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act that, in each case, in purchasing such Notes are deemed to have represented and agreed as provided in the Final Memorandum under the caption "Notice to Investors."

(c) It will not offer or sell the Notes using any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) under the Securities Act.

(d) With respect to offers and sales outside the United States:

(i) at or prior to the confirmation of any sale of any Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S, it will have sent to each distributor, dealer or other person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Notes from it during the distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) a confirmation or notice substantially to the following effect:

"The Notes covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),

-12-

and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons, (i) as part of their distribution at any time; or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Terms used above have the meanings given to them by Regulation S"; and

(ii) such Initial Purchaser has offered the Notes and will offer and sell the Notes (A) as part of its distribution at any time and (B) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S or as otherwise permitted in Section 3(b); accordingly, such Initial Purchaser has not engaged nor will engage in any directed selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S) with respect to the Notes, and such Initial Purchasers has complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirements of Regulation S.

Terms used in this Section 3(d) have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

(e) In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), with effect from and including the date on which Directive 2003/71/EC (including any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, the "Prospectus Directive") is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") it has not made and will not make an offer of Notes to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the notes that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Notes to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time (i) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; (ii) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than E43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than E50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or (iii) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. For the purpose of this clause (e), the expression of an "offer of Notes to the public" in relation to any Notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State.

(f) It has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment

-13-

activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000 (the "FSMA") received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer.

(g) It has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

4. Covenants of the Company. To the extent applicable, Sunshine agrees that and, upon execution and delivery of the Joinder Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally agree, in each case, with each Initial Purchaser that:

(a) The Issuer will prepare the Final Memorandum in the form approved by the Representative and will not amend or supplement the Final Memorandum without first furnishing to the Representative a copy of such proposed amendment or supplement and will not use any amendment or supplement to which the Representative may reasonably object.

(b) The Issuer will promptly furnish to the Initial Purchasers and to Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP ("Counsel for the Initial Purchasers"), without charge, as many copies of the Final Memorandum and any amendments and supplements thereto as they reasonably may request.

(c) At any time prior to the completion of the distribution of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers, if any event occurs or condition exists as a result of which the Final Memorandum, as then amended or supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it should be necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum to comply with applicable law, the Issuer will promptly (i) notify the Initial Purchasers of the same; (ii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
Section 4, prepare and provide to the Initial Purchasers, at its own expense, an amendment or supplement to the Final Memorandum so that the statements in the Final Memorandum as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Final Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading in any material respects or so that the Final Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law; and (iii) supply any supplemented or amended Final Memorandum to the Initial Purchasers and Counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, in such quantities as may be reasonably requested.

(d) The Issuer will cooperate with the Initial Purchasers in arranging for the qualification of the Notes for offering and sale under the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably designate and will continue such qualifications in effect for as long as may be reasonably necessary to complete the resale of the Notes; provided, however, that in connection therewith, none of Sunshine, the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

-14-

(e) At any time prior to the completion of the distribution of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers, the Issuer will deliver to the Initial Purchasers and, prior to the Closing Date, will use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Company and the Guarantors will deliver to the Initial Purchasers, such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries as the Initial Purchasers may from time to time reasonably request and whenever it or any of its subsidiaries publishes or makes available to the public (by filing with any regulatory authority or securities exchange or by publishing a press release or otherwise) any information that would reasonably be expected to be material in the context of the issuance of the Notes under this Agreement, shall promptly notify the Initial Purchasers as to the nature of such information or event. The Issuer will likewise notify the Initial Purchasers of (i) any decrease in the rating of the Notes or any other debt securities of the Company by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act) or (ii) any written notice or public announcement given by any rating organization of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating or that any such securities rating agency has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of the Notes, as soon as the Issuer becomes aware of any such decrease, notice or public announcement. The Issuer will also, for a period of two years from the Closing Date, deliver to the Initial Purchasers, upon request, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission (except to the extent otherwise available on EDGAR).

(f) For a period of two years after the Closing Date, the Issuer will not, and, prior to the Closing Date, Sunshine will use its best efforts to ensure that the Company and the Guarantors will not, or permit any of their respective Affiliates to, resell any of the Notes that have been acquired by any of them that constitute "restricted securities" under Rule 144, other than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act

(g) Except as contemplated in the Registration Rights Agreement, none of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates and, prior to the Closing Date, Sunshine will use its best efforts to ensure that none of the Company or the Guarantors, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers or any of their respective Affiliates, as to which no statement is made), will, (i) directly or indirectly, make offers or sales of any security, or solicit offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Notes under the Securities Act or (ii) sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any securities of the same or a similar class as the Notes, other than the Notes offered or sold to the Initial Purchasers hereunder, in a manner which would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Notes.

(h) None of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers or any of their respective Affiliates, as to which no statement is made), will, and Sunshine, prior to the Closing Date, will use its best efforts to ensure that none of the Company or the Guarantors will, solicit any offer to buy or offer to sell the Notes by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

-15-

(i) None of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates and, prior to the Closing Date, Sunshine will use its best efforts to ensure that none of the Company or the Guarantors, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers or any of their respective Affiliates, as to which no statement is made), will engage in any directed selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S) with respect to the Notes, and each of them will comply with the offering restrictions requirements of Regulation S.

(j) So long as any of the Notes are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, at any time that the Issuer is not then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will provide at its expense to each holder of the Notes and to each prospective purchaser (as designated by such holder) of the Notes, upon the request of such holder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(k) The Issuer will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes as set forth under "Use of Proceeds" in the Final Memorandum.

(l) Until completion of the distribution, neither the Issuer nor any of its Affiliates will take, and, prior to the Closing Date, Sunshine will use its best efforts to ensure that none of the Company or the Guarantors, nor any of their respective affiliates, will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Issuer to facilitate the sale or resale of the Notes.

(m) Each Note will bear a legend substantially to the following effect until such legend shall no longer be necessary or advisable because the Notes are no longer subject to the restrictions on transfer described therein:

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF, THE SECURITIES ACT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED IN THE INDENTURE UNDER WHICH THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED AND THE OFFERING MEMORANDUM PURSUANT TO WHICH THIS NOTE WAS ORIGINALLY SOLD. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT

-16-

HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY A PROPOSED TRANSFEREE OF THE NOTICE OF
THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE NOTE.

THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED OR HELD WITH THE ASSETS OF (I) AN "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN" (AS DEFINED IN THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO ERISA,
(II) A "PLAN" DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (III) ANY ENTITY DEEMED TO HOLD "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN'S OR PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY, OR (IV) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN OR CHURCH PLAN SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE ("SIMILAR LAW"), UNLESS THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY BY THE PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE, THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY, ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS UNDER ERISA AND
SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY PROVISIONS OF SIMILAR LAW, AS APPLICABLE, PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS. BY ITS ACQUISITION OR HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED.

(n) The Issuer will not, and, prior to the Closing Date, Sunshine will use its best efforts to ensure that the Company and the Guarantors will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any debt securities of the Issuer or warrants to purchase debt securities of the Issuer substantially similar to the Notes (other than the Notes offered pursuant to this Agreement) for a period of 90 days after the date hereof, without the prior written consent of Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.

(o) The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that the Initial Purchasers are acting solely in the capacity of an arm's length contractual counterparty to the Issuer with respect to the offering of the Notes and the Guarantees contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Issuer or any other person. Additionally, no Initial Purchaser is advising the Issuer or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Issuer shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making their own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Initial

-17-

Purchasers shall have no responsibility or liability to the Issuer with respect thereto. Any review by the Initial Purchasers of the Issuer, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

5. Expenses.

(a) The Company and the Guarantors will pay or cause to be paid (provided that, if the transactions contemplated by this agreement are not consummated, Sunshine will pay or cause to be paid) all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of Counsel for Sunshine, the Company and the Company's accountants in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation of each Memorandum and all amendments and supplements thereto, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the delivering of copies thereof to the Initial Purchasers, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) all filing fees, attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by Sunshine, the Company, the Guarantors or the Initial Purchasers in connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or registration of) all or part of the Notes for offer and sale under the securities laws of the several states of the United States, the provinces of Canada or other jurisdictions reasonably designated by the Initial Purchasers (including, without limitation, the cost of preparing, printing and mailing preliminary and final blue sky or legal investment memoranda and any related supplements to the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum, (iv) any fees charged by rating agencies for the rating of the Notes, (v) the fees and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the admission of the Notes for trading in PORTAL or any appropriate market system, (vi) the costs and charges of the Trustee and any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (vii) the cost of the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Notes, (viii) all costs and expenses relating to investor presentations, including any "road show" presentations undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Notes, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations that have been approved in writing by the Company or Sunshine, travel and lodging expenses of the officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show approved by the Company or Sunshine in writing, and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company or Sunshine hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section.

(b) If the sale of the Notes provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in
Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9(a)(y) hereof or because of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of Sunshine to perform all obligations and satisfy all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder other than by reason of a default by any of the Initial Purchasers, Sunshine will reimburse the Initial Purchasers upon demand for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Notes.

-18-

6. Conditions to the Initial Purchasers' Obligations. The obligations of the several Initial Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Notes shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors in Section 1 hereof, in each case as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, as if made on and as of the Closing Date, to the performance by Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors of their covenants and agreements hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) The Initial Purchasers shall have received opinions, dated the Closing Date, of (i) Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors and (ii) local counsel in the jurisdiction of incorporation of certain Guarantors, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

(b) The Initial Purchasers shall have received an opinion, dated the Closing Date, of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, Counsel for the Initial Purchasers, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Notes and such other related matters as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably require, and Sunshine shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as it may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling it to pass upon such matters.

(c) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date a letter, dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and Counsel for the Initial Purchasers, from each of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and KPMG LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in each Memorandum. References to the Final Memorandum in this paragraph (c) with respect to either letter referred to above shall include any amendment or supplement thereto at the date of such letter.

(d) (i) None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), any loss or interference with their respective businesses or properties from fire, explosion, flood, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree (whether domestic or foreign) otherwise than as set forth in the Final Memorandum or as except as would otherwise not have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum, there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, or any change in or effect on or any development having a prospective change in or effect on the business, operations, properties, assets, liabilities, stockholders' equity, earnings, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or management of the Company and its subsidiaries, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, otherwise than as set forth in each such Memorandum, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (ii), is, in the sole judgment of the Representative, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Notes on

-19-

the terms and in the manner described in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(e) The Initial Purchasers shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, of the President or Vice President of each of Sunshine and the Company as to the accuracy of its representations and warranties in this Agreement at and as of the Closing Date; that Sunshine or the Company, as applicable, has performed all covenants and agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date; and as to the matters set forth in Section 6(d) (except that, with respect to the matters set forth in Section 6(d), such matters shall be to the best of its knowledge).

(f) The Initial Purchasers shall have received a counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement, which shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company, each of the Guarantors and Sunshine.

(g) The Indenture shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and Sunshine, the Notes shall have been duly executed and delivered by Sunshine and duly authenticated by the Trustee and the Guarantees shall have been duly executed and delivered by each of the Guarantors.

(h) The Notes shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream Banking and the Euroclear System.

(i) The Company and the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered the Credit Documents and the Initial Purchasers shall have received copies thereof. Each condition to the closing contemplated by the Credit Documents (other than the issuance and sale of the Notes and Guarantees pursuant hereto and the Acquisition) will, on or prior to the Closing Date, have been satisfied or waived. There shall not exist at, and as of, the Closing Date (after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) any conditions that would constitute a default (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under the Credit Documents. The Company shall receive not less than $275.0 million in gross proceeds of initial borrowings under the Credit Documents simultaneously with the payment for the Notes.

(j) Each condition to the closing contemplated by the Acquisition Documents (other than the issuance and sale of the Notes and Guarantees pursuant hereto and the effectiveness of the Credit Documents) will, on or prior to the Closing Date, have been satisfied or waived. There shall not exist at, and as of, the Closing Date (after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) any conditions that would constitute a default (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under the Acquisition Documents.

(k) On or before the Closing Date, the Initial Purchasers and Counsel for the Initial Purchasers shall have received such further certificates, documents or other information as they may have reasonably requested from the Company.

-20-

(l) At the Closing Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall have entered into the Joinder Agreement and the Representative shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed, thereof.

7. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) Sunshine agrees and, upon due authorization, execution and delivery of the Joinder Agreement, the Company and each Guarantor will, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Initial Purchaser against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Initial Purchaser or such other person may become subject in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto; or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, and will reimburse, as incurred, each Initial Purchaser and each such other person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Initial Purchaser or such other person in connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company, the Guarantors and Sunshine will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Memorandum, the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Sunshine or the Company by such Initial Purchasers specifically for use therein as set forth in Section 11 hereof. In addition, the Company, the Guarantors and Sunshine, as applicable, shall not be liable under this Section 7 for any settlement of any claim or action effected without their prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless as of the date hereof, Sunshine and, upon execution and delivery of the Joinder Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors and their respective directors, officers, and each person, if any, who controls any of Sunshine, the Company or the Guarantors, as applicable, within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which Sunshine, the Company, the Guarantors, any such affiliates, directors or officers or such controlling person may become subject, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with

-21-

written information furnished to Sunshine or the Company by such Initial Purchaser specifically for use therein as set forth in Section 11 hereof and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, will reimburse as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by Sunshine, the Company or the Guarantors or any such affiliates, directors or officers or such controlling person in connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof.

(c) Promptly after receipt by any person to whom indemnity may be available under this Section 7 (the "indemnified party") of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any person from whom indemnity may be sought under this Section 7 (the "indemnifying party"), notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify such indemnifying party will not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to such indemnified party under this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure and shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to such indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 7. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and such indemnified party notifies the relevant indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, that if the named parties in any such action (including impleaded parties) include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have concluded, based on advice of outside counsel, that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party or that representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties and such indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to defend such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. After notice from an indemnifying party to an indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and approval by such indemnified party of counsel appointed to defend such action, such indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this
Section 7 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) such indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that in connection with such action the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the reasonable expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to one local counsel in any jurisdiction) in any one action or separate but substantially similar actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, designated by the Initial Purchasers in the case of paragraph (a) of this
Section 7 or the Company or the Guarantors in the case of paragraph (b) of this
Section 7, representing indemnified parties under such paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, who are parties to such action or actions) or
(ii) such indemnifying party does not promptly retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party or (iii) such indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for such indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. After such notice from an indemnifying party to an indemnified

-22-

party, such indemnifying party will not be liable for the costs and expenses of any settlement of such action effected by such indemnified party without the written consent of such indemnifying party. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by (i), (ii) or (iii) of the third sentence of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (x) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (y) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party or any other person that may be entitled to indemnification hereunder is a party to such claim, action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party and such other persons from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not contain any statement as to or finding of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) In circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 is unavailable or insufficient, for any reason, to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein ("Losses"), Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, in order to provide for just and equitable contribution, agree to contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Losses to which Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, may be subject, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, from the offering of the Notes and the relative fault of Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses. The relative benefits received by Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors bear to the total discounts and commissions received by the Initial Purchasers from Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors in connection with the purchase of the Notes hereunder as set forth in the Final Memorandum. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by Sunshine, the Company, the Guarantors or the Initial Purchasers, the parties' intent, relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission, and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances. Sunshine, the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph (d), no Initial Purchaser shall be obligated to make contributions hereunder that in the aggregate

-23-

exceed the total discounts and commissions received by such Initial Purchaser from Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors in connection with the purchase of the Notes hereunder, and no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Initial Purchasers' respective obligations to contribute hereunder are several in proportion to their respective obligations to purchase Notes as set forth on Schedule I hereto and not joint. For purposes of this paragraph (d), the affiliates, directors, officers of, and each person, if any, who controls, an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each other person listed in
Section 7(a) hereof shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, and each director or officer of Sunshine, the Company or any Guarantor and each person, if any, who controls Sunshine or the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors.

8. Survival. The respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, indemnities and other statements of Sunshine, the Company, the Guarantors, their respective officers, and the several Initial Purchasers set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of Sunshine, the Company, the Guarantors, their respective officers or directors or any controlling person referred to in
Section 7 hereof or any Initial Purchaser and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Notes. The respective agreements, covenants, indemnities and other statements set forth in Sections 5, 7, 8, 12, 13, 14 and 15 hereof shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

9. Termination.

(a) The Initial Purchasers may terminate this Agreement with respect to the Notes by notice to Sunshine at any time on or prior to the Closing Date
(y) in the event that Sunshine, the Company or any Guarantor shall have failed, refused or been unable to perform in any material respect all obligations and satisfy in any material respect all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior thereto or (z) if, at or prior to the Closing Date, (i) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, or trading in any securities of the Company on any exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, shall have been suspended or minimum or maximum prices shall have been established on any such exchange or market; (ii) there has been a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States; (iii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by New York, North Carolina or United States authorities; or (iv) there shall have been (A) an outbreak or escalation of hostilities between the United States and any foreign power, (B) an outbreak or escalation of any other insurrection or armed conflict involving the United States, (C) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis involving the United States or (D) any change in general economic, political or financial conditions which has an effect on the U.S. financial markets that, in the case of any event described in this clause (iv), in the sole judgment of the Initial Purchasers, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes as disclosed in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum, exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto.

-24-

(b) Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9 shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Sections 5 and 7 hereof.

10. Defaulting Initial Purchasers. If, on the Closing Date, any Initial Purchaser defaults in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers shall be obligated to purchase the Notes that such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase on the Closing Date (the "Remaining Notes") in the respective proportions that the principal amount of the Notes set opposite the name of each non-defaulting Initial Purchaser in Schedule I hereto bears to the total number of the Notes set opposite the names of all the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers in Schedule I hereto; provided, however, that the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers shall not be obligated to purchase any of the Notes on the Closing Date if the total amount of Notes which the defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed to purchase on such date exceeds 10% of the total amount of Notes to be purchased on the Closing Date, and no non-defaulting Initial Purchaser shall be obligated to purchase more than 110% of the amount of Notes that it agreed to purchase on the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement. If the foregoing maximums are exceeded, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers, or those other purchasers satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers who so agree, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase, in such proportion as may be agreed upon among them, all the Remaining Notes. If the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers or other Initial Purchasers satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers do not elect to purchase the Remaining Notes, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Initial Purchaser or Sunshine, except that Sunshine will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses to the extent set forth herein.

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve a defaulting Initial Purchaser of any liability it may have to Sunshine for damages caused by its default. If other purchasers are obligated or agree to purchase the Notes of a defaulting or withdrawing Initial Purchaser, Sunshine or the Representative may postpone the Closing Date for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes in the Note Documents or in any other document or arrangement that, in the opinion of counsel for Sunshine or Counsel for the Initial Purchasers, may be necessary.

11. Information Supplied by Initial Purchasers. The statements set forth in the second sentence of the third paragraph and the third sentence of the sixth paragraph under the heading "Plan of Distribution" in the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, to the extent such statements relate to the Initial Purchasers, constitute the only information furnished by the Initial Purchasers to Sunshine or the Company for the purposes of Sections 1(a) and 7 hereof.

12. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and, if sent to any of the Initial Purchasers, shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission and confirmed in writing to Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, One Wachovia Center, 301 South College Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0604, Attention: Jim Jeffries, with a copy to Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, 80 Pine Street, New York, New York, Attention: Luis R. Penalver, Esq., if sent to the Issuer, shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission and confirmed in writing to the Issuer at SS&C Technologies, Inc., 80 Lamberton Road, Windsor, CT 06095, Attention: Patrick Pedonti, with copies to Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., c/o The Carlyle Group, 101 South Tryon Street, Charlotte NC 28280, Attention: Claudius E. Watts, IV

-25-

and Todd Newnam and Latham & Watkins LLP, 885 Third Avenue, Suite 1000, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Ian Blumenstein, Esq.

13. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the several Initial Purchasers, Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors and their respective successors and legal representatives, and nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement, or any provisions herein contained, this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of the several Initial Purchasers, Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors and their respective successors and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, except that (i) the indemnities of Sunshine and the Company contained in Section 7 of this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of any person or persons who control any Initial Purchasers within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act and (ii) the indemnities of the Initial Purchasers contained in Section 7 of this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the affiliates, directors and officers of Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors, and any person or persons who control Sunshine, the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act. No purchaser of Notes from any Initial Purchaser shall be deemed a successor to such Initial Purchaser because of such purchase.

14. Applicable Law. THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY THEREIN, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY PROVISIONS THEREOF RELATING TO CONFLICTS OF LAW.

15. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.

(a) All judicial proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the City and State of New York, which jurisdiction is non-exclusive.

(b) Each party agrees that any service of process or other legal summons in connection with any Proceeding may be served on it by mailing a copy thereof by registered mail, or a form of mail substantially equivalent thereto, postage prepaid, addressed to the served party at its address as provided for in
Section 12 hereof. Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of the parties to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

-26-

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please indicate your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute an agreement binding Sunshine and the Initial Purchasers.

Very truly yours,

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.

By: /s/ Claudius E. Watts, IV
    ------------------------------------
Name:
      ----------------------------------
Title:
       ---------------------------------

Accepted as of the date hereof.

WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ---------------------------------
Name:
      -------------------------------
Title:
       ------------------------------

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

By: /s/ Jacob Steinberg
    ---------------------------------
Name: Jacob Steinberg
Title: Vice President

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ---------------------------------
Name:
      -------------------------------
Title:
       ------------------------------

[Purchase Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF OPINIONS

1. Each of Sunshine, the Company and each of the Guarantors is a corporation with corporate power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum. Based on certificates from public officials, we confirm that each of Sunshine, the Company and each of the Guarantors is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its State of incorporation or formation and is qualified to do business in the states set forth opposite its name on Schedule A hereto, in each case as of the date set forth on such Schedule.

2. All of the outstanding equity interests of Sunshine reflected in the stock transfer ledger of the Sunshine have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and, to our knowledge, were not issued in violation of any contractual, preemptive or similar rights.

3. The Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Sunshine, and the Purchase Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Sunshine. Upon the (i) consummation of the Acquisition on the date hereof in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreements, (ii) adoption of the resolutions of the Board of Directors or Board of Members, as applicable, of each of the Company and each of the Guarantors on the date hereof in the form presented to us, (iii) execution of the Joinder Agreement on the date hereof by an authorized officer of each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, and
(iv) delivery on the date hereof of the Joinder Agreement by each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, the Joinder Agreement will be duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as applicable, of each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, and the Joinder Agreement will be duly executed and delivered by each of the Company and each of the Guarantors.

4. The Indenture meets the requirements for qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture that is qualified thereunder.

5. The Indenture has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Sunshine, has been duly executed and delivered by Sunshine and is the valid and legally binding agreement of Sunshine enforceable against Sunshine in accordance with its terms. Upon the (i) consummation of the Acquisition on the date hereof in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreements, (ii) adoption of the resolutions of the Board of Directors or Board of Members, as applicable, of each of the Company and each of the Guarantors on the date hereof in the form presented to us, (iii) execution of the Indenture on the date hereof by an authorized officer of each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, and (iv) delivery on the date hereof of the Indenture by each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, the Indenture will be duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as applicable, of each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, the indenture will be duly executed and delivered by each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, the indenture will be the valid and legally binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, and

A-1

the indenture, including the guarantee contained therein, will be the legally valid and binding agreement of each of the Guarantors enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms.

6. The Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Sunshine and, when executed, issued and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, will be the valid and legally binding obligations of Sunshine and, upon consummation of the Acquisition, the Company, enforceable against Sunshine and the Company in accordance with their terms. A registered holder of Notes will be a beneficiary under the Indenture.

7. Upon the (i) consummation of the Acquisition on the date hereof in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreements, (ii) adoption of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company on the date hereof in the form presented to us, the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to the registered exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement will be duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company.

8. The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Sunshine, has been duly executed and delivered by Sunshine and is the valid and legally binding agreement of Sunshine enforceable against Sunshine in accordance with its terms. Upon the (i) consummation of the Acquisition on the date hereof in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreements, (ii) adoption of the resolutions of the Board of Directors or Board of Members, as applicable, of each of the Company and each of the Guarantors on the date hereof in the form presented to us, (iii) execution of the Registration Rights Agreement on the date hereof by an authorized officer of each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, and (iv) delivery on the date hereof of the Registration Rights Agreement by each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, the Registration Rights Agreement will be duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as applicable, of each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, will be duly executed and delivered by each of the Company and each of the Guarantors, and will be the valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors and enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

9. The statements set forth in the Offering Memorandum under the caption "Description of New Senior Credit Facilities," insofar as such statements purport to describe or summarize the terms of the agreements referred to therein, and under the captions "Description of Notes" and "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights," insofar as such statements purport to describe or summarize certain provisions of the Notes, the Guarantees, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, are accurate summaries or descriptions in all material respects.

10. The execution and delivery by Sunshine of the Purchase Agreement, each of the Company and the Guarantors of the Joinder Agreement, and each of Sunshine, the Company and the Guarantors of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, and the issuance and sale of the Notes by Sunshine and Company and the issuance of the Guarantees by the Guarantors to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement on the date of this opinion do not:

A-2

(i) result in a breach of or a default under any contract listed on Schedule B annexed hereto, except for any such breach or default that would not individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the ability of Sunshine, the Company and each Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement;

(ii) violate the Certificates of Incorporation or Articles of Organization, as applicable, and Bylaws or Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement, as applicable, as amended to date, of Sunshine, the Company and each of the Guarantors;

(iii) assuming compliance with all applicable state securities or "Blue Sky" laws and assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers in Section 3 of the Purchase Agreement, violate any federal or New York statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company; or

(iv) require any consents, approvals or authorizations to be obtained by Sunshine, the Company or the Guarantors from, or any registrations, declarations or filings to be made by Sunshine, the Company or the Guarantors with, any governmental authority under any federal or New York statute, rule or regulation applicable to Sunshine, the Company or the Guarantors on or prior to the date hereof.

11. With your consent based solely on a certificate of an officer of the Company as to factual matters, immediately after giving effect to the sale of the Notes in accordance with the Purchase Agreement and the application of the proceeds as described in the Offering Memorandum under the caption "Use of Proceeds," neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors will be required to be registered as an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

12. No registration of the Notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and no qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, is required for the purchase of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers or the initial resale of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers in each case, in the manner contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the Offering Memorandum. We express no opinion, however, as to when or under what circumstances any Notes initially sold by you may be reoffered or resold.

FORM OF NEGATIVE ASSURANCE LETTER

Based on our participation, review and reliance as described above, we advise you that no facts came to our attention that caused us to believe that the Offering Memorandum, as of its date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; it being understood that we express no belief with respect to the financial statements, schedules, or other financial data included in, or omitted from, the Offering Memorandum.

A-3

SCHEDULE I

INITIAL PURCHASERS

                                     Aggregate Principal
                                    Amount of Notes to Be
       Initial Purchaser         Purchased from the Company
       -----------------         --------------------------
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC           $ 92,250,000
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.             $ 82,000,000
Banc of America Securities LLC          $ 30,750,000
   Total                                $205,000,000

S-I-1


SCHEDULE II

GUARANTORS

OMR Systems Corporation, a New Jersey corporation SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC, a New York limited liability company Financial Models Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation Financial Models Company Ltd., a New York corporation Open Information Systems, Inc., a Connecticut corporation

S-II-1


EXHIBIT B

JOINDER AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. ("Sunshine") and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the "Initial Purchasers") heretofore executed and delivered a Purchase Agreement, dated November 17, 2005 (the "Purchase Agreement"), providing for the issuance and sale of the Notes (as defined therein); and

WHEREAS, as a condition to the consummation of the offering of the Notes, SS&C Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") and each Guarantor (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) that was originally not a party thereto has agreed to join in the Purchase Agreement on the Closing Date.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and each Guarantor hereby agrees for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers, as follows:

1. Joinder. Each of the undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Purchase Agreement and all other documents it deems fit to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the "Joinder Agreement"), and acknowledges and agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Purchase Agreement as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable to the Company or the Guarantors, as applicable, in the Purchase Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, each signatory hereto; and (iii) perform all obligations and duties required of the Company or the Guarantors, as applicable, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Company and the Guarantors. Each of the undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Initial Purchasers that it has all the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken and that this Joinder Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against each of the undersigned in accordance with its terms.

3. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or facsimile or "pdf" file thereof), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Ex. B-1


4. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties thereto.

5. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

6. APPLICABLE LAW. THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY THEREIN.

Ex. B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement this 23rd day of November, 2005.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION

By:

Name:
Title:

SS&C FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC

By:

Name:
Title:

FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.

By:

Name:
Title:

Ex. B-3


OPEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

Ex. B-4


EXHIBIT 4.7

JOINDER AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. ("Sunshine") and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the "Initial Purchasers") heretofore executed and delivered a Purchase Agreement, dated November 17, 2005 (the "Purchase Agreement"), providing for the issuance and sale of the Notes (as defined therein); and

WHEREAS, as a condition to the consummation of the offering of the Notes, SS&C Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") and each Guarantor (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) that was originally not a party thereto has agreed to join in the Purchase Agreement on the Closing Date.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and each Guarantor hereby agrees for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers, as follows:

1. Joinder. Each of the undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Purchase Agreement and all other documents it deems fit to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the "Joinder Agreement"), and acknowledges and agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Purchase Agreement as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable to the Company or the Guarantors, as applicable, in the Purchase Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, each signatory hereto; and (iii) perform all obligations and duties required of the Company or the Guarantors, as applicable, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Company and the Guarantors. Each of the undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Initial Purchasers that it has all the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken and that this Joinder Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against each of the undersigned in accordance with its terms.

3. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or facsimile or "pdf" file thereof), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties thereto.


5. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

6. APPLICABLE LAW. THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY THEREIN.

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement this 23rd day of November, 2005.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
Name: William C. Stone
Title: Chairman & CEO

FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

SS&C FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

[Joinder Agreement to Purchase Agreement]


OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

OPEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer


EXHIBIT 4.8

JOINDER AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. ("Sunshine") and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the "Initial Purchasers") heretofore executed and delivered a Purchase Agreement, dated November 17, 2005 (the "Purchase Agreement"), providing for the issuance and sale of the Notes (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, as a condition to the consummation of the offering of the Notes, SS&C Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") and each Guarantor (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) that was originally not a party thereto executed and delivered a Joinder Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (the "Original Joinder Agreement"), to join as parties to the Purchase Agreement on the Closing Date;

WHEREAS, Sunshine, the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers heretofore executed and delivered a Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 23, 2005 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), providing for the registration rights of the Initial Purchasers and any subsequent holder or holders of the Notes; and

WHEREAS, Cogent Management Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company was not originally party to the Purchaser Agreement, the Original Joinder Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement and has agreed to become a party to the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement as a Guarantor by executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned hereby agrees for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers, as follows:

1. Joinder. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and all other documents as it deems fit to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the "Joinder Agreement"), and acknowledges and agrees (i) to join and become a party to the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement as indicated by its signature below; (ii) to be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable to the Guarantors in the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, the signatory hereto; and (iii) to perform all obligations and duties required of the Guarantors pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Guarantor. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Initial Purchasers that it has all the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, that all necessary corporate action to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly


taken and that this Joinder Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with its terms.

3. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or facsimile or "pdf" file thereof), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

5. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

6. APPLICABLE LAW. THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY THEREIN.

[Signature page follows]

-2-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement this 27th day of April, 2006.

COGENT MANAGEMENT INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: Senior Vice President & Treasurer

-3-

EXHIBIT 5.1

(WILMERHALE LOGO)

JAMES R. BURKE

+1 617 526 6062 (t)
+1 617 526 5000 (f) james.burke@wilmerhale.com

June 19, 2006

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, Connecticut 06095

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") relating to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of the issuance and exchange of up to $205,000,000 aggregate original principal amount of 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Exchange Notes") of SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the guarantees of the obligations represented by the Exchange Notes (the "Exchange Guarantees" and, together with the Exchange Notes, the "New Securities") by the subsidiaries of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto (such entities, the "Guarantors").

The New Securities are to be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005, among the Company, Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. ("Sunshine"), the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee"), which is filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 27, 2006, which is filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement (such Indenture, as supplemented by such First Supplemental Indenture being referred to collectively as the "Indenture"). The New Securities are to be issued in an exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer") for a like aggregate original principal amount of currently outstanding 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Old Notes") and the guarantees of the obligations represented by the Old Notes in accordance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among the Company, Sunshine, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein), which is filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement, as supplemented by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, which is filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Registration Statement (such Registration Rights Agreement, as supplemented by such Joinder Agreement, being referred to collectively as the "Registration Rights Agreement").

We are acting as counsel for the Company and the Guarantors in connection with the issuance by the Company and the Guarantors of the New Securities. We have examined signed copies of the Registration Statement as filed with the Commission. We have also examined and relied upon

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, 60 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Baltimore Beijing Berlin Boston Brussels London Munich New York Northern Virginia Oxford Palo Alto Waltham Washington


(WILMERHALE LOGO)

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
June 19, 2006

Page 2

the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, resolutions adopted by the board of directors or sole member, as the case may be, of the Company and each Guarantor, as provided to us by the Company and the Guarantors, the certificates of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational documents, as the case may be, of the Company and each Guarantor, each as restated and/or amended to date, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary for purposes of rendering the opinions hereinafter set forth.

In our examination of the foregoing documents, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We assume that the appropriate action will be taken, prior to the offer and exchange of the New Securities in the Exchange Offer, to register and qualify the New Securities for issuance under all applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the state laws of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal laws of the United States of America. Various issues concerning the laws of the States of Connecticut and New Jersey are addressed in the opinions filed as Exhibits 5.2 and 5.3 to the Registration Statement, which have been separately provided to you. We express no opinion with respect to those matters herein, and to the extent elements of those opinions are necessary to the conclusions expressed herein, we have, with your consent, assumed such matters.

Our opinions below are qualified to the extent that they may be subject to or affected by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, usury, fraudulent conveyance or other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, (ii) statutory or decisional law concerning recourse by creditors to security in the absence of notice or hearing, (iii) duties and standards imposed on creditors and parties to contracts, including, without limitation, requirements of good faith, reasonableness and fair dealing, and (iv) general equitable principles. We express no opinion as to the availability of any equitable or specific remedy, or as to the successful assertion of any equitable defense, upon any breach of any agreements or documents or obligations referred to herein, or any other matters, inasmuch as the availability of such remedies or defenses may be subject to the discretion of a court. In addition, we express no opinion with respect to the enforceability of any provision of the New Securities requiring the payment of interest on overdue interest.

We also express no opinion herein as to any provision of the New Securities or any agreement (a) which may be deemed to or construed to waive any right of the Company or any of the Guarantors, (b) to the effect that rights and remedies are not exclusive, that every right or remedy is cumulative and may be exercised in addition to or with any other right or remedy and does not preclude recourse to one or more other rights or remedies, (c) relating to the effect of invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the New Securities or any agreement on the validity or


(WILMERHALE LOGO)

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
June 19, 2006

Page 3

enforceability of any other provision thereof, (d) requiring the payment of penalties, consequential damages or liquidated damages, (e) which is in violation of public policy, (f) purporting to indemnify any person against his, her or its own negligence or intentional misconduct, (g) providing that the terms of the New Securities may not be waived or modified except in writing or
(h) relating to choice of law or consent to jurisdiction.

For purposes of our opinions rendered below, and without limiting any other comments and qualifications set forth herein, insofar as they relate to the enforceability against the Guarantors, we have assumed that each Guarantor has received reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration in exchange for its obligations therein or undertakings in connection therewith, and that prior to and after consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the New Securities to which they are a party, each Guarantor is not insolvent, rendered insolvent or left with unreasonably small capital within the meaning of 11 U.S.C. Section 548 and N.Y. Debt. & Cred. Law Section 270 et seq. With respect to our opinions below, we have assumed that the execution and delivery of the Indenture and the New Securities and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business of the Company and of each Guarantor under current law applicable to each Guarantor.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Exchange Notes, when executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee in the manner provided by the Indenture and issued and delivered against surrender of the Old Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture and the Exchange Offer, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits provided by the Indenture and enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, and that the Exchange Guarantees, when the Exchange Notes are issued, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture and the Exchange Offer, will be binding and valid obligations of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their respective terms.

It is understood that this opinion is to be used only in connection with the offer and exchange of the New Securities while the Registration Statement is in effect.

Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matters. This opinion is based upon currently existing statutes, rules, regulations and judicial decisions, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any of these sources of law or subsequent legal or factual developments which might affect any matters or opinions set forth herein.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and to the use of our name therein and in the related Prospectus under the caption "Validity of Securities." In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are


(WILMERHALE LOGO)

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
June 19, 2006

Page 4

in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

WILMER CUTLER PICKERING
HALE AND DORR LLP

By: /s/ James R. Burke
    ----------------------------------
    James R. Burke, a Partner


SCHEDULE A

Financial Models Company Ltd., a New York corporation Financial Models Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC, a New York limited liability company OMR Systems Corporation, a New Jersey corporation Open Information Systems, Inc., a Connecticut corporation Cogent Management Inc., a New York corporation


EXHIBIT 5.2

[LETTERHEAD OF DAY, BERRY & HOWARD LLP]

June 19, 2006

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, Connecticut 06095

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special Connecticut counsel to Open Information Systems, Inc., a Connecticut Corporation (the "Guarantor"), in connection with the issuance and exchange of up to $205,000,000 aggregate original principal amount of 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Exchange Notes") of SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the guarantee of the obligations represented by the Exchange Notes (the "Exchange Guarantee" and, together with the Exchange Notes, the "New Securities") by the Guarantor.

The New Securities are to be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005, among the Company, Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. ("Sunshine"), the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto (collectively the "Guarantors") and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee"), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 27, 2006 (such Indenture, as supplemented by such First Supplemental Indenture being referred to collectively as the "Indenture"). The New Securities are to be issued in an exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer") for a like aggregate original principal amount of currently outstanding 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Old Notes") and the guarantees of the obligations represented by the Old Notes in accordance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, as supplemented by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, (such Registration Rights Agreement, as supplemented by such Joinder Agreement, being referred to herein as the "Registration Rights Agreement"), by and among the Company, Sunshine, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein).

In rendering the opinions herein we have examined only (a) a copy, as executed, of (i) the Indenture, and (ii) the Note Guarantee whose terms are set forth in the Indenture (the "Indenture and Guarantee are collectively referred herein as "Notes Documents"); (b) a copy of resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Guarantor, (c) the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Guarantor, each, as provided to us by the Company, and such certificates of public officials, public records, and other documents as we have deemed necessary for purposes of rendering the opinions hereinafter set forth.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of Connecticut and have made no investigation of the laws of any other jurisdiction (including the laws of the United States) and express no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction. In rendering the opinions in this letter, we have assumed compliance with all such other laws.


In connection with this opinion letter, we have, with your consent, and without any independent investigation, assumed that:

(a) Each of the Notes Documents has been duly executed and delivered (or issued, as the case may be) by all parties thereto other than the Guarantor. The execution, delivery (or issuance, as the case may be) and performance of the Notes Documents by all parties thereto other than the Guarantor have been duly authorized by all requisite action, and each Note Document is a valid and binding obligation of each party thereto (including the Guarantor), and is enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms.

(b) The execution, delivery (or issuance, as the case may be) and performance of the Notes Documents by each party thereto and the consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not conflict with or violate and will not cause or result in a violation or breach of: (i) the charter documents of such party (other than the Guarantor), (ii) any law, statute, regulation or rule of any kind by which such party is bound or to which it is subject, (iii) any injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge or other restriction of a governmental agency or court of law by which such party is bound or to which it is subject (provided, however, that we do not assume that the execution and delivery (or issuance, as the case my be) of the Notes Documents by the Guarantor does not violate any state level statute or regulation of the State of Connecticut), or (iv) any contracts, instruments, agreements, injunctions, orders or decrees by which such party is bound or to which it is subject.

(c) All factual matters contained in the Notes Documents are true and correct and are not inconsistent with the opinions set forth in this letter.

(d) All signatures on all documents submitted to us for examination are genuine.

(e) All documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, all documents submitted to us as copies (certified or photocopies) conform to the original and the originals of all documents submitted as copies are authentic.

(f) All public records reviewed by us are accurate and complete.

(g) Each party to the Notes Documents is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation.

Based solely upon and subject to the qualifications, assumptions, exceptions and limitations heretofore and hereafter set forth, it is our opinion that:

1. The Guarantor's execution and delivery (or issuance, as the case may be) of the Notes Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Guarantor, and each such Notes Document has been duly executed and delivered or issued (as the case may be) by such Guarantor.

-2-

2. Except as disclosed in any of the Notes Documents or any of the schedules or exhibits thereto, the issuance of the Guarantee by the Guarantor and the execution and delivery of the Indenture by the Guarantor do not violate any statue or regulation of the State of Connecticut.

Anything in this letter to the contrary notwithstanding, we express no opinion whatsoever regarding the following:

(i) the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any of the Notes Documents or any of their respective provisions;

(ii) the truth, accuracy or completeness of any representation or warranty made by Guarantor in any Notes Documents or any other agreement, document or instrument reviewed by us in connection with this letter or the ability of any Guarantor to perform any covenant or undertaking in any of the Notes Documents to which it is a party;

(iii) the compliance of the Guarantor or the transactions contemplated by the Notes Documents with environmental laws or zoning, subdivision, land use, building or any other local laws, codes, regulations, ordinances or similar requirements; or

(iv) the compliance of the Guarantor or the transactions contemplated by the Notes Documents with (a) any law of any county, town, municipality or other political subdivision of the State of Connecticut below the state level; (b) any law or regulation concerning: taxation, labor, employee benefits, health care, patents, trademarks or copyrights; or (c) any law or regulation concerning securities, antitrust or unfair competition.

It is understood that this opinion is to be used only in connection with the offer and exchange of the New Securities while the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") relating to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") of the New Securities is in effect.

Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matters. This opinion is based upon currently existing statutes, rules, regulations and judicial decisions, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any of these sources of law or subsequent legal or factual developments which might affect any matters or opinions set forth herein.

-3-

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.2 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name therein and in the related Prospectus under the caption "Validity of Securities." In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

DAY, BERRY & HOWARD LLP

-4-

EXHIBIT 5.3

[LETTERHEAD OF FOX ROTHSCHILD LLP]

June 19, 2006

SS&C Technologies, Inc.
80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, Connecticut 06095

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have served as special New Jersey counsel for OMR Systems Corporation, a New Jersey corporation (the "New Jersey Guarantor"), in connection with the issuance and exchange of up to $205,000,000 aggregate original principal amount of 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Exchange Notes") of SS&C Technologies, Inc., A Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the guarantee by the Guarantors (as defined below), including the New Jersey Guarantor, of the obligations represented by the Exchange Notes (the "Exchange Guarantees" and, together with the Exchange Notes, the "New Securities").

The New Securities are to be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2005 (the "Original Indenture"), among the Company, Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. ("Sunshine"), and the guarantors listed on the signature page thereto (collectively, the "Guarantors"), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee"), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 27, 2006 (the "First Supplemental Indenture") (the Original Indenture, as supplemented by such First Supplemental Indenture being referred to collectively as the "Indenture"). The New Securities are to be issued in an exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer") for a like aggregate original principal amount of currently outstanding 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (collectively, the "Old Notes") and the guarantees of the obligations represented by the Old Notes in accordance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, by and among the Company, Sunshine, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein), as supplemented by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006.

This opinion is being furnished to you at the request of our client pursuant to the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

In rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents:

(a) a copy, as executed, of the Indenture;


SS&C Technologies, Inc.
June 19, 2006

Page 2

(b) a copy, as executed, of the Note Guarantee, the terms of which are set forth in the Indenture (the "Note Guarantee");

(c) a copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and Merger of the New Jersey Guarantor, filed in the Office of the Treasurer of the State of New Jersey on May 27, 1999;

(d) a copy of the Bylaws of the New Jersey Guarantor, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Bylaws of OMR Systems Corporation;

(e) a copy of the Written Consent in Lieu of a Special Meeting of the Board of Directors of the New Jersey Guarantor, dated November 23, 2005; and

(f) a Certificate of the Treasurer of the New Jersey Guarantor, dated as of the date hereof, attesting to (i) true, correct and complete copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and Merger of the New Jersey Guarantor, as amended, the Bylaws of the New Jersey Guarantor, as amended, and the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the New Jersey Guarantor approving, among other things, the Loan Documents (as defined in the immediately succeeding paragraph), each as certified to us by the New Jersey Guarantor to have been in effect on November 23, 2005, and (ii) the authorization, incumbency and signatures of certain officers of the New Jersey Guarantor.

The documents in (a) and (b) above are herein referred to collectively as the "Loan Documents." We call to your attention that we have not examined any court, real estate or commercial financing records. We have also made such examination of law as we have deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion.

In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photocopies, the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents, the accuracy and completeness of all documents and records reviewed by us, the accuracy, completeness and authenticity of each certificate issued by any government official, office or agency and the absence of change in the information contained therein from the effective date of any such certificate.

We have assumed that each of the parties to the Loan Documents other than the New Jersey Guarantor (the "Other Parties") has satisfied all applicable legal requirements necessary to make the Loan Documents enforceable against it and has complied with all legal requirements pertaining to its status as such status relates to its rights to enforce the Loan Documents against the New Jersey Guarantor. We have also assumed that the conduct of the parties to the Loan Documents complies with any requirements of good faith, fair dealing and absence of unconscionability, and there has not been any mutual mistake of fact, fraud, duress or undue influence.


SS&C Technologies, Inc.
June 19, 2006

Page 3

As to any facts material to our opinions expressed herein, we have relied upon the representations and warranties of the Company and the New Jersey Guarantor contained in the Loan Documents and upon a certificate of Patrick J. Pedonti, Treasurer of the New Jersey Guarantor, with respect to certain factual matters. In this regard, we have assumed the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by all of the Other Parties thereto, that all of the Other Parties thereto have full power and legal right to enter into the Loan Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, and that each of the Loan Documents constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the Other Parties thereto.

To the extent that a statement herein is qualified by the phrases "to our knowledge" or "known to us", or by similar phrases, it is intended to indicate that, during the course of our representation of the New Jersey Guarantor in connection with the Loan Documents, no information that would give us current actual knowledge of the inaccuracy of such statement has come to the attention of those attorneys presently in this firm who have rendered substantive legal services in connection with the representation of the New Jersey Guarantor with respect to the Loan Documents. However, we have not undertaken any independent investigation or review to determine the accuracy of any such statement, and any limited inquiry undertaken by us during the preparation of this opinion letter should not be regarded as such an investigation or review. No inference as to our knowledge of any matters bearing on the accuracy of any such statement should be drawn from the fact of our representation of the New Jersey Guarantor.

Our opinion is limited in all respects to the laws of the United States and the State of New Jersey and we express no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction. In this regard we note that each of the Loan Documents recites that it is governed by the laws of the State of New York, and for purposes of rendering the opinions herein, we have assumed, with your permission, that insofar as the laws of such jurisdiction are applicable to the matters set forth herein, such laws are identical to and will be interpreted in all respects in the same manner as the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the qualifications hereinafter set forth, we are of the opinion that:

1. The New Jersey Guarantor had the corporate power to execute and deliver each of the Loan Documents and to perform its obligations thereunder.

2. The execution and delivery by the New Jersey Guarantor of each of the Loan Documents and the performance by the New Jersey Guarantor of its obligations under the Loan Documents were duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the New Jersey Guarantor.

3. The execution and delivery by the New Jersey Guarantor of each of the Loan Documents and the performance of the obligations of the New Jersey Guarantor thereunder did


SS&C Technologies, Inc.
June 19, 2006

Page 4

not violate (a) the provisions of the New Jersey Guarantor's Certificate of Incorporation and Merger or Bylaws, or (b) any federal or New Jersey law applicable to the New Jersey Guarantor.

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the following additional qualifications:

(a) We express no opinion as to the effect of any federal or New Jersey law, rule or regulation concerning securities, trademarks, patents, copyrights, trade secrets, antitrust, taxes, pollution, hazardous substances or environmental protection, zoning, land use, building, construction, labor, protection of disabled persons, or occupational health and safety in respect of the transactions contemplated by or referred to in any of the Loan Documents, or as to any statutes, ordinances, administrative decisions, rules or regulations of any county, town, municipality or special political subdivision (whether created or enabled through legislative action at the state or regional level).

(b) We express no opinion as to the existence of or title to property or encumbrances thereon, the description of any property or the creation or the perfection of any security interest or the priority of any security interest or the perfection or the priority of any mortgage or other lien.

(c) Our opinion in paragraph 3 above as to compliance with certain statutes, rules is based upon a review (as limited by (a) above) of those federal and New Jersey statutes, rules and regulations which, in our experience, are normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(d) In rendering this opinion, we have assumed that: (i) the Other Parties have acted without notice of any defense against the enforcement of any rights created by the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (ii) there are no agreements or understandings among the parties, written or oral, and there is no usage of trade or course of prior dealing among the parties that would, in either case, define, supplement or qualify the terms of the Loan Documents; (iii) each applicable statute, rule, regulation, order and agency action affecting the parties to the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby is valid and constitutional; (iv) all parties to the Loan Documents will obtain all permits and governmental approvals required in the future, and take all actions similarly required, relevant to the subsequent consummation of any transaction among the parties to the Loan Documents or relevant to the subsequent performance of any of the Loan Documents; and (v) the Other Parties will act in accordance with, and will refrain from taking any action which is inconsistent with, the terms and conditions of any of the Loan Documents.

(e) Our opinion is based upon and relies upon the current status of law, and in all respects is subject to and may be limited by future legislation or case law.

(f) We have assumed that any interest under any Loan Documents will not be charged, accrued or collected at a rate in excess of that permitted by applicable law. Under the


SS&C Technologies, Inc.
June 19, 2006

Page 5

laws of the State of New Jersey, a loan bearing interest at a rate in excess of 30% per annum with respect to an individual, a general partnership or a limited partnership and in excess of 50% per annum with respect to a corporation, a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership may be deemed usurious and in violation of a criminal statute. For the purposes of this opinion, we have assumed that the interest payable pursuant to the Loan Documents will not, when calculated with respect to any period of time, exceed the maximum applicable rate per annum that is deemed not to be usurious under such criminal statute.

(g) We have assumed that the resolutions authorizing and approving the Loan Documents have not been amended, modified, supplemented or rescinded in any manner since November 23, 2005.

The opinions expressed herein represent our reasonable professional judgment as to the matters of law addressed herein, based upon the facts presented or assumed, and are not guarantees that a court will reach any particular result.

This opinion letter is limited to the matters stated herein, and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. This opinion letter is given as of the date hereof, and we expressly disclaim any obligation to update or supplement our opinions contained herein to reflect any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in laws that may hereafter occur.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") filed by the Company and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to the use of our name under the caption "Validity of Securities" in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

This opinion letter and the opinions contained herein may be relied on by the Company, but, except to the extent specified in the immediately preceding paragraph, may not be relied upon by any other person or entity without our prior written consent and may not be used, circulated, furnished, quoted or otherwise referred to for any other purpose without our prior written consent.

Very truly yours,

FOX ROTHSCHILD LLP


EXHIBIT 10.1

EXECUTION COPY


$350,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.,
as Initial US Borrower,

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
as Surviving US Borrower,

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES CANADA CORP.,
as CDN Borrower,

The Several Lenders from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., TORONTO BRANCH,
as Canadian Administrative Agent,

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Syndication Agent,

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Documentation Agent

Dated as of November 23, 2005


J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC. and WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC,
as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS                                                         1

   1.1   Defined Terms...................................................      1
   1.2   Other Definitional Provisions...................................     34

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS                                    35

   2.1   Term Commitments................................................     35
   2.2   Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing...............................     35
   2.3   Repayment of Term Loans.........................................     36
   2.4   Revolving Commitments...........................................     38
   2.5   Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing..........................     39
   2.6   Swingline Commitment............................................     40
   2.7   Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline
            Loans........................................................     41
   2.8   Repayment of Loans..............................................     43
   2.9   Commitment Fees, etc............................................     44
   2.10  Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments...............     44
   2.11  Optional Prepayments............................................     44
   2.12  Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions.................     45
   2.13  Conversion and Continuation Options.............................     47
   2.14  Minimum Amounts and Maximum Number of Eurocurrency Tranches.....     48
   2.15  Interest Rates and Payment Dates................................     49
   2.16  Computation of Interest and Fees................................     49
   2.17  Inability to Determine Interest Rate............................     50
   2.18  Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.................................     50
   2.19  Requirements of Law.............................................     52
   2.20  Taxes...........................................................     54
   2.21  Indemnity.......................................................     56
   2.22  Illegality......................................................     56
   2.23  Change of Lending Office........................................     56
   2.24  Replacement of Lenders..........................................     57
   2.25  Bankers' Acceptances............................................     57
   2.26  Repayment and Renewal of Bankers' Acceptances...................     60
   2.27  Circumstances Making Bankers' Acceptances Unavailable...........     60
   2.28  Incremental Term Loans..........................................     61

SECTION 3. LETTERS OF CREDIT                                                  62

   3.1   L/C Commitment..................................................     62
   3.2   Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit......................     62
   3.3   Fees and Other Charges..........................................     63
   3.4   L/C Participations..............................................     63
   3.5   Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers.......................     64
   3.6   Obligations Absolute............................................     65
   3.7   Letter of Credit Payments.......................................     65
   3.8   Applications....................................................     65

i

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                                     65

   4.1   Financial Condition.............................................     66
   4.2   No Change.......................................................     66
   4.3   Existence; Compliance with Law..................................     66
   4.4   Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.........     67
   4.5   No Legal Bar....................................................     67
   4.6   No Material Litigation..........................................     67
   4.7   No Default......................................................     67
   4.8   Ownership of Property; Liens....................................     67
   4.9   Intellectual Property...........................................     67
   4.10  Taxes...........................................................     68
   4.11  Federal Regulations.............................................     68
   4.12  ERISA...........................................................     68
   4.13  Canadian Benefit and Pension Plans..............................     69
   4.14  Investment Company Act..........................................     69
   4.15  Subsidiaries....................................................     69
   4.16  Environmental Matters...........................................     69
   4.17  Accuracy of Information, etc....................................     70
   4.18  Security Documents..............................................     70
   4.19  Solvency........................................................     71
   4.20  Regulation H....................................................     71
   4.21  Senior Indebtedness.............................................     71

SECTION 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT                                               71

   5.1   Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit.......................     71
   5.2   Conditions to Each Extension of Credit..........................     73

SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS                                              74

   6.1   Financial Statements............................................     74
   6.2   Certificates; Other Information.................................     75
   6.3   Payment of Obligations..........................................     76
   6.4   Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence, etc;
            Compliance...................................................     76
   6.5   Maintenance of Property; Insurance..............................     76
   6.6   Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions..........     77
   6.7   Notices.........................................................     77
   6.8   Additional Collateral, etc......................................     78
   6.9   Further Assurances..............................................     80
   6.10  Use of Proceeds.................................................     81
   6.11  Post Closing Leasehold Mortgages................................     81
   6.12  Completion of Company Reorganization............................     81

SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS                                                 81

   7.1   Financial Condition Covenants...................................     81
   7.2   Indebtedness....................................................     82
   7.3   Liens...........................................................     84
   7.4   Fundamental Changes.............................................     86
   7.5   Dispositions of Property........................................     87

ii

   7.6   Restricted Payments.............................................     88
   7.7   Capital Expenditures............................................     89
   7.8   Investments.....................................................     90
   7.9   Optional Payments and Modifications of Certain Debt
            Instruments..................................................     92
   7.10  Transactions with Affiliates....................................     93
   7.11  Sales and Leasebacks............................................     93
   7.12  Changes in Fiscal Periods.......................................     93
   7.13  Negative Pledge Clauses.........................................     93
   7.14  Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions....................     94
   7.15  Lines of Business...............................................     94
   7.16  Limitation on Hedge Agreements..................................     94
   7.17  Changes in Jurisdictions of Organization; Name..................     94

SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT                                                  95

SECTION 9. THE AGENTS                                                         98

   9.1   Appointment.....................................................     98
   9.2   Delegation of Duties............................................     98
   9.3   Exculpatory Provisions..........................................     98
   9.4   Reliance by Administrative Agent................................     98
   9.5   Notice of Default...............................................     99
   9.6   Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders........................     99
   9.7   Indemnification.................................................     99
   9.8   Agent in Its Individual Capacity................................    100
   9.9   Successor Administrative Agent..................................    100
   9.10  Authorization to Release Liens and Guarantees...................    100
   9.11  Canadian Administrative Agent...................................    100
   9.12  Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent.......................    101

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS                                                    101

   10.1  Amendments and Waivers..........................................    101
   10.2  Notices.........................................................    102
   10.3  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies..................................    103
   10.4  Survival of Representations and Warranties......................    104
   10.5  Payment of Expenses; Indemnification............................    104
   10.6  Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments..........    105
   10.7  Adjustments; Set-off............................................    108
   10.8  Counterparts....................................................    108
   10.9  Severability....................................................    108
   10.10 Integration.....................................................    108
   10.11 GOVERNING LAW...................................................    108
   10.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers.............................    109
   10.13 Judgment Currency...............................................    109
   10.14 Acknowledgments.................................................    110
   10.15 Confidentiality.................................................    110
   10.16 Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations.................    111
   10.17 Accounting Changes..............................................    112
   10.18 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL...........................................    112

iii

10.19 USA PATRIOT ACT.................................................    112
10.20 CDN Obligations.................................................    112
10.21 CDN Amalgamation................................................    112

iv

SCHEDULES:

1.1A      Commitments
1.1B      EBITDA Adjustments
4.1       Contingent Liabilities
4.4       Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices
4.8A      Excepted Property
4.8B      Owned Real Property
4.15      Subsidiaries
4.18(a)   UCC Filing Jurisdictions
4.18(b)   Mortgage Filing Jurisdictions
6.11      Leased Property
7.2(d)    Existing Indebtedness
7.3(f)    Existing Liens
7.8       Existing Investments
7.13      Restrictions on Subsidiaries

EXHIBITS:

A-1   Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
A-2   Form of CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
B     Form of Compliance Certificate
C     Form of Closing Certificate
D     Form of Assignment and Assumption
E-1   Form of Legal Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
E-2   Form of Legal Opinion of Torys LLP
F     Form of Exemption Certificate
G     Form of Solvency Certificate
H     Form of Discount Note
I     Form of Joinder Agreement

v

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 23, 2005, among SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Initial US Borrower"), SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Surviving US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., a Nova Scotia unlimited company (the "CDN Borrower"), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (the "Lenders"), WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as syndication agent (in such capacity, the "Syndication Agent"), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as documentation agent (in such capacity, the "Documentation Agent"), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., TORONTO BRANCH, as Canadian Administrative Agent.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this
Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

"ABR": for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. For purposes hereof: "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by JPMorgan Chase Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors). Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

"ABR Loans": Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.

"Acceptance Fee": the fee payable in CDN Dollars to the Canadian Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the relevant CDN B/A Lenders, in respect of Bankers' Acceptances computed in accordance with Section 2.25.

"Accounting Changes": as defined in Section 10.17.

"Acquisition": as defined in the definition of "Permitted Acquisition".

"Additional Senior Subordinated Notes": unsecured senior subordinated notes issued by the US Borrower, (i) the terms of which (1) do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the date on which the final maturity of the Senior Subordinated Notes occurs (as in effect on the Closing Date) and (2) provide for subordination to the Obligations under the Loan Documents to substantially the same extent as the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, (ii) the covenants, events of default, Subsidiary guarantees and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the US Borrower and the Subsidiaries than those in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and (iii) under or in respect of which no Subsidiary of the US Borrower (other than any US Subsidiary Guarantor) is an obligor.

"Adjustment Date": with respect to each Pricing Grid, as defined therein.


2

"Administrative Agent": JPMorgan Chase Bank, as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors and, for purposes of Section 9, shall include affiliates of JPMorgan Chase Bank as the arranger of the Commitments.

"Affiliate": as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 20% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, in either case whether by contract or otherwise.

"Agents": the collective reference to the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent.

"Aggregate Exposure": with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to (a) until the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of such Lender's Commitments at such time and (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the US Dollar Amount of the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender's Term Loans (including the Face Amount of all Bankers' Acceptances accepted by such Lender then outstanding under the C$ CDN Term Facility or the CDN Revolving Facility) and (ii) the aggregate amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender's Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

"Aggregate Exposure Percentage": with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender's Aggregate Exposure at such time to the total Aggregate Exposures of all Lenders at such time.

"Agreed Purposes": as defined in Section 10.15.

"Agreement": this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Annual Operating Budget": as defined in Section 6.2(c).

"Applicable Margin": for each Type of Loan, the rate per annum set forth under the relevant column heading below:

                        ABR Loans, CDN ABR Loans   Eurocurrency Loans and
                           and CDN Prime Loans      Bankers' Acceptances
                        ------------------------   ----------------------
Revolving Loans and
   Swingline Loans                1.75%                     2.75%
US Term Loans and
   US$ CDN Term Loans             1.50%                     2.50%
C$ CDN Term Loans                 1.75%                     2.75%

provided, that on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of the fiscal quarter of the US Borrower ending March 31, 2006, the Applicable Margins with respect to Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and C$ CDN Term Loans will be determined pursuant to the relevant Pricing Grid.

"Application": an application, in such form as the relevant Issuing Lender may specify from time to time, requesting such Issuing Lender to open a Letter of Credit.


3

"Approved Fund": as defined in Section 10.6(b).

"Asset Sale": any Disposition of Property or series of related Dispositions of Property (excluding (i) any such Disposition permitted by clause
(a), (b), (c) (except as it relates to Section 7.4(e)), (d), (g), (h), (i), (j),
(l), (m), (n), (p), (q) and (r) of Section 7.5 and (ii) any such Disposition which is a Recovery Event) which yields Net Cash Proceeds to any Loan Party (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of $1,000,000.

"Assignee": as defined in Section 10.6(b).

"Assignment and Assumption": an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

"Available CDN Revolving Commitment": as to any CDN Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender's CDN Revolving Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender's CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided, that in calculating any CDN Revolving Lender's CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such CDN Revolving Lender's Available CDN Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.9(b), the aggregate principal amount of CDN Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.

"Available US Revolving Commitment": as to any US Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender's US Revolving Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender's US Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided, that in calculating any US Revolving Lender's US Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such US Revolving Lender's Available US Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.9(a), the aggregate principal amount of US Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.

"BA Discount Proceeds": proceeds in respect of any Bankers' Acceptance to be purchased by a CDN B/A Lender on any day under Section 2.25 in an amount (rounded to the nearest whole Canadian cent, and with one-half of one Canadian cent being rounded up) calculated on such day by dividing (a) the face amount of such Bankers' Acceptance by (b) the sum of one plus the product of: (i) the Discount Rate (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such Bankers' Acceptance and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the term of such Bankers' Acceptance commencing on the date of acceptance of the Bankers' Acceptance and ending on, but excluding, the maturity date of such Bankers' Acceptance, and the denominator of which is 365; with such product being rounded up or down to the fifth decimal place and .000005 being rounded up.

"Bankers' Acceptance" or "B/A": a Draft denominated in CDN Dollars drawn by the CDN Borrower and accepted by the CDN Revolving Lenders or the C$ CDN Term Lenders, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of
Section 2.25 hereof, and includes a depository bill issued in accordance with the Depository Bills and Notes Act (Canada) or Discount Note (in the case of (x) a CDN Revolving Lender that does not accept bankers' acceptances and (y) all C$ CDN Term Lenders as provided below); provided, that (i) notwithstanding the foregoing, all borrowings by way of Bankers' Acceptances under the C$ CDN Term Facility shall at all times be made (or continued or converted, as applicable) by way of Discount Notes as contemplated by Section 2.25(p)(ii) and (ii) any reference in this Agreement to the amount or principal amount of a Bankers' Acceptance shall mean the full Face Amount thereof.

"Benefitted Lender": as defined in Section 10.7(a).


4

"Board": the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

"Borrowers": the collective reference to the US Borrower and the CDN Borrower.

"Borrowing Date": any Business Day specified by the relevant Borrower as a date on which such Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

"Business": the provision of specialized software, outsourcing services and application service provider solutions and various services relating, incidental or ancillary thereto.

"Business Day": a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City (or, with respect to Loans made to the CDN Borrower, Toronto, Ontario) are authorized or required by law to close, provided, that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurocurrency Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in deposits in the relevant currency in the interbank eurocurrency market.

"Canadian Administrative Agent": JPMorgan Chase Bank, an authorized foreign bank under the Bank Act (Canada), acting through its Toronto Branch, as the Canadian administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors.

"Canadian Benefit Plans": all material employee benefit plans maintained or contributed to by either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that are not Canadian Pension Plans, including, without limitation, all profit sharing, savings, post-retirement, supplemental retirement, retiring allowance, severance, pension, deferred compensation, welfare, bonus, incentive compensation, phantom stock, legal services, supplementary unemployment benefit plans or arrangements and all life, health, dental and disability plans and arrangements, and in which the employees or former employees of either Borrower or its Subsidiaries employed in Canada participate or are eligible to participate.

"Canadian Pension Plans": all "registered pension plans", as defined in the ITA, established, maintained or contributed to by either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for its employees or former employees employed in Canada.

"Capital Expenditures": for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all cash expenditures by such Person for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease but excluding any amount representing capitalized interest) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) which are required to be capitalized under GAAP on a balance sheet of such Person, provided, that in any event the term "Capital Expenditures" shall exclude: (i) any Permitted Acquisition and any other Investment permitted hereunder; (ii) any expenditures to the extent financed with any Reinvestment Deferred Amount; (iii) expenditures for leasehold improvements for which such Person is reimbursed or receives a credit; and (iv) expenditures to the extent they are made with the proceeds of equity contributions (other than Specified Equity Contributions) from Holdings to the US Borrower after the Closing Date.

"Capital Lease Obligations": as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.


5

"Capital Stock": any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation).

"Cash Equivalents": (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-2 by S&P or P-2 by Moody's, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody's; (f) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; and (g) shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of any of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (i) purport to comply generally with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P or Aaa by Moody's or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000.

"CDN ABR": for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Canadian Administrative Agent as its reference rate of interest then in effect for determining interest rates on commercial loans denominated in Dollars made by it in Canada and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%.

"CDN ABR Loans": Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the CDN ABR.

"CDN Amalgamation": the transactions pursuant to which NSULC 2 shall have acquired all of the equity interests of the CDN Borrower as a result of the amalgamation of the CDN Borrower (as such entity exists prior to such transactions), NSULC 1 and NSULC 4 with an into NSULC 3 to form the CDN Borrower (as such entity exists immediately following such amalgamation), pursuant to the CDN Amalgamation Agreement.

"CDN Amalgamation Agreement": that certain Amalgamation Agreement, to be dated on or about November 24, 2005, by and among NSULC 1, NSULC 3, NSULC 4 and the CDN Borrower.

"CDN B/A Lenders": the collective reference to the C$ CDN Term Lenders and the CDN Revolving Lenders.

"CDN Borrower": as defined in the preamble hereto, provided that for the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that the term "CDN Borrower" as used in this Agreement shall mean,


6

(i) at any time prior to the consummation of the CDN Amalgamation, SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., a Nova Scotia unlimited company, as such entity exists at such time, and (ii) upon and at any time after the consummation of the CDN Amalgamation, SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., a Nova Scotia unlimited company, as such entity exists after giving effect to the CDN Amalgamation.

"CDN Borrower Subscription Agreement": the forward subscription agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between the US Borrower and the CDN Borrower.

"CDN Dollars" and "C$": freely transferable lawful currency of Canada (expressed in Canadian dollars).

"CDN Funding Office": the office of the Canadian Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office in Canada as may be specified from time to time by the Canadian Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrowers and the Lenders.

"CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement": the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by the CDN Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"CDN Issuing Lender": (i) in the case of any CDN Letter of Credit issued for the account of any CDN Loan Party, (A) JPMorgan Chase Bank, Toronto Branch or (B) any other CDN Revolving Lender from time to time so designated by the CDN Borrower with the consent of such CDN Revolving Lender and the Canadian Administrative Agent (such consent of the Canadian Administrative Agent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and (ii) in the case of any CDN Letter of Credit issued for the account of any US Loan Party, (A) JPMorgan Chase Bank or (B) any Related Affiliate of a CDN Revolving Lender designated as such by such Lender in accordance with Section 2.4(b) and designated as CDN Issuing Lender by the CDN Borrower with the consent of such Related Affiliate and the Canadian Administrative Agent (such consent of the Canadian Administrative Agent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

"CDN L/C Obligations": at any time, an amount equal to the US Dollar Amount of the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding CDN Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under CDN Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed.

"CDN L/C Participants": the collective reference to all the CDN Revolving Lenders other than the applicable CDN Issuing Lender.

"CDN Lenders": the collective reference to the CDN Term Lenders and the CDN Revolving Lenders.

"CDN Letters of Credit": as defined in Section 3.1(a).

"CDN Loan Party": each of the CDN Borrower and each CDN Subsidiary Guarantor.

"CDN Loans": the collective reference to the CDN Revolving Loans and the CDN Term Loans.

"CDN Obligations": the unpaid principal of and interest on (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans made to the CDN Borrower and Reimbursement Obligations owing by the CDN Borrower and interest accruing after the filing of any


7

petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the CDN Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans made to the CDN Borrower, the full Face Amount of all outstanding B/As, the Reimbursement Obligations owing by the CDN Borrower and all other obligations and liabilities of the CDN Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or to any CDN Lender (or, in the case of Specified Hedge Agreements entered into by a CDN Loan Party, of such CDN Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, any CDN Lender or any affiliate of any CDN Lender), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any CDN Letter of Credit, any B/A, any Specified Hedge Agreement entered into by a CDN Loan Party or (to the extent the CDN Borrower so agrees in the applicable agreements therefor) cash management arrangements with CDN Lenders or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or to any CDN Lender that are required to be paid by the CDN Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise; provided, that (a) obligations of the CDN Borrowers or any of the CDN Subsidiaries under any Specified Hedge Agreement or cash management agreement (if applicable) shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the relevant Security Documents only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other CDN Obligations are so secured and guaranteed and
(b) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Hedge Agreements or cash management agreement (if applicable). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the term "CDN Obligations" shall only refer to obligations of the CDN Loan Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and shall not refer to obligations of Holdings, the US Borrower and the Domestic Subsidiaries.

"CDN Prime Rate": the higher of (a) the rate of interest publicly announced by the Canadian Administrative Agent from time to time as its reference rate then in effect for determining interest rates on CDN Dollar denominated commercial loans made in Canada and (b) the average as determined by the Canadian Administrative Agent of the annual rates for Bankers' Acceptances in CDN Dollars displayed and identified as such on the "Reuters screen CDOR page" for a one-month period at approximately 10:00 A.M. on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, then on the immediately preceding Business Day, plus 0.75%; provided, that if such rates do not appear on the Reuters screen CDOR page, then the CDOR Rate for such period shall be selected as of the immediately preceding Business Day for which such rate was available.

"CDN Prime Loans": Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the CDN Prime Rate.

"CDN Reorganization": the series of transactions contemplated by the CDN Reorganization Documents and any other transactions or actions incidental thereto.

"CDN Reorganization Documents": (1) the Transfer Agreement (Step 19), to be dated on or about November 24, 2005, by and between NSULC 2 and NSULC 3,
(2) the Transfer Agreement (Step 20), to be dated on or about November 24, 2005, by and between NSULC 4 and Ontario LP, (3) the CDN Amalgamation Agreement, and
(4) the Forward Subscription Agreement, to be dated on or about November 24, 2005, between the Company and the CDN Borrower.

"CDN Revolving Commitment": as to any CDN Revolving Lender, the obligation of such CDN Revolving Lender, if any, to make CDN Revolving Loans and participate in CDN Swingline Loans and CDN Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount


8

set forth under the heading "CDN Revolving Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such CDN Revolving Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The original amount of the Total CDN Revolving Commitments is $10,000,000.

"CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit": as to any CDN Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the US Dollar Amount of the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all CDN Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such CDN Revolving Lender's CDN Revolving Percentage of the CDN L/C Obligations then outstanding, (c) the Face Amount of all B/As accepted by such CDN Revolving Lender then outstanding (without duplication) under the CDN Revolving Facility and (d) such Lender's CDN Revolving Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of CDN Swingline Loans then outstanding.

"CDN Revolving Facility": as defined in the "Facility" definition.

"CDN Revolving Lender": each Lender that has a CDN Revolving Commitment or that holds CDN Revolving Loans; provided, that (a) as of the Closing Date, any such Lender shall be itself or shall operate through an applicable lending office which is either (x) resident in Canada for the purposes of the ITA, or (y) deemed to be resident in Canada for purposes of Part XIII of the ITA in respect of all amounts paid or credited to such Lender under the CDN Revolving Facility, and (b) to the extent that all or any portion of such Loans shall be made or such Commitments shall be allocated to the US Borrower, or any CDN Letters of Credit shall be issued for the account of any US Loan Party, the relevant CDN Revolving Lender shall be the Related Affiliate of such CDN Revolving Lender designated by such Lender in accordance with Section 2.4(b).

"CDN Revolving Loans": as defined in Section 2.4(b).

"CDN Revolving Percentage": as to any CDN Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such CDN Revolving Lender's CDN Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total CDN Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the CDN Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal US Dollar Amount of such Lender's CDN Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal US Dollar Amount of the CDN Revolving Loans then outstanding); provided, that, in the event that the CDN Revolving Loans are paid in full prior to the reduction to zero of the CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit, the CDN Revolving Percentages shall be determined in a manner designed to ensure that the other outstanding CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit shall be held by the CDN Revolving Lenders on a comparable basis.

"CDN Security Documents": collectively, the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Mortgages executed by any CDN Loan Party and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Canadian Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any Property located in Canada or on any Property of any CDN Loan Party to secure the obligations and liabilities of any CDN Loan Party under any Loan Document, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"CDN Subsidiary": any Subsidiary organized under the laws of Canada or any province thereof.

"CDN Subsidiary Guarantor": each CDN Subsidiary (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary and any Subsidiary that will cease to exist pursuant to the Company Reorganization) of the US Borrower.


9

"CDN Swingline Commitment": the obligation of the CDN Swingline Lender to make CDN Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.6(b) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed C$5,000,000.

"CDN Swingline Lender": Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, in its capacity as the lender of CDN Swingline Loans.

          "CDN Swingline Loans": as defined in Section 2.6(b).

          "CDN Term Commitments": the collective reference to the C$ CDN Term
Commitments and the US$ CDN Term Commitments.

          "CDN Term Facilities": the collective reference to the C$ CDN Term
Facility and US$ CDN Term Facility.

          "CDN Term Lenders": the collective reference to the C$ CDN Term
Lenders and the US$ CDN Term Lenders.

          "CDN Term Loans: the collective reference to the C$ CDN Term Loans and
the US$ CDN Term Loans.

"C$ CDN Revolving Loans": as defined in Section 2.4(b).

"C$ CDN Term Commitment": as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a C$ CDN Term Loan to the CDN Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading "C$ CDN Term Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A. The original aggregate amount of the C$ CDN Term Commitments is C$68,358,800.

"C$ CDN Term Facility": as defined in the definition of "Facility".

"C$ CDN Term Facility Pricing Grid": the table set forth below.

                                    Applicable Margin for C$ CDN
                                    Term Loans that are Bankers'   Applicable Margin for C$ CDN Term
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio            Acceptances             Loans that are CDN Prime Loans
---------------------------------   ----------------------------   ---------------------------------
     > or = 4.50 : 1.00                         2.75%                            1.75%
          < 4.50 : 1.00                         2.50%                            1.50%

Changes in the Applicable Margin with respect to C$ CDN Term Loans resulting from changes in the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective on the date (the "Adjustment Date") on which financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.1 and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this paragraph. If any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods specified in Section 6.1, then, until such financial statements are delivered, Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as at the end of the fiscal period that would have been covered thereby shall for the purposes of this definition be deemed to be 4.50 to 1. In addition, at all times while an Event of Default set forth in
Section 8(a) or 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall for the purposes of this Pricing


10

Grid be deemed to be 4.50 to 1. Each determination of the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio pursuant to this Pricing Grid shall be made for the periods and in the manner contemplated by Section 7.1(a).

"C$ CDN Term Lender": each Lender that has a C$ CDN Term Commitment or that holds a C$ CDN Term Loan.

"C$ CDN Term Loan": as defined in Section 2.1.

"C$ CDN Term Percentage": as to any C$ CDN Term Lender, (i) at any time prior to the Closing Date, the percentage which the sum of such Lender's C$ CDN Term Commitments then constitutes of the aggregate C$ CDN Term Commitments and (ii) at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender's C$ CDN Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the C$ CDN Term Loans then outstanding.

"CDOR Rate": on any date of determination as to any term of any Bankers' Acceptances in CDN Dollars, the rate determined as being the arithmetic average of the rates per annum applicable to CDN Dollar bankers' acceptances having a comparable term to maturity as the applicable term for the requested Bankers' Acceptances that appear on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page as at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date of determination; provided, however, that if no such rate appears on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page as contemplated, then the CDOR Rate on any date shall be calculated as the arithmetic mean of the rates for the term and amount referred to above applicable to CDN Dollar bankers' acceptances quoted by the Schedule I Reference Lenders as of 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on such date.

"Certificated Security": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

"Chattel Paper": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

"Closing Date": the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 shall have been satisfied and the initial Loans hereunder shall have been funded, which date is November 23, 2005.

"Closing Date Material Adverse Effect": any event, circumstance, development, change or effect that is, individually or in the aggregate with all other events, circumstances, developments, changes and effects, materially adverse to the business, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Surviving US Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that none of the following shall constitute, or shall be considered in determining whether there has occurred, and no change, circumstance, event or effect resulting primarily from any of the following shall constitute, a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect: (i) the announcement of the execution of the Initial Merger Agreement, or the pendency of consummation of the Merger, (ii) changes in the national or world economy or financial markets as a whole or changes in general economic conditions that affect the industries in which the Surviving US Borrower and its Subsidiaries conduct their business, so long as such conditions do not adversely affect the Surviving US Borrower or its Subsidiaries in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated participants in the industries or markets in which they operate, (iii) any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation or generally accepted accounting principles or interpretation thereof after the date hereof, (iv) any failure by the Surviving US Borrower to meet any published or internally prepared estimates of revenues or earnings for any period ending on or after July 28, 2005 and prior to the Closing Date (it being understood that the facts and circumstances giving rise to such failure may be deemed to constitute, and may be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect if such facts and


11

circumstances are not otherwise included in clauses (i)-(iii) of this definition), and (v) a decline in the price of the Surviving US Borrower's common stock on the NASDAQ National Market (it being understood that the facts and circumstances giving rise to such decline may be deemed to constitute, and may be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect if such facts and circumstances are not otherwise included in clauses (i)-(iii) of this definition).

"Closing Date Reorganization": the series of transactions contemplated by the Closing Date Reorganization Documents and any other transactions or actions incidental thereto.

"Closing Date Reorganization Documents": collectively, (1) the Contribution and Subscription Agreement (Step 4), dated as of the date hereof, by and between Holdings and the Initial US Borrower, (2) the Transfer Agreement (Step 5), dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Initial US Borrower and NSULC 2, (3) the Contribution and Subscription Agreement (Step 6), dated as of the date hereof, by and between NSULC 2 and Sunshine Merger II, (4) the Contribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Holdings and William C. Stone, (5) the Contribution and Subscription Agreement (Step 8), dated as of the date hereof, by and between Holdings and the Initial US Borrower, (6) the Transfer Agreement (Step 9), dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Initial US Borrower and NSULC 2, (7) the Contribution and Subscription Agreement (Step 11A), dated as of the date hereof, by and between NSULC 2 and Sunshine Merger II, (8) the Contribution and Subscription Agreement (Step 11F), dated as of the date hereof, by and between Sunshine Merger II and Sunshine Merger Corporation, (9) the Sale and Subscription Agreement (Step 12), dated as of the date hereof, by and between NSULC 2 and the Initial US Borrower,
(10) the Contribution and Subscription Agreement (Step 13), dated as of the date hereof, by and between NSULC 2 and Sunshine Merger II, (11) the Merger Agreements, (12) the Binding Plan of Reorganization (Steps 16-18), dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Surviving US Borrower, the Initial U.S. Borrower, NSULC 1 and NSULC 2, (13) the Distribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Surviving US Borrower and NSULC 2, (14) the Sale and Transfer Agreement (Step 17), dated as of the date hereof, by and between NSULC 2 and the Initial US Borrower and (15) the Transfer Agreement (Step 18A), dated as of the date hereof, by and between NSULC 1 and New Canco.

"Code": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"Co-Investors": any co-investors designated by the Sponsor who may own, directly or indirectly, no more than 15%, in the aggregate, of the Capital Stock of Holdings but excluding transferees who are not Permitted Investors.

"Collateral": all Property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

"Commitment": as to any Lender, the sum of the Term Commitments and the Revolving Commitments of such Lender.

"Commitment Fee Rate": 1/2 of 1% per annum; provided, that on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of the fiscal quarter of the US Borrower ending March 31, 2006, the Commitment Fee Rate will be determined pursuant to the Revolving Facility Pricing Grid.

"Committed Reinvestment Amount": as defined in the definition of "Reinvestment Prepayment Amount".

"Commonly Controlled Entity": an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with either Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group


12

that includes either Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under
Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

"Commonly Controlled Plan": as defined in Section 4.12(b).

"Company Reorganization": the collective reference to the Closing Date Reorganization and the CDN Reorganization.

"Compliance Certificate": a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

"Confidential Information": as defined in Section 10.15.

"Consolidated Current Assets": at any date, all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption "total current assets" (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date.

"Consolidated Current Liabilities": at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption "total current liabilities" (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) without duplication, all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, to the extent otherwise included therein.

"Consolidated EBITDA": of any Person for any period, Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period plus, without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) income tax expense, (b) Consolidated Net Interest Expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries, amortization or writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including commitment and administrative fees and charges with respect to the Facilities), (c) depreciation and amortization expense, (d) amortization or impairment of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill) and organization costs, (e) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business), (f) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses, including in relation to earn-outs and similar obligations (except to the extent such charges, expenses or losses represent an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or an amortization of a prepaid cash expense paid in a prior period), (g) restructuring and integration costs, (h) stock-option based compensation expenses, (i) transaction costs, fees and expenses (including those relating to the Merger), (j) all fees and expenses paid pursuant to the Management Agreement, (k) the non-cash portion of straight-line rent expense, (l) proceeds from any business interruption insurance (in the case of this clause (l) to the extent not reflected as revenue or income in such statement of such Consolidated Net Income), (m) losses recognized and expenses incurred in connection with the effect of currency and exchange rate fluctuations on intercompany balances and other balance sheet items and (n) cash expenses relating to earn-outs and similar obligations and minus, to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) interest income (except to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Interest Expense), (b) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, gains on the sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business), (c) any other non-cash income or gains (other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course), all as determined on a consolidated basis, (d) cash payments in connection with "straight-line" rent expense which exceed the


13

amount expensed in respect of such rent expense and (e) gains realized and income accrued in connection with the effect of currency and exchange rate fluctuations on intercompany balances and other balance sheet items; provided, that (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be calculated giving effect to the adjustments set forth on Schedule 1.1B and (ii) for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, (A) the Consolidated EBITDA (determined in accordance with GAAP) of any Person acquired by the US Borrower or its Subsidiaries during such period shall be included on a pro forma basis for such period (but assuming the consummation of such acquisition and the incurrence or assumption of any Indebtedness in connection therewith occurred on the first day of such period, and assuming any synergies and cost savings to the extent certified by the US Borrower as having been determined in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable within 12 months following such acquisition and (B) the Consolidated EBITDA of any Person Disposed of by the US Borrower or its Subsidiaries during such period shall be excluded for such period (assuming the consummation of such Disposition and the repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith occurred on the first day of such period). For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in
Section 7.1, any equity contribution made to the US Borrower by Holdings on or after the first day of any fiscal quarter and prior to the day that is 10 days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for such fiscal quarter (it being understood that each such contribution shall be credited with respect to only one fiscal quarter, provided that such credit shall be effective as to such fiscal quarter for all periods in which such fiscal quarter is included) will, at the request of the US Borrower, be deemed to increase, dollar for dollar, Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarter for the purposes of determining compliance with such financial covenants at the end of such fiscal quarter and applicable subsequent periods (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, a "Specified Equity Contribution"), provided that (a) in each four fiscal quarter period there shall be a period of at least two fiscal quarters in which no Specified Equity Contribution is made and (b) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the US Borrower to be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section
7.1. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated without giving effect to the non-cash effects of purchase accounting or similar adjustments required or permitted by GAAP in connection with the Merger or any Permitted Acquisition

"Consolidated Net Income": of any Person for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that in calculating Consolidated Net Income of the US Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period, there shall be excluded (a) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the US Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) the income (or deficit) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the US Borrower) in which the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by the US Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions.

"Consolidated Net Interest Coverage Ratio": for any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period to (b) Consolidated Net Interest Expense of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.

"Consolidated Net Interest Expense": of any Person for any period, (a) total cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries, minus (b) total cash interest income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.


14

"Consolidated Total Leverage": at any date, the aggregate principal amount of all Funded Debt of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date, minus the amount, up to a maximum amount of $30,000,000, of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than any restricted cash or Cash Equivalents) held by the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries on such date, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio": as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the US Borrower, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Leverage on such day to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.

"Consolidated Working Capital": at any date, the difference of (a) Consolidated Current Assets on such date less (b) Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date.

"Continuing Directors": the directors of Holdings on the Closing Date and each other director of Holdings, if, in each case, such other director's nomination for election to the board of directors of Holdings is recommended by at least 51% of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Sponsor and its Affiliates (excluding any portfolio companies of the Sponsor) in his or her election by the shareholders of Holdings.

"Contract Period": the term of a Bankers' Acceptance selected by the CDN Borrower in accordance with Section 2.25 commencing on the borrowing date, rollover date or conversion date of such Bankers' Acceptance, as the case may be, of such Bankers' Acceptance and expiring on a Business Day which shall be either 30 days, 60 days, 90 days or 180 days thereafter, in all cases subject to availability; provided, that no Contract Period shall extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date.

"Contractual Obligation": as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound.

"Default": any of the events specified in Section 8, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

"Derivatives Counterparty": as defined in Section 7.6.

"Differential Amount": as defined in Section 7.5(l).

"Discount Note": as defined in Section 2.25.

"Discount Note Lender": as defined in Section 2.25.

"Discount Rate": with respect to any Bankers' Acceptance, (a) for a Lender which is a Schedule I bank under the Bank Act (Canada), the CDOR Rate (for the applicable term) and (b) for other Lenders, the rate determined by the Canadian Administrative Agent as being the arithmetic average (rounded upwards to the nearest multiple of 0.01%) of the discount rates, calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days, of the Schedule II/III Reference Lenders established in accordance with their normal practices at or about 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the issuance date of such Bankers' Acceptance, provided, that the Discount Rate of such other Lenders shall not exceed for any issue the Discount Rate established pursuant to (a) above plus 0.10% per annum.


15

"Disposition": with respect to any Property, any sale, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other effectively complete disposition thereof. The terms "Dispose" and "Disposed of" shall have correlative meanings.

"Disqualified Capital Stock": Capital Stock that (a) requires the payment of any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock), (b) matures or is mandatorily redeemable or subject to mandatory repurchase or redemption or repurchase at the option of the holders thereof, in each case in whole or in part and whether upon the occurrence of any event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation on a fixed date or otherwise (including as the result of a failure to maintain or achieve any financial performance standards), prior to the date that is 91 days after the final scheduled maturity date of the Term Loans (other than (i) upon payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Commitments or (ii) upon a "change in control", provided, that any payment required pursuant to this clause (ii) is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such requirement is not applicable in more circumstances than pursuant to the change of control provisions in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or in any indenture with respect to any Additional Senior Subordinated Notes) or (c) are convertible or exchangeable, automatically or at the option of any holder thereof, into any Indebtedness, Capital Stock or other assets other than Qualified Capital Stock.

"Documentation Agent": as defined in the preamble hereto.

"Dollars" and "$": dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

"Domestic Subsidiary": any Subsidiary of the US Borrower organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States.

"Draft": at any time a bill of exchange within the meaning of the Bills of Exchange Act (Canada), drawn by the CDN Borrower on a CDN B/A Lender, denominated in CDN Dollars and bearing such distinguishing letters and numbers as such CDN B/A Lender may determine, but which at such time has not been completed or accepted by such CDN B/A Lender.

"Environmental Laws": any and all applicable laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes or decrees (including, without limitation, common law) of any international authority, foreign government, the United States, or any state, provincial, local, municipal or other governmental authority, regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of the environment, as has been, is now, or at any time hereafter is, in effect.

"Environmental Liability": any liability, claim, action, suit, judgment or order under or relating to any Environmental Law for any damages, injunctive relief, losses, fines, penalties, fees, expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and consultants) or costs, whether contingent or otherwise, including those arising from or relating to: (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, (c) exposure to any Materials of Environmental Concern, (d) the Release of any Materials of Environmental Concern or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

"Environmental Permits": any and all permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, exemptions and other authorizations required under any Environmental Law.


16

"Equity Issuance": any issuance by any Group Member of its Capital Stock in a public offering.

"ERISA": the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

"Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements": for any day as applied to a Eurocurrency Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

"Eurocurrency Base Rate": with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Loan, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in the relevant currency for a period equal to such Interest Period commencing on the first day of such Interest Period appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate screen as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on Page 3750 of the Telerate screen (or otherwise on such screen), the "Eurocurrency Base Rate" shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurocurrency rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered deposits in the relevant currency at or about 11:00 A.M., local time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the interbank eurocurrency market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein.

"Eurocurrency Loans": Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurocurrency Rate.

"Eurocurrency Rate": with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

Eurocurrency Base Rate

1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

"Eurocurrency Tranche": the collective reference to Eurocurrency Loans under a particular Facility the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

"Event of Default": any of the events specified in Section 8, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

"Excess Amount": as defined in Section 7.4(c).

"Excess Cash Flow": for any fiscal year of the US Borrower, the difference, if any, of (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, (ii) the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation, amortization and deferred tax expense) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (iii) the amount of the decrease, if any, in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year and (iv) the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the Disposition of Property by


17

the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus, (b) the sum, without duplication (including, in the case of clauses (ii) and (viii) below, duplication across periods; provided, that all or any portion of the amounts referred to in clauses
(ii) and (viii) below with respect to a period may be applied in the determination of Excess Cash Flow for any subsequent period to the extent such amounts did not previously result in a reduction of Excess Cash Flow in any prior period), of (i) the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (including, without limitation, deferred tax credits), (ii) the aggregate amount (A) actually paid by the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries in cash during such fiscal year on account of Capital Expenditures permitted under this Agreement and Permitted Acquisitions and (B) committed during such fiscal year to be used to make Capital Expenditures permitted under this Agreement or Permitted Acquisitions which in either case have been actually made or consummated or for which a binding agreement exists as of the time of determination of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year (in each case under this clause (ii) other than to the extent any such Capital Expenditure or Permitted Acquisition is made (or, in the case of the preceding clause (B), is expected to be made) with the proceeds of new long-term Indebtedness or an Equity Issuance or with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount), (iii) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, the Term Loans) of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries made during such fiscal year (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), (iv) the amount of the increase, if any, in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year, (v) the aggregate net amount of non-cash gain on the Disposition of Property by the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (vi) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of the Merger, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Loan Documents, (vii) purchase price adjustments paid or received in connection with the Merger or any Permitted Acquisition, (viii) the net amount of Investments made during such period pursuant to paragraphs
(d), (f), (g), (h), (p) and (r) of Section 7.8 or committed during such period to be used to make Investments pursuant to such paragraphs of Section 7.8 which have been actually made or for which a binding agreement exists as of the time of determination of Excess Cash Flow for such period and (ix) the amount (determined by the US Borrower) of such Consolidated Net Income which is mandatorily prepaid or reinvested pursuant to Section 2.12(b) (or as to which a waiver of the requirements of such Section applicable thereto has been granted under Section 10.1) prior to the date of determination of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year as a result of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event.

"Excess Cash Flow Application Date": as defined in Section 2.12(d).

"Excess Cash Flow Percentage": 50%; provided, that the Excess Cash Flow Percentage shall be reduced to 25% if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is not greater than 4.0 to 1.0 and reduced further to 0% if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is not greater than 3.0 to 1.0.

"Existing CDN Credit Agreement": the Credit Agreement, dated October 5, 2001, as amended, between Financial Models Company, Inc. and the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce.

"Existing Letter of Credit": that certain Letter of Credit No. SBTG724743, issued under (and as defined in) the Existing CDN Credit Agreement, in favor of J.A.B. Matheson Holdings, Inc., in an aggregate face amount of $123,750.

"Existing US Credit Agreement": the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2005, between the Surviving US Borrower and Bank of America, N.A., as amended by Amendment No. 1 to


18

Credit Agreement dated as of May 27, 2005, and by Amendment No. 2 of the Credit Agreement dated as of July 27, 2005.

"Facility": each of (a) the US Term Commitments and the US Term Loans made thereunder (the "US Term Facility"), (b) the C$ CDN Term Commitments and the C$ CDN Term Loans made thereunder (the "C$ CDN Term Facility"), (c) the US$ CDN Term Commitments and the US$ CDN Term Loans made thereunder (the "US$ CDN Term Facility" and, together with the US Term Facility and the C$ CDN Term Facilty, the "Term Facility"), (d) the US Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder (the "US Revolving Facility") and (e) the CDN Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder (the "CDN Revolving Facility" and, together with the US Revolving Facility, the "Revolving Facility").

"Federal Funds Effective Rate": for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by JPMorgan Chase Bank from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Fee Payment Date": (a) the third Business Day following the last day of each March, June, September and December and (b) the last day of the Revolving Commitment Period.

"Foreign Cash Equivalents": (a) certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances of, and bank deposits with, any bank organized under the laws of any country that is a member of the European Economic Community or Canada or any subdivision thereof, whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody's is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof, in each case with maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition, (b) commercial paper maturing not more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating obtainable from either S&P's or Moody's and (c) shares of any money market mutual fund that has its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above.

"Foreign Subsidiary": any Subsidiary of the US Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

"Funded Debt": with respect to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person of the types described in clauses (a), (c) and (e) of the definition of "Indebtedness".

"GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, except that for purposes of Section 7.1, GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited financial statements referred to in Section 4.1(b).

"Governmental Authority": any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof and any governmental entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and, as to any Lender, any securities exchange and any self regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).

"Group Members": the collective reference to Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries.


19

"Guarantee and Collateral Agreement": the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by Holdings, the Initial US Borrower, the Surviving US Borrower and each US Subsidiary Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Guarantee Obligation": as to any Person (the "guaranteeing person"), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a guarantee, reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or by which such Person becomes contingently liable for any Indebtedness, net worth, working capital earnings, leases, dividends or other distributions upon the stock or equity interests (the "primary obligations") of any other third Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any Property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase Property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be such guaranteeing person's maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the US Borrower in good faith.

"Guarantors": the collective reference to Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

"Hedge Agreements": all interest rate swaps, caps or collar agreements or similar arrangements entered into by either Borrower or its Subsidiaries providing for protection against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies.

"Holdings": Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

"Immaterial Subsidiary": on any date, any Subsidiary of the US Borrower that (i) had less than $5,000,000 of annual revenues as reflected on the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 prior to such date and (ii) has been designated as such by the US Borrower in a written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent (other than any such Subsidiary as to which the US Borrower has revoked such designation by written notice to the Administrative Agent); provided that at no time shall the Immaterial Subsidiaries so designated by the US Borrower have annual revenues (as reflected on the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 prior to such time) in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate.

"Increased Amount Date": as defined in Section 2.28.

"Indebtedness": of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than (i) trade payables, current accounts and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of such Person's business and (ii) earn-outs and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions except to the extent that the liability on account of any such earn-out or contingent payment becomes fixed),
(c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar


20

instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to Property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such Property, in which case only the lesser of the amount of such obligation and the fair market value of such Property shall constitute Indebtedness), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Capital Stock, except for agreements with directors, officers and employees to acquire such Capital Stock upon the death or termination of employment of such director, officer or employee, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, and (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on Property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation (and in the event such Person has not assumed or become liable for payment of such obligation, only the lesser of the amount of such obligation and the fair market value of such Property shall constitute Indebtedness).

"Indebtedness for Borrowed Money": to the extent the following would be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP, the principal amount of all Indebtedness of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to (i) borrowed money, evidenced by debt securities, debentures, acceptances, notes or other similar instruments, (ii) obligations under Capital Leases, (iii) reimbursement obligations for letters of credit and financial guarantees (without duplication) (other than ordinary course of business contingent reimbursement obligations) and (iv) the deferred purchase price of property or services (except for accounts payable, deferred compensation arrangements and accrued expenses and receipt of progress and advance payments related to such purchase price, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business).

"Initial Merger Agreement": the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 28, 2005, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 25, 2005, by and among Holdings, the Surviving US Borrower and Sunshine Merger Corporation.

"Insolvency": with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

"Insolvent": pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

"Instrument": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

"Intellectual Property": the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including, without limitation, copyrights, copyright licenses, domain names, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, trade names, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

"Interest Payment Date": (a) as to any ABR Loan (other than any Swingline Loan), CDN ABR Loan (other than any Swingline Loan) or CDN Prime Loan, the third Business Day following the last day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurocurrency Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurocurrency Loan having an Interest


21

Period longer than three months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan, CDN ABR Loan or CDN Prime Loan and any Swingline Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof and (e) as to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

"Interest Period": as to any Eurocurrency Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six or (if available to all Lenders under the relevant Facility) nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the relevant Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six or (with the consent of each affected Lender under the relevant Facility) nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the relevant Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the scheduled Revolving Termination Date or beyond the date final payment is due on the Term Loans shall end on the Revolving Termination Date or such due date, as applicable; and

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month.

"Investments": as defined in Section 7.8.

"Issuing Lenders": the collective reference to each US Issuing Lender and each CDN Issuing Lender.

"ITA": the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended.

"Joinder Agreement": an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I.

"JPMorgan Chase Bank": JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

"Judgment Conversion Date": as defined in Section 10.13(a).

"Judgment Currency": as defined in Section 10.13(a).

"L/C Commitment": $50,000,000.

"L/C Obligations": at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the US L/C Obligations then outstanding and (b) the CDN L/C Obligations then outstanding.


22

"L/C Participants": the collective reference to the US L/C Participants and the CDN L/C Participants applicable Issuing Lender.

"Lead Arrangers": the collective reference to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.

"Lenders": as defined in the preamble hereto.

"Letters of Credit": as defined in Section 3.1(a).

"Lien": any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing). For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that any Group Member may, as part of its business, grant licenses to third parties to use Intellectual Property owned or developed by, or licensed to, such Group Member. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such licensing activity shall not constitute a "Lien" on such Intellectual Property. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and each Lender understands that any such licenses may be exclusive to the applicable licensees, and such exclusivity provisions may limit the ability of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent to utilize, sell, lease, license or transfer the related Intellectual Property or otherwise realize value from such Intellectual Property pursuant hereto.

"Loan": any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

"Loan Documents": the collective reference to this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Applications and the Notes and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.

"Loan Parties": Holdings, the Borrowers and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

"Majority Facility Lenders": with respect to any Facility, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the US Term Loans and/or CDN Term Loans, or the Total US Revolving Extensions of Credit and/or Total CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit, as the case may be, outstanding under such Facility (or, in the case of either Revolving Facility, prior to any termination of the Revolving Commitments under such Facility, the holders of more than 50% of the Total Revolving Commitments under such Facility).

"Majority Revolving Facility Lenders": the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the Revolving Facility.

"Majority Term Facility Lenders": the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the Term Facility.

"Management Agreement": the Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Holdings, William C. Stone and T.C. Group, LLC, as in effect on the Closing Date and as modified from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent.

"Material Adverse Effect": a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, property or financial condition of the US Borrower and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b) the validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the material rights and remedies of the


23

Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder, in each case, taken as a whole.

"Material Subsidiary": any Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary.

"Materials of Environmental Concern": any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, asbestos, pollutants, contaminants, radioactivity and any other substances that is defined as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law, that is regulated pursuant to, or that could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law.

"Merger": the collective reference to the transactions pursuant to the Company Reorganization.

"Merger Agreements": collectively, (a) the Initial Merger Agreement,
(b) the Second Merger Agreement and (c) the Third Merger Agreement.

"Moody's": Moody's Investors Service.

"Mortgage": any mortgage, deed of trust, hypothec or other similar document made by any Loan Party in favor of, or for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be) for the benefit of the relevant Lenders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the US Borrower (taking into account the law of the jurisdiction in which such mortgage, deed of trust, hypothec or similar document is to be recorded), as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Multiemployer Plan": a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

"Net Cash Proceeds": (a) in connection with any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, investment banking fees, consulting fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset which is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document) and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of debt securities or instruments or the incurrence of Funded Debt, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys' fees, investment banking fees, accountants' fees, consulting fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

"New Canco": 3112755 Nova Scotia Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited company.

"New Term Loans": as defined in Section 2.28.

"New Term Loan Commitments": as defined in Section 2.28.

"Non-Excluded Taxes": as defined in Section 2.20(a).


24

"Non-Guarantor Subsidiary": any Subsidiary of either Borrower which is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

"Non-US Lender": as defined in Section 2.20(d).

"Note": any promissory note evidencing any Loan.

"NSULC 1": 3098593 Nova Scotia Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited company.

"NSULC 2": 3105198 Nova Scotia Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited company.

"NSULC 3": 3112753 Nova Scotia Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited company.

"NSULC 4": 3112754 Nova Scotia Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited company.

"Obligation Currency": as defined in Section 10.13(a).

"Obligations": the unpaid principal of and interest on (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to either Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations, the full Face Amount of all outstanding B/As and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or to any Lender (or, in the case of Specified Hedge Agreements, of either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, any Lender or any affiliate of any Lender), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Letters of Credit, any B/A, any Specified Hedge Agreement or (to the extent the applicable Borrower so agrees in the applicable agreements therefor) cash management arrangements with Lenders or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender that are required to be paid by either Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise; provided, that (a) obligations of either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any Specified Hedge Agreement or cash management agreement (if applicable) shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Security Documents only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed and (b) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Hedge Agreements or cash management agreements (if applicable).

"Ontario LP": SS&C 1656866 Limited Partnership, a limited partnership formed under the laws of Ontario.

"Other Taxes": any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

"Payment Amount": as defined in Section 3.5.

"Participant": as defined in Section 10.6(c).


25

"PBGC": the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

"Permitted Acquisition": (i) any acquisition (including, if applicable, in the case of any Intellectual Property, by way of license) approved by the Required Lenders or (ii) any acquisition by either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock, or all or substantially all of the assets, of any Person, or of all or substantially all of the assets constituting a division, product line or business line of any Person (each, an "Acquisition"), if such Acquisition described in this clause
(ii) complies with the following criteria:

(a) No Default or Event of Default shall be in effect immediately prior or after giving effect to such Acquisition.

(b) After giving effect to the consummation of such Acquisition and to the incurrence of any Indebtedness associated therewith, the US Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with Section 7.1 (calculated as of the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the fiscal quarter in which such acquisition is consummated, giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition and the issuance of the related Indebtedness).

(c) At least five Business Days prior to the consummation of such Acquisition (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received the then current financial projections in respect of the Person, division, product line or line of business acquired in such Acquisition for the one-year period following the consummation of such acquisition, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received the then current drafts of the documentation to be executed in connection with such Acquisition (with final copies of such documentation to be delivered to the Administrative Agent promptly upon becoming available), including all schedules and exhibits thereto and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice of the closing date for such Acquisition; provided, that, such notice shall be given unless doing so would materially interfere with, or would cause materially adverse economic consequences with respect to, the consummation of such Acquisition.

"Permitted Investors": the collective reference to the Sponsor, any Co-Investors, William C. Stone and their respective Affiliates (but excluding, for purposes of Section 8(k) only, any portfolio companies of the foregoing) and the directors, officers and other employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

"Permitted Seller Note": a promissory note containing subordination and other related provisions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, representing Indebtedness of either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in connection with any acquisition permitted under Section 7.8(f) and payable to the seller in connection therewith.

"Person": an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

"Plan": at a particular time, any employee benefit plan as defined in
Section 3(3) of ERISA and in respect of which either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under
Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.


26

"Pledged Securities": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

"Pledged Stock": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

"Pricing Grid": the Revolving Facility Pricing Grid or the C$ CDN Term Facility Pricing Grid, as the context requires.

"Prime Rate": as defined in the definition of "ABR".

"Pro Forma Balance Sheet": as defined in Section 4.1(a).

"Property": any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

"Qualified Capital Stock": any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

"Recovery Event": any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in an amount for each such event exceeding $1,000,000.

"Refunded CDN Swingline Loans": as defined in Section 2.7(b)(ii).

"Refunded US Swingline Loans": as defined in Section 2.7(b)(i).

"Register": as defined in Section 10.6(b)(iv).

"Regulation H": Regulation H of the Board as in effect from time to time.

"Regulation U": Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

"Reimbursement Obligation": the obligation of the relevant Borrower to reimburse an Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.5 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender.

"Reinvestment Deferred Amount": with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Loan Party for its own account in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Term Loans or reduce the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.12 as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.

"Reinvestment Event": any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which either Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.

"Reinvestment Notice": a written notice signed on behalf of the US Borrower by a Responsible Officer stating that the US Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire assets useful in its (or such Subsidiary's) business.

"Reinvestment Prepayment Amount": with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount committed to be expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date (a "Committed Reinvestment Amount"), or actually expended


27

expended prior to such date, in each case to acquire assets useful in the US Borrower's or any Subsidiary's business.

"Reinvestment Prepayment Date": with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (i) the date occurring 15 months after such Reinvestment Event and (ii) with respect to any portion of a Reinvestment Deferred Amount, the date on which the relevant Borrower shall have determined not to acquire assets useful in either Borrower's business with such portion of such Reinvestment Deferred Amount.

"Related Affiliate": with respect to any CDN Revolving Lender, an Affiliate or lending office of such CDN Revolving Lender designated by it to make its CDN Revolving Commitment and CDN Revolving Loans available to the US Borrower under this Agreement.

"Release": any actual or threatened release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure or facility.

"Reorganization": with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

"Replacement Canadian Indebtedness Amount": at any time, an aggregate amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of the CDN Term Loan repaid or prepaid pursuant to Sections 2.3(b), 2.11(b) and 2.12(d) prior to such time and (ii) the aggregate amount of all reductions of the CDN Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 2.10 prior to such time.

"Reportable Event": any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived.

"Representatives": as defined in Section 10.15.

"Required Lenders": at any time, the holders of more than 50% of (a) until the Closing Date, the Commitments then in effect and (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the US Dollar Amount of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (ii) the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

"Required Prepayment Lenders": the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the Term Facility.

"Requirement of Law": as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

"Responsible Officer": the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer (or similar title) or treasurer (or similar title) of Holdings or the US Borrower, and, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer (or similar title) or treasurer (or similar title) of Holdings or the US Borrower.

"Restricted Payments": as defined in Section 7.6.


28

"Revolving Commitments": the collective reference to the US Revolving Commitments and the CDN Revolving Commitments.

"Revolving Commitment Period": the period from and including the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.

"Revolving Extensions of Credit": the collective reference to the US Revolving Extensions of Credit and CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit.

"Revolving Facility": as defined in the definition of "Facility".

"Revolving Facility Pricing Grid": the table set forth below.

                                                                    Applicable Margin for
                                         Applicable Margin for    Revolving Loans that are
                                       Revolving Loans that are   ABR Loans, CDN ABR Loans
      Consolidated Total                 Eurocurrency Loans or     or CDN Prime Loans and    Commitment
        Leverage Ratio                   Bankers' Acceptances        for Swingline Loans      Fee Rate
      ------------------               ------------------------   ------------------------   ----------
    > or = 5.50 : 1.00                           2.75%                      1.75%                0.50%
4.50 : 1.00 < and < 5.50 : 1.00                  2.50%                      1.50%                0.50%
3.50 : 1.00 < and < or = 4.50 : 1.00             2.25%                      1.25%               0.375%
    < or = 3.50 : 1.00                           2.00%                      1.00%               0.375%

Changes in the Applicable Margin with respect to Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans resulting from changes in the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective on the date (the "Adjustment Date") on which financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.1 and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this paragraph. If any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods specified in Section 6.1, then, until such financial statements are delivered, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as at the end of the fiscal period that would have been covered thereby shall for the purposes of this definition be deemed to be greater than 5.50 to 1. In addition, at all times while an Event of Default set forth in Section 8(a) or 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall for the purposes of this Pricing Grid be deemed to be greater than 5.50 to 1. Each determination of the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio pursuant to this Pricing Grid shall be made for the periods and in the manner contemplated by Section 7.1(a).

"Revolving Lenders": the collective reference to the US Revolving Lenders and the CDN Revolving Lenders.

"Revolving Loans": the collective reference to the US Revolving Loans and the CDN Revolving Loans.

"Revolving Termination Date": November 23, 2011.

"S&P": Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.


29

"Schedule I Reference Lenders": Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and The Bank of Nova Scotia.

"Schedule II/III Reference Lenders": JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch and Bank of America, National Association, Canada Branch.

"SEC": the Securities and Exchange Commission (or successors thereto or an analogous Governmental Authority).

"Second Merger Agreement": the Agreement and Plan of Merger (Step 15), dated as of the date hereof, by and between Sunshine Merger II and the Surviving US Borrower, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent.

"Securities": as defined in the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

"Security Documents": the collective reference to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the CDN Security Documents and all other security documents (including any Mortgages) hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent purporting to grant a Lien on any Property of any Loan Party to secure the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

"Senior Subordinated Note Indenture": the Indenture entered into by the Initial US Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries in connection with the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Senior Subordinated Notes": the subordinated notes of the US Borrower issued on the Closing Date and any exchange notes issued in replacement thereof, in each case pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

"Single Employer Plan": any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

"Solvent": with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, (I) with respect to any US Loan Party, (a) the amount of the "present fair saleable value" of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all "liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise", as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature; and (II) with respect to any CDN Loan Party, (a) the property of each such Person is, at a fair valuation, greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) each such Person has not ceased paying its current obligations in the ordinary course of business as they generally become due and
(c) each such Person is not for any reason unable to meet its obligations as they generally become due. For purposes of this definition, (i) "debt" means liability on a "claim", (ii) "claim" means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured and (iii) except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the amount of "contingent liabilities" at any time shall be the


30

amount thereof which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, can reasonably be expected to become actual or matured liabilities.

"Specified Cash Management Arrangement": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

"Specified Change of Control": a "Change of Control" (or any other defined term having the same purpose) as defined in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

"Specified Hedge Agreement": any Hedge Agreement (a) entered into by
(i) either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any Lender or any affiliate thereof at the time such Hedge Agreement was entered into, as counterparty and (b) that has been designated by such Lender and the relevant Borrower, by notice to the Administrative Agent (and, if entered into by a CDN Loan Party, the Canadian Administrative Agent), as a Specified Hedge Agreement. The designation of any Hedge Agreement as a Specified Hedge Agreement shall not create in favor of the Lender or affiliate thereof that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, all Hedge Agreements in existence on the Closing Date between either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Lender shall constitute Specified Hedge Agreements.

"Specified Representations": (a) the representations made by SS&C Technologies, Inc. in the Initial Merger Agreement, but only to the extent that the Sponsor, Holdings or Sunshine Merger Corporation has the right to terminate its obligations under the Initial Merger Agreement in the event that any such representations are not true and (b) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.2(a), 4.4, 4.11 and 4.14.

"Sponsor": Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., and any Affiliates thereof (but excluding, for purposes of Section 8(k) only, any portfolio companies of the foregoing).

"Subsidiary": as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a "Subsidiary" or to "Subsidiaries" in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the US Borrower.

"Subsidiary Guarantors": the collective reference to the US Subsidiary Guarantors and the CDN Subsidiary Guarantors.

"Sunshine Merger II": Sunshine Merger II, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Sunshine Merger Corporation": Sunshine Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

"Swingline Commitment": the collective reference to the US Swingline Commitment and the CDN Swingline Commitment.

"Swingline Lenders": the collective reference to the US Swingline Lender and the CDN Swingline Lender.


31

"Swingline Loans": the collective reference to the US Swingline Loans and the CDN Swingline Loans.

"Swingline Participation Amount": as defined in Section 2.7(c).

"Syndication Agent": as defined in the preamble hereto.

"Term Commitments": the collective reference to the US Term Commitments and the CDN Term Commitments.

"Term Facility": as defined in the definition of "Facility".

"Term Lender": the collective reference to the US Term Lenders and the CDN Term Lenders.

"Term Loans" the collective reference to the US Term Loans and the CDN Term Loans.

"Third Merger Agreement": the Agreement and Plan of Merger (Step 18), dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Initial US Borrower and the Surviving US Borrower, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent.

"Total CDN Revolving Commitments": at any time, the aggregate amount of the CDN Revolving Commitments then in effect.

"Total CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit": at any time, the aggregate amount of the CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

"Total Revolving Commitments": at any time, the sum of the Total US Revolving Commitments then in effect and the Total CDN Revolving Commitments then in effect.

"Total Revolving Extensions of Credit": at any time, the sum of the Total US Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding and the Total CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

"Total US Revolving Commitments": at any time, the aggregate amount of the US Revolving Commitments then in effect.

"Total US Revolving Extensions of Credit": at any time, the aggregate amount of the US Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

"Tranche": as defined in Section 2.28.

"Transaction": as defined in Section 5.1(b).

"Transferee": any Assignee or Participant.

"Type": (i) as to any Loan denominated in Dollars, its nature as an ABR Loan, CDN ABR Loan or Eurocurrency Loan, and (ii) as to any Loan denominated in CDN Dollars, its nature as a CDN Prime Loan, a Bankers' Acceptance or a Eurocurrency Loan.

"United States": the United States of America.


32

"US Borrower": (a) at any time prior to the consummation of the US Merger Transactions, the Initial US Borrower, and (b) upon and at any time after the consummation of the US Merger Transactions, the Surviving US Borrower.

"US Dollar Amount": in respect of any amount, the sum of (a) the portion thereof denominated in Dollars (if any), plus (b) the US Dollar Equivalent of the portion thereof denominated in CDN Dollars (if any).

"US$ CDN Revolving Loans": as defined in Section 2.4(b).

"US$ CDN Term Commitment": as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a US$ CDN Term Loan to the CDN Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading "US$ CDN Term Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A. The original aggregate amount of the US$ CDN Term Commitments is $17,000,000

"US$ CDN Term Facility": as defined in the definition of "Facility".

"US$ CDN Term Lender": each Lender that has a US$ CDN Term Commitment or that holds a US$ CDN Term Loan.

"US$ CDN Term Loan": as defined in Section 2.1.

"US$ CDN Term Percentage": as to any US$ CDN Term Lender, (i) at any time prior to the Closing Date, the percentage which the sum of such Lender's US$ CDN Term Commitments then constitutes of the aggregate US$ CDN Term Commitments and (ii) at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender's US$ CDN Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the US$ CDN Term Loans then outstanding

"US Dollar Equivalent": at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of Dollars which could be purchased with the amount of CDN Dollars involved in such computation at the spot rate of exchange therefor as quoted by the Canadian Administrative Agent as of 12:00 noon. (New York City time) on the date of any determination thereof for purchase on such date.

"US Funding Office": the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrowers and the Lenders.

"US Issuing Lender": (a) JPMorgan Chase Bank or (b) any other US Revolving Lender from time to time designated by the US Borrower as a US Issuing Lender with the consent of such other US Revolving Lender and the Administrative Agent (such consent of the Administrative Agent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

"US L/C Obligations": at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding US Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under US Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed.

"US L/C Participants": the collective reference to all the US Revolving Lenders other than the applicable US Issuing Lender.

"US Lender": as defined in Section 2.20(e).


33

"US Letters of Credit": as defined in Section 3.1(a).

"US Loan Party": each of Holdings, the US Borrower and the US Subsidiary Guarantors.

"US Merger Transactions": as defined in Section 5.1(b).

"US Revolving Commitment": as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make US Revolving Loans and participate in US Swingline Loans and US Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading "US Revolving Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The original amount of the Total US Revolving Commitments is $65,000,000.

"US Revolving Extensions of Credit": as to any US Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all US Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender's US Revolving Percentage of the US L/C Obligations then outstanding and (c) such Lender's US Revolving Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of US Swingline Loans then outstanding.

"US Revolving Facility": as defined in the definition of "Facility".

"US Revolving Lender": each Lender that has a US Revolving Commitment or that holds US Revolving Loans.

"US Revolving Loans": as defined in Section 2.4(a).

"US Revolving Percentage": as to any US Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender's US Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total US Revolving Commitments or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender's US Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the US Revolving Loans then outstanding, provided, that, in the event that the US Revolving Loans are paid in full prior to the reduction to zero of the Total US Revolving Extensions of Credit, the US Revolving Percentages shall be determined in a manner designed to ensure that the other outstanding US Revolving Extensions of Credit shall be held by the Revolving Lenders on a comparable basis.

"US Subsidiary Guarantor": each wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary (other than Subsidiary Sunshine Merger II, Sunshine Merger Corporation and any Immaterial Subsidiary) of the US Borrower.

"US Swingline Commitment": the obligation of the US Swingline Lender to make US Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.6(a) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000.

"US Swingline Lender": JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as the lender of US Swingline Loans.

"US Swingline Loans": as defined in Section 2.6(a).


34

"US Term Commitment": as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a US Term Loan to the US Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading "US Term Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A. The original aggregate amount of the US Term Commitments is $200,000,000.

"US Term Facility": as defined in the definition of "Facility".

"US Term Lender": each Lender that has a US Term Commitment or that holds a US Term Loan.

"US Term Loan": as defined in Section 2.1.

"US Term Percentage": as to any US Term Lender at any time, the percentage which the sum of such Lender's US Term Commitments then constitutes of the aggregate US Term Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender's US Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the US Term Loans then outstanding).

"Vehicles": all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment and other vehicles covered by a certificate of title law of any state or province.

"WCS Employment Agreement": the Employment Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, entered into by and between William C. Stone and Holdings, as in effect on the Closing Date and as may be modified from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries not defined in
Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words "include", "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation", and (iii) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

(c) The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Annex, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The term "license" shall include sub-license.

(e) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.


35

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

2.1 Term Commitments. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each US Term Lender severally agrees to make a term loan (a "US Term Loan") in Dollars to the Initial US Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the amount of the US Term Commitment of such Lender. The US Term Loans may from time to time be Eurocurrency Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the US Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2(a) and 2.13.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each C$ CDN Term Lender severally agrees to make a term loan in CDN Dollars to the CDN Borrower on the Closing Date and, thereafter, to the extent of any conversion or renewal of a C$ CDN Term Loan in accordance with Sections 2.13(c) and/or 2.25, as applicable, to accept and, at the option of the CDN Borrower, purchase Bankers' Acceptances from the CDN Borrower (such term loan and the full Face Amount of any such B/A, a "C$ CDN Term Loan") in an amount not to exceed the amount of the C$ CDN Term Commitment of such Lender. The C$ CDN Term Loans may from time to time be CDN Prime Loans or Bankers' Acceptances, as determined by the CDN Borrower and notified to the Canadian Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2(b), 2.13(c) and/or 2.25, as applicable.

(c) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each US$ CDN Term Lender severally agrees to make a term loan (a "US$ CDN Term Loan") in Dollars to the CDN Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the amount of the US$ CDN Term Commitment of such Lender. The US$ CDN Term Loans may from time to time be Eurocurrency Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the CDN Borrower and notified to the Canadian Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2(b) and 2.13.

2.2 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. (a) The Initial US Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the day of the anticipated Closing Date) requesting that the US Term Lenders make the US Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed. The US Term Loans made on the Closing Date shall initially be ABR Loans. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each US Term Lender thereof. Not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Closing Date each US Term Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the US Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the US Term Loan or US Term Loans to be made by such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account designated in writing by the Initial US Borrower to the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the US Term Lenders in immediately available funds.

(b) The CDN Borrower shall give the Canadian Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Canadian Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the day of the anticipated Closing Date) requesting that the CDN Term Lenders make the CDN Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed. The CDN Term Loans made on the Closing Date shall initially be (i) in the case of C$ CDN Term Loans, CDN Prime Loans, and (ii) in the case of US$ CDN Term Loans, ABR Loans. Upon receipt of such notice the Canadian Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each CDN Term Lender thereof. Not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Closing Date each CDN Term Lender shall make available to the Canadian Administrative Agent at the Canadian Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the CDN Term Loan or CDN Term Loans to be made by such Lender. The Canadian Administrative Agent shall credit the account designated in writing by the CDN Borrower to the Canadian Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Canadian Administrative Agent by the CDN Term Lenders in immediately available funds.


36

2.3 Repayment of Term Loans. (a) The US Term Loan of each US Term Lender shall mature in consecutive quarterly installments, commencing on March 31, 2006, each of which shall be in an amount equal to such Lender's US Term Percentage multiplied by the amount set forth below opposite such installment:

    Installment      Principal Amount
    -----------      ----------------
March 31, 2006           $500,000
June 30, 2006            $500,000
September 30, 2006       $500,000
December 31, 2006        $500,000
March 31, 2007           $500,000
June 30, 2007            $500,000
September 30, 2007       $500,000
December 31, 2007        $500,000
March 31, 2008           $500,000
June 30, 2008            $500,000
September 30, 2008       $500,000
December 31, 2008        $500,000
March 31, 2009           $500,000
June 30, 2009            $500,000
September 30, 2009       $500,000
December 31, 2009        $500,000
March 31, 2010           $500,000
June 30, 2010            $500,000
September 30, 2010       $500,000
December 31, 2010        $500,000
March 31, 2011           $500,000
June 30, 2011            $500,000
September 30, 2011       $500,000
December 31, 2011        $500,000
March 31, 2012           $500,000
June 30, 2012            $500,000
September 30, 2012       $500,000
November 23, 2012     All outstanding
                       principal in
                      respect of the
                       US Term Loans

(b) The C$ CDN Term Loan of each C$ CDN Term Lender shall mature in consecutive quarterly installments, commencing on March 31, 2006, each of which shall be in an amount equal to such Lender's C$ CDN Term Percentage multiplied by the amount set forth below opposite such installment:

    Installment      Principal Amount
    -----------      ----------------
March 31, 2006           C$170,897
June 30, 2006            C$170,897
September 30, 2006       C$170,897
December 31, 2006        C$170,897
March 31, 2007           C$170,897
June 30, 2007            C$170,897
September 30, 2007       C$170,897


37

    Installment      Principal Amount
    -----------      ----------------
December 31, 2007        C$170,897
March 31, 2008           C$170,897
June 30, 2008            C$170,897
September 30, 2008       C$170,897
December 31, 2008        C$170,897
March 31, 2009           C$170,897
June 30, 2009            C$170,897
September 30, 2009       C$170,897
December 31, 2009        C$170,897
March 31, 2010           C$170,897
June 30, 2010            C$170,897
September 30, 2010       C$170,897
December 31, 2010        C$170,897
March 31, 2011           C$170,897
June 30, 2011            C$170,897
September 30, 2011       C$170,897
December 31, 2011        C$170,897
March 31, 2012           C$170,897
June 30, 2012            C$170,897
September 30, 2012       C$170,897
November 23, 2012     All outstanding
                       principal in
                      respect of the
                        C$ CDN Term
                           Loans

(c) The US$ CDN Term Loan of each US$ CDN Term Lender shall mature in consecutive quarterly installments, commencing on March 31, 2006, each of which shall be in an amount equal to such Lender's US$ CDN Term Percentage multiplied by the amount set forth below opposite such installment:

    Installment      Principal Amount
    -----------      ----------------
March 31, 2006            $42,500
June 30, 2006             $42,500
September 30, 2006        $42,500
December 31, 2006         $42,500
March 31, 2007            $42,500
June 30, 2007             $42,500
September 30, 2007        $42,500
December 31, 2007         $42,500
March 31, 2008            $42,500
June 30, 2008             $42,500
September 30, 2008        $42,500
December 31, 2008         $42,500
March 31, 2009            $42,500
June 30, 2009             $42,500
September 30, 2009        $42,500
December 31, 2009         $42,500
March 31, 2010            $42,500
June 30, 2010             $42,500


38

    Installment      Principal Amount
    -----------      ----------------
September 30, 2010        $42,500
December 31, 2010         $42,500
March 31, 2011            $42,500
June 30, 2011             $42,500
September 30, 2011        $42,500
December 31, 2011         $42,500
March 31, 2012            $42,500
June 30, 2012             $42,500
September 30, 2012        $42,500
November 23, 2012     All outsanding
                      principal in
                      respect of the
                       US$ CDN Term
                           Loans

2.4 Revolving Commitments. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each US Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans ("US Revolving Loans") in Dollars to the US Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender's US Revolving Percentage of the sum of (i) the US L/C Obligations then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the US Swingline Loans then outstanding, does not exceed the amount of such Lender's US Revolving Commitment. During the Revolving Commitment Period the US Borrower may use the US Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the US Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The US Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurocurrency Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the US Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5(a) and 2.13.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each CDN Revolving Lender severally agrees (i) to make revolving credit loans to the CDN Borrower in Dollars (US$ CDN Revolving Loans") from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period, and (ii) to make revolving credit loans to the US Borrower and the CDN Borrower in CDN Dollars and to accept and, at the option of the CDN Borrower, purchase Bankers' Acceptances from the CDN Borrower (such revolving credit loans and the full Face Amount of all such B/As, the "C$ CDN Revolving Loans" and, together with the US$ CDN Revolving Loans, collectively, the "CDN Revolving Loans") from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period, in an aggregate principal amount for all such CDN Revolving Loans at any one time outstanding such that (i) such CDN Revolving Lender's CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit for the account of the CDN Borrower does not exceed the portion of such CDN Revolving Lender's CDN Revolving Commitment then allocated to the CDN Borrower in accordance with this Section 2.4(b) and (ii) such CDN Revolving Lender's CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit for the account of the US Borrower does not exceed the portion of such CDN Revolving Lender's CDN Revolving Commitment then allocated to the US Borrower in accordance with this Section
2.4(b). The allocation of the CDN Revolving Commitments as between the US Borrower on the one hand and the CDN Borrower on the other hand shall be fixed by the US Borrower at the beginning of each fiscal quarter of the US Borrower; provided, that the US Borrower may revise such allocations at the beginning of each such fiscal quarter or more often by providing written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent (which notice must be received by each agent prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time, three Business Days before the date on which such allocations shall be revised) specifying the revised allocation of the CDN Revolving Commitments as between the US Borrower and the CDN Borrower, respectively. As of the Closing Date, none of the CDN Revolving Commitments are allocated to the US Borrower and $10,000,000 of the CDN Revolving Commitments are allocated to the CDN Borrower. To


39

the extent that the CDN Revolving Commitment of a CDN Revolving Lender may be allocated to the US Borrower from time to time, such CDN Revolving Lender, if it is not a "United States person" (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), shall designate by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date, and otherwise from time to time, a Related Affiliate of such Lender which is either a "United States person" (as such term is defined in
Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) or is a Non-US Lender that has fulfilled the requirements of Section 2.20(d) or (e), as applicable.

(c) During the Revolving Commitment Period, each Borrower may use the CDN Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying (other than Bankers' Acceptances) or repaying the CDN Revolving Loans, in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

(d) The C$ CDN Revolving Loans shall be denominated in CDN Dollars and may from time to time be (i) if borrowed by the CDN Borrower, (A) CDN Prime Loans or (B) Bankers' Acceptances, as determined by the CDN Borrower and notified to the Canadian Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) pursuant to Section 2.5(b) and Section 2.13 and (ii) if borrowed by the US Borrower, Eurocurrency Loans, as notified to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.5(a). The US$ CDN Revolving Loans shall be denominated in Dollars and may from time to time be (A) CDN ABR Loans or (B) Eurocurrency Loans, as determined by the CDN Borrower and notified to the Canadian Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) pursuant to
Section 2.5(b) and Section 2.13.

(e) Each Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans made to it on the Revolving Termination Date.

2.5 Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing. (a) The US Borrower may borrow under the US Revolving Commitments or the CDN Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business Day, provided that the US Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent (and the Canadian Administrative Agent, in the case of borrowings under the CDN Revolving Commitments) irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time, (a) three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, or (b) one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR Loans), specifying
(i) whether such borrowing is of the US Revolving Commitments or the CDN Revolving Commitments (or in the event that the US Borrower is borrowing under both facilities, specifying the principal amount to be borrowed under each thereof), (ii) the amount, currency (if applicable) and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (iii) the requested Borrowing Date and (iv) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor. Any US Revolving Loans made on the Closing Date shall initially be ABR Loans, and the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans made on the Closing Date shall not exceed $10,010,000. Each borrowing by the US Borrower under the US Revolving Commitments or the CDN Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of ABR Loans, $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available US Revolving Commitments or Available CDN Revolving Commitments, respectively, are less than $500,000, such lesser amount) and (y) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, (I) in the case of Dollar-denominated Loans, $3,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof and (II) in the case of CDN Dollar-denominated Loans, C$3,000,000 or a whole multiple of C$500,000 in excess thereof; provided, that the US Swingline Lender may request, on behalf of the US Borrower, borrowings under the US Revolving Commitments that are ABR Loans in other amounts pursuant to Section
2.7(b)(i). Upon receipt of any such notice from the US Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each US Revolving Lender or CDN Revolving Lender, as applicable, thereof. Each US Revolving Lender or CDN Revolving Lender, as applicable, will make the amount of its pro rata share of each borrowing available


40

to the Administrative Agent for the account of the US Borrower at the US Funding Office prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the US Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to the US Borrower by the Administrative Agent crediting the account of the US Borrower on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the US Revolving Lenders and/or the CDN Revolving Lenders, as the case may be, and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The CDN Borrower may borrow under the CDN Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business Day, provided that the CDN Borrower shall give the Canadian Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Canadian Administrative Agent prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City time, (a) three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans or Bankers' Acceptances, or (b) one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of CDN Prime Loans or CDN ABR Loans), specifying (i) the amount, currency and Type of Loans to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date and (iii) in the case of Bankers' Acceptances or Eurocurrency Loans, the respective Contract Periods therefor or the respective amounts thereof and lengths of the initial Interest Periods therefor, respectively. Any CDN Revolving Loans made to the CDN Borrower on the Closing Date shall initially be CDN Prime Loans (if denominated in CDN Dollars) or CDN ABR Loans (if denominated in Dollars), and the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans made on the Closing Date shall not exceed $10,010,000. Each borrowing by the CDN Borrower under the CDN Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (i) in the case of CDN Prime Loans, C$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of C$100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available CDN Revolving Commitments are less than the US Dollar Equivalent of C$1,000,000 at such time, such lesser amount), (ii) in the case of CDN ABR Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available CDN Revolving Commitments are less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount), (iii) in the case of Bankers' Acceptances, an amount as set forth in Section 2.25 and
(iv) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; provided, that the CDN Swingline Lender may request, on behalf of the CDN Borrower, borrowings under the CDN Revolving Commitments that are CDN ABR Loans in other amounts pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(ii). Upon receipt of any such notice from the CDN Borrower, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each CDN Revolving Lender thereof. Each CDN Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each such borrowing available to the Canadian Administrative Agent for the account of the CDN Borrower at the CDN Funding Office prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the CDN Borrower in funds immediately available to the Canadian Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available on such date to the CDN Borrower by the Canadian Administrative Agent crediting the account designated in writing by the CDN Borrower to the Canadian Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Canadian Administrative Agent by the CDN Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received by the Canadian Administrative Agent.

2.6 Swingline Commitment. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the US Swingline Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit otherwise available to the US Borrower under the US Revolving Commitments from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period by making swing line loans ("US Swingline Loans") in Dollars to the US Borrower; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of US Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the US Swingline Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the US Swingline Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the US Swingline Lender's other outstanding US Revolving Loans, may exceed the US Swingline Commitment then in effect) and (ii) the US Borrower shall not request, and the US Swingline Lender shall not make, any US Swingline Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such US Swingline Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available US Revolving Commitments would be less than zero.


41

During the Revolving Commitment Period, the US Borrower may use the US Swingline Commitment by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. US Swingline Loans shall be ABR Loans only.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the CDN Swingline Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit otherwise available to the CDN Borrower under the CDN Revolving Commitments from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period by making swing line loans ("CDN Swingline Loans") in CDN Dollars to the CDN Borrower; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of CDN Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the CDN Swingline Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the CDN Swingline Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the CDN Swingline Lender's other outstanding CDN Revolving Loans, may exceed the CDN Swingline Commitment then in effect) and (ii) the CDN Borrower shall not request, and the CDN Swingline Lender shall not make, any CDN Swingline Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such CDN Swingline Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available CDN Revolving Commitments would be less than zero. During the Revolving Commitment Period, the CDN Borrower may use the CDN Swingline Commitment by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. CDN Swingline Loans shall be CDN ABR Loans only.

(c) The US Borrower shall repay to the US Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each US Swingline Loan on the Revolving Termination Date. The CDN Borrower shall repay to the CDN Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each CDN Swingline Loan on the Revolving Termination Date.

2.7 Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans.
(a) Whenever either Borrower desires that the relevant Swingline Lender make Swingline Loans it shall give such Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent
(or the Canadian Administrative Agent, in the case of CDN Swingline Loans) irrevocable telephonic notice confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be received by such Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, in the case of CDN Swingline Loans) not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the proposed Borrowing Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period). Each borrowing under either Swingline Commitment shall be in an amount equal to $100,000 or a whole multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof. Not later than 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, the relevant Swingline Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the US Funding Office or the Canadian Administrative Agent at the CDN Funding Office, as applicable, an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the Swingline Loan to be made by such Swingline Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall make the proceeds of such Swingline Loan available to the relevant Borrower on such Borrowing Date by depositing such proceeds in the account of such Borrower with the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, or as otherwise directed by such Borrower on such Borrowing Date in immediately available funds.

(b) (i) The US Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the US Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the US Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), on one Business Day's notice given by the US Swingline Lender no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, request each US Revolving Lender to make, and each US Revolving Lender hereby agrees to make, a US Revolving Loan, in an amount equal to such US Revolving Lender's US Revolving Percentage of the aggregate amount of the US Swingline Loans (the "Refunded US Swingline Loans") outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the US Swingline Lender. Each US Revolving Lender shall make the amount of such US Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the US Funding Office in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00


42

A.M., New York City time, one Business Day after the date of such notice. The proceeds of such US Revolving Loans shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the US Swingline Lender for application by the US Swingline Lender to the repayment of the Refunded US Swingline Loans.

(ii) The CDN Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion may direct the Canadian Administrative Agent to, and the Canadian Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, on behalf of the CDN Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the CDN Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), on one Business Day's notice given by the Canadian Administrative Agent no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, request each CDN Revolving Lender to make, and each CDN Revolving Lender hereby agrees to make, a CDN Revolving Loan, in an amount equal to such CDN Revolving Lender's CDN Revolving Percentage of the aggregate amount of the CDN Swingline Loans (the "Refunded CDN Swingline Loans") outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the CDN Swingline Lender. Each CDN Revolving Lender shall make the amount of such CDN Revolving Loan available to the Canadian Administrative Agent at the CDN Funding Office in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, one Business Day after the date of such notice. The proceeds of such CDN Revolving Loans shall be immediately made available by the Canadian Administrative Agent to the CDN Swingline Lender for application by the CDN Swingline Lender to the repayment of the Refunded CDN Swingline Loans

(c) If prior to the time a US Revolving Loan or CDN Revolving Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 2.7(b), one of the events described in Section 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the US Borrower or the CDN Borrower, respectively, or if for any other reason, as determined by the relevant Swingline Lender in its sole discretion, US Revolving Loans or CDN Revolving Loans, as applicable, may not be made as contemplated by Section 2.7(b), each US Revolving Lender or CDN Revolving Lender, as applicable, shall, on the date such US Revolving Loan or CDN Revolving Loan, as applicable, was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.7(b), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding US Swingline Loans or CDN Swingline Loans, respectively, by paying to the relevant Swingline Lender an amount (the "Swingline Participation Amount") equal to (i) in the case of US Swingline Loans, (A) such US Revolving Lender's US Revolving Percentage times (B) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of US Swingline Loans then outstanding that were to have been repaid with such US Revolving Loans and (ii) in the case of CDN Swingline Loans, (A) such CDN Revolving Lender's CDN Revolving Percentage times (B) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of CDN Swingline Loans then outstanding that were to have been repaid with such CDN Revolving Loans.

(d) Whenever, at any time after a Swingline Lender has received from any Revolving Lender such Lender's Swingline Participation Amount with respect to any Swingline Loans, such Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of such Swingline Loans, such Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swingline Participation Amount with respect thereto (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender's participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender's pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all such Swingline Loans then due); provided, however, that in the event that such payment received by such Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Lender will return to such Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by such Swingline Lender.

(e) Each Revolving Lender's obligation to make the Loans referred to in Section 2.7(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 2.7(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and


43

shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Revolving Lender or either Borrower may have against either Swingline Lender, either Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of either Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by either Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

2.8 Repayment of Loans. (a) The US Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the appropriate Revolving Lender or Term Lender, as the case may be, (i) the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Revolving Lender made to the US Borrower outstanding on the Revolving Termination Date (or on such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 8) and (ii) the principal amount of each outstanding Term Loan of such Term Lender made to the US Borrower in installments according to the relevant amortization schedule set forth in Section 2.3 (or on such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 8). The US Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans made to the US Borrower from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.15.

(b) The CDN Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Canadian Administrative Agent for the account of the appropriate Revolving Lender or Term Lender, as the case may be, (i) the then unpaid principal amount of each CDN Revolving Loan of such Revolving Lender made to the CDN Borrower outstanding on the Revolving Termination Date (or on such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 8) and (ii) the principal amount of each outstanding Term Loan of such Term Lender made to the CDN Borrower in installments according to the relevant amortization schedule set forth in Section 2.3 (or on such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 8). The CDN Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest and fees, as applicable on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans (including the Face Amount of all B/As) made to such CDN Borrower from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.15 and Section 2.25.

(c) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of each Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal (including the Face Amount of all B/As) and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(d) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the applicable Borrower, shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 10.6(b)(iv), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and any Note evidencing such Loan, the Type of such Loan and each Interest Period or Contract Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal (including the Face Amount of all B/As), interest and fees, as applicable, due and payable or to become due and payable from the relevant Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent hereunder from the relevant Borrower and each Lender's share thereof.

(e) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.8(c) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the relevant Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the relevant Borrower to repay (with


44

applicable interest) the Loans made to such Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

2.9 Commitment Fees, etc. (a) The US Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each US Revolving Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving Commitment Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the Available US Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.

(b) The CDN Borrower agrees to pay to the Canadian Administrative Agent for the account of each CDN Revolving Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving Commitment Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the portion of the Available CDN Revolving Commitment of such Lender made available to the CDN Borrower during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.

(c) The US Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each CDN Revolving Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving Commitment Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the portion of the Available CDN Revolving Commitment of such Lender made available to the US Borrower (without duplication of Section 2.9(b) above) during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.

(d) The US Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in any fee agreements with the Administrative Agent.

2.10 Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. The US Borrower (and, with respect to the CDN Revolving Commitments only, the CDN Borrower) shall have the right, upon not less than two Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent (and the Canadian Administrative Agent, in the case of the CDN Revolving Commitments), to terminate the US Revolving Commitments and/or the CDN Revolving Commitments, as the case may be, or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the US Revolving Commitments and/or CDN Revolving Commitments, as the case may be; provided that no such termination or reduction of such Revolving Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the US Revolving Loans or the CDN Revolving Loans, as the case may be, made on the effective date thereof, the Total US Revolving Extensions of Credit or the Total CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit, as applicable, would exceed the Total US Revolving Commitments or the Total CDN Revolving Commitments, respectively. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the US Revolving Commitments or CDN Revolving Commitments, as the case may be, then in effect.

2.11 Optional Prepayments. (a) The US Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the US Revolving Loans or the US Term Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, three Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, and no later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, one Business Day prior thereto, in the case of ABR Loans, which notice shall specify (i) the date and amount of prepayment, (ii) whether the prepayment is of US Revolving Loans or US Term Loans and (iii) whether the prepayment is of Eurocurrency Loans or ABR Loans; provided, that if a Eurocurrency Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the US Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21. Upon receipt of


45

any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans and US Swingline Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of US Term Loans and US Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of (i) $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (in the case of prepayments of ABR Loans) or (ii) $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (in the case of prepayments of Eurocurrency Loans), and in each case shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.18. Partial prepayments of US Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000 or a whole multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof.

(b) The CDN Borrower and the US Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the CDN Revolving Loans (other than Bankers' Acceptances) or the CDN Term Loans (other than Bankers' Acceptances), in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, three Business Days prior thereto (in the case of Eurocurrency Loans) or one Business Day prior thereto (in the case of ABR Loans, CDN ABR Loans and CDN Prime Loans), which notice shall specify (i) the date and amount of prepayment, (ii) whether the prepayment is of CDN Revolving Loans, C$ CDN Term Loans or US$ CDN Term Loans and (iii) whether the prepayment is of Eurocurrency Loans, CDN Prime Loans, CDN ABR Loans or ABR Loans; provided, that if a Eurocurrency Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the relevant Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21. Upon receipt of any such notice the Canadian Administrative Agent (or, if such notice is received from the US Borrower, the Administrative Agent) shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of CDN Swingline Loans and CDN Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans, CDN ABR Loans or CDN Prime Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of C$ CDN Term Loans and C$ CDN Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of C$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of C$100,000 in excess thereof (in the case of prepayments of CDN Prime Loans) or C$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of C$500,000 in excess thereof (in the case of prepayments of Eurocurrency Loans) and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.18. Partial prepayments of US$ CDN Revolving Loans and US$ CDN Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (in the case of prepayments of ABR Loans or CDN ABR Loans) or $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (in the case of prepayments of Eurocurrency Loans) and shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 2.18. Partial prepayments of CDN Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of C$50,000 or a whole multiple of C$50,000 in excess thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any voluntary prepayment of Term Loans (other than in connection with a refinancing of all Loans under the US Term Facility and the Revolving Facility (including any refinancing of all Loans hereunder)) that results in the prepayment of all or any portion of the outstanding Term Loans on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date with the proceeds of new term loans that have an applicable margin that is less than the Applicable Margin for the Term Loans may only be made if each Term Lender is paid a prepayment premium of 1% of the principal amount of such Lender's Term Loans being prepaid on the date of such prepayment.

2.12 Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions. (a) Unless the Required Prepayment Lenders shall otherwise agree, (i) if any Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 7.2) shall be incurred by any US Loan Party an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on the date of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds toward the prepayment of the US Term Loans as set forth in Section 2.12(e) and (ii) if any Indebtedness (excluding Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 7.2) shall be incurred by the CDN Borrower or any


46

CDN Subsidiary Guarantor, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on the date of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds toward the prepayment of the CDN Term Loans as set forth in Section 2.12(e).

(b) Unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree, (i) if on any date any US Loan Party shall for its own account receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied on such date toward the prepayment of the US Term Loans and the reduction of the US Revolving Commitments as set forth in Section 2.12(e) and (ii) if on any date the CDN Borrower or any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor shall for its own account receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event (a "CDN Reinvestment Event") then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied on such date toward the prepayment of the CDN Term Loans and the reduction of the CDN Revolving Commitments as set forth in Section 2.12(e); provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, the US Term Loans shall be prepaid and/or the US Revolving Commitments shall be reduced (or, with respect to any CDN Reinvestment Event, the CDN Term Loans shall be prepaid and/or the CDN Revolving Commitments shall be reduced) as set forth in Section 2.12(e) by an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event and (y) on the date (the "Trigger Date") that is six months after any such Reinvestment Prepayment Date, the US Term Loans shall be prepaid and/or the US Revolving Commitments shall be reduced (or, with respect to any CDN Reinvestment Event, the CDN Term Loans shall be prepaid and/or the CDN Revolving Commitments shall be reduced) as set forth in Section 2.12(e) by an amount equal to the portion of any Committed Reinvestment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event not actually expended by such Trigger Date.

(c) Unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree, if on any date Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive for its own account proceeds from any tax refund with respect to any period ending on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date to the extent resulting from the redemption of stock options on the Closing Date, an amount equal to (i) the amount of such proceeds minus (ii) the amount of cash on hand of the US Borrower on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transaction, shall be applied on the date of such receipt toward the prepayment of the Revolving Loans or the Term Loans as set forth in Section 2.12(e).

(d) Unless the Required Prepayment Lenders shall otherwise agree, if, for any fiscal year of the US Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, the US Borrower shall, on the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply an amount equal to (i) the Excess Cash Flow Percentage of such Excess Cash Flow minus (ii) the aggregate amount of all prepayments of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans during such fiscal year to the extent accompanied by permanent optional reductions of the Revolving Commitments and all optional prepayments of the Term Loans during such fiscal year, in each case other than to the extent any such prepayment is funded with the proceeds of new long-term Indebtedness, toward the prepayment of the US Term Loans as set forth in Section 2.12(e). Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (an "Excess Cash Flow Application Date") no later than ten days after the date on which the financial statements of the US Borrower referred to in
Section 6.1(a), for the fiscal year with respect to which such prepayment is made, are required to be delivered to the Lenders.

(e) Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (d) above shall be applied to the prepayment of the US Term Loans (or the CDN Term Loans, as applicable) in accordance with Section 2.18(b) until paid in full. Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments and Commitment reductions pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall be applied, first, to the prepayment of the US Term Loans (or the CDN Term Loans, as applicable) in accordance with


47

Section 2.18(b) until paid in full and, second, to reduce permanently the US Revolving Credit Commitments (or the CDN Revolving Commitments, as applicable) on a ratable basis. Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments pursuant to paragraph (c) above shall be applied, at the US Borrower's option, either (x) to the prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.18(b) or (y) solely to the prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans (without any corresponding permanent reduction of the related Revolving Commitments) in accordance with Section 2.18(c). Any reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be accompanied by prepayment of the Revolving Loans to the extent, if any, that the Total US Revolving Extensions of Credit exceed the amount of the Total US Revolving Commitments as so reduced or the Total CDN Revolving Extensions of Credit exceed the amount of the Total CDN Revolving Commitments as so reduced, as applicable, provided that if the aggregate principal amount of US Revolving Loans or CDN Revolving Loans (other than B/As), respectively, then outstanding is less than the amount of such excess (because L/C Obligations and/or B/As constitute a portion thereof), the relevant Borrower shall, to the extent of the balance of such excess, replace outstanding Letters of Credit and/or deposit an amount in cash in a cash collateral account established with the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, in the case of CDN Letters of Credit or B/As) for the benefit of the relevant Lenders on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, in the case of Letters of Credit issued for the account of the CDN Borrower or B/As). The application of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.12 shall be made, first, to ABR Loans, CDN ABR Loans or CDN Prime Loans, as the case may be, and, second, to Eurocurrency Loans. Each prepayment of the Loans under Section 2.12 shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.

(f) If at any time the Revolving Extensions of Credit of any Lender exceeds 105% of the Revolving Commitments of such Lender, as a result of the fluctuation of currency values, the relevant Borrower shall immediately repay the aggregate outstanding CDN Revolving Loans (other than Bankers' Acceptances) to the extent required to eliminate such excess. If any such excess remains after repayment in full of the aggregate outstanding CDN Revolving Loans (other than Bankers' Acceptances), the relevant Borrower shall provide cash collateral for CDN L/C Obligations or the B/As, as applicable, to the extent required to eliminate such excess, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Canadian Administrative Agent.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the aggregate principal amount of all prepayments of the CDN Term Loans required to be made pursuant to any provisions of this Section 2.12, together with the aggregate principal amount of all payments of the CDN Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 2.3(b) prior to the day that is one day after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, shall not, at any time prior to the date that is one day after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, exceed in the aggregate an amount equal to 25% of the initial principal amount of the CDN Term Loans (the "Maximum Amount"); provided that the foregoing shall not preclude a CDN Term Lender from receiving principal payments in excess of the foregoing amounts upon or in connection with any Event of Default pursuant to Section 8(f) or in connection with any voluntary prepayment. Any prepayment amount required to be made in respect of the CDN Term Loans (or portion thereof) in excess of the Maximum Amount shall be reallocated to the prepayment of the US Term Loans (until repaid in full) to the extent that such prepayment amount represents Net Cash Proceeds or proceeds received by the US Borrower or its Subsidiaries (other than any CDN Loan Party) or is attributable to Excess Cash Flow.

2.13 Conversion and Continuation Options. (a) Each Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurocurrency Loans made to such Borrower (other than C$ CDN Revolving Loans made to the US Borrower) to ABR Loans (or CDN ABR Loans, in the case of US$ CDN Revolving Loans made to the CDN Borrower) by giving the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, in the case of the CDN Borrower) prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date, provided, that if any


48

Eurocurrency Loan is so converted on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the relevant Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21. Each Borrower may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans (or CDN ABR Loans, in the case of the CDN Borrower) made to such Borrower to Eurocurrency Loans by giving the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, in the case of the CDN Borrower) prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor), provided that no ABR Loan or CDN ABR Loans, as the case may be, under a particular Facility may be converted into a Eurocurrency Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, in the case of each CDN Term Facility and the CDN Revolving Facility) or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable) shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

(b) Any Eurocurrency Loan may be continued as such by the relevant Borrower giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, with respect to the CDN Term Loans or CDN Revolving Loans), in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term "Interest Period" set forth in Section 1.1 and no later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed continuation date, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans, provided, that if any Eurocurrency Loan is so continued on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the relevant Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21, and provided, further, that no Eurocurrency Loan under a particular Facility may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, if applicable) has or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuations, and provided, further, that if the relevant Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans (or CDN ABR Loans, in the case of US$ CDN Revolving Loans made to the CDN Borrower) on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be) shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

(c) The CDN Borrower may elect to convert any CDN Prime Loan to B/As, subject to the provisions of Section 2.25, by giving the Canadian Administrative Agent irrevocable notice no later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, three (3) Business Days prior to the date of conversion (which notice shall specify the amount to be converted and the length of the Contract Period therefor); provided, that no such conversion shall be permitted when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

2.14 Minimum Amounts and Maximum Number of Eurocurrency Tranches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions, continuations and optional prepayments of Eurocurrency Loans, B/As and all selections of Interest Periods, and Contract Periods applicable to B/As, shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurocurrency Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Tranche shall be equal to a minimum of $3,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, (b) no more than ten Eurocurrency Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time and (c) no more than six Contract Periods in respect of Bankers' Acceptances shall be outstanding at any one time.


49

2.15 Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a) Each Eurocurrency Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the Applicable Margin, and each CDN ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the CDN ABR plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) Each CDN Prime Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the CDN Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(d) Each Bankers' Acceptance shall be subject to an Acceptance Fee payable as set forth in Section 2.25.

(e) (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan (including the Face Amount of any outstanding B/A) or Reimbursement Obligation shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to
(x) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2% or (y) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations, the rate applicable to ABR Loans under the US Revolving Facility (or, with respect to Letters of Credit denominated in CDN Dollars, the rate applicable to CDN Prime Loans under the CDN Revolving Facility) plus 2%, and (ii) if all or a portion of any interest payable on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or any commitment fee or other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to ABR Loans, CDN ABR Loans or CDN Prime Loans, as applicable, under the relevant Facility plus 2% (or, in the case of any such other amounts that do not relate to a particular Facility, the rate then applicable to ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility plus 2%), in each case, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

(f) Interest shall be payable by the relevant Borrower in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand.

2.16 Computation of Interest and Fees. (a) Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to CDN Prime Loans, CDN ABR Loans and ABR Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed and Acceptance Fees and commitment fees and interest calculated on the basis of the CDOR Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the relevant Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurocurrency Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR, the CDN ABR, the CDN Prime Rate or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall as soon as practicable notify the relevant Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be presumptively correct in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative


50

Agent, as applicable, shall, at the request of the relevant Borrower, deliver to such Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.15(a).

(c) For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), in any case in which an interest or fee rate is stated in this Agreement to be calculated on the basis of a number of days that is other than the number in a calendar year, the yearly rate, to which such interest or fee rate is equivalent, is equal to such interest or fee rate multiplied by the actual number of days in the year in which the relevant interest or fee payment accrues and divided by the number of days used as the basis for such calculation.

2.17 Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:

(a) the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent (with respect to US$ CDN Revolving Loans and US$ CDN Term Loans only) shall have determined (which determination shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period, or

(b) the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent (with respect to US$ CDN Revolving Loans and US$ CDN Term Loans only) shall have received notice from the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the relevant Facility that by reason of any changes arising after the date of this Agreement the Eurocurrency Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,

the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the relevant Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given
(x) any Eurocurrency Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans or CDN ABR Loans, as applicable, (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurocurrency Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans or CDN ABR Loans, as applicable and (z) any outstanding Eurocurrency Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period with respect thereto, to ABR Loans or CDN ABR Loans, as applicable. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable (which action such Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, will take promptly after the conditions giving rise to such notice no longer exist), no further Eurocurrency Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the relevant Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurocurrency Loans.

2.18 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a) Each borrowing by the Borrowers from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrowers on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Revolving Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the respective US Term Percentages, C$ CDN Term Percentages, US$ CDN Term Percentages, US Revolving Percentages or CDN Revolving Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders. Each payment (other than prepayments) in respect of principal (or the Face Amount in respect of B/As) or interest in respect of the US Term Loans or CDN Term Loans and each payment in respect of fees payable hereunder shall be applied to the amounts of such obligations owing to the US Term Lenders or CDN Term Lenders, as applicable, pro rata according to the respective amounts then due and owing to such Lenders.


51

(b) Each optional prepayment of the Term Loans and each mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to paragraph (c) of Section 2.12 shall be applied to the remaining installments thereof as specified by the relevant Borrower. Each mandatory prepayment on account of principal of and interest on the US Term Loans pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (d) of Section 2.12 shall be applied first, to any installments thereof coming due within 24 months of the date of such prepayment in direct order of maturity and, second, ratably to the respective remaining installments thereof. Each mandatory prepayment on account of principal of and interest on the CDN Term Loans pursuant to paragraph (a) or
(b) of Section 2.12 shall be applied first, to any installments thereof coming due within 24 months of the date of such prepayment in direct order of maturity and, second, ratably to the respective remaining installments thereof. Amounts repaid or prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

(c) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the US Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the US Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the US Revolving Loans then held by the US Revolving Lenders. Each payment (including each prepayment) by the relevant Borrower on account of principal of (including the Face Amount of B/As) and fees and interest on the CDN Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the CDN Revolving Loans then held by the relevant CDN Revolving Lenders. Each payment in respect of Reimbursement Obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit shall be made to the Issuing Lender that issued such Letter of Credit

(d) (i) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the US Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the relevant Lenders, at the US Funding Office, in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the relevant Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurocurrency Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurocurrency Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

(ii) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the CDN Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Canadian Administrative Agent, for the account of the relevant Lenders, at the CDN Funding Office, in immediately available funds. The Canadian Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the relevant Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurocurrency Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurocurrency Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension

(e) Unless the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will


52

not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, such agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to such agent, and such agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the relevant Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, on demand, such amount with interest thereon, at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation (or, in the case of the Canadian Administrative Agent, the rate as determined by it to be its cost of funds), for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable. A certificate of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be presumptively correct in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender's share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, by such Lender within three Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall give notice of such fact to the relevant Borrower and the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans, CDN ABR Loans or CDN Prime Loans, as applicable, under the relevant Facility, on demand, from the relevant Borrower. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or the Borrowers against any defaulting Lender.

(f) Unless the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall have been notified in writing by the relevant Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by such Borrower hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, such agent may assume that such Borrower is making such payment, and such agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the relevant Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount. If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, by such Borrower within three Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each relevant Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate (or, in the case of the Canadian Administrative Agent, the rate as determined by it to be its cost of funds, which determination shall be presumptively correct in the absence of manifest error). Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender against any Borrower.

(g) Each obligation of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents related to any Loans or Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars shall be paid in Dollars. Each obligation of the Loan Parties related to any Loans or Letters of Credit denominated in CDN Dollars shall be paid in CDN Dollars; provided, that fees payable pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be payable in Dollars. All commitment fees payable pursuant to Section 2.9 shall be calculated and payable in Dollars.

2.19 Requirements of Law. (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority first made, in each case, subsequent to the date hereof:


53

(i) shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Application or any Eurocurrency Loan made by it or any Bankers' Acceptance purchased or accepted by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Non-Excluded Taxes and changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Lender);

(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurocurrency Rate or the Discount Rate hereunder; or

(iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition not otherwise contemplated hereunder;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount which such Lender reasonably deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurocurrency Loans, issuing or participating in Letters of Credit or purchasing or accepting Bankers' Acceptances (in each case hereunder), or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the relevant Borrower, as the case may be, shall promptly pay such Lender, within ten Business Days after such Borrower's receipt of a reasonably detailed invoice therefor (showing with reasonable detail the calculations thereof), any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall promptly notify the relevant Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority first made, in each case, subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or such corporation's capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit or Bankers' Acceptance to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's or such corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Lender to the relevant Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be) of a reasonably detailed written request therefor (consistent with the detail provided by such Lender to similarly situated borrowers), the relevant Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation for such reduction.

(c) A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender to the relevant Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be) shall be presumptively correct in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, no Borrower shall be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies such Borrower of such Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of the relevant


54

Borrowers pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

2.20 Taxes. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all payments made by the Borrowers under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings or Other Taxes, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding (i) net income taxes, net profits or capital taxes and franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) imposed on the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document) and (ii) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which either Borrower is located (including the branch interest tax imposed under Part XIII of the ITA (or any successor or similar provision), the branch tax imposed under Part XIV of the ITA (or any successor or similar provision) and any similar taxes imposed under the laws of any province or territory of Canada). If any such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings ("Non-Excluded Taxes") or Other Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable by the relevant Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts so payable to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or such Lender (after deduction or withholding of all Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement, provided, however, that no Borrower shall be required to increase any such amounts payable to any Lender with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes (i) that are attributable to such Lender's failure to comply with the requirements of paragraph (d) or (e), as applicable, of this Section, (ii) that are United States withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable under the US Term Facility, US Revolving Facility or CDN Revolving Facility to such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a US Term Lender, US Revolving Lender or CDN Revolving Lender, except to the extent that such Lender's assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the relevant Borrower with respect to such Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to this paragraph or (iii) that are imposed by Canada on any amount paid or credited under the CDN Revolving Facility to any Lender (x) that is not a resident in Canada for purposes of the ITA or (y) that is not otherwise deemed to be a resident in Canada for purposes of Part XIII of the ITA in respect of any amounts paid or credited to such Lender under the CDN Revolving Facility, except to the extent that such Lender acquired its interest in the CDN Revolving Facility following the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or 8(f) pursuant to Section 10.6(b)(ii)(D) (in which case the requirement to increase any such amounts shall apply).

(b) In addition, the relevant Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by any Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the relevant Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent for the account of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the relevant Borrower showing payment thereof if such receipt is obtainable, or, if not, such other evidence of payment as may reasonably be required by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent


55

or such Lender. If any Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes that such Borrower is required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.20 (or in respect of which such Borrower would be required to pay increased amounts pursuant to Section 2.20(a) if such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes were withheld) when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be, the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, such Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any payments by them of such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes and for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that become payable by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure.

(d) Each Lender that is a US Term Lender or US Revolving Lender or that is a CDN Revolving Lender or a Related Affiliate that is making CDN Revolving Loans to the US Borrower or participating in CDN Letters of Credit issued for the account of the US Borrower that in any case is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) (a "Non-US Lender") shall deliver to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the US Borrower and to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased) (i) two accurate and complete copies of IRS Form W-8ECI or W-8BEN, or, (ii) in the case of a Non-US Lender claiming exemption from United States federal withholding tax under
Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of "portfolio interest", a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit F and two accurate and complete copies of IRS Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions or successors to such forms, in each case properly completed and duly executed by such Non-US Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, United States federal withholding tax on all payments by the US Borrower or any US Loan Party under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-US Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each Non-US Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-US Lender. Each Non-US Lender shall (i) promptly notify the US Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the US Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the United States taxing authorities for such purpose) and (ii) take such steps as shall not be disadvantageous to it, in its reasonable judgment, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its lending office pursuant to
Section 2.23) to avoid any requirement of applicable laws of any such jurisdiction that any Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Lender. Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Non-US Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Non-US Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(e) Each Lender that is a US Term Lender or US Revolving Lender or that is a CDN Revolving Lender or a Related Affiliate that is making CDN Revolving Loans to the US Borrower or participating in CDN Letters of Credit issued for the account of the US Borrower that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) (a "US Lender") shall deliver to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete copies of IRS Form W-9, or any subsequent versions or successors to such form. Such forms shall be delivered by each US Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement. In addition, each US Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such US Lender. Each US Lender shall promptly notify the US Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certifications to the US Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the United States taxing authorities for such purpose).

(f) If the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to


56

which it has been indemnified by any Borrower or with respect to which any Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20, it shall promptly pay over such refund to such Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Borrower under this
Section 2.20 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that such Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority; provided, further, that such Borrower shall not be required to repay to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or the Lender an amount in excess of the amount paid over by such party to such Borrower pursuant to this Section. This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to any Borrower or any other Person. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

2.21 Indemnity. Each Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense (other than lost profits, including the loss of Applicable Margin) that such Lender may actually sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by such Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurocurrency Loans after such Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by such Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurocurrency Loans after such Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (c) the making of a prepayment, conversion or continuation of Eurocurrency Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. A reasonably detailed certificate as to (showing in reasonable detail the calculation of) any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to such Borrower by any Lender shall be presumptively correct in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

2.22 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof, in each case, first made after the date hereof, shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurocurrency Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, such Lender shall promptly give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable) and the relevant Borrower, and (a) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurocurrency Loans, continue Eurocurrency Loans as such and convert ABR Loans and/or CDN ABR Loans, as applicable, to Eurocurrency Loans shall be suspended during the period of such illegality and (b) such Lender's Loans then outstanding as Eurocurrency Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans (or CDN ABR Loans, in the case of US$ CDN Revolving Loans made to the CDN Borrower) on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of a Eurocurrency Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the relevant Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 2.21.

2.23 Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.19, 2.20(a) or 2.22 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrowers, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of


57

avoiding the consequences of such event; provided, that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided, further, that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of any Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.19, 2.20(a) or 2.22.

2.24 Replacement of Lenders. The relevant Borrower shall be permitted to replace with a financial institution any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.19, 2.20 or 2.21 (to the extent a request made by a Lender pursuant to the operation of Section 2.21 is materially greater than requests made by other Lenders) or gives a notice of illegality pursuant to Section 2.22, (b) defaults in its obligation to make Loans hereunder, or (c) that has refused to consent to any waiver or amendment with respect to any Loan Document that requires such Lender's consent and has been consented to by the Required Lenders, provided, that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) prior to the relevant Borrower having taken any steps to effect such replacement, such Lender shall not have taken action, under Section 2.23 (within the requirements of Section 2.23) or otherwise, necessary to eliminate the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.19, 2.20 or 2.21 or to eliminate such illegality pursuant to Section 2.22, (iv) the replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (v) the relevant Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.21 (as though
Section 2.21 were applicable) if any Eurocurrency Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (vi) the replacement financial institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to the extent that an assignment to such replacement financial institution of the rights and obligations being acquired by it would otherwise require the consent of the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.6(c), (vii) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6, (viii) the relevant Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 2.19 or 2.20, as the case may be, in respect of any period prior to the date on which such replacement shall be consummated, (ix) the replacement financial institution shall consent to such amendment or waiver and (x) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

2.25 Bankers' Acceptances. To the extent provided for in Section 2.1(b) or 2.4(b), as applicable, the CDN Borrower may issue Bankers' Acceptances denominated in CDN Dollars for acceptance and purchase by the C$ CDN Term Lenders or the CDN Revolving Lenders, as applicable, subject to the following provisions:

(a) Bankers' Acceptances shall be denominated in CDN Dollars, for acceptance and purchase by the C$ CDN Term Lenders or the CDN Revolving Lenders, as applicable, at the Discount Rate;

(b) Each utilization by way of Bankers' Acceptances shall be for a minimum aggregate face amount (the "Face Amount") of C$500,000 or any greater amount which is a whole multiple of C$100,000;

(c) The Contract Period for each Bankers' Acceptance shall be a term of 30, 60, 90 or 180 days, subject to availability;

(d) Each Bankers' Acceptance will mature on a Business Day on or before the Revolving Termination Date or the scheduled maturity date of the C$ CDN Term Loans, as applicable;


58

(e) The Canadian Administrative Agent shall have been notified of a borrowing by way of B/As in accordance with Section 2.5(b) or pursuant to a notice of conversion under Section 2.13(c) or of rollover under Section 2.26;

(f) An Acceptance Fee shall be payable by the CDN Borrower to the Canadian Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the CDN Revolving Lenders or the C$ CDN Term Lenders, as applicable, in advance upon the issuance of a Bankers' Acceptance to be accepted by the CDN Revolving Lenders or the C$ CDN Term Lenders, as the case may be, calculated at the rate per annum (based on a 365-day year) equal to the Applicable Margin for Bankers' Acceptances, such Acceptance Fee to be calculated on the Face Amount of such Bankers' Acceptance and to be computed on the basis of the number of days in the Contract Period for such Bankers' Acceptance;

(g) The Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances shall be used when calculations are made to determine the amount of the CDN Revolving Loans and the C$ CDN Term Loans, as applicable;

(h) To facilitate availment of the CDN Loans by way of Bankers' Acceptances, the CDN Borrower hereby appoints each CDN B/A Lender as its attorney to sign and endorse on its behalf (for the purpose of acceptance and purchase of Bankers' Acceptances pursuant to this Agreement), in handwriting or by facsimile or mechanical signature as and when deemed necessary by such CDN B/A Lender, blank forms of Bankers' Acceptances. In this respect, it is each CDN B/A Lender's responsibility to maintain an adequate supply of blank forms of Bankers' Acceptances for acceptance under this Agreement. The CDN Borrower recognizes and agrees that all Bankers' Acceptances signed and/or endorsed on its behalf by a CDN B/A Lender shall bind the CDN Borrower as fully and effectually as if signed in the handwriting of and duly issued by the proper signing officers of the CDN Borrower. Each CDN B/A Lender is hereby authorized (for the purpose of acceptance and purchase of Bankers' Acceptances pursuant to this Agreement) to issue such Bankers' Acceptances endorsed in blank in such Face Amounts as may be determined by such CDN B/A Lender; provided, that the aggregate amount thereof is equal to the aggregate amount of Bankers' Acceptances required to be accepted and purchased by such CDN B/A Lender. No CDN B/A Lender shall be liable for any damage, loss or other claim arising by reason of any loss or improper use of any such instrument except the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such CDN B/A Lender or its officers, employees, agents or representatives. On request by the CDN Borrower, a CDN B/A Lender shall cancel all forms of Bankers' Acceptances which have been pre-signed or pre-endorsed by or on behalf of the CDN Borrower and which are held by such CDN B/A Lender and have not yet been issued in accordance herewith. Each CDN B/A Lender further agrees to retain such records in the manner and for the statutory periods provided in the various Canadian provincial or federal statutes and regulations which apply to such CDN B/A Lender. Each CDN B/A Lender shall maintain a record with respect to Bankers' Acceptances held by it in blank hereunder, voided by it for any reason, accepted and purchased by it hereunder, and cancelled at their respective maturities. Each CDN B/A Lender agrees to provide such records to the CDN Borrower at the CDN Borrower's expense upon request;

(i) Bankers' Acceptance shall be signed by a duly authorized officer or officers of the CDN Borrower or by its attorneys, including its attorneys appointed pursuant to subsection (h) above. Notwithstanding that any person whose signature appears on any Bankers' Acceptance as a signatory for the CDN Borrower may no longer be an authorized signatory for the CDN Borrower at the date of issuance of a Bankers' Acceptance, such signature shall nevertheless be


59

valid and sufficient for all purposes as if such authority had remained in force at the time of such issuance, and any such Bankers' Acceptance so signed shall be binding on the CDN Borrower;

(j) Promptly following receipt of a notice of borrowing under Section 2.5(b), notice of conversion under Section 2.13(c) or notice of rollover under Section 2.26, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall advise the relevant CDN B/A Lenders of the contents thereof and shall advise each CDN B/A Lender of the aggregate Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances to be accepted by it, the terms thereof, and the BA Discount Proceeds in respect thereof. The aggregate Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances to be accepted by a CDN B/A Lender in respect of any CDN Loan by way of Bankers' Acceptances shall be equal to (i) such CDN B/A Lender's CDN Revolving Percentage of the aggregate Face Amount of all Bankers' Acceptances to be accepted pursuant to such CDN Loan (in the case of a CDN Revolving Loan) or
(ii) such CDN B/A Lender's C$ CDN Term Percentage of the aggregate Face Amount of all Bankers' Acceptances to be accepted pursuant to such CDN Loan (in the case of a C$ CDN Term Loan), except, in each case, that if the Face Amount of a Bankers' Acceptance which would otherwise be accepted by a CDN B/A Lender would not be C$100,000 or larger multiple thereof, such Face Amount shall be increased or reduced by the Canadian Administrative Agent in its discretion to the nearest multiple of C$100,000;

(k) On the date of each issuance of Bankers' Acceptances in accordance with this Section, each CDN B/A Lender shall purchase from the CDN Borrower each Bankers' Acceptance accepted by it for a purchase price equal to the applicable BA Discount Proceeds determined on the basis of the Discount Rate, and (except to the extent such BA Discount Proceeds are being applied to repay maturing Bankers' Acceptances in accordance with Section 2.26 or CDN Prime Loans to be converted in accordance with Section 2.13(c)) shall remit not later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) in immediately available funds to the Canadian Administrative Agent for the account of the CDN Borrower at the CDN Funding Office the BA Discount Proceeds so determined less the Acceptance Fee payable by the CDN Borrower to such CDN B/A Lender under this Section 2.25 in respect of such Bankers' Acceptances. The Canadian Administrative Agent will make the funds so received from the CDN B/A Lenders available to the CDN Borrower at the CDN Funding Office;

(l) Each CDN B/A Lender may at any time and from time to time hold, sell, rediscount or otherwise dispose of any or all Bankers' Acceptances accepted and purchased by it;

(m) The CDN Borrower waives presentment for payment and any other defense to payment of any amounts then due to a CDN B/A Lender in respect of Bankers' Acceptance accepted by it pursuant to this Agreement which might exist solely by reason of such Bankers' Acceptance being held, at the maturity thereof, by such CDN B/A Lender in its own right, and the CDN Borrower agrees not to claim any days of grace if such CDN B/A Lender as holder sues the CDN Borrower on the Bankers' Acceptances for payment of the amount payable by the CDN Borrower hereunder;

(n) Each Bankers' Acceptance shall mature, and the Face Amount thereof shall be due and payable by the CDN Borrower, on the maturity date specified in such Bankers' Acceptance. Any overdue amount of any Bankers' Acceptance shall bear interest, payable on demand, calculated as set forth in Section 2.15(e). Any payment of a maturing Bankers' Acceptance shall be made as provided in Section 2.18 (notwithstanding that any CDN B/A Lender or any other Person may be the holder thereof at maturity) or Section 2.26, as applicable. Any such payment shall be made by deposit at the CDN Funding Office and shall satisfy the CDN Borrower's obligations under the maturing Bankers' Acceptance to which it relates, and the CDN B/A Lender


60

accepting and purchasing the applicable Bankers' Acceptance shall thereafter be solely responsible for the payment of such Bankers' Acceptance;

(o) Bankers' Acceptances issued by the CDN Borrower hereunder and outstanding at any particular time may not be repaid prior to the respective scheduled maturity thereof except with the prior consent of the Canadian Administrative Agent, which consent shall only be granted upon such terms and conditions with respect to timing or otherwise as the Canadian Administrative Agent shall alone determine in its reasonable discretion;

(p) Discount Notes.

(i) It is understood that from time to time certain CDN B/A Lenders may not be authorized to or may, as a matter of general corporate policy, elect not to accept Bankers' Acceptances (each, a "Discount Note Lender"); accordingly, any Discount Note Lender may instead purchase Discount Notes of the CDN Borrower in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.25 in lieu of accepting and purchasing Bankers' Acceptances for its account;

(ii) In connection with any request by the CDN Borrower for the creation of Bankers' Acceptances, the CDN Borrower shall deliver to each Discount Note Lender non-interest bearing promissory notes (each, a "Discount Note") of the CDN Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit H, having the same maturity as the Bankers' Acceptances to be created and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Face Amount of the Bankers' Acceptances that would otherwise have been required to be accepted by such Discount Note Lender. Each Discount Note Lender hereby agrees to purchase Discount Notes from the CDN Borrower at the Discount Rate which would have been applicable if a Bankers' Acceptance had been accepted by it (less any Acceptance Fee which would have been paid pursuant to this Section 2.25 if such Discount Note Lender had accepted and purchased a Bankers' Acceptance), and such Discount Notes shall be governed by the provisions of this Section 2.25 as if they were Bankers' Acceptances; and

(q) Depository Bills and Notes Act. At the option of any CDN B/A Lender, Bankers' Acceptances under this Agreement to be accepted and purchased by such CDN B/A Lender may be issued in the form of depository bills for deposit with The Canadian Depository for Securities Limited pursuant to the Depository Bills and Notes Act (Canada). All depository bills so issued shall be governed by the provisions of Section 2.25 and
Section 2.26.

2.26 Repayment and Renewal of Bankers' Acceptances. With respect to each CDN Revolving Loan or C$ CDN Term Loan which is outstanding as a Bankers' Acceptance, at or before 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) three (3) Business Days prior to the maturity date of such Bankers' Acceptance, the CDN Borrower shall notify the Canadian Administrative Agent verbally of its intention to reissue Bankers' Acceptances on such maturity date to provide for the payment of such maturing Bankers' Acceptance, such verbal notice to be followed by written confirmation not later than 3:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the same day. The provisions of Section 2.26 shall apply mutatis mutandis to each such renewal or conversion of Bankers' Acceptances. If the CDN Borrower fails to give such notices (or, at the option of the Canadian Administrative Agent, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), such Bankers' Acceptance so maturing shall be automatically converted on its maturity date into a CDN Prime Loan.

2.27 Circumstances Making Bankers' Acceptances Unavailable.


61

(a) If the Canadian Administrative Agent determines in good faith, which determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the CDN Borrower, and notifies the CDN Borrower that, by reason of circumstances affecting the money market, there is no market for Bankers' Acceptances, then:

(i) the right of the CDN Borrower to request a borrowing by way of Bankers' Acceptances or to convert CDN Prime Loans into Bankers' Acceptances shall be suspended until the Canadian Administrative Agent determines that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist and the Canadian Administrative Agent so notifies the CDN Borrower; and

(ii) any notice relating to a borrowing by way of Bankers' Acceptances which is outstanding at such time shall be deemed to be a notice requesting a borrowing by way of CDN Prime Loans (all as if it were a notice given pursuant to Section 2.5).

(b) The Canadian Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the CDN Borrower and the CDN B/A Lenders of the suspension of the CDN Borrower's right to request a borrowing by way of Bankers' Acceptance and of the termination of such suspension.

2.28 Incremental Term Loans. The US Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more new term loan commitments (the "New Term Loan Commitments") hereunder, in an aggregate amount for all such New Term Loan Commitments not in excess of $100,000,000. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, an "Increased Amount Date") on which the US Borrower proposes that the New Term Loan Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than 10 Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to Administrative Agent; provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of any New Term Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide such New Term Loan Commitment. Such New Term Loan Commitments shall become effective as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that (1) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Term Loan Commitments and to the making of any Tranche of New Term Loans pursuant thereto; (2) the proceeds of any New Term Loans shall be used for general corporate purposes of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including Permitted Acquistions); (3) the New Term Loans shall share ratably in the Collateral and in any mandatory prepayments of the existing Term Loans; (4) all terms and documentation with respect to any New Term Loans which differ from those with respect to the Term Loans under the Term Loan Facility shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (5) such New Term Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the US Borrower or the CDN Borrower, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and one or more New Term Loan Lenders; and (6) the US Borrower or the CDN Borrower, as applicable, shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction. Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date that have terms and provisions that differ from those of the Term Loans outstanding on the date on which such New Term Loans are made shall be designated as a separate tranche (a "Tranche") of Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Loan Commitments become effective, subject to the foregoing terms and conditions, each lender with a New Term Loan Commitment (each, a "New Term Loan Lender") shall make a loan to the US Borrower or the CDN Borrower, as applicable (a "New Term Loan"), in an amount equal to its New Term Loan Commitment, and shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to such New Term Loan Commitment and the New Term Loan made pursuant thereto.


62

The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments of any Tranche shall be, except as otherwise set forth in the relevant Joinder Agreement, identical to those of the applicable Term Loans. Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.28.

SECTION 3. LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1 L/C Commitment. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each US Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other US Revolving Lenders set forth in Section 3.4(a), agrees to issue letters of credit ("US Letters of Credit") for the account of the US Borrower or any US Subsidiary Guarantor on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by such Issuing Lender; provided that no Issuing Lender shall have any obligation to issue any US Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Available US Revolving Commitments would be less than zero. Each US Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date that is three Business Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date, provided that any US Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above).

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each CDN Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other CDN Revolving Lenders set forth in Section 3.4(b), agrees to issue letters of credit ("CDN Letters of Credit") for the account of either Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by such Issuing Lender; provided that no Issuing Lender shall have any obligation to issue any CDN Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Available CDN Revolving Commitments would be less than zero. Each CDN Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars or CDN Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date that is three Business Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date, provided that any CDN Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above)

(c) No Issuing Lender shall at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit if such issuance would conflict with, or cause such Issuing Lender to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law.

3.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit. Each Borrower may from time to time request that the relevant Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to such Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified to such Borrower by such Issuing Lender an Application therefor, completed to the reasonable satisfaction of such Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as such Issuing Lender may reasonably request. Upon receipt of any Application, the relevant Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall any Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by such Issuing Lender and the relevant Borrower. Such Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the relevant Borrower promptly following the issuance thereof. Each Issuing Lender shall


63

promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent (in the case of US Letters of Credit) or the Canadian Administrative Agent (in the case of CDN Letters of Credit), which shall in turn promptly furnish to the relevant Lenders, notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit issued by it (including the amount thereof).

3.3 Fees and Other Charges. (a) Each Borrower will pay a fee on each outstanding Letter of Credit requested by it, at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurocurrency Loans under the Revolving Facility (minus the fronting fee referred to below), on the face amount of such Letter of Credit, which fee shall be shared ratably among the US Revolving Lenders (in the case of any US Letter of Credit) or the CDN Revolving Lenders (in the case of any CDN Letter of Credit) and payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date after the issuance date. In addition, each Borrower shall pay to each Issuing Lender for its own account a fronting fee on the aggregate face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit issued by it to such Borrower of (i) 0.125% per annum, in the case of Letters of Credit issued by JPMorgan Chase Bank and (ii) a rate per annum to be agreed, in the case of Letters of Credit issued by any other Issuing Lender, payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date after the issuance date.

(b) In addition to the foregoing fees, each Borrower shall pay or reimburse each Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by such Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit requested by such Borrower.

3.4 L/C Participations. (a) Each US Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each US L/C Participant, and, to induce such US Issuing Lender to issue US Letters of Credit, each US L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from such US Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such US L/C Participant's own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such US L/C Participant's US Revolving Percentage in such US Issuing Lender's obligations and rights under and in respect of each US Letter of Credit issued by it and the amount of each draft paid by such US Issuing Lender thereunder. Each US L/C Participant agrees with each US Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any US Letter of Credit issued by it for which such US Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the US Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such US L/C Participant shall pay to such US Issuing Lender upon demand at such US Issuing Lender's address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such US L/C Participant's US Revolving Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. Each US L/C Participant's obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such US L/C Participant may have against any US Issuing Lender, the US Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5, (iii) any adverse change in the financial condition of the US Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the US Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other US L/C Participant or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing

(b) Each CDN Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each CDN L/C Participant, and, to induce such CDN Issuing Lender to issue CDN Letters of Credit, each CDN L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from such CDN Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such CDN L/C Participant's own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such CDN L/C Participant's CDN Revolving Percentage in such CDN Issuing Lender's obligations and rights under and in respect of each CDN Letter of Credit issued by it and the amount of each draft paid by such CDN Issuing Lender thereunder. Each CDN L/C


64

Participant agrees with each CDN Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any CDN Letter of Credit issued by it for which such CDN Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the relevant Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such CDN L/C Participant shall pay to such CDN Issuing Lender upon demand at such CDN Issuing Lender's address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such CDN L/C Participant's CDN Revolving Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. Each CDN L/C Participant's obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such CDN L/C Participant may have against any CDN Issuing Lender, either Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5, (iii) any adverse change in the financial condition of either Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by either Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other CDN L/C Participant or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(c) If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to any Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.4(a) or 3.4(b), as applicable, in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by such Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to such Issuing Lender within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, such L/C Participant shall pay to such Issuing Lender on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If any such amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.4(a) or 3.4(b), as applicable, is not made available to the relevant Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, such Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the US Revolving Facility (or, with respect to any such amounts in respect of a CDN Letter of Credit, the rate applicable to CDN Prime Loans under the CDN Revolving Facility). A certificate of the relevant Issuing Lender submitted to any relevant L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be presumptively correct in the absence of manifest error.

(d) Whenever, at any time after any Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.4(a) or 3.4(b), as applicable, such Issuing Lender receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from a Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by such Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, such Issuing Lender will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof; provided, however, that in the event that any such payment received by such Issuing Lender shall be required to be returned by such Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant shall return to such Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously distributed by such Issuing Lender to it.

3.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers. Each Borrower agrees to reimburse each Issuing Lender on the Business Day following the date on which such Issuing Lender notifies such Borrower of the date and amount of a draft presented under any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lending at such Borrower's request and paid by such Issuing Lender for the amount of (a) such draft so paid and (b) any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses incurred by such Issuing Lender in connection with such payment (the amounts described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) in respect of any drawing, collectively, the "Payment Amount"). Each such payment shall be made to such Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified to such Borrower in the currency in which such Letter of Credit


65

is denominated (except that, in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in CDN Dollars, in the event that such payment is not made to the relevant Issuing Lender within three Business Days of when such payment is due, upon notice by such Issuing Lender to the relevant Borrower, such payment shall be made in Dollars, in an amount equal to the US Dollar Amount of the amount of such payment) and in immediately available funds. Interest shall be payable on any such amounts from the date on which the relevant draft is paid until payment in full at a rate equal to (i) until the second Business Day next succeeding the date of the relevant notice, (A) the rate applicable to ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility (in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars) or (B) the rate applicable to CDN Prime Loans under the Revolving Facility (in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in CDN Dollars) and (ii) thereafter, the rate set forth in Section 2.15(e).

3.6 Obligations Absolute. Each Borrower's obligations under this
Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that such Borrower may have or have had against any Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. Each Borrower also agrees with each Issuing Lender that such Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and such Borrower's Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.5 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among such Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of such Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee, or any other events or circumstances that, pursuant to applicable law or the applicable customs and practices promulgated by the International Chamber of Commerce, are not within the responsibility of such Issuing Lender, except for errors or omissions resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Lender or its employees or agents. No Issuing Lender shall be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Lender or its employees or agents. Each Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by any Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct and in accordance with the standards or care specified in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, shall be binding on such Borrower and shall not result in any liability of such Issuing Lender to such Borrower.

3.7 Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the relevant Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the relevant Borrower of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of such Issuing Lender to such Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

3.8 Applications. To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this
Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, the US Borrower and, to the extent such representations and warranties are applicable to it or its Subsidiaries, the CDN Borrower hereby represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian


66

Administrative Agent and each Lender, which representations and warranties shall be deemed made on the Closing Date (immediately before and immediately after giving effect to the Transaction) and on the date of each borrowing of Loans or issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder that:

4.1 Financial Condition. (a) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Surviving US Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2005 (the "Pro Forma Balance Sheet"), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, has been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (i) the consummation of the Transaction, (ii) the Loans to be made on the Closing Date and the use of proceeds thereof, (iii) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing and (iv) any other Acquisition that as of the Closing Date has been consummated or the consummation of which is probable. The Pro Forma Balance Sheet has been prepared in good faith by the US Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and presents fairly on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Surviving US Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2005, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

(b) The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Surviving US Borrower as at December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Surviving US Borrower, as at such dates, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal years then ended. The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Surviving US Borrower as at June 30, 2005, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the six-month period ended on such date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Surviving US Borrower, as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the six-month period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes). All such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1, the Surviving US Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not have, as of June 30, 2005, any material Guarantee Obligations, contingent liabilities or liabilities for taxes that are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this paragraph.

4.2 No Change. (a) As of the Closing Date, there has been no event, circumstance, development, change or effect since March 31, 2005 that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect.

(b) At any time after the Closing Date as of which this representation and warranty is made or deemed made, there has been no event, development or circumstance since December 31, 2004 that has had or will have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.3 Existence; Compliance with Law. Each of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiaries) (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or, if applicable, the equivalent status in any foreign jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the corporate or organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its Property, to lease the Property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or limited liability company and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of Property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that any such failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


67

4.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Each Loan Party has the corporate power and authority to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of each Borrower, to borrow or have Letters of Credit issued hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary corporate or other action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of each Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, no consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the Transaction, the extensions of credit hereunder or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in Schedule 4.4, which consents, authorizations, filings and notices have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect or the failure to obtain which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.18. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party that is a party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and the implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing.

4.5 No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not (a) violate the organizational or governing documents of any of the Loan Parties, (b) except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, violate any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (c) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents).

4.6 No Material Litigation. No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the US Borrower, likely to be commenced within a reasonable time period against the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their Properties or revenues which, taken as a whole, (a) are material with respect to any of the Loan Documents or (b) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.7 No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4.8 Ownership of Property; Liens. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.8A, each of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other Property (other than Intellectual Property), in each case, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such Property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by the Loan Documents. Schedule 4.8B lists all real property which is owned or leased by any Loan Party as of the Closing Date.

4.9 Intellectual Property. Each of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries owns, or has a valid license to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted free and clear of all Liens, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To each Borrower's knowledge, no holding, injunction, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Governmental Authority and neither Borrower nor any of its


68

Subsidiaries has entered into any settlement stipulation or other agreement (except license agreements in the ordinary course of business) which would limit, cancel or question the validity of, or any Loan Party's rights in, any Intellectual Property in any respect that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To each Borrower's knowledge, no claim has been asserted or threatened or is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use by either Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The use of Intellectual Property by the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person in a manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries take all reasonable actions that in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment should be taken to protect their Intellectual Property, including Intellectual Property that is confidential in nature, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.10 Taxes. Each of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries
(i) has filed or caused to be filed all federal, state, provincial and other tax returns that are required to be filed and (ii) has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its Property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which any reserves required in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be), except in each case where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.11 Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for "buying" or "carrying" any "margin stock" within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or for any purpose that violates the provisions of the regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) or the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U.

4.12 ERISA. (a) Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: neither a Reportable Event nor an "accumulated funding deficiency" (within the meaning of
Section 412(a) of the Code or Section 302(a)(2) of ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code; no termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period; the present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits; neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a liability under ERISA; neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries would become subject to any liability under ERISA if such Borrower or such Subsidiary were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made; and no Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent.

(b) The Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries have not incurred, and do not reasonably expect to incur, any liability under ERISA or the Code with respect to any plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is subject to Title IV of ERISA that is maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity (other than Borrower and its Subsidiaries) (a "Commonly Controlled Plan") merely by virtue of being treated as a single employer under Title IV of ERISA with the sponsor of such


69

plan that would reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and result in a direct obligation of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries to pay money.

4.13 Canadian Benefit and Pension Plans. Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Canadian Pension Plans are duly registered under all applicable provincial pension benefits legislation; (ii) all material obligations of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries (including fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations) required to be performed in connection with the Canadian Pension Plans, the Canadian Benefit Plans and the funding agreements therefor have been performed in a timely fashion; (iii) there are no outstanding disputes concerning the assets held pursuant to any such funding agreement; (iv) all contributions or premiums required to be made by either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Canadian Pension Plans and the Canadian Benefit Plans have been made in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms of such plans and applicable laws and regulations; (v) all employee contributions to the Canadian Pension Plans and the Canadian Benefit Plans required to be made by way of authorized payroll deduction have been properly withheld and fully paid into such plans in a timely fashion; (vi) all reports and disclosures relating to the Canadian Pension Plans and Canadian Benefit Plans required by any applicable laws or regulations have been filed or distributed in a timely fashion; (vii) to the knowledge of the Borrowers, there have been no improper withdrawals, or applications of, the assets of any of the Canadian Pension Plans; (viii) there have been no partial terminations of any Canadian Pension Plan and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, no circumstances exist or have existed that could result, or be reasonably anticipated to result, in the declaration of a partial termination of any Canadian Pension Plan under applicable laws; (ix) no amount is owing by or in respect of any of the Canadian Pension Plans under the ITA or any provincial taxation statute; (x) each of the Canadian Pension Plans which is a defined benefit registered pension plan is fully funded both on an ongoing basis and on a solvency basis pursuant to actuarial assumptions and methods which are utilized in the valuation last filed with the applicable governmental authorities for such plan and which are consistent with generally accepted actuarial principles; and (xi) the Borrowers, after diligent enquiry, have neither any knowledge, nor any grounds for believing, that any of the Canadian Pension Plans is the subject of an investigation, any other proceeding, an action or a claim.

4.14 Investment Company Act. No Loan Party is an "investment company", or a company "controlled" by an "investment company", within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

4.15 Subsidiaries. (a) The Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 4.15 constitute all the Subsidiaries of the Borrowers at the date of this Agreement (and after giving effect to the Company Reorganization). Schedule 4.15 sets forth as of the Closing Date the name and jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary and, as to each Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by each Loan Party (and after giving effect to the Company Reorganization).

(b) As of the Closing Date (and after giving effect to the Company Reorganization), except as set forth on Schedule 4.15, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to officers, employees or directors and directors' qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

4.16 Environmental Matters. Other than exceptions to any of the following that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: none of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law; (ii) has become subject to


70

any Environmental Liability; or (iii) knows of any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to form the basis for any Environmental Liability.

4.17 Accuracy of Information, etc. No statement or information (excluding the projections and pro forma financial information referred to below) contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any certificate furnished to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or the Lenders or any of them, by or on behalf of any Loan Party for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents when taken as a whole, contained as of the date such statement, information, or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrowers to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount.

4.18 Security Documents. (a) Each of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be, for the benefit of the relevant Lenders, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein (including any proceeds of any item of Collateral). In the case of (i) the Pledged Securities described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when any stock certificates or notes, as applicable, representing such Pledged Securities are delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, and (ii) the other Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when financing statements and similar Canadian filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.18(a) (which financing statements have been duly completed and executed (as applicable) and delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable) and such other filings as are specified on Schedule 3 to each of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement are made, the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral (including any proceeds of any item of Collateral) (to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected through the filing of financing statements and other similar Canadian filings in the offices specified on Schedule 4.18(a) and the filings specified on Schedule 3 to each of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and through the delivery of the Pledged Securities required to be delivered on the Closing Date), as security for the Obligations (or the CDN Obligations, in the case of the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens permitted by Section 7.3 and Liens having priority by operation of law) to the extent required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

(b) Upon the execution and delivery of any Mortgage to be executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.8(b), such Mortgage shall be effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be, for the benefit of the relevant Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the mortgaged property described therein and proceeds thereof; and when such Mortgage is filed in the recording office designated by the relevant Borrower, such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such mortgaged property and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (or the CDN Obligations, in the case of any Mortgage executed and delivered by a CDN Loan Party) (as defined in the


71

relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than Liens permitted by Section 7.3 or other encumbrances or rights permitted by the relevant Mortgage).

4.19 Solvency. Each Loan Party is, and after giving effect to the Transaction and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be, Solvent.

4.20 Regulation H. No Mortgage encumbers improved real property which is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (except any mortgaged properties as to which such flood insurance as required by Regulation H has been obtained and is in full force and effect).

4.21 Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations constitute "Senior Indebtedness" and "Designated Senior Indebtedness" of the US Borrower under and as defined in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. The obligations of each US Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement constitute "Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" of such Subsidiary Guarantor under and as defined in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. To the extent required for the Obligations to constitute "Designated Senior Indebtedness" under the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, the US Borrower hereby designates the Obligations as such.

SECTION 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. The agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver), prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Credit Agreement; Security Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and each Person listed on Schedule 1.1A, (ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed and delivered by Holdings, the US Borrower and each US Subsidiary Guarantor, (iii) the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed and delivered by each CDN Loan Party, and (iv) an Acknowledgement and Consent in the form attached to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable, executed and delivered by each Issuer (as defined therein), if any, that is not a Loan Party.

(b) Transaction, etc. The following transactions shall be consummated (the events described in clauses (i) through (iv) below, the "Transaction"):

(i) (A) Sunshine Merger II shall have acquired all of the issued and outstanding common stock or other equity interests of the Surviving US Borrower as a result of the merger of Sunshine Merger Corporation with and into the Surviving US Borrower pursuant to the Initial Merger Agreement, (B) NSULC 2 shall have acquired all of the issued and outstanding common stock or other equity interests of the Surviving US Borrower as a result of the merger of Sunshine Merger II with and into the Surviving US Borrower pursuant to the Second Merger Agreement, (C) NSULC 2 shall have sold all of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Surviving US Borrower to the Initial US Borrower in exchange for the elimination of certain indebtedness owed by NSULC 2 to the Initial US Borrower and (D) Holdings shall have acquired all of the issued and outstanding common stock or other equity interests of the Surviving US Borrower as a


72

result of the merger of the Initial US Borrower with and into the Surviving US Borrower pursuant to the Third Merger Agreement (collectively, the "US Merger Transactions");

(ii) Holdings shall have received (and shall have contributed to the Initial US Borrower) cash from the proceeds of equity issued by Holdings to funds managed by the Sponsor, and rollover equity contributed by William C. Stone in an amount which, when added to the amount of such cash equity proceeds, equals at least 45% of the pro forma capitalization of the US Borrower after giving effect to the Transaction;

(iii) the Initial US Borrower shall have received at least $205,000,000 in gross cash proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes; and

(iv) The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that (A) in the case of the Existing US Credit Agreement, it shall have been terminated and all amounts thereunder shall have been paid in full and reasonably satisfactory arrangements shall have been made for the termination of all Liens granted in connection therewith and (B) in the case of the Existing CDN Credit Agreement, all commitments thereunder shall have been terminated and all amounts thereunder (other than in respect of the Existing Letter of Credit) shall have been paid in full and reasonably satisfactory arrangements shall have been made for the termination of all Liens granted in connection therewith (other than Liens on cash collateral in respect of the Existing Letter of Credit in an amount not exceeding the face amount thereof).

(c) Pro Forma Balance Sheet; Financial Statements. The Lenders shall have received (i) the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, (ii) audited consolidated financial statements of the Surviving US Borrower for the 2002, 2003 and 2004 fiscal years and (iii) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Surviving US Borrower for each fiscal quarter ended after the date of the latest applicable financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph and at least 40 days prior to the Closing Date.

(d) Approvals. All material governmental approvals and shareholder approvals of the US Borrower necessary in connection with the Transaction, and the transactions contemplated hereby to be entered into as of the Closing Date shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain or prevent the Transaction or the financing contemplated hereby.

(e) Fees. The Agents shall have received all fees required to be paid (including those to be passed on to the Lenders), and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for which reasonably detailed invoices have been presented (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent), on or before the Closing Date. All such amounts will be paid with proceeds of Loans made on the Closing Date and will be reflected in the funding instructions given by the Initial US Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date.

(f) Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate signed by the chief financial officer on behalf of the US Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

(g) Lien Searches. The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent lien search in each of the jurisdictions in which Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, Personal Property Security Act financing statements, or other filings or recordations should be


73

made to evidence or perfect security interests in all assets of the Loan Parties, and such search shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of the Loan Party, except for Liens permitted by Section 7.3 or liens to be discharged on or prior to the Closing Date.

(h) Closing Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments.

(i) Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent shall have received the following executed legal opinions:

(i) the legal opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel to Holdings, the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1;

(ii) the legal opinion of Torys LLP, counsel to the CDN Borrower and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2; and

(iii) the legal opinion of such special and local counsel as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent.

(j) Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes. The Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall have received (i) the certificates representing the shares, if any, of Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof and (ii) each promissory note (if any), excluding promissory notes issued by directors, officers and employees of any Loan Party, pledged to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.

(k) Filings, Registrations and Recordings. Each document (including, without limitation, any Uniform Commercial Code or Personal Property Security Act financing statement) required by the Security Documents to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the relevant Lenders, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein with the priority provided for in the Security Documents, shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(l) Insurance. The Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 6.5(c).

(m) Ratings. The Facilities shall have received a rating from each of Moody's and S&P.

5.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan or to issue or participate in any Letter of Credit hereunder on any date (including, without limitation, its initial extension of credit) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:


74

(a) Representations and Warranties. (i) With respect to any extension of credit made on the Closing Date, the Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects and (ii) with respect to any extension of credit made after the Closing Date, each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of either Borrower hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by such Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied.

SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The US Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder (other than contingent or indemnification obligations not then due), the US Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

6.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent for delivery to each Lender (which may be delivered via posting on Intralinks):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the US Borrower, a copy of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the US Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for the previous year, reported on without qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the consolidated CDN Subsidiaries of the US Borrower as at the end of such fiscal year and the related unaudited consolidated statement of operation for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to the lack of notes); and

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the US Borrower, (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the US Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the consolidated CDN Subsidiaries of the US Borrower as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statement of operation for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for the corresponding period in the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the lack of notes);


75

all such financial statements to be complete and correct in all material respects and to be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed therein).

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 6.1 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered by posting such documents electronically with notice of such posting to the Administrative Agent and each Lender and if so posted, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the US Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the US Borrower's website on the Internet at www.ssctech.com, or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the US Borrower's behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent).

6.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent for delivery to each Lender, or, in the case of clause (g), to the relevant Lender:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a), a certificate of the independent certified public accountants reporting on such financial statements stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such certificate;

(b) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer on behalf of the US Borrower stating that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and (ii) (x) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries with the provisions of
Section 7.1 as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the US Borrower, as the case may be, and (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a description of any new Subsidiary and of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any other Loan Party and a listing of any material Intellectual Property filings by any Loan Party since the date of the most recent list delivered pursuant to this clause (y) (or, in the case of the first such list so delivered, since the Closing Date), together with such documents, if any, required to be filed or recorded pursuant to Section 6.8 in order to perfect the security interest of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, therein;

(c) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal year of the US Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income) (collectively, the "Annual Operating Budget");

(d) promptly after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports that Holdings or the US Borrower sends to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities (except for Permitted Investors) and, promptly after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and reports that Holdings or the US Borrower may make to, or file with, the SEC, in each case to the extent not already provided pursuant to Section 6.1 or any other clause of this
Section 6.2;


76

(e) promptly upon delivery thereof to the US Borrower and to the extent permitted, copies of any accountants' letters addressed to its Board of Directors (or any committee thereof);

(f) prior to the effectiveness thereof, copies of substantially final drafts of any proposed material amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification with respect to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture; and

(g) promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent (for its own account or upon the request from any Lender) may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 6.2 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered by posting such documents electronically with notice of such posting to the Administrative Agent and each Lender and if so posted, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the US Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the US Borrower's website on the Internet at www.ssctech.com, or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the US Borrower's behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent).

6.3 Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material taxes, assessments and governmental charges (other than Indebtedness), except (a) where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves required in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the US Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or (b) to the extent that failure to pay or satisfy such obligations could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence, etc; Compliance.
(a) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate or other existence and take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 and except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) comply with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) Keep all Property useful and necessary in its business in reasonably good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Take all reasonable and necessary steps, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or the Canadian Intellectual Property Office, to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of the material Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its material Property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business. All such insurance shall,


77

to the extent customary (but in any event, not including business interruption insurance and personal injury insurance) (i) provide that no cancellation thereof shall be effective until at least 10 days after receipt by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, of written notice thereof and (ii) name the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, as insured party or loss payee.

6.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities, (b) permit representatives of any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours (provided that such visits shall be coordinated by the Administrative Agent, and in no event shall there be more than one such visit per year except during the continuance of an Event of Default), (c) permit representatives of any Lender to have reasonable discussions regarding the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of Holdings, the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries with officers and employees of Holdings, the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (d) permit representatives of the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent to have reasonable discussions regarding the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries with its independent certified public accountants; provided, that any such discussions with the US Borrower's independent certified public accountants at the US Borrower's expense shall, except while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, be limited to one meeting per calendar year.

6.7 Notices. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of any Loan Party obtaining knowledge thereof, give notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify each Lender) of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between Holdings, the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any other Person, that in either case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the following events, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the US Borrower or any Subsidiary knows thereof: (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, Canadian Benefit Plan or Canadian Pension Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan, (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or either Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan, (iii) the occurrence of any similar events with respect to a Commonly Controlled Plan, Canadian Benefit Plan or Canadian Pension Plan, that would reasonably be likely to result in a direct obligation of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to pay money, (iv) the occurrence of an unfunded liability on a solvency or a going concern basis in any Canadian Pension Plan, or (v) the termination or partial termination of a Canadian Pension Plan or the occurrence of any event that could result in the full or partial termination of any Canadian Pension Plan;

(d) any development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and


78

(e) the acquisition of any Property after the Closing Date in which a security interest is required to be created or perfected pursuant to
Section 6.8.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the US Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.8 Additional Collateral, etc. (a) With respect to any Property (other than Vehicles, bank accounts, cash, Cash Equivalents, Foreign Cash Equivalents and other assets expressly excluded from the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents) located in the United States or Canada having a value, individually or in the aggregate of at least $1,000,000 acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party other than Holdings (other than (x) any interests in real property and any Property described in paragraph (c) or paragraph (d) of this Section, (y) any Property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g) and (z) Instruments, Certificated Securities, Securities and Chattel Paper, which are referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph (a)) as to which the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the relevant Lenders does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (i) give notice of such Property to the Administrative Agent (and the Canadian Administrative Agent, if applicable) and execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable, or such other documents as the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be, reasonably requests to grant to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the relevant Lenders a security interest in such Property and (ii) take all actions reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to grant to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the relevant Lenders a perfected security interest (to the extent required by the Security Documents and with the priority required by Section 4.18) in such Property (with respect to Property of a type owned by a Loan Party as of the Closing Date to the extent the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be, for the benefit of the relevant Lenders, has a perfected security interest in such Property as of the Closing Date), including, without limitation, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code or Personal Property Security Act financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the case may be, or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be. If any amount in excess of $1,000,000 payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any Instrument, Certificated Security, Security or Chattel Paper (or, if more than $1,000,000 in the aggregate payable under or in connection with the Collateral shall become evidenced by Instruments, Certificated Securities, Securities or Chattel Paper), such Instrument, Certificated Security, Security or Chattel Paper shall be promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, duly indorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that in no event shall any Pledged Notes issued by directors, officers or employees of any Loan Party be required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent.

(b) With respect to any fee interest in any real property located in the United States or Canada having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $1,000,000 acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party other than Holdings (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)), (i) give notice of such acquisition to the Administrative Agent (and the Canadian Administrative Agent, in the case of any such Canadian property) and, if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage (subject to liens permitted by Section 7.3) in favor of the Administrative Agent or the


79

Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the relevant Lenders, covering such real property (provided, that no Mortgage nor survey shall be obtained if the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, determines in consultation with the US Borrower that the costs of obtaining such Mortgage or survey are excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby), (ii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, (A) provide the Lenders with title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable) as well as a current ALTA survey (or with respect to any Canadian real property, a survey prepared by a certified land surveyor reasonably acceptable to the Canadian Administrative Agent) thereof, together with a surveyor's certificate and (B) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, in connection with such Mortgage, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, and
(iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable.

(c) With respect to any new Domestic Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary created or acquired (other than any such Subsidiary acquired and subsequently Disposed of by such Loan Party pursuant to the Company Reorganization) after the Closing Date (which, for the purposes of this paragraph, shall include (x) any previously non-wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary that becomes wholly owned and is a Material Subsidiary and (y) any Domestic Subsidiary that was previously an Immaterial Subsidiary and becomes a Material Subsidiary) by any Loan Party other than Holdings, promptly (i) give notice of such acquisition or creation to the Administrative Agent and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders a perfected security interest (to the extent required by the Security Documents and with the priority required by Section 4.18) in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by such Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of such Loan Party, and (iii) if such new Subsidiary is a wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary, cause such new Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (B) to take such actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders a perfected security interest (to the extent required by the Security Documents and with the priority required by Section 4.18) in the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with respect to such new Subsidiary (to the extent the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, has a perfected security interest in the same type of Collateral as of the Closing Date), including, without limitation, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

(d) With respect to any new wholly owned CDN Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary created or acquired (other than any such Subsidiary acquired and subsequently Disposed of by such Loan Party pursuant to the Company Reorganization) after the Closing Date (which, for the purposes of this paragraph, shall include (x) any previously non-wholly owned CDN Subsidiary that becomes wholly owned and is a Material Subsidiary and (y) any CDN Subsidiary that was previously an Immaterial Subsidiary and becomes a Material Subsidiary) by any Loan Party other than Holdings, promptly (in addition to the actions taken with respect to such CDN Subsidiary with respect to the Guarantee and


80

Collateral Agreement pursuant to paragraph (e) below) cause such new Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the CDN Guarantee Collateral Agreement and (B) to take such actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Canadian Administrative Agent for the benefit of the relevant Lenders a perfected security interest (to the extent required by the Security Documents and with the priority required by
Section 4.18) in the Collateral described in the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with respect to such new Subsidiary (to the extent the Canadian Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Lenders, has a perfected security interest in the same type of Collateral as of the Closing Date), including, without limitation, the filing of Personal Property Security Act financing statements and related filings in such jurisdictions as may be required by the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Canadian Administrative Agent.

(e) With respect to any new first tier Foreign Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary (including any CDN Subsidiary) created or acquired (other than any such Subsidiary acquired and subsequently Disposed of by such Loan Party pursuant to the Company Reorganization) after the Closing Date (which, for the purposes of this paragraph, shall include any Foreign Subsidiary that previously was an Immaterial Subsidiary and becomes a Material Subsidiary) by any Loan Party other than Holdings, promptly (i) give notice of such acquisition or creation to the Administrative Agent (and the Canadian Administrative Agent, if applicable) and, if requested by the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, if applicable), execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable) such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable) or such other documents as the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable) deems necessary or reasonably advisable in order to grant to the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable), for the benefit of the relevant Lenders, a perfected security interest (to the extent required by the Security Documents and with the priority required by Section 4.18) in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by such Loan Party (provided, that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary (other than any CDN Subsidiary owned by a CDN Loan Party) be required to be so pledged), and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable) the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of such Loan Party, and take such other action as may be necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, if applicable), necessary to perfect or ensure appropriate priority the Lien of the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable) thereon.

6.9 Further Assurances. Maintain the security interest created by the Security Documents as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described in Section 4.18 (to the extent such security interest can be perfected through the filing of UCC-1 or Personal Property Security Act financing statements or similar Canadian filings, the Intellectual Property filings to be made pursuant to Schedule 3 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable, or the delivery of Pledged Securities required to be delivered under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable), subject to the rights of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents to dispose of the Collateral. From time to time the Loan Parties shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions, as the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be) may reasonably request for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or of renewing the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Collateral as to which the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be), for the ratable benefit of the relevant Lenders, has a perfected Lien pursuant hereto or thereto, including, without limitation, filing any financing or continuation statements or


81

financing change statements under the Uniform Commercial Code or Personal Property Security Act (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interests created hereby.

6.10 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used to effect the Transaction and to pay related fees and expenses. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans, the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used to finance a portion of the Transaction (including purchase price adjustments), to finance Permitted Acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries not prohibited by this Agreement.

6.11 Post Closing Leasehold Mortgages. Use commercially reasonable efforts (a) to deliver, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date,
(i) a perfected first priority leasehold mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to each of the leased properties listed on Schedule 6.11 and (ii) a valid landlord's consent and lien waiver with respect to each thereof, in each case on terms and pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (b) to the extent that the representation in Section 4.18(a) shall not have been true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, to cause such representation to be true and correct in all material respects promptly thereafter.

6.12 Completion of Company Reorganization. Cause (a) the Closing Date Reorganization to be consummated in all material respects on the Closing Date and (b) the CDN Reorganization to be consummated in all material respects promptly thereafter.

SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The US Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder (other than contingent or indemnification obligations not then due), the US Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

7.1 Financial Condition Covenants.

(a) Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of the US Borrower as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the US Borrower ending during any period set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

                          Consolidated
        Period           Leverage Ratio
        ------           --------------
   Q2 2006 - Q4 2006       7.50 : 1.00
   Q1 2007 - Q4 2007       6.75 : 1.00
   Q1 2008 - Q4 2008       6.00 : 1.00
   Q1 2009 - Q4 2009       5.50 : 1.00
Q1 2010 and thereafter     5.00 : 1.00

(b) Consolidated Net Interest Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Net Interest Coverage Ratio of the US Borrower for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the US Borrower ending during any period set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

                     Consolidated
                       Interest
      Period        Coverage Ratio
      ------        --------------
Q2 2006 - Q4 2006     1.40 : 1.00
Q1 2007 - Q4 2007     1.50 : 1.00


82

                          Consolidated
                            Interest
        Period           Coverage Ratio
        ------           --------------
   Q1 2008 - Q4 2008       1.70 : 1.00
   Q1 2009 - Q4 2009       2.00 : 1.00
Q1 2010 and thereafter     2.25 : 1.00

7.2 Indebtedness. Create, issue, incur, assume, or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or Hedge Agreements;

(b) Indebtedness (i) of either Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries,
(ii) of any US Subsidiary Guarantor to the US Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the US Borrower, (iii) of the CDN Borrower or any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor to the CDN Borrower, any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Foreign Subsidiary, (iv) of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary to any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, (v) of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary to any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary and (vi) of one Group Member to any other Group Member issued pursuant to the Company Reorganization or in respect of the CDN Borrower Subscription Agreement and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (without any increase in the principal amount thereof or any shortening of the maturity of any principal amount thereof);

(c) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.3(g) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(d) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.2(d) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (without any increase in the principal amount thereof or any shortening of the maturity of any principal amount thereof);

(e) Guarantee Obligations (i) by the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of obligations of the US Borrower or any US Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) by the CDN Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Foreign Subsidiary of obligations of the CDN Borrower or any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor, (iii) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary of obligations of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary and (iv) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary of obligations of any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary;

(f) Indebtedness of CDN Loan Parties and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in respect of local lines of credit, letters of credit, bank guarantees, factoring arrangements, sale/leaseback transactions and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business not to exceed at any time an aggregate principal amount equal to the sum of (i) $20,000,000 and (ii) the Replacement Canadian Indebtedness Amount at such time;

(g) Indebtedness of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn by the US Borrower or such Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is promptly repaid;


83

(h) (i) Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary to a Loan Party and (ii) Guarantee Obligations of the Loan Parties of obligations of the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount for all such Indebtedness and Guarantee Obligations, taken together, not to exceed $20,000,000 at any time;

(i) Indebtedness in the form of earn-outs, indemnification, incentive, non-compete, consulting or other similar arrangements and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions or Investments permitted by Section 7.8 (both before or after any liability associated therewith becomes fixed);

(j) (i) (A) Indebtedness of the US Borrower in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $205,000,000, (B) Indebtedness of the US Borrower in respect of Additional Senior Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000 and (C) in each case, Guarantee Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of such Indebtedness, provided that such Guarantee Obligations are subordinated to the same extent as the obligations of the US Borrower in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes and (ii) any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions of any Indebtedness described in the foregoing clause (i); provided that (A) the principal amount thereof (including accrued interest and the amount of reasonable fees and expenses incurred and premiums paid in connection therewith) is not increased, (B) the weighted average life to maturity of the principal amount thereof has not decreased, nor the final maturity thereof shortened,
(C) the obligations of the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors in respect of such Indebtedness are subordinated to the Obligations to the same extent as the obligations of the US Borrower and the US Subsidiary Guarantors in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes and (D) such Indebtedness otherwise contains terms (including subordination terms) which are, when taken as a whole, at least as favorable to the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors as the terms of the Indebtedness described in the foregoing clause (i);

(k) additional unsecured Indebtedness of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount (for the US Borrower and all Subsidiaries) not to exceed $15,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(l) (i) Indebtedness of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the agreement for any other acquisition permitted under Section 7.8(f) and (ii) Indebtedness of either Borrower under a Permitted Seller Note issued as consideration in connection with an acquisition permitted under Section 7.8(f), in an aggregate amount for clauses (i) and (ii) hereof not to exceed $15,000,000;

(m) Indebtedness of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of workers' compensation claims, property casualty or liability insurance, take-or-pay obligations in supply arrangements, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid and surety bonds and completion guaranties, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Indebtedness incurred by the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries arising from agreements providing for indemnification related to sales or goods or adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations in any case incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Subsidiary of the US Borrower;

(p) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;


84

(q) Indebtedness issued in lieu of cash payments of Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.6(b), provided that such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(r) (i) Indebtedness of any CDN Loan Party to any US Loan Party and
(ii) Guarantee Obligations of the US Loan Parties of obligations of the CDN Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount for all such Indebtedness and Guarantee Obligations, taken together, not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time; and

(t) Indebtedness of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred to finance any acquisition permitted under Section 7.8(f) in an aggregate amount for all such Indebtedness not to exceed $50,000,000 plus 50% of any increase in Consolidated EBITDA of the US Borrower since the Closing Date up to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, with Consolidated EBITDA as of the Closing Date being deemed to be $70,300,000 and Consolidated EBITDA as of the date of such Permitted Acquisition being deemed to be Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available without giving effect to any pro forma treatment of such Permitted Acquisition, provided, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the aggregate outstanding amount of all Indebtedness of US Loan Parties incurred pursuant to this paragraph (t) shall not at any time exceed $15,000,000.

7.3 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

(a) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided, that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the US Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, to the extent required by GAAP;

(b) landlords', carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(c) pledges, deposits or statutory trusts in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

(d) deposits and other Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, subleases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.3(f), securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(d) and Liens created after the date hereof in connection with any refinancing, refundings, or renewals or extensions thereof permitted by Section 7.2(d), provided, that no such Lien is spread to cover any additional Property after the Closing Date and that the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;


85

(g) Liens securing Indebtedness of the US Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(c), 7.2(f) or 7.2(t), provided, that, in the case of any such Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to
Section 7.2(c) or 7.2(t) or incurred by any CDN Loan Party pursuant to
Section 7.2(f), (i) such Liens shall be created substantially concurrently with the acquisition of the assets financed by such Indebtedness, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any Property other than the Property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds thereof and (iii) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;

(h) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;

(i) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by the US Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased, and any financing statement filed in connection with any such lease;

(j) (i) inchoate Liens arising from judgments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8(h) and (ii) Liens (other than inchoate Liens) arising from judgments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8(h) for a period not in excess of sixty (60) days after such Lien attaches to specific assets of a Loan Party;

(k) Liens on property or assets acquired pursuant to an acquisition permitted under Section 7.8(f) (and the proceeds thereof) or assets of a Subsidiary of the US Borrower in existence at the time such Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to an acquisition permitted under Section 7.8(f) and not created in contemplation thereof;

(l) Liens on Property of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to be incurred by such Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries;

(m) receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof;

(n) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure the payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(o) other Liens with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(p) Liens on assets of any CDN Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(f); provided that prior to the incurrence of such Liens, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall have entered into an intercreditor agreement and any amendments to the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement providing for the sharing of the Collateral of such CDN Loan Party on an equal and ratable basis, on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Canadian Administrative Agent;

(q) Liens arising out of consignment or similar arrangements for the sale by the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries of goods through third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries securing such Person's obligations in respect of bankers' acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;


86

(s) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with an Investment permitted by Section 7.8; and

(t) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments permitted by
Section 7.8(b) that constitute repurchase obligations.

7.4 Fundamental Changes. Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its Property or business, except that:

(a) (i) any Subsidiary of the US Borrower (other than the CDN Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the US Borrower (provided, that the US Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or into any US Subsidiary Guarantor (provided, that (A) such US Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (B) simultaneously with such transaction, the continuing or surviving corporation shall become a US Subsidiary Guarantor and the US Borrower shall comply with Section 6.8 in connection therewith) and (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary (other than the CDN Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the CDN Borrower (provided, that the CDN Borrower shall be, if applicable, the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or into any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor (provided, that simultaneously with such transaction, the continuing or surviving corporation, if applicable, shall become a CDN Subsidiary Guarantor and the US Borrower shall comply with Section 6.8 in connection therewith);

(b) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary may be merged or consolidated with or into, or be liquidated into, any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, and any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary may be merged or consolidated with or into, or be liquidated into, any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary;

(c) (i) any Subsidiary of the US Borrower (other than the CDN Borrower) may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the US Borrower or any US Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the CDN Borrower or any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, that, with respect to any such Dispositions (x) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary to any Loan Party, or by any CDN Loan Party to any US Loan Party, and (y) for consideration in excess of the fair value of such assets (such Excess, the "Excess Amount"), the sum of, without duplication, (A) the aggregate amount of all such Excess Amounts, (B) the aggregate book value of all Property transferred pursuant to Section 7.5(h), (C) the aggregate amount of all Differential Amounts in respect of Dispositions made pursuant to Section 7.5(l) and (D) the aggregate amount of all Investments made pursuant to Sections 7.8(h) and 7.8(r), shall not exceed 5% of consolidated total assets of the US Borrower (at the time of any transfer giving rise to any such amount or any such Investment) while this Agreement is in effect;

(d) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, and any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary;

(e) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.5 may be consummated;


87

(f) any Investment expressly permitted by Section 7.8 may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation; and

(g) the Company Reorganization may be consummated.

7.5 Dispositions of Property. Dispose of any of its owned Property (including, without limitation, receivables) or its leased real property listed on Schedule 6.11, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary's Capital Stock to any Person, except:

(a) the Disposition of surplus, obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary course of business;

(b) (i) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) the cross-licensing or non-exclusive licensing of Intellectual Property, in the ordinary course of business and (iii) the contemporaneous exchange, in the ordinary course of business, of Property for Property of a like kind (other than as set forth in clause (ii)), to the extent that the Property received in such exchange is of a value equivalent to the value of the Property exchanged (provided, that after giving effect to such exchange, the value of the Property of the Loan Parties subject to perfected first priority Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be, under the Security Documents is not materially reduced);

(c) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.4;

(d) the sale or issuance of (i) any Subsidiary's Capital Stock to the US Borrower or any US Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary's Capital Stock to the CDN Borrower or any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor;

(e) the Disposition of other assets having a fair market value not to exceed 5% of consolidated total assets of the US Borrower in the aggregate for any fiscal year of the US Borrower, provided, that the requirements of
Section 2.12(b), to the extent applicable, are complied with in connection therewith;

(f) any Recovery Event, provided, that the requirements of Section 2.12(b) are complied with in connection therewith;

(g) the leasing, occupancy agreements or sub-leasing of Property that would not materially interfere with the required use of such Property by the US Borrower or its Subsidiaries;

(h) the transfer for fair value of Property (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries) to another Person in connection with a joint venture arrangement with respect to the transferred Property; provided, that the sum of, without duplication, (A) the aggregate book value of all Property so transferred, (B) the aggregate amount of all Excess Amounts in respect of Dispositions made pursuant to Section 7.4(c), (C) the aggregate amount of all Differential Amounts in respect of Dispositions made pursuant to
Section 7.5(l) and (D) the aggregate amount of all Investments made pursuant to Sections 7.8(h) and 7.8(r), shall not exceed 5% of consolidated total assets of the US Borrower (at the time of any transfer giving rise to any such amount or any such Investment) while this Agreement is in effect;

(i) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse and in the ordinary course of business, of overdue accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in


88

connection with the compromise or collection thereof consistent with customary industry practice (and not as part of any bulk sale or financing of receivables);

(j) transfers of condemned property as a result of the exercise of "eminent domain" or other similar policies to the respective Governmental Authority or agency that has condemned same (whether by deed in lieu of condemnation or otherwise), and transfers of properties that have been subject to a casualty to the respective insurer of such property as part of an insurance settlement;

(k) the Disposition of any Immaterial Subsidiary;

(l) the transfer of Property (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries) for less than fair value (such difference, the "Differential Amount") of
(i) any US Loan Party to any CDN Loan Party and (ii) of any Loan Party to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; provided, that the sum of, without duplication, (A) the aggregate amount of all such Differential Amounts, (B) the aggregate amount of all Excess Amounts in respect of Dispositions made pursuant to Section 7.4(c), (C) the aggregate book value of all Property transferred pursuant to Section 7.5(h) and (D) the aggregate amount of all Investments made pursuant to Sections 7.8(h) and 7.8(r), shall not exceed 5% of consolidated total assets of the US Borrower (at the time of any transfer giving rise to any such amount or any such Investment) while this Agreement is in effect;

(m) the transfer for fair value of Property by any Loan Party to any other Loan Party.

(n) the sale of Cash Equivalents and Foreign Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

(o) sale and leaseback transactions permitted by Section 7.11;

(p) Liens permitted by Section 7.3;

(q) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.6; and

(r) Investments permitted by Section 7.8.

7.6 Restricted Payments. Declare or pay any dividend on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of the US Borrower or any Subsidiary, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of the US Borrower or any Subsidiary, or enter into any derivatives or other transaction with any financial institution, commodities or stock exchange or clearinghouse (a "Derivatives Counterparty") obligating the US Borrower or any Subsidiary to make payments to such Derivatives Counterparty as a result of any change in market value of any such Capital Stock (collectively, "Restricted Payments"), except that:

(a) (i) any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the US Borrower or any US Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the CDN Borrower or any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor;

(b) (i) the US Borrower may pay dividends to Holdings to permit Holdings to purchase Holdings' common stock or common stock options from present or former officers or employees (or their estates, family members or former spouses) of Holdings, the US Borrower or any


89

Subsidiary upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of such officer or employee, provided, that the aggregate amount of payments under this clause (i) in any fiscal year (net of any proceeds received by Holdings and contributed to the US Borrower subsequent to the date hereof in connection with sales of any common stock or common stock options sold in connection with permitted employee compensation and incentive arrangements) shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the sum of (1) $5,000,000 and (2) any Restricted Payments permitted (but not made) pursuant to this clause (i) in prior fiscal years and (B) $10,000,000, in each case plus any amounts received by the US Borrower in such fiscal year and (to the extent not used pursuant to this clause (i)) any prior fiscal years pursuant to key man life insurance policies, and (ii) the US Borrower may pay dividends to Holdings to permit Holdings to pay management fees to the Sponsor pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement and to compensate William C. Stone pursuant to the terms of the WCS Employment Agreement;

(c) the US Borrower may pay dividends to Holdings to permit Holdings to (A) pay general and administrative expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year and (B) pay any taxes to the extent Holdings is liable for such taxes and such taxes are attributable to the operations of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the US Borrower shall not make any such tax distributions in excess of its and its Subsidiaries stand-alone tax liability in respect of such taxes;

(d) the US Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings to the extent necessary to effect the Transaction;

(e) (i) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to other Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries and (ii) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to other Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries;

(f) the US Borrower may purchase fractional shares of its common stock arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or business combinations;

(g) Restricted Payments to the extent made with proceeds of equity contributions (other than Specified Equity Contributions) from Holdings to the US Borrower after the Closing Date;

(h) Restricted Payments made to Holdings to make payments provided for in the Management Agreement;

(i) Restricted Payments by the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Company Reorganization and the CDN Borrower Subscription Agreement, including, without limitation, in respect of Indebtedness issued in connection with the Company Reorganization; and

(j) Investments permitted by Section 7.8.

7.7 Capital Expenditures. Make any Capital Expenditure, except Capital Expenditures of the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not to exceed in any period set forth below the amount set forth below opposite such period:

         Period              Amount
         ------           -----------
Closing Date - 12/31/05   $ 3,000,000
          2006            $10,000,000
          2007            $10,000,000


90

             2008               $10,000,000
2009 and each year thereafter   $12,500,000

provided, that (A) up to 100% of any such amount referred to above, if not so expended in the fiscal year for which it is permitted, may be carried over for expenditure in the next succeeding fiscal year, (B) the amounts referred to above for each year commencing with 2006 shall be automatically deemed to be increased by an amount equal to 15.0% of pro forma acquired EBITDA (calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of "Consolidated EBITDA") in respect of any Acquisition consummated after the Closing Date and (C) Capital Expenditures made during any fiscal year shall be deemed made, first, in respect of amounts permitted for such fiscal year as provided above and second, in respect of amounts carried over from the prior fiscal year as provided above.

7.8 Investments. Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or all or substantially all of the assets constituting an ongoing business from, or make any other investment in, any other Person (all of the foregoing, "Investments"), except:

(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Investments in Cash Equivalents and Foreign Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments arising in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted by Sections 7.2(b), (e), (h) and (r);

(d) loans and advances to employees of Holdings, the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount (for the US Borrowers and all Subsidiaries) not to exceed $1,000,000 (excluding (for purposes of such cap) travel and entertainment expenses, but including relocation expenses) at any one time outstanding;

(e) Investments (other than those relating to the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.8(c)) (i) by the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the US Borrower or any Person that, prior to such Investment, is a US Subsidiary Guarantor or is a Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a US Subsidiary Guarantor at the time of such Investment, or (ii) by the CDN Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Foreign Subsidiary in the CDN Borrower or any Person that, prior to such Investment, is a CDN Subsidiary Guarantor or is a CDN Subsidiary that becomes a CDN Subsidiary Guarantor at the time of such Investment;

(f) (i) Permitted Acquisitions to the extent that any Person acquired in such acquisition becomes a part of the US Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or becomes (whether or not such Person is a wholly owned Subsidiary) a Subsidiary Guarantor in the manner contemplated by Section 6.8(c) and (ii) other Permitted Acquisitions in an aggregate purchase price (other than purchase price paid through the issuance of equity by Holdings with the proceeds thereof, including (x) whether or not any equity is issued, capital contributions (other than Specified Equity Contributions) and (y) equity issued to the seller) amount not to exceed in any fiscal year an amount equal to $50,000,000 plus 50% of any increase in Consolidated EBITDA of the US Borrower since the Closing Date up to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, with Consolidated EBITDA as of the Closing Date being deemed to be $70,300,000 and Consolidated EBITDA as of the date of such Permitted Acquisition being deemed to be Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available without giving effect to any pro forma treatment of such Permitted Acquisition;


91

(g) loans by the US Borrower to the officers and directors of Holdings or the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with management incentive plans in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year and not to exceed $2,000,000 at any one time outstanding, provided that such officers and directors invest such loans in the Capital Stock of Holdings;

(h) Investments by the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries in joint ventures or similar arrangements; provided, that the sum of, without duplication, (A) the aggregate amount of all such Investments, (B) the aggregate amount of all Excess Amounts in respect of Dispositions made pursuant to Section 7.4(c), (C) the aggregate book value of all Property transferred pursuant to Section 7.5(h), (D) the aggregate amount of all Differential Amounts in respect of Dispositions made pursuant to Section 7.5(l) and (E) the aggregate amount of all Investments made pursuant to
Section 7.8(r), shall not exceed 5% of consolidated total assets of the US Borrower (at the time of any transfer giving rise to any such amount or any such Investment) while this Agreement is in effect;

(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in the ordinary course of business by the US Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising out of the ordinary course of business;

(j) Investments (i) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary in any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary and (i) by any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary in any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(k) Investments in existence on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.8;

(l) Investments of the US Borrower or any Subsidiary under Hedge Agreements permitted hereunder;

(m) Investments of any Person in existence at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the US Borrower; provided such Investment was not made in connection with or anticipation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the US Borrower;

(n) Investments by the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the form of loans and advances to Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred by the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries under Section 7.2(h);

(o) the acquisition pursuant to the Merger;

(p) Investments so long as the aggregate amount thereof (determined as the amount originally advanced, loaned or otherwise invested, less any returns on the respective Investment not to exceed the original amount invested) at no time exceeds $20,000,000 at the time made;

(q) Subsidiaries may be established or created, if (i) to the extent such new Subsidiary is a Domestic Subsidiary, the US Borrower and such Subsidiary comply with the provisions of Section 6.8(c), (ii) to the extent such new Subsidiary is a CDN Subsidiary, the US Borrower and such Subsidiary comply with the provisions of Section 6.8(d) and (iii) to the extent such new Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, the US Borrower complies with the provisions of Section 6.8(e), provided, that, in each case, to the extent such new Subsidiary is created solely for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction pursuant to an acquisition permitted by Section


92

7.8(f), and such new Subsidiary at no time holds any assets or liabilities other than any merger consideration contributed to it contemporaneously with the closing of such merger transactions, such new Subsidiary shall not be required to take the actions set forth in Section 6.8(c), 6.8(d) or 6.8(e), as applicable, until the respective acquisition is consummated (at which time the surviving entity of the respective merger transaction shall be required to so comply within ten Business Days);

(r) Investments by (i) any US Loan Party in any CDN Loan Party and
(ii) any Loan Party in any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; provided, that the sum of, without duplication, (A) the aggregate amount of all such Investments, (B) the aggregate amount of all Excess Amounts in respect of Dispositions made pursuant to Section 7.4(c), (C) the aggregate book value of all Property transferred pursuant to Section 7.5(h), (D) the aggregate amount of all Differential Amounts in respect of Dispositions made pursuant to
Section 7.5(l) and (E) the aggregate amount of all Investments made pursuant to Section 7.8(h), shall not exceed 5% of consolidated total assets of the US Borrower (at the time of any transfer giving rise to any such amount or any such Investment) while this Agreement is in effect;

(s) Investments by the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries made pursuant to the Company Reorganization and the CDN Borrower Subscription Agreement;

(t) Investments arising out of the receipt by the US Borrower or any Subsidiary of non-cash consideration for any sale of assets permitted under
Section 7.5, provided, that such non-cash consideration shall in no event exceed 25% of the total consideration received for such sale;

(u) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits referred to in Sections 7.3(c) and (d);

(v) the forgiveness or conversion to equity of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(b);

(w) Investments (other than Permitted Acquisitions) made with the proceeds of Equity Contributions (other than Specified Equity Contributions) from Holdings to the US Borrower after the Closing Date; and

(x) any Investment in a Foreign Subsidiary to the extent such Investment is substantially contemporaneously repaid with a dividend or other distribution from such Foreign Subsidiary.

7.9 Optional Payments and Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments.
(a) Make or offer to make any optional or voluntary payment, prepayment, repurchase or redemption of, or otherwise voluntarily or optionally defease, any Senior Subordinated Notes or Additional Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be, or segregate funds for any such payment, prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance (except, in each case, in connection with any refinancing permitted under Section 7.2(j)), or enter into any derivative or other transaction with any Derivatives Counterparty obligating the US Borrower or any Subsidiary to make payments to such Derivatives Counterparty as a result of any change in market value of any Senior Subordinated Notes or Additional Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be, (b) amend, modify or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Senior Subordinated Notes or Additional Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be, if such modification would (i) increase the principal amount thereof (other than any such increase in principal amount arising from interest payments paid in kind), (ii) increase the interest rate payable in cash, (iii) reduce the ability of the US Borrower to pay interest in kind, (iv) shorten the maturity thereof, (v) make the subordination terms thereof less favorable to the


93

Lenders, (vi) require the US Borrower to maintain compliance with any financial covenants, whether compliance with such covenants is required at all times or is tested only at the end of any fiscal period, (vii) provide for any default under such Senior Subordinated Notes or Additional Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be, in the case of a Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or (viii) prohibit, restrict or limit the ability of the US Borrower to act, or refrain from acting, in a manner permitted by this Agreement, or (c) designate any Indebtedness (other than obligations of the Loan Parties pursuant to the Loan Documents) as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" (or any other defined term having a similar purpose) for the purposes of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

7.10 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than any Group Member) unless such transaction is (a) otherwise not prohibited under this Agreement and
(b) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the US Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than it would obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries may (i) pay to William C. Stone, the Sponsor and its Affiliates fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to the Management Agreement, (ii) enter into any transaction with an Affiliate that is expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be entered into by the US Borrower or such Subsidiary with an Affiliate and (iii) without being subject to the terms of this Section 7.10, enter into any transaction with any Person which is an Affiliate of the US Borrower only by reason of such Person and the US Borrower having common directors. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.10 shall not apply to employment arrangements with, and payments of compensation or benefits to or for the benefit of, management, including, without limitation, William C. Stone in his capacity as an officer.

7.11 Sales and Leasebacks. Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the US Borrower or any Subsidiary of real or personal property which is to be sold or transferred by the US Borrower or such Subsidiary (a) to such Person or (b) to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of the US Borrower or such Subsidiary, except for (i) sales or transfers that do not exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding and (ii) sales or transfers (A) by either Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor to the US Borrower or any US Subsidiary Guarantor or (B) by the CDN Borrower or any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor to the CDN Borrower or any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that in the case of any such sale or transfer pursuant to this clause (ii) made by any CDN Loan Party to any US Loan Party, the consideration for such sale or transfer shall not exceed the fair value of such assets.

7.12 Changes in Fiscal Periods. Permit the fiscal year of the US Borrower to end on a day other than December 31.

7.13 Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Obligations (or the CDN Obligations, as applicable) or, in the case of any Guarantor, its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the case may be, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby and the proceeds thereof), (c) software and other Intellectual Property licenses pursuant to which the US Borrower or such Guarantor is the licensee of the relevant software or Intellectual Property, as the case may be, (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall relate only to the assets subject of the applicable license), (d)


94

Contractual Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and on customary terms which limit Liens on the assets subject of the applicable Contractual Obligation, (e) the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture (and the instruments or agreements governing any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to
Section 7.2(j)(ii)), (f) any agreements regarding Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary (in which case, any prohibition or limited shall only be effective against the assets of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries), (g) prohibitions and limitations in effect on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.13, (h) customary provisions contained in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business,
(i) customary provisions restricting the subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest, (j) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to an asset sale permitted by Section 7.4 or 7.5 and (k) any agreement in effect at the time any Person becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary.

7.14 Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions. Enter into any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the US Borrower or any other Subsidiary or
(b) make Investments in the US Borrower or any other Subsidiary, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents, (ii) any restrictions with respect to such Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (iii) any restrictions set forth in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture (and the instruments or agreements governing any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(j)(ii)), (iv) any restrictions contained in agreements related to Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary (in which case such restriction shall relate only to such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries), (v) any restrictions regarding licenses or sublicenses by the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business (in which case such restriction shall relate only to such Intellectual Property), (vi) Contractual Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which include customary provisions restricting the assignment of any agreement relating thereto, (vii) customary provisions contained in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business, (viii) customary provisions restricting the subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest, (ix) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to an asset sale permitted by
Section 7.4 or 7.5 and (x) any agreement in effect at the time any Person becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary.

7.15 Lines of Business. Enter into any business, either directly or through any of its Subsidiaries, except for the Business or a business reasonably related thereto or that are reasonable extensions thereof.

7.16 Limitation on Hedge Agreements. Enter into any Hedge Agreement other than Hedge Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, and not for speculative purposes, to protect against changes in interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

7.17 Changes in Jurisdictions of Organization; Name. Other than pursuant to the Company Reorganization, in the case of any Loan Party, change its name or change its jurisdiction of organization, in either case except upon prompt written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent, if applicable, and delivery to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, of all additional executed financing statements, financing change statements and other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for in the Security Documents.


95

SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) Either Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan (including the Face Amount of any Bankers' Acceptance) made to such Borrower when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or either Borrower shall fail to pay any Reimbursement Obligation owed by such Borrower or interest owed by such Borrower on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, or any other amount payable by such Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within three Business Days after any such Reimbursement Obligation, interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) (i) On the Closing Date, any Specified Representation, and (ii) at any time after the Closing Date, any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document, shall in either case prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made or furnished; or

(c) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 6.7(a) or Section 7; or

(d) Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after such Loan Party receives from the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender notice of the existence of such default; or

(e) Either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (excluding the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event of default shall occur, the effect of which payment or other default or other event of default is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money to become due prior to its stated maturity or to become subject to a mandatory offer to purchase by the obligor thereunder or to become payable; provided, that (A) a default, event or condition described in this paragraph shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults or events of default of the type described in this paragraph shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness for Borrowed Money the outstanding principal amount of which individually exceeds $10,000,000, and in the case of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition thereof, with respect to such Indebtedness which exceeds such amount either individually or in the aggregate and (B) this paragraph (e) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer, destruction or other disposition of the Property or assets securing such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money if such sale, transfer, destruction or other disposition is not prohibited hereunder and under the documents providing


96

for such Indebtedness or (ii) any Guarantee Obligations except to the extent such Guarantee Obligations shall become due and payable by either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and remain unpaid after any applicable grace period or period permitted following demand for the payment thereof; or

(f) (i) Holdings, either Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or Holdings, either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against Holdings, either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against Holdings, either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against substantially all of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) Holdings, either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) shall consent to or approve of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) Holdings, either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) Either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall incur any liability in connection with any "prohibited transaction" (as defined in
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders is likely to, incur any liability as a result of a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vi) any other event or condition (other than one which could not reasonably be expected to result in a violation of any applicable law or of the qualification requirements of the Code) shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan or a Commonly Controlled Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to result in a direct obligation of either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to pay money that could have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against either Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries involving for the Borrowers and their Material Subsidiaries taken as a


97

whole a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance or effective indemnity) of $10,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) Any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason (other than by reason of the express release thereof pursuant to Section 10.16), to be in full force and effect in any material respect, or any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease in any material respect to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby; provided, that there shall be no Event of Default under this clause (i) to the extent such Event of Default arises from (A) the resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent or (B) the negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent following a reasonable request from the relevant Borrower to execute any document or take any other action relating to such Security Document or the Liens granted thereunder; or

(k) (i) Holdings shall cease to own 100% of the Capital Stock of the US Borrower (other than in connection with the Company Reorganization); or
(ii) if Holdings' Capital Stock is not traded on a nationally-recognized stock exchange, the Permitted Investors shall cease to own, free and clear of all Liens, at least 50.1% of the Capital Stock of Holdings; or (iii) if Holdings' Capital Stock is traded on a nationally-recognized stock exchange, the Permitted Investors shall cease to own, free and clear of all Liens, at least 30% of the Capital Stock of Holdings and any other shareholder shall own a greater amount, or (iv) at any time and for any reason whatsoever, a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings shall not be Continuing Directors, or (v) a Specified Change of Control shall occur; or

(l) the Senior Subordinated Notes or any Additional Senior Subordinated Notes or the guarantees of either thereof shall cease, for any reason, to be validly subordinated to the Obligations or the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the case may be, as provided in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, or any Loan Party shall so assert;

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to either Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrowers declare the Revolving Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrowers, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. In the case of all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred, and all unmatured B/As, at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the relevant Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent (or the Canadian Administrative Agent in the case of CDN Letters of Credit issued for the account of the CDN Borrower and B/As) an amount equal to the Face Amount of such B/As and the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, to the payment of B/As upon maturity and drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the


98

unused portion thereof after all such B/As have matured and all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the relevant Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. After all such B/As have matured, all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the relevant Borrower then due and owing hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the relevant Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section or otherwise in any Loan Document, presentment, demand and protest of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers.

SECTION 9. THE AGENTS

9.1 Appointment. Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

9.2 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

9.3 Exculpatory Provisions. Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

9.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Holdings or


99

either Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of any Facility) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of any Facility), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

9.5 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender, Holdings or either Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default". In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of any Facility); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

9.6 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

9.7 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), ratably according to their respective Aggregate Exposure Percentages in effect on the date on which


100

indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Aggregate Exposure Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

9.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity. Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

9.9 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders and the Borrowers effective upon appointment of a successor Agent. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or Section 8(f) with respect to either Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrowers (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term "Administrative Agent" shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent's rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders with such consent of the Borrowers and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and with the consent of the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), appoint a successor Administrative Agent, that shall be a bank that has an office in New York, New York with a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

9.10 Authorization to Release Liens and Guarantees. The Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each of the Lenders to effect any release of Liens or Guarantee Obligations contemplated by Section 10.16.

9.11 Canadian Administrative Agent. Each of the Lenders hereby agrees and confirms that the provisions of this Article IX shall apply to JPMorgan Chase Bank, Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent with respect to the CDN Revolving Loans and the CDN Term Loans,


101

upon the same terms and subject to the same conditions as provided in this Article IX, mutatis mutandis; provided, that any successor Canadian Administrative Agent shall be a bank with an office in Toronto, Canada or Montreal, Canada having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000 or an Affiliate of any such bank which is also a bank.

9.12 Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent. Neither the Documentation Agent nor the Syndication Agents shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in their respective capacities as such.

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Amendments and Waivers. Subject to Section 2.28, neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1. The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and/or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights or obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lenders, the Issuing Lenders, the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent and/or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive or reduce the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except (A) in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective (x) as to the Revolving Facility, with the consent of the Majority Revolving Facility Lenders and (y) as to the Term Facility, with the consent of the Majority Term Facility Lenders) and (B) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (i)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender's Revolving Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby; (ii) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (iii) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by either Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of paragraph
(a), (b) or (c) of Section 2.18 without the written consent of the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of each Facility adversely affected thereby; (v) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Facility Lenders with respect to any Facility without the written consent of all Lenders under such Facility; (vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent; (vii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.6 or 2.7 without the written consent of each affected Swingline Lender; or (viii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 without the written consent of the Issuing Lenders. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the


102

Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing unless limited by the terms of such waiver; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement (it being understood that no Lender shall have any obligation to provide or to commit to provide all or any portion of any such additional credit facility) and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and Revolving Extensions of Credit and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and
(b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and Majority Facility Lenders.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans ("Refinanced Term Loans") with a replacement term loan tranche hereunder ("Replacement Term Loans"), provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

10.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

Each Borrower:                SS&C Technologies, Inc.
                              80 Lamberton Road
                              Windsor, CT 06095
                              Attention: Stephen V. R. Whitman
                              Telecopy: 860-298-4969
                              Telephone: 860-298-4832

                              in each case with a copy to:

                              The Carlyle Group
                              101 South Tryon Street


103

                              25th Floor
                              Charlotte, NC 28280
                              Attention: Claudius E. Watts IV
                              Telecopy: 704-632-0299
                              Telephone: 704-632-0201

With a copy to:               Latham & Watkins LLP
                              555 Eleventh Street, NW
                              Suite 1000
                              Washington, D.C. 20004
                              Attention: Jim Ritter
                              Telecopy: 202-637-2201
                              Telephone: 202-637-2276

Administrative Agent:         JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
                              1111 Fannin, 10th Floor
                              Loan and Agency Services Group
                              Houston, Texas 77002
                              Attention: Peggy Sanders
                              Telecopy: 713-750-2938
                              Telephone: 713-750-7940

With a copy to:               JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
                              270 Park Avenue, 4th Floor
                              New York, New York 10017
                              Attention: David Mallett
                              Telecopy: 212-270-5127
                              Telephone: 212-270-0335

Canadian Administrative Agent JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch 200 Bay Street Royal Bank Plaza, South Tower Toronto, Ontario M5J 2J2 Attention: Funding Office Telecopy: 416-981-9128 Telephone: 416-981-9235

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, the Lenders or the Borrowers shall not be effective until received.

Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to
Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or either Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or


104

under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

10.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

10.5 Payment of Expenses; Indemnification. Subject to Section 10.20, the Borrowers agree (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers for all their respective reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the syndication of the Facilities (other than fees payable to syndicate members) and the development, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith and any amendment, supplement or modification thereto, and, as to the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent only, the administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent (including one primary counsel and such local counsel as the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent may reasonably require in connection with collateral matters, but no more than one counsel in any jurisdiction) in connection with all of the foregoing, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender, each Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent for all their documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, the documented fees and disbursements of counsel (including the allocated fees and expenses of in-house counsel) to each Lender and of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent, (c) to pay, indemnify, or reimburse each Lender, each Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent for, and hold each Lender, each Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and similar other taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents and (d) to pay, indemnify or reimburse each Lender, each Agent, their respective affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, trustees, employees, advisors, agents and controlling Persons (each, an "Indemnitee") for, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, costs, expenses or disbursements arising out of any actions, judgments or suits of any kind or nature whatsoever, arising out of or in connection with any claim, action or proceeding relating to or otherwise with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of either Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Properties and the fees and disbursements and other charges of legal counsel in connection with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against either Borrower hereunder (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"), provided, that neither Borrower shall have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful


105

misconduct of, or breach of this Agreement by, such Indemnitee or its affiliates, officers, directors, trustees, employees, advisors, agents or controlling Persons. All amounts due under this Section 10.5 shall be payable promptly after receipt of a reasonably detailed invoice therefor. Statements payable by either Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be submitted to such Borrower at the address thereof set forth in Section 10.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by such Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent. The agreements in this Section 10.5 shall survive repayment of the Obligations.

10.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any affiliate of any Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) neither Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder (other than pursuant to the Company Reorganization) without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by such Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.

(b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an "Assignee"), but in any event not to any competitor of the Borrowers, all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the US Borrower (and the CDN Borrower, in the case of any assignment by a CDN Lender), provided that no consent of either Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund (as defined below) or, if an Event of Default under
Section 8(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing, any other Person; and

(B) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(C) (I) in the case of an assignment under the US Revolving Facility, each US Issuing Lender and (II) in the case of an assignment under the CDN Revolving Facility, each CDN Issuing Lender.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of (I) the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or (II) if earlier, the "trade date" (if any) specified in such Assignment and Assumption) shall not be less than (x) $5,000,000, in the case of the US Revolving Facility, (y) $1,000,000, in the case of the CDN Revolving Facility or (z) $1,000,000, in the case of either Term Facility, unless each Borrower in respect of such Facility and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrowers shall be required if an Event of Default under
Section 8(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;


106

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that only one such fee shall be payable in the case of contemporaneous assignments to or by two or more related Approved Funds;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire;

(D) so long as no Event of Default under Section 8(a) or 8(f) has occurred and is continuing, with respect to any assignment of the CDN Revolving Commitments of any Lender which are allocated to the CDN Borrower in accordance with 2.4(b), (I) the Assignee shall be either (x) a resident in Canada for purposes of the ITA or (y) deemed to be a resident in Canada for purposes of Part XIII of the ITA in respect of all amounts to be paid or credited to such Assignee and owing by the CDN Borrower under the CDN Revolving Facility and (II) a pro rata portion of the CDN Revolving Commitments of such Lender or its Related Affiliate, as applicable, allocated to the US Borrower in accordance with Section 2.4(b) shall be assigned to such Assignee or a Related Affiliate of such Assignee, if applicable, that is either a "United States person" (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) or a Non-US Lender that has fulfilled the requirements of Section 2.20(d) or (e), as applicable; and

(E) (I) with respect to any assignment of US Revolving Commitments of any Lender that holds (or has an affiliate that holds) CDN Revolving Commitments, a pro rata portion of such CDN Revolving Commitments shall also be assigned to the relevant Assignee or an affiliate thereof (which assignment of CDN Revolving Commitments shall be subject to the requirements of the preceding paragraph (D)) and (II) with respect to any assignment of CDN Revolving Commitments of any Lender that holds (or has an affiliate that holds) US Revolving Commitments, a pro rata portion of such US Revolving Commitments shall also be assigned to the relevant Assignee or an affiliate thereof.

For the purposes of this Section 10.6, "Approved Fund" means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c)(i) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender or (ii) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that is the investment advisor to a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall be permitted to assign or transfer any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any entity previously identified in that certain letter dated as of the date hereof from the US Borrower to the Administrative Agent and available to any Lender upon request.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20, 2.21 and 10.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.


107

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "Register"). The Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement (and the entries in the Register shall be conclusive for such purposes), notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Issuing Lenders and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee's completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph
(b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c)(i) Any Lender may, without the consent of either Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a "Participant"), but in any event not to any competitor of the Borrowers, in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 10.1 and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20 and 2.21 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.19 or 2.20 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower's prior written consent to such greater amounts. No Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.20 unless such Participant complies with Section 2.20(d) or (e), as (and to the extent) applicable, as if such Participant were a Lender.

(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Administrative Agent or either Borrower, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided, that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.


108

(e) Each Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (d) above.

10.7 Adjustments; Set-off. (a) Except to the extent that this Agreement provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a "Benefitted Lender") shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by setoff, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8(f), or otherwise) in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender's Obligations, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender's Obligations, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrowers, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrowers to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by either Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) after the expiration of any cure or grace periods, to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final but excluding trust accounts), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of such Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the relevant Borrower and the Administrative Agent (and the Canadian Administrative, in the case of any setoff with respect to amounts owing by the CDN Borrower) after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

10.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

10.9 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.10 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

10.11 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,


109

AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

10.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its Property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to it at its address set forth in Section 10.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

10.13 Judgment Currency.

(a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against either Borrower in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (the "Judgment Currency") an amount due under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any currency (the "Obligation Currency") other than the Judgment Currency, the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of the State of New York or in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date, or the date on which the judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such conversion is made being referred to as the "Judgment Conversion Date").

(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 10.13(a), there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt of the amount due in immediately available funds, the relevant Borrower shall pay such additional amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from either Borrower under this Section 10.13 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of this Agreement. The term "rate


110

of exchange" in this Section means the rate of exchange at which the Administrative Agent, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 noon (New York time), would be prepared to sell, in accordance with its normal course foreign currency exchange practices, the Obligation Currency against the Judgment Currency.

10.14 Acknowledgments. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to such Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and such Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrowers and the Lenders.

10.15 Confidentiality. The Agents and the Lenders agree to treat any and all information, regardless of the medium or form of communication, that is disclosed, provided or furnished, directly or indirectly, by or on behalf of either Borrower or any of its affiliates, whether in writing, orally, by observation or otherwise and whether furnished before or after the Closing Date ("Confidential Information"), strictly confidential and not to use Confidential Information for any purpose other than evaluating the Transaction and negotiating, making available, syndicating and administering the Credit Agreement (the "Agreed Purposes"). Without limiting the foregoing, each Agent and each Lender agrees to treat any and all Confidential Information with no less than adequate means to preserve its confidentiality, and each Agent and each Lender agrees not to disclose Confidential Information, at any time, in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly, to any other Person whomsoever, except (1) to its directors, officers, employees, counsel, trustees and other representatives (collectively, the "Representatives"), to the extent necessary to permit such Representatives to assist in connection with the Agreed Purposes,
(2) to prospective Lenders and participants in connection with the syndication (including secondary trading) of the Facilities and Commitments and Loans hereunder, in each case who are informed of the confidential nature of the information and agree to observe and be bound by standard confidentiality terms,
(3) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it, (4) in response to any order of any Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (5) to the extent reasonably required or necessary, in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding relating to the Facilities, (6) that has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of this Section 10.15, (7) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender's investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender or (8) to the extent reasonably required or necessary, in connection with the exercise of any remedy under the Loan Documents. Each Agent and each Lender acknowledges that (i) Confidential Information includes information that is not otherwise publicly available and that such non-public information may constitute confidential business information which is proprietary to the Borrowers and (ii) each Borrower has advised the Agents and the Lenders that it is relying on the Confidential Information for its success and would not disclose the Confidential Information to the Agents and the Lenders without the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement.


111

10.16 Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, upon request of the relevant Borrower in connection with any Disposition of Property permitted by the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Specified Hedge Agreement, Specified Cash Management Agreement or contingent or indemnification obligations not then due) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in any Collateral being Disposed of in such Disposition, and to release any Guarantee Obligations under any Loan Document of any Person being Disposed of in such Disposition, to the extent necessary to permit consummation of such Disposition in accordance with the Loan Documents. Any representation, warranty or covenant contained in any Loan Document relating to any such Property so Disposed of (other than Property Disposed of to any Group Member) shall no longer be deemed to be repeated once such Property is so Disposed of.

(b) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Obligations (other than (x) obligations in respect of any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Arrangement and (y) any contingent or indemnification obligations not then due) have been paid in full, all Commitments have terminated or expired and no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding, upon request of the US Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Specified Hedge Agreement or Specified Cash Management Arrangement) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all Guarantee Obligations under any Loan Document, whether or not on the date of such release there may be outstanding Obligations in respect of Specified Hedge Agreements, Specified Cash Management Arrangements or contingent or indemnification obligations not then due. Any such release of Guarantee Obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such Guarantee Obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of either Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, either Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all CDN Obligations (other than (x) obligations in respect of any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Arrangement and (y) any contingent or indemnification obligations not then due) have been paid in full, all CDN Term Commitments and CDN Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired and no B/A or CDN Letter of Credit shall be outstanding, upon request of the CDN Borrower, the Canadian Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Specified Hedge Agreement, Specified Cash Management Arrangement or contingent or indemnification obligations not then due) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all Guarantee Obligations in favor of it under any Loan Document, whether or not on the date of such release there may be outstanding CDN Obligations in respect of Specified Hedge Agreements, Specified Cash Management Arrangements or contingent or indemnification obligations not then due. Any such release of Guarantee Obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such Guarantee Obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the CDN Borrower or any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the CDN Borrower or any CDN Subsidiary Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.


112

10.17 Accounting Changes. In the event that any Accounting Change (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrowers' financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. "Accounting Changes" refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.

10.18 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE CANADIAN ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

10.19 USA PATRIOT ACT. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Publ. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the "Act"), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of the Borrowers and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrowers in accordance with the Act.

10.20 CDN Obligations. Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, the parties hereto acknowledge that (a) the CDN Loan Parties are only obligated with respect to the CDN Obligations and costs and expenses associated therewith, (b) the CDN Lenders (together with the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and certain Affiliates of the CDN Lenders) shall be the only secured parties under the CDN Security Documents and
(c) any realization of collateral under the CDN Security Documents shall only be with respect to the CDN Obligations (with the application of funds as set forth in such CDN Security Documents.

10.21 CDN Amalgamation. Each Lender hereby agrees that, to the extent that such Lender's consent to, or approval of, the CDN Amalgamation is necessary or appropriate under applicable law, such Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to give such consent and approval on behalf of such Lender, and to take such other actions in furtherance thereof as may be reasonably related thereto, and that any such consent or approval given on behalf of such Lender shall be effective against such Lender to the same extent as if originally given thereby.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, as Initial US
Borrower

By: /s/ Claudius E. Watts, IV
    ------------------------------------
Name: Claudius E. Watts, IV
Title: President

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES CANADA CORP., as CDN
Borrower

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ------------------------------------
Name:
      ----------------------------------
Title:
       ---------------------------------

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent and as a Lender

By: /s/ Robert Anastasio
    ------------------------------------
Name: Robert Anastasio
Title: Vice President

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., TORONTO
BRANCH, as Canadian Administrative Agent
and as a Lender

By: /s/ Christine Chan
    ------------------------------------
Name: Christine Chan
Title: Vice President

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


By executing and delivering this counterpart, the Surviving US Borrower hereby assumes all rights, title, interests, obligations and liabilities of all and whatever nature of the Initial US Borrower hereunder (in furtherance of and in addition to, and not in lieu of, any assumption or deemed assumption by operation of law) from and after the date hereof with the same force and effect as if originally the "Initial US Borrower". Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Surviving US Borrower hereby expressly agrees to observe and perform and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, representations, warranties, and agreements contained herein which are binding upon, and to be observed or performed by, the Initial US Borrower or the Surviving US Borrower.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
Name: William C. Stone
Title: Chairman & CEO

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    ------------------------------------
Name:
      ----------------------------------
Title:
       ---------------------------------

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

By: /s/ David H. Strickert
    ------------------------------------
Name: David H. Strickert
Title: SVP

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


THE NORINCHUKIN TRUST & BANKING CO.,
LTD., acting as trustee for Trust
Account No. 430000-77

By: /s/ Seiji Kuramoto
    ------------------------------------
Name: Seiji Kuramoto
Title: Chief Manager

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.

By: /s/ James R. Fayen
    ------------------------------------
Name: James R. Fayen
Title: Deputy General Manager

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., CANADA BRANCH

By: /s/ Medina Sales de Andrade
    ------------------------------------
Name: Medina Sales de Andrade
Title: Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

This Compliance Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., as Initial US Borrower, SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Surviving US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., as CDN Borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement as lenders, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

1. At the end of the accounting period, for the accounting period ended _________, covered by the financial statements attached hereto as Attachment 1, the Surviving US Borrower has no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default[, except as set forth below].

2. Attached hereto as Attachment 2 are information and calculations showing compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement.

[3. Include description of any new Subsidiary, any change in jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party and a listing of any material Intellectual Property filings by any Loan Party, to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surviving US Borrower has caused this Certificate to be executed as of this _____ day of ____, 200_.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

Attachment 1 to Compliance Certificate

[Financial Statements]


Attachment 2 to Compliance Certificate

The information described herein is as of ______, 200_, and pertains to the period from _________, 200_ to ________ __, 200_.

[Covenant Calculations]


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CLOSING CERTIFICATE

Pursuant to section 5.1(h) of the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (the "Credit Agreement"; unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., as Initial US Borrower, SS&C Technologies, Inc., as Surviving US Borrower, SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., as CDN Borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement as lenders, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent, the undersigned [Insert name of officer] [Insert title of officer] of _____________ (the "Company"), hereby certifies on behalf of the Company as follows:

1. The Specified Representations of the Company set forth in each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party or which are contained in any certificate furnished by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to any of the Loan documents to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same effect as if made on the date hereof, except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

2. ___________________ is the duly elected and qualified Corporate Secretary of the Company and the signature set forth for such officer below is such officer's true and genuine signature.

3. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof or after giving effect to the Loans and other extensions of credit to be made on the date hereof [Surviving US Borrower only].

The undersigned Corporate Secretary of the Company hereby certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Annex 1 is a true and complete copy of a Certificate of Good Standing or the equivalent from the Company's jurisdiction of organization dated as of a recent date prior to the date hereof.

2. Attached hereto as Annex 2 is a true and complete copy of resolutions/unanimous written consent duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on _________ __, 2005, such resolutions have not in any way been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, have been in full force and effect since their adoption to and including the date hereof and are now in full force and effect and are the only corporate proceedings of the Company now in force relating to or affecting the matters referred to therein.

3. Attached hereto as Annex 3 is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws/Memorandum of Association of the Company as in effect on the date hereof.

4. Attached hereto as Annex 4 is a true and complete certified copy of the Articles of Incorporation/Association of the Company as in effect on the date hereof, and


such Articles of Incorporation have not been amended, repealed, modified or restated.

5. The persons listed on Schedule I hereto are now duly elected and qualified officers of the Company holding the offices indicated next to their respective names on Schedule I hereto, and the signatures appearing opposite their respective names on Schedule I hereto are the true and genuine signatures of such officers, and each of such officers is duly authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and any certificate or other document to be delivered by the Company pursuant to the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

6. Latham & Watkins LLP may rely on this certificate in rendering its opinion.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have hereunto set our names as of the date set forth below.

-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Name:                                   Name:
      -------------------------------         ----------------------------------
Title:                                  Title:
       ------------------------------          ---------------------------------

Date: November 23, 2005

                                                                      Schedule I
                                                          to Closing Certificate

NAME   OFFICE            SIGNATURE
----   ------            ---------


                ---------------------------


                ---------------------------


Annex 1 to Closing Certificate

[Certificate of Good Standing]


Annex 2 to Closing Certificate

[Board Resolutions/Unanimous Written Consent]


Annex 3 to Closing Certificate

[Bylaws/Memorandum of Association]


Annex 4 to Closing Certificate

[Articles of Incorporation/Association]


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Initial US Borrower, SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Surviving US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., a Nova Scotia unlimited company (the "CDN Borrower" and together with the Surviving US Borrower, the "Borrowers"), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement as lenders (the "Lenders"), Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent"), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

The Assignor identified on Schedule l hereto (the "Assignor") and the Assignee identified on Schedule l hereto (the "Assignee") agree as follows:

1. The Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee without recourse to the Assignor, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor without recourse to the Assignor, as of the Effective Date (as defined below), the interest described in Schedule 1 hereto (the "Assigned Interest") in and to the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement with respect to those credit facilities contained in the Credit Agreement as are set forth on Schedule 1 hereto (individually, an "Assigned Facility"; collectively, the "Assigned Facilities"), in a principal amount for each Assigned Facility as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

2. The Assignor (a) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or with respect to the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, other than that the Assignor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest and that the Assignor has not created any adverse claim upon the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any such adverse claim and (b) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of either Borrower, any of its Affiliates or any other obligor or the performance or observance by either Borrower, any of its Affiliates or any other obligor of any of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto.

3. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Assumption; (b) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.1 thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption; (c) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Assignor, the Agents or any Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (d) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its


behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are incidental thereto; and (e) agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and will perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender including, if applicable, its obligation pursuant to Section 2.20(d) or 2.20(e) of the Credit Agreement.

4. The effective date of this Assignment and Assumption shall be the Effective Date of Assignment described in Schedule 1 hereto (the "Effective Date"). Following the execution of this Assignment and Assumption, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance by it and recording by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date (which shall not, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent, be earlier than five Business Days after the date of such acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent).

5. Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued subsequent to the Effective Date.

6. From and after the Effective Date, (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents and shall be bound by the provisions thereof and (b) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Assumption, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

7. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and Assumption to be executed as of the date first above written by their respective duly authorized officers on Schedule 1 hereto.


SCHEDULE 1

to Assignment and Assumption with respect to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., as Initial US Borrower, SS&C Technologies, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the "Surviving US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., a Nova Scotia unlimited company (the "CDN Borrower"), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement as lenders (the "Lenders"), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent") and the other parties thereto

Name of Assignor: _______________________

Name of Assignee: _______________________
[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender]

Effective Date of Assignment: _________________

[Trade Date of Assignment: _________________]

                                      Principal
    Credit Facility Assigned       Amount Assigned   Commitment Percentage Assigned
    ------------------------       ---------------   ------------------------------
[US Term Facility][US Revolving      $__________            _____.__________%
Facility][CDN Term Facility][CDN
Revolving Facility]

-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
[Name of Assignee]                      [Name of Assignor]


By:                                     By:
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Title:                                  Title:
       ------------------------------          ---------------------------------

Accepted for Recordation in the         [Required Consents (if any):
Register:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as           JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent                    Administrative Agent


By:                                     By:
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Title:                                  Title:
       ------------------------------          ---------------------------------


                                        JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
                                        as US Issuing Lender


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------

                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


                                        JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto
                                        Branch, as CDN Issuing Lender


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

[signature page for additional required consents (if any) follows]


[Required Consents (if any):

SS&C Technologies, Inc., as Surviving US Borrower

By:
Title:

SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., as CDN Borrower

By:
Title: ]

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., as Initial US Borrower, SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Surviving US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., as CDN Borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement as lenders, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

______________________ (the "Non-U.S. Lender") is providing this certificate pursuant to Section 2.20(d) of the Credit Agreement. The Non-U.S. Lender hereby represents and warrants that:

1. The Non-U.S. Lender is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loans or the obligations evidenced by Note(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate.

2. The Non-U.S. Lender is not a "bank" for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code. In this regard, the Non-U.S. Lender further represents and warrants that:

(a) the Non-U.S. Lender is not subject to regulatory or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction; and

(b) the Non-U.S. Lender has not been treated as a bank for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any Governmental Authority, any application made to a rating agency or qualification for any exemption from tax, securities law or other legal requirements;

3. The Non-U.S. Lender is not a 10-percent shareholder of the US Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code; and

4. The Non-U.S. Lender is not a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest from a related person within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this certificate.

[NAME OF NON-U.S. LENDER]

By:

Name:
Title:

Date:

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

Pursuant to Section 5.1(f) of the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (the "Credit Agreement"; unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., as Initial US Borrower, SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Surviving US Borrower, SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., as CDN Borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement as lenders, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent, the undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Chief Financial Officer of the Surviving US Borrower, and that as such he is authorized to execute and deliver this Solvency Certificate on behalf of the Surviving US Borrower.

The Surviving US Borrower further certifies that the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent after giving effect to the initial extensions of credit to be made on the Closing Date and the consummation of the Transaction on the Closing Date.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Surviving US Borrower has caused this Solvency Certificate to be executed as of this 23rd day of November, 2005.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

Name:
Title: Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT H

FORM OF DISCOUNT NOTE

CDN$________________ Date: _________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned unconditionally promises to pay on ____________, 20__, to or to the order of ______________________ (the "Holder"), the sum of CDN$____________ with no interest thereon.

The undersigned hereby waives presentment, protest and notice of every kind and waives any defences based upon indulgences which may be granted by the holder hereof to any party liable hereon and any days of grace.

This promissory note is a Discount Note, as defined in the credit agreement made as of the 23rd day of November, 2005 (as amended, the "Credit Agreement") among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., as Initial US Borrower, SS&C Technologies, Inc., as Surviving US Borrower, SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., as CDN Borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement as lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as documentation agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as syndication agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administration agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Canadian Administrative Agent"), and constitutes indebtedness to the Holder arising under such Discount Note as contemplated under the Credit Agreement. Payment of this note shall be made at the offices of the Canadian Administrative Agent at 200 Bay Street, Royal Bank Plaza, South Tower, Toronto, Ontario.

[OBLIGOR]

By:

Name:
Title:

EXHIBIT I

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of [____________, 200__] (the "Joinder Agreement" or this "Agreement"), by and among [NEW LOAN LENDERS] (each, a "New Loan Lender" and, collectively, the "New Loan Lenders"), [SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Applicable Borrower")](1) [SS&C TECHNOLOGIES CANADA CORP., a Nova Scotia unlimited company (the "Applicable Borrower")](2), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (the "Administrative Agent").

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc. as Initial US Borrower, SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Surviving US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., a Nova Scotia unlimited company (the "CDN Borrower"), the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto (each a "Lender" and, collectively, the "Lenders"), the Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as the Canadian Administrative Agent (the "Canadian Administrative Agent" and, together with the Administrative Agent, the "Administrative Agents") and the other parties thereto (capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meaning provided in the Credit Agreement); and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Borrowers may establish New Term Loan Commitments by, among other things, entering into one or more Joinder Agreements with New Term Loan Lenders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

I. Each New Loan Lender party hereto hereby agrees to commit to provide its New Term Loan Commitment, as set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below:

II. Each New Loan Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees


(1) In the case of a request by the US Borrower for the establishment of New Term Loan Commitments.

(2) In the case of a request by the Canadian Borrower for the establishment of New Term Loan Commitments.


that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any other New Loan Lender or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and/or the Canadian Administrative Agent, as applicable, to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and/or the Canadian Administrative Agent, respectively, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a New Term Loan Lender.

III. Each New Loan Lender hereby agrees to make its respective Commitment on the following terms and conditions:

1. APPLICABLE MARGIN. The Applicable Margin for each Tranche [_] New Term Loan shall mean, as of any date of determination, a percentage per annum as set forth below:

[INSERT PRICING]

2. PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS. The Applicable Borrower shall make principal payments on the Tranche [__] New Term Loans in installments on the dates and in the amounts set forth below:

  (A)        (B) SCHEDULED
PAYMENT   REPAYMENT OF SERIES
 DATE     [__] NEW TERM LOANS
-------   -------------------
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________
            C$/$____________


C$/$____________
C$/$____________

3. VOLUNTARY AND MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS. Scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche [__] New Term Loans set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any optional or mandatory prepayments of the Tranche [__] New Term Loans in accordance with Sections 2.11 and 2.12 of the Credit Agreement respectively.

4. PROPOSED BORROWING. This Agreement represents the Applicable Borrower's request to borrow Tranche [ ] New Term Loans from the New Term Loan Lenders as follows (the "PROPOSED BORROWING"):

SECTION 1. Business Day of Proposed Borrowing: ____________, ___

SECTION 2. Amount of Proposed Borrowing: C$/$___________________

SECTION 3. Interest rate option:

a. ABR Loan(s)

b. CDN ABR Loan(s)

c. CDN Prime Loan(s)

d. Eurocurrency Loan(s) with an initial Interest Period of __ months

e. Bankers' Acceptance(s) with a maturity of __ months

5. [NEW LOAN LENDERS. Each New Loan Lender acknowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Agreement and the making of Tranche [___] New Term Loans, such New Loan Lender shall become a "Lender" under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder.](3)

6. CREDIT AGREEMENT GOVERNS. Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Tranche [___] New Term Loans shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

7. APPLICABLE BORROWER'S CERTIFICATIONS. By its execution of this Agreement, the undersigned officer, to the best of his or her knowledge, and the Applicable Borrower hereby certify that:

i. The representations and warranties in or pursuant to the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and


(3) Insert bracketed language if the lending institution is not already a Lender.

warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

ii. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof after giving effect to the proposed Borrowing contemplated hereby; and

8. NOTICE. For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of each New Loan Lender shall be as set forth below its signature below.

9. NON-US LENDERS. For each New Loan Lender that is a Non-US Lender, delivered herewith to Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such New Loan Lender may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.20(d) or 2.20(e) of the Credit Agreement.

10. RECORDATION OF THE NEW LOANS. Upon execution and delivery hereof, Administrative Agent will record the Tranche [___] New Term Loans made by each New Loan Lender in the Register.

11. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND WAIVER. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except as provided by Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement.

12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

14. SEVERABILITY. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

15. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement as of [___________, ___].

[NAME OF NEW LOAN LENDER],

By:

Name:
Title:

Notice Address:
Attention:
Telephone:
Facsimile:

[SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.]
[SS&C TECHNOLOGIES CANADA CORP.]

By:

Name:
Title:

CONSENTED TO BY:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent,

By:
Name:
Title:

SCHEDULE A
TO JOINDER AGREEMENT

NAME OF NEW LOAN LENDER      TYPE OF COMMITMENT          AMOUNT
-----------------------   ------------------------   --------------
  [__________________]    New Term Loan Commitment   C$/$__________


EXHIBIT 10.2

EXECUTION COPY


GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

made by

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

and certain of its Subsidiaries

in favor of

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
as Administrative Agent

Dated as of November 23, 2005



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS.................................................     1
   1.1  Definitions......................................................     1
   1.2  Other Definitional Provisions....................................     5

SECTION 2. GUARANTEE.....................................................     5
   2.1  Guarantee........................................................     5
   2.2  Right of Contribution............................................     6
   2.3  No Subrogation...................................................     7
   2.4  Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Obligations........     7
   2.5  Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional.............................     7
   2.6  Reinstatement....................................................     8
   2.7  Payments.........................................................     8

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST....................................     8

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................     9
   4.1  Representations in Credit Agreement..............................    10
   4.2  Title; No Other Liens............................................    10
   4.3  Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office.............    10
   4.4  Inventory and Equipment..........................................    10
   4.5  Farm Products....................................................    10
   4.6  Pledged Securities...............................................    10
   4.7  Intellectual Property............................................    11
   4.8  Holdings Representations.........................................    11

SECTION 5. COVENANTS.....................................................    11
   5.1  Covenants in Credit Agreement....................................    11
   5.2  Investment Property..............................................    11
   5.3  Activities of Holdings...........................................    11

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS...........................................    12
   6.1  Certain Matters Relating to Receivables..........................    12
   6.2  Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable.............    12
   6.3  Pledged Securities...............................................    13
   6.4  Proceeds to be Turned Over To Administrative Agent...............    13
   6.5  Application of Proceeds..........................................    14
   6.6  Code and Other Remedies..........................................    14
   6.7  Private Sales....................................................    15
   6.8  Deficiency.......................................................    15

SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT......................................    15
   7.1  Administrative Agent's Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc......    15
   7.2  Duty of Administrative Agent.....................................    17
   7.3  Execution of Financing Statements................................    17
   7.4  Authority of Administrative Agent................................    17

i

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS.................................................    17
   8.1  Amendments in Writing............................................    17
   8.2  Notices..........................................................    17
   8.3  No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies..............    18
   8.4  Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification............................    18
   8.5  Successors and Assigns...........................................    18
   8.6  Set-Off..........................................................    18
   8.7  Counterparts.....................................................    18
   8.8  Severability.....................................................    19
   8.9  Section Headings.................................................    19
   8.10 Integration......................................................    19
   8.11 GOVERNING LAW....................................................    19
   8.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers..............................    19
   8.13 Acknowledgements.................................................    19
   8.14 Additional Grantors..............................................    20
   8.15 Releases.........................................................    20
   8.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.............................................    20

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1 Notice Addresses
Schedule 2 Investment Property
Schedule 3 Perfection Matters
Schedule 4 Jurisdictions of Organization and Chief Executive Offices Schedule 5 Inventory and Equipment Locations Schedule 6 Intellectual Property

ANNEXES

Annex I Assumption Agreement
Annex II Acknowledgment and Consent

ii

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, dated as of November 23, 2005, made by each of the signatories hereto, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent") for the banks and other financial institutions or entities (the "Lenders") from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Initial US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Surviving US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., a Nova Scotia unlimited company (the "CDN Borrower" and, together with the US Borrower (as defined below), the "Borrowers"), the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent, and the other parties named therein.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make extensions of credit to the Borrowers upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are members of an affiliated group of companies that includes each other Grantor;

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement will be used in part to enable the Borrowers to make valuable transfers to one or more of the other Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the other Grantors are engaged in related businesses, and each Grantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrowers thereunder, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS

1.1 Definitions. (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms are used herein as defined in the New York UCC: Accounts, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Documents, Equipment, Farm Products, General Intangibles, Instruments, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Rights and Supporting Obligations.

(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:


2

"Agreement": this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Borrower Cash Management Obligations": to the extent that the relevant Borrower so agrees in the applicable agreements therefor, the collective reference to all obligations and liabilities of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including, to the extent that such agreements so provide and without limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Specified Cash Management Arrangement after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to either Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) to any Lender or any affiliate of any Lender (or any Lender or any affiliate thereof at the time such Specified Cash Management Arrangement was entered into), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, any Specified Cash Management Arrangement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, to the extent that such agreements so provide and without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the relevant Lender or affiliate thereof that are required to be paid by either Borrower pursuant to the terms of any Specified Cash Management Arrangement).

"Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations": the collective reference to the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations, the full Face Amount of all outstanding B/As and all other obligations and liabilities of each Borrower (including, without limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to either Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, the Credit Agreement, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letter of Credit, any B/A or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, to the Canadian Administrative Agent or to the Lenders that are required to be paid by either Borrower pursuant to the terms of any of the foregoing agreements).

"Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations": the collective reference to all obligations and liabilities of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in any Specified Hedge Agreement after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to either Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) to any Lender or any affiliate of any Lender (or any Lender or any affiliate thereof at the time such Specified Hedge Agreement was entered into), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, any Specified Hedge Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the relevant Lender or affiliate thereof that are required to be paid by either Borrower pursuant to the terms of any Specified Hedge Agreement).


3

"Borrower Obligations": the collective reference to (i) the Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations, (ii) the Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations, but only to the extent that, and only so long as, the Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations are secured and guaranteed pursuant hereto, and (iii) the Borrower Cash Management Obligations, but only to the extent that, and only so long as, the Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations are secured and guaranteed pursuant hereto.

"Collateral": as defined in Section 3.

"Collateral Account": any collateral account established by the Administrative Agent as provided in Section 6.1 or 6.4.

"Copyright Licenses": all written agreements naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee (including, without limitation, those listed in Schedule
6), granting any right under any Copyright, including, without limitation, the grant of rights to manufacture, distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright.

"Copyrights": (i) all copyrights arising under the laws of the United States, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished (including, without limitation, those listed in Schedule 6), all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, all registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office, and (ii) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.

"Deposit Account": as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, in any event, including, without limitation, any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained with a depositary institution.

"Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock": the voting Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary.

"Grantors": the collective reference to each signatory hereto together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein.

"Guarantor Obligations": with respect to any Guarantor, all obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor which may arise under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 2) or any other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party, in each case whether on account of guarantee obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, to the Canadian Administrative Agent or to the Lenders that are required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document).

"Guarantors": the collective reference to (i) each signatory hereto together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein other than the US Borrower and (ii) in respect of the Borrower Obligations of the CDN Borrower only, the US Borrower.

"Intellectual Property": the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, including, without limitation, the Copyrights, the Copyright Licenses, the Patents, the Patent Licenses, the Trademarks and the Trademark Licenses, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.


4

"Intercompany Note": any promissory note evidencing loans made by any Grantor to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

"Investment Property": the collective reference to (i) all "investment property" as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the New York UCC (other than any Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock excluded from the definition of "Pledged Stock") and (ii) whether or not constituting "investment property" as so defined, all Pledged Securities.

"Issuers": the collective reference to each issuer of a Pledged Security.

"New York UCC": the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

"Obligations": (i) in the case of each Borrower, its Borrower Obligations, and (ii) in the case of each Guarantor, its Guarantor Obligations.

"Patent License": all written agreements providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by a Patent, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6.

"Patents": (i) all letters patent of the United States, all reissues and extensions thereof, and all goodwill associated therewith, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6, (ii) all applications for letters patent of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all continuations and continuations in part thereof, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6, and (iii) all rights to obtain any reissues or extensions of the foregoing.

"Pledged Notes": all promissory notes listed on Schedule 2, all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Grantor in excess of $1,000,000 (or Intercompany Notes which, in the aggregate, are in excess of $1,000,000) and all other promissory notes issued to or held by any Grantor in excess of $1,000,000 (other than promissory notes issued in connection with extensions of trade credit by any Grantor in the ordinary course of business).

"Pledged NSULC Shares": all Pledged Stock of a Person that is a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Grantor.

"Pledged Securities": the collective reference to the Pledged Notes and the Pledged Stock.

"Pledged Stock": the shares of Capital Stock listed on Schedule 2, together with any other shares, stock certificates, options, interests or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Capital Stock of any Person that may be issued or granted to, or held by, any Grantor while this Agreement is in effect; provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary be required to be pledged hereunder.

"Proceeds": all "proceeds" as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the New York UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends or other income from the Investment Property, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.


5

"Receivable": any right to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance (including, without limitation, any Account).

"Securities Act": the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Specified Cash Management Arrangement": any cash management arrangement (a) entered into by (i) the US Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any Lender or any affiliate thereof at the time such cash management arrangement was entered into, as counterparty, and (b) which has been designated by such Lender and the US Borrower, by notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 90 days after the execution and delivery by the US Borrower or its Subsidiary thereof, as a Specified Cash Management Arrangement. The designation of any cash management arrangement as a Specified Cash Management Arrangement shall not create in favor of the Lender or affiliate thereof that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or any Guarantor Obligations.

"Trademark License": all written agreements providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to use any Trademark, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6.

"Trademarks": (i) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, domain names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof, or otherwise, and all common-law rights related thereto, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6, and (ii) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.

"US Borrower": (a) at any time prior to the consummation of the US Merger Transactions, the Initial US Borrower, and (b) upon and at any time after the consummation of the US Merger Transactions, the Surviving US Borrower.

"Vehicles": all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment and other vehicles covered by a certificate of title law of any state.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. (a) The words "hereof," "herein", "hereto" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(b) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(c) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor's Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

SECTION 2. GUARANTEE

2.1 Guarantee. (a) (i) Each of the Guarantors (other than the US Borrower) hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the


6

Borrowers when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Borrower Obligations.

(ii) The US Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the CDN Borrower when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Borrower Obligations of the CDN Borrower.

(b) Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 2.2).

(c) Each Guarantor agrees that the Borrower Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder.

(d) The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall remain in full force and effect until all the Borrower Obligations and the obligations of each Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall have been satisfied by payment in full (other than contingent or indemnification obligations not then due), no Letter of Credit or B/A (that is not cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing Bank or purchasing Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof) shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement the Borrowers or either of them may be free from any Borrower Obligations.

(e) No payment (other than payment in full) made by either Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender from either Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Borrower Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by such Guarantor in respect of the Borrower Obligations or any payment received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Borrower Obligations), remain liable for the Borrower Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Borrower Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent or indemnification obligations not then due), no Letter of Credit or B/A (that is not cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing Bank or purchasing Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof) shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated.

2.2 Right of Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor's right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.3. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.


7

2.3 No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment made by any Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender against either Borrower or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Borrower Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from either Borrower or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the Borrowers on account of the Borrower Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent or indemnification obligations not then due), no Letter of Credit or B/A (that is not cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing Bank or purchasing Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof) shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of such Borrower Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied against the Borrower Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Administrative Agent may determine.

2.4 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Obligations. Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Borrower Obligations made by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or such Lender and any of the Borrower Obligations continued, and the Borrower Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender, and the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Borrower Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Borrower Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or any property subject thereto.

2.5 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional. Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Borrower Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the guarantee contained in this
Section 2 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section 2; the Borrower Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2; and all dealings between the Borrowers and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, with respect to the Loan Documents and the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment,


8

protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon either Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Borrower Obligations. Each Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, any of the Borrower Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by either Borrower or any other Person against the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (other than a defense of payment or performance) (with or without notice to or knowledge of either Borrower or any Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of such Borrower for the Borrower Obligations, or of such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against either Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Borrower Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from either Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of either Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender against any Guarantor. For the purposes hereof "demand" shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

2.6 Reinstatement. The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Borrower Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of either Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, either Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

2.7 Payments. Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars or CDN Dollars, as applicable, at the US Funding Office or CDN Funding Office, as applicable.

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

Each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and any affiliates of any Lender to which Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations or Borrower Cash Management Obligations are owing), a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the "Collateral"), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor's Obligations:


9

(a) all Accounts;

(b) all Chattel Paper;

(c) all Documents;

(d) all Equipment;

(e) all General Intangibles;

(f) all Instruments;

(g) all Intellectual Property;

(h) all Inventory;

(i) all Investment Property;

(j) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(k) all other personal property not otherwise described above;

(l) all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; and

(m) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds, Supporting Obligations and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

provided, however, that notwithstanding any of the other provisions set forth in this Section 3, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in (i) any leasehold interest in real property, (ii) any Vehicles or Deposit Accounts (without prejudice to any amounts therein which are Proceeds of the Collateral) and all Proceeds thereof, (iii) any property to the extent that such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any Requirements of Law of a Governmental Authority, requires a consent not obtained of any Governmental Authority pursuant to such Requirement of Law or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of or requires any consent not obtained under, any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or giving rise to such property or, in the case of any Investment Property, Pledged Stock or Pledged Note, any applicable shareholder or similar agreement, except to the extent that such Requirement of Law or the term in such contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document or shareholder or similar agreement providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination or requiring such consent is ineffective under applicable law and (iv) property of Holdings acquired after the date hereof, other than Proceeds of the Collateral granted by Holdings as of the date hereof or additional Investment Property consisting of Capital Stock of the US Borrower. It is hereby understood and agreed that any Property described in the preceding proviso, and any Property that is otherwise expressly excluded from clauses (a) through (m) above, shall be excluded from the definition of "Collateral".

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit


10

to the Borrowers thereunder, each Guarantor and each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

4.1 Representations in Credit Agreement. In the case of each Guarantor, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Guarantor or to the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct, and the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein, provided, that each reference in each such representation and warranty to either Borrower's knowledge shall, for the purposes of this Section 4.1, be deemed to be a reference to such Guarantor's knowledge.

4.2 Title; No Other Liens. Except for the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the other Liens permitted to exist on the Collateral by the Credit Agreement, such Grantor owns or has rights in each item of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others. No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except (i) such as have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders, pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) as are permitted by the Credit Agreement or (iii) financing statements that have been filed without the consent of any Grantor. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that any Grantor may, as part of its business, grant licenses to third parties to use Intellectual Property owned, licensed or developed by a Grantor. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such licensing activity shall not constitute a "Lien" on such Intellectual Property. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and each Lender understands that any such licenses may be exclusive to the applicable licensees, and such exclusivity provisions may limit the ability of the Administrative Agent to utilize, sell, lease or transfer the related Intellectual Property or otherwise realize value from such Intellectual Property pursuant hereto.

4.3 Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office. On the date hereof, such Grantor's jurisdiction of organization, identification number from the jurisdiction of organization (if any), and the location of such Grantor's chief executive office are specified on Schedule 4.

4.4 Inventory and Equipment. On the date hereof, the Inventory and the Equipment (other than mobile goods) in excess of $500,000 are kept at the locations listed on Schedule 5.

4.5 Farm Products. On the date hereof, none of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, Farm Products.

4.6 Pledged Securities. On the date hereof, the shares of Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder:

(a) with respect to the shares of Pledged Stock issued by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, to the extent such concepts are applicable; and

(b) constitute all the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer owned by such Grantor or, in the case of Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock, 65% of the outstanding Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock of each relevant Issuer.


11

4.7 Intellectual Property.

(a) Schedule 6 lists all material Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor in its own name on the date hereof.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 6, on the date hereof, none of the Intellectual Property is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Grantor is the licensor or franchisor.

4.8 Holdings Representations. In the case of Holdings:

(a) Holdings (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has the corporate or other organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its Property, to lease the Property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (iii) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (iv) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of its or their respective properties or revenues which, taken as a whole, (x) are material with respect to any of the Loan Documents or (y) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5. COVENANTS

Each Guarantor and each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letter of Credit or B/A shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated:

5.1 Covenants in Credit Agreement. In the case of each Guarantor, such Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, each action that is necessary to be taken or not taken, as the case may be, so that no Default or Event of Default is caused by the failure to take such action or to refrain from taking such action by such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

5.2 Investment Property. In the case of each Grantor which is an Issuer, such Issuer agrees that (a) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Pledged Securities issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it and (b) the terms of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis, with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or 6.7 with respect to the Pledged Securities issued by it.

5.3 Activities of Holdings. In the case of Holdings, Holdings shall not (a) conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations other than
(i) its ownership of the Capital Stock of the US Borrower, (ii) the issuance of and performance of its obligations in respect of its Capital Stock and Indebtedness, (iii) the payment of dividends and taxes, (iv) transactions contemplated by Section 7.6 of the Credit Agreement, (v) performance of its obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and the other agreements contemplated thereby, (vi) actions required by law to maintain its existence and (vii) activities incidental to its maintenance and continuance and to any of the foregoing activities, (b)


12

incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on the Capital Stock of the US Borrower (other than non-consensual Liens arising by operation of law and any Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of Holdings to the extent required by GAAP), or (d) own, lease, manage or otherwise operate (other than through ownership of the US Borrower) any properties or assets, other than (i) cash and Cash Equivalents and deposit and securities accounts comprised of cash and cash equivalents, (ii) the ownership of shares of Capital Stock of the US Borrower and (iii) other assets, not material in amount, incidental to the operations of Holdings as the holding company of the US Borrower.

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Certain Matters Relating to Receivables. (a) At any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the Administrative Agent's reasonable request at the expense of the relevant Grantor, such Grantor shall cause independent public accountants or others satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to furnish to the Administrative Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the Receivables.

(b) If required by the Administrative Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or 8(f) of the Credit Agreement, any payments of Receivables, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders only as provided in Section 6.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. Each such deposit of Proceeds of Receivables shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

(c) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and at the Administrative Agent's request, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Receivables, including, without limitation, all orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

6.2 Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable. (a) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or 8(f) of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under the Receivables to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any


13

performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

6.3 Pledged Securities. (a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given notice to the relevant Grantor of the Administrative Agent's intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 6.3(b), each Grantor shall be permitted to receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Stock and all payments made in respect of the Pledged Notes to the extent permitted in the Credit Agreement, and to exercise all voting and corporate rights with respect to the Pledged Securities.

(b) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, (i) unless otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Pledged Securities and make application thereof to the Obligations in the order set forth in Section 6.5, and (ii) any or all of the Pledged Securities shall be registered in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee, and the Administrative Agent or its nominee may thereafter exercise (x) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Pledged Securities at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or otherwise and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Pledged Securities as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including, without limitation, the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Pledged Securities upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the Administrative Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Pledged Securities, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Securities with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing unless the Administrative Agent has given notice of its intent to exercise as set forth above.

(c) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Pledged Securities pledged by such Grantor hereunder to comply with any instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, none of the rights and remedies granted by a Grantor to the Administrative Agent herein in respect of any Pledged NSULC Shares (other than the grant of the security interest) shall be exercisable or otherwise vest in the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder and such Grantor shall remain the legal and beneficial owner of such Pledged NSULC Shares and shall retain all of the incidents of such ownership until (i) an Event of Default has occurred and (ii) the Administrative Agent has given notice to such Grantor of such Event of Default and its intention to exercise such rights and remedies in respect of such Pledged NSULC Shares. Nothing herein shall be construed to subject the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder to liability as a member or owner of shares of a Nova Scotia unlimited company.

6.4 Proceeds to be Turned Over To Administrative Agent. In addition to the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders specified in Section 6.1 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Loans


14

shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8 of the Credit Agreement, all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near-cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, promptly upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if required). All Proceeds received by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its sole dominion and control. All Proceeds while held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 6.5.

6.5 Application of Proceeds. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Loans shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8 of the Credit Agreement, at any time at the Administrative Agent's election, the Administrative Agent may apply all or any part of Proceeds constituting Collateral and any proceeds of the guarantee set forth in Section 2, in payment of the Obligations, and shall make any such application in the following order:

First, to pay incurred and unpaid reasonable, out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents;

Second, to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards payment of amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of the Obligations, pro rata among the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and any affiliates thereof which are party to any Specified Hedge Agreement) according to the amounts of the Obligations then due and owing and remaining unpaid to each of them; and

Third, any balance of such Proceeds remaining after the Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent or indemnification obligations not then due), no Letter of Credit or B/A (that is not cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing Bank or purchasing Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof) shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated shall be paid over to the Borrowers or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

6.6 Code and Other Remedies. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below or notices otherwise provided in the Loan Documents) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived unless otherwise provided in the Loan Documents), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker's board or office of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. The Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender shall have the right upon any such public sale or


15

sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent's request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor's premises or elsewhere. The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.6, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind actually incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in such order as the Administrative Agent may elect, and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including, without limitation, Section 9-615(a)(3) of the New York UCC, need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.

6.7 Private Sales. Each Grantor recognizes that the Administrative Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Stock, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. The Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Stock for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

6.8 Deficiency. Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the reasonable fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent to collect such deficiency.

SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

7.1 Administrative Agent's Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc. (a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following (provided, that anything in this Section 7.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing):

(i) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the


16

payment of moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may request to evidence the Administrative Agent's, the Canadian Administrative Agent's and the Lenders' security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 6.6 or 6.7, any indorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(v) (1) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (3) sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (4) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (5) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (6) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (7) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (8) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent's option and such Grantor's expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Administrative Agent's, the Canadian Administrative Agent's and the Lenders' security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may give such Grantor written notice of such failure to perform or comply and if such Grantor fails to perform or comply within three
(3) Business Days of receiving such notice (or if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that irreparable harm to the Collateral or to the security interest of the Administrative Agent hereunder could result prior to the end of such three-Business Day period), then the Administrative Agent may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.


17

(c) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are released.

7.2 Duty of Administrative Agent. To the extent permitted by law, the Administrative Agent's sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the New York UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account. None of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder are solely to protect the Administrative Agent's, the Canadian Administrative Agent's and the Lenders' interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct or that of their directors, officers, employees or agents.

7.3 Execution of Financing Statements. Pursuant to any applicable law, each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent to file or record financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral without the signature of such Grantor in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. Each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent to use the collateral description "all personal property" in any such financing statements.

7.4 Authority of Administrative Agent. Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as among the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments in Writing. None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement.

8.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement;


18

provided, that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1.

8.3 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or any Lender of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or such Lender would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

8.4 Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification. Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Administrative Agent and the Lenders harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement to the extent the Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to
Section 10.5 of the Credit Agreement. The agreements in this Section 8.4 shall survive repayment of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

8.5 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their successors and assigns; provided, that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that Dispositions permitted under the Credit Agreement shall not be subject to this proviso).

8.6 Set-Off. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and each Lender at any time and from time to time while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, without notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor, to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by each Grantor (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise after the expiration of any applicable grace periods) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final but excluding trust accounts), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent or such Lender to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor. Each of Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and each Lender shall notify such Grantor promptly of any such set-off made by it and the application made by it of the proceeds thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

8.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.


19

8.8 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

8.9 Section Headings. The Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

8.10 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the agreement of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

8.11 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Grantor at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this
Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

8.13 Acknowledgements. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement


20

or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and Lenders, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Grantors and the Lenders.

8.14 Additional Grantors. Each Subsidiary of the US Borrower that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.9 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex 1 hereto.

8.15 Releases. (a) At such time as the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other Obligations (other than Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations, Borrower Cash Management Obligations and contingent or indemnification obligations not then due) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments shall have been terminated and no Letter of Credit or B/A (that is not cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing Bank or purchasing Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof) shall be outstanding, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created hereby, and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Grantor hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Grantors. At the request and sole expense of any Grantor following any such termination, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to such Grantor any Collateral held by the Administrative Agent hereunder, and execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

(b) If any of the Collateral shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Grantor in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement, then the Administrative Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Grantor, shall execute and deliver to such Grantor all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable for the release of the Liens created hereby on such Collateral. At the request and sole expense of the US Borrower, a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder in the event that all the Capital Stock of such Guarantor shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement.

8.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH GRANTOR AND, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THE BENEFITS HEREOF, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE CANADIAN ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
Name: William C. Stone
Title: Chairman & CEO

Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


SUNSHINE ACQUISITION II, INC.

By: /s/ Campbell Dyer
    ------------------------------------
Name: Campbell Dyer
Title: Secretary

Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
Name:
      ----------------------------------
Title:
       ---------------------------------

Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


SS&C FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


OMR SYSTEMS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


FINANCIAL MODELS HOLDINGS INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


FINANCIAL MODELS COMPANY LTD.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


OPEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

By: /s/ Patrick J. Pedonti
    ------------------------------------
Name: Patrick J. Pedonti
Title: SVP & Treasurer

Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


Annex I to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of __________ __, 200_, made by ______________________________ (the "Additional Grantor"), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent") for the banks and other financial institutions or entities (the "Lenders") parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., (the "Initial US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies, Inc., (the "Surviving US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., as CDN Borrower, the Lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian administrative agent (the "Canadian Administrative Agent") and the Administrative Agent have entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement");

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Initial US Borrower, the Surviving US Borrower and certain of its Affiliates (other than the Additional Grantor) have entered into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Guarantee and Collateral Agreement") in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders;

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires the Additional Grantor to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Grantor, as provided in Section 8.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Grantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor thereunder. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in the Schedules to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Additional Grantor hereby represents and warrants, to the extent applicable, that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is true and correct on and as of the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date.

2. GOVERNING LAW. THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

ADDITIONAL GRANTOR

By:

Name:
Title:

2

Annex 1-A to Assumption Agreement

Supplement to Schedule 1

Supplement to Schedule 2

Supplement to Schedule 3

Supplement to Schedule 4

Supplement to Schedule 5

Supplement to Schedule 6


Annex II to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of November 23, 2005 (the "Agreement"), made by the Grantors parties thereto for the benefit of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. The undersigned agrees for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows:

1. The undersigned will be bound by the terms of the Agreement and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to the undersigned.

2. The terms of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 of the Agreement shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis, with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or 6.7 of the Agreement.

[NAME OF ISSUER]

By:

Name:
Title:

Address for Notices:




Fax:

EXHIBIT 10.3

EXECUTION COPY


CDN GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

made by

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES CANADA CORP.

AND

3105198 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY

in favor of

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., TORONTO BRANCH
as Canadian Administrative Agent

Dated as of November 23, 2005



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                 Page
                                                                                 ----
SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS.......................................................    2
   1.1     Definitions.........................................................    2
   1.2     Other Definitional Provisions.......................................    6

SECTION 2. GUARANTEE...........................................................    7
   2.1     Guarantee...........................................................    7
   2.2     Right of Contribution...............................................    7
   2.3     No Subrogation......................................................    7
   2.4     Amendments, etc. with respect to the CDN Borrower Obligations.......    8
   2.5     Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional................................    8
   2.6     Reinstatement.......................................................   10
   2.7     Payments............................................................   11
   2.8     Taxes...............................................................   11

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST..........................................   13
   3.1     Grant of Security Interest..........................................   13
   3.2     Attachment of Security Interest.....................................   14

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES......................................   14
   4.1     Representations in Credit Agreement.................................   14
   4.2     Title; No Other Liens...............................................   15
   4.3     Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office................   15
   4.4     Inventory and Equipment.............................................   15
   4.5     Farm Products.......................................................   15
   4.6     Pledged Stock.......................................................   15
   4.7     Intellectual Property...............................................   16

SECTION 5. COVENANTS...........................................................   16
   5.1     Covenants in Credit Agreement.......................................   16
   5.2     Pledged Securities..................................................   16
   5.3     ULC Shares..........................................................   16

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS.................................................   16
   6.1     Certain Matters Relating to Receivables.............................   16
   6.2     Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable................   17
   6.3     Pledged Securities..................................................   17
   6.4     Proceeds to be Turned Over To CDN Administrative Agent..............   18
   6.5     Application of Proceeds.............................................   19
   6.6     PPSA and Other Remedies.............................................   19
   6.7     Private Sales.......................................................   20
   6.8     Deficiency..........................................................   20
   6.9     Appointment of Receiver.............................................   20

SECTION 7. THE CDN ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT........................................   21
   7.1     CDN Administrative Agent's Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.....   21
   7.2     Duty of CDN Administrative Agent....................................   22
   7.3     Execution of Financing Statements...................................   22

i

   7.4     Authority of CDN Administrative Agent...............................   23

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................   23
   8.1     ULC Shares..........................................................   23
   8.2     Amendments in Writing...............................................   24
   8.3     Notices.............................................................   24
   8.4     No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies.................   24
   8.5     Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification...............................   24
   8.6     Judgment Currency...................................................   24
   8.7     Successors and Assigns..............................................   25
   8.8     Set-Off.............................................................   25
   8.9     Counterparts........................................................   25
   8.10    Severability........................................................   26
   8.11    Section Headings....................................................   26
   8.12    Integration.........................................................   26
   8.13    GOVERNING LAW.......................................................   26
   8.14    Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers.................................   26
   8.15    Acknowledgements....................................................   27
   8.16    Additional Guarantors...............................................   27
   8.17    Amalgamation........................................................   27
   8.18    Releases............................................................   27
   8.19    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL................................................   28

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1   Notice Addresses
Schedule 2   Pledged Securities
Schedule 3   Perfection Matters
Schedule 4   Jurisdictions of Organization and Chief Executive Offices
Schedule 5   Inventory and Equipment Locations
Schedule 6   Intellectual Property

Annexes

Annex I      Assumption Agreement

ii

CDN GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

CDN GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, dated as of November 23, 2005, made by SS&C Technologies Canada Corp. and each of the signatories hereto under the "Guarantors" heading on the signature pages hereof (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the "Guarantors"), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the "CDN Administrative Agent") for the Canadian banks and other financial institutions or entities (the "CDN Lenders") from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Initial US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Surviving US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., a Nova Scotia unlimited company (the "CDN Borrower" and, together with the US Borrower (as defined below), the "Borrowers"), the banks and other financial institutions or entities (the "Lenders") from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as syndication agent, Bank of America, N.A., as documentation agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (the "Administrative Agent"), the CDN Administrative Agent, and the other parties named therein.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make extensions of credit to the Borrowers upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are members of an affiliated group of companies that includes each Guarantor;

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement will be used in part to enable the Borrowers to make valuable transfers to one or more of the Guarantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Guarantors are engaged in related businesses, and each Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the CDN Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the CDN Borrower under the Credit Agreement that the CDN Borrower and the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the CDN Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the CDN Lenders;

WHEREAS, certain of the Pledged Stock may hereafter consist of shares of stock or other equity interests ("ULC Shares") of one or more unlimited liability companies under the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) (each, a "ULC") and, to best ensure that neither the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent nor any of the CDN Lenders could, under any circumstances prior to realization, be held to be a "member" of the ULC for the purposes of the Companies Act (Nova Scotia), certain provisions of this Agreement are to apply differently insofar as any Pledged Stock consists of ULC Shares;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the CDN Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the CDN Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the CDN Borrower thereunder, the CDN


2

Borrower and each Guarantor hereby agrees with the CDN Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the CDN Lenders, as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS

1.1 Definitions

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms are used herein as defined in the PPSA (as defined below): "chattel paper", "consumer goods", "documents of title", "equipment", "goods", "instruments", "intangibles", "inventory", "proceeds", "financing statement" and "financing change statement".

(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Account": all accounts and book debts and generally all debts, due, claims, choses in action, and demands of every kind and nature howsoever arising or secured, including under letters of credit and advices of credit, which are now due, owing, or accruing, or growing due to, or owned by, any Grantor.

"Agreement": this CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"CDN Borrower Cash Management Obligations": to the extent that the CDN Borrower so agrees in the applicable agreements therefor, the collective reference to all obligations and liabilities of the CDN Borrower and its CDN Subsidiaries (including, to the extent that such agreements so provide and without limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Specified Cash Management Arrangement after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the CDN Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) to any CDN Lender or any affiliate of any CDN Lender (or any CDN Lender or any affiliate thereof at the time such Specified Cash Management Arrangement was entered into), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, any Specified Cash Management Arrangement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, to the extent that such agreements so provide and without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the relevant CDN Lender or affiliate thereof that are required to be paid by the CDN Borrower pursuant to the terms of any Specified Cash Management Arrangement).

"CDN Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations": the collective reference to the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations, the full Face Amount of all outstanding B/As and all other obligations and liabilities of the CDN Borrower (including, without limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the CDN Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, the Credit Agreement, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letter of Credit, any B/A or any


3

other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or to the CDN Lenders that are required to be paid by the CDN Borrower pursuant to the terms of any of the foregoing agreements).

"CDN Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations": the collective reference to all obligations and liabilities of the CDN Borrower and its CDN Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in any Specified Hedge Agreement after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the CDN Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) to any CDN Lender or any affiliate of any CDN Lender (or any CDN Lender or any affiliate thereof at the time such Specified Hedge Agreement was entered into), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, any Specified Hedge Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the relevant CDN Lender or affiliate thereof that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of any Specified Hedge Agreement).

"CDN Borrower Obligations": the collective reference to (i) the CDN Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations, (ii) the CDN Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations, but only to the extent that, and only so long as, the CDN Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations are secured and guaranteed pursuant hereto, and
(iii) the CDN Borrower Cash Management Obligations, but only to the extent that, and only so long as, the CDN Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations are secured and guaranteed pursuant hereto.

"Chattel Paper": all chattel paper in which any Grantor now or hereafter has an interest, and any part of such interest.

"Collateral": as defined in Section 3.

"Collateral Account": any collateral account established by the CDN Administrative Agent as provided in Section 6.1 or 6.4.

"Contracts": any contracts, agreements, indentures, policies of insurance, licenses, commitments, entitlements, engagements or other arrangements, whether written or unwritten, to which any Grantor is now or hereafter a party or has a benefit, right, or in which any Grantor now or hereafter has an interest.

"Copyright Licenses": all written agreements naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee (including, without limitation, those listed in Schedule
6), granting any right under any Copyright, including, without limitation, the grant of rights to manufacture, distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright.

"Copyrights": (i) all copyrights arising under the laws of Canada, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished (including, without limitation, those listed in Schedule 6), all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, all registrations, recordings and applications in the Canadian Intellectual Property Office, and (ii) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.


4

"Deposit Account": any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained with a depository institution.

"Documents of Title": all documents of title, whether negotiable or non-negotiable, including, without limitation, all warehouse receipts and bills of lading, in which any Grantor now or hereafter has an interest, and any part thereof.

"Equipment": all goods in which any Grantor now or hereafter has an interest other than Inventory or consumer goods and any part thereof, including, without limitation, all tools, apparatus, fixtures, plant, machinery and furniture.

"Grantors": the CDN Borrower and each Guarantor.

"Guarantor Obligations": with respect to any Guarantor, all obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor which may arise under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 2) or any other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party, in each case whether on account of guarantee obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Receiver or to the CDN Lenders that are required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document).

"Holdings": Sunshine Acquisition Corporation.

"Instruments": all letters of credit, advices of and all other instruments in which any Grantor now or hereafter has an interest, and any part thereof.

"Intangibles": all intangible property of whatever kind in which any Grantor now or hereafter has an interest, including, without limitation, any Grantor's rights under Contracts, Intellectual Property, Technical Information, permits and quotas.

"Intellectual Property": the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under Canadian, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, including, without limitation, the Copyrights, the Copyright Licenses, the Patents, the Patent Licenses, the Trademarks and the Trademark Licenses, brands, business names, uniform resource locators ("URL"), domain names, tag lines, designs, graphics, logos and other commercial symbols and indicia of origin, goodwill, inventions, industrial designs, other intellectual property rights, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

"Intercompany Note": any promissory note evidencing loans made by any Grantor to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

"Inventory": all inventory of whatever kind and wherever situate in which any Grantor now or hereafter has an interest, including, without limitation, all goods, merchandise, raw materials, goods in process, finished goods and other tangible personal property held for sale, lease, resale or exchange or furnished or to be furnished under contracts for service or that are used or consumed in the business of any Grantor, and any part thereof.

"Issuers": the collective reference to each issuer of a Pledged Security.


5

"Money": all money in which any Grantor now or hereafter has an interest, and any part thereof.

"Obligations": (i) in the case of the CDN Borrower, the CDN Borrower Obligations, and (ii) in the case of each Guarantor, its Guarantor Obligations.

"Patent License": all written agreements providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to manufacture, use, import, export, distribute or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by a Patent, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6.

"Patents": (i) all letters patent of Canada, all reissues and extensions thereof, and all goodwill associated therewith, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6, (ii) all applications for letters patent of Canada, the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all continuations and continuations in part thereof, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6, and (iii) all rights to obtain any reissues or extensions of the foregoing.

"Pledged Notes": all promissory notes listed on Schedule 2, all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Grantor in excess of $1,000,000 (or Intercompany Notes which, in the aggregate, are in excess of $1,000,000) and all other promissory notes issued to or held by any Grantor in excess of $1,000,000 (other than promissory notes issued in connection with extensions of trade credit by any Grantor in the ordinary course of business).

"Pledged Securities": the collective reference to the Pledged Notes and the Pledged Stock.

"Pledged Stock": the collective reference to the shares of Capital Stock listed on Schedule 2, together with any other shares, stock certificates, options, interests or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Capital Stock or any other Securities of any Person that may be issued or granted to, or held by, any Grantor while this Agreement is in effect.

"PPSA": the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), including the regulations thereto, provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any Lien created hereunder on the Collateral is governed by the personal property security legislation or other applicable legislation with respect to personal property security as in effect in a jurisdiction other than Ontario, "PPSA" means the Personal Property Security Act or such other applicable legislation as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

"Proceeds": all "proceeds" as such term is defined in the PPSA and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends or other income from the Pledged Securities, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

"Receivable": any right to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance (including, without limitation, any Account).

"Securities": all shares, limited partnership units, trust units, stock, warrants, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and "securities" as such term is defined in the PPSA, and any part thereof.


6

"Securities Act": the Securities Act (Ontario), as amended and the securities laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.

"Specified Cash Management Arrangement": any cash management arrangement (a) entered into by (i) the CDN Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any CDN Lender or any affiliate thereof at the time such cash management arrangement was entered into, as counterparty, and (b) which has been designated by such CDN Lender and the CDN Borrower, by notice to the CDN Administrative Agent not later than 90 days after the execution and delivery by the CDN Borrower or its Subsidiary thereof, as a Specified Cash Management Arrangement. The designation of any cash management arrangement as a Specified Cash Management Arrangement shall not create in favor of the CDN Lender or affiliate thereof that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or any Guarantor Obligations.

"Technical Information": all know-how and information owned by or licensed to any Grantor, confidential or otherwise, including, without limitation, any information of a scientific, technical, financial or business nature regardless of its form.

"Trademark License": all written agreements providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to use any Trademark, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6.

"Trademarks": (i) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, domain names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the Canadian Intellectual Property Office or in any similar office or agency or otherwise, and all common-law rights related thereto, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6, and (ii) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.

"ULC": as defined in the preamble hereto.

"ULC Shares": as defined in the preamble hereto.

"US Borrower": (a) at any time prior to the consummation of the US Merger Transactions, the Initial US Borrower, and (b) upon and at any time after the consummation of the US Merger Transactions, the Surviving US Borrower.

"Vehicles": all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment and all other motor vehicles, as such term is defined in the PPSA.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions

(a) The words "hereof," "herein", "hereto" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(b) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(c) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor's Collateral or the relevant part thereof.


7

(d) Unless otherwise specified, all references to dollar amounts in this Agreement shall mean lawful currency of the United States.

SECTION 2. GUARANTEE

2.1 Guarantee

(a) Each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the CDN Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the CDN Lenders and their respective successors, endorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the CDN Borrower when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the CDN Borrower Obligations.

(b) The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall remain in full force and effect until all the CDN Borrower Obligations and the obligations of each Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall have been satisfied by payment in full (other than contingent or indemnification obligations not then due), no Letter of Credit or B/A (that is not cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the CDN Issuing Lender or purchasing CDN Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof) shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement the CDN Borrower may be free from any CDN Borrower Obligations.

(c) No payment (other than payment in full) made by the CDN Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender from the CDN Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the CDN Borrower Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by such Guarantor in respect of the CDN Borrower Obligations or any payment received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the CDN Borrower Obligations), remain liable for the CDN Borrower Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the CDN Borrower Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent or indemnification obligations not then due), no Letter of Credit or B/A (that is not cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the CDN Issuing Lender or purchasing CDN Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof) shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated.

2.2 Right of Contribution

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor's right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.3. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

2.3 No Subrogation


8

Notwithstanding any payment made by any Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender against the CDN Borrower or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender for the payment of the CDN Borrower Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the CDN Borrower or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders by the CDN Borrower on account of the CDN Borrower Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent or indemnification obligations not then due), no Letter of Credit or B/A (that is not cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the CDN Issuing Lender or purchasing CDN Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof) shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the CDN Borrower Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the CDN Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly endorsed by such Guarantor to the CDN Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied against the CDN Borrower Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the CDN Administrative Agent may determine.

2.4 Amendments, etc. with respect to the CDN Borrower Obligations

Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the CDN Borrower Obligations made by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender may be rescinded by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such CDN Lender and any of the CDN Borrower Obligations continued, and the CDN Borrower Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, increased, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender, and the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the CDN Administrative Agent (or the Required CDN Lenders or all CDN Lenders, as the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender for the payment of the CDN Borrower Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent nor any CDN Lender shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the CDN Borrower Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or any property subject thereto.

2.5 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional

(a) The obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement are continuing, unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will not be released, discharged, diminished, limited or otherwise affected by (and each Guarantor hereby consents to or waives, as applicable, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law): (a) any extension, other indulgence, renewal, settlement, discharge, compromise, waiver, subordination or release in respect of any CDN Borrower Obligation, security, Person or otherwise; (b) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the


9

CDN Borrower Obligations, including any increase or decrease in the principal, the rates of interest or other amounts payable thereunder; (c) any release, non-perfection or invalidity of any direct or indirect security for any CDN Borrower Obligation; (d) any change in the existence, structure, constitution, name, objects, powers, business, control or ownership of the CDN Borrower or any other Person, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the CDN Borrower or any other Person or its assets; (e) the existence of any claim, set off or other rights which any Guarantor may have at any time against the CDN Borrower, the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any CDN Lender, or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or any unrelated transactions; (f) any invalidity, illegality or unenforceability relating to or against the CDN Borrower or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the CDN Borrower of the principal or interest under the CDN Borrower Obligations; (g) any limitation, postponement, prohibition, subordination or other restriction on the rights of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender to payment of the CDN Borrower Obligations; (h) any release, substitution or addition of any cosigner, endorser or other guarantor of the CDN Borrower Obligations; (i) any defence arising by reason of any failure of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender to make any presentment, demand for performance, notice of non-performance, protest, and any other notice, including notice of all of the following: acceptance of this Agreement, partial payment or non-payment of all or any part of the CDN Borrower Obligations and the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional CDN Borrower Obligations; (j) any defense arising by reason of any failure of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender to proceed against the CDN Borrower or any other Person, to proceed against, apply or exhaust any security held from the CDN Borrower or any other Person for the CDN Borrower Obligations, to proceed against, apply or exhaust any security held from any Guarantor or any other Person for this Agreement or to pursue any other remedy in the power of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender whatsoever; (k) any law which provides that the obligation of a guarantor must neither be larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal obligation or which reduces a guarantor's obligation in proportion to the principal obligation; (l) any defence arising by reason of any incapacity, lack of authority, or other defense of the CDN Borrower or any other Person, or by reason of any limitation, postponement, prohibition on the CDN Administrative Agent's, the Administrative Agent's or any CDN Lender's right to payment of the CDN Borrower Obligations or any part thereof, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of the CDN Borrower or any other Person with respect to all or any part of the CDN Borrower Obligations, or by reason of any act or omission of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any CDN Lender or others which directly or indirectly results in the discharge or release of the CDN Borrower or any other Person or all or any part of the CDN Borrower Obligations or any security or guarantee therefor, whether by contract, operation of law or otherwise; (m) any defense arising by reason of any failure by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender to obtain, perfect or maintain a perfected or prior (or any) security interest in or lien or encumbrance upon any property of the CDN Borrower or any other Person, or by reason of any interest of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender in any property, whether as owner thereof or the holder of a security interest therein or lien or encumbrance thereon, being invalidated, voided, declared fraudulent or preferential or otherwise set aside, or by reason of any impairment by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender of any right to recourse or collateral; (n) any defense arising by reason of the failure of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender to marshall any assets; (o) any defense based upon any failure of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender to give to the CDN Borrower or any Guarantor notice of any sale or other disposition of any property securing any or all of the CDN Borrower Obligations or any guarantee thereof, or any defect in any notice that may be given in connection with any sale or other disposition of any such property, or any failure of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender to comply with any provision of applicable law in enforcing any security interest in or lien upon any such property, including any failure by the CDN Administrative Agent to


10

dispose of any such property in a commercially reasonable manner; (p) any dealing whatsoever with the CDN Borrower or other Person or any security, whether negligently or not, or any failure to do so; (q) any defense based upon or arising out of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against the CDN Borrower or any other Person, including any discharge of, or bar against collecting, any of the CDN Borrower Obligations, in or as a result of any such proceeding; or (r) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the CDN Borrower, the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any CDN Lender, or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, which might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.5, constitute a legal or equitable discharge, limitation or reduction of any Guarantor's obligations hereunder (other than the payment in full of all of the CDN Borrower Obligations). The foregoing provisions apply (and the foregoing waivers will be effective) even if the effect of any action (or failure to take action) by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender is to destroy or diminish any Guarantor's subrogation rights, any Guarantor's right to proceed against the CDN Borrower for reimbursement, any Guarantor's right to recover contribution from any other guarantor or any other right or remedy.

(b) Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the CDN Borrower Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section 2; the CDN Borrower Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, increased, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2; and all dealings between the CDN Borrower and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, with respect to the Loan Documents and the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the CDN Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to the CDN Borrower Obligations. When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the CDN Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the CDN Borrower Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the CDN Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the CDN Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender against any Guarantor. For the purposes hereof "demand" shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

2.6 Reinstatement

The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the CDN Borrower Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the CDN Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator, interim-receiver, receiver manager, receiver and manager, or trustee


11

or similar officer for, the CDN Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

2.7 Payments

Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the CDN Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars or CDN Dollars, as applicable, in immediately available funds at the CDN Funding Office.

2.8 Taxes

(a) Except as required by applicable law, all payments made by the Guarantors under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings or Other Taxes, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding (i) net income taxes, net profits or capital taxes and franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) imposed on the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or former connection between the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document) and (ii) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any Guarantor is located (including the branch interest tax imposed under Part XIII of the ITA (or any successor or similar provision), the branch tax imposed under Part XIV of the ITA (or any successor or similar provision) and any similar taxes imposed under the laws of any province or territory of Canada). If any such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings ("Non-Excluded Taxes") or Other Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable by the relevant Guarantor to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts so payable to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Lender (after deduction or withholding of all Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that the relevant Guarantor shall not be required to increase any such amounts payable to any Lender with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes (i) that are attributable to such Lender's failure to comply with the requirements of paragraph (d) or (d), as applicable, of this Section, (ii) that are United States withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable under the US Term Facility, US Revolving Facility or CDN Revolving Facility to such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a US Term Lender, US Revolving Lender or CDN Revolving Lender, except to the extent that such Lender's assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the relevant Guarantor with respect to such Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to this paragraph or (iii) that are imposed by Canada on any amount paid or credited under the CDN Revolving Facility to any Lender (x) that is not a resident in Canada for purposes of the ITA or (y) that is not otherwise deemed to be a resident in Canada for purposes of Part XIII of the ITA in respect of any amounts paid or credited to such Lender under the CDN Revolving Facility, except to the extent that such Lender acquired its interest in the CDN Revolving Facility following the occurrence of and during of and continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or (f) pursuant to Section 10.6(b)(ii)(D) of the Credit Agreement (in which case the requirement to increase any such amounts shall apply).


12

(b) In addition, the relevant Guarantor shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by any Guarantor, as promptly as possible thereafter, the relevant Guarantor shall send to the CDN Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent for the account of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the relevant Guarantor showing payment thereof if such receipt is obtainable, or, if not, such other evidence of payment as may reasonably be required by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Lender. If any Guarantor fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes that such Guarantor is required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.8 (or in respect of which such Guarantor would be required to pay increased amounts pursuant to Section 2.8(a) if such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes were withheld) when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the CDN Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, such Guarantor shall indemnify the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any payments by them of such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes and for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that become payable by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure.

(d) Each Lender that is a US Term Lender or US Revolving Lender or that is a CDN Revolving Lender or a Related Affiliate that is making CDN Revolving Loans to the US Borrower or participating in CDN Letters of Credit issued for the account of the US Borrower that in any case is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) (a "Non-US Lender") shall deliver to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the US Borrower and to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased) (i) two accurate and complete copies of IRS Form W-8ECI or W-8BEN, or, (ii) in the case of a Non-US Lender claiming exemption from United States federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of "portfolio interest" a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Credit Agreement and two accurate and complete copies of IRS Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions or successors to such forms, in each case properly completed and duly executed by such Non-US Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, United States federal withholding tax on all payments by each Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-US Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to the Credit Agreement (or, in the case of any Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each Non-US Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-US Lender. Each Non-US Lender shall (i) promptly notify the US Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the US Borrower in respect of a Guarantor (or any other form of certification adopted by the United States taxing authorities for such purpose) and (ii) take such steps as shall not be disadvantageous to it, in its reasonable judgment, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its lending office pursuant to
Section 2.23 of the Credit Agreement) to avoid any requirement of applicable laws of any such jurisdiction that any Guarantor make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Lender. Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Non-US Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Non-US Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(e) Each Lender that is a US Term Lender or US Revolving Lender or that is a CDN Revolving Lender or a Related Affiliate that is making CDN Revolving Loans to the US Borrower or participating in CDN Letters of Credit issued for the account of the US Borrower that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code) (a "US Lender") shall deliver to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent two accurate and complete copies of IRS Form W-9, or any


13

subsequent versions or successors to such form. Such forms shall be delivered by each US Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to the Credit Agreement Agreement. In addition, each US Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such US Lender. Each US Lender shall promptly notify the US Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certifications to the US Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the United States taxing authorities for such purpose).

(f) If the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Guarantor or with respect to which any Guarantor has paid additional amounts pursuant to this
Section 2.8, it shall promptly pay over such refund to such Guarantor (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Guarantor under this Section 2.8 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that such Guarantor, upon the request of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Guarantor (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority; provided, further, that such Guarantor shall not be required to repay to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or the Lender an amount in excess of the amount paid over by such party to such Guarantor pursuant to this Section. This paragraph shall not be construed to require the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to any Guarantor or any other Person.

(g) The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

3.1 Grant of Security Interest

Each Grantor hereby grants to the CDN Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders (and any affiliates of any CDN Lender to which CDN Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations or CDN Borrower Cash Management Obligations are owing), a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the "Collateral"), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor's Obligations:

(a) all Accounts;

(b) all Chattel Paper;

(c) all Documents of Title;

(d) all Equipment;

(e) all Intangibles;


14

(f) all Instruments;

(g) all Intellectual Property;

(h) all Inventory;

(i) all Pledged Securities;

(j) all other personal property not otherwise described above;

(k) all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; and

(l) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

provided, however, that notwithstanding any of the other provisions set forth in this Section 3, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in (i) any leasehold interest in real property, (ii) any Intellectual Property if the grant of such security interest shall constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or rendering unenforceable any rights, title or interest of any Grantor therein, (iii) any Vehicles or Deposit Accounts
(without prejudice to any amounts therein which are Proceeds of the Collateral)
and all Proceeds thereof, and (iv) any property to the extent that such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any Requirements of Law of a Governmental Authority, requires a consent not obtained of any Governmental Authority pursuant to such Requirement of Law or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of or requires any consent not obtained under, any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or giving rise to such property or, in the case of any Pledged Securities, any applicable shareholder or similar agreement, except to the extent that such Requirement of Law or the term in such contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document or shareholder or similar agreement providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination or requiring such consent is ineffective under applicable law. It is hereby understood and agreed that any Property described in the preceding proviso, and any Property that is otherwise expressly excluded from clauses (a) through (l) above, shall be excluded from the definition of "Collateral".

3.2 Attachment of Security Interest

Each Grantor and the CDN Administrative Agent hereby acknowledge that
(a) value has been given, (b) such Grantor has rights in the Collateral in which it has granted a security interest, and (c) this Agreement constitutes a security agreement as that term is defined in the PPSA.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the CDN Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the CDN Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and each CDN Lender that:

4.1 Representations in Credit Agreement

In the case of each Grantor, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Grantor or to the Loan Documents to which such Grantor is a


15

party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct, and the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and each CDN Lender shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein, provided, that each reference in each such representation and warranty to the CDN Borrower's knowledge shall, for the purposes of this Section 4.1, be deemed to be a reference to such Grantor's knowledge.

4.2 Title; No Other Liens

Except for the security interest granted to the CDN Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the other Liens permitted to exist on the Collateral by the Credit Agreement, such Grantor owns or has rights in each item of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others. No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or on record in any public office, except (i) such as have been filed in favor of the CDN Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and CDN Lenders, pursuant to this Agreement or such other filings as are permitted by the Credit Agreement, (ii) financing statements to be released on the Closing Date and (iii) financing statements that have been filed without the consent of any Grantor (for greater certainty, financing statements that have been filed in connection with a Lien granted by a Grantor pursuant to a security agreement executed by such Grantor shall be deemed to have been filed with the consent of such Grantor). For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that any Grantor may, as part of its business, grant licenses to third parties to use Intellectual Property owned, licensed or developed by a Grantor. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such licensing activity shall not constitute a "Lien" on such Intellectual Property. Each of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and each CDN Lender understands that any such licenses may be exclusive to the applicable licensees, and such exclusivity provisions may limit the ability of the CDN Administrative Agent to utilize, sell, lease or transfer the related Intellectual Property or otherwise realize value from such Intellectual Property pursuant hereto.

4.3 Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office

On the date hereof, such Grantor's exact legal name (as indicated on the articles of incorporation or similar document of such Grantor), jurisdiction of organization, and the location of such Grantor's chief executive office or domicile (for purposes of the Quebec Civil Code), as the case may be, are specified on Schedule 4.

4.4 Inventory and Equipment

On the date hereof, the Inventory and the Equipment (other than mobile goods) in excess of $500,000 are kept at the locations listed on Schedule 5.

4.5 Farm Products

On the date hereof, none of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, growing crops, the unborn young of animals, timber to be cut or minerals or hydrocarbons to be extracted.

4.6 Pledged Stock.

On the date hereof, the shares of Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder:

(a) have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and (other than the ULC Shares of a ULC) non-assessable; and


16

(b) constitute all the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer owned by such Grantor (and after giving effect to the Company Reorganization).

4.7 Intellectual Property.

(a) Schedule 6 lists all material Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor in its own name on the date hereof.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 6, on the date hereof, none of the Intellectual Property is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Grantor is the licensor or franchisor.

SECTION 5. COVENANTS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letter of Credit or B/A shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have terminated:

5.1 Covenants in Credit Agreement

In the case of each Grantor, such Grantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, each action that is necessary to be taken or not taken, as the case may be, so that no Default or Event of Default is caused by the failure to take such action or to refrain from taking such action by such Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

5.2 Pledged Securities

In the case of each Grantor which is an Issuer, such Issuer agrees that (a) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Pledged Securities issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it and (b) the terms of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis, with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or 6.7 with respect to the Pledged Securities issued by it.

5.3 ULC Shares

To the extent that the charter, by-laws or any other constitutional document of a ULC restricts the transfer of the Pledged Stock or ULC Shares of such issuer, including the prospective transfer of such Pledged Stock or ULC Shares by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender upon the realization on the security constituted hereby in accordance with this Agreement, the terms of such restriction permit that any such transfer shall be permitted if the CDN Administrative Agent receives either a consent to such transfer by a resolution of the shareholders of the issuer of such Pledged Stock or ULC Shares or a resolution of the directors of such issuer consenting to such transfer.

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Certain Matters Relating to Receivables


17

(a) At any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the CDN Administrative Agent's reasonable request at the expense of the relevant Grantor, such Grantor shall cause independent public accountants or others satisfactory to the CDN Administrative Agent to furnish to the CDN Administrative Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the Receivables.

(b) If required by the CDN Administrative Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or 8(f) of the Credit Agreement, any payments of Receivables, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly endorsed by such Grantor to the CDN Administrative Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the CDN Administrative Agent, subject to withdrawal by the CDN Administrative Agent for the account of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders only as provided in Section 6.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. Each such deposit of Proceeds of Receivables shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

(c) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and at the CDN Administrative Agent's request, each Grantor shall deliver to the CDN Administrative Agent all documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Receivables, including, without limitation, all orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

6.2 Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable

(a) Upon the request of the CDN Administrative Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or 8(f) of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been assigned to the CDN Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the CDN Administrative Agent.

(b) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under the Receivables to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent nor any CDN Lender shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

6.3 Pledged Securities

(a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the CDN Administrative Agent shall have given notice to the relevant Grantor of the CDN Administrative Agent's intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 6.3(b), each Grantor shall be permitted to


18

receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Stock and all payments made in respect of the Pledged Notes to the extent permitted in the Credit Agreement, and to exercise all voting and corporate rights with respect to the Pledged Securities.

(b) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the CDN Administrative Agent shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, (i) unless otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, the CDN Administrative Agent shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Pledged Securities and make application thereof to the Obligations in the order set forth in Section 6.5, and (ii) any or all of the Pledged Securities shall, at the sole discretion of the CDN Administrative Agent, be registered in the name of the CDN Administrative Agent or its nominee, and the CDN Administrative Agent or its nominee may thereafter exercise (x) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Pledged Securities at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or otherwise and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Pledged Securities as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including, without limitation, the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Pledged Securities upon the merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the CDN Administrative Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Pledged Securities, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Securities with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the CDN Administrative Agent may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the CDN Administrative Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing unless the CDN Administrative Agent has given notice of its intent to exercise as set forth above. For greater certainty, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to subject the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender to liability as a member or owner of any Issuer nor shall the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender be deemed to have assumed any obligations under any operating agreement, subscription agreement, keep-well agreement, shareholder agreement, partnership or similar agreement relating to the Pledged Stock or otherwise.

(c) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Pledged Securities pledged by such Grantor hereunder to comply with any instruction received by it from the CDN Administrative Agent in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying.

6.4 Proceeds to be Turned Over To CDN Administrative Agent

In addition to the rights of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders specified in Section 6.1 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Loans shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8 of the Credit Agreement, all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, cheques and other near-cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, promptly upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the CDN Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed by such Grantor to the CDN Administrative Agent, if required). All Proceeds received by the CDN Administrative Agent hereunder shall be held by the CDN Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its sole dominion and control. All Proceeds while held by the CDN Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the CDN


19

Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 6.5.

6.5 Application of Proceeds

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Loans shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8 of the Credit Agreement, at any time at the CDN Administrative Agent's election, the CDN Administrative Agent may apply all or any part of Proceeds constituting Collateral and any proceeds of the guarantee set forth in Section 2, in payment of the Obligations in the following order:

First, to pay incurred and unpaid reasonable, out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Receiver under the Loan Documents;

Second, to the CDN Administrative Agent, for application by it towards payment of amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of the Obligations, pro rata among the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders (and any affiliates thereof which are party to any Specified Hedge Agreement) according to the amounts of the Obligations then due and owing and remaining unpaid to each of them; and

Third, any balance of such Proceeds remaining after the Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent or indemnification obligations not then due), no Letter of Credit or B/A (that is not cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the CDN Issuing Lender or purchasing CDN Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof) shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have been terminated shall be paid over to the CDN Borrower or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

6.6 PPSA and Other Remedies

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the CDN Administrative Agent and/or any Receiver, on behalf of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the PPSA or under any other applicable law or in equity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the CDN Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below or notices otherwise provided in the Loan Documents) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived unless otherwise provided in the Loan Documents), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker's board or office of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any CDN Lender or any Receiver or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. The CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any CDN Lender or any Receiver shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. Each Grantor further agrees, at the CDN Administrative Agent's request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the


20

CDN Administrative Agent at places which the CDN Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor's premises or elsewhere. The CDN Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.6, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind actually incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the CDN Lenders and any Receiver hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in such order as the CDN Administrative Agent may elect, and only after such application and after the payment by the CDN Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, need the CDN Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.

6.7 Private Sales

Each Grantor recognizes that the CDN Administrative Agent and/or any Receiver may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Stock, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and other applicable provincial securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. The CDN Administrative Agent and/or any Receiver shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Stock for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable provincial securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

6.8 Deficiency

Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the reasonable fees and disbursements of any legal counsel employed by the CDN Administrative Agent and/or any Receiver to collect such deficiency.

6.9 Appointment of Receiver.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the CDN Administrative Agent may appoint or reappoint any person, persons, or entity, whether officer(s), employee(s) or agent(s) of the CDN Administrative Agent, to be a receiver, receiver-manager or receiver and manager (each, a "Receiver") of all or any part of the Collateral and may remove any Receiver so appointed and appoint another in its stead. Any Receiver shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, so far as concerns responsibility for its acts, be deemed to be the agent of the Grantors and not an agent of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender. Neither the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent nor any CDN Lender shall be in any way responsible for any misconduct, negligence or nonfeasance on the part of such Receiver or its servants, agents or employees. Subject to the provisions of the instrument appointing it, any Receiver shall have all of the powers and rights as have been granted to the CDN Administrative Agent under this Section 6 or as otherwise provided by law. To facilitate the foregoing powers, any such Receiver may, to the exclusion of all others, enter upon, use and occupy all premises owned or occupied by any Grantors wherein Collateral may be situate, maintain Collateral upon such premises, borrow money on a secured or an unsecured basis


21

and use Collateral directly in carrying on any Grantor's business or otherwise as such Receiver shall, in its discretion, determine. Except as may be otherwise directed by the CDN Administrative Agent, all money received from time to time by such Receiver in carrying out its appointment shall be received in trust for and be paid over to the CDN Administrative Agent.

SECTION 7. THE CDN ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

7.1 CDN Administrative Agent's Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.

(a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the CDN Administrative Agent, any Receiver and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the CDN Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following (provided, that anything in this
Section 7.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the CDN Administrative Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise:

(i) take possession of and endorse and collect any cheques, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the CDN Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the CDN Administrative Agent may request to evidence the CDN Administrative Agent's, the Administrative Agent's and the CDN Lenders' security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 6.6 or 6.7, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(v) (1) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the CDN Administrative Agent or as the CDN Administrative Agent shall direct; (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (3) sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (4) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect


22

the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (5) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (6) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (7) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the CDN Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (8) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the CDN Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the CDN Administrative Agent's option and such Grantor's expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the CDN Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the CDN Administrative Agent's, the Administrative Agent's and the CDN Lenders' security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the CDN Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may give such Grantor written notice of such failure to perform or comply and if such Grantor fails to perform or comply within three
(3) Business Days of receiving such notice (or if the CDN Administrative Agent reasonably determines that irreparable harm to the Collateral or to the security interest of the CDN Administrative Agent hereunder could result prior to the end of such three-Business Day period), then the CDN Administrative Agent may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

(c) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are released.

7.2 Duty of CDN Administrative Agent

To the extent permitted by law, the CDN Administrative Agent's sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under the PPSA or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the CDN Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account. None of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any CDN Lender, any Receiver or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the CDN Lenders and/or any Receiver hereunder are solely to protect the CDN Administrative Agent's, the Administrative Agent's and the CDN Lenders' interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any CDN Lender and/or any Receiver to exercise any such powers. The CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, the CDN Lenders and/or any Receiver shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct or that of their directors, officers, employees or agents.

7.3 Execution of Financing Statements


23

Pursuant to any applicable law, each Grantor authorizes the CDN Administrative Agent to file or record financing statements or financing change statements, and amendments thereto, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral without the signature of such Grantor in such form and in such offices as the CDN Administrative Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the security interests of the CDN Administrative Agent under this Agreement. Each Grantor authorizes the CDN Administrative Agent to use the collateral description "all personal property" in any such financing statements.

7.4 Authority of CDN Administrative AgentEach Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the CDN Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the CDN Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the CDN Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as among the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the CDN Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the CDN Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 ULC Shares

(a) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other document or agreement among all or some of the parties hereto, where a Grantor is the registered and beneficial owner of ULC Shares which are Pledged Stock, such Grantor will remain the registered and beneficial owner of such ULC Shares until such time as such ULC Shares are effectively transferred into the name of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any CDN Lender or any other Person on the books and records of such ULC. Accordingly, such Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain for its own account any dividend on or other distribution, if any, in respect of such ULC Shares and shall have the right to vote such ULC Shares and to control the direction, management and policies of the ULC to the same extent as the Grantor would if such ULC Shares were not pledged to the CDN Administrative Agent (for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders) pursuant hereto. Nothing in this Agreement or any other document or agreement among all or some of the parties hereto is intended to, and nothing in this Agreement or any other document or agreement among all or some of the parties hereto shall, constitute the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, any of the CDN Lenders or any Person other than the Grantor, a member of a ULC for the purposes of the Companies Act (Nova Scotia) until such time as notice is given to the Grantor and further steps are taken pursuant hereto or thereto so as to register the CDN Administrative Agent or such other Person, as specified in such notice, as the holder of the ULC Shares. To the extent any provision hereof would have the effect of constituting the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any of the CDN Lenders as a member of any ULC prior to such time, such provision shall be severed herefrom and shall be ineffective with respect to ULC Shares which are Pledged Stock without otherwise invalidating or rendering unenforceable this Agreement or invalidating or rendering unenforceable such provision insofar as it relates to Pledged Stock which are not ULC Shares.

(b) Except upon the exercise of rights to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Pledged Stock issued by a ULC following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6, no Grantor shall cause or permit, or enable any ULC in which it holds ULC Shares which are


24

Pledged Stock to cause or permit, the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or the CDN Lenders to: (a) be registered by the ULC as shareholders or members of such ULC; (b) have any notation entered by the ULC in their favor in the share register of such ULC; (c) be held out as shareholders or members of such ULC; or (d) be paid, directly or indirectly, any dividends, property or other distributions from the ULC by reason of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or the CDN Lenders holding a security interest in the ULC Shares; or (e) act as a shareholder or member of the ULC, or exercise any rights of a shareholder or member, including the right to attend a meeting of, or to vote the shares of, the ULC.

8.2 Amendments in Writing

None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement.

8.3 Notices

All notices, requests and demands to or upon the CDN Administrative Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in
Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement; provided, that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Grantor shall be addressed to such Grantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1.

8.4 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies

Neither the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent nor any CDN Lender shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any CDN Lender of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such CDN Lender would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

8.5 Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification

Each Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the CDN Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement to the extent the CDN Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 10.5 of the Credit Agreement. The agreements in this Section 8.5 shall survive repayment of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

8.6 Judgment Currency

(a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against a Grantor in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (the "Judgment Currency") an amount due under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any currency (the "Obligation


25

Currency") other than the Judgment Currency, the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of the Province of Ontario or in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date, or the date on which the judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such conversion is made being referred to as the "Judgment Conversion Date").

(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 8.6(a), there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt of the amount due in immediately available funds, the applicable Grantor shall pay such additional amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from a Grantor under this Section 8.6 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of this Agreement. The term "rate of exchange" in this Section means the rate of exchange at which the CDN Administrative Agent, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 noon (Toronto, Ontario time), would be prepared to sell, in accordance with its normal course foreign currency exchange practices, the Obligation Currency against the Judgment Currency.

8.7 Successors and Assigns

This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall enure to the benefit of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders and their successors and assigns; provided, that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the CDN Administrative Agent (it being understood that Dispositions permitted under the Credit Agreement shall not be subject to this proviso).

8.8 Set-Off

Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and each CDN Lender at any time and from time to time while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, without notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor, to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by each Grantor (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise after the expiration of any applicable grace periods) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final but excluding trust accounts), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such CDN Lender to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor. Each of the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and each CDN Lender shall notify such Grantor promptly of any such set-off made by it and the application made by the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or such CDN Lender of the proceeds thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

8.9 Counterparts


26

This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

8.10 Severability

Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

8.11 Section Headings

The Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

8.12 Integration

This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the agreement of the Grantors, the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and the CDN Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

8.13 GOVERNING LAW

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.

8.14 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers

Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario and applicable appellate courts;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Grantor at its address referred to in Section 8.1 or at such other address of which the CDN Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and


27

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this
Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

8.15 Acknowledgements

Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) neither the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent nor any CDN Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the CDN Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and CDN Lenders, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the CDN Lenders or among the Grantors and the CDN Lenders.

8.16 Additional Guarantors

Each CDN Subsidiary of any Loan Party that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.9 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Guarantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such CDN Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex 1 hereto.

8.17 Amalgamation

Each Grantor acknowledges that if it amalgamates with any other corporation or corporations, then (i) the Collateral and the security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement will extend to and include all the property and assets of the amalgamated corporation thereafter owned or acquired, (ii) the term "Grantor" where used in this Agreement, will extend to and include the amalgamated corporation, and (iii) the term "Obligations", where used in this Agreement, will extend to and include the Obligations of the amalgamated corporation.

8.18 Releases

(a) At such time as the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other Obligations (other than CDN Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations, CDN Borrower Cash Management Obligations and contingent or indemnification obligations not then due) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments shall have been terminated and no Letter of Credit or B/A (that is not cash collateralized to the reasonable satisfaction of the CDN Issuing Lender or purchasing CDN Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof) shall be outstanding, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created hereby, and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the CDN Administrative Agent and each Grantor hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Grantors. At the request and sole expense of any Grantor following any such termination, the CDN Administrative Agent shall deliver to such Grantor any Collateral held by the CDN Administrative Agent


28

hereunder, and execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

(b) If any of the Collateral shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Grantor in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement, then the CDN Administrative Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Grantor, shall execute and deliver to such Grantor all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable for the release of the Liens created hereby on such Collateral. At the request and sole expense of the CDN Borrower, a Grantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder in the event that all the Capital Stock of such Grantor shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement.

8.19 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

EACH GRANTOR AND, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THE BENEFITS HEREOF, THE CDN ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH CDN LENDER, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES CANADA CORP.

By: /s/ Normand A. Boulanger
    ------------------------------------
Name: Normand A. Boulanger
Title: President & CEO

GUARANTORS:

3105198 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY

By: /s/ Claudius Watts, IV
    ------------------------------------
Name: Claudius Watts, IV
Title: President

Signature Page to CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


Annex I to CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of __________ __, 200_, made by ______________________________ (the "Additional Canadian Guarantor"), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian administrative agent (in such capacity, the "CDN Administrative Agent") for the Canadian banks and other financial institutions or entities (the "CDN Lenders") from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, SS&C Technologies, Inc. (the "US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp. (the "CDN Borrower", and together with the US Borrower, the "Borrowers"), the banks and other financial institutions or entities (the "Lenders") from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as syndication agent, Bank of America, as documentation agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the CDN Administrative Agent have entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement");

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the CDN Borrower and each CDN Subsidiary of the US Borrower (other than the Additional Canadian Guarantor) have entered into the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement") in favor of the CDN Administrative Agent for the benefit of the CDN Lenders;

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires the Additional Canadian Guarantor to become a party to the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Additional Canadian Guarantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Canadian Guarantor, as provided in
Section 8.16 of the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Guarantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor thereunder. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in the Schedules to the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Additional CDN Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the CDN Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is true and correct on and as of the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date.

2. GOVERNING LAW. THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

[ADDITIONAL CANADIAN GUARANTOR]

By:

Name:
Title:

Annex 1-A to Assumption Agreement

Supplement to Schedule 1

Supplement to Schedule 2

Supplement to Schedule 3

Supplement to Schedule 4

Supplement to Schedule 5

Supplement to Schedule 6


EXHIBIT 10.4

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of April 27, 2006, made by Cogent Management Inc. (the "Additional Grantor"), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent") for the banks and other financial institutions or entities (the "Lenders") parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Sunshine Acquisition II, Inc., (the "Initial US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies, Inc., (the "Surviving US Borrower"), SS&C Technologies Canada Corp., as CDN Borrower, the Lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto Branch, as Canadian administrative agent (the "Canadian Administrative Agent") and the Administrative Agent have entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement");

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Initial US Borrower, the Surviving US Borrower and certain of its Affiliates (other than the Additional Grantor) have entered into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Guarantee and Collateral Agreement") in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Administrative Agent and the Lenders;

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires the Additional Grantor to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Grantor, as provided in Section 8.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Grantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor thereunder. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in the Schedules to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Additional Grantor hereby represents and warrants, to the extent applicable, that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is true and correct on and as of the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date.

2. GOVERNING LAW. THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

COGENT MANAGEMENT INC.

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    -------------------------------
    Name: William C. Stone
    Title: Chairman of the Board

2

Annex 1-A to Assumption Agreement

Supplement to Schedule 1

None.

Supplement to Schedule 2

PLEDGED STOCK:

       Issuer                  Class of Stock         Stock Certificate No.             No. of Shares
---------------------     ------------------------   ------------------------      -----------------------
Cogent Management Inc.    voting common shares                 6                              100
                          without par value

Cogent Management Inc.    non-voting common shares             7                               25
                          without par value

                            Supplement to Schedule 3

                         UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE FILINGS

       GRANTOR                            OFFICE
---------------------          --------------------------------
Cogent Management Inc.            New York Secretary of State

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY FILINGS

None.

ACTIONS WITH RESPECT TO PLEDGED STOCK

All certificates representing any Pledged Stock to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.


OTHER ACTIONS

None.

Supplement to Schedule 4

LOCATION OF JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE

                             Jurisdiction of
      Grantor                 Organization            Location of Chief Executive Office
----------------------   -----------------------   -----------------------------------------
Cogent Management Inc.                                 One Radisson Plaza, 10th Floor
                              New York                    New Rochelle, NY 10801

Supplement to Schedule 5

LOCATIONS OF INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT

       Grantor                 Locations
----------------------   ---------------------
Cogent Management Inc.          New York

Supplement to Schedule 6

Cogent Management Inc. (the "Company") owns the following:

    Common law service mark:              Cogent Management Inc.

    Domain name registrations             Cogentmgt.com

                                          Cogentreporting.com

    Customer Deliverables(1)              Portfolio Accounting System

                                          Portfolio Brokerage Accounting System

----------

(1) Customer Deliverables are the portfolio accounting systems provided to certain customers of the Company.

ii

Licenses Relating to Company Intellectual Property(2):

Cogent Management Inc. has granted source code rights to Metropolitan Capital Partners II, L.P. and Scoggin Capital Management, L.P., per an engagement letter dated October 14, 1998.

The Company has granted site usage rights to all users of the Portfolio Accounting System per the following engagement letters (date of the letter in parentheses):

(1) Metropolitan Capital Partners II, L.P. and Scoggin Capital Management
(10/14/1998)

(2) Gotham Capital (5/1/2000)

(3) Sidus Investment Management, LLC (11/16/2004)

(4) Zander Capital, LLC (6/1/2005)

(5) Benjamin Partners, Inc. (12/8/1999)

(6) Ithaca Partners, LP (12/26/2000)

(7) Enwhy Corporation (12/11/2000)

The Company has granted site usage rights to the only user of the Portfolio Brokerage Accounting System per the following engagement letter:

(1) Kaupthing Securities, Inc. (11/16/2004)

Company Intellectual Property Not Owned by the Company:

The Company has full but not exclusive rights to certain software custom designed and used in its reporting web site; such software was developed by Artware Graphic Design.


(2) Company Intellectual Property means the Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to the Company and covering, incorporated in, underlying or used in connection with the Customer Deliverables or the Internal Systems (the internal systems of the Company that are used in its business or operations, including computer hardware systems, software applications and embedded systems).

iii

The Company has full rights to the source code, and is allowed to use the software in any manner as deemed necessary in the conduct of its business.

iv

EXHIBIT 10.5

EXECUTION COPY

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
OF
SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

This Stockholders Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into as of this 23rd day of November, 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("CP IV"), CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Coinvestment", and, together with CP IV, the "Initial Carlyle Stockholders"), William C. Stone, an individual ("Executive"), and the other executive employees that hold shares of Common Stock (as defined herein) or Vested Options (as defined below) that become a party hereto from time to time by executing a supplemental signature page hereto in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (each such holder individually, an "Other Executive Stockholder," and collectively, the "Other Executive Stockholders"). Certain capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 10 hereof.

RECITALS:

Reference is made to that certain Contribution and Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and between the Company and Executive (the "Contribution Agreement");

WHEREAS, as a condition to consummating the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement, the Company, the Initial Carlyle Stockholders and Executive are executing this Agreement;

WHEREAS, (i) certain Executive Stockholders (a) hold shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company ("Common Stock") and/or (b) have been or may hereafter be issued shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise by such Executive Stockholders of vested options to purchase Common Stock ("Vested Options"), which such options (i) were issued in exchange for options to purchase common stock of SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("SS&C"), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 28, 2005, as amended August 25, 2005, by and among the Company, Sunshine Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and SS&C (the "Assumed Options") or (ii) may hereafter be issued pursuant to any stock option plans or other employee benefit plans, in either case, now in effect or hereafter adopted by the board of directors of the Company (the "Board", and each director, a "Director") or pursuant to other arrangements approved by the Board; and (ii) the Initial Carlyle Stockholders hold shares of Common Stock (the shares of Common Stock issued or that are hereafter issued to the Stockholders being collectively referred to as the "Shares" and, together with the Vested Options, and any other vested rights issued by the Company to the Stockholders to acquire Common Stock, the "Equity Securities"); and

Stockholder Agreement- 7


WHEREAS, the Parties hereto desire to promote the interests of the Company and the mutual interests of the Stockholders by establishing herein certain terms and conditions upon which the Equity Securities will be held, including provisions restricting the transfer of such, and providing for other matters.

AGREEMENT:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Restrictions on Transfer.

Except for (i) Transfers effected by Transferring Stockholders exercising Bring-Along Rights pursuant to Section 2 or any Transfer effected in connection with a Company Sale pursuant to Section 2; (ii) Transfers effected by Selling Stockholders pursuant to the exercise of Bring-Along Rights pursuant to
Section 2 by another Stockholder; (iii) Transfers effected by Stockholders pursuant to the exercise of Tag-Along Rights pursuant to Section 3; (iv) Transfers effected pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Initial Carlyle Stockholders, Executive and the Other Executive Stockholders; and (v) any Permitted Transfer, no Stockholder shall Transfer any Equity Securities without the prior written approval of a majority of the members of the Board, which such majority shall include an Executive Designee. Each Stockholder further agrees that, in connection with any Permitted Transfer or any Transfer approved by the Board, such Stockholder shall, if requested by the Company, deliver to the Company an opinion of counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and counsel for the Company, to the effect that such Transfer is not in violation of this Agreement, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Securities Act"), or the securities laws of any state. Any purported Transfer in violation of the provisions of this
Section 1 shall be null and void and shall have no force or effect. It shall be a condition to any Permitted Transfer or any Transfer approved by the Board (other than any Transfer pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act approved by the Board) that the transferee shall (i) agree to become a party to this Agreement as a Carlyle Stockholder (if such Transfer is effected by a Carlyle Stockholder) or as an Executive Stockholder (if such transfer is effected by an Executive Stockholder), as the case may be, and (ii) execute a signature page in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto acknowledging that such transferee agrees to be bound by the terms hereof.

Section 2. Bring-Along Rights.

(a) If, on or after the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the date hereof and (ii) the date that Executive ceases to be Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the earlier of the date referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to as the "Bring-Along Date"), one or more Stockholders, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, proposes to Transfer fifty percent (50%) or more of the Shares then collectively held by all Stockholders

Stockholder Agreement - 7

2

to one or more Persons other than Permitted Transferees (each such Person, a "Third Party Purchaser"), then such Stockholder(s) (the "Transferring Stockholder(s)") shall have the right (a "Bring-Along Right"), but not the obligation (subject to Section 3 hereof), to require each other Stockholder (each, a "Selling Stockholder") to tender for purchase to the Third Party Purchaser(s), on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Transferring Stockholder(s) (provided, however, that (i) in the event that the Transferring Stockholder(s) are granted the right to appoint only one director of any Person in connection with such Transfer, the Transferring Stockholders shall be entitled to designate such member of the board of directors of such Person and
(ii) in the event that any portion of the consideration payable in connection with such Transfer is in a form other than cash and Executive refuses to accept such non-cash consideration pursuant to Section 2(h), at the election of the Transferring Stockholders, the consideration payable to Executive in connection with such Transfer may consist solely of cash in an amount per share equal to the fair market value (determined based on the manner in which the value of the non-cash consideration was determined in connection with such transaction) of the per share consideration received by the Transferring Stockholders), a number of Equity Securities (including any options that vest as a result of the consummation of such Transfer to such Third Party Purchaser(s)) that, in the aggregate, equal the number derived by multiplying (A) the total number of Equity Securities owned by such Selling Stockholder (including any options that vest as a result of the consummation of such Transfer to such Third Party Purchaser(s)); by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by such Transferring Stockholder(s) in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions, and the denominator of which is the total number of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock collectively held by the Transferring Stockholder(s). For purposes of this Section 2 and Section 3 hereof, the phrase "number of Equity Securities" held by any Person or group of Persons shall mean the number of Shares held by such Person or group of Persons plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Vested Options held by such Person or group of Persons.

(b) If any Transferring Stockholder elects to exercise its Bring-Along Right under this Section 2 with respect to the Equity Securities held by any Selling Stockholder, then it shall so notify such Selling Stockholder in writing (a "Bring-Along Notice"). Each Bring-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name of the Third Party Purchaser(s) and the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Transferring Stockholder(s) to such Third Party Purchaser(s); (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration and material terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party Purchaser(s) and a summary of any other material terms pertaining to the Transfer ("Third Party Terms"); and (iii) the number of Equity Securities that such Selling Stockholder shall be required to sell in such Transfer (as determined in accordance with
Section 2(a) above). The Bring-Along Notice shall be given at least fifteen (15) days before the closing of the proposed Transfer.

(c) Upon the giving of a Bring-Along Notice, such Selling Stockholder shall be obligated to sell such number of Equity Securities as is set forth in the Bring-Along Notice on the Third Party Terms.

Stockholder Agreement - 7

3

(d) At the closing of the Transfer to any Third Party Purchaser(s) pursuant to this Section 2, the Third Party Purchaser(s) shall remit to such Selling Stockholder (i) the consideration for the total sales price of the Equity Securities held by such Selling Stockholder sold pursuant hereto, minus
(ii) such Selling Stockholder's pro rata portion of the consideration to be escrowed or otherwise held back, if any, in accordance with the Third Party Terms, minus (iii) the aggregate exercise price of any Vested Options being Transferred by such Selling Stockholder to such Third Party Purchaser(s), against delivery by such Selling Stockholder of (i) certificates for such Shares, duly endorsed for Transfer or with duly executed stock powers reasonably acceptable to the Company, and/or (ii) an instrument evidencing the Transfer or the cancellation of the Vested Options subject to the Bring-Along Right reasonably acceptable to the Company, and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with any other conditions to closing generally applicable to the Transferring Stockholder(s) and all other holders of Common Stock selling shares in such transaction, and which transaction will not subject Executive to any liability other than (i) Executive's pro rata share of any liability to which the holders of Equity Securities are subject in connection with such liability and (ii) liabilities in respect of any representation, warranty or indemnity with respect to the title and ownership of the Equity Securities being sold by Executive. In the event that the proposed Transfer of the Common Stock to such Third Party Purchaser is not consummated, the Bring Along Right shall continue to be applicable to any proposed subsequent Transfer of the Common Stock by any Stockholder(s) pursuant to this Section 2.

(e) In the event that (i) any Transferring Stockholder exercises its rights pursuant to this Section 2, or (ii) subsequent to the Bring-Along Date, a Company Sale is approved by the Board and the holders of fifty percent (50%) or more of the then-outstanding Shares, each Stockholder shall consent to and raise no objections against such transaction, and if any such transaction is structured as a sale of stock, each Stockholder shall take all actions that the Board and/or the Transferring Stockholder(s) reasonably deem necessary or desirable in connection with the consummation of such transaction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Stockholder agrees that it (i) shall consent to and raise no objections against such transaction; (ii) shall execute any Common Stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or other agreement entered into with the purchaser with respect to such transaction setting forth the Third Party Terms and any ancillary agreement with respect thereto; (iii) shall vote the Common Stock held by such Stockholder in favor of such transaction (including executing a written consent of stockholders approving such transaction); and (iv) shall refrain from the exercise of dissenters' appraisal rights with respect to such transaction.

(f) If the Company or the holders of the Company's securities enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated under the Securities Act, may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation, or other reorganization), each Stockholder shall, if requested by the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act) reasonably acceptable to the Company. If such purchaser representative was designated by the Company, the Company shall pay the fees of such purchaser representative,

Stockholder Agreement - 7

4

but if any Stockholder appoints another purchaser representative, such Stockholder shall be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

(g) Each Stockholder shall bear its pro rata share of the costs of any Company Sale or other transaction (pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) in which it sells Equity Securities to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all holders of Equity Securities and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be required to Transfer Equity Securities pursuant to this Section 2 unless (i) 90% of the consideration received or to be received by Executive in connection with such Transfer is in the form of cash (it being understood that cash consideration, if any, held back or held in escrow to secure payment of indemnification or other obligations shall not be considered non-cash consideration) or (ii) 100% of the consideration received or to be received by Executive in connection with such Transfer is in the form of cash and/or Publicly Traded Stock (it being understood that cash consideration or Publicly Traded Stock, if any, held back or held in escrow to secure payment of indemnification or other obligations shall not be considered non-cash consideration or consideration other than Publicly Traded Stock, as applicable); provided that the shares of Publicly Traded Stock received by Executive in connection with such Transfer (i) do not represent more than 1% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the issuer of such Publicly Traded Stock; (ii) are not subject to contractual restrictions on transfer; and (iii) have been registered under the Securities Act or are contractually required to be registered under the Securities Act within ninety
(90) days of Executive's receipt thereof or are freely saleable to the public without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or otherwise within 90 days of receipt of such shares by Executive.

Section 3. Tag-Along Right.

(a) In the event that any Stockholder(s) ( "Initiating Stockholder(s)") propose, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to Transfer capital stock of the company to a Third Party Purchaser, then each other Stockholder shall have the right (the "Tag-Along Right") to request that the proposed Third Party Purchaser purchase from such Stockholder (each a "Tagging Stockholder") up to the number of whole Equity Securities equal to the number derived by multiplying (x) the total number of shares of Common Stock that the proposed Third Party Purchaser has agreed or committed to purchase plus the total number of shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange of Vested Options or Convertible Securities that the proposed Third Party Purchaser has agreed or committed to purchase, by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Equity Securities (including any options that vest as a result of the consummation of such Transfer to such Third Party Purchaser but excluding (i) shares issuable upon the exercise of unvested options and (ii) any Vested Options that have an exercise price per share of Common Stock greater than the price per share of Common Stock to be paid by the Third Party Purchaser) owned by such Tagging Stockholder, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock collectively owned by the Initiating Stockholders and their Affiliates, the Tagging Stockholder and all other holders of Common Stock plus the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon

Stockholder Agreement - 7

5

conversion, exercise or exchange of Vested Options and Convertible Securities
(excluding (i) shares issuable upon the exercise of unvested options and (ii)
any Vested Options or other Convertible Securities that have an exercise or conversion price per share of Common Stock greater than the price per shares of Common Stock to be paid by the Third Party Purchaser) owned by all Initiating Stockholder(s) and their Affiliates, the Tagging Stockholder and all other holders of Common Stock, Vested Options, or other Convertible Securities. Any Equity Securities purchased from the Tagging Stockholders pursuant to this
Section 3(a) shall be purchased at the same price per share of Common Stock (less, in the case of a Vested Option, the exercise price thereof) and upon the same terms and conditions as such proposed Transfer by the Initiating Stockholder(s) (provided, however, that in the event that the Initiating Stockholder(s) are granted the right to appoint only one director of any Person in connection with such Transfer, the Initiating Stockholder(s) shall be entitled to designate such member of the board of directors of such Person).

(b) The Initiating Stockholder(s) shall notify each other Stockholder in writing in the event such Initiating Stockholder(s) propose to make a Transfer or series of Transfers giving rise to the Tag-Along Right at least fifteen (15) business days prior to the date on which such Initiating Stockholder(s) expect to consummate such Transfer (the "Sale Notice") which notice shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock which the Third Party Purchaser intends to purchase in such Transfer. The Tag-Along Right may be exercised by any Stockholder by delivery of a written notice to the Initiating Stockholder(s) proposing to sell securities of the Company (the "Tag-Along Notice") within ten (10) business days following receipt of the Sale Notice from such Initiating Stockholder(s). The Tag-Along Notice shall state the number of Equity Securities that the Tagging Stockholder proposes to include in such Transfer to the proposed Third Party Purchaser (not to exceed the number as determined above). In the event that the proposed Third Party Purchaser does not purchase the specified number of Equity Securities from the Tagging Stockholders at the same price per share of Common Stock (less, in the case of a Vested Option, the exercise price thereof) and on the same terms and conditions as such proposed Transfer by the Initiating Stockholders (provided, however, that in the event that the Initiating Stockholder(s) are granted the right to appoint only one director of any Person in connection with such Transfer, the Initiating Stockholder(s) shall be entitled to designate such member of the board of directors of such Person), then the Initiating Stockholders shall not be permitted to sell any shares of Common Stock to the proposed Third Party Purchaser unless such Initiating Stockholder(s) purchase from the Tagging Stockholder such specified number of Equity Securities on the same terms and conditions as specified in such Sale Notice.

(c) At the closing of the Transfer to any Third Party Purchaser pursuant to this Section 3, the Third Party Purchaser shall remit to each Tagging Stockholder exercising his rights under this Section 3 (x) the consideration for the total sales price of the Equity Securities (calculated in the manner set forth above) held by such Tagging Stockholder sold pursuant hereto, minus (y) the aggregate exercise price of any Vested Options being Transferred by such Tagging Stockholder to such Third Party Purchaser(s), minus
(z) such Tagging Stockholder's pro rata portion of any such consideration to be escrowed or otherwise held back, if any, in accordance with the Third Party Terms, against delivery by such Tagging Stockholder of

Stockholder Agreement - 7

6

certificates for such Shares subject to the Tag Along Right, duly endorsed for Transfer or with duly executed stock powers reasonably acceptable to the Company, and/or an instrument evidencing the Transfer or the cancellation of the Vested Options being sold reasonably acceptable to the Company, and the compliance by such Tagging Stockholder with any other conditions to closing generally applicable to the Initiating Stockholder(s) and all other holders of Common Stock, Vested Options or Convertible Securities selling securities in such transaction.

Section 4. Preemptive Rights.

(a) The Company hereby grants to each Stockholder the right to purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4, such Stockholder's pro rata portion of any New Securities (as defined below) which the Company may propose to sell and issue. A Stockholder's pro rata portion, for purposes of this Section 4, is the ratio of (i) the number of Shares (other than shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of Vested Options or Convertible Securities) held by such Stockholder immediately prior to any proposed issuance and sale to (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such proposed issuance and sale (other than shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of Vested Options or Convertible Securities). As used herein, "New Securities" shall mean shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company, whether now or hereinafter authorized, any rights, options or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock and any securities of any kind whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into or exchangeable for such shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company; provided, however, that the preemptive right provided by this
Section 4 shall apply to the issuance of the right, warrant, option or convertible or exchangeable security and not to the issuance of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise thereof; and provided, further, that the term "New Securities" shall not include the issuance of shares of Common Stock or other securities (i) pursuant to the acquisition of another Person by the company, whether by purchase of stock, merger, consolidation, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or otherwise, including issuances to management of such Person in connection therewith, (ii) in exchange for debt securities of the Company, (iii) in connection with a debt financing or issuance of debt securities of the Company, (iv) in connection with any stock split, dividend or recapitalization,
(v) in connection with a joint venture or strategic relationship, (vi) to officers, employees, directors or consultants of the Company or its Affiliates pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or other equity compensation plans in connection with such Person's employment or consulting arrangements with the Company or its subsidiaries or (vi) in connection with an IPO.

(b) In the event the Company proposes to issue New Securities, it shall give each Stockholder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, the price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same (the "New Securities Notice"). Each Stockholder shall have ten (10) days from the date of receipt of any such notice to agree to purchase such Stockholder's pro rata share of such New Securities for the price specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

Stockholder Agreement - 7

7

(c) Promptly upon the expiration of the period of twenty (20) days following receipt of the New Securities Notice, the Company shall, in writing, inform each Stockholder which elects to purchase all of the New Securities available for purchase by such Stockholder pursuant to the preemptive rights described in Section 4(a) above of the failure of any other Stockholder to likewise purchase all of the New Securities available for purchase pursuant to such preemptive rights. During the period of ten (10) days commencing after the receipt of such information, each fully-exercising Stockholder shall have the right to elect to purchase up to its proportionate share of the shares of Common Stock not subscribed for by such non-subscribing holders based on the ratio which (i) the Shares (other than shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of Vested Options or Convertible Securities) owned by the fully-exercising Stockholder bears to (ii) the Shares (other than shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of Vested Options or Convertible Securities) owned by all fully-exercising Stockholders.

(d) In the event any Stockholder fails to exercise its preemptive rights with respect to all or any part of the portion of the New Securities proposed to be sold by the Company within such twenty (20) day period, and no other Stockholder has elected to purchase such New Securities pursuant to the over-subscription option set forth in Section 4(c) above, the Company shall have one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter to issue and sell or enter into an agreement to issue and sell the New Securities with respect to which such Stockholder's rights were not exercised, at a price and on terms no more favorable than those set forth in the New Securities Notice. In the event the Company has not sold such New Securities within such period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first re-offering such securities to the Stockholders in the manner provided above.

Section 5. Permitted Transfers.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of the first sentence of Section 1 shall not apply to: (a) any Transfer of Shares by a Stockholder by gift to, or for the benefit of, any member or members of his or her immediate family (which shall include any spouse, lineal ancestor or descendant or sibling) or to a trust, partnership or limited liability company for the benefit of such members; provided that such Stockholder shall retain sole and exclusive control over the voting and disposition of said Shares until the termination of this Agreement; (b) any Transfer of Shares by an Executive Stockholder to the heirs, executors or legatees of such Stockholder by operation of law upon the death or incapacity of such Executive Stockholder; or (c) any Transfer of Shares by a Carlyle Stockholder to an Affiliate or any partner, member or stockholder of such Carlyle Stockholder (each of the Transfers referenced in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above being referred to herein as a "Permitted Transfer"); provided that, in each case, such Transfer is effected in compliance with all of the provisions of Section 1 hereof other than the restrictions contained in the first sentence of Section 1 hereof. The recipient of any Shares pursuant to the foregoing shall be referred to herein as a "Permitted Transferee" and shall be deemed a Carlyle Stockholder (if such Transfer is effected by a Carlyle Stockholder) or an Executive Stockholder (if such transfer is effected by an Executive Stockholder), as the case may be, for all purposes of this Agreement.

Section 6. Right of First Negotiation.

Stockholder Agreement - 7

8

Prior to the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the date hereof and
(ii) the consummation of a public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed in accordance with the Securities Act (an "IPO"), no Carlyle Stockholder shall Transfer any Equity Securities to a Third Party Purchaser (other than as a Tagging Stockholder pursuant to the provisions of
Section 3) except as set forth below:

(a) Prior to any Transfer of Equity Securities by any Carlyle Stockholder to a Third Party Purchaser (such transferring Stockholder, an "Offering Holder"), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Offering Holder shall deliver to Executive (the "ROFO Recipient") written notice (the "Offer Notice"), stating such Offering Holder's intention to effect such a Transfer, the number of Equity Securities subject to such Transfer (the "Offered Securities"), and the material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer (other than price). The Offer Notice may require that the consummation of any sale of the Offered Securities to the ROFO Recipients occur on a date that is no less than 30 days, and no later than 60 days, after the date of the Offer Notice.

(b) Upon receipt of the Offer Notice, the ROFO Recipient shall have 15 days to offer to purchase from the Offering Holder on the terms and conditions described in the Offer Notice, all, but not less than all, of the Offered Securities, by sending irrevocable written notice of such offer to the Offering Holder and the Company stating the ROFO Recipient's intention to purchase all of the Offered Securities and the price that the ROFO Recipient proposes to pay for the Offered Securities. For a period of ten (10) days after receipt by the Offering Holder of such notice, the Offering Holder and ROFO Recipient shall negotiate in good faith for a ten (10) day period (provided that such obligation to negotiate in good faith shall not obligate the Offering Holder to accept any price offered by the ROFO Recipient or obligate the ROFO Recipient to agree to pay any price proposed by the Offering Holder). Prior to the expiration of such 10 day period, the ROFO Recipient may make a final offer (the "ROFO Offer") to purchase all but not less than all of the Offered Securities on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice by providing the Offering Holder written notice (the "ROFO Offer Notice") of the ROFO Recipient's intention to purchase the Offered Securities setting forth the price that the ROFO Recipient intends to pay for the Offered Securities (the "ROFO Price"). Within 15 days of receipt of a ROFO Offer Notice, the Offering Holder shall indicate to the ROFO Recipient whether it has accepted the ROFO Offer by sending irrevocable written notice of such acceptance to the ROFO Recipient and the Company, and the ROFO Recipient shall then be obligated to purchase, and the Offering Holder shall then be obligated to sell, the Offered Securities on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice at the ROFO Price.

(c) If the ROFO Recipient does not make a ROFO Offer to purchase all of the Offered Securities pursuant to this Section 6, or if the Offering Holder does not elect to sell all of the Offered Securities to the ROFO Recipient pursuant to this Section 6, then the Offering Holder shall be free for a period of six months from the date the ROFO Offer Notice from the ROFO Recipient was due to be received by the Offering Holder to enter into definitive agreements to Transfer the Offered Securities to a Third Party Purchaser for consideration

Stockholder Agreement - 7

9

having a value greater than the ROFO Price and to transfer the Offered Securities pursuant to such definitive agreements.

(d) If the ROFO Recipient does not make a ROFO Offer to purchase all of the Offered Securities pursuant to this Section 6, or if the Offering Holder does not elect to sell all of the Offered Securities to the ROFO Recipient pursuant to this Section 6, and the Offering Holder has not entered into a definitive agreement described in Section 6(d) within six months from the date the ROFO Offer Notice from the ROFO Recipient was due to be received by the Offering Holder, then the provisions of this Section 6 shall again apply, and such Offering Holder shall not Transfer or offer to Transfer such Equity Securities without again complying with this Section 6.

(e) Upon exercise by the ROFO Recipient of its right of first negotiation and the acceptance by the Offering Holder of such offer under this Section 6, the ROFO Recipient and the Offering Holder shall be legally obligated to consummate the purchase contemplated thereby and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to secure any governmental authorization required, to comply as soon as reasonably practicable with all applicable laws and to take all such other actions and to execute such additional documents as are reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection therewith and to consummate the purchase of the Offered Securities as promptly as practicable.

(f) The restrictions set forth in this Section 6 are in addition to (and not in lieu of) the restrictions set forth in Section 1.

(g) The rights of the Executive set forth in this Section 6 shall terminate at such time as the Executive is deceased or incapacitated due to mental or physical illness, as determined by the majority of the members of the Board.

Section 7. Board of Directors.

(a) Nomination. The Company and the Stockholders shall take such action as may be required under applicable law to cause the Board to initially consist of six (6) Directors. The Stockholders and the Company agree that (i) the Carlyle Stockholders shall collectively be entitled to nominate for election to the Board four (4) Directors (the "Carlyle Designees"); and (ii) the Chief Executive Stockholders shall collectively be entitled to nominate for election to the Board two (2) Directors (the "Executive Designees"), one of whom shall be Executive for so long as Executive is the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; provided, however, that (A) the number of Carlyle Designees shall be reduced to (x) three (3) Directors at such time as the Carlyle Stockholders hold less than 40% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, (y) two (2) Directors at such time as the Carlyle Stockholders hold less than 30% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock and (z) one (1) Director at such time as the Carlyle Stockholders hold less than 15% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock and (B) the number of Executive Designees shall be reduced to one
(1) at such time as Executive holds less than 15% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock. So long as the Carlyle Stockholders shall be entitled to nominate directors for election to the Board pursuant to this Section 7(a), CP

Stockholder Agreement - 7

10

IV shall be entitled to designate at least one of the Carlyle Designees. At the option of the Carlyle Stockholders, the Carlyle Stockholders may, by written notice to the Company, designate the Carlyle Stockholder(s) that have the right to nominate the individual Carlyle Designees. For so long as Executive serves as a member of the Board, Executive shall be a member of any Executive Committee of the Board.

(b) Voting Agreement. At each election of Directors held after the date hereof (or each written consent in lieu thereof), each Stockholder agrees to vote all Shares owned or held of record by such Stockholder to elect (or to execute such written consent consenting to the election of) the nominees designated pursuant to subsection (a) above. The voting agreements contained herein are coupled with an interest and may not be revoked or amended except as set forth in this Agreement.

(c) Removal. If the Carlyle Stockholders provide written notice to each other Stockholder indicating that such holders desire to remove, with or without cause, a Director designated by the Carlyle Stockholders, then such Director shall be removed, with or without cause, and each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote all Shares owned or held of record by Stockholder to effect such removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Director designated by the Carlyle Stockholders shall be removed, with or without cause, without the prior written consent of the Carlyle Stockholders. If Executive provides written notice to each other Stockholder indicating that Executive desires to remove, with or without cause, a Director designated by Executive, then such Director shall be removed, with or without cause, and each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote all Shares owned or held of record by such Shareholder to effect such removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Director designated by Executive shall be removed, with or without cause, without the prior written consent of Executive.

(d) Vacancies. In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board at any time by death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without cause) of a Director designated by the Carlyle Stockholders, each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote all Shares owned or held of record by it for the individual designated to fill such vacancy by the Carlyle Stockholders. In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board at any time by death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without cause) of a Director designated by Executive, each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote all Shares owned or held of record by it for the individual designated to fill such vacancy by Executive.

(e) Governance Expenses. From and after the date hereof, the bylaws of the Company shall provide that any Director may call a meeting of the Board, and the Company shall reimburse Directors for reasonable travel, lodging and related expenses incurred in connection with meetings of the Board or otherwise in service as a Director.

(f) Restrictions and Limitations. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries to, without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the majority of the members of the Board, which such majority shall, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 7(f), include an Executive Designee:

Stockholder Agreement - 7

11

(i) enter into any transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and any Stockholder or any Affiliate of such Stockholder, on the other (other than payment of fees and reimbursement of expenses as provided in the Carlyle Management Agreement and the employment agreement in effect on the date hereof between the Company and Executive (the "Executive Employment Agreement");

(ii) amend, repeal or alter the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company in any manner that adversely affects the rights of any Stockholder;

(iii) increase or decrease the number of Directors comprising the Board;

(iv) (x) acquire all or substantially all of the assets, capital stock or other equity interests of any Person or (y) except as part of a Company Sale (as described in Section 2(e)), sell or dispose of the assets of the Company or issue capital stock or other equity interests of any subsidiary of the Company (other than sale of assets in the ordinary course of business), in each case referred to in clause (x) and (y) for consideration having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of $50,000,000; or

(v) prior to the Bring-Along Date, engage in a Company Sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if Executive is not the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (other than by reason of termination of Executive's employment by the Company without "cause" (as such term is defined in the Executive Employment Agreement)), an Executive Designee's approval shall not be required with respect to the actions contemplated by clause (iv) of this
Section 7(f), (ii) if Executive is not the Chief Executive Officer of the Company by reason of termination of Executive's employment by the Company without "cause" (as such term is defined in the Executive Employment Agreement) and one (1) year has passed since such termination of Executive's employment, an Executive Designee's approval shall not be required with respect to the actions contemplated by clause (iv) of this Section 7(f) and (iii) if Executive is deceased or incapacitated due to mental or physical illness, as determined by the majority of the members of the Board, an Executive Designee's approval shall not be required with respect to the actions contemplated by clause (iii) of this
Section 7(f).

(g) Chairman; Committees. So long as Executive is a member of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Executive shall serve as the Chairman of the Board. The chairman of any committee of the Board shall be designated by the Carlyle Stockholders.

(h) Termination of Rights. The rights of the Carlyle Stockholders under this Section 7 shall terminate at such time as the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Carlyle Stockholders represents less than 10% of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding. The rights of Executive under this
Section 7 shall terminate at such time as the number of shares

Stockholder Agreement - 7

12

of Common Stock held by Executive represents less than 10% of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding.

Section 8. Access.

The Company shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, auditors and other agents to, until such time as such Stockholder shall cease to own any shares of Common Stock, (a) afford the officers, employees, auditors and other agents of such Stockholder, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, reasonable access at all reasonable times to its officers, employees, auditors, legal counsel, properties, offices, plants and other facilities and to all books and records and (b) afford such Stockholder the opportunity to discuss the Company's affairs, finances and accounts with the Company's officers from time to time as each such Stockholder may reasonably request.

Section 9. Termination.

This Agreement, and the respective rights and obligations of the Parties, shall terminate (i) upon the consummation of a Company Sale or (ii) upon execution of a written agreement of each Party to terminate this Agreement; provided that (i) the provisions of Sections 3, 4 and 7(f) shall terminate upon the consummation of an IPO and (ii) the provisions of Section 6 shall terminate upon the earlier of the second anniversary of the date hereof and the consummation of an IPO.

Section 10. Certain Definitions.

(a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person

"Carlyle Management Agreement" means that certain Management Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Company and TC Group, L.L.C.

"Carlyle Stockholders" means (i) the Initial Carlyle Stockholders,
(ii) any Affiliate of any Initial Carlyle Stockholder that is issued any Shares after the date hereof, and (iii) any subsequent transferee of the Shares held by the Persons listed in clause (i) or clause (ii) above.

"Chief Executive Stockholders" means (i) Executive and (ii) any Permitted Transferee of Executive.

"Company Sale" means the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which one or more Persons or group of Persons (other than any Initial Carlyle Stockholder or its Affiliates) acquires (i) capital stock of the Company possessing the

Stockholder Agreement - 7

13

voting power sufficient to elect a majority of the members of the Board or the board of directors of the successor to the Company (whether such transaction is effected by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, sale or transfer of the Company's capital stock or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries.

"Convertible Securities" means any option, warrant or right, other than the Vested Options, convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock and any other securities that are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into shares of Common Stock.

"Executive Stockholders" means (i) Executive and the Other Executive Stockholders and (ii) any Permitted Transferee of the Persons listed in clause
(i) above.

"Party" means any of the parties to this Agreement, as set forth in the preamble.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, syndicate, trust, association or other entity.

"Publicly Traded Stock" means capital stock of any Person of a class that is listed or admitted for trading or quotation on a National Securities Exchange, within the meaning of Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the NASDAQ National Market.

"Stockholders" means the Carlyle Stockholders and the Executive Stockholders.

"Transfer" means any sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, pledge or other disposition.

(b) The following terms have the meaning set forth in the Sections set forth below:

DEFINED TERM                   LOCATION OF DEFINITION
------------                   ----------------------
Agreement                             Preamble
Assumed Options                       Preamble
Board                                 Recitals
Bring-Along Date                      Section 3
Bring-Along Notice                    Section 2
Bring-Along Right                     Section 2
Carlyle Designees                     Section 7
Coinvestment                          Preamble
Common Stock                          Recitals
Company                               Preamble
Contribution Agreement                Recitals
CP IV                                 Preamble
Director                              Recitals

Stockholder Agreement - 7

14

Equity Securities                     Recitals
Executive                             Preamble
Executive Designees                   Section 7
Initial Carlyle Stockholders          Preamble
Initiating Stockholder                Section 3
IPO                                   Section 6
New Securities                        Section 1
New Securities Notice                 Section 4
Offer Notice                          Section 6
Offered Securities                    Section 6
Offering Holder                       Section 6
Other Executive Stockholder           Preamble
Permitted Transfer                    Section 5
Permitted Transferee                  Section 5
ROFO Offer                            Section 6
ROFO Offer Notice                     Section 6
ROFO Price                            Section 6
ROFO Recipient                        Section 6
Sale Notice                           Section 3
Securities Act                        Section 1
Selling Stockholder                   Section 2
Shares                                Recitals
Tag-Along Notice                      Section 3
Tag-Along Right                       Section 3
Tag-Along Stockholder                 Section 3
Tagging Stockholder                   Section 3
Third Party Purchaser                 Section 2
Third Party Terms                     Section 2
Transferring Stockholders             Section 2
Vested Options                        Recitals

Section 11. Miscellaneous.

(a) Legends. Each certificate representing the securities issued by the Company and held by a Stockholder shall bear the following legend:

"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED ("ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND SAID LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS THEREOF."

Stockholder Agreement - 7

15

In addition to the foregoing, each certificate representing securities issued by the Company and held by a Stockholder shall bear the following legend:

"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND CERTAIN OTHER AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE INITIAL HOLDER HEREOF DATED AS OF ____________, 2005. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE ISSUER TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST."

(b) Successors, Assigns and Transferees. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective legal representatives, heirs, legatees, successors, and assigns and any other transferee shall also apply to any securities acquired by a Stockholder after the date hereof; provided, however, that Executive may not assign any rights under Section 7 hereof.

(c) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to the choice of law principles therein).

(d) Specific Performance; Submission to Jurisdiction. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the parties hereto (i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court, (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by Law, consents to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 11(f). Each party hereto hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Section 11(f) shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e) Interpretation. The headings of the Sections contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Stockholder Agreement - 7

16

(f) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when delivered by overnight courier or hand delivery, when sent by telecopy, or five days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) postage prepaid, to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for any Party as shall be specified by like notices.

(i) If to any Carlyle Stockholder, addressed to such Carlyle Stockholder, c/o The Carlyle Group, at:

101 South Tryon Street, 25th Floor Charlotte, NC 28280
Attention: Claudius E. Watts IV Facsimile: (704) 632-0299

With a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP 555 Eleventh Street, N.W.

Tenth Floor
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attention: Daniel T. Lennon
Facsimile: (202) 637-2201;

(ii) If to any Executive Stockholder, to the address set forth on such Executive Stockholder's signature page hereto with a copy to:

Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP One World Financial Center New York, NY 10281
Attention: Louis Bevilacqua Telecopy No.: (212) 504-6000

(iii) If to the Company at:

80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, CT 06095
Attention: Stephen V.R. Whitman Facsimile: (860) 298-4969

With a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP 555 Eleventh Street, N.W.

Tenth Floor

Stockholder Agreement - 7

17

Washington, D.C. 20004 Attention: Daniel T. Lennon Facsimile: (202) 637-2201

(g) Recapitalization, Exchange, Etc. Affecting the Company's Capital Stock. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein, with respect to any and all shares of Common Stock and all of the shares of capital stock of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or otherwise) that may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of such Common Stock and shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations, and the like occurring after the date hereof.

(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

(i) Attorney's Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, the successful Party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney's fees in addition to any other available remedy.

(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality, and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way impaired thereby.

(k) Amendment. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by the written consent of (i) as to the Company, only by the Company, (ii) as to the Carlyle Stockholders, by Carlyle Stockholders holding more than a majority in interest of the equity securities of the Company held by the Carlyle Stockholders and (iii) as to the Executive Stockholders, by Executive Stockholders holding more than a majority in interest of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to the Executive Stockholders. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 11(k) shall be binding upon the Company, the Carlyle Stockholders and their successors and assigns and the Executive Stockholders and their successors and assigns. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Company to add an Other Executive Stockholder as a party hereto by the Company and such Other Executive Stockholder executing a supplemental signature page hereto in the form attached as Exhibit A

(l) Tax Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to require payment in cash or deduction from other compensation payable to any Stockholder of any sums required by federal, state, or local tax law to be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise, repurchase, or cancellation of any Share or any option to purchase Equity Securities.

Stockholder Agreement - 7

18

(m) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Contribution Agreement (including any and all exhibits, schedules and other instruments contemplated thereby) constitute the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

Stockholder Agreement - 7

19

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

By: /s/ Claudius E. Watts, IV
    ------------------------------------
Name: Claudius E. Watts, IV
Title: President

CARLYLE PARTNERS IV, L.P.,
A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

BY:
TC GROUP IV, L.P.,

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY:
TC GROUP IV, L.L.C.,

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY:
TC GROUP, L.L.C.,

ITS MANAGING MEMBER

BY:
TCG HOLDINGS, L.L.C.,

ITS MANAGING MEMBER

BY: /s/ CLAUDIUS E. WATTS, IV
    ------------------------------------
NAME: CLAUDIUS E. WATTS, IV
TITLE: MANAGING DIRECTOR

Stockholder Agreement - 7


CP IV COINVESTMENT, L.P.,
A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

BY:
TC GROUP IV, L.P.,

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY:
TC GROUP III, L.L.C.,

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY:
TC GROUP, L.L.C.,

ITS MANAGING MEMBER

BY:
TCG HOLDINGS, L.L.C.,

ITS MANAGING MEMBER

BY: /s/ CLAUDIUS E. WATTS IV
    ------------------------------------
NAME: CLAUDIUS E. WATTS, IV
TITLE: MANAGING DIRECTOR

Stockholder Agreement - 7

21

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
    William C. Stone
Address: 12 Deer Ridge Rd.
         Avon, CT 06001
Facsimile: (860) 677-8837

Stockholder Agreement - 7

22

EXHIBIT A

SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT OF
SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By execution of this signature page, _____________ hereby agrees to become a party to, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the benefits of, that certain Stockholders Agreement of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, dated as of [ ], 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and William C. Stone, an individual, as amended from time to time thereafter.


[Name]

Notice Address:



Accepted:

Sunshine Acquisition Corporation

By:
Name:
Title:

Stockholder Agreement - 7

23

EXHIBIT 10.6

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of November 23, 2005, is made by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Carlyle Partners IV, LP, a Delaware limited partnership ("CP IV"), CP IV Coinvestment, LP, a Delaware limited partnership ("Coinvest" and, together with CP IV, the "Initial Carlyle Investors"), William C. Stone, an individual ("Executive"), and each of the other stockholders of the Company that becomes a party hereto from time to time by executing a supplemental signature page in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the "Other Executive Investors" and, collectively with the Initial Carlyle Investors and Executive, the "Investors").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Initial Carlyle Investors and Executive are holders of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide to the Investors and to each other Holder (as defined below) rights to registration under the Securities Act (as defined below) of Registrable Securities (as defined below), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following respective meanings:

"Carlyle Holders": (a) The Initial Carlyle Investors, (b) any affiliate of any Initial Carlyle Investor that is issued shares of Common Stock after the date hereof and (c) any subsequent transferee of any shares of Common Stock issued at any time to the Persons listed in clause (a) or clause (b) above.

"Common Stock": The shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any stock into which such Common Stock may thereafter be converted or exchanged.

"Exchange Act": The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute then in effect, and a reference to a particular section thereof shall be deemed to include a reference to the comparable section, if any, of any such similar federal statute.

"Executive Holders": (a) Executive and (b) any subsequent transferee of any shares of Common Stock issued at any time to Executive.


"Holder": Any Carlyle Holder, any Executive Holder and any Other Executive Investor.

"IPO": The initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

"IPO Date": The first date of the issuance of Common Stock in an IPO.

"Person": Any individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any department or agency thereof or any other entity.

"Registrable Securities": Any shares of Common Stock held at any time by any Holder and any shares of Common Stock which may be issued or distributed in respect thereof by way of stock dividend or stock split or other distribution, recapitalization or reclassification. Any particular Registrable Securities that are issued shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement with respect to the sale by the Holder of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, (ii) such securities shall have been distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act, (iii) all of the Registrable Securities then owned by such Holder could be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) or
(iv) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.

"Registration Expenses": Any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) all SEC and stock exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") registration and filing fees (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any "qualified independent underwriter," as such term is defined in NASD conduct rule 2720, and of its counsel), (ii) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses,
(iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange pursuant to clause (vi) of
Section 4 and all rating agency fees, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (vi) the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel selected pursuant to Section 7 hereof by the Holders of the Registrable Securities being registered to represent such Holders in connection with each such registration, and (vii) other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Holders (provided that such expenses shall not include expenses of counsel other than those provided for in clause (vi) above).

"Securities Act": The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute then in effect, and a reference to a particular section thereof shall be deemed to include a reference to the comparable section, if any, of any such similar federal statute.

"SEC": The Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

2

"Selling Expenses" Underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

"Stockholders Agreement": The Stockholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Initial Carlyle Investors and Executive.

2. Incidental Registrations. (a) Right to Include Registrable Securities. If the Company at any time after the IPO Date proposes to register shares of its Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than (i) a registration statement filed by the Company in connection with the IPO, (ii) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8, or any successor or other forms promulgated for similar purposes, or (iii) a registration statement with respect to corporate reorganizations or other transactions under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or any successor rule promulgated for similar purposes), whether or not for sale for its own account (including, without limitation, any registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof), in a manner which would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the public under the Securities Act, it will, at each such time, give prompt written notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to do so and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Upon the written request of any such Holder made within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of any such notice (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder), the Company will, subject to Section 2(c) below, use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Holders to the extent requisite to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered; provided that (i) if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to proceed with the proposed registration of the securities to be sold by it, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Holder of Registrable Securities and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration, and (ii) if such registration involves an underwritten offering, all Holders of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in the Company's registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected by the Company on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company (including entering into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such offering by the Company), as may be customary or appropriate in combined primary and secondary offerings. If a registration requested pursuant to this Section 2(a) involves an underwritten public offering, any Holder of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in such registration may elect, in writing at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, not to register such securities in connection with such registration.

(b) Expenses. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this
Section 2. All Selling Expenses applicable to Registrable Securities sold by Holders incurred in connection with each registration pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne by the Holders of the Registrable Securities so registered pro rata based on the number of securities so registered.

3

(c) Priority in Incidental Registrations. If a registration pursuant to this Section 2 involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be underwritten, the number of securities that may be included will be limited to the number of securities that, in the opinion of such underwriter, should be included and the securities to be included in the registration shall be allocated first, to the Company, and second, to all requesting Holders on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder (provided that any securities thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder's request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner).

3. Registration on Request. (a) At anytime, after the date that is six
(6) months after the IPO Date, upon the written request of (i) the Holder or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Carlyle Holders (the "Carlyle Demand Party") requesting that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by the Carlyle Holders (a "Carlyle Demand"), or (ii) Executive requesting that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by the Executive Holders (an "Executive Demand"; for purposes of this Section 3, "Demand Party" shall mean the Carlyle Demand Party, in the case of a Carlyle Demand, or Executive, in the case of an Executive Demand), and specifying the amount and intended method of disposition thereof, the Company thereupon will, as expeditiously as possible, subject to the limitations of this Section 3, use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of (i) such Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Demand Party, (ii) such Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register by other Holders of Registered Securities exercising their rights under Section 2 hereof with respect to such registration and (iii) any shares of Common Stock that the Company desires to include in such registration, in each case, to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended method thereof as aforesaid) of the Registrable Securities so to be registered; provided that the Carlyle Demand Party shall not be entitled to make a Carlyle Demand at any time that the Carlyle Holders hold less than five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided further that Executive shall not be entitled to make an Executive Demand at any time that the Executive Holders hold less than five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. If any registration effected pursuant to this Section 3 is intended to involve an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter for such offering shall be selected by the Company (and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Demand Party).

(b) Expenses. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this
Section 3. All Selling Expenses applicable to Registrable Securities sold by Holders incurred in connection with each registration pursuant to this Section 3 shall be borne by the Holders of the Registrable Securities so registered pro rata based on the number of securities so registered.

(c) Priority in Requested Registrations. If a requested registration pursuant to this Section 3 involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be underwritten, the number of securities that may be included will be limited to the number of securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, should be included and the

4

securities to be included in the registration shall be allocated first, to the Demand Party and the other Holders requesting inclusion of Registrable Securities in such registration on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder (provided that any securities thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder's request will be reallocated among the remaining Holders in like manner), and second, to the Company.

(d) Limitation on Registration on Request. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 to the contrary, (i) the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any registration pursuant to this Section 3 if the Company has previously effected a number of registrations upon the request of a Demand Party pursuant to this Section 3 equaling or exceeding four (4) registrations, in the case of the Carlyle Demand Party, and three (3) registrations, in the case of Executive and (ii) the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three (3) registrations pursuant to this Section 3 in any year; provided, however, that no registration effected pursuant to this Section 3 will count towards the foregoing numerical limits on the number of registrations that may be requested by a Demand Party pursuant to this Section 3 if the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by such Demand Party in such registration are cut back pursuant to Section 3(c).

(e) Postponements in Requested Registrations. (i) If the Company shall at any time furnish to the Demand Party a certificate signed by its chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or any other of its authorized officers stating that the filing of such registration statement would be materially detrimental to the Company or its stockholders, the Company may postpone the filing of a registration statement required by this Section 3 for up to one hundred eighty (180) days and (ii) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in its good faith judgment that the registration and offering otherwise required by this Section 3 would have an adverse effect on a then contemplated public offering of the Company's Common Stock, the Company may postpone the filing of a registration statement required by this Section 3, during the period starting with the sixtieth (60th) day immediately preceding the date of the anticipated filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty
(180) days following the effective date of, the registration statement relating to such other public offering. The Company shall promptly give the Demand Party requesting registration thereof pursuant to this Section 3 written notice of any postponement made in accordance with the preceding sentence.

4. Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required to use its reasonable best efforts to effect or cause the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement, the Company will (to the extent not relieved of such obligation as provided in
Section 2 hereof), as expeditiously as possible:

(i) prepare and, in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of the period within which a request for registration may be given to the Company pursuant to Section 2 or 3, file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such Registration Statement effective for up to one hundred eighty (180) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement related thereto;

5

(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for the period set forth in paragraph (i) above and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(iii) furnish to each seller of such Registrable Securities such number of copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and summary prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such seller;

(iv) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration under such other securities or blue sky laws in such jurisdictions as each seller shall reasonably request, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where, but for the requirements of this clause (iv), it would not be obligated to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(v) notify each seller of any such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act within the appropriate period mentioned in clause (i) of this Section 4, of the Company's becoming aware that the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(vi) use its reasonable best efforts to list such Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed if such Registrable Securities are not already so listed and if such listing is then permitted under the rules of such exchange;

(vii) in the event of an underwritten public offering, enter into an underwriting agreement in usual and customary form with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering;

(viii) in the event of an underwritten public offering, use its reasonable best efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, a "cold comfort" letter from the Company's independent public accounts in form and substance as is customarily given by independent public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering;

6

(ix) in the event of an underwritten public offering, use its reasonable best efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated as of such date, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering; and

(x) cooperate and assist with any filings required to be made with the NASD.

The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company with such information regarding such seller and pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the registration and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request.

Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (v) of this Section 4, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by clause (v) of this Section 4, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period mentioned in clause (i) of this
Section 4 shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to clause (v) of this
Section 4 and to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by clause (v) of this
Section 4.

5. Indemnification. (a) Indemnification by the Company. In the event of any registration of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 hereof, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, the seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, each affiliate of such seller and their respective directors and officers, stockholders, members or general and limited partners (including any director, officer, affiliate, employee, agent and controlling Person of any of the foregoing), each other Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and each other Person, if any, who controls such seller or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and reasonable expenses of investigation) to which such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act, common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof, whether or not such indemnified party is a party thereto) arise out of or are based upon (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or (b) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or any

7

other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided that the Company shall not be liable to any indemnified party in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement or amendment or supplement thereto or in any such preliminary, final or summary prospectus or a document incorporated by reference into any of the foregoing in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such seller specifically for use in the preparation thereof; and provided, further, that the Company will not be liable to any indemnified person under the indemnity agreement in this Section 5(a) with respect to any preliminary prospectus or the final prospectus or the final prospectus as amended or supplemented, as the case may be, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such indemnified person results from the fact that an underwriter sold Registrable Securities to a person to whom there was not sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the final prospectus or of the final prospectus as then amended or supplemented, whichever is most recent, if the Company has previously furnished copies thereof to such underwriter.

(b) Indemnification by the Seller. In the event of any registration of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 hereof, each seller of Registrable Securities included in such registration will indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 5(a)) the Company, each affiliate of the Company and their respective directors, officers, stockholders, members or general and limited partners (including any director, officer, affiliate, employee, agent and controlling Person of any of the foregoing), each other Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and all other sellers of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, each affiliate of such seller and their respective directors, officers, stockholders, members or general and limited partners (including any director, officer, affiliate, employee, agent and controlling person of any of the foregoing) and each other Person, if any, who controls the Company or such underwriter or such seller within the meaning of the Securities Act, with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement, to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such seller specifically for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary, final or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement, or a document incorporated by reference into any of the foregoing. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder of Registrable Securities hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

(c) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 5, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action; provided that the failure of the indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its

8

obligations under this Section 5, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 from the indemnifying party is unavailable to an indemnified party hereunder in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and such indemnified party in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and such indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified parties, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party under this Section 5(d) as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding.

The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

6. Rule 144. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of restricted securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

(a) use its reasonable best efforts to make and keep public information available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Rule 144"), at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the IPO;

(b) use its reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to the Holder upon request, (x) a written statement by the Company as to the status of its compliance

9

with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety
(90) days following the effective date of the IPO, and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), (y) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (z) such other reports and documents so filed as the Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule of regulation of the SEC allowing the Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

7. Selection of Counsel. In connection with any registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 hereof, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by any such registration may select one counsel to represent all Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration.

8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Holdback Agreement. If the Company effects any registration in connection with an underwritten public offering (including the IPO) of the Common Stock (whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise), each Holder of Registrable Securities will, if requested by the Company, enter into an agreement with the Company and the underwriter or underwriters of such offering (in form reasonably acceptable to the Company) pursuant to which such Holder will agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, any equity securities of the Company, or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten public offering), within seven days before, or ninety (90) days (or one hundred eighty
(180) days in the case of an IPO) after, the effective date of such registration. The Company may impose stop - transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said 180-day or 90-day period.

(b) Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company shall have obtained the written consent to such amendment, action or omission to act, of the Holders of Registrable Securities that own, in the aggregate, at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and Executive (so long as Executive holds more than five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding); provided that any amendment, action or omission to act that would disproportionately and adversely affect the rights of any Holder under this Agreement shall also require the consent of such Holder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any consent authorized by this Section 8(b), whether or not such Registrable Securities shall have been marked to indicate such consent.

(c) Successors, Assigns and Transferees. This Agreement shall not be assigned; provided that (i) any Carlyle Holder may assign all or part of their rights and obligations under this Agreement to any transferee who has acquired Registrable Securities from any such Carlyle Holder to the extent that such transfer does not violate the Stockholders Agreement and such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and (ii) any Executive Holder may assign all or part of his rights and obligations under this Agreement to a transferee who has acquired Registrable Securities from such Executive Holder

10

to the extent such transfer does not violate the Stockholders Agreement and such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement; provided further that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may not transfer his rights to request registration pursuant to Section 3 hereof, except that, in the event of death or legal disability of Executive, such rights shall vest in the executor or trustee that controls the Registrable Securities held by Executive immediately prior to such death or legal disability. Subject to the foregoing restrictions, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

(d) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by first class mail, telex, telecopier or hand delivery:

If to the Company: Sunshine Acquisition Corporation

                   c/o The Carlyle Group
                   101 South Tryon Street
                   Charlotte, NC 28280
                   Attention: Claudius E. Watts IV
                   Facsimile: 704-632-0299

With a copy to:    Latham & Watkins LLP
(which shall not   555 Eleventh Street, N.W., Suite 1000

constitute notice) Washington, DC 20004
Attention: Daniel T. Lennon, Esq.

Facsimile: 202-637-2201

If to any other Holder of Registrable Securities, to the address of such other Holder as shown in the stock record book of the Company, or to such other address as any of the above shall have designated in writing to all of the other above. All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been given or made (A) when delivered by hand, (B) five (5) business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid or (C) when telecopied, receipt acknowledged.

(e) Descriptive Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of terms contained herein.

(f) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature(s).

11

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to the choice of law principles therein).

(i) Specific Performance; Submission to Jurisdiction. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the parties hereto (i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court, (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by Law, consents to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 8(d). Each party hereto hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Section 8(d) shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

(j) Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as the other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder.

(k) Termination. The provisions of this Agreement (other than Section
5) shall terminate (A) with respect to any Holder, at such time as all of the Registrable Securities then owned by such Holder could be sold pursuant to Rule
144(k), (B) upon execution of a written agreement of each Holder to terminate this Agreement or (C) at such time as there shall be no Registrable Securities outstanding.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By: /s/ Claudius E. Watts, IV
    ------------------------------------
Name: Claudius E. Watts, IV
Title: President

CARLYLE PARTNERS IV, L.P.
a Delaware limited partnership

BY:
TC GROUP IV, L.P.,

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY:
TC GROUP IV, L.L.C.,

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY:
TC GROUP, L.L.C.,

ITS MANAGING MEMBER

BY:
TCG HOLDINGS, L.L.C.,

ITS MANAGING MEMBER

By: /s/ Claudius E. Watts, IV
    ------------------------------------
Name: Claudius E. Watts, IV
Title: Managing Director

13

CP IV COINVESTMENT, L.P.
a Delaware limited partnership

BY:
TC GROUP IV, L.P.,

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY:
TC GROUP III, L.L.C.,

ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY:
TC GROUP, L.L.C.,

ITS MANAGING MEMBER

BY:
TCG HOLDINGS, L.L.C.,

ITS MANAGING MEMBER

By: /s/ Claudius E. Watts, IV
    ------------------------------------
Name: Claudius E. Watts, IV
Title: Managing Director

14

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
    William C. Stone

15

EXHIBIT A

SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

By execution of this signature page, _____________ hereby agrees to become a party to, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the benefits of, that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [__], 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and William C. Stone, an individual, as amended from time to time thereafter.


[Name]

Notice Address:



Registration Rights Agreement


EXHIBIT 10.7

SERVICE PROVIDER STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
OF
SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

This Service Provider Stockholders Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into as of this ___ day of _________, 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("CP IV"), CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Coinvestment", and, together with CP IV, the "Initial Carlyle Stockholders") and the service providers that hold shares of Common Stock (as defined below) or Vested Options (as defined below) that are or become a party hereto from time to time by executing a supplemental signature page in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (each such holder and any Permitted Transferee of such holder, individually, a "Service Provider Stockholder," and collectively, the "Service Provider Stockholders"). Certain capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 9 hereof.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("SS&C"), pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 28, 2005, and amended as of August 25, 2005, by and among the Company, Sunshine Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company formed solely for purposes of the merger, and SS&C (the "Merger Agreement").

WHEREAS, certain Service Provider Stockholders (a) hold shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company ("Common Stock") and/or
(b) have been or may hereafter be issued shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise by such Service Provider Stockholders of vested options to purchase Common Stock ("Vested Options"), which such options (i) were issued in exchange for vested options to purchase common stock of SS&C pursuant to the Merger Agreement (the "Assumed Options") or (ii) may hereafter be issued pursuant to any stock option plans or other employee benefit plans, in either case, now in effect or hereafter adopted by the board of directors of the Company (the "Board", and each director, a "Director") or pursuant to other arrangements approved by the Board (the shares of Common Stock or other shares of capital stock of the Company issued or that are hereafter issued to the Service Provider Stockholders being collectively referred to as the "Restricted Shares" and, together with the Vested Options, any other vested rights issued by the Company to the Service Provider Stockholders to acquire Common Stock or capital stock of the Company, the "Restricted Securities"); and

WHEREAS, the Parties hereto desire to establish herein certain terms and conditions upon which the Restricted Securities will be held, including provisions restricting the transfer of such, and providing for other matters.

AGREEMENT:


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Restrictions on Transfer.

Except for (i) Transfers effected by Service Provider Stockholders pursuant to the exercise of Bring-Along Rights pursuant to Section 2 by the Carlyle Stockholders or any Transfer effected in connection with a Company Sale pursuant to Section 2; (ii) Transfers effected by Service Provider Stockholders pursuant to the exercise of Tag-Along Rights pursuant to Section 3; (iii) Transfers effected by Service Provider Stockholders pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Initial Carlyle Stockholders, William C. Stone and the Service Provider Stockholders; and (iv) any Permitted Transfer, no Service Provider Stockholder shall Transfer any Restricted Securities without the prior written approval of a majority of the members of the Board, which such majority shall include at least one Director nominated by William C. Stone, for so long as he serves as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Each Service Provider Stockholder further agrees that, in connection with any Permitted Transfer, any Transfer approved by the Board or any Transfer after the IPO, such Service Provider Stockholder shall, if requested by the Company, deliver to the Company an opinion of counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and counsel for the Company, to the effect that such Transfer is not in violation of this Agreement, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Securities Act"), or the securities laws of any state. Any purported Transfer in violation of the provisions of this Section 1 shall be null and void and shall have no force or effect. It shall be a condition to any Permitted Transfer, any Transfer approved by the Board (other than any Transfer pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act approved by the Board) or any Transfer after the IPO (other than any Transfer pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act) that the transferee shall (i) agree to become a party to this Agreement as a Service Provider Stockholder and (ii) execute a signature page in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto acknowledging that such transferee agrees to be bound by the terms hereof.

Section 2. Bring-Along Rights.

(a) If on or after the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the date hereof and (ii) the date that William C. Stone ceases to be Chief Executive Officer of the Company, one or more Carlyle Stockholders, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, propose to Transfer fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock to one or more Persons other than Affiliates, partners, members or stockholders of the Carlyle Stockholders (each such Person, a "Third Party Purchaser"), then such Carlyle Stockholder(s) shall have the right (a "Bring-Along Right") upon delivery of the Bring-Along Notice (defined below), but not the obligation (subject to Section 3 hereof), to require all, but not less than all, of the Service Provider Stockholders to tender for purchase to the Third Party Purchaser(s), on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Carlyle Stockholder(s) (provided, however, that (i) in the event

2

that the Carlyle Stockholder(s) are granted the right to appoint any director or directors of any Person in connection with such Transfer, the Carlyle Stockholder(s) shall be entitled to designate such member or members of the board of directors of such Person and (ii) in the event that any portion of the consideration payable to the Carlyle Stockholder(s) in connection with such Transfer is in a form other than cash, and the Third Party Purchaser notifies the Carlyle Stockholders that the Third Party Purchaser desires to provide to the Service Provider Stockholders consideration solely in cash in lieu of the non-cash consideration to be provided to the Carlyle Stockholder(s), then, at the election of the Carlyle Stockholder(s), the consideration payable to such Service Provider Stockholders in connection with such Transfer may consist solely of cash, in an amount per share equal to the fair market value (determined based on the manner in which the value of the non-cash consideration was determined in connection with such transaction) of the per share consideration received by the Carlyle Stockholder(s)), a number of Restricted Securities (including any options that vest as a result of the consummation of such Transfer to such Third Party Purchaser(s)) that, in the aggregate, equal the number derived by multiplying (A) the total number of Restricted Securities owned by such Service Provider Stockholder (including any options that vest as a result of the consummation of such Transfer to such Third Party Purchaser(s)); by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Carlyle Stockholder(s) in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions, and the denominator of which is the total number of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock collectively held by the Carlyle Stockholder(s); provided that the Bring-Along Right may be exercised by the Carlyle Stockholder(s) prior to the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the date hereof and (ii) the date that William C. Stone ceases to be Chief Executive of the Company, if William C. Stone or any of his Permitted Transferees are transferring shares of Common Stock in such transaction or series of related transactions or consent in writing to such exercise of the Bring-Along Right. For purposes of this Section 2 and Section 3 hereof, the phrase "number of Restricted Securities" held by any Person or group of Persons shall mean the number of Restricted Shares held by such Person or group of Persons plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Vested Options held by such Person or group of Persons.

(b) If any Carlyle Stockholder(s) elect to exercise the Bring-Along Right under this Section 2 with respect to the Restricted Securities held by the Service Provider Stockholders, then the Carlyle Stockholder owning a majority of the shares of Common Stock to be Transferred shall so notify each Service Provider Stockholder in writing (a "Bring-Along Notice"). Each Bring-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name of the Third Party Purchaser(s) and the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Carlyle Stockholder(s) to such Third Party Purchaser(s); (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration and material terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party Purchaser(s) and a summary of any other material terms pertaining to the Transfer ("Third Party Terms"); and (iii) the number of Restricted Securities that such Service Provider Stockholder shall be required to sell in such Transfer (as determined in accordance with Section 2(a) above). The Bring-Along Notice shall be given at least fifteen (15) days before the closing of the proposed Transfer.

3

(c) Upon the giving of a Bring-Along Notice, such Service Provider Stockholder shall be obligated to sell such number of Restricted Securities as is set forth in the Bring-Along Notice on the Third Party Terms.

(d) At the closing of the Transfer to any Third Party Purchaser(s) pursuant to this Section 2, the Third Party Purchaser(s) shall remit to such Service Provider Stockholder (i) the consideration for the total sales price of the Restricted Securities held by such Service Provider Stockholder sold pursuant hereto, minus (ii) such Service Provider Stockholder's pro rata portion of the consideration to be escrowed or otherwise held back, if any, in accordance with the Third Party Terms, minus (iii) the aggregate exercise price of any Vested Options being Transferred by such Service Provider Stockholder to such Third Party Purchaser(s), against delivery by such Service Provider Stockholder of (i) certificates for such Restricted Shares, duly endorsed for Transfer or with duly executed stock powers reasonably acceptable to the Company, and/or (ii) an instrument evidencing the Transfer or the cancellation of the Vested Options subject to the Bring-Along Right reasonably acceptable to the Company, and the compliance by such Service Provider Stockholder with any other conditions to closing generally applicable to the Carlyle Stockholder(s) and all other holders of Common Stock selling shares in such transaction, which transaction will not subject any Service Provider Stockholder to any liability other than (i) such Service Provider Stockholder's pro rata share of any liability to which the holders of Common Stock selling shares in such transaction are subject in connection with such liability and (ii) liabilities in respect of any representation, warranty or indemnity with respect to the title and ownership of the Restricted Securities being sold by such Service Provider Stockholder. In the event that the proposed Transfer of the Common Stock to such Third Party Purchaser is not consummated, the Bring Along Right shall continue to be applicable to any proposed subsequent Transfer of the Common Stock by any Carlyle Stockholder(s) pursuant to this Section 2.

(e) In the event that (i) any Carlyle Stockholder exercises its rights pursuant to this Section 2, or (ii) a Company Sale is approved by the Board and the holders of fifty percent (50%) or more of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, each Service Provider Stockholder shall consent to and raise no objections against such transaction, and if any such transaction is structured as a sale of stock, each Service Provider Stockholder shall take all actions that the Board and/or the Carlyle Stockholder(s) reasonably deem necessary or desirable in connection with the consummation of such transaction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Service Provider Stockholder agrees that it (i) shall consent to and raise no objections against such transaction; (ii) shall execute any Common Stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or other agreement entered into with the purchaser with respect to such transaction setting forth the Third Party Terms and any ancillary agreement (related to the Transfer of the shares or the Company Sale, but not with respect to employment) with respect thereto; (iii) shall vote the Common Stock held by such Service Provider Stockholder in favor of such transaction (including executing a written consent of stockholders approving such transaction); and
(iv) shall refrain from the exercise of dissenters' appraisal rights with respect to such transaction. In addition, in connection with any such Company Sale, each holder of Vested Options agrees that, at the election of the Board, each outstanding Vested Option shall be terminated and converted into the right to receive cash consideration in connection with such

4

Company Sale in an amount equal to (x) the fair market value of the per share consideration received in connection with such Company Sale by the Carlyle Stockholder(s) (which value shall, in the case of any non-cash consideration, be determined based on the manner in which the fair market value of such non-cash consideration was determined in connection with such Company Sale), less (y) the exercise price of such Vested Option and any applicable withholding taxes.

(f) If the Company or the holders of the Company's securities enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated under the Securities Act may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation, or other reorganization), each Service Provider Stockholder shall, if requested by the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act) reasonably acceptable to the Company. If such purchaser representative was designated by the Company, the Company shall pay the fees of such purchaser representative, but if any Service Provider Stockholder appoints another purchaser representative, such Service Provider Stockholder shall be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

(g) Each Service Provider Stockholder shall bear its pro rata share of the costs of any Company Sale or other transaction (pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) in which it sells Restricted Securities to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all holders of Restricted Securities and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party.

Section 3. Tag-Along Right.

(a) In the event that any Carlyle Stockholder(s) propose to Transfer capital stock of the Company to a Third Party Purchaser, then each Service Provider Stockholder shall have the right (the "Tag-Along Right") to request that the proposed Third Party Purchaser purchase from such Service Provider Stockholder up to the number of whole Restricted Securities equal to the number derived by multiplying (x) the total number of shares of Common Stock that the proposed Third Party Purchaser has agreed or committed to purchase plus the total number of shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange of Vested Options or Convertible Securities that the proposed Third Party Purchaser has agreed or committed to purchase, by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Restricted Securities (including any options that vest as a result of the consummation of such Transfer to such Third Party Purchaser but excluding (i) shares issuable upon the exercise of unvested options and (ii) any Vested Options that have an exercise price per share of Common Stock greater than the price per share of Common Stock to be paid by the Third Party Purchaser) owned by such Service Provider Stockholder, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock collectively owned by the Carlyle Stockholders, such Service Provider Stockholder and all other holders of Common Stock plus the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange of Vested Options and Convertible Securities (excluding (i) shares issuable upon the exercise of unvested options and (ii) any Vested Options or other Convertible Securities that have an exercise or conversion price per share of Common Stock greater than the price per shares of Common Stock to be paid

5

by the Third Party Purchaser) owned by all Carlyle Stockholder(s), such Service Provider Stockholder and all other holders of Common Stock, Vested Options, or other Convertible Securities. Any Restricted Securities purchased from the Service Provider Stockholders pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall be purchased at the same price per share of Common Stock (less, in the case of a Vested Option, the exercise price thereof) and upon the same terms and conditions as such proposed Transfer by the Carlyle Stockholder(s) (provided, however, that
(i) in the event that the Carlyle Stockholder(s) are granted the right to appoint any director or directors of any Person in connection with such Transfer, the Carlyle Stockholder(s) shall be entitled to designate such member or members of the board of directors of such Person and (ii) in the event that any portion of the consideration payable to the Carlyle Stockholder(s) in connection with such Transfer is in a form other than cash, and the Third Party Purchaser notifies the Carlyle Stockholder(s) that the Third Party Purchaser desires to provide to the Service Provider Stockholders exercising their rights under this Section 2 consideration solely in cash in lieu of the non-cash consideration to be provided to the Carlyle Stockholder(s), then, at the election of the Carlyle Stockholder(s), the consideration payable to such Service Provider Stockholders in connection with such Transfer may consist solely of cash, in an amount per share equal to the fair market value (determined based on the manner in which the value of the non-cash consideration was determined in connection with such transaction) of the per share consideration received by the Carlyle Stockholder(s)).

(b) The Carlyle Stockholder(s) shall notify each Service Provider Stockholder in writing in the event such Carlyle Stockholder(s) propose to make a Transfer or series of Transfers giving rise to the Tag-Along Right at least fifteen (15) business days prior to the date on which such Carlyle Stockholder(s) expect to consummate such Transfer (the "Sale Notice") which notice shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock which the Third Party Purchaser intends to purchase in such Transfer. The Tag-Along Right may be exercised by any Service Provider Stockholder by delivery of a written notice to the Carlyle Stockholder(s) proposing to sell securities of the Company (the "Tag-Along Notice") within ten (10) business days following receipt of the Sale Notice from such Carlyle Stockholder(s). The Tag-Along Notice shall state the number of Restricted Securities that the Service Provider Stockholder proposes to include in such Transfer to the proposed Third Party Purchaser (not to exceed the number as determined above). In the event that the proposed Third Party Purchaser does not purchase the specified number of Restricted Securities from the Service Provider Stockholders at the same price per share of Common Stock (less, in the case of a Vested Option, the exercise price thereof) and on the same terms and conditions as such proposed Transfer by the Carlyle Stockholder(s) (provided, however, that in the event that the Carlyle Stockholder(s) are granted the right to appoint any director or directors of any Person in connection with such Transfer, the Carlyle Stockholder(s) shall be entitled to designate such member or members of the board of directors of such Person), then the Carlyle Stockholders shall not be permitted to sell any shares of Common Stock to the proposed Third Party Purchaser unless such Carlyle Stockholder(s) purchase from the Service Provider Stockholder such specified number of Restricted Securities on the same terms and conditions as specified in such Sale Notice.

(c) At the closing of the Transfer to any Third Party Purchaser pursuant to this Section 3, the Third Party Purchaser shall remit to each Service Provider Stockholder exercising

6

his rights under this Section 3 (x) the consideration for the total sales price of the Restricted Securities (calculated in the manner set forth above) held by such Service Provider Stockholder sold pursuant hereto, minus (y) the aggregate exercise price of any Vested Options being Transferred by such Service Provider Stockholder to such Third Party Purchaser(s), minus (z) such Service Provider Stockholder's pro rata portion of any such consideration to be escrowed or otherwise held back, if any, in accordance with the Third Party Terms, against delivery by such Service Provider Stockholder of certificates for such Restricted Shares subject to the Tag Along Right, duly endorsed for Transfer or with duly executed stock powers reasonably acceptable to the Company, and/or an instrument evidencing the Transfer or the cancellation of the Vested Options being sold reasonably acceptable to the Company, and the compliance by such Service Provider Stockholder with any other conditions to closing generally applicable to the Carlyle Stockholder(s) and all other holders of Common Stock, Vested Options or Convertible Securities selling securities in such transaction.

Section 4. Dividend Equivalents.

(a) Each Service Provider Stockholder who holds Assumed Options as of the record date of a cash dividend that is declared by the Company on shares of Common Stock, will receive, with respect to each Assumed Option held by the Service Provider Stockholder on such record date, a cash payment (the "Dividend Equivalent"), less any applicable withholding taxes, on the date of the payment of such cash dividend (or, if later, payment shall be made at the earliest time permitted under the terms of the agreements governing any indebtedness to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party) equal to the product of:

(i) the difference between (1) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Assumed Options, minus (2) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (x) the aggregate exercise price of such Assumed Options, divided by (y) the fair market value of a share of Common Stock immediately prior to the record date of such dividend (rounded down to the nearest whole share of Common Stock); and

(ii) the dollar amount of such dividend per share of Common Stock.

(b) The fair market value of a share of Common Stock for purposes of this Section 4 shall be reasonably determined by the Board, taking into account the most recent Third Party Valuation (defined below) obtained by the Company.

(c) In no event shall a Service Provider Stockholder be eligible for a Dividend Equivalent (i) in connection with an extraordinary cash dividend where the Assumed Options are adjusted to reflect such extraordinary cash dividend, or
(ii) on or after the Service Provider Stockholder's Termination of Service.

(d) Each Service Provider Stockholder understands and agrees that each Assumed Option that is an "incentive stock option," as such term is defined in
Section 422 of the Code, shall, as a result of this Section 4 and Section 6, no longer be an "incentive stock option" and instead will be treated for tax purposes as a non-qualified stock option.

7

Section 5. Rights to Repurchase Restricted Securities.

(a) During the period beginning on the date of the Service Provider Stockholder's Termination of Service and ending on the date nine (9) months following the later of (i) the date of such Termination of Service and (ii) the date of the exercise of any Vested Options held by the Service Provider Stockholder as of the date of such Termination of Service, the Company shall have the option to repurchase the Restricted Securities (including any Vested Options) held by the terminated Service Provider Stockholder and/or his or her Permitted Transferees (collectively, the "Call Right"); provided, however, that such Call Right shall not apply to any Assumed Options (or underlying shares of Common Stock) held by any Service Provider Stockholder that is terminated by the Company or one of its subsidiaries without Cause or that resigns from the Company or one of its subsidiaries with Good Reason. The Call Right may be exercised once with respect to any terminated Service Provider Stockholder. The purchase price payable by the Company upon exercise of the Call Right (the "Purchase Price") shall be the fair market value of the Restricted Securities (which shall mean the fair market value of the Restricted Shares if the Call Right is with respect to Vested Options, less any applicable exercise price and withholding taxes), subject to the Call Right on the date of the Call Notice. The Company shall engage an investment bank to determine the fair market value of the Common Stock (i.e. the value of the Company in its entirety) (a "Third Party Valuation") at least once every twelve (12) months; provided that the Company shall not be required to obtain a Third Party Valuation prior to March 31, 2007. The fair market value of the Restricted Securities subject to a Call Right shall be reasonably determined by the Board, taking into account the most recent Third Party Valuation obtained by the Company; provided that when determining fair market value for purposes of this Section 5, the Board shall not further discount the fair market value of the Restricted Securities solely because (i) it is determining the fair market value of Restricted Securities that constitute less than a majority of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company or (ii) there is no liquid public market for the Restricted Securities; provided further that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of an investment bank or the Board to take into account the fact that there is no liquid public market when determining the value of the Common Stock. The Call Right shall be exercised by written notice (the "Call Notice") to such Service Provider Stockholder given in accordance with Section 10(f) of this Agreement on or prior to the last day on which the Call Right may be exercised by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent Restricted Securities are purchased pursuant to a plan or arrangement that is intended to comply with
Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Call Right with respect to such Restricted Securities held by employees who are not managers, directors, consultants or officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall comply with Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, as determined by the Board.

(b) The repurchase of Restricted Securities pursuant to the exercise of the Call Right shall take place on a date specified by the Company, but in no event later than sixty (60) days following the date of the exercise of such Call Right or, if later, within ten (10) days following the receipt by the Company of all necessary governmental approvals. On such date, such Service Provider Stockholder shall transfer the Restricted Securities subject to the Call Notice to the Company, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, by delivering to the

8

Company the certificates or other documents representing the Restricted Securities to be purchased, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company or accompanied by a stock power duly executed in blank, and the Company shall pay to such Service Provider Stockholder the Purchase Price in cash or by bank or cashier's check.

Section 6. Assumed Option Tax Withholding and Net Exercise.

(a) Each Service Provider Stockholder who holds an Assumed Option, upon exercise thereof within ninety (90) days of the scheduled expiration of such Assumed Option, shall have the right to require the Company to retain shares of Common Stock underlying such Assumed Option having a fair market value on the date of the exercise of the Assumed Option equal to the amount of the Service Provider Stockholder's tax withholding obligation that arises in connection with the exercise of such Assumed Option; provided that the foregoing is at such time permitted under the terms of the agreements governing any indebtedness to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party; and provided, further that no fractional shares of Common Stock will be retained to satisfy any portion of the withholding tax and the Service Provider Stockholder hereby agrees to satisfy any additional amount of withholding taxes that are not satisfied through the retention of shares of Common Stock by the Company. Any shares of Common Stock retained by the Company pursuant to this Section 6 shall be deducted from the underlying shares to be received by such Service Provider Stockholder upon exercise of the Assumed Option.

(b) With the consent of the Board and to the extent permitted by law, each Service Provider Stockholder may pay the exercise price of an Assumed Option for the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Assumed Option is exercised through the surrender of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Assumed Option having a fair market value on the date of the exercise of the Assumed Option equal to the aggregate exercise price of the exercised portion of the Assumed Option (in which case the Service Provider Stockholder will be deemed the legal owner of such surrendered shares of Common Stock at the time of the exercise of the Assumed Option); provided that the foregoing is at such time permitted under the terms of the agreements governing any indebtedness to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party; and provided, further that no fractional shares of Common Stock may be surrendered to satisfy any portion of the exercise price and the Service Provider Stockholder hereby agrees to satisfy any additional amount of exercise price that is not satisfied through the surrender of shares of Common Stock by the Company.

(c) The fair market value of a share of Common Stock for purposes of this Section 4 shall be reasonably determined by the Board, taking into account the most recent Third Party Valuation obtained by the Company.

Section 7. Permitted Transfers.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of the first sentence of Section 1 shall not apply to: (a) any Transfer of Restricted Shares by a Service Provider Stockholder by gift to, or for the benefit of, any member or members of his or her immediate family (which shall include any spouse, lineal ancestor or descendant or sibling) or to

9

a trust, partnership or limited liability company for the benefit of such members; provided that such Service Provider Stockholder shall retain sole and exclusive control over the voting and disposition of said Restricted Shares until the termination of this Agreement; or (b) any Transfer of Restricted Shares by a Service Provider Stockholder to the heirs, executors or legatees of such Service Provider Stockholder by operation of law upon the death or incapacity of such Service Provider Stockholder (each of the Transfers referenced in clauses (a) and (b) above being referred to herein as a "Permitted Transfer"); provided that, in each case, such Transfer is effected in compliance with all of the provisions of Section 1 hereof other than the restrictions contained in the first sentence of Section 1 hereof. The recipient of any Restricted Shares pursuant to the foregoing shall be referred to herein as a "Permitted Transferee" and shall be deemed a Service Provider Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement.

Section 8. Termination.

This Agreement, and the respective rights and obligations of the Parties, shall terminate (i) upon the consummation of a Company Sale or (ii) with respect to any Service Provider Stockholder, upon execution of a written agreement of such Service Provider Stockholder, the Initial Carlyle Stockholders and the Company to terminate this Agreement; provided that (i) first sentence of
Section 1 and the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 shall terminate upon the consummation of an IPO.

Section 9. Certain Definitions.

(a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

"Carlyle Stockholders" means (i) the Initial Carlyle Stockholders,
(ii) any Affiliate of any Initial Carlyle Stockholder that is issued any shares of Common Stock after the date hereof, and (iii) any subsequent transferee of the shares of Common Stock held by the Persons listed in clause (i) or clause
(ii) above.

"Cause" means (a) the Board's determination that the Service Provider Stockholder failed to substantially perform his or her duties (other than any such failure resulting from the Service Provider Stockholder's disability) which is not remedied within ten days after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such failure; (b) the Board's determination that the Service Provider Stockholder failed to carry out, or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board or the Service Provider Stockholder's immediate supervisor, which is not remedied within ten days after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such failure; (c) the Service Provider Stockholder's conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony, indictable offense or crime involving moral turpitude; (d) the Service Provider Stockholder's unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the Company's premises or while performing the Service Provider Stockholder's duties and

10

responsibilities; (e) the Service Provider Stockholder's commission of a material act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company; or (f) any other reason which would permit by law the Company to terminate the service of the Service Provider Stockholder without notice or without pay in lieu of notice thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Service Provider Stockholder is a party to a written employment or consulting agreement with the Company (or its Subsidiary), then "Cause" shall be as such term is defined in the applicable written employment or consulting agreement.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Company Sale" means the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which one or more Persons or group of Persons (other than any Initial Carlyle Stockholder or its Affiliates) acquires (i) capital stock of the Company possessing the voting power sufficient to elect a majority of the members of the Board or the board of directors of the successor to the Company (whether such transaction is effected by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, sale or transfer of the Company's capital stock or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries.

"Convertible Securities" means any option, warrant or right, other than the Vested Options, convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock and any other securities that are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into shares of Common Stock.

"Good Reason" means the Service Provider's resignation from employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries within ninety (90) days following one of the following events (which event is not cured within thirty (30) days following Service Provider's providing the Company with written notice of Service Provider's intent to resign for Good Reason):

(i) a material reduction in the scope of the Service Provider's duties as in effect for at least six (6) months prior to such reduction, where Service Provider's new duties are materially inconsistent with the Service Provider's position with the Company or any subsidiary; or

(ii) a material reduction by the Company in the Service Provider's base salary.

"IPO" means a public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed in accordance with the Securities Act.

"Party" means any of the parties to this Agreement, as set forth in the preamble.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, syndicate, trust, association or other entity.

"Termination of Service" shall mean the time when the employee-employer and service provider-service recipient relationship between a Service Provider Stockholder and the Company or one of its subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including,

11

but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding a termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment or reengagement by the Company or one of its subsidiaries.

"Transfer" means any sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, pledge or other disposition.

(b) The following terms have the meaning set forth in the Sections set forth below:

DEFINED TERM                   LOCATION OF DEFINITION
------------                   ----------------------
Affiliate                      Section 9
Agreement                      Preamble
Assumed Options                Recitals
Board                          Recitals
Bring-Along Notice             Section 2
Bring-Along Right              Section 2
Call Notice                    Section 5
Call Right                     Section 5
Carlyle Stockholders           Section 9
Coinvestment                   Preamble
Common Stock                   Recitals
Company                        Preamble
Company Sale                   Section 9
Convertible Securities         Section 9
CP IV                          Preamble
Director                       Recitals
Dividend Equivalent            Section 4
Initial Carlyle Stockholders   Preamble
IPO                            Section 9
Party                          Section 9
Merger Agreement               Recitals
Permitted Transfer             Section 6
Permitted Transferee           Section 6
Person                         Section 9
Purchase Price                 Section 5
Restricted Securities          Section 9
Restricted Shares              Section 9
Sale Notice                    Section 3
Securities Act                 Section 1
SS&C                           Recitals
Tag-Along Notice               Section 3
Tag-Along Right                Section 3
Termination of Service         Section 9

12

Third Party Purchaser          Section 2
Third Party Terms              Section 2
Third Party Valuation          Section 5
Transfer                       Section 9
Vested Options                 Recitals

Section 10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Legends. Each certificate representing the securities issued by the Company and held by a Service Provider Stockholder shall bear the following legend:

"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED ("ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND SAID LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS THEREOF."

In addition to the foregoing, each certificate representing securities issued by the Company and held by a Service Provider Stockholder shall bear the following legend:

"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND CERTAIN OTHER AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN A SERVICE PROVIDER STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE INITIAL HOLDER HEREOF DATED AS OF ____________, 2005. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE ISSUER TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST."

(b) Successors, Assigns and Transferees. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective legal representatives, heirs, legatees, successors, and assigns and any other transferee and shall also apply to any securities acquired by a Service Provider Stockholder after the date hereof.

(c) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to the choice of law principles therein).

(d) Specific Performance; Submission to Jurisdiction. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent

13

breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity. In addition, each of the parties hereto (i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court, (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by Law, consents to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 10(f). Each party hereto hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Section 10(f) shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e) Interpretation. The headings of the Sections contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when delivered by overnight courier or hand delivery, when sent by telecopy, or five days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) postage prepaid, to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for any Party as shall be specified by like notices.

(i) If to any Carlyle Stockholder, addressed to such Carlyle Stockholder, c/o The Carlyle Group, at:

101 South Tryon Street, 25th Floor Charlotte, NC 28280
Attention: Claudius E. Watts IV Facsimile: (704) 632-0299

With a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP 555 Eleventh Street, N.W.

Tenth Floor
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attention: Daniel T. Lennon
Facsimile: (202) 637-2201;

(ii) If to any Service Provider Stockholder, to the address set forth on such Service Provider Stockholder's signature page hereto;

14

(iii) If to the Company at:

80 Lamberton Road
Windsor, CT 06095
Attention: Stephen V.R. Whitman Facsimile: (860) 298-4969

With a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP 555 Eleventh Street, N.W.

Tenth Floor
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attention: Daniel T. Lennon
Facsimile: (202) 637-2201

(g) Recapitalization, Exchange, Etc. Affecting the Company's Capital Stock. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein, with respect to any and all shares of Common Stock and all of the shares of capital stock of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or otherwise) that may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of such Common Stock and shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations, and the like occurring after the date hereof.

(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

(i) Attorney's Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, the successful Party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney's fees in addition to any other available remedy.

(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality, and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way impaired thereby.

(k) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended by resolution of the board of directors of the Company which is approved in writing by the Carlyle Stockholders. At any time hereafter, additional Service Provider Stockholders may be made parties hereto by executing a signature page in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto, which signature page shall be countersigned by the Company and shall be attached to this Agreement and become a part hereof without any further action of any other Party hereto.

15

(l) Tax Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to require payment in cash or deduction from other compensation payable to any Service Provider Stockholder of any sums required by federal, state, or local tax law to be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise, repurchase, or cancellation of any Restricted Share or any option to purchase Restricted Securities.

(m) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

16

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

By:

Name: Claudius E. Watts, IV Title: Managing Director

CARLYLE PARTNERS IV, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

By:TC Group IV, L.P.,
its General Partner

By:TC Group IV, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:TC Group, L.L.C.,
its Managing Member

By:TCG Holdings, L.L.C.,
its Managing Member

By:

Name: Claudius E. Watts, IV Title: Managing Director

CP IV COINVESTMENT, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

By:TC Group IV, L.P.,
its General Partner

By:TC Group III, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:TC Group, L.L.C.,
its Managing Member


By:TCG Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member

By:
Name: Claudius E. Watts, IV Title: Managing Director

18

SERVICE PROVIDER STOCKHOLDER

By:

Name:

Notice Address:



Service Provider Stockholder Signature Page


EXHIBIT A

SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
SERVICE PROVIDER STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT OF
SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By execution of this signature page, _____________hereby agrees to become a party to, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the benefits of, that certain Service Provider Stockholders Agreement of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, dated as of [______________], 2005, by and among Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., and certain other parties thereto, as amended from time to time thereafter.


[Name]

Notice Address:



Accepted:

Sunshine Acquisition Corporation

By:
Name:
Title:

EXHIBIT 10.8

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Management Agreement (this "Agreement"), dated as of November 23, 2005, between Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), William C. Stone, an individual (the "Investor"), and TC Group, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Carlyle").

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Carlyle, by and through its officers, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates, has expertise in the areas of corporate management, business strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters relating to the business of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to avail itself of the expertise of Carlyle in the aforesaid areas, in which it acknowledges the expertise of Carlyle;

WHEREAS, Investor has agreed to contribute equity of SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("SS&C"), to the Company pursuant to that certain Contribution and Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and among Investor and the Company (the "Contribution Agreement") and Investor has entered into a long-term employment agreement with the Company (the "Employment Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, (i) the Company has agreed to pay Investor a fee to acknowledge Investor's commitment to contribute equity to the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement and to acknowledge Investor's entry into the Employment Agreement, including the non-competition provisions therein, and (ii) the Company has agreed to pay Carlyle certain fees for services provided hereunder.

AGREEMENT:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the covenants and conditions herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

I. APPOINTMENT.

The Company hereby appoints Carlyle to render the advisory and consulting services described in Section II hereof for the term of this Agreement.

II. SERVICES.

A. Carlyle has provided investment banking, financial advisory and other services in connection with the merger of Sunshine Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("Merger Co"), with and into SS&C, and certain other transactions related thereto (the "Transactions"), pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"), dated as of July 28, 2005, as amended, by and among the Company, Merger Co and SS&C (the "Transaction Investment Banking Services").


B. During the term of this Agreement, Carlyle shall render to the Company, by and through such of Carlyle's officers, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates as Carlyle, in its sole discretion, shall designate, in cooperation with the Company's executive officers, from time to time, advisory, consulting and other services (the "Oversight Services") in relation to the operations of the Company, strategic planning, marketing and financial oversight and including, without limitation, advisory and consulting services in relation to the selection, retention and supervision of independent auditors, the selection, retention and supervision of outside legal counsel, the selection, retention and supervision of investment bankers or other financial advisors or consultants and the structuring and implementation of equity participation plans, employee benefit plans and other incentive arrangements for certain key executives of the Company.

C. It is acknowledged and agreed that, from time to time, Carlyle may be requested to perform services (including, without limitation, Investment Banking Services (as defined below)) in addition to the Oversight Services, for which Carlyle shall be entitled to additional compensation, and it is expressly agreed that the Oversight Services shall not include Investment Banking Services.

D. From time to time hereafter, Carlyle may provide investment banking, financial advisory and other services to the Company with respect to
(i) any acquisitions and divestitures by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, whether by a sale of assets or equity interests of the Company, by merger or otherwise, or the acquisition or sale of any subsidiary or division of the Company, or (ii) the public or private sale of debt or equity interests of the Company or any of its affiliates or any similar financing transactions. The services provided pursuant to this Section II. D and the Transaction Investment Banking Services shall be collectively referred to herein as the "Investment Banking Services." The Oversight Services and the Investment Banking Services provided shall be referred to herein as the "Services."

III. FEES.

A. In consideration of the performance of the Oversight Services contemplated by Section II. B hereof, the Company agrees to pay to Carlyle an aggregate per annum fee (the "Annual Fee") (x) for the period commencing on the date hereof and continuing until December 31, 2005, in the amount of $106,850 and (y) for the period commencing January 1, 2006, and continuing until such time as this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section VI, in the amount of $1,000,000 per annum. The Annual Fee shall be payable quarterly in advance beginning the date hereof. Fee payments shall be non-refundable.

B. In consideration of the Transaction Investment Banking Services provided to the Company, the Company shall, on the date hereof, pay to Carlyle an aggregate amount equal to the product of (x) $7.5 million, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate dollar amount that Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. (the "Carlyle Fund Entities") and/or their designees contribute to the Company pursuant to that certain Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of July 28, 2005, by and among the Carlyle Fund Entities and the Company (the "Carlyle Contribution Amount"), and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of (i) the Carlyle Contribution Amount and (ii) the Investor


Contribution Amount. The "Investor Contribution Amount" shall mean the sum of
(i) the number of shares of common stock of SS&C that Investor contributes to the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, multiplied by $37.25, and
(ii) (x) the number of shares of common stock of SS&C that would be issuable upon the exercise in full of all outstanding options to purchase common stock of SS&C held by Investor immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement), multiplied by $37.25, minus (y) the aggregate amount of exercise prices that would be payable upon exercise in full of all such options. In consideration of any additional Investment Banking Services provided by Carlyle to the Company and any other services (other than Oversight Services and Transaction Investment Banking Services provided by Carlyle to the Company), Carlyle shall be entitled to receive additional reasonable compensation as agreed upon by the parties hereto.

C. In consideration of Investor's agreement to commit equity to the Company pursuant to the Contribution Agreement and Investor's entry into the Employment Agreement, the Company shall, on the date hereof, pay to Investor an aggregate amount equal to (A) the product of (x) $7.5 million, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the Investor Contribution Amount, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of (i) the Carlyle Contribution Amount, and (ii) the Investor Contribution Amount, minus (B) all applicable federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld by the Company with respect to such payment.

IV. OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES.

In addition to the compensation payable to Carlyle pursuant to Section III hereof, the Company shall, at the direction of Carlyle, pay directly, or reimburse Carlyle for, its reasonable Out-of-Pocket Expenses. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term "Out-of-Pocket Expenses" shall mean the amounts actually paid by Carlyle in cash in connection with its performance of the Services, including, without limitation, reasonable (i) fees and disbursements (including underwriting fees) of any independent auditors, outside legal counsel, consultants, investment bankers, financial advisors and other independent professionals and organizations, (ii) costs of any outside services or independent contractors such as financial printers, couriers, business publications or similar services and (iii) transportation, telephone calls, word processing expenses or any similar expense not associated with its ordinary operations. All reimbursements for Out-of-Pocket Expenses shall be made promptly upon or as soon as practicable after presentation by Carlyle to the Company of the statement in connection therewith.

V. INDEMNIFICATION.

The Company will indemnify and hold harmless Carlyle and its officers, employees, agents, representatives, members and affiliates (each being an "Indemnified Party") from and against any and all losses, costs, expenses, claims, damages and liabilities (the "Liabilities") to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under any applicable law, or any claim made by any third party (other than an affiliate of Carlyle), or otherwise, to the extent they relate to or arise out of the performance of the Services contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of Carlyle pursuant to, and the performance by Carlyle of the Services contemplated by, this Agreement. The Company will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) as they are


incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim for which the Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of the previous sentence, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party hereto, provided that, subject to the following sentence, the Company shall be entitled to assume its defense thereof at its own expense, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in its reasonable judgment. Any Indemnified Party may, at its own expense, retain separate counsel to participate in such defense, and in any action, claim or proceeding in which the Company, on the one hand, and an Indemnified Party, on the other hand, is, or is reasonably likely to become, a party, such Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the Company's expense and to control its own defense of such action, claim or proceeding if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to such Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Party, on the other hand, that would make such separate representation advisable. The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the applicable Indemnified Party, settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or has been actually threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the applicable Indemnified Party and each other Indemnified Party from all liability arising or that may arise out of such claim, action or proceeding. Provided that the Company is not in breach of its indemnification obligations hereunder, no Indemnified Party shall settle or compromise any claim subject to indemnification hereunder without the consent of the Company. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability, cost or expense is determined by a court, in a final judgment from which no further appeal may be taken, to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Carlyle. If an Indemnified Party is reimbursed hereunder for any expenses, such reimbursement of expenses shall be refunded to the extent it is finally judicially determined that the Liabilities in question resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Carlyle.

VI. TERMINATION.

This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof and shall continue in effect until the date as of which Carlyle or one or more of its affiliates no longer collectively control, in the aggregate, at least 5% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company, or such earlier date as the Company, Carlyle and Investor (for so long as he shall continue to hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company) may mutually agree; provided that, upon the consummation of a public offering of the common stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Agreement may be unilaterally terminated by Carlyle or, in the event that Investor shall then hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company, Investor. The provisions of Sections V, VII and VIII and otherwise as the context so requires shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

VII. OTHER ACTIVITIES.

Nothing herein shall in any way preclude Carlyle or its officers, employees, agents, representatives, members or affiliates from engaging in any business activities or from


performing services for its or their own account or for the account of others, including for Company that may be in competition with the businesses conducted by the Company.

VIII. GENERAL.

A. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or consent to any departure by any party from any such provision, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Carlyle, the Company and, for so long as he shall continue to hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company, Investor, and, in any case, such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

B. This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the parties hereto; provided, however, that Carlyle may assign or transfer its duties or interests hereunder to a Carlyle affiliate with the written consent of Investor (for so long as he shall continue to hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company), which such consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

C. Any and all notices hereunder shall, in the absence of receipted hand delivery, be deemed duly given when mailed, if the same shall be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the mailing date shall be deemed the date from which all time periods pertaining to a date of notice shall run. Notices shall be addressed to the parties at the following addresses:

If to Carlyle:     Carlyle Partners IV, L.P.
                   c/o The Carlyle Group
                   101 South Tryon Street, 25th Floor
                   Charlotte, NC 28280
                   Attention: Claudius E. Watts IV

If to the Company: Sunshine Acquisition Corp.
                   80 Lamberton Road
                   Windsor, CT 06095
                   Attention: Stephen V.R. Whitman

If to Investor:    Sunshine Acquisition Corp.
                   80 Lamberton Road
                   Windsor, CT 06095
                   Attention: William C. Stone

D. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all previous oral and written (and all contemporaneous oral) negotiations, commitments, agreements and understandings relating hereto.

E. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to the choice of law principles


therein). Each of the parties hereto (i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court, (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the Court of Chancery or other courts of the State of Delaware and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by Law, consents to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section VIII(C). Each party hereto hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Section VIII(C) shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

F. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts. Each set of counterparts showing execution by all parties shall be deemed an original, and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

G. The waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver by such party of any subsequent breach.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers or agents as set forth below.

TC GROUP, L.L.C.,

By: TCG Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member

By: /s/ Claudius E. Watts, IV
    ------------------------------------
Name: Claudius E. Watts, IV
Title: Managing Director

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
Name: William C. Stone
Title: Chief Executive Officer

INVESTOR

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
William C. Stone

Management Agreement


EXHIBIT 10.9

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. MANAGEMENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS MANAGEMENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT") is effective as of November 23, 2005, by and among Carlyle Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("CP IV"), CP IV Coinvestment, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("COINVESTMENT"), Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("ACQUISITION CORP.") and SS&C Technologies, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company is wholly owned by Acquisition Corp.;

WHEREAS, CP IV and Coinvestment together own a majority of the equity interests of Acquisition Corp.;

WHEREAS, Acquisition Corp. and the Company wish to provide CP IV with certain rights with regard to the equity interests of Acquisition Corp. held by CP IV and to set forth their understanding with regard to the operations, control and management of the Acquisition Corp. and the Company; and

WHEREAS, CP IV has requested to be granted, and Acquisition Corp. and the Company have agreed to grant to CP IV, the right to review the Books and Records (as defined below) of Acquisition Corp. and the Company and the Books and Records of their subsidiaries and to consult with management of the Acquisition and the Company and their respective subsidiaries regarding operations.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

a. "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" means the power, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to (i) vote, or to direct the voting of, a security; and (ii) dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security. "Beneficially Owns" shall mean having Beneficial Ownership.

b. "ACQUISITION BOARD" means the board of directors of Acquisition Corp.

c. "COMPANY BOARD" means the board of directors of the Company.

d. "VOTING SECURITIES" shall mean with respect to any entity, all debt or equity securities of such entity entitled to vote for the board of directors, board of managers or other similar body elected or appointed to manage the business of such entity.


2. Designation and Election of Directors.

a. During the term of this Agreement, CP IV shall be entitled to nominate one director to serve as a member of the Acquisition Board (the "ACQUISITION NOMINEE"). Additionally, during the term of this Agreement, CP IV shall have the right to appoint one non-voting board observer to the Company Board, who will be entitled to attend all meetings of the Company Board and receive all copies of all materials provided to the Company Board (including, without limitation, minutes of previous board meetings of such Company Board), provided that such observer shall have no voting rights with respect to any actions taken or elected not to be taken by the Company Board (the "COMPANY BOARD OBSERVER"). The Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude the Company Board Observer from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in a conflict of interest. For the avoidance of doubt, no Company Board Observer shall have voting rights or fiduciary obligations to the Company or the stockholders but each shall be bound by the same confidentiality obligations as the members of the Company Board.

b. CP IV hereby designates Claudius E. Watts IV as the Acquisition Nominee and as the Company Board Observer.

c. If the Acquisition Nominee or the Company Board Observer shall be unable or unwilling to serve prior to his or her election or appointment to the applicable Acquisition Board or Company Board, CP IV shall be entitled to nominate a replacement who shall then be the respective Acquisition Nominee or Company Board Observer for the purposes of this Agreement. If, following election or appointment to the Acquisition Board or the Company Board, the Acquisition Nominee or the Company Board Observer shall resign or be removed for cause or be unable to serve by reason of death or disability, CP IV shall, within 30 days of such event, notify the respective Acquisition Board or the Company Board in writing of a replacement, and all parties hereto shall take such steps as may be necessary to elect or appoint such replacement to the Acquisition Board or the Company Board to fill the unexpired term of the respective Acquisition Nominee or Company Board Observer.

d. Each party hereto agrees not to take any action without the written consent of CP IV, which consent may be given or withheld in CP IV's sole discretion, to remove, whether or not for cause, the Acquisition Nominee from the Acquisition Board following his or her election thereto, including, without limitation, by decreasing the size of the Acquisition Board such that there are an insufficient number of directors on the Acquisition Board to permit CP IV to exercise its rights to nominate the Acquisition Nominee to the Acquisition Board pursuant to this Section 2.

3. Information.

a. Acquisition Corp. and the Company shall keep proper books of record and account in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of Acquisition Corp. and the Company or their subsidiaries (as the case may be) in accordance with GAAP, to the extent GAAP is applicable. Acquisition Corp.


and the Company shall provide CP IV with reasonable access to the books and records of Acquisition Corp. and the Company and their subsidiaries, including without limitation, financial data (including projections) and operating data covering each of such entities, their businesses, operation and financial performance (the "BOOKS AND RECORDS"). Acquisition Corp. and the Company shall, and shall cause their subsidiaries to, provide CP IV with reasonable access to all Books and Records during regular business hours and allow CP IV to make copies and abstracts thereof.

b. CP IV shall have the right to consult from time to time with management of Acquisition Corp. and the Company and their subsidiaries at their respective place of business regarding operating and financial matters.

4. Miscellaneous.

a. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such documents and take such further actions as may be necessary or desirable to effect the purposes and objectives of this Agreement.

b. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written instrument signed by each of the parties hereto. The waiver by any party of such party's rights under this Agreement in any particular instance or instances, whether intentional or otherwise, shall not be considered as a continuing waiver which would prevent subsequent enforcement of such rights or of any other rights.

c. This Agreement with respect to the Company shall automatically terminate when Acquisition Corp. and all of its affiliates collectively no longer Beneficially Own any Voting Securities of the Company and this Agreement with respect to Acquisition Corp. shall automatically terminate when CP IV and all of its affiliates collectively no longer Beneficially Own any Voting Securities of Acquisition Corp.

d. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if sent by recognized overnight delivery service, return receipt requested, to the following parties at the following addresses or to such other parties and at such other addresses as shall be specified by like notices:

if to CP IV at:

Carlyle Partners IV, L.P.

c/o The Carlyle Group
101 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28280
Attention: Claudius E. Watts IV

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP
555 Eleventh Street, N.W.
Suite 1000
Washington, D.C. 20004


Attn: Dan Lennon, Esq.

if to Acquisition Corp. or the Company at their respective registered office.

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP 555 Eleventh Street, N.W.

Suite 1000
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attn: Dan Lennon, Esq.

Notice so given shall be deemed to be given and received on the second business day after sending by recognized overnight delivery service, return receipt requested.

e. The parties acknowledge and agree that the breach of the provisions of this Agreement by any party could not be adequately compensated with monetary damages, and the parties hereto agree, accordingly, that injunctive relief and specific performance shall be appropriate remedies to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and waive any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach; provided, however, that nothing herein shall limit the remedies herein, legal or equitable, otherwise available and all remedies herein are in addition to any remedies available at law or otherwise.

f. The aforementioned rights are intended to satisfy the requirement of management rights for purposes of qualifying CP IV's investment through Acquisition Corp. in the Company as a "venture capital investment" for purposes of the Department of Labor "plan assets" regulation, 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In the event the aforementioned rights are not satisfactory for such purposes, the parties will reasonably cooperate in good faith to agree upon mutually satisfactory management rights that will satisfy such regulations.

g. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any applicable law, then such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Such provision shall be deemed to be modified to the extent necessary to render it legal, valid and enforceable, and if no such modification shall render it legal, valid and enforceable then this Agreement shall be construed as if not containing the provision held to be invalid, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly.

h. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto, their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns. CP IV may assign its rights and interest in this Agreement to any of its affiliates without need for the consent of any other party hereto, and each of such other parties agrees that it will acknowledge such an assignment upon the request by CP IV.


i. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

j. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware, excluding any laws thereof which would direct application of law of another jurisdiction.

k. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if each party had signed the same document. All such counterparts shall be deemed an original, shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

l. When the context requires, the gender of all words used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter and the number of all words shall include the singular and plural.

[signature pages follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

CARLYLE PARTNERS IV, L.P.

By: TC Group IV, L.P.,
its general partner

By: TC Group IV, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: TC Group, L.L.C.,
its sole member

By: TCG Holdings, L.L.C.,
its managing member

By: /s/ Claudius E. Watts IV
    ------------------------------------
Name: Claudius E. Watts IV
Title: Managing Director

CP IV COINVESTMENT, L.P.

By: TC Group IV, L.P.,
its general partner

By: TC Group IV, L.L.C.,
its general partner

By: TC Group, L.L.C.,
its sole member

By: TCG Holdings, L.L.C.,
its managing member

By: /s/ Claudius E. Watts IV
    ------------------------------------
Name: Claudius E. Watts IV
Title: Managing Director

Management Rights Agreement


SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
Name: William C. Stone
Title: President

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By: /s/ William C. Stone
    ------------------------------------
Name: William C. Stone
Title: President

Management Rights Agreement


EXHIBIT 10.10

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

2006 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

1. Background; Purpose.

This instrument sets forth the 2006 Amendment and Restatement of the plan formerly known as the SS&C Technologies, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. The purpose of this Amendment and Restatement is in part to reflect the assumption of this plan by Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the acquisition of SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("SS&C"), by the Company. The purpose of this 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") of the Company is to advance the interests of the Company's stockholders by enhancing the Company's ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives and thereby better aligning the interests of such persons with those of the Company's stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term "Company" shall include any present or future subsidiary corporations of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation as defined in
Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Code").

2. Eligibility.

All of the Company's employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to be granted options, restricted stock or other stock-based awards (each, an "Award") under the Plan. Any person who has been granted an Award under the Plan shall be deemed a "Participant."

3. Administration; Delegation.

(a) Administration by Board of Directors. The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board's sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award. No director or person acting pursuant to the authority delegated by the Board shall be liable for any action or determination relating to or under the Plan made in good faith.

(b) Delegation to Executive Officers. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate to one or more executive officers of the Company the power to make Awards and exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix the maximum number of shares subject to Awards and the maximum number of shares for any one Participant to be made by such executive officers.

(c) Appointment of Committees. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a "Committee"). If and when the common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), the Board shall appoint one such Committee of not less than two members, each member of which shall be an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and a "non-employee director" as defined in


Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. All references in the Plan to the "Board" shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board or the executive officer referred to in Section 3(b) to the extent that the Board's powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee or executive officer.

4. Stock Available for Awards.

(a) No Further Grants. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the date that SS&C became a subsidiary of the Company. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

(b) Adjustment to Common Stock. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, liquidation, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any distribution to holders of Common Stock other than a normal cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under the Plan, (ii) the number and class of security and exercise price per share subject to each outstanding Option, (iii) the repurchase price per security subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (iv) the terms of each other outstanding stock-based Award shall be appropriately adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) to the extent the Board shall determine, in good faith, that such an adjustment (or substitution) is necessary and appropriate. If this Section 4(b) applies and Section 8(e)(1) also applies to any event, Section 8(e)(1) shall be applicable to such event, and this Section 4(b) shall not be applicable.

5. Stock Options.

(a) General. An Option which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (as hereinafter defined) shall be designated a "Nonstatutory Stock Option."

(b) Incentive Stock Options. An Option that the Board intends to be an "incentive stock option" as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an "Incentive Stock Option") shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(c) Exercise Price. The Board shall establish the exercise price at the time each Option is granted and specify it in the applicable option agreement.

(d) Duration of Options. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement.

(e) Exercise of Option. Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise signed by the proper person or by any other form of notice (including electronic notice) approved by the Board together with payment in full as specified in Section 5(f) for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised.

(f) Payment Upon Exercise. Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1) in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

-2-

(2) except as the Board may otherwise provide in an Option Agreement, by delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or by delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price;

(3) to the extent permitted by the Board and explicitly provided in an Option Agreement (i) by delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their fair market value as determined by the Board in good faith ("Fair Market Value"), which Common Stock was owned by the Participant at least six months prior to such delivery, (ii) by delivery of a promissory note of the Participant to the Company on terms determined by the Board or (iii) by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

(4) by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

(g) Payment of Exercise Price with Common Stock. With the consent of the Board and to the extent permitted by law, each Participant may pay the exercise price of an Option for the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Option is exercised through the surrender of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option having a fair market value on the date of the exercise of the Option equal to the aggregate exercise price of the exercised portion of the Option (in which case the Participant will be deemed the legal owner of such surrendered shares of Common Stock at the time of the exercise of the Option); provided that the foregoing is at such time permitted under the terms of the agreements governing any indebtedness to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party; and provided, further that no fractional shares of Common Stock may be surrendered to satisfy any portion of the exercise price and the Participant hereby agrees to satisfy any additional amount of exercise price that is not satisfied through the surrender of shares of Common Stock by the Company. The fair market value of a share of Common Stock for purposes of this
Section 5(g) shall be reasonably determined by the Board, taking into account the most recent third party valuation obtained by the Company.

6. Restricted Stock.

The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any. Any stock certificates issued in respect of a Restricted Stock Award shall be registered in the name of the Participant and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, deposited by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant's death (the "Designated Beneficiary"). In the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, Designated Beneficiary shall mean the Participant's estate.

7. Other Stock-Based Awards.

Other Awards based upon the Common Stock shall have such terms and conditions as the Board may determine, including the grant of shares based upon certain conditions, the grant of securities convertible into Common Stock and the grant of stock appreciation rights.

8. General Provisions Applicable to Awards.

-3-

(a) Transferability of Awards. Except as the Board may otherwise determine or provide in an Award, Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees.

(b) Documentation. Each Award shall be evidenced by a written instrument in such form as the Board shall determine, it being understood that an electronic form of Award shall be deemed to be a written instrument for purposes of the Plan. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c) Board Discretion. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each type of Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other type of Award. The terms of each type of Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

(d) Termination of Status. The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant's legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award.

(e) Acquisition Events.

(1) Consequences of Acquisition Events. Upon the occurrence of an Acquisition Event (as defined below), each outstanding Option or Award shall be assumed or an equivalent option or award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, provided that any such Options substituted for Incentive Stock Options shall satisfy, in the determination of the Board, the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code, unless the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Award, in which case (i) the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option in full, including with respect to shares of Common Stock as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable, (ii) all Restricted Stock Awards then outstanding shall become free of all restrictions prior to the consummation of the Acquisition Event; and (iii) any other stock-based Awards outstanding shall become exercisable, realizable or vested in full, or shall be free of all conditions or restrictions, as applicable to each such Award, prior to the consummation of the Acquisition Event. If an Option or Award is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of an Acquisition Event, the Board shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of not less than forty-five
(45) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.

Each Option or other Award assumed or substituted pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph shall include a provision to the effect that such Option or Award shall become immediately exercisable (or vested) in full if, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Acquisition Event, the Participant terminates his or her employment for Good Reason or is terminated without Cause by the surviving or acquiring corporation. "Good Reason" shall mean any significant diminution in the optionee's title, authority, or responsibilities from and after such Acquisition Event or any reduction in the annual cash compensation payable to the Participant from and after such Acquisition Event. "Cause" shall mean any willful misconduct by the Participant which affects the business reputation of the Company or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her material responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company). The Participant shall be considered to have been discharged for "Cause" if the

-4-

Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant's resignation, that discharge for Cause was warranted.

An "Acquisition Event" shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (b) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (c) the complete liquidation of the Company.

(2) Assumption of Options Upon Certain Events. The Board may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock-based awards held by employees of another corporation who become employees of the Company as a result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of the employing corporation. The substitute Awards shall be granted on such terms and conditions as the Board considers appropriate in the circumstances.

(f) Withholding. Each Participant shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Board for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with Awards to such Participant no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Board may allow Participants to satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value. The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant.

(g) Amendment of Award. The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, provided that the Participant's consent to such action shall be required unless the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Participant.

(h) Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company; (ii) in the opinion of the Company's counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations; and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(i) Acceleration. The Board may at any time provide that any Options shall become immediately exercisable in full or in part, that any Restricted Stock Awards shall be free of all restrictions or that any other stock-based Awards may become exercisable in full or in part or free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be.

9. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Right To Employment or Other Status. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at

-5-

any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

(b) No Rights As Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

(c) Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board, but no Award granted to a Participant designated as subject to Section 162(m) by the Board shall become exercisable, vested or realizable, as applicable to such Award, unless and until the Plan has been approved by the Company's stockholders. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the completion of ten years from the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company's stockholders, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(d) Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, provided that no Award granted to a Participant designated as subject to Section 162(m) by the Board after the date of such amendment shall become exercisable, realizable or vested, as applicable to such Award (to the extent that such amendment to the Plan was required to grant such Award to a particular Participant), unless and until such amendment shall have been approved by the Company's stockholders.

(e) Stockholder Approval. For purposes of this Plan, stockholder approval shall mean approval by a vote of the stockholders in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(f) Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any applicable conflicts of law.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on May 17, 2006.

Approved by the Stockholders on May 17, 2006.

-6-

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. On [______] (the "Grant Date"), SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby grants to [________________] (the "Optionee"), an option ("Option"), pursuant to the Company's 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the "Plan"), to purchase an aggregate of [_______] shares (the "Shares") of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company at an exercise price of $[_____] per share (the "Exercise Price"), purchasable as set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Option and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless earlier terminated, this Option shall expire [ten years from the Grant Date] (the "Final Exercise Date"). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option.

[] It is intended that this Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option ("ISO"), as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Code"). To the extent that this Option is not an ISO it shall be treated as a nonstatutory stock option.

[] It is intended that this Option shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

2. Vesting Schedule.

This Option will become exercisable ("vest") as to 25% of the original number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and as to an additional 2.0833% of the original number of Shares on the day of the month of the Grant Date for each successive month following the first anniversary of the Grant Date until the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent this Option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this Option under the provisions hereof or the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule as follows:

(i) Right to Exercise.

(a) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) In the event of the Optionee's death or disability or if the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant (as defined below), the exercisability of this Option is governed by Sections 6 and 7 below, subject to the limitation contained in subsection 3(i)(c).

(c) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Final Exercise Date.

(ii) Method of Exercise. Unless the Company or its agents notify the Optionee of alternate exercise procedures, each election to exercise this Option shall be in writing and shall state the election to

-7-

exercise this Option and the number of Shares with respect to which this Option is being exercised. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Company in person, by certified mail or by such other means acceptable to the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange or stock market upon which the Shares may then be listed.

4. Method of Payment. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof at the election of the Optionee:

(i) cash; or

(ii) check; or

(iii) by delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the Exercise Price, or by delivery by the Optionee to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the Exercise Price; or

(iv) surrender of other shares of common stock of the Company which (A) have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised.

5. Continuous Relationship with the Company Required. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 below, this Option may not be exercised unless the Optionee, at the time he or she exercises this Option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date of this Option, an employee, officer or director of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code (an "Eligible Participant").

6. Termination of Relationship with the Company. In the event the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant, the Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the "Termination Date"), exercise this Option for a period of three months following the Termination Date. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of such termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, this Option shall terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee, during the term of this Option, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company, the right to exercise this Option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

7. Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability. If the Optionee dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the date of expiration of this Option while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for "Cause" as specified in Section 8 below, this Option shall be exercisable, within the period of twelve (12) months following the date of death or disability of the Optionee by the Optionee (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this Option was exercisable by the Optionee on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this Option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

-8-

8. Discharge for Cause. If the Optionee, prior to the date of expiration of this Option, is discharged by the Company for "Cause" (as defined below), the right to exercise this Option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such discharge. "Cause" shall mean willful misconduct by the Optionee or willful failure by the Optionee to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Optionee of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Optionee and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Optionee shall be considered to have been discharged for Cause if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Optionee's resignation, that discharge for Cause was warranted.

9. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

10. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term expiring on the Final Exercise Date, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

11. Withholding. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless and until the Optionee pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this Option.

12. Acquisition Events. This Option shall become immediately exercisable in full if, on or prior to the first anniversary of an Acquisition Event, the Optionee terminates his or her employment for Good Reason or is terminated without Cause (for purposes of this Section 12, as defined in the Plan) by the surviving or acquiring corporation.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

Name:


Title:

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY'S 1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT, DIRECTORSHIP, CONSULTANCY OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

-9-

The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of this Option. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board of Directors of the Company upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. The Optionee further agrees to notify' the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

Dated:
       --------------                            -------------------------------
                                                 [Name of Employee]

                                                 Residence Address:
                                                 [Insert Employee Address]

-10-

EXHIBIT 10.11

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

1999 NON-OFFICER EMPLOYEE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

2006 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

1. Background; Purpose.

This instrument sets forth the 2006 Amendment and Restatement of the plan formerly known as the SS&C Technologies, Inc. 1999 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan. The purpose of this Amendment and Restatement is in part to reflect the assumption of this plan by Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the acquisition of SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("SS&C"), by the Company. The purpose of this 1999 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") of the Company is to advance the interests of the Company's stockholders by enhancing the Company's ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives and thereby better aligning the interests of such persons with those of the Company's stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term "Company" shall include any of the Company's present or future subsidiary corporations as defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Code").

2. Eligibility.

All of the Company's employees (and any individuals who have accepted an offer for employment), consultants and advisors, other than those who are also officers (within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Exchange Act")) or directors of the Company, are eligible to be granted options, restricted stock awards or other stock-based awards (each, an "Award") under the Plan. Each person who has been granted an Award under the Plan shall be deemed a "Participant."

3. Administration; Delegation.

(a) Administration by Board of Directors. The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board's sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award. No director or person acting pursuant to the authority delegated by the Board shall be liable for any action or determination relating to or under the Plan made in good faith.

(b) Delegation to Executive Officers. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate to one or more executive officers of the Company the power to make Awards and exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix the maximum number of shares subject to Awards and the maximum number of shares for any one Participant to be made by such executive officers.

(c) Appointment of Committees. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a "Committee"). All references in the Plan to the "Board" shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board or the executive officer referred to in Section 3(b) to the extent that the Board's powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee or executive officer.


4. Stock Available for Awards; No Further Grants.

No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the date that SS&C became a subsidiary of the Company. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

5. Nonstatutory Stock Options.

(a) General. No Option granted under the Plan shall be intended to be an "incentive stock option" as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

(b) Exercise Price. The Board shall establish the exercise price at the time each Option is granted and specify it in the applicable option agreement.

(c) Duration of Options. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement.

(d) Exercise of Option. Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise signed by the proper person or by any other form of notice (including electronic notice) approved by the Board together with payment in full as specified in Section 5(e) for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised.

(e) Payment Upon Exercise. Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1) in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

(2) except as the Board may, in its sole discretion, otherwise provide in an Option Agreement, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price;

(3) to the extent permitted by the Board and explicitly provided in an Option Agreement (i) by delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their fair market value as determined by the Board in good faith ("Fair Market Value"), which Common Stock was owned by the Participant at least six months prior to such delivery, (ii) by delivery of a promissory note of the Participant to the Company on terms determined by the Board or (iii) by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

(4) by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

(f) Payment of Exercise Price with Common Stock. With the consent of the Board and to the extent permitted by law, each Participant may pay the exercise price of an Option for the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Option is exercised through the surrender of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option having a fair market value on the date of the exercise of the Option equal to the aggregate exercise price of the exercised portion of the Option (in which case the Participant will be deemed the legal owner of such surrendered shares of Common Stock at the time of the exercise of the Option); provided that the foregoing is at such time permitted under the terms of the agreements governing any indebtedness to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party; and provided, further that no fractional shares of Common Stock may be surrendered to satisfy any

-2-

portion of the exercise price and the Participant hereby agrees to satisfy any additional amount of exercise price that is not satisfied through the surrender of shares of Common Stock by the Company. The fair market value of a share of Common Stock for purposes of this Section 5(f) shall be reasonably determined by the Board, taking into account the most recent third party valuation obtained by the Company.

(g) Deferral. Any Participant who is a participant in a deferred compensation plan established by the Company may elect with the permission of the Board and in accordance with rules established by the Board to defer the receipt of any shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option provided that such election is irrevocable and made at least that number of days prior to the exercise of the Option which shall be determined by the Board. The Participant's account under such deferred compensation plan shall be credited with a number of stock units equal to the number of shares so deferred.

6. Restricted Stock.

Terms and Conditions. The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any. Any stock certificates issued in respect of a Restricted Stock Award shall be registered in the name of the Participant and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, deposited by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant's death (the "Designated Beneficiary"). In the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, Designated Beneficiary shall mean the Participant's estate.

7. Other Stock-Based Awards.

Other Awards based upon the Common Stock shall have such terms and conditions as the Board may determine, including the grant of shares based upon certain conditions, the grant of securities convertible into Common Stock and the grant of stock appreciation rights.

8. Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any distribution to holders of Common Stock other than a normal cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under this Plan,
(ii) the number and class of securities and exercise price per share subject to each outstanding Option, (iii) the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (iv) the terms of each other outstanding Award shall be appropriately adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) to the extent the Board shall determine, in good faith, that such an adjustment (or substitution) is necessary and appropriate. If this
Section 8(a) applies and Section 8(b) also applies to any event, Section 8(b) shall be applicable to such event, and this Section 8(a) shall not be applicable.

(b) Acquisition Events.

(1) Consequences of Acquisition Events. Upon the occurrence of an Acquisition Event (as defined below), each outstanding Option or Award shall be assumed or an equivalent option or award substituted by the successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of the successor entity, unless the successor

-3-

entity refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Award, in which case
(i) the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option in full, including with respect to shares of Common Stock as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable; (ii) all Restricted Stock Awards then outstanding shall become free of all restrictions prior to the consummation of the Acquisition Event; and (iii) any other stock-based Awards outstanding shall become exercisable, realizable or vested in full, or shall be free of all conditions or restrictions, as applicable to each such Award, prior to the consummation of the Acquisition Event. If an Option or Award is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of an Acquisition Event, the Board shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of not less than forty-five
(45) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.

Each Option or other Award assumed or substituted pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph shall include a provision to the effect that such Option or Award shall become immediately exercisable (or vested) in full if, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Acquisition Event, the Participant terminates his or her employment for Good Reason or is terminated without Cause by the surviving or acquiring entity. "Good Reason" shall mean any significant diminution in the Participant's title, authority or responsibilities from and after such Acquisition Event or any reduction in the annual cash compensation payable to the Participant from and after such Acquisition Event. "Cause" shall mean any willful misconduct by the Participant which affects the business reputation of the Company or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her material responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, noncompetition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company). The Participant shall be considered to have been discharged for "Cause" if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant's resignation, that discharge for Cause was warranted.

An "Acquisition Event" shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (b) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (c) the complete liquidation of the Company.

(2) Assumption of Options Upon Certain Events. The Board may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock-based awards held by employees of another entity who become employees of the Company as a result of a merger or consolidation of the employing entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of the employing entity. The substitute Awards shall be granted on such terms and conditions as the Board considers appropriate in the circumstances.

9. General Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a) Transferability of Awards. Except as the Board may otherwise determine or provide in an Award, Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees.

(b) Documentation. Each Award shall be evidenced by a written instrument in such form as the Board shall determine, it being understood that an electronic form of Award shall be deemed to be a

-4-

written instrument for purposes of the Plan. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c) Board Discretion. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

(d) Termination of Status. The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant's legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award.

(e) Withholding. Each Participant shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Board for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with Awards to such Participant no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability. Except as the Board may otherwise provide in an Award, when the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act,

Participants may, to the extent then permitted under applicable law, satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value. The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant.

(f) Amendment of Award. The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type and changing the date of exercise or realization, provided that the Participant's consent to such action shall be required unless the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Participant. Without intending to limit the generality of the preceding sentence, the Board may, without amending the Plan, modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States to recognize differences in laws, rules, regulations or customers of such foreign jurisdiction with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefits or other matters.

(g) Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company's counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(h) Acceleration. The Board may at any time provide that any Options shall become immediately exercisable in full or in part, that any Restricted Stock Awards shall be free of restrictions in full or in part or that any other Awards may become exercisable in full or in part or free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be.

-5-

10. Miscellaneous

(a) No Right To Employment or Other Status. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

(b) No Rights As Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to such Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then a Participant who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

(c) Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Plan is effective as of October 19, 1999, the date on which it was adopted by the Board (the "Effective Date"). No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the completion of ten years from the Effective Date, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(d) Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time.

(e) Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any applicable conflicts of law.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on May 17, 2006

Approved by the Stockholders on May 17, 2006

-6-

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

1999 NON-OFFICER EMPLOYEE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. On [______] (the "Grant Date"), SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby grants to [________________] (the "Optionee"), an option ("Option"), pursuant to the Company's 1999 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the "Plan"), to purchase an aggregate of [_______] shares (the "Shares") of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company at an exercise price of $[_____] per share (the "Exercise Price"), purchasable as set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Option and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless earlier terminated, this Option shall expire [ten years from the Grant Date] (the "Final Exercise Date"). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option.

It is intended that this Option shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Code").

2. Vesting Schedule.

This Option will become exercisable ("vest") as to 25% of the original number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and as to an additional 2.0833% of the original number of Shares on the day of the month of the Grant Date for each successive month following the first anniversary of the Grant Date until the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent this Option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this Option under the provisions hereof or the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule as follows:

(i) Right to Exercise.

(a) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) In the event of the Optionee's death or disability or if the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant (as defined below), the exercisability of this Option is governed by Sections 6 and 7 below, subject to the limitation contained in subsection 3(i)(c).

(c) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Final Exercise Date.

(ii) Method of Exercise. Unless the Company or its agents notify the Optionee of alternate exercise procedures, each election to exercise this Option shall be in writing and shall state the election to exercise this Option and the number of Shares with respect to which this Option is being exercised. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Company in person, by certified mail or by such other means acceptable to the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

-7-

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange or stock market upon which the Shares may then be listed.

4. Method of Payment. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof at the election of the Optionee:

(i) cash; or

(ii) check; or

(iii) by delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the Exercise Price, or by delivery by the Optionee to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the Exercise Price; or

(iv) surrender of other shares of common stock of the Company which (A) have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised.

5. Continuous Relationship with the Company Required. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 below, this Option may not be exercised unless the Optionee, at the time he or she exercises this Option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date of this Option, an employee, officer or director of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code (an "Eligible Participant").

6. Termination of Relationship with the Company. In the event the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant, the Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the "Termination Date"), exercise this Option for a period of three months following the Termination Date. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of such termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, this Option shall terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee, during the term of this Option, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company, the right to exercise this Option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

7. Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability. If the Optionee dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the date of expiration of this Option while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for "Cause" as specified in Section 8 below, this Option shall be exercisable, within the period of twelve (12) months following the date of death or disability of the Optionee by the Optionee (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this Option was exercisable by the Optionee on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this Option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

8. Discharge for Cause. If the Optionee, prior to the date of expiration of this Option, is discharged by the Company for "Cause" (as defined below), the right to exercise this Option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such discharge. "Cause" shall mean willful misconduct by the Optionee or willful failure by the Optionee to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Optionee of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Optionee and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Optionee shall

-8-

be considered to have been discharged for Cause if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Optionee's resignation, that discharge for Cause was warranted.

9. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

10. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term expiring on the Final Exercise Date, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

11. Withholding. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless and until the Optionee pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this Option.

12. Acquisition Events. This Option shall become immediately exercisable in full if, on or prior to the first anniversary of an Acquisition Event, the Optionee terminates his or her employment for Good Reason or is terminated without Cause (for purposes of this Section 12, as defined in the Plan) by the surviving or acquiring corporation.

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

Name:


Title:

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY'S 1999 NON-OFFICER EMPLOYEE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT, DIRECTORSHIP, CONSULTANCY OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of this Option. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board of Directors of the Company upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. The Optionee further agrees to notify' the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

Dated:

-9-

[Name of Employee]

Residence Address:
[Insert Employee Address]

-10-

EXHIBIT 10.12

OPTION ASSUMPTION NOTICE

This memo provides additional information regarding your previously granted options to purchase shares of common stock of SS&C Technologies, Inc. ("SS&C"). As you know, on November 23, 2005, SS&C became a wholly owned subsidiary of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation ("Sunshine") pursuant to a merger agreement, entered into on July 28, 2005, as amended, by and among Sunshine, SS&C and Sunshine Merger Corporation (the "Merger Agreement"). Pursuant to the terms of such merger (the "Merger"), each outstanding and unvested option to purchase shares of SS&C common stock (each, an "SS&C Option") was accelerated and became fully vested prior to the Merger. Each SS&C Option that remained outstanding at the time of the Merger was assumed by Sunshine and was automatically converted into an option to purchase shares of Sunshine common stock (each, an "Assumed Option").

Except as described below, each Assumed Option will continue to be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable "SS&C Plan" (as defined below) and the stock option agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Option Agreement").

1. Definitions. Following the Merger, each reference contained in the SS&C Technologies, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, the SS&C Technologies, Inc. 1999 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan (attached hereto as Exhibit B, collectively, the "SS&C Plans") and the Option Agreement to (a) the "Company" or "SS&C Technologies, Inc." shall be deemed to refer to Sunshine or any successor corporation thereto and (b) your "employment," "service" or another term having a similar meaning shall be deemed to refer to your similar relationship with Sunshine or any of its subsidiaries.

2. Number of Shares Subject to Assumed Options. At the time of the Merger, your SS&C Options were converted into options to purchase shares of Sunshine common stock, or Assumed Options. The per share value of Sunshine common stock immediately following the Merger was $74.50, which is equal to two times the per share value of SS&C common stock ($37.25) immediately prior to the Merger, based on the per share merger consideration. This change in capitalization was made to minimize the aggregate number of shares outstanding.

As a result of the conversion of your SS&C Options and the increased per share value of Sunshine common stock, the number of shares of Sunshine common stock subject to your Assumed Options is equal to one-half of the number of shares of SS&C common stock that were subject to your SS&C Options (subject to differences due to rounding), but the aggregate value of your Assumed Options immediately following the Merger remained the same as the aggregate value of your SS&C Options immediately prior to the Merger.

For example, if the number of shares of SS&C common stock subject to your SS&C Options was 1,000 shares immediately prior to the Merger, then the number of shares of Sunshine common stock subject to your Assumed Options is 500 shares (calculated as 0.5 times 1000). As described above, the per share value of SS&C common stock immediately prior to the


Merger was $37.25 and the per share value of Sunshine common stock immediately following the Merger was $74.50. As a result, in this example, your Assumed Options had an aggregate value of $37,250 immediately following the Merger (determined by multiplying 500 shares by a per share value of $74.50), which equals the aggregate value of your SS&C Options immediately prior to the Merger ($37,250, determined by multiplying 1,000 shares by a per share value of $37.25).

3. Exercise Price. As described above, since immediately following the Merger the per share value of Sunshine common stock was equal to two times the per share value of SS&C common stock immediately prior to the Merger, the exercise price per share of Sunshine common stock issuable upon exercise of an Assumed Option was also adjusted to equal two times the exercise price per share of SS&C common stock issuable upon exercise of an SS&C Option immediately prior to the Merger. However, the aggregate exercise price of your Assumed Option will remain the same as the aggregate exercise price of your SS&C Option immediately prior to the Merger.

For example, if the number of shares of SS&C common stock subject to your SS&C Option was 1,000 shares with an exercise price of $10.00 per share immediately prior to the Merger, then the number of shares of Sunshine common stock subject to your Assumed Option is 500 shares with an exercise price of $20.00 per share (for an aggregate exercise price, in each case, of $10,000).

4. Vesting. Your Assumed Options are now fully vested and exercisable.

5. Option Exercise Procedure. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator of the SS&C Plans, you must provide Sunshine with 30 days notice prior to your intent to exercise any Assumed Option (in such form as Sunshine will determine) or such other amount of time as the administrator determines necessary in order for Sunshine to comply with applicable securities law. After this notice period, to exercise an Assumed Option, we must receive your written notice of exercise in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement and the Option Agreement. With the exercise notice, you also must either (i) send full payment of the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes or (ii) with the consent of the board of directors and pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and Option Agreement, surrender such number of shares then issuable upon exercise of the Assumed Option having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the exercised portion of the Assumed Option and the withholding taxes. Your ability to purchase shares through the exercise of an Assumed Option is conditioned upon compliance with any laws and Sunshine's policies that may apply to you.

6. Stockholders Agreement. You have entered into a stockholders agreement with Sunshine and affiliates of The Carlyle Group (attached hereto as Exhibit C, the "Stockholders Agreement"). The Stockholders Agreement, in addition to the Option Agreement(s) and the applicable SS&C Plan(s), will govern your Assumed Options.

7. Acknowledgment. Exhibit D attached hereto sets forth the number of shares of Sunshine common stock which you may purchase under each of your Assumed Options and the adjusted exercise price per share (collectively, the "Terms"). You acknowledge, by receipt of this Notice and/or through your decision to exercise the Assumed Option(s), that the Terms of all

-2-

of your Assumed Option(s) (in the form and subject to the terms of the applicable SS&C Plan and the Option Agreement) listed on Exhibit C are true and accurate and that you are not entitled to any additional benefits, rights or features, other than those provided by the applicable SS&C Plan, the Option Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement, with respect to any Assumed Option.

If you have questions regarding the foregoing, please do not hesitate to contact Patrick J. Pedonti of Sunshine at (860) 298-4738 or at ppedonti@sscinc.com. Please keep a copy of this letter and attach it to the Option Agreement, the applicable SS&C Plans and the Stockholders Agreement in order for you to have a complete record of all the terms and provisions applicable to your Assumed Options.

Sunshine Acquisition Corporation


By: [NAME]
Title:
Date:

-3-

EXHIBIT A

[Option Agreement]

-4-

EXHIBIT B

[SS&C Plans]

-5-

EXHIBIT C

[Stockholders Agreement]

-6-

EXHIBIT D
SCHEDULE OF SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. OPTIONS
ASSUMED BY SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

OPTIONEE NAME:

                                  PRE-MERGER - SS&C OPTIONS                          POST-MERGER - ASSUMED OPTIONS
                            --------------------------------------              ---------------------------------------
                            NUMBER OF                                             NUMBER OF
                           UNDERLYING                                            UNDERLYING
           OPTION            SS&C                        EXERCISE                 SUNSHINE                 EXERCISE
           NUMBER           SHARES                         PRICE                   SHARES                    PRICE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-7-

EXHIBIT 10.13

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2005, is entered into by and between William C. Stone (the "Executive") and Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the "Company").

WITNESSETH THAT

WHEREAS, the Company, Sunshine Merger Corporation and SS&C Technologies, Inc. ("SS&C") entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 28, 2005 (the "Merger Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, subject to the consummation of the Merger as described in the Merger Agreement, the Company and the Executive wish to set forth the terms and conditions of Executive's employment with the Company and SS&C in a binding written agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The term of the Executive's employment under this Agreement (the "Term") shall begin on the Effective Date of the Merger, as defined in the Merger Agreement (the "Effective Date") and end on the third anniversary thereof; provided, that the Term shall be extended by successive periods of one (1) year, unless the Company shall have notified the Executive or the Executive shall have notified the Company that no such extension shall take place, in each case at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the then-current Term (a "Notice of Nonrenewal"); and provided, further, that the Term shall in any event end upon a termination of employment in accordance with the terms of Section 5 hereof.

2. Position, Duties and Location.

(a) Position. Beginning on the Effective Date, the Executive shall serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board") and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and SS&C, with the duties and responsibilities customarily assigned to those positions consistent with past practice and such other duties and responsibilities as the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") shall from time to time reasonably assign to the Executive consistent with Executive's position. The Executive shall at all times report directly to the Board. In addition, Executive shall serve as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of SS&C and any direct or indirect parent or holding company, the assets of which are the stock of SS&C.

(b) Duties. During the Term, the Executive shall devote Executive's full business attention and time to the business of the Company and SS&C and shall use Executive's reasonable best efforts to carry out such responsibilities faithfully and efficiently. During the Term, it shall not be considered a violation of the foregoing for the Executive to serve on


corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, and manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the Company and SS&C and do not violate the restrictions contained in Section 7.

(c) Location. The Executive's services shall be performed primarily at SS&C's offices in Windsor, Connecticut.

3. Compensation.

(a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Executive shall receive a base salary (the "Base Salary") at an annual rate of not less than five-hundred thousand dollars ($500,000), payable at such times as SS&C customarily pays the base salaries of other senior executives of SS&C (hereinafter, "Other Senior Executives"). The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually for increase in accordance with SS&C's normal practices for Other Senior Executives. The Base Salary shall not be reduced, including, after any increase, and the term "Base Salary" shall thereafter refer to the Base Salary as so increased.

(b) Annual Bonus. During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus (the "Annual Bonus") based on individual and Company performance goals mutually determined by Executive and the Board. The Board shall set Executive's target Annual Bonus each year (the "Target Annual Bonus"). Subject to Executive remaining employed by the Company through December 31st of the applicable calendar year, Executive will receive a minimum Annual Bonus of $450,000; provided, that for calendar year 2005, Executive's minimum Annual Bonus of $450,000 shall be pro-rated for the time period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2005.

(c) Long Term Incentive Compensation.

(i) During the Term and subject to the terms of this Agreement, Executive shall be eligible to receive annual awards under any long term incentive program or similar plan, program or arrangement of the Company, which may include options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company ("Options") or restricted shares of common stock of the Company ("Restricted Shares").

(ii) Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing clause (i), on or at the first Board meeting following the Effective Date, Executive shall be granted an option to purchase that number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to 2% of the fully diluted shares of the Company, as determined immediately following the Effective Date (the "Initial Option"), at a per share exercise price equal to the per share price paid by Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. to purchase shares of common stock of the Company on the Effective Date. Subject to the terms of Section 5 hereof, the Initial Option shall vest based on the passage of time and/or the achievement of performance milestones as provided in the option program that will be approved by the Board on or at the first Board meeting following the Effective Date.

(iii) All Options granted to Executive shall (A) have a per share exercise price that is no greater than fair market value of a share of common stock of the

-2-

Company on the date of grant; (B) have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant; and (C) otherwise be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(iv) Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement, the Company, SS&C and the Executive agree that Executive's stock options to purchase SS&C common stock that are assumed by the Company in the Merger (the "Assumed Options") shall continue to vest in accordance with their terms, as adjusted to reflect the shares of Company common stock issued in the Merger, notwithstanding any contrary action taken by the Board of Directors of SS&C prior to the Merger.

4. Other Benefits.

(a) Benefits. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the benefits, incentive and compensation plans programs and arrangements of SS&C ("Employee Benefit Plans"), on terms and conditions no less favorable than those applicable to any Other Senior Executive. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to no less than six
(6) weeks of paid vacation per calendar year.

(b) Perquisites. The Board may from time to time approve the granting of additional benefits to Executive including, but not limited to, life and/or disability insurance, car allowance or Company car, or membership in health, business or social and/or other clubs, associations or organizations. Such perquisites shall be no less favorable in any material respect than such perquisites provided to the Executive by SS&C prior to the Merger.

(c) Expenses. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses that Executive incurs during the Term in carrying out Executive's duties under this Agreement.

(d) Key Person Insurance. The Company and SS&C shall have the right to insure the life of the Executive for the Company's and/or SS&C's sole benefit. The Company and SS&C shall have the right to determine the amount of insurance and the type of policy. The Executive shall cooperate with the Company and SS&C in obtaining such insurance by submitting to reasonably required physical examinations, by supplying all information reasonably required by any insurance carrier, and by executing all necessary documents reasonably required by any insurance carrier. The Executive shall incur no financial obligation by executing any required document, and shall have no interest in any such policy.

(e) Indemnity. The Company and SS&C agree that if the Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that Executive is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or SS&C or is or was serving at the request of the Company or SS&C as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is the Executive's alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a director, officer, member, employee or agent, the Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company and SS&C to the fullest extent legally permitted or authorized by the Company's and

-3-

SS&C's certificates of incorporation or bylaws or resolutions of the Board or, if greater, by the laws of the State of Delaware, against all cost, expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or other liabilities or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by the Executive in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to the Executive even if Executive has ceased to be a director, member, employee or agent of the Company, SS&C or other entity and shall inure to the benefit of the Executive's heirs, executors and administrators. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company and SS&C shall advance to the Executive all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Executive in connection with a Proceeding within twenty (20) calendar days after receipt by the Company of a written request for such advance. Such request shall include an undertaking by the Executive to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified against such costs and expense. Neither the failure of the Company nor SS&C (including their boards of directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any proceeding concerning payment of amounts claimed by the Executive that indemnification of the Executive is proper because Executive has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor a determination by the Company or SS&C (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that the Executive has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Executive has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The Company and SS&C agree to continue and maintain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy covering the Executive to the extent the Company and SS&C provide such coverage for their other executive officers. Such insurance coverage shall be maintained for at least six (6) years following any Change in Control.

(f) Section 409A. To the extent that the Company reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement are subject to
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), this Agreement shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations as reasonably determined by the Company and the Executive. To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other such guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Company reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Company and the Executive shall work together to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effective), or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

-4-

5. Payments to Executive at Termination.

(a) Consequences of Termination. If the Executive's employment with the Company and SS&C is terminated for any reason, the Executive (or, in the case of Executive's death, the Executive's estate and/or beneficiaries) shall be entitled to the following: (i) unpaid Base Salary through the date of the termination; (ii) payment of any Annual Bonus earned with respect to a completed fiscal year of the Company that is unpaid as of the date of termination; and
(iii) any benefits due to Executive under any Employee Benefit Plan and any payments due to the Executive under any Company or SS&C policy, program, arrangement or agreement (including, without limitation, reimbursement for previously incurred expenses) (collectively, the "Accrued Amounts").

(b) Termination Without Cause; for Good Reason; Nonrenewal by the Company. The Company may terminate Executive's employment without Cause and Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason (notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, "Good Reason" shall not exist unless the provisions of Section 5(f) are complied with), in each case upon thirty 30 days written notice, and the Executive's employment may be terminated upon a Notice of Nonrenewal by the Company. Upon a termination of the Executive's employment by the Company without Cause, as a result of the Company's Notice of Nonrenewal, or by the Executive for Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to, subject to the Executive's signing, within thirty (30) days following the date the Company provides the Executive with a Release, and not revoking a Release, the following:

(i) severance payments totaling the sum of 200% of the Executive's Base Salary and 200% of Executive's Target Annual Bonus, payable promptly upon termination (or, if later, payment shall be made at the earliest time permitted under the terms of the agreements governing any senior credit facilities to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party); provided that if Executive's termination is for Good Reason due to a reduction in any such amount, the amount used in calculating the severance payment shall be that in effect prior to the event giving rise to Good Reason;

(ii) the Executive's outstanding Options, whether or not then exercisable, shall become exercisable with respect to 50% of the unvested shares subject to the Options, as determined on the date of termination, and shall, except with respect to the Assumed Options which will remain exercisable in accordance with their terms, remain exercisable for the balance of their ten-year terms as if no termination had occurred (subject to earlier termination as provided in the applicable plan, for example, in connection with a Change in Control);

(iii) 50% of the vesting restrictions on Restricted Shares shall lapse;

(iv) the Assumed Options shall become fully vested on the date of termination; and

(v) three years of Company paid premiums for Executive's continuation of coverage under the Company's group medical, dental and vision benefit plans and, to the extent permitted under the terms of the Company's group medical, dental and vision benefit plans, continued coverage, at the Executive's cost, for the remainder of Executive's life.

-5-

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5 or Section 10, no payments in Section 5 or Section 10 will be paid during the six-month period following Executive's termination of employment unless the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in such Sections would not cause Executive to incur an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code (in which case such amounts shall be paid at the time or times indicated in such Sections). If the payment of any amounts are delayed as a result of the previous sentence, on the first day following the end of the six-month period, the Company will pay Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amounts that would have otherwise been previously paid to Executive under this Agreement. Thereafter, payments will resume in accordance with Section 5 and Section 10, as applicable.

(c) Termination Due to Death or Disability. The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive's employment as a result of Executive's Disability (as defined below) upon thirty 30 days written notice and Executive's employment shall automatically terminate upon the death of the Executive. In the event that Executive's employment is terminated during the Term due to Executive's Disability or death, Executive (or in the event of Executive's death, his estate) shall be entitled to subject to, in the case of Disability, the Executive's signing, within thirty (30) days following the date the Company provides the Executive with a Release, and not revoking a Release, the following benefit and shall not be entitled to payments or benefits under Section 5(b):
(i) disability or death benefits (as applicable) in accordance with the Company or SS&C provided insurance programs and arrangements in which Executive was participating immediately prior to such termination; (ii) 50% of the unvested shares subject to the Executive's outstanding Options, whether or not then exercisable, shall become exercisable and shall, except with respect to the Assumed Options which will remain exercisable in accordance with their terms, remain exercisable for the balance of their ten-year terms as if no termination had occurred (subject to earlier termination as provided in the applicable plan, for example, in connection with a Change in Control); (iii) 50% of the vesting restrictions on Restricted Shares shall lapse; (iv) the Assumed Options shall become fully vested on the date of death or termination; and (v) a cash payment equal to the amount of the Executive's Target Annual Bonus for the year of the termination, pro-rated to reflect the portion of the fiscal year that occurs before the date of termination, payable within 30 business days following the date of termination.

(d) Voluntary Resignation. Executive may terminate his employment at any time without Good Reason upon ninety 90 days written notice to the Company. In the event that the Executive resigns without Good Reason, which shall include a termination upon a Notice of Nonrenewal by Executive (a "Voluntary Resignation"), Executive shall only be entitled to the Accrued Amounts, and Options and any other equity-based awards that are vested as of the effective date of termination shall continue according to the terms of such awards applicable to such a termination.

(e) Termination for Cause. (i) The Company may terminate Executive's employment for Cause in compliance with the requirements of this Section 5(e), and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, "Cause" shall not exist unless the provisions of this Section 5(e) are complied with. In the event that the Company terminates the Executive's employment for Cause, then the Executive shall only be entitled to the Accrued Amounts, and Options and any other equity-based awards that are vested as of the effective date

-6-

of termination shall continue according to the terms of such awards applicable to a termination for Cause.

(ii) The Executive shall be given written notice by the Company of the intention to terminate Executive for Cause, such notice (A) to state in detail the particular act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination for Cause is based and (B) to be given within the three (3) month period immediately following the date the members of the Board, other than the Executive, learn of such act or acts or failure or failures to act. The Executive shall have ten (10) business days after the date that such written notice has been given to the Executive in which to cure such conduct, to the extent such cure is possible. If the Executive fails to cure such conduct, the Executive shall then be entitled to a hearing before a meeting of the Board. Such hearing shall be held within fifteen (15) business days after such cure period, provided Executive requests such hearing within ten (10) business days of the written notice from the Company of the intention to terminate Executive for Cause. If, within five (5) business days following such hearing, the Executive is furnished written notice by the Company confirming that, in its judgment, grounds for Cause on the basis of the original notice exist, Executive shall thereupon be terminated for Cause. Any purported termination for Cause that fails to comply with the foregoing requirements shall be conclusively deemed to be a termination by the Company without Cause. The Company may suspend Executive during the pendency of the foregoing process; provided that Executive shall continue to receive all compensation and benefits during such suspension; provided, further that such suspension may not be effected if it prevents or hinders Executive's ability to cure Executive's conduct.

(f) Termination for Good Reason. (i) The Executive may terminate Executive's employment for Good Reason in compliance with the requirements of this Section 5(f), and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, "Good Reason" shall not exist unless the provisions of this Section 5(f) are complied with. In the event that the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, then the Executive shall be entitled to the amounts set forth in Section 5(b).

(ii) The Company shall be given written notice by the Executive of his intention to terminate for Good Reason, such notice (A) to state in detail the particular act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination for Good Reason is based and (B) to be given within the three (3) months period immediately following the date the Executive learns of such act or acts or failure or failures to act. The Company shall have ten (10) business days after the date that such written notice has been given to the Company in which to cure such conduct, to the extent such cure is possible. If the Company fails to cure such conduct, the Executive shall, within five (5) business days following such failure to cure, furnish to the Company written notice confirming that, in his judgment, grounds for Good Reason on the basis of the original notice exist, and the Executive may thereupon terminate for Good Reason, subject to the 30 day notice period in
Section 5(b). Any purported termination for Good Reason that fails to comply with the foregoing requirements shall be conclusively deemed to be a termination by the Executive without Good Reason. The Company may suspend the Executive during the pendency of the foregoing process; provided that Executive shall continue to receive all compensation and benefits during such suspension.

-7-

(g) Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) "Cause" shall mean: (i) Executive's willful and continuing failure (except where due to physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform his duties; (ii) Executive's conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, the commission of a felony by Executive; (iii) the commission by Executive of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than a good faith expense dispute) as determined in good faith by a two-thirds majority of the Board at a meeting held for such purpose; or (iv) Executive's breach of any material provision of this Agreement.

(ii) "Change in Control" shall mean (A) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either (1) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or SS&C or (2) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company or SS&C entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section 5(g)(ii), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (x) any acquisition by the Company, Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. ("Carlyle"), Executive, any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, any group of employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or an affiliate of the Company, Carlyle, Executive, any employee of the Company or any group comprised of any of the foregoing, or (y) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or an affiliate of the Company; or (B) individuals who, as of the date immediately following the Effective Date, constituted the Board and any individuals subsequently elected to the Board pursuant to or in accordance with Section 7 of the Stockholders Agreement (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board and any individual nominated or designated for election to the Board by Carlyle or any of its affiliates shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board.

(iii) "Disability" shall mean physical or metal incapacity as a result of which Executive is unable to substantially perform his duties to the Company and SS&C for a period of six consecutive months and as a result of which Executive is entitled to long term disability benefits under the Company's or SS&C's long term disability plan applicable to Executive and Other Senior Executives.

(iv) "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence without Executive's express written consent of (i) an adverse change in Executive's employment title; (ii) a material diminution in Executive's employment duties or responsibilities or authority, or the assignment to Executive of duties that are materially inconsistent with his position; (iii) any reduction in Base Salary or Target Annual Bonus; (iv) a relocation of the Company's principal executive offices to a location more than thirty five (35) miles from its current location which has the effect

-8-

of increasing the Executive's commute; (v) any breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement entered into by and among the Company, Carlyle, CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. and the Executive, as may be amended from time to time (the "Stockholders Agreement") or (vii) upon a Change in Control where (A) Carlyle exercises its bring-along rights in accordance with Section 2 of the Stockholders Agreement, and (B) the Executive votes against the proposed transaction in his capacity as a stockholder of the Company.

(v) "Release" means a written release, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Executive, whereby Executive waives and releases the Company and its affiliates and related parties from any and all claims that Executive may have against the Company and its affiliates relating to Executive's employment or the termination thereof and whereby the Company agrees to waive and release Executive from any and all claims that the Company may have against Executive relating to Executive's employment or termination thereof (except for fraud, misappropriation of the Company's or its affiliate's assets or any other alleged criminal wrongdoing or malfeasance of a gross nature).

6. Confidentiality of Trade Secrets and Business Information.Section 6.01

(a) Except in connection with the faithful performance of the Executive's duties hereunder or pursuant to Section 6(c), the Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for his benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, information with respect to the Company's operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets. The parties hereby stipulate and agree that as between them the foregoing matters are important, material and confidential proprietary information and trade secrets and affect the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company).

(b) Upon termination of the Executive's employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents concerning the Company's customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products or processes.

(c) The Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company prompt notice thereof, shall promptly make available to the

-9-

Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist, if appropriate, such counsel at Company's expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process.

(d) As used in this Section 6, the term "Company" shall include the Company and its direct or indirect parents, if any, and subsidiaries.

(e) Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Executive from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) disclosing information and documents to his attorney or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal or tax advice, (iii) disclosing the post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer, or (iv) retaining, at any time, his personal correspondence, his personal rolodex and documents related to his own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations.

(f) All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of the Company, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that the Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the Company ("Inventions"), shall be the exclusive property of the Company. The Executive shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company's expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company's rights therein. The Executive hereby appoints the Company as his attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions.

7. Noncompetition.

(a) In consideration for the compensation payable to the Executive under this Agreement, the Executive agrees that Executive will not, during the Non-Compete Period, directly or indirectly engage in, have any equity interest in, manage or operate, provide services for, consult with or be employed by any person, firm, corporation, partnership or business (whether as director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, security holder, consultant or otherwise) that engages in any business which competes with any Competitive Business (as defined below) anywhere in the World; provided, however, that the Executive shall be permitted to acquire a passive stock interest in such a business provided the stock acquired is publicly traded and is not more than two percent (2%) of the outstanding interest in such business. For purposes of this
Section 7, the "Non-Compete Period" shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending (i) if Executive is terminated by the Company pursuant to Sections 5(c) or 5(e) or by Executive pursuant to Section 5(d), on the later of (A) four (4) years following the Effective Date, and (B) two (2) years following the Executive's termination of employment, and (ii) if Executive is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), two (2) years following the Executive's termination of employment.

-10-

(b) During the Non-Compete Period, the Executive shall not recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any employee, consultant, independent contractor, customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company (i) to terminate its employment or arrangement with the Company, or (ii) to otherwise change its relationship with the Company.

(c) In the event the terms of this Section 7 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

(d) As used in this Section 7, (i) the term "Company" shall include the Company and its parent and subsidiaries, and (ii) the term "Competitive Business" shall mean any business that competes with the business conducted by the Company as of the date of the Executive's termination of employment with the Company.

(e) During his employment and for the 12-month period following termination of his employment with the Company, (a) the Executive agrees not to disparage in any material respect the Company, any of its products or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives, stockholders or affiliates, either orally or in writing, and (b) the Company agrees not to disparage in any material respect the Executive.

8. Enforcement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the purpose of the covenants set forth in Sections 6 and 7 above are to protect the goodwill, trade secrets and other confidential information of the Company; (ii) because of the nature of the business in which the Company is engaged and because of the nature of the Confidential Information to which the Executive has access, it would be impractical and excessively difficult to determine the actual damages of the Company in the event the Executive breached any such covenants; and (iii) remedies at law (such as monetary damages) for any breach of the Executive's obligations under Sections 6 and 7 would be inadequate. The Executive therefore agrees and consents that if Executive commits any breach of a covenant under Sections 6 or 7, the Company shall have the right (in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other right or remedy that may be available to it) to temporary and permanent injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction.

9. Resolution of Disputes; Legal Fees. Any disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement, other than Sections 6 and 7 above, shall first be addressed by third-party mediation and, if such mediation fails to resolve such dispute within sixty days, by binding arbitration, to be held in Hartford county, Connecticut. The arbitration shall be conducted according to the rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association governing employment disputes. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Company shall pay the costs of the arbitrator or the mediator.

-11-

10. Certain Additional Payments. In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Executive in connection with a Change in Control that occurs following the Effective Date and not in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement constitute "parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and will be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Executive shall receive (a) a payment from the Company sufficient to pay such excise tax, and (b) an additional payment from the Company sufficient to pay the excise tax and federal and state income taxes arising from the payments made by the Company to the Executive pursuant to this sentence. Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree in writing, the determination of the Executive's excise tax liability and the amount required to be paid under this Section shall be made in writing by an independent account firm selected by the Company and the Executive (the "Accountants"). In the event that the excise tax incurred by Executive is determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be greater or lesser than the amount so determined by the Accountants, the Company and Executive agree to promptly make such additional payment, including interest and any tax penalties, to the other party as the Accountants reasonably determine is appropriate to ensure that the net economic effect to the Executive under this Section, on an after-tax basis, is as if the Code Section 4999 excise tax did not apply to Executive. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on interpretations of the Code for which there is a "substantial authority" tax reporting position. The Company and the Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section.

11. The Executive's Representations. The Executive hereby represents and warrants that the Executive has the right to enter into this Agreement with the Company and to grant the rights contained in this Agreement, and the provisions of this Agreement do not violate any other contracts or agreements that the Executive has entered into with any other individual or entity. The Executive acknowledges that before signing this Agreement, Executive was given the opportunity to read it, evaluate it and discuss it with Executive's personal advisors and attorney and with representatives of the Company. The Executive further acknowledges that the Company has not provided the Executive with any legal advice regarding this Agreement.

12. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered
(a) personally, (b) by facsimile with evidence of completed transmission, or (c) delivered by overnight courier to the Party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such Party may subsequently give such notice of:

If to the Company:

Sunshine Acquisition Corporation

-12-

c/o The Carlyle Group
101 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28280
Attention: Claudius E. Watts IV Fax No.: (704) 632-0299

and a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP
555 Eleventh Street, N.W.
10th Floor
Washington, DC 20004
Fax: (202) 637-2201
Attn: Daniel Lennon

If to the Executive:

William C. Stone
12 Deer Ridge Rd.
Avon, CT 06011
Fax: (860) 677-8837

13. Assignment and Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. None of the Executive's rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by the Executive, other than the Executive's rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law.

14. Governing Law; Amendment. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Connecticut, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement executed by the Executive and the Company or their respective successors and legal representatives.

15. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in part, the remaining portion of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall remain valid and enforceable and continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent consistent with law.

16. Tax Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company or SS&C may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.

-13-

17. Costs Associated with Agreement. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for the costs incurred by the Executive for financial counseling and attorneys' fees associated with negotiation and preparation of this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and other related documents.

18. No Waiver. The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of, or to assert any right under, this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or of any other provision of or right under this Agreement.

19. No Mitigation/Offset. The Executive shall not be obligated to mitigate the amount of any payments due under this Agreement and no payments or benefits under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction, offset or forfeiture for any reason.

20. Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no manner shall be construed as part of this Agreement.

21. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all prior agreements (including, without limitation, the employment agreement between SS&C and the Executive, dated March 28, 1996), whether written or oral, with respect thereto.

22. Duration of Terms. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of Executive's employment, the Term or this Agreement to the extent necessary to give effect to such rights and obligations.

23. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set Executive's hand and, pursuant to the authorization of the Board, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

SUNSHINE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By: /s/ Claudius E. Watts, IV
    ------------------------------------
Its:
     -----------------------------------

WILLIAM C. STONE

/s/ William C. Stone
----------------------------------------


Exhibit 10.15

DESCRIPTION OF SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC. ("SS&C") EXECUTIVE
OFFICER AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION PROGRAM

The objectives of SS&C's executive compensation program are to:

o Attract and retain key executives critical to SS&C's long-term success;

o Align the interests of executive officers with the interests of stockholders and SS&C's success; and

o Recognize and reward individual performance and responsibility.

SS&C's executive compensation program consists of base salary, short-term incentive compensation in the form of cash bonuses and long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options. In addition, executive officers are entitled to participate in benefit programs that are available generally to SS&C employees. These benefit programs include medical benefits and SS&C contributions to SS&C's 401(k) savings plan.

The SS&C Board has approved the following salaries for SS&C's executive officers. The base compensation figure for Mr. Milne is based on the pound-dollar exchange rate as of May 21, 2006.

2006 BASE COMPENSATION (ANNUAL RATE)

William C. Stone        Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer     $500,000(1)

Normand A. Boulanger    President and Chief Operating Officer                  350,000

Patrick J. Pedonti      Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer      200,000

Stephen V.R. Whitman    Senior Vice President and General Counsel              190,000

Kevin Milne             Senior Vice President--International                   376,040


(1) Per the terms of Mr. Stone's employment agreement, Mr. Stone's annual base salary must be not less than $500,000 (or any subsequent higher amount) and must be reviewed annually for increases in accordance with SS&C's normal practices.

Short-Term Incentive Compensation

The SS&C Board has discretionary authority to award cash bonuses to individual executive officers. The SS&C Board believes the short-term incentive program provides significant incentive to SS&C's executive officers because it enables the SS&C Board to reward outstanding individual achievement. The SS&C Board will award bonuses for 2006 during the first quarter


of 2007. Per the terms of Mr. Stone's employment agreement, Mr. Stone shall receive an annual cash bonus in an amount to be established by the Sunshine Acquisition Corporation Board based on achieving individual and company performance goals mutually determined by the Sunshine Acquisition Corporation Board and Mr. Stone. If Mr. Stone is employed at the end of any calendar year, his annual bonus will not be less than $450,000 for that year. Per the terms of Mr. Milne's employment agreement, Mr. Milne is eligible to be paid a bonus of up to 50% of his annual salary based upon agreed upon metrics and Mr. Stone's discretion, depending upon Mr. Milne's performance and the financial performance of SS&C.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PROGRAM

Effective as of November 23, 2005, other than with respect to William A. Etherington, SS&C does not compensate its management or non-management directors for their service on the SS&C Board or any committee of the SS&C Board. Mr. Etherington receives (1) a $25,000 per annum retainer and (2) $2,500 for attendance at each meeting of the SS&C Board (other than telephonic meetings). In addition, on May [ ], 2006, Mr. Etherington was awarded an option to purchase 2,500 shares of Sunshine Acquisition Corporation common stock under the Sunshine Acquisition Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan at an exercise price of $74.50 per share, which option was exercisable in full as of the date of grant.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVES AND DIRECTORS

SS&C, through its parent, Sunshine Acquisition Corporation, provides long-term incentives to its executive officers, directors and key employees in the form of stock options and other equity awards. The objectives of this program are to align executive, director and stockholder long-term interests and to enable executives and directors to develop and maintain a significant, long-term stock ownership position in the Sunshine Acquisition Corporation common stock. Stock options are granted generally at the fair market value of the common stock at the time the option is granted. Executives and directors may be granted options and other equity awards that vest over time and options and other equity awards that vest based on the attainment of performance goals.


EXHIBIT 12

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                         SUCCESSOR                                          PREDECESSOR
                                   ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
                                     THREE                  THREE
                                     MONTHS   NOVEMBER 23  MONTHS    JANUARY 1       YEAR        YEAR         YEAR         YEAR
                                     ENDED     THROUGH      ENDED    THROUGH        ENDED        ENDED        ENDED        ENDED
                                   MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, NOVEMBER 22, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
                                      2006       2005       2005       2005          2004         2003        2002         2001
                                   --------- ------------ --------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------

(Loss) income before income taxes  $   (143)   $    831   $  9,785   $  3,370      $ 31,040     $ 19,337     $ 12,300     $  6,487
Interest expense and amortization
  of deferred financing costs        11,635       4,919         19      2,091             9            2           --           13
Portion of rentals deemed to be
  a reasonable approximation of
  the interest factor                   684         208        291      2,119         1,052        1,046          903        1,032
                                   ---------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income available for fixed
  charges                          $ 12,176    $  5,958   $ 10,095   $  7,580      $ 32,101     $ 20,385     $ 13,203     $  7,532
                                   ====================== ==========================================================================

Fixed Charges:
   Interest expense and
     amortization of deferred
     financing costs               $ 11,635    $  4,919   $     19   $  2,091      $      9     $      2     $     --     $     13
   Portion of rentals deemed to
     be a reasonable approximation
     of the interest factor             684         208        291      2,119         1,052        1,046          903        1,032
                                   ---------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total fixed charges                $ 12,319    $  5,127   $    310   $  4,210      $  1,061     $  1,048     $    903     $  1,045
                                   ====================== ==========================================================================

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges        *         1.2       32.6        1.8          30.3         19.5         14.6          7.2

* Earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2006 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $143 thousand.


.

.
.

EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.:

NAME                                    JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION
----                                    ----------------------------
OMR Systems Corporation                          New Jersey
Financial Models Holdings, Inc.                   Delaware
Financial Models Company Ltd.                     New York
SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC             New York
OMR Systems International, Ltd.                  New Jersey
Financial Interactive, Inc.                      California
Open Information Systems, Inc.                  Connecticut
Cogent Management Inc.                            New York
SSC Ventures, Inc.                              Connecticut
Shepro Braun Systems, Inc.                        Illinois
SAVID International Inc.                         New Jersey
The SAVID Group, Inc.                             New York
The Brookside Corporation                       Rhode Island
3105198 Nova Scotia Company                     Nova Scotia
SS&C Technologies Canada Corp.                  Nova Scotia
Financial Models Corporation Limited           United Kingdom
Financial Models Corporation B.V.               Netherlands
FMC Global Investments Limited                    Barbados
SS&C Technologies Australia Pty Ltd.             Australia
SS&C Technologies Limited                      United Kingdom
SS&C Technologies Sdn. Bhd.                       Malaysia
SS&C Technologies, KK                              Japan
SS&C Technologies B.V.                          Netherlands
SS&C Technologies (s) Pte Ltd                    Singapore
OMR Systems United Kingdom                     United Kingdom
OMR Systems S.A.R.L.                               France
SS&C Fund Services N.V.                     Netherlands Antilles
SS&C Fund Services (B.V.I.) Limited        British Virgin Islands
HC Investments Ltd.                        British Virgin Islands
SS&C (Bahamas) Ltd.                               Bahamas


Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of SS&C Technologies, Inc. of our report dated March 31, 2006, except for Note 18 as to which the date is June 12, 2006, relating to the financial statements of SS&C Technologies, Inc. (Predecessor), which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Experts", "Summary Historical Consolidated and Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data" and "Selected Historical Financial Data" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Hartford, Connecticut
June 19, 2006


Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of SS&C Technologies, Inc. of our report dated March 31, 2006, except for Note 18 as to which the date is June 12, 2006, relating to the financial statements of SS&C Technologies, Inc. (Successor), which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Experts", "Summary Historical Consolidated and Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data" and "Selected Historical Financial Data" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Hartford, Connecticut
June 19, 2006


EXHIBIT 23.6

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
SS&C Technologies Canada Corp.
(formerly Financial Models Company Inc.):

We consent to the use of our report dated April 8, 2005, except as to note 18 which is as of June 17, 2005, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Financial Models Company Inc. as of February 28, 2005 and February 29, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended February 28, 2005, and of our report dated April 8, 2005, except as to note 18 which is as of June 17, 2005, entitled "Comments by auditors for U.S. readers on Canada - U.S. reporting differences" included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus. Our report entitled "Comments by auditors for U.S. readers on Canada - U.S. reporting differences" contains a reference to a change in the accounting for stock-based compensation.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Toronto, Canada
June 16, 2006


EXHIBIT 25

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE


[ ] CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2)

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

  A NATIONAL BANKING ASSOCIATION                     94-1347393
 (Jurisdiction of incorporation or                (I.R.S. Employer
organization if not a U.S. national              Identification No.)
               bank)

       101 NORTH PHILLIPS AVENUE
       SIOUX FALLS, SOUTH DAKOTA                        57104
(Address of principal executive offices)             (Zip code)

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
LAW DEPARTMENT, TRUST SECTION
MAC N9305-175
SIXTH STREET AND MARQUETTE AVENUE, 17TH FLOOR
MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55479
(612) 667-4608
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)


SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.(1)
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

           DELAWARE                                  06-1169696
(State or other jurisdiction of                   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                   Identification No.)


           80 LAMBERTON ROAD                           06095
          WINDSOR, CONNECTICUT                       (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

                          -----------------------------

11-3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013
(Title of the indenture securities)


(1) See Table 1 - List of additional obligors


Table 1

ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS

       Guarantor*                                State of Incorporation      Federal EIN
       ---------                                 ----------------------      -----------
1.     Financial Models Company Ltd.             New York                    13-3524411
2.     Financial Models Holdings Inc.            Delaware                    13-3519741
3.     SS&C Fund Administration Services LLC     New York                    52-2438361
4.     OMR Systems Corporation                   New Jersey                  22-2597983
5.     Open Information Systems, Inc.            Connecticut                 06-1532764
6.     Cogent Management Inc.                    New York                    22-3112774

* The address, including zip code, of the principal executive office of each Guarantor is the same as that of SS&C Technologies, Inc.


Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the
trustee:

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency Treasury Department
Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Washington, D.C.

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco San Francisco, California 94120

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the
trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None with respect to the trustee.

No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.

Item 15. Foreign Trustee.       Not applicable.

Item 16. List of Exhibits.      List below all exhibits filed as a part of this
                                Statement of Eligibility.

      Exhibit 1.        A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now
                        in effect.*

      Exhibit 2.        A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of
                        Corporate Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo
                        Bank, National Association, dated February 4, 2004.**

      Exhibit 3.        See Exhibit 2

      Exhibit 4.        Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.***

      Exhibit 5.        Not applicable.

      Exhibit 6.        The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of
                        the Act.

      Exhibit 7.        A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee
                        published pursuant to law or the requirements of its
                        supervising or examining authority.

      Exhibit 8.        Not applicable.

      Exhibit 9.        Not applicable.


* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee's Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of Hornbeck Offshore Services LLC file number 333-130784-06.

** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee's Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of Trans-Lux Corporation file number 022-28721.

*** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee's Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25.1 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of Penn National Gaming, Inc. file number 333-125274.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Middletown and State of Connecticut on the 19th day of May 2006.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

/s/ Joseph P. O'Donnell
---------------------------
Joseph P. O'Donnell
Vice President


EXHIBIT 6

May 19, 2006

Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

Very truly yours,

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

/s/ Joseph P. O'Donnell
--------------------------------------
Joseph P. O'Donnell
Vice President


Exhibit 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of

Wells Fargo Bank National Association
of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

at the close of business December 31, 2005, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C.

Section 161 for National Banks.

                                                                                                        Dollar Amounts
                                                                                                           In Millions
                                                                                                        --------------
ASSETS
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
         Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin                                                   $ 15,347
         Interest-bearing balances                                                                               1,496
Securities:
         Held-to-maturity securities                                                                                 0
         Available-for-sale securities                                                                          37,327
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:
         Federal funds sold in domestic offices                                                                  2,394
         Securities purchased under agreements to resell                                                           950
Loans and lease financing receivables:
         Loans and leases held for sale                                                                         37,316
         Loans and leases, net of unearned income                                           255,460
         LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses                                            2,122
         Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance                                                253,338
Trading Assets                                                                                                   6,375
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)                                                         3,846
Other real estate owned                                                                                            173
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies                                                377
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding                                                        70
Intangible assets
         Goodwill                                                                                                8,735
         Other intangible assets                                                                                13,074
Other assets                                                                                                    22,440

                                                                                                        --------------
Total assets                                                                                                  $403,258
                                                                                                        ==============

LIABILITIES
Deposits:
         In domestic offices                                                                                  $295,315
                  Noninterest-bearing                                                        82,045
                  Interest-bearing                                                          213,270
         In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs                                          24,081
                  Noninterest-bearing                                                             5
                  Interest-bearing                                                           24,076
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
         Federal funds purchased in domestic offices                                                            12,959
         Securities sold under agreements to repurchase                                                          4,684


                                                                                                        Dollar Amounts
                                                                                                           In Millions
                                                                                                        --------------
Trading liabilities                                                                                              5,276
Other borrowed money
         (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)                               5,267
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding                                                            70
Subordinated notes and debentures                                                                                7,830
Other liabilities                                                                                               11,951
                                                                                                        --------------
Total liabilities                                                                                             $367,433

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries                                                                      54

EQUITY CAPITAL
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus                                                                        0
Common stock                                                                                                       520
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)                                                        24,671
Retained earnings                                                                                               10,249
Accumulated other comprehensive income                                                                             331
Other equity capital components                                                                                      0
                                                                                                        --------------
Total equity capital                                                                                            35,771

                                                                                                        --------------
Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital                                                      $403,258
                                                                                                        ==============

I, Karen B. Martin, Vice President of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Karen B. Martin Vice President

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

Dave Munio
John Stumpf Directors Avid Modjtabai


EXHIBIT 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
TO TENDER FOR EXCHANGE

11 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013

OF

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED , 2006

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
, 2006, UNLESS EXTENDED (SUCH TIME AND DATE, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The Exchange Agent is:

WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

  BY REGISTERED AND CERTIFIED MAIL:                      BY HAND DELIVERY:
       Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                         Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
     Corporate Trust Operations                      Corporate Trust Services
            MAC N9303-121                             608 2(nd) Avenue South
            P.O. Box 1517                     Northstar East Building -- 12(th) Floor
        Minneapolis, MN 55480                          Minneapolis, MN 55402
       ATTENTION: REORG. GROUP                        ATTENTION: REORG. GROUP

BY OVERNIGHT COURIER OR REGULAR MAIL:                      BY FACSIMILE:
       Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                             (612) 667-6282
     Corporate Trust Operations                         ATTN: REORG. GROUP
            MAC N9303-121                              CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
      6(th) & Marquette Avenue                            (800) 344-5128
        Minneapolis, MN 55479
       ATTENTION: REORG. GROUP

DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION TO A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated , 2006 (the "Prospectus"), of SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together with the Prospectus constitutes the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Exchange Notes") for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Private Notes"). Recipients of the Prospectus should read the requirements described in such Prospectus with respect to eligibility to participate in the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.


The undersigned hereby tenders the Private Notes described in the box entitled "Description of Private Notes" below pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned is the registered holder of all the Private Notes (the "Holder") and the undersigned represents that it has received from each beneficial owner of Private Notes (the "Beneficial Owners") a duly completed and executed form of "Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner" accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, instructing the undersigned to take the action described in this Letter of Transmittal.

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND COMPLETE ALL BOXES BELOW.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by a Holder (i) if certificates representing Private Notes are to be forwarded herewith and (ii) if a tender is made pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

Holders that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at DTC can execute the tender through ATOP for which the Exchange Offer will be eligible. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptance to DTC which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent's account at DTC. DTC will then send an agent's message forming part of a book-entry transfer in which the participant agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal (an "Agent's Message") to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance. Transmission of the Agent's Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent's Message.

Any Beneficial Owner whose Private Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact such Holder promptly and instruct such Holder to tender on behalf of the Beneficial Owner. If such Beneficial Owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, such Beneficial Owner must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Private Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Private Notes in such Beneficial Owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the Holder. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.

In order to properly complete this Letter of Transmittal, a Holder must (i) complete the box entitled "Description of Private Notes," (ii) if appropriate, check and complete the boxes relating to book-entry transfer, guaranteed delivery, Special Issuance Instructions and Special Delivery Instructions, (iii) sign the Letter of Transmittal by completing the box entitled "Sign Here To Tender Your Private Notes" and (iv) complete the Substitute Form W-9. Each Holder should carefully read the detailed instructions below prior to completing this Letter of Transmittal.

Holders of Private Notes who desire to tender their Private Notes for exchange and (i) whose Private Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Private Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender the Private Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." See Instruction 2.

Holders of Private Notes who wish to tender their Private Notes for exchange must complete columns (1) through (3) in the box below entitled "Description of Private Notes," and sign the box below entitled "Sign Here To Tender Your Private Notes." If only those columns are completed, such Holder will have tendered for exchange all Private Notes listed in column (3) below. If the Holder wishes to tender for exchange less than all of such Private Notes, column (4) must be completed in full. In such case, such Holder should refer to Instruction 5.

The Exchange Offer may be extended, terminated or amended, as provided in the Prospectus. During any such extension of the Exchange Offer, all Private Notes previously tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer will remain subject to such Exchange Offer.

The undersigned hereby tenders for exchange the Private Notes described in the box entitled "Description of Private Notes" below pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal.

2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            DESCRIPTION OF PRIVATE NOTES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          (3)
                                                                       AGGREGATE                     (4)
                 (1)                             (2)                PRINCIPAL AMOUNT           PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED        CERTIFICATE             REPRESENTED BY              TENDERED FOR
HOLDER(S) (PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK)          NUMBER(S)            CERTIFICATE(S)(A)             EXCHANGE(B)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           TOTAL PRINCIPAL
                                           AMOUNT TENDERED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) Unless indicated in this column, any tendering Holder will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate
    principal amount represented by the Private Notes indicated in the column labeled "Aggregate Principal Amount
    Represented by Certificate(s)." See Instruction 5.
(B) The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of Private Notes. All other tenders must be in
    integral multiples of $1,000.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3

[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED PRIVATE NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED PRIVATE NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING
(FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:

Window Ticket Number (if any):

Name of Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:

Only Holders are entitled to tender their Private Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's system and whose name appears on a security position listing as the record owner of the Private Notes and who wishes to make book-entry delivery of Private Notes as described above must complete and execute a participant's letter (which will be distributed to participants by DTC) instructing DTC's nominee to tender such Private Notes for exchange. Persons who are Beneficial Owners of Private Notes but are not Holders and who seek to tender Private Notes should (i) contact the Holder and instruct such Holder to tender on its behalf, (ii) obtain and include with this Letter of Transmittal, Private Notes properly endorsed for transfer by the Holder or accompanied by a properly completed bond power from the Holder, with signatures on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by a firm that is an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, including a firm that is a member of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trading company having an office in the United States or certain other eligible guarantors (each, an "Eligible Institution"), or (iii) effect a record transfer of such Private Notes from the Holder to such Beneficial Owner and comply with the requirements applicable to Holders for tendering Private Notes prior to the Expiration Date. See the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."

SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW. PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING
INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY.

4

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7, 8 AND 9)

To be completed ONLY (i) if the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Private Notes, certificates for Private Notes in a principal amount not exchanged for Exchange Notes, or Private Notes (if any) not tendered for exchange, are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned or
(ii) if Private Notes tendered by book-entry transfer which are not exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at DTC.

Issue to:

Name:

(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

Address:


(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)


(TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION OR
SOCIAL SECURITY NO.)

Credit Private Notes not exchanged and delivered by book-entry transfer to DTC account set forth below:


(ACCOUNT NUMBER)

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7, 8 AND 9)

To be completed ONLY(i) if the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Private Notes, certificates for Private Notes in a principal amount not exchanged for Exchange Notes, or Private Notes (if any) not tendered for exchange, are to be mailed or delivered (i) to someone other than the undersigned or (ii) to the undersigned at an address other than the address shown below the undersigned's signature.

Mail or deliver to:

Name:

(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

Address:


(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)


(TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION OR
SOCIAL SECURITY NO.)

5

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the Private Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, acceptance for exchange of the Private Notes tendered for exchange herewith, the undersigned will have irrevocably sold, assigned, transferred and exchanged, to the Company, all right, title and interest in, to and under all of the Private Notes tendered for exchange hereby, and hereby will have appointed the Exchange Agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as agent of the Company) of such Holder with respect to such Private Notes, with full power of substitution to (i) deliver certificates representing such Private Notes, or transfer ownership of such Private Notes on the account books maintained by DTC (together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity), to the Company, (ii) present and deliver such Private Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and (iii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of beneficial ownership with respect to such Private Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Private Notes; and that when such Private Notes are accepted for exchange by the Company, the Company will acquire good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned further warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Private Notes tendered for exchange hereby. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Private Notes by the Company and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Company of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

By tendering, the undersigned hereby further represents to the Company that
(i) the Exchange Notes to be acquired by the undersigned in exchange for the Private Notes tendered hereby and any Beneficial Owner(s) of such Private Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer will be acquired by the undersigned and such Beneficial Owner(s) in the ordinary course of their respective businesses,
(ii) the undersigned is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) the undersigned does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to engage in the distribution of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iv) the undersigned and each Beneficial Owner acknowledge and agree that any person who is a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act or is participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in certain no-action letters, (v) the undersigned and each Beneficial Owner understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iv) above and any resales of Exchange Notes obtained by the undersigned in exchange for the Private Notes acquired by the undersigned directly from the Company should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling securityholder information required by Item 507 or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K of the Commission and (vi) neither the undersigned nor any Beneficial Owner is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or any guarantor of the Exchange Notes.

If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Private Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering such prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may not participate in the Exchange Offer with respect to the Private Notes acquired other than as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company will be deemed to have accepted for exchange, and to have exchanged, validly tendered Private Notes, if, as and when the Company gives oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. Tenders of Private Notes for exchange may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal Rights" in the Prospectus. Any Private Notes tendered by the undersigned and not accepted for exchange will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth

6

above unless otherwise indicated in the box above entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" promptly after the Expiration Date.

The undersigned acknowledges that the Company's acceptance of Private Notes validly tendered for exchange pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer" and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions," please return any Private Notes not tendered for exchange in the name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions," please mail any certificates for Private Notes not tendered or exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s). In the event that both "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Private Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Private Notes not tendered for exchange or not exchanged to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer any Private Notes from the name of the Holder(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Private Notes so tendered for exchange or if such transfer would not be in compliance with any transfer restrictions applicable to such Private Note(s).

IN ORDER TO VALIDLY TENDER PRIVATE NOTES FOR EXCHANGE, HOLDERS MUST

COMPLETE, EXECUTE AND DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

Except as stated in the Prospectus, all authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as otherwise stated in the Prospectus, this tender for exchange of Private Notes is irrevocable.

7

SIGN HERE TO TENDER YOUR PRIVATE NOTES



SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER(S)

Dated: ------------------------------ , 2006

Must be signed by the Holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) representing the Private Notes or on a security position listing or by person(s) authorized to become registered Private Note holder(s) by certificates and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please provide the following information. (See Instruction 6.)

Name(s):


(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

Capacity (full title):

Address:


(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)

Principal place of business (if different from address listed above):



Area Code and Telephone No.:

Tax Identification or Social Security Nos.:

8

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 1)

Authorized Signature:

Name and Title:


(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

Name of Firm:

Address:

Area Code and Telephone No.:

Dated:

IMPORTANT: COMPLETE AND SIGN THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

9

INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an institution which is (1) a member of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (2) a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or (3) an Eligible Institution that is a member of one of the following recognized Signature Guarantee Programs:

(a) The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP);

(b) The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP); or

(c) The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP).

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed (i) if this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the Holder(s) of the Private Notes tendered herewith and such Holder(s) have not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) if such Private Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. In all other cases, all signatures must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

2. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND PRIVATE NOTES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by Holders if certificates representing Private Notes are to be forwarded herewith. All physically delivered Private Notes, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) and any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Delivery of the documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

The method of delivery of Private Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the Holder. Except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that Holders use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date. Neither this Letter of Transmittal nor any Private Notes should be sent to the Company. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for such Holders.

Holders of Private Notes who elect to tender Private Notes and (i) whose Private Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver the Private Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior the Expiration Date must tender their Private Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus. Holders may have such tender effected if:

(a) such tender is made through an Eligible Institution;

(b) prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent has received from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, setting forth the name and address of the Holder, the certificate number(s) of such Private Notes and the principal amount of Private Notes tendered for exchange, stating that tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the certificate(s) representing such Private Notes (or a Book-Entry Confirmation), in proper form for transfer, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by such Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and

(c) a properly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), as well as the certificate(s) for all tendered Private Notes in proper form for transfer or a Book-Entry Confirmation, together with any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

10

No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering Holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Private Notes for exchange.

3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided in the box entitled "Description of Private Notes" above is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the Private Notes being tendered should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

4. WITHDRAWALS. A tender of Private Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date by delivery of written notice of withdrawal (or facsimile thereof) to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. To be effective, a notice of withdrawal of Private Notes must (i) specify the name of the person who tendered the Private Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Private Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number(s) and aggregate principal amount of such Private Notes), and (iii) be signed by the Holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Private Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees). All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Private Notes so withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Private Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Private Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

5. PARTIAL TENDERS. Tenders of Private Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. If a tender for exchange is to be made with respect to less than the entire principal amount of any Private Notes, fill in the principal amount of Private Notes which are tendered for exchange in column (4) of the box entitled "Description of Private Notes," as more fully described in the footnotes thereto. In the case of a partial tender for exchange, a new certificate, in fully registered form, for the remainder of the principal amount of the Private Notes, will be sent to the Holders unless otherwise indicated in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal promptly after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

6. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, POWERS OF ATTORNEY AND ENDORSEMENTS.

(a) The signature(s) of the Holder on this Letter of Transmittal must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Private Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

(b) If tendered Private Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

(c) If any tendered Private Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any necessary or required documents as there are different registrations or certificates.

(d) When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the Holder listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of Private Notes or bond powers are required. If, however, Private Notes not tendered or not accepted, are to be issued or returned in the name of a person other than the Holder, then the Private Notes transmitted hereby must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, in a form satisfactory to the Company, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the Holder(s) appear(s) on the Private Notes. Signatures on such Private Notes or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).

(e) If this Letter of Transmittal or Private Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

(f) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the Holder listed, the Private Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, in either case signed by such Holder exactly as the name(s) of the Holder appear(s) on the certificates. Signatures on such Private Notes or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).

11

7. BACKUP WITHHOLDING; SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9. Under United States federal income tax law, a Holder whose tendered Private Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a 28% rate) on payments that may be made by the Company on account of Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer. To prevent backup withholding, each Holder of tendered Private Notes must provide to the Exchange Agent such Holder's correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN") by completing the Substitute Form W-9 below, certifying that the Holder is a United States person (including a United States resident alien), that the TIN provided is correct (or that the Holder is awaiting a TIN), and that (i) the Holder is exempt from backup withholding, (ii) the Holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") that the Holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (iii) the IRS has notified the Holder that the Holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the tendering Holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the IRS. In addition, the Holder may be subject to backup withholding on all reportable payments made on account of the Exchange Notes after the exchange.

If the Holder is an individual, the TIN is his or her social security number. If the Holder is a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, the Holder must provide to the Exchange Agent the appropriate completed Form W-8 rather than a Substitute Form W-9. These forms may be obtained from the Exchange Agent. See the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "W-9 Guidelines") for additional instructions. If the Private Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, the tendering holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for information regarding which TIN to report.

If the Holder whose Private Notes are tendered does not have a TIN or does not know its TIN, the Holder should check the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9, write "Applied For" in lieu of its TIN in Part 1, sign and date the form and provide it to the Exchange Agent. In addition, such Holder also must sign and date the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number. A Holder that does not have a TIN should consult the W-9 Guidelines for instructions on applying for a TIN. Note: Checking the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 and writing "Applied For" in Part 1 means that the Holder has already applied for a TIN or that the Holder intends to apply for one in the near future. If a Holder checks the box in Part 2 and writes "Applied For" in Part 1, backup withholding at the applicable rate will nevertheless apply to all reportable payments made to such Holder. If such a Holder furnishes its properly certified TIN to the Exchange Agent within 60 days of the Exchange Agent's receipt of the Substitute Form W-9, however, any amounts so withheld shall be refunded to such Holder. If, however, the Holder has not provided the Exchange Agent with its TIN within such 60-day period, such previously retained amounts will be remitted to the IRS as backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the IRS.

8. TRANSFER TAXES. Holders whose Private Notes are tendered for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith. If, however, the Exchange Notes are delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the Holder of the Private Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Private Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Private Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the Holder or any other persons) will be payable by the Holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such Holder.

9. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or if any Private Notes not tendered for exchange are to be issued or sent to someone other than the Holder or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Holders of Private Notes tendering Private Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Private Notes not accepted be credited to such account maintained at DTC as such Holder may designate.

10. IRREGULARITIES. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), compliance with conditions, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Private Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and

12

all Private Notes not properly tendered or any Private Notes the Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Private Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Private Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to notify Holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Private Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Private Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Private Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, promptly following the Expiration Date.

11. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, amend or modify certain of the specified conditions as described under "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions to the Exchange Offer" in the Prospectus in the case of any Private Notes tendered (except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus).

12. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED PRIVATE NOTES. Any tendering Holder whose Private Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein for further instructions.

13. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Requests for information or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal.

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF) TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES, OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR THE EXPIRATION DATE.

13

TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS
(SEE INSTRUCTION 7)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       PAYOR'S NAME: WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        SUBSTITUTE          PART 1 -- PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT THE
         FORM W-9           RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW. For        TIN: ---------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY  individuals, this is your Social Security Number                Social Security Number
 INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE   ("SSN"). For a sole proprietor, a resident alien, a
   PAYOR'S REQUEST FOR      disregarded entity, or if your account is in more than    OR  ---------------------
  TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION   one name, see enclosed W-9 Guidelines. For other               Employer Identification
     NUMBER ("TIN") AND     entities, it is your Employer Identification Number                    Number
       CERTIFICATION        ("EIN"). If you do not have a number, see how to get a
                            TIN by consulting the enclosed W-9 Guidelines.
                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             PART 2 -- Awaiting TIN.  [ ]
                             (If you check the box in Part 2, also complete the "Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer
                             Identification Number" below.)

                             PART 3 -- Exempt Payee.  [ ]
                             (Check the box in Part 3 if you are an exempt payee.)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATION -- UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT:
(1) the number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to
    be issued to me),
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not
    been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as a result
    of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject
    to backup withholding, and
(3) I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS -- You must cross out item (2) of the above certification if you have been notified by
  the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting of interest or dividends
  on your tax return and you have not received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject
  to backup withholding. The IRS does not require your consent to any provision of this Substitute Form W-9 other
  than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE SIGN HERE             Signature of U.S. Person ----------------------      Date ---------------------

                             Name -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             Business name (if different from above) --------------------------------------------

                             Address ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             City ------------------  State -------------------   Zip ---------------------------

                             Check the appropriate box:

                             [ ]  Individual/Sole Proprietor                      [ ]  Corporation

                             [ ]  Partnership                                     [ ]  Other --------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING
ON ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU ON ACCOUNT OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES. IN ADDITION, FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION MAY RESULT IN A PENALTY IMPOSED BY THE IRS. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

14

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED
THE BOX IN PART 2 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify, under penalties of perjury, that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, the payor may withhold a percentage (currently 28%) of all reportable payments paid to my account until I provide a number. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number to the payor within 60 days of the payor's receipt of this form, such retained amounts will be remitted to the Internal Revenue Service as backup withholding and the specified rate of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld and remitted to the Internal Revenue Service until I provide a taxpayer identification number.

Signature: ------------------------------ Date: -------------------------

15

EXHIBIT 99.2

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

WITH RESPECT TO TENDER OF
ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING 11 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013
IN EXCHANGE FOR 11 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013
OF

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED , 2006

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON , 2006, UNLESS EXTENDED (SUCH TIME AND DATE, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS:

WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

  BY REGISTERED AND CERTIFIED MAIL:                           BY HAND DELIVERY:
        Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                              Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
      Corporate Trust Operations                           Corporate Trust Services
            MAC N9303-121                                   608 2(nd) Avenue South
            P.O. Box 1517                          Northstar East Building -- 12(th) Floor
        Minneapolis, MN 55480                               Minneapolis, MN 55402
       ATTENTION: REORG. GROUP                             ATTENTION: REORG. GROUP

BY OVERNIGHT COURIER OR REGULAR MAIL:                           BY FACSIMILE:
        Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                                  (612) 667-6282
      Corporate Trust Operations                              ATTN: REORG. GROUP
            MAC N9303-121
        6th & Marquette Avenue                              CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
        Minneapolis, MN 55479
       ATTENTION: REORG. GROUP                                  (800) 344-5128

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION TO A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

As set forth in the prospectus (the "Prospectus") dated , 2006 of SS&C Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal and instructions thereto (the "Letter of Transmittal"), this form or one substantially equivalent thereto must be used to accept the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange new 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Exchange Notes") that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for all of its outstanding 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Private Notes") if the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required thereby cannot be delivered to the Exchange Agent, or Private Notes cannot be delivered or if the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed prior to the Expiration Date. This form may be delivered by an Eligible Institution (as defined in the Prospectus) by mail or hand delivery or transmitted via facsimile to the Exchange Agent as set forth above. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on the Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the Letter of Transmittal.


PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Private Notes specified below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." By so tendering, the undersigned does hereby make, at and as of the date hereof, the representations and warranties of a tendering Holder of Private Notes set forth in the Letter of Transmittal.

The undersigned understands that tenders of Private Notes may be withdrawn if the Exchange Agent receives at one of its addresses specified on the cover of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, prior to the Expiration Date, a facsimile transmission or letter which specifies the name of the person who deposited the Private Notes to be withdrawn and the aggregate principal amount of Private Notes delivered for exchange, including the certificate number(s) (if any) of the Private Notes, and which is signed in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which the Private Notes were tendered, including any signature guarantees, all in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Prospectus.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

2

The undersigned hereby tenders the Private Notes listed below:

PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

          CERTIFICATE NUMBERS OF PRIVATE NOTES
                     (IF AVAILABLE)                              PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF PRIVATE NOTES TENDERED
--------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           SIGNATURE(S) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OR AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

Name(s)

(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

Title

Address

Area Code and Telephone No.:

Date

If Private Notes will be tendered by book-entry transfer, check the trust company below:

[ ] The Depository Trust Company

Depository Account No.:

3

GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

The undersigned, a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program, guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the Private Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Private Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company, pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus, and any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third New York Stock Exchange trading day following the Expiration Date (as defined in the Prospectus).

SIGN HERE

Name of Firm:

Authorized Signature:

Name (please type or print):

Address:



Area Code and Telephone No.:

Date:

DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR PRIVATE NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF CERTIFICATES FOR PRIVATE NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, A COPY OF THE PREVIOUSLY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

4

INSTRUCTIONS

1. DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth on the cover hereof prior to the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the Holder but, except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that Holders use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. If such delivery is by mail, it is recommended that the Holder use properly insured, registered mail with return receipt requested. For a full description of the guaranteed delivery procedures, see the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. No Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be sent to the Company.

2. SIGNATURE ON THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY; GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the Holder(s) referred to herein, then the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Private Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the Holder(s) listed, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by a properly completed bond power signed as the name of the Holder(s) appear(s) on the face of the Private Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

3. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions relating to the Exchange Offer or the procedure for consenting and tendering as well as requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus, the Letter of Transmittal and this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover hereof or to your broker, dealer, commercial bank or trust company.

5

EXHIBIT 99.3

LETTER TO DTC PARTICIPANTS
REGARDING THE OFFER TO EXCHANGE ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING

11 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013

FOR

11 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013

OF

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED , 2006

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
, 2006, UNLESS EXTENDED (SUCH TIME AND DATE, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR THE EXPIRATION DATE.

, 2006

To Securities Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus dated , 2006 (the "Prospectus") and a Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal") that together constitute the offer (the "Exchange Offer") by SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), to exchange up to $205,000,000 in principal amount of its 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for any and all outstanding 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act (the "Private Notes"), upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus. The Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal more fully describe the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Prospectus.

We are asking you to contact your clients for whom you hold Private Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee. In addition, we ask you to contact your clients who, to your knowledge, hold Private Notes registered in their own name.

Enclosed are copies of the following documents:

1. The Prospectus;

2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use in connection with the tender of Private Notes and for the information of your clients;

3. The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange Offer if the Private Notes and all other required documents cannot be delivered to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date;

4. A form of letter that may be sent to your clients for whose accounts you hold Private Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining the clients' instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer; and

5. Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.

DTC participants will be able to execute tenders through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program.


PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON , 2006, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY. WE URGE YOU TO CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE.

You will be reimbursed by the Company for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by you in forwarding any of the enclosed materials to your clients.

Additional copies of the enclosed material may be obtained from the Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone numbers set forth below.

Very truly yours,

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
P.O. Box 1517
Minneapolis, MN 55480
Attention: Reorg. Group
(800) 344-5128


NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

2

EXHIBIT 99.4

LETTER TO BENEFICIAL HOLDERS
REGARDING THE OFFER TO EXCHANGE ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING

11 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013

FOR

11 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013

OF

SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED , 2006

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
, 2006, UNLESS EXTENDED (SUCH TIME AND DATE, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR THE EXPIRATION DATE.

, 2006

To Our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus dated , 2006 (the "Prospectus") and a Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal") that together constitute the offer (the "Exchange Offer") by SS&C Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), to exchange up to $205,000,000 in principal amount of its 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for any and all outstanding 11 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act (the "Private Notes"), upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus. The Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal more fully describe the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Prospectus.

These materials are being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of Private Notes carried by us for your account or benefit but not registered in your name. A tender of any Private Notes may be made only by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, the Company urges beneficial owners of Private Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such registered holder promptly if they wish to tender Private Notes in the Exchange Offer.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender any or all of your Private Notes, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. We urge you to read carefully the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal before instructing us to tender your Private Notes.

Your instructions to us should be forwarded as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender Private Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON , 2006. Private Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn, subject to the procedures described in the Prospectus, at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Private Notes held by us for your account or benefit, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form that appears below. The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for informational purposes only and may not be used by you to tender Private Notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.


INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED HOLDER
FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER
OF 11 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013
OF SS&C TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed materials referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer of the Company. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This will instruct you to tender the principal amount of Private Notes indicated below held by you for the account or benefit of the undersigned, pursuant to the terms of and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

The aggregate face amount of the Private Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount):

$ of the Private Notes.

With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):

[ ] To TENDER the following Private Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Private Notes to be tendered, if any):

$ of the Private Notes.

[ ] NOT to TENDER any Private Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Private Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized (a) to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner of the Private Notes, including but not limited to the representations that (i) the undersigned's principal residence is in the state of (fill in state) , (ii) the undersigned is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned, (iii) the undersigned is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of Exchange Notes, (iv) the undersigned acknowledges that any person who is a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act or is participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in certain no action letters (See the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Resale of Exchange Notes"), (v) the undersigned understands that a secondary resale transaction described in clause
(iv) above and any resales of Exchange Notes obtained by the undersigned in exchange for the Private Notes acquired by the undersigned directly from the Company should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling securityholder information required by Item 507 or Item 508, if applicable, of Regulation S-K of the Commission, (vi) the undersigned is not an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or any guarantor of the Exchange Notes, and (vii) if the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Private Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering such prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act; (b) to agree, on behalf of the undersigned, as set forth in the Letter of Transmittal; and (c) to take such other action as necessary under the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal to effect the valid tender of Private Notes.

2

The purchaser status of the undersigned is (check the box that applies):

[ ] A "Qualified Institutional Buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act)

[ ] An "Institutional Accredited Investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act)

[ ] A non "U.S. person" (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that purchased the Private Notes outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act

[ ] Other (describe)

SIGN HERE

Name of Beneficial Owner(s):

Signature(s):

Name(s):

(PLEASE PRINT)

Address:

Principal place of business (if different from address listed above):

Telephone Number(s):

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number(s):

Date:

3

EXHIBIT 99.5

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE PAYOR. -- Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens:
i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payor.

--------------------------------------------------------
                                    GIVE THE
                                    SOCIAL SECURITY
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:           NUMBER OF:
--------------------------------------------------------
1.  An individual's account         The individual

2.  Two or more individuals (joint  The actual owner of
    account)                        the account or, if
                                    combined funds, the
                                    first individual on
                                    the account(l)

3.  Custodian account of a minor    The minor(2)
    (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

4.  a. The usual revocable savings  The grantor-trustee(1)
       trust account (grantor is
       also trustee)

    b. So-called trust account      The actual owner(1)
       that is not a legal or
       valid trust under state law

5.  Sole proprietorship account or  The owner(3)
    an account of a single-owner
    LLC

--------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------
                                    GIVE THE EMPLOYER
                                    IDENTIFICATION
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:           NUMBER OF:
--------------------------------------------------------
6.  Sole proprietorship account or  The owner(3)
    an account of a single-owner
    LLC

7.  A valid trust, estate, or       The legal entity (do
    pension trust account           not furnish the
                                    identifying number
                                    of the personal
                                    representative or
                                    trustee unless the
                                    legal entity itself
                                    is not designated in
                                    the account
                                    title)(4)

8.  Corporate account or an         The corporation
    account of an LLC electing
    corporate status on Form 8832

9.  Association, club, religious,   The organization
    charitable, educational, or
    other tax-exempt organization
    account

10. Partnership or multi-member     The partnership
    LLC account

11. A broker or registered nominee  The broker or
                                    nominee

12. Account with the Department of  The public entity
    Agriculture in the name of a
    public entity (such as a state
    or local government, school
    district, or prison) that
    receives agricultural program
    payments
--------------------------------------------------------

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a Social Security number, that person's number must be furnished.

(2) Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's Social Security number.

(3) You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or "doing business as" name on the second name line. You may use either your Social Security number or employer identification number (if you have one). If you are a sole proprietor, the IRS encourages you to use your Social Security number.

(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust.

NOTE: If no name is circled when there is more than one name listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

OBTAINING A NUMBER

If you don't have a taxpayer identification number or you don't know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card (for individuals), or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number (for business and all other entities) and apply for a number. These forms are available at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service, on the internet at http://www.irs.gov, or by calling 1
(800) TAX-FORM.

PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING

Payees specifically exempt from backup withholding on ALL payments include the following:

- An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), any individual retirement account, or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7) of the Code if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2) of the Code.

- The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

- A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any political subdivision or instrumentality thereof.

- A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

- An international organization, or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

Payees that MAY BE EXEMPT from backup withholding include the following:

- A corporation.

- A foreign central bank of issue.

- A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia or a possession of the United States.

- A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

- A real estate investment trust.

- An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

- A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a) of the Code.

- A financial institution.

- A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.

- A trust exempt from tax under Section 664 of the Code or described in
Section 4947 of the Code.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

- Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441 of the Code.

- Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and that have at least one nonresident alien partner.

- Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid in money.

- Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

- Section 404(k) distributions made by an employee stock option plan.

Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

- Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payor's trade or business and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payor.

- Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under
Section 852 of the Code).

- Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) of the Code to nonresident aliens.

- Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451 of the Code.

- Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

- Mortgage or student loan interest.

Exempt payees described above should file the Substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. IF YOU ARE AN EXEMPT PAYEE, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON THE FORM, CHECK THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE FORM, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYOR. IF YOU ARE A NONRESIDENT ALIEN OR A FOREIGN ENTITY NOT SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING, FILE WITH THE PAYOR THE APPROPRIATE COMPLETED IRS FORM W-8.

Certain payments other than interest, dividends and patronage dividends that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see Sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A, and 6050N of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Privacy Act Notice. Section 6109 of the Code requires most recipients of dividends, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payors who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax returns. The IRS may also provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation, and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. possessions to carry out their tax laws. The IRS may also disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce federal nontax criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism. Payors must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payors must generally withhold a percentage (currently 28%) of taxable interest, dividends, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payor. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties. (1) Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number. If you fail to furnish your correct taxpayer identification number to a payor, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect. (2) Civil Penalty for False Information with Respect to Withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500. (3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment. (4) Failure to Report Certain Dividend and Interest Payments. If you fail to include any portion of an includible payment for interest, dividends, or patronage dividends in gross income, such failure is strong evidence of negligence. If negligence is shown, you will be subject to a penalty of 20% on any portion of an underpayment attributable to that failure. (5) Misuse of Taxpayer Identification Numbers. If the requester discloses or uses taxpayer identification numbers in violation of federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.